sv1za
As filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on September 30, 2010
Registration No. 333-167645
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 3
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding
Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
7373
|
|
26-2634160
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
8283 Greensboro Drive
McLean, Virginia 22102
(703) 902-5000
(Address, including Zip Code,
and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Registrants
Principal Executive Offices)
CG Appleby
Executive Vice President and
General Counsel
8283 Greensboro Drive
McLean, Virginia 22102
(703) 902-5000
(Name, Address, including Zip
Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for
Service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
|
|
Matthew E. Kaplan
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 909-6000
|
|
Douglas S. Manya
Booz Allen Hamilton Inc.
8283 Greensboro Drive
McLean, Virginia 22102
(703) 902-5000
|
|
Rachel W. Sheridan
Jason M. Licht
Latham & Watkins LLP
555 Eleventh Street, NW
Suite 1000
Washington, D.C. 20004
(202) 637-2200
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the
effective date hereof.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer o
|
|
Accelerated filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer x
|
|
Smaller reporting company o
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as
the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may
determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale
is not permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
Shares
Class A Common
Stock
This is an initial public offering of Class A common stock
of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation. We are
offering shares of Class A common
stock to be sold in this offering. No public market currently
exists for our Class A common stock. The initial public
offering price of our Class A common stock is expected to
be between $ and
$ per share.
We will apply to list our Class A common stock on the New
York Stock Exchange under the symbol BAH.
Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks.
See Risk Factors beginning on page 16 of this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Initial public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The underwriters also may purchase up
to additional shares from us at the
initial offering price less the underwriting discounts and
commissions to cover over-allotments, if any.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on
or about , 2010.
|
|
Morgan
Stanley |
Barclays
Capital |
|
|
BofA
Merrill Lynch |
Credit
Suisse |
Stifel Nicolaus
Weisel
|
|
|
BB&T
Capital Markets |
Lazard Capital Markets |
Raymond James |
, 2010.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on
behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor
the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with
additional or different information. Neither this prospectus nor
any free writing prospectus is an offer to sell anywhere or to
anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or to sell
securities under applicable law. The information in this
prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of
the date of this prospectus or such free writing prospectus, as
applicable.
i
MARKET,
INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA
Information in this prospectus about each of the
U.S. government defense, intelligence and civil markets,
including our general expectations concerning those markets, our
position within those markets and the amount of spending by the
U.S. government on private contractors in any of those
markets, is based on estimates prepared using data from
independent industry publications, reports by market research
firms, other published independent sources, including the
U.S. government, and our good faith estimates and
assumptions, which are derived from such data and our knowledge
of and experience in these markets. Data provided by Bloomberg
Finance L.P. cited in this prospectus is based on data from the
Federal Procurement Data System. Although we believe these
sources are credible, we have not verified the data or
information obtained from these sources. By including such
market data and industry information, we do not undertake a duty
to provide such data in the future or to update such data if it
is updated. Our estimates, in particular as they relate to our
general expectations concerning the U.S. government
defense, intelligence and civil markets, have not been verified
by any independent source and involve risks and uncertainties
and are subject to change based on various factors, including
those discussed under the caption Risk Factors.
In several places in this prospectus, we present our compound
annual growth rate, or CAGR, for our revenue over the last
15 fiscal years. We calculated our CAGR as our annualized
revenue growth over the
15-year
period taking into account the effects of annual compounding. We
believe that a
15-year CAGR
is an appropriate measurement of our growth because it
demonstrates the rate at which we have grown our business over a
meaningful period of time. The revenue data for the first ten
years of the 15-year period was derived directly from our
accounting system (JAMIS) because as a privately owned company
we were not required to and did not prepare comparable financial
statements in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles, or GAAP, for those periods. The revenue data for the
last five years of the 15-year period was derived directly from
our consolidated financial statements, which were prepared in
accordance with GAAP.
SUPPLEMENTAL
INFORMATION
Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, as used
in this prospectus, references to: (i) we,
us, our or our company refer
to Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, its consolidated
subsidiaries and predecessors; (ii) Booz Allen
Holding or issuer refers to Booz Allen
Hamilton Holding Corporation exclusive of its subsidiaries;
(iii) Booz Allen Investor refers to Booz Allen
Hamilton Investor Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Booz
Allen Holding; (iv) Booz Allen Hamilton refers
to Booz Allen Hamilton Inc., our primary operating company and a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Booz Allen Holding;
(v) fiscal, when used in reference to any
twelve-month period ended March 31, refers to our fiscal
years ended March 31; and (vi) pro forma 2009
refers to our unaudited pro forma results for the twelve months
ended March 31, 2009, assuming the acquisition had been
completed as of April 1, 2008. Unless otherwise indicated,
information contained in the prospectus is as of June 30,
2010.
We are organized and operate as a corporation. Our use of the
term partnership in this prospectus reflects our
collaborative culture, and our use of the term
partner in this prospectus refers to our Chairman
and our Executive and Senior Vice Presidents. The use of the
terms partnership and partner is not
meant to create any implication that we operate our company as,
or have any intention to create a legal entity that is, a
partnership.
Booz Allen
Hamilton®,
Transformation Life
Cycletm,
the Booz Allen Hamilton logo, and other trademarks or service
marks of Booz Allen Hamilton Inc. appearing in this prospectus
are property of Booz Allen Hamilton Inc. Trade names, trademarks
and service marks of other companies appearing in this
prospectus are the property of their respective owners.
We have made rounding adjustments to reach some of the
figures included in this prospectus and, unless otherwise
indicated, percentages presented in this prospectus are
approximate.
ii
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the
information that you should consider before investing in our
Class A common stock. You should read the entire prospectus
carefully, including the Risk Factors section and
our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those
statements, before making an investment decision. Some of the
statements in this summary constitute forward-looking
statements. See Special Note Regarding
Forward-Looking
Statements.
Overview
We are a leading provider of management and technology
consulting services to the U.S. government in the defense,
intelligence and civil markets. Founded in 1914 by Edwin Booz,
we have expanded beyond our management consulting foundation to
develop deep expertise in technology, engineering and analytics.
We began serving the U.S. government in 1940 by advising
the Secretary of the Navy in preparation for World War II.
Today, our approximately 23,800 people serve substantially all
of the cabinet-level departments of the U.S. government and
have strong and longstanding relationships with a diverse group
of other organizations at all levels of the
U.S. government. We support our clients in addressing
complex and pressing challenges such as combating global
terrorism, improving cyber capabilities, transforming the
healthcare system, improving efficiency and managing change
within the government and protecting the environment. We have
grown our revenue organically, without relying on acquisitions,
at an 18% CAGR over the 15-year period ended March 31,
2010, reaching $5.1 billion in revenue in fiscal 2010.
We derived 98% of our revenue in fiscal 2010 from services
provided to over 1,300 clients across the U.S. government
under more than 4,900 contracts and task orders. Our U.S.
government clients include organizations at all levels of the
U.S. government, ranging from executive departments to
independent agencies and offices. We have served our top ten
clients, or their predecessor organizations, for an average of
over 20 years. We derived 87% of our revenue in fiscal 2010
from engagements for which we acted as the prime contractor.
Also during fiscal 2010, we achieved an overall win rate of 57%
on new contracts and task orders for which we competed and a win
rate of more than 92% on re-competed contracts and task orders
for existing or related business. As of June 30, 2010, our
total backlog, including funded, unfunded, and priced options,
was $9.5 billion, an increase of 26% over June 30,
2009.
We attribute the strength of our client relationships, the
commitment of our people, and our resulting growth to our
management consulting heritage and culture, which instills our
relentless focus on delivering value and enduring results to our
clients. We operate our business as a single profit center,
which drives our ability to collaborate internally and compete
externally. Our operating model is built on (1) our
dedication to client service, which focuses on leveraging our
experience and knowledge to provide differentiated insights,
(2) our
partnership-style
culture and compensation system, which fosters collaboration and
the efficient allocation of our people across markets, clients
and opportunities (3) our professional development and
360-degree
assessment system, which ensures that our people are aligned
with our collaborative culture, core values and ethics and
(4) our approach to the market, which leverages our matrix
of deep domain expertise in the defense, intelligence and civil
markets and our strong capabilities in strategy and organization
analytics, technology and operations.
1
Deployment
of Capabilities to Serve Clients
The diagram below illustrates the way we deploy our four
capability areas, including specified areas of expertise, to
serve our defense, intelligence and civil clients. Our dynamic
matrix of functional capabilities and domain expertise plays a
critical role in our efforts to deliver proven results to our
clients.
Market
Opportunity
Large
Addressable Markets
We believe that the U.S. government is the worlds largest
consumer of management and technology consulting services. In
U.S. government fiscal year 2009, we estimate that the
Department of Defense and civil agencies within the U.S.
government spent $93 billion on management and technology
consulting services procured from private contractors. The
agencies of the U.S. Intelligence Community that we serve
represent an additional market.
Focus
on Efficiency and Transforming Procurement
Practices
There is pressure across the U.S. government to control
spending while also improving services for citizens and
aggressively pursuing numerous important policy initiatives.
This has led to an increased focus on improving efficiency,
including accomplishing more with fewer resources and reducing
fraud, waste and abuse. Economic pressure has also driven an
emphasis on greater accountability, transparency and spending
effectiveness in U.S. government procurement practices.
Recent efforts to reform procurement practices have focused on
several areas, such as reducing organizational conflict of
interest issues. We believe the
2
U.S. government will increasingly require objective
management and technology consulting services in support of
these efforts.
Complex
Defense, Intelligence and Civil Agency
Requirements
The U.S. government continually reassesses and updates its
long-term priorities and develops new strategies to address the
rapidly evolving and increasingly complex issues it faces.
Current priorities within the U.S. government include
enhancing cyber-capabilities and transforming the
U.S. healthcare system. In order to deliver effective
advice to support these and other priorities, service providers
must possess a comprehensive knowledge of, and experience with,
the participants, systems and technology employed by the
U.S. government, and must also have an ability to
facilitate knowledge sharing while managing varying objectives.
Major
Changes Create Demand
Major changes in the government, political and overall economic
landscape can be recurring in nature, such as the inauguration
of a new presidential administration, or more sudden and
unexpected, as was the case with the recent financial crisis and
economic downturn. We believe that these types of changes will
continue to create significant opportunities for us as clients
seek out service providers with the flexibility to rapidly
deploy intellectual capital, resources and capabilities.
Our Value
Proposition to Our Clients
As a leading provider of management and technology consulting
services to the U.S. government, we believe that we are
well positioned to grow across markets characterized by
increasing and rapid change.
Our
People
Our success as a management and technology consulting firm is
highly dependent upon the quality, integrity and dedication of
our people.
|
|
|
|
|
Superior Talent Base. We have a highly
educated talent base, and a significant percentage of our people
hold government security clearances. We are able to renew and
grow this talent base because of our commitment to professional
development, our position as a leader in our markets, the high
quality of our work and the appeal of our culture.
|
|
|
|
Focus on Talent Development. We continually
develop our talent base by providing our people with the
opportunity to work on important and complex problems,
facilitating broad engagement at all levels of seniority and
encouraging the development of substantive skills through
continuing education.
|
|
|
|
Assessment System that Promotes
Collaboration. We use our
360-degree
assessment process to help promote and enforce the consistency
of our collaborative culture, core values and ethics.
|
|
|
|
Core Values. Our core values, which are a key
component of our success, are: client service, diversity,
excellence, entrepreneurship, teamwork, professionalism,
fairness, integrity, respect and trust.
|
Our
Management Consulting Heritage
|
|
|
|
|
Our Approach to Client Service. Over the
70 years that we have been serving the
U.S. government, we have cultivated relationships of trust
with, and developed a comprehensive understanding of, our
clients, which, together with our deep domain knowledge and
capabilities, enable us to anticipate, identify and address
their specific needs.
|
|
|
|
Partnership-Style Culture and Compensation
System. We have a deeply ingrained culture of
teamwork and collaboration, and we manage our company as a
single profit center with a partner-style compensation system
that focuses on the success of the institution over the success
of the individual.
|
3
Our
Client-Oriented Matrix Approach
We are able to address the complex and evolving needs of our
clients and grow our business through the application of our
matrix of deep domain knowledge and market-leading capabilities.
Through this approach, we deploy our four key capabilities,
strategy and organization, analytics, technology, and
operations, across our client base. This approach enables us to
quickly assemble and deploy client-focused teams comprised of
people with the expertise needed to address the challenges
facing our clients.
Our
Strategy for Continued Growth
To serve our clients and grow our business, we intend to execute
the following strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Expand Our Business Base. We intend to deepen
our existing client relationships, continue to help our clients
rapidly respond to change and broaden our client base by
leveraging our collaborative culture, our expertise and our
reputation as a trusted partner and an industry leader.
|
|
|
|
Capitalize on Our Strengths in Emerging
Areas. We will continue to leverage our deep
domain expertise and broad capabilities to help our clients
address emerging issues, including cyber, government efficiency
and procurement, transformation of the healthcare system and
Systems Engineering & Integration, or SE&I.
|
|
|
|
Continue to Innovate. We will continue to
invest significant resources in our efforts to identify
near-term
developments and long-term trends that may present significant
challenges or opportunities for our clients. We continue to
invest in many initiatives at various stages of development, and
are currently focused on cloud computing, advanced analytics,
and the deployment of specialized services and capabilities in
the financial sector, among others.
|
4
Our
Corporate Structure
The following chart illustrates our corporate structure,
including common stock ownership percentages, after giving
effect to this offering.
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents %, %
and % of the total voting power in
our company, respectively, excluding shares of common stock with
respect to which Carlyle has received a voting proxy pursuant to
new irrevocable proxy and tag-along agreements. See
Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Related Person Transactions
Irrevocable Proxy and Tag-Along Agreements. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Guarantor of the senior credit facilities and mezzanine credit
facility. |
|
(3) |
|
Refers to our senior secured loan facilities providing for a
$125.0 million Tranche A term facility,
$585.0 million Tranche B term facility,
$350.0 million Tranche C term facility and
$245.0 million revolving credit facility. As of
June 30, 2010, we had $1,018.6 million outstanding
under our senior credit facilities. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Refers to our $550.0 million mezzanine term loan facility.
As of June 30, 2010, on a pro forma as adjusted basis after
giving effect to (i) this offering and the use of the net
proceeds therefrom, which is based on the midpoint of the price
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and
(ii) the repayment of $85.0 million of indebtedness
outstanding under our mezzanine credit facility, we would have
had
$ million
of debt outstanding under our mezzanine credit facility. |
Our
Principal Stockholder
Our principal stockholder is Explorer Coinvest LLC, or Coinvest,
an entity controlled by The Carlyle Group and certain of its
affiliated investment funds. Coinvest became our principal
stockholder in our July 2008 merger transaction, which, together
with the spin off of our commercial and international business
and the related transactions, is referred to in this prospectus
as the acquisition. See The Acquisition and
Recapitalization Transaction.
5
The Carlyle Group is a global alternative asset manager with
$90.6 billion under management committed to 66 funds as of
June 30, 2010. Carlyle invests in buyouts, growth capital,
real estate and leveraged finance in North America, Europe,
Asia, Australia, the Middle East and North Africa, and Latin
America focusing on aerospace and defense, automotive and
transportation, consumer and retail, energy and power, financial
services, healthcare, industrial, infrastructure, technology and
business services and telecommunications and media. Since 1987,
the firm has invested $61.2 billion of equity in 983
transactions for a total purchase price of $233.4 billion.
Carlyle employs 888 people in 27 offices throughout the
world.
As of September 23, 2010, Carlyle, through Coinvest, owned
77% of our outstanding common stock, representing 79% of the
total voting power in our company. Following the completion of
this offering and assuming that the underwriters do not exercise
their option to purchase additional shares of Class A
common stock, Carlyle will continue to
own % of our outstanding common
stock, representing % of the total
voting power in our company, excluding shares of common stock
with respect to which Carlyle has received a voting proxy
pursuant to new irrevocable proxy and tag-along agreements. See
Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Related Person Transactions
Irrevocable Proxy and Tag-Along Agreements. Because of
certain voting and other provisions of the current stockholders
agreement, Carlyle may be deemed to share beneficial ownership
over shares of common stock held by other stockholders. Of the
seven members currently serving on our board of directors, or
the Board, four were designated by Carlyle. Under the terms of
an amended and restated stockholders agreement to be entered
into among Booz Allen Holding and Coinvest in connection with
this offering, Carlyle will continue to have the right to
designate a majority of the Board nominees for election, Carlyle
will also continue to have the voting power to elect such
nominees following the completion of the offering. In addition,
the amended and restated stockholders agreement will continue to
provide rights and restrictions with respect to certain
transactions in our securities entered into by Coinvest or
certain other stockholders. See Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions Related Person
Transactions Stockholders Agreement.
Company
Information
We are incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. Our
principal executive office is located at 8283 Greensboro Drive,
McLean, Virginia 22102, and our telephone number is
(703) 902-5000.
Our website is www.boozallen.com and is included in this
prospectus as an inactive textual reference only. The
information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our
website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this
prospectus.
6
The
Offering
|
|
|
Class A common stock offered by us |
|
shares |
|
Class A common stock outstanding after the offering
|
|
shares |
|
Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock
|
|
The underwriters have a
30-day
option to purchase an
additional
shares of Class A common stock from us. |
|
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol |
|
BAH |
|
|
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that our net proceeds from the offering, after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately
$ million, based on the
midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering
to repay $ million of
indebtedness outstanding under our mezzanine credit facility and
pay a related prepayment penalty of
$ million. See
Use of Proceeds. Certain of the underwriters of this
offering or their affiliates are lenders under our senior credit
facilities and mezzanine credit facility. Accordingly, certain
of the underwriters may receive net proceeds from this offering
in connection with the repayment of our mezzanine credit
facility. See Underwriting. |
|
|
|
Risk factors |
|
See Risk Factors and other information included in
this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully
consider before deciding whether to invest in shares of our
Class A common stock. |
|
Dividend policy |
|
We do not expect to pay dividends on our Class A common
stock for the foreseeable future. |
|
Conflicts of interest |
|
We intend to use certain of the net proceeds of this offering to
retire a portion of the mezzanine credit facility under which an
affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is a lender.
Since Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLCs affiliate will
receive at least 5% of the net proceeds of this offering in
connection with this repayment, Credit Suisse Securities (USA)
LLC, a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or
FINRA, may be deemed to have a conflict of interest
with us under FINRAs NASD Conduct Rule 2720.
Accordingly, this offering will be conducted in compliance with
the requirements of such rule. See
Underwriting Conflicts of Interest. |
Following this offering, we will have four classes of authorized
common stock: Class A common stock, Class B non-voting
common stock, Class C restricted common stock and
Class E special voting common stock. As
of ,
2010, ,
and shares of
our Class B non-voting common stock, Class C
restricted common stock and Class E special voting common
stock were outstanding. The rights of the holders of
Class A common stock, Class C restricted common stock
and Class E special voting common stock are identical,
except with respect to participation in dividends and other
distributions, vesting and conversion. Class A common
stock, Class C restricted common stock and Class E
special voting common stock are entitled to one vote per share
on all matters voted on by our stockholders. The Class B
common stock is non-voting common stock. When stock options
related to our Class E common stock are exercised, we will
7
repurchase the underlying share of Class E common stock and
issue a share of Class A common stock to the option holder.
See Description of Capital Stock.
The number of shares of our Class A common stock to be
outstanding immediately after the offering is based on the
number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding as
of , 2010. Such number excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
shares of Class A
common stock reserved for issuance under our Equity Incentive
Plan, including shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding
stock options;
|
|
|
|
shares of Class A
common stock reserved for issuance under our Officers
Rollover Stock Plan upon the exercise of outstanding stock
options related to outstanding shares of our Class E
special voting common stock and our mandatory repurchase of
those shares in connection with such exercise; and
|
|
|
|
shares of Class A
common stock issuable upon transfer of outstanding Class B
non-voting common stock and Class C restricted common stock.
|
Unless we indicate otherwise, the information in this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
reflects a -for-1 split of our
outstanding common stock to be effected prior to the completion
of this offering. The stock split will be effected to reduce the
per share price of our Class A common stock to a more
customary level for an initial public offering and an initial
listing on a national securities exchange;
|
|
|
|
gives effect to amendments to our certificate of incorporation
and bylaws to be adopted prior to the completion of this
offering and the related elimination of our Class D merger
rolling common stock and Class F non-voting restricted
common stock prior to the completion of this offering;
|
|
|
|
assumes the issuance
of shares of Class A
common stock in this offering;
|
|
|
|
assumes that the initial public offering price of our
Class A common stock will be
$ per share, which is the
midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus;
|
|
|
|
assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their
over-allotment option; and
|
|
|
|
presents indebtedness outstanding under our senior credit
facilities and our mezzanine credit facility as of any
particular date net of unamortized discount.
|
8
SUMMARY
OF HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following tables provide a summary of our historical
consolidated financial and other data for the periods indicated.
The summary consolidated financial data for fiscal 2008 and
fiscal 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
summary consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2010 and
for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 have been
derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results
are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
expected for any future period, and the unaudited interim
results for the three months ended June 30, 2010 are not
necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for
fiscal 2011. The information below should be read in conjunction
with Capitalization, Selected Historical
Consolidated Financial and Other Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, and the consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto included in this
prospectus.
As discussed in more detail under The Acquisition and
Recapitalization Transaction, Booz Allen Hamilton was
indirectly acquired by Carlyle on July 31, 2008.
Immediately prior to the acquisition, Booz Allen Hamilton
spun-off its commercial and international business and retained
its U.S. government business. The accompanying consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are
presented for (1) the Predecessor, which are
the financial statements of Booz Allen Hamilton and its
consolidated subsidiaries for the period preceding the
acquisition, and (2) the Company, which are the
financial statements of Booz Allen Holding and its consolidated
subsidiaries for the period following the acquisition. Prior to
the acquisition, Booz Allen Hamiltons U.S. government
business is presented as the continuing operations of the
Predecessor. The Predecessors consolidated financial
statements have been presented for the twelve months ended
March 31, 2008 and the four months ended July 31,
2008. The operating results of the commercial and international
business that was spun off by Booz Allen Hamilton effective
July 31, 2008 have been presented as discontinued
operations in the Predecessor consolidated financial statements
and the related notes included in this prospectus. The
Companys consolidated financial statements for periods
subsequent to the acquisition have been presented from
August 1, 2008 through March 31, 2009, for the twelve
months ended March 31, 2010 and for the three months ended
June 30, 2009 and 2010. The Predecessors financial
statements may not necessarily be indicative of the cost
structure or results of operations that would have existed if
the U.S. government business operated as a stand-alone,
independent business. The acquisition was accounted for as a
business combination, which resulted in a new basis of
accounting. The Predecessors and the Companys
financial statements are not comparable as a result of applying
a new basis of accounting. See Notes 1, 4, and 24 to our
consolidated financial statements for additional information
regarding the accounting treatment of the acquisition and
discontinued operations.
The results of operations for fiscal 2008 and the three months
ended June 30, 2009 are presented as adjusted
to reflect the change in accounting principle related to our
revenue recognition policies as described in
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Critical
Accounting Estimates and Policies.
Included in the table below are unaudited pro forma results of
operations for the twelve months ended March 31, 2009, or
pro forma 2009, assuming the acquisition had been
completed as of April 1, 2008. The unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated results of operations for fiscal 2009 are
based on our historical audited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, adjusted to
give pro forma effect to the acquisition. The unaudited pro
forma condensed consolidated results of operations for fiscal
2009 are presented because management believes it provides a
meaningful comparison of operating results enabling twelve
months of fiscal 2009, adjusted for the impact of the
acquisition, to be compared with fiscal 2010. The unaudited pro
forma condensed consolidated financial statements are for
informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what
our actual results of operations would have been if the
acquisition had been completed as of April 1, 2008 or that
may be achieved in the future. The unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated financial information and the accompanying notes
should be read in conjunction with our historical audited
consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus and other financial information
contained in Risk Factors, The Acquisition and
Recapitalization Transaction, and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations in this prospectus. See Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial
9
Condition and Results of Operations Results of
Operations for a description of the pro forma adjustments
attributable to the acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2009(1)
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,625,055
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,351,218
|
|
|
$
|
5,122,633
|
|
|
$
|
1,229,459
|
|
|
$
|
1,341,929
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
2,028,848
|
|
|
|
|
2,296,335
|
|
|
|
2,654,143
|
|
|
|
638,690
|
|
|
|
677,095
|
|
Billable expenses
|
|
|
935,459
|
|
|
|
|
1,158,320
|
|
|
|
1,361,229
|
|
|
|
329,681
|
|
|
|
356,286
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
474,188
|
|
|
|
|
723,827
|
|
|
|
811,944
|
|
|
|
184,734
|
|
|
|
200,419
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
33,079
|
|
|
|
|
106,335
|
|
|
|
95,763
|
|
|
|
24,003
|
|
|
|
19,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
3,471,574
|
|
|
|
|
4,284,817
|
|
|
|
4,923,079
|
|
|
|
1,177,108
|
|
|
|
1,253,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
153,481
|
|
|
|
|
66,401
|
|
|
|
199,554
|
|
|
|
52,351
|
|
|
|
88,745
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
|
5,312
|
|
|
|
1,466
|
|
|
|
515
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2,319
|
)
|
|
|
|
(146,803
|
)
|
|
|
(150,734
|
)
|
|
|
(36,371
|
)
|
|
|
(40,353
|
)
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
(1,931
|
)
|
|
|
|
(182
|
)
|
|
|
(1,292
|
)
|
|
|
(523
|
)
|
|
|
(619
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
151,673
|
|
|
|
|
(75,272
|
)
|
|
|
48,994
|
|
|
|
15,972
|
|
|
|
48,085
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations
|
|
|
62,693
|
|
|
|
|
(25,831
|
)
|
|
|
23,575
|
|
|
|
7,547
|
|
|
|
19,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
88,980
|
|
|
|
$
|
(49,441
|
)
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
8,425
|
|
|
|
28,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(71,106
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
17,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,419
|
|
|
$
|
8,425
|
|
|
$
|
28,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
outstanding(2)(3):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share from continuing
operations(2)(3):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma earnings per share from continuing operations
(unaudited)(3)(4):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted weighted average shares
outstanding(unaudited)(3)(5):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted earnings per share from continuing
operations(unaudited)(3)(6):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends per share
(unaudited)(3)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
(7)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2009(1)
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
270,484
|
|
|
$
|
(61,711
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,011
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations
|
|
|
(10,991
|
)
|
|
|
(6,568
|
)
|
|
|
(14,829
|
)
|
Net cash used in financing activities of continuing operations
|
|
|
(372,560
|
)
|
|
|
(3,025
|
)
|
|
|
(2,406
|
)
|
Other Financial Data (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(8)
|
|
$
|
226,874
|
|
|
|
$
|
277,344
|
|
|
$
|
368,323
|
|
|
$
|
100,996
|
|
|
$
|
121,545
|
|
Adjusted Net Income(8)
|
|
$
|
97,001
|
|
|
$
|
30,014
|
|
|
$
|
41,661
|
|
Free Cash Flow(8)
|
|
$
|
221,213
|
|
|
$
|
(68,279
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,202
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
As of March 31,
|
|
|
As of March 31,
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Other Data (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Backlog (in thousands)(9)
|
|
|
N/A
|
(10)
|
|
|
$
|
7,278,782
|
|
|
$
|
9,012,923
|
|
|
$
|
7,503,772
|
|
|
$
|
9,488,823
|
|
Employees
|
|
|
18,822
|
|
|
|
|
21,614
|
|
|
|
23,315
|
|
|
|
22,492
|
|
|
|
23,848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma as
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
Pro Forma(11)
|
|
Adjusted(11)
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
300,611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
648,622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
3,015,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
1,542,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
552,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
See Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other
Data and Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operation
Results of Operations for further information regarding
our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated results of
operations. |
|
(2) |
|
Basic earnings per share for the Company has been computed using
the weighted average number of shares of Class A common
stock, Class B non-voting common stock and Class C
restricted common stock outstanding during the period. The
Companys diluted earnings per share has been computed
using the weighted average number of shares of Class A
common stock, Class B non-voting common stock and
Class C restricted common stock including the dilutive
effect of outstanding common stock options and other stock-based
awards. The weighted average number of Class E special
voting common stock has not been included in the calculation of
either basic earnings per share or diluted earnings per share
due to the terms of such common stock. |
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share for the Predecessor has been computed
using the weighted average number of shares of Class A
common stock outstanding during the period. The
Predecessors diluted earnings per share has been computed
using the weighted average number of shares of Class A
common stock including the dilutive effect of outstanding
stock-based awards. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Reflects
a -for-1
split of our outstanding common stock to be effected prior to
the completion of this offering. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Pro forma earnings per share for fiscal 2010 and the three
months ended June 30, 2010 gives effect to the net
reduction in interest expense related to the repayment of
$85.0 million of indebtedness under our |
11
|
|
|
|
|
mezzanine credit facility on August 2, 2010, as if such
repayment had occurred on April 1, 2009 and 2010,
respectively. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Includes shares
of Class A common stock offered by us in this offering. |
|
|
|
(6) |
|
Pro forma as adjusted earnings per share for fiscal 2010 and the
three months ended June 30, 2010 gives effect to the net
reduction in interest expense related to (i) the repayment
of $85.0 million of indebtedness under our mezzanine credit
facility on August 2, 2010, and (ii) the use of the
net proceeds from the sale of
shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an
assumed offering price of $ , the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, to repay borrowings under our mezzanine credit
facility, as if each had occurred on April 1, 2009 and
2010, respectively. |
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Reflects the payment of special dividends in the aggregate
amount of $114.9 million and $497.5 million to holders
of record of our Class A common stock, Class B
non-voting common stock, and Class C restricted common
stock as of July 29, 2009 and December 8, 2009,
respectively. |
|
|
|
(8) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA represents net income before
income taxes, net interest and other expense and depreciation
and amortization and before certain other items, including:
(i) certain stock option-based and other equity-based
compensation expenses, (ii) transaction costs, fees, losses
and expenses, (iii) the impact of the application of
purchase accounting and (iv) any extraordinary, unusual or
non-recurring items. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the
impact of items we do not consider indicative of ongoing
operating performance due to their inherent unusual,
extraordinary or non-recurring nature or because they result
from an event of a similar nature. |
|
|
|
|
|
We utilize and discuss Adjusted EBITDA because our management
uses this measure for business planning purposes, including to
manage the business against internal projected results of
operations and measure the performance of the business
generally. We view Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of our core
operating business because it excludes the impact of the items
described above on our results of operations as these items are
generally not operational in nature. Adjusted EBITDA also
provides another basis for comparing period to period results by
excluding potential differences caused by non-operational and
unusual, extraordinary or non-recurring items. We also present
Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus as a supplemental performance
measure because we believe that this measure provides investors
and securities analysts with important supplemental information
with which to evaluate our performance and to enable them to
assess our performance on the same basis as management. |
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA as discussed in this prospectus may vary from
and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented
by other companies in our industry. Adjusted EBITDA is different
from the term EBITDA as it is commonly used, and
Adjusted EBITDA also varies from (i) the measure
Consolidated EBITDA discussed in this prospectus
under Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Liquidity and Capital Resources Indebtedness
and (ii) the measures EBITDA and Bonus
EBITDA discussed in this prospectus under Executive
Compensation. Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized
measurement under GAAP and when analyzing our performance,
investors should (i) evaluate each adjustment in our
reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA and the
explanatory footnotes regarding those adjustments and
(ii) use Adjusted EBITDA in addition to, and not as an
alternative to, operating income or net income as a measure of
operating results, each as defined under GAAP. |
12
The following table reconciles net income to Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2009
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
17,874
|
|
|
|
$
|
(49,441
|
)(a)
|
|
$
|
25,419
|
|
|
$
|
8,425
|
|
|
$
|
28,169
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
62,693
|
|
|
|
|
(25,831
|
)
|
|
|
23,575
|
|
|
|
7,547
|
|
|
|
19,916
|
|
Interest and other expense, net
|
|
|
1,808
|
|
|
|
|
141,673
|
|
|
|
150,560
|
|
|
|
36,379
|
|
|
|
40,660
|
|
Depreciation and amortization(b)
|
|
|
33,079
|
|
|
|
|
106,335
|
|
|
|
95,763
|
|
|
|
24,003
|
|
|
|
19,384
|
|
Certain stock-based compensation expense(c)
|
|
|
35,013
|
|
|
|
|
82,019
|
|
|
|
68,517
|
|
|
|
24,242
|
|
|
|
13,344
|
|
Transaction expenses(d)
|
|
|
5,301
|
|
|
|
|
19,512
|
|
|
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Purchase accounting adjustments(e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,077
|
|
|
|
1,074
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-recurring items(f)
|
|
|
71,106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
226,874
|
|
|
|
$
|
277,344
|
|
|
$
|
368,323
|
|
|
$
|
100,996
|
|
|
$
|
121,545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Represents loss from continuing operations. |
(b) |
|
Includes $57.8 million and $40.6 million in pro forma
2009 and fiscal 2010, respectively, of amortization of
intangible assets resulting from the acquisition. Includes
$10.1 million and $7.2 million in the three months
ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively, of amortization
of intangible assets resulting from the acquisition. |
(c) |
|
Reflects (i) $35.0 million of expense in fiscal 2008
for stock rights under the Predecessors Officer Stock
Rights Plan, which were accounted for as liability awards, and
(ii) $70.5 million and $49.3 million of stock-based
compensation expense in pro forma 2009 and fiscal 2010,
respectively, and $16.6 million and $9.5 million of
stock-based compensation expense in the three months ended
June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively, for new options for
Class A common stock and restricted shares, in each case,
issued in connection with the acquisition under the
Officers Rollover Stock Plan established in connection
with the acquisition. Expense is based on vesting schedules from
three to five years, which is dependent on whether officers were
classified as retirement or non-retirement eligible at the time
of the acquisition. Also reflects $11.5 million and
$19.2 million of stock-based compensation expense in pro
forma 2009 and fiscal 2010, respectively, and $7.7 million and
$3.8 million of stock-based compensation expense in the
three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively,
for Equity Incentive Plan Class A common stock options
issued in connection with the acquisition under the Equity
Incentive Plan established in connection with the acquisition. |
(d) |
|
Fiscal 2008 and pro forma 2009 reflect charges related to the
acquisition, including legal, tax and accounting expenses.
Fiscal 2010 reflects costs related to the modification of our
credit facilities, the establishment of the Tranche C term
loan facility under our senior credit facilities and the
related payment of special dividends. See Acquisition and
Recapitalization Transaction. The three months ended
June 30, 2010 reflects certain external administrative and
other expenses incurred in connection with this offering. |
(e) |
|
Reflects adjustments resulting from the application of purchase
accounting in connection with the acquisition not otherwise
included in depreciation and amortization. |
(f) |
|
Reflects loss from discontinued operations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted Net Income represents net income
before: (i) certain stock option-based and other
equity-based compensation expenses, (ii) transaction costs,
fees, losses and expenses, (iii) the impact of the
application of purchase accounting, (iv) adjustments
related to the amortization of intangible assets,
(v) amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs and
write-off of original issue discount, or OID, and |
13
|
|
|
|
|
(vi) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items, in
each case net of the tax effect calculated using an assumed
effective tax rate. We prepare Adjusted Net Income to eliminate
the impact of items, net of tax, we do not consider indicative
of ongoing operating performance due to their inherent unusual,
extraordinary or non-recurring nature or because they result
from an event of a similar nature. |
|
|
|
We utilize and discuss Adjusted Net Income because our
management uses this measure for business planning purposes,
including to manage the business against internal projected
results of operations and measure the performance of the
business generally. We view Adjusted Net Income as a measure of
our core operating business because it excludes the items
described above, net of tax, which are generally not operational
in nature. We also present Adjusted Net Income in this
prospectus as a supplemental performance measure because we
believe that this measure provides investors and securities
analysts with important supplemental information with which to
evaluate our performance, long-term earnings potential and to
enable them to assess our performance on the same basis as
management. |
|
|
|
Adjusted Net Income as discussed in this prospectus may vary
from and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures
presented by other companies in our industry. Adjusted Net
Income is not a recognized measurement under GAAP and when
analyzing our performance, investors should (i) evaluate
each adjustment in our reconciliation of net income to Adjusted
Net Income and the explanatory footnotes regarding those
adjustments and (ii) use Adjusted Net Income in addition
to, and not as an alternative to, operating income or net income
as a measure of operating results, each as defined under GAAP. |
The following table reconciles net income to Adjusted Net Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
25,419
|
|
|
$
|
8,425
|
|
|
$
|
28,169
|
|
Certain stock-based compensation expense(a)
|
|
|
68,517
|
|
|
|
24,242
|
|
|
|
13,344
|
|
Transaction expenses(b)
|
|
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Purchase accounting adjustments(c)
|
|
|
1,074
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets(d)
|
|
|
40,597
|
|
|
|
10,120
|
|
|
|
7,158
|
|
Amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs and write-off
of OID
|
|
|
5,700
|
|
|
|
1,219
|
|
|
|
1,913
|
|
Adjustments for tax effect(e)
|
|
|
(47,721
|
)
|
|
|
(14,392
|
)
|
|
|
(8,995
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted Net Income
|
|
$
|
97,001
|
|
|
$
|
30,014
|
|
|
$
|
41,661
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects $49.3 million of stock-based compensation expense
in fiscal 2010 and $16.6 million and $9.5 million of
stock-based compensation expense in the three months ended
June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively, for new options for
Class A common stock and restricted shares, in each case,
issued in connection with the acquisition under the
Officers Rollover Stock Plan established in connection
with the acquisition. Expense is based on vesting schedules from
three to five years, which is dependent on whether officers were
classified as retirement or non-retirement eligible at the time
of the acquisition. Also reflects $19.2 million of
stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2010 and
$7.7 million and $3.8 million of stock-based
compensation expense in the three months ended June 30,
2009 and 2010, respectively, for Equity Incentive Plan
Class A common stock options issued in connection with the
acquisition under the Equity Incentive Plan established in
connection with the acquisition. |
(b) |
|
Fiscal 2010 reflects costs related to the modification of our
credit facilities, the establishment of the Tranche C term
loan facility under our senior credit facilities and the related
payment of special dividends. See Acquisition and
Recapitalization Transaction. The three months ended
June 30, 2010 reflects certain external administrative and
other expenses incurred in connection with this offering. |
(c) |
|
Reflects adjustments resulting from the application of purchase
accounting in connection with the acquisition. |
(d) |
|
Reflects amortization of intangible assets resulting from the
acquisition. |
(e) |
|
Reflects taxes on adjustments at an assumed marginal tax rate of
40%. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Factors and Trends Affecting Our Results of
Operations Income Taxes and our consolidated
financial statements and related footnotes included in this
prospectus. |
14
|
|
|
|
|
Free Cash Flow represents (i) net cash
provided by operating activities of continuing operations after
(ii) purchases of property and equipment, each as presented
in our consolidated statements of cash flows. We utilize and
discuss Free Cash Flow because our management uses this measure
for business planning purposes, to measure the cash generating
ability of our operating business after the impact of cash used
to purchase property and equipment, and to measure our liquidity
generally. We also present Free Cash Flow in this prospectus as
a supplemental liquidity measure because we believe that this
measure provides investors and securities analysts with
important supplemental information with which to evaluate our
liquidity and to enable them to assess our liquidity on the same
basis as management. |
|
|
Free Cash Flow as discussed in this prospectus may vary from and
may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by
other companies in our industry. Free Cash Flow is not a
recognized measurement under GAAP and when analyzing our
liquidity, investors should use Free Cash Flow in addition to,
and not as an alternative to, cash flows, as defined under GAAP,
as a measure of liquidity. |
|
|
The following table reconciles net cash provided by operating
activities of continuing operations to Free Cash Flow: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
270,484
|
|
|
$
|
(61,711
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,011
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(49,271
|
)
|
|
|
(6,568
|
)
|
|
|
(16,213
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Free Cash Flow
|
|
$
|
221,213
|
|
|
$
|
(68,279
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,202
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9) |
|
We define backlog to include funded backlog, unfunded backlog
and priced options. Funded backlog represents the revenue value
of orders for services under existing contracts for which
funding is appropriated or otherwise authorized less revenue
previously recognized on those contracts. Unfunded backlog
represents the revenue value of orders for services under
existing contracts for which funding has not been appropriated
or otherwise authorized. Priced contract options represent 100%
of the revenue value of all future contract option periods under
existing contracts that may be exercised at our clients
option and for which funding has not been appropriated or
otherwise authorized. Backlog is given as of the end of each
period presented. See Risk Factors Risks
Relating to Our Business We may not realize the full
value of our backlog, which may result in lower than expected
revenue, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Factors and Trends Affecting Our Results of
Operations Sources of Revenue Contract
Backlog and Business Backlog. |
|
|
|
(10) |
|
Not available because we began to separately track information
on priced options on April 1, 2008. |
|
|
|
(11) |
|
Pro forma balance sheet data gives effect to the repayment of
$85.0 million of indebtedness under our mezzanine credit
facility on August 2, 2010 and the payment of the related
prepayment penalty of $2.6 million, as if such payments had
occurred on June 30, 2010. Pro forma as adjusted balance
sheet data gives effect to (i) the repayment of
$85.0 million of indebtedness under our mezzanine credit
facility on August 2, 2010 and the payment of the related
prepayment penalty of $2.6 million, and (ii) the use
of the net proceeds from the sale
of shares of our Class A
common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share, the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus,
to repay borrowings under our mezzanine credit facility and pay
a related prepayment penalty as described in Use of
Proceeds, as if each had occurred on June 30, 2010. |
|
|
|
|
|
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering
price of $ per share would increase
(decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and
cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, long-term debt,
net of current portion and stockholders equity by
approximately $ million, assuming that
the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or
decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase
(decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares
offered by us, assuming the offering price remains the same,
would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of
each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total
assets, long-term debt, net of current portion, and
stockholders equity by approximately
$ million. The information
discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on
the actual public offering price and other terms of this
offering determined at pricing. |
15
RISK
FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and
uncertainties described below, as well as other information
included in this prospectus, including our consolidated
financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of
this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The risks
described below are not the only ones facing us. The occurrence
of any of the following risks or additional risks and
uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently
believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect
our business, financial condition or results of operations. In
such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline,
and you may lose all or part of your original investment. This
prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and
estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual
results could differ materially from those anticipated in the
forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors,
including the risks and uncertainties described below.
Risks
Related to Our Business
We
depend on contracts with U.S. government agencies for
substantially all of our revenue. If our relationships with such
agencies are harmed, our future revenue and operating profits
would decline.
The U.S. government is our primary client, with revenue
from contracts and task orders, either as a prime or a
subcontractor, with U.S. government agencies accounting for
98% of our revenue for fiscal 2010. Our belief is that the
successful future growth of our business will continue to depend
primarily on our ability to be awarded work under
U.S. government contracts, as we expect this will be the
primary source of all of our revenue in the foreseeable future.
For this reason, any issue that compromises our relationship
with the U.S. government generally or any
U.S. government agency that we serve would cause our
revenue to decline. Among the key factors in maintaining our
relationship with U.S. government agencies are our
performance on contracts and task orders, the strength of our
professional reputation, compliance with applicable laws and
regulations, and the strength of our relationships with client
personnel. In addition, the mishandling or the perception of
mishandling of sensitive information, such as our failure to
maintain the confidentiality of the existence of our business
relationships with certain of our clients, could harm our
relationship with U.S. government agencies. If a client is not
satisfied with the quality or type of work performed by us, a
subcontractor or other third parties who provide services or
products for a specific project, clients might seek to terminate
the contract prior to its scheduled expiration date, provide a
negative assessment of our performance to government-maintained
contractor past-performance data repositories, fail to award us
additional business under existing contracts or otherwise and
direct future business to our competitors. Furthermore, we may
incur additional costs to address any such situation and the
profitability of that work might be impaired. To the extent that
our performance does not meet client expectations, or our
reputation or relationships with any of our clients is impaired,
our revenue and operating profits could materially decline.
U.S.
government spending and mission priorities could change in a
manner that adversely affects our future revenue and limits our
growth prospects.
Our business depends upon continued U.S. government
expenditures on defense, intelligence and civil programs for
which we provide support. These expenditures have not remained
constant over time and have been reduced in certain periods. Our
business, prospects, financial condition or operating results
could be materially harmed among other causes by the following:
|
|
|
|
|
budgetary constraints affecting U.S. government spending
generally, or specific agencies in particular, and changes in
available funding;
|
|
|
|
a shift in expenditures away from agencies or programs that we
support;
|
|
|
|
reduced U.S. government outsourcing of functions that we
are currently contracted to provide, including as a result of
increased insourcing;
|
|
|
|
changes in U.S. government programs that we support or
related requirements;
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government shutdowns (such as that which occurred
during government fiscal year 1996) or weather-related
closures in the Washington, DC area (such as that which occurred
in February 2010) and other potential delays in the
appropriations process;
|
|
|
|
U.S. government agencies awarding contracts on a
technically acceptable/lowest cost basis in order to reduce
expenditures;
|
|
|
|
delays in the payment of our invoices by government payment
offices; and
|
|
|
|
changes in the political climate and general economic
conditions, including a slowdown or unstable economic conditions
and responses to conditions, such as emergency spending, that
reduce funds available for other government priorities.
|
The Department of Defense is one of our significant clients and
cost cutting, including through consolidation and elimination of
duplicative organizations and insourcing, has become a major
initiative for the Department of Defense. In particular, the
Secretary of Defense recently announced that he has directed the
Department of Defense to reduce funding for service support
contractors by 10% per year for the next three years. A
reduction in the amount of services that we are contracted to
provide to the Department of Defense as a result of any of these
related initiatives or otherwise could have a material adverse
effect on our business and results of operations.
These or other factors could cause our defense, intelligence or
civil clients to decrease the number of new contracts awarded
generally and fail to award us new contracts, reduce their
purchases under our existing contracts, exercise their right to
terminate our contracts, or not exercise options to renew our
contracts, any of which could cause a material decline in our
revenue.
We are
required to comply with numerous laws and regulations, some of
which are highly complex, and our failure to comply could result
in fines or civil or criminal penalties or suspension or
debarment by the U.S. government that could result in our
inability to receive U.S. government contracts, which could
materially and adversely affect our results of
operations.
As a U.S. government contractor, we must comply with laws
and regulations relating to the formation, administration and
performance of U.S. government contracts, which affect how
we do business with our clients. Such laws and regulations may
potentially impose added costs on our business and our failure
to comply with them may lead to civil or criminal penalties,
termination of our U.S. government contracts
and/or
suspension or debarment from contracting with federal agencies.
Some significant laws and regulations that affect us include:
|
|
|
|
|
the Federal Acquisition Regulation, or the FAR, and agency
regulations supplemental to the FAR, which regulate the
formation, administration and performance of
U.S. government contracts. Specifically, FAR 52.203-13
requires contractors to establish a Code of Business Ethics and
Conduct, implement a comprehensive internal control system, and
report to the government when the contractor has credible
evidence that a principal, employee, agent, or subcontractor, in
connection with a government contract, has violated certain
federal criminal law, violated the civil False Claims Act or has
received a significant overpayment;
|
|
|
|
the False Claims Act and False Statements Act, which impose
civil and criminal liability for presenting false or fraudulent
claims for payments or reimbursement, and making false
statements to the U.S. government, respectively;
|
|
|
|
the Truth in Negotiations Act, which requires certification and
disclosure of cost and pricing data in connection with the
negotiation of a contract, modification or task order;
|
|
|
|
|
|
laws, regulations and executive orders restricting the use and
dissemination of information classified for national security
purposes and the export of certain products, services and
technical data, including requirements regarding any applicable
licensing of our employees involved in such work; and
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
the Cost Accounting Standards and Cost Principles, which impose
accounting requirements that govern our right to reimbursement
under certain cost-based U.S. government contracts and
require consistency of accounting practices over time.
|
In addition, the U.S. government adopts new laws, rules and
regulations from time to time that could have a material impact
on our results of operations.
Our performance under our U.S. government contracts and our
compliance with the terms of those contracts and applicable laws
and regulations are subject to periodic audit, review and
investigation by various agencies of the U.S. government.
In addition, from time to time we report potential or actual
violations of applicable laws and regulations to the relevant
governmental authority. Any such report of a potential or actual
violation of applicable laws or regulations could lead to an
audit, review or investigation by the relevant agencies of the
U.S. government. If such an audit, review or investigation
uncovers a violation of a law or regulation, or improper or
illegal activities relating to our U.S. government
contracts, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties or
administrative sanctions, including the termination of
contracts, forfeiture of profits, the triggering of price
reduction clauses, suspension of payments, fines and suspension
or debarment from contracting with U.S. government
agencies. Such penalties and sanctions are not uncommon in the
industry and there is inherent uncertainty as to the outcome of
any particular audit, review or investigation. If we incur a
material penalty or administrative sanction or otherwise suffer
harm to our reputation, our profitability, cash position and
future prospects could be materially and adversely affected.
Further, if the U.S. government were to initiate suspension
or debarment proceedings against us or if we are indicted for or
convicted of illegal activities relating to our
U.S. government contracts following an audit, review or
investigation, we may lose our ability to be awarded contracts
in the future or receive renewals of existing contracts for a
period of time which could materially and adversely affect our
results of operations or financial condition. We could also
suffer harm to our reputation if allegations of impropriety were
made against us, which would impair our ability to win awards of
contracts in the future or receive renewals of existing
contracts.
We
derive a majority of our revenue from contracts awarded through
a competitive bidding process, and our revenue and profitability
may be adversely affected if we are unable to compete
effectively in the process or if there are delays caused by our
competitors protesting major contract awards received by
us.
We derive a majority of our revenue from U.S. government
contracts awarded though competitive bidding processes. We do
not expect this to change for the foreseeable future. Our
failure to compete effectively in this procurement environment
would have a material adverse effect on our revenue and
profitability.
The competitive bidding process involves risk and significant
costs to businesses operating in this environment, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the necessity to expend resources, make financial commitments
(such as procuring leased premises) and bid on engagements in
advance of the completion of their design, which may result in
unforeseen difficulties in execution, cost overruns and, in the
case of an unsuccessful competition, the loss of committed costs;
|
|
|
|
the substantial cost and managerial time and effort spent to
prepare bids and proposals for contracts that may not be awarded
to us;
|
|
|
|
the ability to accurately estimate the resources and costs that
will be required to service any contract we are awarded;
|
|
|
|
the expense and delay that may arise if our competitors protest
or challenge contract awards made to us pursuant to competitive
bidding, and the risk that any such protest or challenge could
result in the resubmission of bids on modified specifications,
or in termination, reduction, or modification of the awarded
contract; and
|
|
|
|
any opportunity cost of bidding and winning other contracts we
might otherwise pursue.
|
18
In circumstances where contracts are held by other companies and
are scheduled to expire, we still may not be provided the
opportunity to bid on those contracts if the
U.S. government determines to extend the existing contract.
If we are unable to win particular contracts that are awarded
through the competitive bidding process, we may not be able to
operate in the market for services that are provided under those
contracts for the duration of those contracts to the extent that
there is no additional demand for such services. An inability to
consistently win new contract awards over any extended period
would have a material adverse effect on our business and results
of operations.
It can take many months for the relevant U.S. government
agency to resolve protests by one or more of our competitors of
contract awards we receive. The resulting delay in the start up
and funding of the work under these contracts may cause our
actual results to differ materially and adversely from those
anticipated.
We may
lose GSA schedules or our position as a prime contractor on one
or more of our GWACs.
We believe that one of the key elements of our success is our
position as the holder of ten General Services
Administration Multiple Award schedule contracts, or GSA
schedules, and as a prime contractor under
four government-wide acquisition contract vehicles, or
GWACs, as of June 30, 2010. GSA schedules are administered
by the General Services Administration and support a wide range
of products and services. GWACs are used to procure IT products
and services and are administered by the agency soliciting the
services or products. Our ability to maintain our existing
business and win new business depends on our ability to maintain
our position as a GSA schedule contractor and a prime contractor
on GWACs. The loss of any of our GSA schedules or our prime
contractor position on any of our contracts could have a
material adverse effect on our ability to win new business and
our operating results. In addition, if the U.S. government
elects to use a contract vehicle that we do not hold, we will
not be able to compete for work under that contract vehicle as a
prime contractor.
We may
earn less revenue than projected, or no revenue, under certain
of our contracts.
Many of our contracts with our clients are indefinite delivery,
indefinite quantity, or ID/IQ, contracts, including GSA
schedules and GWACs. ID/IQ contracts provide for the issuance by
the client of orders for services or products under the
contract, and often contain multi-year terms and unfunded
ceiling amounts, which allow but do not commit the
U.S. government to purchase products and services from
contractors. Our ability to generate revenue under each of these
types of contracts depends upon our ability to be awarded task
orders for specific services by the client. ID/IQ contracts may
be awarded to one contractor (single award) or several
contractors (multiple award). Multiple contractors must compete
under multiple award ID/IQ contracts for task orders to provide
particular services, and contractors earn revenue only to the
extent that they successfully compete for these task orders. In
fiscal 2008, pro forma 2009 and fiscal 2010, our revenue under
our GSA schedules and GWACs accounted for 29%, 27% and 23%,
respectively, of our total revenue. A failure to be awarded task
orders under such contracts would have a material adverse effect
on our results of operations and financial condition.
Our
earnings and profitability may vary based on the mix of our
contracts and may be adversely affected by our failure to
accurately estimate or otherwise recover the expenses, time and
resources for our contracts.
We enter into three general types of U.S. government
contracts for our services:
cost-reimbursable,
time-and-materials
and fixed-price. For fiscal 2010, we derived 50% of our revenue
from cost-reimbursable contracts, 38% from time-and-materials
contracts and 12% from fixed-price contracts. For the three
months ended June 30, 2010, we derived 51% of our revenue
from
cost-reimbursable
contracts, 36% from
time-and-materials
contracts and 13% from
fixed-price
contracts.
Each of these types of contracts, to varying degrees, involves
the risk that we could underestimate our cost of fulfilling the
contract, which may reduce the profit we earn or lead to a
financial loss on the contract and adversely affect our
operating results.
19
Under cost-reimbursable contracts, we are reimbursed for
allowable costs up to a ceiling and paid a fee, which may be
fixed or performance-based. If our actual costs exceed the
contract ceiling or are not allowable under the terms of the
contract or applicable regulations, we may not be able to
recover those costs. In particular, there is increasing focus by
the U.S. government on the extent to which government
contractors, including us, are able to receive reimbursement for
employee compensation.
Under
time-and-materials
contracts, we are reimbursed for labor at negotiated hourly
billing rates and for certain allowable expenses. We assume
financial risk on
time-and-materials
contracts because our costs of performance may exceed these
negotiated hourly rates.
Under fixed-price contracts, we perform specific tasks for a
pre-determined price. Compared to
time-and-materials
and cost-reimbursable contracts, fixed-price contracts generally
offer higher margin opportunities because we receive the
benefits of any cost savings, but involve greater financial risk
because we bear the impact of any cost overruns. The
U.S. government has indicated that it intends to increase
its use of fixed price contract procurements. In addition, the
Department of Defense recently adopted purchasing guidelines
that mark a shift towards fixed-priced procurement contracts.
Because we assume the risk for cost overruns and contingent
losses on fixed-price contracts, an increase in the percentage
of fixed-price contracts in our contract mix would increase our
risk of suffering losses.
Additionally, our profits could be adversely affected if our
costs under any of these contracts exceed the assumptions we
used in bidding for the contract. We have recorded provisions in
our consolidated financial statements for losses on our
contracts, as required under GAAP, but our contract loss
provisions may not be adequate to cover all actual losses that
we may incur in the future.
Our
professional reputation is critical to our business, and any
harm to our reputation could decrease the amount of business the
U.S. government does with us, which could have a material
adverse effect on our future revenue and growth
prospects.
We depend on our contracts with U.S. government agencies
for substantially all of our revenue and if our reputation or
relationships with these agencies were harmed, our future
revenue and growth prospects would be materially and adversely
affected. Our reputation and relationship with the
U.S. government is a key factor in maintaining and growing
revenue under contracts with the U.S. government. Negative
press reports regarding poor contract performance, employee
misconduct, information security breaches or other aspects of
our business, or regarding government contractors generally,
could harm our reputation. If our reputation with these agencies
is negatively affected, or if we are suspended or debarred from
contracting with government agencies for any reason, such
actions would decrease the amount of business that the
U.S. government does with us, which would have a material
adverse effect on our future revenue and growth prospects.
We use
estimates in recognizing revenue and if we make changes to
estimates used in recognizing revenue, our profitability may be
adversely affected.
Revenue from our fixed-price contracts is primarily recognized
using the
percentage-of-completion
method with progress toward completion of a particular contract
based on actual costs incurred relative to total estimated costs
to be incurred over the life of the contract. Revenue from our
cost-plus-award-fee contracts are based on our estimation of
award fees over the life of the contract. Estimating costs at
completion and award fees on our long-term contracts is complex
and involves significant judgment. Adjustments to original
estimates are often required as work progresses, experience is
gained and additional information becomes known, even though the
scope of the work required under the contract may not change.
Any adjustment as a result of a change in estimate is recognized
as events become known.
In the event updated estimates indicate that we will experience
a loss on the contract, we recognize the estimated loss at the
time it is determined. Additional information may subsequently
indicate that the loss is more or less than initially
recognized, which requires further adjustments in our
consolidated financial statements. Changes in the underlying
assumptions, circumstances or estimates could result in
adjustments that could have a material adverse effect on our
future results of operations.
20
We may
not realize the full value of our backlog, which may result in
lower than expected revenue.
As of June 30, 2010, our total backlog was
$9.5 billion, of which $2.6 billion was funded. We
define backlog to include the following three components:
|
|
|
|
|
Funded Backlog. Funded backlog represents the
revenue value of orders for services under existing contracts
for which funding is appropriated or otherwise authorized less
revenue previously recognized on these contracts.
|
|
|
|
Unfunded Backlog. Unfunded backlog represents
the revenue value of orders for services under existing
contracts for which funding has not been appropriated or
otherwise authorized.
|
|
|
|
Priced Options. Priced contract options
represent 100% of the revenue value of all future contract
option periods under existing contracts that may be exercised at
our clients option and for which funding has not been
appropriated or otherwise authorized.
|
Backlog does not include any task orders under ID/IQ contracts,
including GWACs and GSA schedules, except to the extent that
task orders have been awarded to us under those contracts.
We historically have not realized all of the revenue included in
our total backlog, and we may not realize all of the revenue
included in our total backlog in the future. There is a somewhat
higher degree of risk in this regard with respect to unfunded
backlog and priced options. In addition, there can be no
assurance that our backlog will result in actual revenue in any
particular period. This is because the actual receipt, timing
and amount of revenue under contracts included in backlog are
subject to various contingencies, including congressional
appropriations, many of which are beyond our control. For
example, the actual receipt of revenue from contracts included
in backlog may never occur or may be delayed because a program
schedule could change or the program could be canceled, a
contract could be reduced, modified or terminated early,
including as a result of a lack of appropriated funds or as a
result of cost cutting initiatives and other efforts to reduce
U.S. government spending such as initiatives recently
announced by the Secretary of Defense. In addition, headcount
growth is the primary means by which we are able to recognize
revenue growth. Any inability to hire additional appropriately
qualified personnel or failure to effectively deploy such
additional personnel against funded backlog could negatively
affect our ability to grow our revenue. Furthermore, even if our
backlog results in revenue, the contracts may not be profitable.
We may
fail to attract, train and retain skilled and qualified
employees with appropriate security clearances, which may impair
our ability to generate revenue, effectively service our clients
and execute our growth strategy.
Our business depends in large part upon our ability to attract
and retain sufficient numbers of highly qualified individuals
who may have advanced degrees in areas such as information
technology as well as appropriate security clearances. We
compete for such qualified personnel with other
U.S. government contractors, the U.S. government and
private industry, and such competition is intense. Personnel
with the requisites skills, qualifications or security clearance
may be in short supply or generally unavailable. In addition,
our ability to recruit, hire and internally deploy former
employees of the U.S. government is subject to complex laws
and regulations, which may serve as an impediment to our ability
to attract such former employees, and failure to comply with
these laws and regulations may expose us and our employees to
civil or criminal penalties. If we are unable to recruit and
retain a sufficient number of qualified employees, our ability
to maintain and grow our business and to effectively service our
clients could be limited and our future revenue and results of
operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Furthermore, to the extent that we are unable to make necessary
permanent hires to appropriately service our clients, we could
be required to engage larger numbers of contracted personnel,
which could reduce our profit margins.
If we are able to attract sufficient numbers of qualified new
hires, training and retention costs may place significant
demands on our resources. In addition, to the extent that we
experience attrition in our employee ranks, we may realize only
a limited or no return on such invested resources, and we would
have to expend additional resources to hire and train
replacement employees. The loss of services of key personnel
could also
21
impair our ability to perform required services under some of
our contracts and to retain such contracts, as well as our
ability to win new business.
We may
fail to obtain and maintain necessary security clearances which
may adversely affect our ability to perform on certain
contracts.
Many U.S. government programs require contractors to have
security clearances. Depending on the level of required
clearance, security clearances can be difficult and
time-consuming to obtain. If we or our employees are unable to
obtain or retain necessary security clearances, we may not be
able to win new business, and our existing clients could
terminate their contracts with us or decide not to renew them.
To the extent we are not able to obtain and maintain facility
security clearances or engage employees with the required
security clearances for a particular contract, we may not be
able to bid on or win new contracts, or effectively rebid on
expiring contracts, as well as lose existing contracts, which
may adversely affect our operating results and inhibit the
execution of our growth strategy.
Our
profitability could suffer if we are not able to effectively
utilize our professionals.
The cost of providing our services, including the utilization
rate of our professionals, affects our profitability. Our
utilization rate is affected by a number of factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to transition employees from completed projects to
new assignments and to hire and assimilate new employees;
|
|
|
|
our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby
maintain headcount that is aligned with demand;
|
|
|
|
our ability to manage attrition; and
|
|
|
|
our need to devote time and resources to training, business
development and other non-chargeable activities.
|
If our utilization rate is too low, our profit margin and
profitability could suffer. Additionally, if our utilization
rate is too high, it could have a material adverse effect on
employee engagement and attrition, which would in turn have a
material adverse impact on our business.
We may
lose one or more members of our senior management team or fail
to develop new leaders which could cause the disruption of the
management of our business.
We believe that the future success of our business and our
ability to operate profitably depends on the continued
contributions of the members of our senior management and the
continued development of new members of senior management. We
rely on our senior management to generate business and execute
programs successfully. In addition, the relationships and
reputation that many members of our senior management team have
established and maintain with our clients are important to our
business and our ability to identify new business opportunities.
We do not have any employment agreements providing for a
specific term of employment with any member of our senior
management. The loss of any member of our senior management or
our failure to continue to develop new members could impair our
ability to identify and secure new contracts, to maintain good
client relations and to otherwise manage our business.
Our
employees or subcontractors may engage in misconduct or other
improper activities which could harm our ability to conduct
business with the U.S. government.
We are exposed to the risk that employee or subcontractor fraud
or other misconduct could occur. Misconduct by employees or
subcontractors could include intentional or unintentional
failures to comply with U.S. government procurement
regulations, engaging in unauthorized activities or falsifying
time records. Employee or subcontractor misconduct could also
involve the improper use of our clients sensitive or
classified information or the failure to comply with legislation
or regulations regarding the protection of sensitive or
classified information. It is not always possible to deter
employee or subcontractor misconduct, and the precautions we
take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in
controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses, which could
materially
22
harm our business. As a result of such misconduct, our employees
could lose their security clearance and we could face fines and
civil or criminal penalties, loss of facility clearance
accreditation and suspension or debarment from contracting with
the U.S. government, as well as reputational harm, which
would materially and adversely affect our results of operations
and financial condition.
We
face intense competition from many competitors, which could
cause us to lose business, lower prices and suffer employee
departures.
Our business operates in a highly competitive industry and we
generally compete with a wide variety of U.S. government
contractors, including large defense contractors, diversified
service providers and small businesses. We also face competition
from entrants into our markets including companies divested by
large prime contractors in response to increasing scrutiny of
organizational conflicts of interest issues. Some of these
companies possess greater financial resources and larger
technical staffs, and others that have smaller and more
specialized staffs. These competitors could, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
divert sales from us by winning very large-scale government
contracts, a risk that is enhanced by the recent trend in
government procurement practices to bundle services into larger
contracts;
|
|
|
|
force us to charge lower prices in order to win or maintain
contracts;
|
|
|
|
seek to hire our employees; or
|
|
|
|
adversely affect our relationships with current clients,
including our ability to continue to win competitively awarded
engagements where we are the incumbent.
|
If we lose business to our competitors or are forced to lower
our prices or suffer employee departures, our revenue and our
operating profits could decline. In addition, we may face
competition from our subcontractors who, from time to time, seek
to obtain prime contractor status on contracts for which they
currently serve as a subcontractor to us. If one or more of our
current subcontractors are awarded prime contractor status on
such contracts in the future, it could divert sales from us and
could force us to charge lower prices, which could have a
material adverse effect on our revenue and profitability.
Our
failure to maintain strong relationships with other contractors,
or the failure of contractors with which we have entered into a
sub- or
prime contractor relationship to meet their obligations to us or
our clients, could have a material adverse effect on our
business and results of operations.
Maintaining strong relationships with other U.S. government
contractors, who may also be our competitors, is important to
our business and our failure to do so could have a material
adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition
and operating results. To the extent that we fail to maintain
good relations with our subcontractors or other prime
contractors due to either perceived or actual performance
failures or other conduct, they may refuse to hire us as a
subcontractor in the future or to work with us as our
subcontractor. In addition, other contractors may choose not to
use us as a subcontractor or choose not to perform work for us
as a subcontractor for any number of additional reasons,
including because they choose to establish relationships with
our competitors or because they choose to directly offer
services that compete with our business.
As a prime contractor, we often rely on other companies to
perform some of the work under a contract, and we expect to
continue to depend on relationships with other contractors for
portions of our delivery of services and revenue in the
foreseeable future. If our subcontractors fail to perform their
contractual obligations, our operating results and future growth
prospects could be impaired. There is a risk that we may have
disputes with our subcontractors arising from, among other
things, the quality and timeliness of work performed by the
subcontractor, client concerns about the subcontractor, our
failure to extend existing task orders or issue new task orders
under a subcontract, or our hiring of a subcontractors
personnel. In addition, if any of our subcontractors fail to
deliver the
agreed-upon
supplies or perform the
agreed-upon
services on a timely basis, our ability to fulfill our
obligations as a prime contractor may be jeopardized. Material
losses could arise in future periods and subcontractor
performance deficiencies could result in a client terminating a
contract for default. A termination for default could expose us
to liability and have an adverse effect on our ability to
compete for future contracts and orders.
23
We estimate that revenue derived from contracts in which we
acted as a subcontractor to other companies represented 13% of
our revenue for fiscal 2010. As a subcontractor, we often lack
control over fulfillment of a contract, and poor performance on
the contract could tarnish our reputation, even when we perform
as required, and could cause other contractors to choose not to
hire us as a subcontractor in the future. In addition, if the
U.S. government terminates or reduces other prime
contractors programs or does not award them new contracts,
subcontracting opportunities available to us could decrease,
which would have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations.
Adverse
judgments or settlements in legal disputes could result in
materially adverse monetary damages or injunctive relief and
damage our reputation.
We are subject to, and may become a party to, a variety of
litigation or other claims and suits that arise from time to
time in the ordinary course of our business. For example, over
time, we have had disputes with current and former employees
involving alleged violations of civil rights, wage and hour, and
workers compensation laws. Further, as more fully
described under Business Legal
Proceedings, six former officers and stockholders of the
Predecessor who had departed the firm prior to the acquisition
have filed suits against our company and certain of our current
and former directors and officers. Each of the suits arises out
of the acquisition and alleges that the former stockholders are
entitled to certain payments that they would have received if
they had held their stock at the time of acquisition. The
results of litigation and other legal proceedings are inherently
uncertain and adverse judgments or settlements in some or all of
these legal disputes may result in materially adverse monetary
damages or injunctive relief against us. Any claims or
litigation, even if fully indemnified or insured, could damage
our reputation and make it more difficult to compete effectively
or obtain adequate insurance in the future. The litigation and
other claims described in this prospectus under the caption
Business Legal Proceedings are subject
to future developments and managements view of these
matters may change in the future.
Systems
that we develop, integrate or maintain could experience security
breaches which may damage our reputation with our clients and
hinder future contract win rates.
Many of the systems we develop, integrate or maintain involve
managing and protecting information involved in intelligence,
national security and other sensitive or classified government
functions. A security breach in one of these systems could cause
serious harm to our business, damage our reputation and prevent
us from being eligible for further work on sensitive or
classified systems for U.S. government clients. Damage to
our reputation or limitations on our eligibility for additional
work or any liability resulting from a security breach in one of
the systems we develop, install or maintain could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Internal
system or service failures could disrupt our business and impair
our ability to effectively provide our services to our clients,
which could damage our reputation and have a material adverse
effect on our business and results of operations.
We create, implement and maintain information technology and
engineering systems, and provide services that are often
critical to our clients operations, some of which involve
classified or other sensitive information and may be conducted
in war zones or other hazardous environments. We are subject to
systems failures, including network, software or hardware
failures, whether caused by us, third-party service providers,
intruders or hackers, computer viruses, natural disasters, power
shortages or terrorist attacks. Any such failures could cause
loss of data and interruptions or delays in our or our
clients businesses and could damage our reputation. In
addition, the failure or disruption of our communications or
utilities could cause us to interrupt or suspend our operations,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business and
results of operations.
If our systems, services or other applications have significant
defects or errors, are subject to delivery delays or fail to
meet our clients expectations, we may:
|
|
|
|
|
lose revenue due to adverse client reaction;
|
|
|
|
be required to provide additional services to a client at no
charge;
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
receive negative publicity, which could damage our reputation
and adversely affect our ability to attract or retain
clients; or
|
|
|
|
suffer claims for substantial damages.
|
In addition to any costs resulting from contract performance or
required corrective action, these failures may result in
increased costs or loss of revenue if they result in clients
postponing subsequently scheduled work or canceling or failing
to renew contracts.
Our errors and omissions insurance coverage may not continue to
be available on reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts to
cover one or more large claims, or the insurer may disclaim
coverage as to some types of future claims. The successful
assertion of any large claim against us could seriously harm our
business. Even if not successful, these claims could result in
significant legal and other costs, may be a distraction to our
management and may harm our client relationships. In certain new
business areas, we may not be able to obtain sufficient
insurance and may decide not to accept or solicit business in
these areas.
The
growth of our business entails risks associated with new
relationships, clients, capabilities, service offerings and
maintaining our collaborative culture.
We are focused on growing our presence in our addressable
markets by: expanding our relationships with existing clients,
developing new clients by leveraging our core competencies,
creating new capabilities to address our clients emerging
needs and undertaking business development efforts focused on
identifying near-term developments and long-term trends that may
pose significant challenges for our clients. These efforts
entail inherent risks associated with innovation and competition
from other participants in those areas and potential failure to
help our clients respond to the challenges they face. As we
attempt to develop new relationships, clients, capabilities and
service offerings, these efforts could harm our results of
operations due to, among other things, a diversion of our focus
and resources, actual costs and opportunity costs of pursuing
these opportunities in lieu of others, and these efforts could
be unsuccessful. In addition, our ability to grow our business
by leveraging our operating model to efficiently and effectively
deploy our people across our client base is largely dependent on
our ability to maintain our collaborative culture. To the extent
that we are unable to maintain our culture for any reason, we
may be unable to grow our business. Any such failure could have
a material adverse effect on our business and results of
operations.
We and
our subsidiaries may incur debt in the future, which could
substantially reduce our profitability, limit our ability to
pursue certain business opportunities, and reduce the value of
your investment.
In connection with the acquisition and the recapitalization
transaction, which refers to the December 2009 payment of a
special dividend and repayment of a portion of the deferred
payment obligation and the related amendments to our credit
agreements, and as a result of our business activities, we have
incurred a substantial amount of debt. As of June 30, 2010,
on a pro forma as adjusted basis after giving effect to
(i) this offering and the use of the net proceeds therefrom
as described in Use of Proceeds and (ii) the
repayment of $85.0 million of indebtedness under our
mezzanine credit facility on August 2, 2010, we would have
had approximately $ million
of debt outstanding. The instruments governing our indebtedness
may not prevent us or our subsidiaries from incurring additional
debt in the future or other obligations that do not constitute
indebtedness, which could increase the risks described below and
lead to other risks. In addition, we may, at our option and
subject to certain closing conditions including pro forma
compliance with financial covenants, increase the borrowing
capacity under our senior credit facilities without the consent
of any person other than the institutions agreeing to provide
all or any portion of such increase, to an amount not to exceed
$100 million. The amount of our debt or such other
obligations could have important consequences for holders of our
Class A common stock, including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to satisfy obligations to lenders may be impaired,
resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of our
indebtedness;
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to obtain additional financing for refinancing of
existing indebtedness, working capital, capital expenditures,
product and service development, acquisitions, general corporate
purposes, and other purposes may be impaired;
|
|
|
|
a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations could be
dedicated to the payment of the principal and interest on our
debt;
|
|
|
|
we may be increasingly vulnerable to economic downturns and
increases in interest rates;
|
|
|
|
our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our
business and the industry may be limited; and
|
|
|
|
we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage relative to other
firms in our industry.
|
Our
credit facilities contain financial and operating covenants that
limit our operations and could lead to adverse consequences if
we fail to comply with them.
Our senior credit facilities and our mezzanine credit facility,
which we refer to together as our credit facilities, contain
financial and operating covenants relating to, among other
things, interest coverage and leverage ratios, as well as
limitations on mergers, consolidations and dissolutions, sales
of assets, investments and acquisitions, indebtedness and liens,
dividends, repurchase of shares of capital stock and options to
purchase shares of capital stock, transactions with affiliates,
sale and leaseback transactions, and restricted payments. The
revolving credit facility and the Tranche A term facility
mature on July 31, 2014. The Tranche B term facility
and Tranche C term facility mature on July 31, 2015.
Our mezzanine credit facility matures on July 31, 2016.
Failure to meet these financial and operating covenants could
result from, among other things, changes in our results of
operations, the incurrence of debt, or changes in general
economic conditions, which may be beyond our control. These
covenants may restrict our ability to engage in transactions
that we believe would otherwise be in the best interests of our
stockholders, which could harm our business and operations.
Many
of our contracts with the U.S. government are classified or
subject to other security restrictions, which may limit investor
insight into portions of our business.
For fiscal 2010, we derived a substantial portion of our revenue
from contracts with the U.S. government that are classified
or subject to security restrictions which preclude the
dissemination of certain information. Because we are limited in
our ability to provide details about these contracts, their
risks or any dispute or claims relating to such contracts, you
will have less insight into certain portions of our business and
therefore may be less able to fully evaluate the risks related
to those portions of our business.
If we
cannot collect our receivables or if payment is delayed, our
business may be adversely affected by our inability to generate
cash flow, provide working capital, or continue our business
operations.
We depend on the timely collection of our receivables to
generate cash flow, provide working capital and continue our
business operations. If the U.S. government or any prime
contractor for whom we are a subcontractor fails to pay or
delays the payment of invoices for any reason, our business and
financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.
The U.S. government may delay or fail to pay invoices for a
number of reasons, including lack of appropriated funds, lack of
an approved budget, or as a result of audit findings by
government regulatory agencies. Some prime contractors for whom
we are a subcontractor have significantly fewer financial
resources than we do, which may increase the risk that we may
not be paid in full or that payment may be delayed.
Recent
efforts by the U.S. government to revise its organizational
conflict of interest rules could limit our ability to
successfully compete for new contracts or task orders, which
would adversely affect our results of operations.
Recent efforts by the U.S. government to reform its
procurement practices have focused, among other areas, on the
separation of certain types of work to facilitate objectivity
and avoid or mitigate organizational
26
conflicts of interest and strengthening regulations governing
organizational conflicts of interest. Organizational conflicts
of interest may arise from circumstances in which a contractor
has:
|
|
|
|
|
impaired objectivity;
|
|
|
|
unfair access to non-public information; or
|
|
|
|
the ability to set the ground rules for another
procurement for which the contractor competes.
|
A focus on organizational conflicts of interest issues has
resulted in legislation and a proposed regulation aimed at
increasing organizational conflicts of interest requirements,
including, among other things, separating sellers of products
and providers of advisory services in major defense acquisition
programs. In addition, we expect the U.S. government to
adopt a FAR rule to address organizational conflicts of interest
issues that will apply to all government contractors, including
us, in Department of Defense and other procurements. A future
FAR rule may also increase the restrictions in current
organizational conflicts of interest regulations and rules. To
the extent that proposed and future organizational conflicts of
interest laws, regulations, and rules, limit our ability to
successfully compete for new contracts or task orders with the
U.S. government, either because of organizational conflicts
of interest issues arising from our business, or because
companies with which we are affiliated, including through
Carlyle, or with which we otherwise conduct business, create
organizational conflicts of interest issues for us, our results
of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Acquisitions
could result in operating difficulties or other adverse
consequences to our business.
As part of our future operating strategy, we may choose to
selectively pursue acquisitions. This could pose many risks,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates
at prices we consider attractive;
|
|
|
|
we may not be able to compete successfully for identified
acquisition candidates, complete acquisitions or accurately
estimate the financial effect of acquisitions on our business;
|
|
|
|
future acquisitions may require us to issue common stock or
spend significant cash, resulting in dilution of ownership or
additional debt leverage;
|
|
|
|
we may have difficulty retaining an acquired companys key
employees or clients;
|
|
|
|
we may have difficulty integrating acquired businesses,
resulting in unforeseen difficulties, such as incompatible
accounting, information management, or other control systems,
and greater expenses than expected;
|
|
|
|
acquisitions may disrupt our business or distract our management
from other responsibilities;
|
|
|
|
as a result of an acquisition, we may incur additional debt and
we may need to record write-downs from future impairments of
intangible assets, each of which could reduce our future
reported earnings; and
|
|
|
|
we may have difficulty integrating personnel from the acquired
company with our people and our core values.
|
In connection with any acquisition that we make, there may be
liabilities that we fail to discover or that we inadequately
assess, and we may fail to discover any failure of a target
company to have fulfilled its contractual obligations to the
U.S. government or other clients. Acquired entities may not
operate profitably or result in improved operating performance.
Additionally, we may not realize anticipated synergies, business
growth opportunities, cost savings and other benefits we
anticipate, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business and results of operations.
27
Risks
Related to Our Industry
Our
U.S. government contracts may be terminated by the government at
any time and may contain other provisions permitting the
government to discontinue contract performance, and if lost
contracts are not replaced, our operating results may differ
materially and adversely from those anticipated.
U.S. government contracts contain provisions and are
subject to laws and regulations that provide government clients
with rights and remedies not typically found in commercial
contracts. These rights and remedies allow government clients,
among other things, to:
|
|
|
|
|
terminate existing contracts, with short notice, for convenience
as well as for default;
|
|
|
|
reduce orders under or otherwise modify contracts;
|
|
|
|
for contracts subject to the Truth in Negotiations Act, reduce
the contract price or cost where it was increased because a
contractor or subcontractor furnished cost or pricing data
during negotiations that was not complete, accurate and current;
|
|
|
|
for some contracts, (i) demand a refund, make a forward
price adjustment or terminate a contract for default if a
contractor provided inaccurate or incomplete data during the
contract negotiation process and (ii) reduce the contract
price under certain triggering circumstances, including the
revision of price lists or other documents upon which the
contract award was predicated;
|
|
|
|
terminate our facility security clearances and thereby prevent
us from receiving classified contracts;
|
|
|
|
cancel multi-year contracts and related orders if funds for
contract performance for any subsequent year become unavailable;
|
|
|
|
decline to exercise an option to renew a multi-year contract or
issue task orders in connection with ID/IQ contracts;
|
|
|
|
claim rights in solutions, systems and technology produced by
us, appropriate such work-product for their continued use
without continuing to contract for our services and disclose
such work-product to third parties, including other
U.S. government agencies and our competitors, which could
harm our competitive position;
|
|
|
|
prohibit future procurement awards with a particular agency due
to a finding of organizational conflicts of interest based upon
prior related work performed for the agency that would give a
contractor an unfair advantage over competing contractors, or
the existence of conflicting roles that might bias a
contractors judgment;
|
|
|
|
subject the award of contracts to protest by competitors, which
may require the contracting federal agency or department to
suspend our performance pending the outcome of the protest and
may also result in a requirement to resubmit offers for the
contract or in the termination, reduction or modification of the
awarded contract; and
|
|
|
|
suspend or debar us from doing business with the
U.S. government.
|
If a U.S. government client were to unexpectedly terminate,
cancel or decline to exercise an option to renew with respect to
one or more of our significant contracts, or suspend or debar us
from doing business with the U.S. government, our revenue
and operating results would be materially harmed.
The
U.S. government may revise its procurement, contract or other
practices in a manner adverse to us.
The U.S. government may:
|
|
|
|
|
revise its procurement practices or adopt new contract laws,
rules and regulations, such as cost accounting standards,
organizational conflicts of interest and other rules governing
inherently governmental functions at any time;
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
reduce, delay or cancel procurement programs resulting from U.S.
government efforts to improve procurement practices and
efficiency;
|
|
|
|
|
|
limit the creation of new government-wide or agency-specific
multiple award contracts;
|
|
|
|
|
|
face restrictions or pressure from government employees and
their unions regarding the amount of services the
U.S. government may obtain from private contractors;
|
|
|
|
award contracts on a technically acceptable/lowest cost basis in
order to reduce expenditures, and we may not be the lowest cost
provider of services;
|
|
|
|
change the basis upon which it reimburses our compensation and
other expenses or otherwise limit such reimbursements; and
|
|
|
|
at its option, terminate or decline to renew our contracts.
|
In addition, any new contracting methods could be costly or
administratively difficult for us to implement and could
adversely affect our future revenue. Any such changes to the
U.S. governments procurement practices or the
adoption of new contracting rules or practices could impair our
ability to obtain new or re-compete contracts and any such
changes or increased associated costs could materially and
adversely affect our results of operations.
The
U.S. government may prefer minority-owned, small and small
disadvantaged businesses, therefore, we may not win contracts we
bid for.
As a result of the Small Business Administration set-aside
program, the U.S. government may decide to restrict certain
procurements only to bidders that qualify as minority-owned,
small or small disadvantaged businesses. As a result, we would
not be eligible to perform as a prime contractor on those
programs and would be restricted to a maximum of 49% of the work
as a subcontractor on those programs. An increase in the amount
of procurements under the Small Business Administration
set-aside program may impact our ability to bid on new
procurements as a prime contractor or restrict our ability to
recompete on incumbent work that is placed in the set-aside
program.
Our
contracts, performance and administrative processes and systems
are subject to audits, reviews, investigations and cost
adjustments by the U.S. government, which could reduce our
revenue, disrupt our business or otherwise materially adversely
affect our results of operations.
U.S. government agencies routinely audit, review and
investigate government contracts and government
contractors administrative processes and systems. These
agencies review our performance on contracts, pricing practices,
cost structure and compliance with applicable laws, regulations
and standards, including applicable government cost accounting
standards. For example, we are in the process of responding to
an August 5, 2010 Notice of Intent to Disallow Costs from
the Defense Contract Management Agency, to disallow
approximately $17 million of subcontractor labor costs
relating to services provided in fiscal 2005. These agencies
also review our compliance with government regulations and
policies and the Defense Contract Audit Agency, or the DCAA,
audits, among other areas, the adequacy of our internal control
systems and policies, including our purchasing, property,
estimating, compensation and management information systems. In
particular, over time the DCAA has increased and may continue to
increase the proportion of employee compensation that it deems
unallowable and the size of the employee population whose
compensation is disallowed, which will continue to materially
and adversely affect our results of operations or financial
condition. Any costs found to be unallowable under a contract
will not be reimbursed, and any such costs already reimbursed
must be refunded. Moreover, if any of the administrative
processes and systems are found not to comply with government
imposed requirements, we may be subjected to increased
government scrutiny and approval that could delay or otherwise
adversely affect our ability to compete for or perform
contracts. Unfavorable U.S. government audit, review or
investigation results could subject us to civil or criminal
penalties or administrative sanctions, and could harm our
reputation and relationships with our clients and impair our
ability to be awarded new contracts. For example, if our
invoicing system were found to be inadequate following an audit
by the DCAA, our ability to directly invoice
U.S. government payment offices could be eliminated. As a
result, we would be required to submit each invoice to the DCAA
for approval prior to payment, which could materially increase
our accounts receivable days sales outstanding and adversely
29
affect our cash flow. An unfavorable outcome to an audit,
review or investigation by any U.S. government agency could
materially and adversely affect our relationship with the
U.S. government. If a government investigation uncovers
improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and
criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including
termination of contracts, forfeitures of profits, suspension of
payments, fines and suspension or debarment from doing business
with the U.S. government. In addition, we could suffer
serious reputational harm if allegations of impropriety were
made against us. Provisions that we have recorded in our
financial statements as a compliance reserve may not cover
actual losses. Furthermore, the disallowance of any costs
previously charged could directly and negatively affect our
current results of operations for the relevant prior fiscal
periods, and we could be required to repay any such disallowed
amounts. Each of these results could materially and adversely
affect our results of operations or financial condition.
A
delay in the completion of the U.S. governments budget
process could result in a reduction in our backlog and have a
material adverse effect on our revenue and operating
results.
On an annual basis, the U.S. Congress must approve budgets
that govern spending by each of the federal agencies we support.
When the U.S. Congress is unable to agree on budget
priorities, and thus is unable to pass the annual budget on a
timely basis, the U.S. Congress typically enacts a
continuing resolution. A continuing resolution allows government
agencies to operate at spending levels approved in the previous
budget cycle. When government agencies operate on the basis of a
continuing resolution, they may delay funding we expect to
receive on contracts we are already performing. Any such delays
would likely result in new business initiatives being delayed or
cancelled and a reduction in our backlog, and could have a
material adverse effect on our revenue and operating results.
Risks
Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering
Booz
Allen Holding is a holding company with no operations of its
own, and it depends on its subsidiaries for cash to fund all of
its operations and expenses, including to make future dividend
payments, if any.
The operations of Booz Allen Holding are conducted almost
entirely through its subsidiaries and its ability to generate
cash to meet its debt service obligations or to pay dividends is
highly dependent on the earnings and the receipt of funds from
its subsidiaries via dividends or intercompany loans. We do not
currently expect to declare or pay dividends on our Class A
common stock for the foreseeable future; however, to the extent
that we determine in the future to pay dividends on our
Class A common stock, none of our subsidiaries will be
obligated to make funds available to us for the payment of
dividends. Further, our credit facilities significantly restrict
the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise
transfer assets to us. In addition, Delaware law may impose
requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends to
holders of our common stock.
Our
principal stockholder could exert significant influence over our
company.
As of September 23, 2010, Carlyle, through Coinvest, owned
in the aggregate shares of our common stock representing 79% of
our outstanding voting power. After completion of this offering,
Carlyle will own in the aggregate shares of our common stock
representing % of our outstanding
voting power, or % if the
underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full (in
each case, excluding shares of common stock with respect to
which Carlyle has received a voting proxy pursuant to new
irrevocable proxy and tag-along agreements). Under the terms of
the new irrevocable proxy and tag-along agreements Carlyle will
be able to exercise voting power over shares of our common stock
owned by a number of other stockholders, including our executive
officers, with respect to the election and removal of directors
and change of control transactions. See Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions Related
Person Transactions Irrevocable Proxy and Tag-Along
Agreements. As a result, Carlyle will have a controlling
influence over all matters presented to our stockholders for
approval, including election and removal of our directors and
change of control transactions.
In addition, Coinvest is a party to the stockholders agreement
pursuant to which Carlyle currently has the ability to cause the
election of a majority of our Board. Under the terms of the
amended and restated stockholders agreement to be entered into
in connection with this offering, Carlyle will continue to have
the right
30
to nominate a majority of the members of our Board and to
exercise control over matters requiring stockholder approval and
our policy and affairs, for example, by being able to direct the
use of proceeds received from this and future security
offerings. See Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Related Person Transactions
Stockholders Agreement. In addition, following the
consummation of this offering, we will be a controlled
company within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange
rules and, as a result, currently intend to rely on exemptions
from certain corporate governance requirements. The concentrated
holdings of funds affiliated with Carlyle, certain provisions of
the amended and restated stockholders agreement to be entered
into prior to the completion of this offering and the presence
of Carlyles nominees on our Board may result in a delay or
the deterrence of possible changes in control of our company,
which may reduce the market price of our common stock. The
interests of Carlyle may not always coincide with the interests
of the other holders of our common stock.
Carlyle is in the business of making investments in companies,
and may from time to time in the future acquire controlling
interests in businesses engaged in management and technology
consulting that complement or directly or indirectly compete
with certain portions of our business. If Carlyle pursues such
acquisitions in our industry, those acquisition opportunities
may not be available to us. In addition, to the extent that
Carlyle acquires a controlling interest in one or more companies
that provide services or products to the U.S. government,
our affiliation with any such company through Carlyle could
create organizational conflicts of interest and similar issues
for us under federal procurement laws and regulations. See
Risk Related to Our Business
Recent efforts by the U.S. government to revise its
organizational conflicts of interest rules could limit our
ability to successfully compete for new contracts or task
orders, which would adversely affect our results of
operations. We urge you to read the discussions under the
headings Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions and Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management for further information
about the equity interests held by Carlyle and members of our
senior management.
Investors
in this offering will experience immediate dilution in net
tangible book value per share.
The initial public offering price per share will significantly
exceed the net tangible book value per share of our common
stock. As a result, investors in this offering will experience
immediate dilution of
$ in
net tangible book value per share based on an initial public
offering price of
$ ,
which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus. This dilution occurs in large part
because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the
initial public offering price when they purchased their shares.
Investors in this offering may also experience additional
dilution as a result of shares of Class A common stock that
may be issued in connection with a future acquisition.
Accordingly, in the event that we are liquidated, investors may
not receive the full amount or any of their investment.
Our
financial results may vary significantly from period to period
as a result of a number of factors many of which are outside our
control, which could cause the market price of our Class A
common stock to decline.
Our financial results may vary significantly from period to
period in the future as a result of many external factors that
are outside of our control. Factors that may affect our
financial results include those listed in this Risk
Factors section and others such as:
|
|
|
|
|
any cause of reduction or delay in U.S. government funding
(e.g., changes in presidential administrations that delay timing
of procurements);
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in revenue earned on existing contracts;
|
|
|
|
commencement, completion or termination of contracts during a
particular period;
|
|
|
|
a potential decline in our overall profit margins if our other
direct costs and subcontract revenue grow at a faster rate than
labor-related revenue;
|
|
|
|
strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as changes to
business strategy, strategic investments, acquisitions,
divestitures, spin offs and joint ventures;
|
|
|
|
a change in our contract mix to less profitable contracts;
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
changes in policy or budgetary measures that adversely affect
U.S. government contracts in general;
|
|
|
|
variable purchasing patterns under U.S. government GSA
schedules, blanket purchase agreements, which are agreements
that fulfill repetitive needs under GSA schedules, and ID/IQ
contracts;
|
|
|
|
changes in demand for our services and solutions;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in our staff utilization rates;
|
|
|
|
seasonality associated with the U.S. governments
fiscal year;
|
|
|
|
an inability to utilize existing or future tax benefits,
including those related to our NOLs or stock-based compensation
expense, for any reason, including a change in law;
|
|
|
|
alterations to contract requirements; and
|
|
|
|
adverse judgments or settlements in legal disputes.
|
A decline in the price of our Class A common stock due to
any one or more of these factors could cause the value of your
investment to decline.
A
majority of our outstanding indebtedness is secured by
substantially all of our consolidated assets. As a result of
these security interests, such assets would only be available to
satisfy claims of our general creditors or to holders of our
equity securities if we were to become insolvent to the extent
the value of such assets exceeded the amount of our indebtedness
and other obligations. In addition, the existence of these
security interests may adversely affect our financial
flexibility.
Indebtedness under our senior credit facilities is secured by a
lien on substantially all of our assets. Accordingly, if an
event of default were to occur under our senior credit
facilities, the senior secured lenders under such facilities
would have a prior right to our assets, to the exclusion of our
general creditors in the event of our bankruptcy, insolvency,
liquidation or reorganization. In that event, our assets would
first be used to repay in full all indebtedness and other
obligations secured by them (including all amounts outstanding
under our senior credit facilities), resulting in all or a
portion of our assets being unavailable to satisfy the claims of
our unsecured indebtedness. Only after satisfying the claims of
our unsecured creditors and our subsidiaries unsecured
creditors would any amount be available for our equity holders.
The pledge of these assets and other restrictions may limit our
flexibility in raising capital for other purposes. Because
substantially all of our assets are pledged under these
financing arrangements, our ability to incur additional secured
indebtedness or to sell or dispose of assets to raise capital
may be impaired, which could have an adverse effect on our
financial flexibility. As of June 30, 2010, we had
$1,018.6 million of indebtedness outstanding under our
senior credit facilities and had $222.4 million of capacity
available for additional borrowings under the revolving portion
of our senior credit facilities (excluding the
$21.3 million commitment by the successor entity to Lehman
Brothers Commercial Bank). In addition, we may, at our option
and subject to certain closing conditions including pro forma
compliance with financial covenants, increase the senior credit
facilities without the consent of any person other than the
institutions agreeing to provide all or any portion of such
increase, in an amount not to exceed $100.0 million. See
Description of Certain Indebtedness Senior
Credit Facilities Guarantees; Security.
Our
Class A common stock has no prior public market, and our
stock price could be volatile and could decline after this
offering.
Before this offering, our Class A common stock had no
public market. We will negotiate the initial public offering
price per share with the representatives of the underwriters
and, therefore, that price may not be indicative of the market
price of our common stock after the offering. We cannot assure
you that an active public market for our Class A common
stock will develop after this offering or if it does develop, it
may not be sustained. In the absence of a public trading market,
you may not be able to liquidate your investment in our common
stock. In addition, the market price of our common stock could
be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering.
Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:
|
|
|
|
|
quarterly variations in our operating results;
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
changes in contract revenue and earnings estimates or
publication of research reports by analysts;
|
|
|
|
speculation in the press or investment community;
|
|
|
|
investor perception of us and our industry;
|
|
|
|
strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as significant
contracts, acquisitions or restructurings;
|
|
|
|
actions by institutional stockholders or other large
stockholders, including future sales;
|
|
|
|
our relationship with U.S. government agencies;
|
|
|
|
changes in U.S. government spending;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting principles; and
|
|
|
|
general economic market conditions.
|
In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to
resell your shares at or above the initial public offering
price. The stock markets have experienced extreme volatility in
recent years that has been unrelated to the operating
performance of particular companies. These broad market
fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our
Class A common stock. In the past, following periods of
volatility in the market price of a companys securities,
class action litigation has often been instituted against the
company. Any litigation of this type brought against us could
result in substantial costs and a diversion of our
managements attention and resources, which would harm our
business, operating results and financial condition.
Fulfilling
our obligations incident to being a public company, including
with respect to the requirements of and related rules under the
Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, will be expensive and time consuming
and any delays or difficulty in satisfying these obligations
could have a material adverse effect on our future results of
operations and our stock price.
As a private company, we have not been subject to the
requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As a public
company, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or
the SEC, as well as the New York Stock Exchange rules, will
require us to implement additional corporate governance
practices and adhere to a variety of reporting requirements and
complex accounting rules. Compliance with these public company
obligations will require us to devote significant management
time and will place significant additional demands on our
finance and accounting staff and on our financial, accounting
and information systems. We expect to hire additional accounting
and financial staff with appropriate public company reporting
experience and technical accounting knowledge. Other expenses
associated with being a public company include increased
auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor
relations expenses, increased directors fees and director
and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer
agent fees, listing fees, as well as other expenses.
In particular, upon completion of this offering, the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require us to document and test
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting in accordance with an established internal control
framework, and to report on our conclusions as to the
effectiveness of our internal controls. It will also require an
independent registered public accounting firm to test our
internal control over financial reporting and report on the
effectiveness of such controls for fiscal 2012 and subsequent
years. In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will be
required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
or the Exchange Act, to maintain disclosure controls and
procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Any
failure to implement required new or improved controls, or
difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our
operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting
obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective
internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent
registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with
an unqualified report regarding the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting as of March 31,
2012 and in future periods, investors could lose confidence in
the reliability of our financial statements. This could result
in a decrease in the value of our common stock. Failure to
comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could potentially
subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the New
York Stock Exchange, or other regulatory authorities.
33
Provisions
in our organizational documents and in the Delaware General
Corporation Law may prevent takeover attempts that could be
beneficial to our stockholders.
We have, and intend to include, effective as of the consummation
of the offering, a number of provisions in our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws that may have the effect of delaying,
deterring, preventing or rendering more difficult a change in
control of Booz Allen Holding that our stockholders might
consider in their best interests. These provisions include:
|
|
|
|
|
establishment of a classified Board, with staggered terms;
|
|
|
|
granting to the Board the sole power to set the number of
directors and to fill any vacancy on the Board;
|
|
|
|
limitations on the ability of stockholders to remove directors
if a group, as defined under Section 13(d)(3)
of the Exchange Act, ceases to own more than 50% of our voting
common stock;
|
|
|
|
granting to the Board the ability to designate and issue one or
more series of preferred stock without stockholder approval, the
terms of which may be determined at the sole discretion of the
Board;
|
|
|
|
a prohibition on stockholders from calling special meetings of
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
the establishment of advance notice requirements for stockholder
proposals and nominations for election to the Board at
stockholder meetings;
|
|
|
|
requiring approval of two-thirds of stockholders to amend the
bylaws; and
|
|
|
|
prohibiting our stockholders from acting by written consent if a
group ceases to own more than 50% of our voting
common stock.
|
These provisions may prevent our stockholders from receiving the
benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock
offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence
of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may
adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock
if the provisions are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts
in the future. In addition, we expect to opt out of
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which
would have otherwise imposed additional requirements regarding
mergers and other business combinations, until Coinvest and its
affiliates no longer own more than 20% of our Class A
common stock. After such time, we will be governed by
Section 203.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated by-laws may also make it difficult for
stockholders to replace or remove our management. These
provisions may facilitate management entrenchment that may
delay, deter, render more difficult or prevent a change in our
control, which may not be in the best interests of our
stockholders.
See Description of Capital Stock for additional
information on the anti-takeover measures applicable to us.
Sales
of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the
future could cause the market price of our common stock to drop
significantly.
Immediately following this offering, Carlyle will
own shares
of our Class A common stock,
or % of our outstanding
Class A common stock. If the underwriters exercise their
overallotment option in full, Carlyle will
own % of our outstanding
Class A common stock. If Carlyle sells, or the market
perceives that Carlyle intends to sell, a substantial portion of
its beneficial ownership interest in us in the public market,
the market price of our Class A common stock could decline
significantly. The sales also could make it more difficult for
us to sell equity or equity-related securities at a time and
price that we deem appropriate.
After this
offering, shares
of our Class A common stock will be outstanding. Of these
shares, shares
of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be
freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market
unless purchased by our affiliates (as that term is
defined by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, or
Securities Act) and all of the remaining shares of Class A
common stock, as well as outstanding shares of our Class B
non-voting common stock, Class C restricted common stock
and Class E
34
special voting common stock, subject to certain exceptions,
will be subject to a
180-day
lock-up by
virtue of either contractual lock-up agreements or pursuant to
the terms of the amended and restated stockholders agreement.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Barclays Capital
Inc. may, in their discretion, permit our directors, officers
and current stockholders who are subject to these
lock-ups to
sell shares prior to the expiration of the 180-day
lock-up
period. In addition, any Class A common stock purchased by
participants in our directed share program pursuant to which the
underwriters have reserved, at our request, up to 10% of the
Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to
certain of our senior personnel and individuals employed by or
associated with our affiliates, will be subject to a 180-day
lock-up restriction. See Shares of Common Stock Eligible
for Future Sale
Lock-Up
Agreements. After the
lock-up
agreements pertaining to this offering expire, up to an
additional shares of
our Class A common stock will be eligible for sale in the
public market, all of which are held by directors, executive
officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume and
holding period limitations under Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. The
remaining shares
of Class A common stock outstanding will be restricted
securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, but will be eligible for resale subject to
applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other
limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to an exemption from
registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act. After
the lock-up
agreements relating to this offering
expire, shares
of our Class A common stock will be issuable upon
(1) transfer of our Class B non-voting common stock
and Class C restricted common stock and (2) the
exercise of outstanding stock options relating to our
outstanding Class E special voting common stock. In
addition, the shares of our
Class A common stock underlying options that are either
subject to the terms of our Equity Incentive Plan or reserved
for future issuance under our Equity Incentive Plan will become
eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted
by the provisions of various option agreements, the
lock-up
agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act
to the extent such shares are not otherwise registered for sale
under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold,
or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public
market, the price of our common stock could decline
substantially.
of the options granted under our Officers Rollover Stock
Plan and Equity Incentive Plan will become exercisable on
June 30, 2011 and the shares of common stock underlying
such options issued upon exercise thereof will be freely
transferable upon issuance. For additional information, see
Shares of Common Stock Eligible for Future Sale.
35
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus, including the sections entitled
Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and
Business, contains
forward-looking
statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking
statements by terminology such as may,
will, could, should,
expects, intends, plans,
anticipates, believes,
estimates, predicts,
potential, continue, or the negative of
these terms or other comparable terminology. Although we believe
that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking
statements are reasonable, we can give you no assurance these
expectations will prove to have been correct. These
forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future
financial performance and involve known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual
results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to
differ materially from any future results, levels of activity,
performance or achievements expressed or implied by these
forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors
include:
|
|
|
|
|
any issue that compromises our relationships with the
U.S. government or damages our professional reputation;
|
|
|
|
changes in U.S. government spending and mission priorities
that shift expenditures away from agencies or programs that we
support;
|
|
|
|
the size of our addressable markets and the amount of
U.S. government spending on private contractors;
|
|
|
|
failure to comply with numerous laws and regulations;
|
|
|
|
our ability to compete effectively in the competitive bidding
process and delays caused by competitors protests of major
contract awards received by us;
|
|
|
|
the loss of GSA schedules or our position as prime contractor on
GWACs;
|
|
|
|
changes in the mix of our contracts and our ability to
accurately estimate or otherwise recover expenses, time and
resources for our contracts;
|
|
|
|
our ability to generate revenue under certain of our contracts
and our ability to realize the full value of our backlog;
|
|
|
|
changes in estimates used in recognizing revenue;
|
|
|
|
any inability to attract, train or retain employees with the
requisite skills, experience and security clearances;
|
|
|
|
an inability to hire enough employees to service our clients
under existing contracts;
|
|
|
|
an inability to effectively utilize our employees and
professionals;
|
|
|
|
failure by us or our employees to obtain and maintain necessary
security clearances;
|
|
|
|
the loss of members of senior management or failure to develop
new leaders;
|
|
|
|
misconduct or other improper activities from our employees or
subcontractors;
|
|
|
|
increased competition from other companies in our industry;
|
|
|
|
failure to maintain strong relationships with other contractors;
|
|
|
|
inherent uncertainties and potential adverse developments in
legal proceedings, including litigation, audits, reviews and
investigations, which may result in materially adverse
judgments, settlements or other unfavorable outcomes;
|
|
|
|
internal system or service failures and security breaches;
|
|
|
|
risks related to our indebtedness and credit facilities which
contain financial and operating covenants;
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
the adoption by the U.S. government of new laws, rules and
regulations, such as those relating to organizational conflicts
of interest issues;
|
|
|
|
an inability to utilize existing or future tax benefits,
including those related to our NOLs and stock-based compensation
expense, for any reason, including a change in law;
|
|
|
|
variable purchasing patterns under U.S. government GSA
schedules, blanket purchase agreements and
ID/IQ
contracts; and
|
|
|
|
other risks and factors listed under Risk Factors
and elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
In light of these risks, uncertainties and other factors, the
forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus might
not prove to be accurate and you should not place undue reliance
upon them. All
forward-looking
statements speak only as of the date made and we undertake no
obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events or otherwise.
37
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale
of shares of our Class A common
stock being offered by us pursuant to this prospectus at an
assumed initial offering price of $ per
share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus, will be approximately $
million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts,
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from the sale of
our Class A common stock to repay
$ million of our mezzanine credit
facility and pay a $ prepayment penalty
related to our repayment under our mezzanine credit facility.
Our mezzanine credit facility was entered into in connection
with the acquisition and amended in connection with the
recapitalization transaction. Our mezzanine credit facility
consists of a term loan facility in an aggregate principal
amount of up to $550.0 million that matures on
July 31, 2016. On July 31, 2008, we borrowed
$550.0 million under our mezzanine credit facility. As of
June 30, 2010, borrowings under our mezzanine credit
facility bore an interest rate at 13%. Certain of the
underwriters of this offering or their affiliates are lenders
under our mezzanine credit facility. Accordingly, certain of the
underwriters will receive net proceeds from this offering in
connection with the repayment of our mezzanine credit facility.
See Underwriting.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share would
increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by
$ , assuming the number of shares offered
by us remains the same and after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the
number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of
1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us,
assuming the offering price remains the same, would increase
(decrease) net proceeds to us from this offering by
$ million, after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. The information discussed above is
illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual public
offering price and other terms of this offering determined at
pricing.
38
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We do not currently expect to declare or pay dividends on our
Class A common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead,
we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future
will be used for the operation and growth of our business. Our
ability to pay dividends to holders of our Class A common
stock is limited by covenants in the credit agreements governing
our senior credit facilities and our mezzanine credit facility.
Any future determination to pay dividends on our Class A
common stock is subject to the discretion of our Board and will
depend upon various factors then existing, including our results
of operations, financial condition, liquidity requirements,
restrictions that may be imposed by applicable laws and our
contracts, as well as economic and other factors deemed relevant
by our Board. To the extent that the Board declares any future
dividends, holders of Class A common stock, Class B
non-voting common stock, and Class C restricted common
stock will share the dividend payment equally.
On July 27, 2009, we declared a special cash dividend on
all issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stock,
Class B non-voting common stock, and Class C
restricted common stock in the aggregate amount of
$114.9 million payable to holders of record as of
July 29, 2009. On December 7, 2009, we declared
another special cash dividend on all issued and outstanding
shares to the same equity classes described above in the
aggregate amount of $497.5 million payable to the holders
of record as of December 8, 2009. Of these amounts,
approximately $548.1 million was paid to Coinvest according
to its ownership of our Class A common stock. See The
Acquisition and Recapitalization Transaction. We do not
currently intend to declare or pay any similar special dividends
in the foreseeable future.
39
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization on a
consolidated basis as of June 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to give effect to the repayment of
$85.0 million of indebtedness under our mezzanine credit
facility on August 2, 2010 and the payment of the related
prepayment penalty of $2.6 million; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the
sale by us of shares of our
Class A common stock in this offering at the initial public
offering price of $ per share (and
after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and offering expenses payable by us) and the use of the net
proceeds therefrom as described in Use of
Proceeds and (ii) the repayment of
$85.0 million of indebtedness under our mezzanine credit
facility on August 2, 2010 and the payment of the related
prepayment penalty of $2.6 million.
|
The table below excludes the Class D merger rolling common
stock, par value $0.01, and the Class F non-voting
restricted common stock, par value $0.01, each of which had
600,000 authorized shares and no shares issued and outstanding
as of June 30, 2010. Our amended and restated certificate
of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the
completion of this offering, will eliminate the Class D
merger rolling common stock and the Class F non-voting
restricted common stock.
You should read this table in conjunction with the sections of
this prospectus entitled Selected Historical Consolidated
Financial and Other Data, Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, Description of Certain
Indebtedness and our consolidated financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma as
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and
|
|
|
|
per share amounts)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
300,611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt(1)(2)
|
|
$
|
1,643,913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share:
(i) Actual and Pro Forma: 16,000,000 shares authorized
and 10,266,161 shares issued and outstanding and
(ii) Pro Forma as
Adjusted: shares authorized
and shares issued and outstanding
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Class B non-voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share:
(i) Actual and Pro Forma: 16,000,000 shares authorized
and 305,313 shares issued and outstanding and (ii) Pro
Forma as Adjusted: shares
authorized and shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C restricted common stock, par value $0.01 per share:
(i) Actual and Pro Forma: 600,000 shares authorized
and 202,827 shares issued and outstanding and (ii) Pro
Forma as Adjusted: shares
authorized and shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E special voting common stock, par value $0.03 per
share: (i) Actual and Pro Forma: 2,500,000 shares
authorized and 1,404,881 shares issued and outstanding and
(ii) Pro Forma as
Adjusted: shares authorized
and shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share: (i) Actual and
Pro Forma: 600,000 shares authorized and no shares issued
and outstanding and (ii) Pro Forma as
Adjusted: shares authorized and no
shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital(3)
|
|
|
541,457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings(2)
|
|
|
14,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
(3,736
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity(3)
|
|
$
|
552,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization(3)
|
|
$
|
2,196,589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Debt reflects (i) long-term debt of $1,542.1 million,
(ii) current portion of long-term debt of
$21.9 million and (iii) the deferred payment
obligation of $80.0 million. |
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion includes borrowings under
our senior credit facilities and our mezzanine credit facility.
For a description of these facilities, see Description of
Certain Indebtedness. Loans under our senior credit
facilities and our mezzanine credit facility were issued with
original issue discount and are presented net of unamortized
discount of $18.5 million as of June 30, 2010. |
|
|
|
The $80.0 million deferred payment obligation is comprised
of a $16.6 million deferred payment obligation balance as
of June 30, 2010, and contingent tax claims in the amount
of $63.4 million related to the deferred payment
obligation, but does not include $4.4 million of accrued
interest related to the deferred payment obligation. See
The Acquisition and Recapitalization
Transaction The Acquisition The
Merger. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Pro forma debt and retained earnings also reflects the impact of
charges for acceleration of original issue discount and the
write-off of a portion of deferred financing costs related to
the repayment of $85.0 million of indebtedness under our
mezzanine credit facility on August 2, 2010. |
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted debt and retained earnings also reflects
the impact of charges for acceleration of original issue
discount and the write-off of certain deferred financing costs
related to (i) the repayment of $85.0 million of
indebtedness under our mezzanine credit facility on
August 2, 2010 and (ii) the use of net proceeds from
the sale of shares of
our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed
offering price of $ ,
the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, to repay borrowings under our mezzanine credit
facility. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share
would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital,
total stockholders equity and total capitalization by
$ , assuming the number of shares
offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the
number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of
1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us,
assuming the offering price remains the same, would increase
(decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of
additional paid-in capital, total stockholders equity and
total capitalization by approximately
$ million. The pro forma as
adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and
will adjust based on the actual public offering price and other
terms of this offering determined at pricing. |
41
DILUTION
If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest
will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the
initial public offering price per share of our Class A
common stock and the adjusted net tangible book value per share
of our Class A common stock, Class B non-voting common
stock and Class C restricted common stock immediately after
this offering.
Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the
amount of total book value of our total tangible assets less our
total liabilities divided by the number of shares of our
Class A common stock then outstanding. The net tangible
book value of our Class A common stock, Class B
non-voting common stock and Class C restricted common stock
as of June 30, 2010 was a deficit of
$ million, or approximately
$ per share.
After giving effect to the issuance and sale
of shares of our Class A
common stock offered by us at the initial public offering price
of $ , which is the midpoint of the
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net
tangible book value of our Class A common stock,
Class B
non-voting
common stock and Class C restricted common stock after this
offering would have been approximately
$ million, or approximately
$ per share. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value (deficit) of
approximately $ per share to
existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of approximately
$ per share to new investors
purchasing shares in this offering.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share, the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus,
would increase (decrease) our adjusted net tangible book value
after this offering by $ and
increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors purchasing
shares in this offering by $ per
share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated expenses payable by us. We may also increase or
decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase
(decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares
offered by us, assuming the offering price remains the same,
would increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors
purchasing shares in this offering by
$ per share. The information
discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on
the actual public offering price and other terms of this
offering determined at pricing.
The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Initial public offering price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase attributable to this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit), as adjusted to give
effect to this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value to new investors
in this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2010, the
total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased
from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the weighted
average price per share paid to us, by our existing stockholders
and by the investors purchasing shares of Class A common
stock in this offering at our assumed initial public offering
price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, other than shares and percentages)
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The foregoing discussion and tables give effect to the issuance
of our Class A common stock upon exercise of all
outstanding stock options held by directors and officers as
of , 2010 and the
conversion of our Class B non-voting common stock and
Class C restricted common stock into Class A common stock.
As of June 30, 2010, there were outstanding stock options
granted under our Officers Rollover Stock Plan and our
Equity Incentive Plan to purchase, subject to vesting, up
to shares
(excluding fractional shares which will be redeemed for cash)
and
shares, respectively, of our Class A common stock at a
weighted average exercise price of
$ per
share and
$
per share, respectively. As of June 30, 2010, there were
305,313 shares issued and outstanding and 202,827 shares issued
and outstanding of Class B non-voting common stock and
Class C restricted common stock, respectively.
In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to
market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe
we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating
plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through
the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance
of such securities could result in further dilution to our
stockholders.
43
THE
ACQUISITION AND RECAPITALIZATION TRANSACTION
The
Acquisition
On July 31, 2008, or the Closing Date, Booz Allen Hamilton
completed the separation of its U.S. government consulting
business from its commercial and international consulting
business, the spin off of the commercial and international
business, and the sale of 100% of its outstanding common stock
to Booz Allen Holding, which was majority owned by Carlyle. Our
company is a corporation that is the successor to the government
business of Booz Allen Hamilton following the separation.
The separation of the commercial and international business from
the government business was accomplished pursuant to a series of
transactions under the terms of a spin off agreement, dated as
of May 15, 2008, by and among Booz Allen Hamilton and
Booz & Company, or Spin Co., and certain of its
subsidiaries. As a result of the spin off and related
transactions, former stockholders of Booz Allen Hamilton that
had been engaged in the commercial and international business,
or the commercial partners, became the owners of Spin Co., which
held the commercial and international business. The spin off
agreement contains a three-year non-compete provision, ending
July 31, 2011, during which both Spin Co. and Booz Allen
Hamilton are prohibited, with certain exceptions, from engaging
in business in the other companys principal markets.
Following the spin off, Booz Allen Hamilton was indirectly
acquired by Carlyle pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger,
dated as of May 15, 2008, and subsequently amended, by and
among Booz Allen Hamilton, Booz Allen Holding (formerly known as
Explorer Holding Corporation), which was majority owned by
Carlyle, Booz Allen Investor (formerly known as Explorer
Investor Corporation), a wholly owned subsidiary of Booz Allen
Holding, Explorer Merger Sub Corporation, a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Booz Allen Investor, and Spin Co. Under the terms
of the merger agreement, the acquisition of Booz Allen Hamilton
was achieved through the merger of Explorer Merger Sub
Corporation into Booz Allen Hamilton, with Booz Allen Hamilton
as the surviving corporation. As a result of the merger, Booz
Allen Hamilton became a direct subsidiary of Booz Allen Investor
and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Booz Allen Holding.
The
Merger
Booz Allen Investor and its affiliates paid the purchase price
(subject to adjustments for transaction expenses, indebtedness,
fluctuations in working capital and other items) in
consideration for the government business through current and
deferred cash payments, stock and options in Booz Allen Holding
exchanged for Booz Allen Hamilton stock and options, and the
assumption or payment by Booz Allen Investor of certain
indebtedness.
The Booz Allen Hamilton partners working in the government
business, or the government partners, were required to exchange
a portion of their stock and options in Booz Allen Hamilton for
stock and options in Booz Allen Holding, and the commercial
partners were able to exchange a portion of their stock in Booz
Allen Hamilton for non-voting stock in Booz Allen Holding. These
exchanges were completed on July 30, 2008, and as a result,
the government partners and commercial partners held 19% and 2%,
respectively, of the common stock of Booz Allen Holding on the
Closing Date, with Carlyle, through Coinvest, beneficially
owning the remainder.
All of the remaining stock of Booz Allen Hamilton outstanding
immediately prior to the merger (other than the stock of Booz
Allen Hamilton held by Booz Allen Holding as a result of the
exchanges described above) was converted into the right to
receive the cash portion of the purchase price. Subject to the
escrows and the deferred payment described below, the cash
portion of the purchase price was distributed to the government
partners and the commercial partners shortly after the merger.
The purchase price consideration of $1,828.0 million was
comprised of the following significant components:
$1,625.9 million paid to shareholders in cash, transaction
costs of $24.0 million, fair value of stock options granted
under our Officers Rollover Stock Plan of
$79.7 million, and fair value of our deferred payment
obligation of $98.4 million.
44
The payment of $158.0 million of the cash consideration to
the government partners and the commercial partners was
structured as a deferred payment obligation of Booz Allen
Investor to such partners and Booz Allen Investor is obligated
to pay this amount (plus interest at a rate of 5% per six
months) to the partners, on a pro rata basis,
81/2
years after the consummation of the merger or, in certain
circumstances, earlier. A total of $78.0 million of the
deferred payment obligation, plus $22.4 million of accrued
interest, was repaid on December 11, 2009. See
Recapitalization Transaction. As of
June 30, 2010, up to $80.0 million of the deferred
payment obligation may be reduced to offset any claims under the
indemnification provisions of the merger agreement described
below.
On the Closing Date, $90.0 million of the cash
consideration was deposited into escrow to fund certain purchase
price adjustments, future indemnification claims under the
merger agreement and for certain other adjustments. As of
June 30, 2010 of the $90.0 million placed in escrow,
approximately $33.8 million, which includes accrued
interest, remains in escrow to cover indemnification claims
relating to losses that may be incurred from outstanding
litigation associated with the merger and certain outstanding
pre-closing tax claims and certain claims that may arise with
respect to certain pre-closing matters including taxes or
government contracts.
Financing
of the Merger
To fund the aggregate consideration for the acquisition, to
repay certain indebtedness in connection with the acquisition
and to provide working capital, Booz Allen Investor and Booz
Allen Hamilton entered into a series of financing transactions,
which included:
|
|
|
|
|
entry into our senior credit facilities, and the incurrence of
$125.0 million of term loans under the Tranche A term
facility of the senior credit facilities and $585.0 million
under the Tranche B term facility under our senior credit
facilities;
|
|
|
|
entry into our mezzanine credit facility, and the incurrence of
$550.0 million of term loans thereunder; and
|
|
|
|
an equity contribution from Coinvest of approximately
$956.5 million.
|
Indemnification
Under the Merger Agreement
From and after the Closing Date, Booz Allen Holding and its
subsidiaries (including Booz Allen Hamilton) are indemnified
under the merger agreement against losses arising from
(a) breach of certain representations and warranties
regarding Booz Allen Hamiltons capitalization, corporate
authorization, financial statements, internal accounting
controls, employee benefits, and DCAA audits and similar
government contracts investigations and claims, (b) the
failure of the sellers to perform certain covenants and
agreements in the merger agreement and the spin off agreement,
(c) the failure to assume and satisfy amounts owed under
the spin off agreement or certain ancillary agreements if and to
the extent that Spin Co. is insolvent or bankrupt, and
(d) any restructuring costs of Booz Allen Hamilton related
to the termination of transition services to Spin Co. after the
Closing Date. In addition, the merger agreement provides Booz
Allen Holding and its subsidiaries (including Booz Allen
Hamilton) with indemnification for (i) certain pre-closing
taxes and (ii) the amount of certain compensation
deductions resulting from any Booz Allen Hamilton options
exercised after the signing of the merger agreement and prior to
July 30, 2008. These indemnification rights are subject to
the various limitations, including time and dollar amounts, and
the sole recourse of Booz Allen Holding and its subsidiaries
with respect to any indemnification amounts owed to them under
the merger agreement are the escrow funds available for
indemnification and offset against Booz Allen Investors
obligation to pay a portion of the deferred payment obligation.
Spin
Off Agreement
In addition to governing the split of the commercial and
international business from the government business, the spin
off agreement sets forth certain restrictions and guidelines for
the interaction and operation of the government business and the
commercial and international business after the Closing Date,
including,
45
|
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years following the Closing Date (subject
to certain exceptions), Spin Co. agreed that it and its
subsidiaries would not (i) provide, sell, or offer to sell
or advertise certain types of consulting services provided by
the government business, (ii) assist, advise, engage or
participate in providing such services to certain scheduled
competitors of Booz Allen Hamilton, (iii) have certain
interests in such competitors, (iv) knowingly permit its
names to be used by such competitors in connection with
providing any services other than permitted services or
(v) provide any services of any type to a scheduled list of
direct competitors or their subsidiaries or successors;
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years following the Closing Date (subject
to certain exceptions), Booz Allen Hamilton agreed that it and
its subsidiaries would not (i) provide, sell, or offer to
sell or advertise any services other than certain types of
consulting services (including cyber-security services) provided
by the government business, (ii) assist or advise certain
scheduled competitors of Spin Co. in providing services other
than such consulting services provided by the government
business, (iii) have certain interests in such competitors,
or (iv) knowingly permit its names to be used by such
competitors in connection with providing any services other than
such consulting services provided by the government business;
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years following the Closing Date, Booz
Allen Hamilton and Spin Co. agreed not to solicit or attempt to
solicit any client or business relation of the other party to
cease or adversely change their business relationship with the
other party or its subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years following the Closing Date, Booz
Allen Hamilton and Spin Co. agreed not to hire or attempt to
hire any person who was at Closing an officer, director,
employee, consultant or agent of the other party (subject to
certain exceptions);
|
|
|
|
until the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date
or a change in control of the other party, Booz Allen Hamilton
and Spin Co. agreed that they and their subsidiaries would not,
in the case of Spin Co., hire or attempt to hire any person who
was or is a stockholder of Booz Allen Hamilton (other than a
commercial partner); and in the case of Booz Allen Hamilton,
hire or attempt to hire any person who was, on or prior to the
Closing Date, a commercial partner, or is then, a stockholder of
Spin Co. (subject to certain exceptions); and
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years following the Closing Date, Spin Co.
agreed that it and its subsidiaries would not directly or
indirectly acquire a competitor of Booz Allen Hamilton.
|
Indemnification
under the Spin Off Agreement
Under the Spin Off Agreement, Booz Allen Hamilton has agreed to
indemnify Spin Co. from all losses arising out of breaches of
the Spin Off Agreement or certain related agreements, certain
employee benefit matters, and for liabilities and obligations
arising out of the government business, and Spin Co. has agreed
to indemnify Booz Allen Hamilton from all losses arising out of
breaches of the Spin Off Agreement or certain related
agreements, certain employee benefit matters, and for
liabilities and obligations arising out of the commercial and
international business. Spin Co. has also agreed to indemnify
Booz Allen Hamilton for increases in pre-closing taxes if a
majority of Spin Co.s shares or a majority of its assets
are sold to a third party within three years of the Closing Date
at a price in excess of the allocable portion of the
agreed-upon
fair market value of the Spin Co. shares and a taxing authority
successfully asserts that the fair market value of such shares
at the time of the spin off was in excess of the
agreed-upon
fair market value. Furthermore, each of Spin Co. and Booz Allen
Hamilton has generally agreed to indemnify the other from the
recapture of dual consolidated losses which result from an
action of the indemnifying party or its affiliates.
Recapitalization
Transaction
On December 11, 2009, in order to facilitate the payment of
a special dividend and the repayment of a portion of the
deferred payment obligation, Booz Allen Investor and Booz Allen
Hamilton entered into a series of amendments to the credit
agreements governing our senior credit facilities and mezzanine
credit facility. The credit agreement governing our senior
credit facilities was amended to, among other things, add
46
the Tranche C term facility under our senior credit
facilities, increase commitments under the revolving credit
facility under our senior credit facilities from
$100.0 million to $245.0 million, and add a specific
exception to the restricted payments covenant to permit the
payment of the special dividend. In addition to consenting to
such amendments, the lenders under the senior credit facilities
also consented to the amendment of the credit agreement
governing the mezzanine credit facility discussed below. In
exchange for such consents, each consenting lender received a
non-refundable cash fee equal to 0.1% of the sum of the
aggregate principal amount of such lenders Tranche A and B
term loans outstanding and such lenders existing revolving
commitment. In addition, each lender providing an increased
commitment under the revolving credit facility received a
non-refundable cash fee equal to 1.5% of such lenders
additional revolving commitment. The credit agreement governing
our mezzanine credit facility was amended to, among other things
add a specific exception to the restricted payments covenant to
permit the payment of the special dividend, to increase the
amount of senior credit facilities debt permitted under the debt
covenant to permit the incurrence of loans under the
Tranche C term facility and the increase in commitments
under the revolving credit facility. In addition, the premiums
payable upon the prepayment of the loans were increased, and a
1.0% premium was added with respect to payments of the loans at
maturity. In exchange for consenting to such amendments, each
consenting lender received a non-refundable cash fee equal to
1.0% of the aggregate principal amounts of such lenders
outstanding loans. Using cash on hand and $341.3 million in
net proceeds from the increased term loan facility, Booz Allen
Hamilton paid a special dividend of $650.0 million on its
common stock, all of which was paid to Booz Allen Investor, its
sole stockholder. Booz Allen Investor in turn used the proceeds
of the special dividend (i) to repay approximately
$100.4 million of the deferred payment obligation,
including $22.4 million in accrued interest, in accordance
with the terms of the merger agreement and (ii) to pay a
special dividend of approximately $549.6 million on its
common stock, all of which was paid to Booz Allen Holding, its
sole stockholder. Booz Allen Holding in turn declared a special
dividend of $497.5 million payable on its outstanding
Class A common stock, Class B non-voting common stock
and Class C restricted common stock, approximately
$444.1 million of which was paid to Coinvest and the
remainder of which was paid to the other stockholders of Booz
Allen Holding. The aforementioned transactions are referred to
in this prospectus as the recapitalization transaction.
As required by the Officers Rollover Stock Plan and the
Equity Incentive Plan, the exercise price per share of each
outstanding option was reduced in an amount equal to the
reduction in the value of the common stock as a result of the
dividend. Because the reduction in share value exceeded the
exercise price for certain of the options granted under the
Officers Rollover Stock Plan, the exercise price for those
options was reduced to the par value of the shares issuable on
exercise, and the holders became entitled to receive on the
options fixed exercise date a cash payment equal to the
excess of the reduction in share value as a result of the
dividend over the reduction in exercise price, subject to
vesting of the relation options. As of June 30, 2010, the
total obligations for these cash payments was $54.4 million.
47
SELECTED
HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The selected consolidated statements of operations data for
fiscal 2008, the four months ended July 31, 2008, the eight
months ended March 31, 2009 and fiscal 2010, and the
selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31,
2009 and 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31,
2008 has been derived from audited consolidated financial
statements which are not included in this prospectus. The
selected consolidated statements of operations data for fiscal
2006 and 2007 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data
as of March 31, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our
unaudited consolidated financial statements which are not
included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated
statements of operations data for the three months ended
June 30, 2009 and 2010 and the selected consolidated
balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 have been derived
from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included in
this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been
prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements
and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments
necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth
herein. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of
the results that may be expected for any future period, and the
unaudited interim results for the three months ended
June 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of results
that may be expected for fiscal 2011. The selected financial
data should be read in conjunction with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and our consolidated financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As discussed in more detail under The Acquisition and
Recapitalization Transaction, Booz Allen Hamilton was
indirectly acquired by Carlyle on July 31, 2008.
Immediately prior to the acquisition, Booz Allen Hamilton spun
off its commercial and international business and retained its
U.S. government business. The accompanying consolidated
financial statements are presented for (1) the
Predecessor, which are the financial statements of
Booz Allen Hamilton and its consolidated subsidiaries for the
period preceding the acquisition, and (2) the
Company, which are the financial statements of Booz
Allen Holding and its consolidated subsidiaries for the period
following the acquisition. Prior to the acquisition, Booz Allen
Hamiltons U.S. government business is presented as
the continuing operations of the Predecessor. The
Predecessors consolidated financial statements have been
presented for the twelve months ended March 31, 2008 and
the four months ended July 31, 2008. The operating results
of the commercial and international business that was spun off
by Booz Allen Hamilton effective July 31, 2008 have been
presented as discontinued operations in the Predecessor
consolidated financial statements and the related notes included
in this prospectus. The Companys consolidated financial
statements for periods subsequent to the acquisition have been
presented from August 1, 2008 through March 31, 2009,
for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010 and for the
three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010. The
Predecessors financial statements may not necessarily be
indicative of the cost structure or results of operations that
would have existed if the U.S. government business operated
as a stand-alone, independent business. The acquisition was
accounted for as a business combination, which resulted in a new
basis of accounting. The Predecessors and the
Companys financial statements are not comparable as a
result of applying a new basis of accounting. See Notes 1,
4, and 24 to our consolidated financial statements for
additional information regarding the accounting treatment of the
acquisition and discontinued operations.
Additionally, the results of operations and balance sheet data
for fiscal 2006, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2008, the four months ended
July 31, 2008, the eight months ended March 31, 2009,
the three months ended June 30, 2009 and as of
March 31, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are presented as
adjusted to reflect the change in accounting principle
related to our revenue recognition policies as described in
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Critical
Accounting Estimates and Policies.
Included in the table below are unaudited pro forma results of
operations for the twelve months ended March 31, 2009, or
pro forma 2009, assuming the acquisition had been
completed as of April 1, 2008. The unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated results of operations for fiscal 2009 are
based on our historical audited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, adjusted to
give pro forma effect to the acquisition. The unaudited pro
forma condensed consolidated results of operations for fiscal
2009 are presented because management believes it provides a
meaningful comparison of operating results enabling
48
twelve months of fiscal 2009, adjusted for the impact of the
acquisition, to be compared with fiscal 2010. The unaudited pro
forma condensed consolidated financial statements are for
informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what
our actual results of operations would have been if the
acquisition had been completed as of April 1, 2008 or that
may be achieved in the future. The unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated financial information and the accompanying notes
should be read in conjunction with our historical audited
consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus and other financial information
contained in Risk Factors, The Acquisition and
Recapitalization Transaction, and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations in this prospectus. See Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Results of Operations for a
description of the pro forma adjustments attributable to the
acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009(1)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,902,513
|
|
|
$
|
3,209,211
|
|
|
$
|
3,625,055
|
|
|
$
|
1,409,943
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,941,275
|
|
|
$
|
4,351,218
|
|
|
$
|
5,122,633
|
|
|
$
|
1,229,459
|
|
|
$
|
1,341,929
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
1,572,817
|
|
|
|
1,813,295
|
|
|
|
2,028,848
|
|
|
|
722,986
|
|
|
|
|
1,566,763
|
|
|
|
2,296,335
|
|
|
|
2,654,143
|
|
|
|
638,690
|
|
|
|
677,095
|
|
Billable expenses
|
|
|
820,951
|
|
|
|
815,421
|
|
|
|
935,459
|
|
|
|
401,387
|
|
|
|
|
756,933
|
|
|
|
1,158,320
|
|
|
|
1,361,229
|
|
|
|
329,681
|
|
|
|
356,286
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
409,576
|
|
|
|
421,921
|
|
|
|
474,188
|
|
|
|
726,929
|
|
|
|
|
505,226
|
|
|
|
723,827
|
|
|
|
811,944
|
|
|
|
184,734
|
|
|
|
200,419
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
22,284
|
|
|
|
27,879
|
|
|
|
33,079
|
|
|
|
11,930
|
|
|
|
|
79,665
|
|
|
|
106,335
|
|
|
|
95,763
|
|
|
|
24,003
|
|
|
|
19,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
2,825,628
|
|
|
|
3,078,516
|
|
|
|
3,471,574
|
|
|
|
1,863,232
|
|
|
|
|
2,908,587
|
|
|
|
4,284,817
|
|
|
|
4,923,079
|
|
|
|
1,177,108
|
|
|
|
1,253,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
76,885
|
|
|
|
130,695
|
|
|
|
153,481
|
|
|
|
(453,289
|
)
|
|
|
|
32,688
|
|
|
|
66,401
|
|
|
|
199,554
|
|
|
|
52,351
|
|
|
|
88,745
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
1,995
|
|
|
|
2,955
|
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
|
4,578
|
|
|
|
5,312
|
|
|
|
1,466
|
|
|
|
515
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(966
|
)
|
|
|
(1,481
|
)
|
|
|
(2,319
|
)
|
|
|
(1,044
|
)
|
|
|
|
(98,068
|
)
|
|
|
(146,803
|
)
|
|
|
(150,734
|
)
|
|
|
(36,371
|
)
|
|
|
(40,353
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
(1,931
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
(182
|
)
|
|
|
(1,292
|
)
|
|
|
(523
|
)
|
|
|
(619
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations and before income taxes
|
|
|
78,306
|
|
|
|
132,315
|
|
|
|
151,673
|
|
|
|
(453,653
|
)
|
|
|
|
(60,930
|
)
|
|
|
(75,272
|
)
|
|
|
48,994
|
|
|
|
15,972
|
|
|
|
48,085
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations
|
|
|
39,399
|
|
|
|
55,921
|
|
|
|
62,693
|
|
|
|
(56,109
|
)
|
|
|
|
(22,147
|
)
|
|
|
(25,831
|
)
|
|
|
23,575
|
|
|
|
7,547
|
|
|
|
19,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
38,907
|
|
|
|
76,394
|
|
|
|
88,980
|
|
|
|
(397,544
|
)
|
|
|
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
$
|
(49,441
|
)
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
8,425
|
|
|
|
28,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(30,409
|
)
|
|
|
(57,611
|
)
|
|
|
(71,106
|
)
|
|
|
(848,371
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
8,498
|
|
|
$
|
18,783
|
|
|
$
|
17,874
|
|
|
$
|
(1,245,915
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,419
|
|
|
$
|
8,425
|
|
|
$
|
28,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share from continuing operations(2)(3):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share(2)(3):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding(2)(3):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends per share (unaudited)(3)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(
|
4)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
As of March 31,
|
|
|
As of March 31,
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
31,233
|
|
|
$
|
3,272
|
|
|
$
|
7,123
|
|
|
|
$
|
420,902
|
|
|
$
|
307,835
|
|
|
$
|
300,611
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
724,470
|
|
|
|
789,275
|
|
|
|
1,113,656
|
|
|
|
|
789,308
|
|
|
|
584,248
|
|
|
|
648,622
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,422,983
|
|
|
|
1,482,453
|
|
|
|
1,891,375
|
|
|
|
|
3,182,249
|
|
|
|
3,062,223
|
|
|
|
3,015,262
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,220,502
|
|
|
|
1,546,782
|
|
|
|
1,542,063
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
271,090
|
|
|
|
272,068
|
|
|
|
313,065
|
|
|
|
|
1,060,343
|
|
|
|
509,583
|
|
|
|
552,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The table below presents the pro forma adjustments attributable
to the acquisition. The pro forma adjustments are described in
the accompanying footnotes and are based upon available
information and certain assumptions that we believe are
reasonable. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
March 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,409,943
|
|
|
$
|
2,941,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,351,218
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and other costs
|
|
|
722,986
|
|
|
|
1,566,763
|
|
|
$
|
6,586
|
(a)
|
|
|
2,296,335
|
|
Billable expenses
|
|
|
401,387
|
|
|
|
756,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,158,320
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
726,929
|
|
|
|
505,226
|
|
|
|
(508,328
|
)(b)
|
|
|
723,827
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
11,930
|
|
|
|
79,665
|
|
|
|
14,740
|
(c)
|
|
|
106,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
1,863,232
|
|
|
|
2,908,587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,284,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(453,289
|
)
|
|
|
32,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,401
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
4,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,312
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1,044
|
)
|
|
|
(98,068
|
)
|
|
|
(47,691
|
)(d)
|
|
|
(146,803
|
)
|
Other (expense), net
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(182
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(453,653
|
)
|
|
|
(60,930
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(75,272
|
)
|
Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations
|
|
|
(56,109
|
)
|
|
|
(22,147
|
)
|
|
|
52,425
|
(e)
|
|
|
(25,831
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
(397,544
|
)
|
|
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(49,441
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(848,371
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,245,915
|
)
|
|
$
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects additional stock-based compensation expense associated
with options issued in exchange for stock rights under the stock
rights plan that existed prior to the closing of the acquisition
for $6.6 million (see Note 17 to our consolidated
financial statements for additional information on our
stock-based compensation). |
50
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Consists of the following adjustments: |
|
|
|
Increase to rent expense of $1.8 million due to
the elimination of the July 31, 2008 deferred rent
liability in accordance with the accounting treatment of leases
associated with the business combination;
|
|
|
|
Increase to management fees paid to Carlyle of
$333,000 (see Note 19 to our consolidated financial
statements for additional information regarding the management
fees);
|
|
|
|
Additional stock-based compensation expense of
$13.4 million associated with options issued in exchange
for stock rights under the stock rights plan that existed prior
to the closing of the acquisition (see Note 17 to our
consolidated financial statements for additional information on
our stock-based compensation);
|
|
|
|
Reversal of $511.7 million for a one-time
acceleration of stock rights and the fair value
mark-up of
redeemable common shares immediately prior to the
acquisition; and
|
|
|
|
Reversal of certain related transaction costs of
$12.2 million.
|
|
(c) |
|
Reflects amortization expense of intangible assets established
as part of purchase accounting and depreciation expense
associated with the fair value of fixed assets associated with
the acquisition accounted for as a business combination for
$14.7 million. |
|
(d) |
|
Consists of the following adjustments: |
|
|
|
Reversal of interest expense of $1.0 million
recorded during the four months ended July 31, 2008 related
to the Predecessors previous debt outstanding prior to the
acquisition; and
|
|
|
|
Incurrence of additional interest expense of
$48.7 million associated with our new senior credit
facilities and mezzanine credit facility established in
conjunction with the acquisition.
|
|
(e) |
|
Reflects tax effect of the cumulative pro forma adjustments. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Basic earnings per share for the Company has been computed using
the weighted average number of shares of Class A common
stock, Class B non-voting common stock and Class C
restricted common stock outstanding during the period. The
Companys diluted earnings per share has been computed
using the weighted average number of shares of Class A
common stock, Class B non-voting common stock and
Class C restricted common stock including the dilutive
effect of outstanding common stock options and other stock-based
awards. The weighted average number of Class E special
voting common stock has not been included in the calculation of
either basic earnings per share or diluted earnings per share
due to the terms of such common stock. |
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share for the Predecessor has been computed
using the weighted average number of shares of Class A
common stock outstanding during the period. The
Predecessors diluted earnings per share has been computed
using the weighted average number of shares of Class A
common stock including the dilutive effect of outstanding
stock-based awards. |
|
(3) |
|
Reflects a -for-1 split of our common stock to be
effected prior to the completion of this offering. |
|
(4) |
|
Reflects the payment of special dividends in the aggregate
amount of $114.9 million and $497.5 million to holders
of record of our Class A common stock, Class B
non-voting common stock, and Class C restricted common
stock as of July 29, 2009 and December 8, 2009,
respectively. |
51
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis is intended to help the
reader understand our business, financial condition, results of
operations, liquidity and capital resources. You should read
this discussion in conjunction with Selected Historical
Consolidated Financial and Other Data, and our
consolidated financial statements and the related notes
beginning on
page F-1
of this prospectus.
The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook,
our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and
capital resources and other non-historical statements in this
discussion are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking
statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties,
including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties
described in Risk Factors and Special Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements. Our actual results
may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any
forward-looking statements.
Our fiscal year ends March 31 and, unless otherwise noted,
references to years or fiscal are for fiscal years ended
March 31. References to pro forma 2009 in this
discussion and analysis are to unaudited pro forma results for
the twelve months ended March 31, 2009, assuming the
acquisition had been completed as of April 1, 2008. See
Results of Operations.
Overview
We are a leading provider of management and technology
consulting services to the U.S. government in the defense,
intelligence and civil markets. We are a well-known, trusted and
long-term partner to our clients, who seek our expertise and
objective advice to address their most important and complex
problems. Leveraging our
95-year
consulting heritage and a talent base of approximately
23,800 people, we deploy our deep domain knowledge,
functional expertise and experience to help our clients achieve
their objectives. We have a collaborative culture, supported by
our operating model, which helps our professionals identify and
respond to emerging trends across the markets we serve and
delivers enduring results for our clients. We have grown our
revenue organically, without relying on acquisitions, at an 18%
CAGR over the
15-year
period ended March 31, 2010, reaching $5.1 billion in
revenue in fiscal 2010.
We were founded in 1914 by Edwin Booz, one of the pioneers of
management consulting. In 1940, we began serving the
U.S. government by advising the Secretary of the Navy in
preparation for World War II. As the needs of our clients have
grown more complex, we have expanded beyond our management
consulting foundation to develop deep expertise in technology,
engineering, and analytics. Today, we serve substantially all of
the cabinet-level departments of the U.S. government. Our
major clients include the Department of Defense, all branches of
the U.S. military, the U.S. Intelligence Community,
and civil agencies such as the Department of Homeland Security,
the Department of Energy, the Department of Health and Human
Services, the Department of the Treasury and the Environmental
Protection Agency. We support these clients in addressing
complex and pressing challenges such as combating global
terrorism, improving cyber capabilities, transforming the
healthcare system, improving efficiency and managing change
within the government, and protecting the environment.
Factors
and Trends Affecting Our Results of Operations
Our results of operations have been, and we expect them to
continue to be, affected by the following factors, which may
cause our future results of operations to differ from our
historical results of operations discussed under
Results of Operations.
52
Business
Environment and Key Trends in Our Markets
We believe that the following trends and developments in the
U.S. government services industry and our markets may
influence our future results of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
budgeting constraints increasing pressure on the
U.S. government to control spending while pursuing numerous
important policy initiatives, which may result in a slowdown in
the growth rate of U.S. government spending in certain areas;
|
|
|
|
changes in the level and mix of U.S. government spending,
such as the U.S. governments increased spending in
recent years on homeland security, cyber, advanced technology
analytics, intelligence and defense-related programs and
healthcare;
|
|
|
|
|
|
cost cutting and efficiency initiatives and other efforts to
streamline the U.S. defense and intelligence infrastructure,
including the initiatives recently announced by the Secretary of
Defense;
|
|
|
|
|
|
increased insourcing by the U.S. government of work that
was traditionally performed by outside contractors, including at
the Department of Defense;
|
|
|
|
specific efficiency initiatives by the U.S. government such
as the Base Realignment and Closure Program and efforts to
rebalance the U.S. defense forces in accordance with the
2010 Quadrennial Defense Review, as well as general efforts to
improve procurement practices and efficiencies, such as the
actions recently announced by the Office of Management and
Budget regarding IT procurement practices;
|
|
|
|
U.S. government agencies awarding contracts on a
technically acceptable/lowest cost basis, which could have a
negative impact on our ability to win certain contracts;
|
|
|
|
restrictions by the U.S. government on the ability of
federal agencies to use lead system integrators, in response to
cost, schedule and performance problems with large defense
acquisition programs where contractors were performing the lead
system integrator role;
|
|
|
|
increasingly complex requirements of the Department of Defense
and the U.S. Intelligence Community, including
cyber-security, and focus on reforming existing government
regulation of various sectors of the economy, such as financial
regulation and healthcare;
|
|
|
|
|
|
efforts by the U.S. government to address organizational
conflicts of interest and related issues and the impact of those
efforts on us and our competitors; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
increased competition from other government contractors and
market entrants seeking to take advantage of the trends
identified above.
|
Sources
of Revenue
Substantially all of our revenue is derived from services
provided under contracts and task orders with the
U.S. government, primarily by our employees and, to a
lesser extent, our subcontractors. Funding for our contracts and
task orders is generally linked to trends in budgets and
spending across various U.S. government agencies and
departments, which generally have been increasing among our key
markets and service offerings. We provide services under a large
portfolio of contracts and contract vehicles to a broad client
base, and we believe that our diversified contract and client
base lessens potential volatility in our business.
Contract
Types
We generate revenue under the following three basic types of
contracts: cost-reimbursable,
time-and-materials,
and fixed-price.
|
|
|
|
|
Cost-reimbursable contracts. Cost-reimbursable
contracts provide for the payment of allowable costs incurred
during performance of the contract, up to a ceiling based on the
amount that has been funded, plus a fee. We generate revenue
under two general types of cost-reimbursable contracts:
cost-plus-fixed-fee and cost-plus-award-fee contracts, both of
which reimburse allowable costs and include a fixed
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
contract fee. The fixed fee under each type of cost-reimbursable
contract is generally payable upon completion of services in
accordance with the terms of the contract, and
cost-plus-fixed-fee contracts offer no opportunity for payment
beyond the fixed fee. Cost-plus-award-fee contracts also provide
for an award fee that varies within specified limits based upon
the clients assessment of our performance against a
predetermined set of criteria, such as targets for factors like
cost, quality, schedule, and performance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Time-and-materials
contracts. Under a
time-and-materials
contract, we are paid a fixed hourly rate for each direct labor
hour expended, and we are reimbursed for allowable material
costs and allowable
out-of-pocket
expenses. To the extent our actual direct labor and associated
costs vary in relation to the fixed hourly billing rates
provided in the contract, we will generate more or less profit,
or could incur a loss.
|
|
|
|
Fixed-price contracts. Under a fixed-price
contract, we agree to perform the specified work for a
pre-determined
price. To the extent our actual costs vary from the estimates
upon which the price was negotiated, we will generate more or
less profit, or could incur a loss. Some fixed-price contracts
have a performance-based component, pursuant to which we can
earn incentive payments or incur financial penalties based on
our performance. Fixed-price level of effort contracts require
us to provide a specified level of effort, over a stated period
of time, for a fixed price.
|
The amount of risk and potential reward varies under each type
of contract. Under cost-reimbursable contracts, there is limited
financial risk, because we are reimbursed for all allowable
costs up to a ceiling. However, profit margins on this type of
contract tend to be lower than on
time-and-materials
and fixed-price contracts. Under
time-and-materials
contracts, we are reimbursed for the hours worked using the
predetermined hourly rates for each labor category. In addition,
we are typically reimbursed for other contract direct costs and
expenses at cost. We assume financial risk on
time-and-materials
contracts because our labor costs may exceed the negotiated
billing rates. Profit margins on well-managed time and materials
contracts tends to be higher than cost-reimbursable contracts as
long as we are able to staff those contracts with people who
have an appropriate skill set. Under fixed-price contracts, we
are required to deliver the objectives under the contract for a
pre-determined
price. Compared to
time-and-materials
and
cost-reimbursable
contracts, fixed-price contracts generally offer higher profit
margin opportunities because we receive the full benefit of any
cost savings but generally involve greater financial risk
because we bear the impact of any cost overruns. In the
aggregate, the contract type mix in our revenue for any given
period will affect that periods profitability. Over time
we have experienced a relatively stable contract mix. However,
the U.S. government has indicated an intent to increase its
use of fixed price contract procurements and reduce its use of
cost-plus-award-fee contract procurements, and the Department of
Defense recently adopted purchasing guidelines that mark a shift
towards fixed-price procurement contracts.
The table below presents the percentage of total revenue for
each type of contract.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Cost-reimbursable(1)
|
|
|
47
|
%
|
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
52
|
%
|
|
|
51
|
%
|
Time-and-materials
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
|
|
|
39
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
Fixed-price(2)
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes both cost-plus-fixed-fee and cost-plus-award fee
contracts. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes fixed-price level of effort contracts. |
Contract
Diversity and Revenue Mix
We provide our services to our clients through a large number of
single award contracts and contract vehicles and multiple award
contract vehicles. In fiscal 2010, the revenue from our top ten
single award contracts or contract vehicles based on revenue
represented 19% of our revenue. Most of our revenue is generated
under ID/IQ contract vehicles, which include multiple award
GWACs and GSA schedules and
54
certain single award contracts. GWACs and GSA schedules are
available to all U.S. government agencies. Any number of
contractors typically compete under multiple award ID/IQ
contract vehicles for task orders to provide particular
services, and we earn revenue under these contract vehicles only
to the extent that we are successful in the bidding process for
task orders. In each of fiscal 2008, pro forma 2009 and fiscal
2010, our revenue under GWACs and GSA schedules collectively
represented 29%, 27% and 23% of our total revenue, respectively.
No single task order under any contract represented more than 1%
of our revenue in any of fiscal 2008, pro forma 2009 or fiscal
2010. No single contract accounted for more than 9% of our
revenue in any of fiscal 2008, pro forma 2009 and fiscal 2010.
We generate revenue under our contracts and task orders through
our provision of services as both a prime contractor and
subcontractor, as well as from the provision of services by
subcontractors under contracts and task orders for which we act
as the prime contractor. For fiscal 2008, pro forma 2009 and
fiscal 2010, 88%, 86% and 87%, respectively, of our revenue was
generated by contracts and task orders for which we served as a
prime contractor; 12%, 14% and 13%, respectively, of our revenue
was generated by contracts and task orders for which we served
as a subcontractor; and 22%, 21% and 22%, respectively, of our
revenue was generated by services provided by our
subcontractors. The mix of these types of revenue affect our
operating margin. Substantially all of our operating margin is
derived from our consulting staffs labor under contracts
for which we act as the prime contractor or a subcontractor,
which we refer to as direct consulting staff labor, and our
operating margin derived from fees we earn on services provided
by our subcontractors is not significant. We view growth in
direct consulting staff labor as the primary measure of earnings
growth. Direct consulting staff labor growth is driven by
consulting staff headcount growth, after attrition, and total
backlog growth.
Our
People
Revenue from our contracts is derived from services delivered by
our people and, as discussed above, to a lesser extent from our
subcontractors. Our ability to hire, retain and deploy talent is
critical to our ability to grow our revenue. As of
March 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, we employed approximately
18,800, 21,600, 23,300 people, respectively, of which
approximately 16,900, 19,600, 21,000, respectively, were
consulting staff. As of June 30, 2009 and 2010, we employed
approximately 22,500 and 23,800 people, respectively, of which
approximately 20,400 and 21,600, respectively, were consulting
staff. Attrition for consulting staff was 15%, 15%, and 14%
during fiscal 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively. We recently
accelerated our firm-wide hiring program to recruit and attract
additional high quality and experienced talent. We believe this
will allow us to grow our business through the deployment of
increased net consulting staff against funded backlog.
Contract
Backlog
We define backlog to include the following three components:
|
|
|
|
|
Funded Backlog. Funded backlog represents the
revenue value of orders for services under existing contracts
for which funding is appropriated or otherwise authorized less
revenue previously recognized on these contracts.
|
|
|
|
Unfunded Backlog. Unfunded backlog represents
the revenue value of orders for services under existing
contracts for which funding has not been appropriated or
otherwise authorized.
|
|
|
|
Priced Options. Priced contract options
represent 100% of the revenue value of all future contract
option periods under existing contracts that may be exercised at
our clients option and for which funding has not been
appropriated or otherwise authorized.
|
Backlog does not include any task orders under ID/IQ contracts,
including GWACs and GSA schedules, except to the extent that
task orders have been awarded to us under those contracts.
55
The following table summarizes the value of our contract backlog
at the respective dates presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
As of March 31,
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Backlog:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded
|
|
$
|
2,392
|
|
|
$
|
2,528
|
|
|
$
|
2,214
|
|
|
$
|
2,618
|
|
Unfunded(1)
|
|
|
1,968
|
|
|
|
2,453
|
|
|
|
2,057
|
|
|
|
2,576
|
|
Priced options(2)
|
|
|
2,919
|
|
|
|
4,032
|
|
|
|
3,233
|
|
|
|
4,295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total backlog
|
|
$
|
7,279
|
|
|
$
|
9,013
|
|
|
$
|
7,504
|
|
|
$
|
9,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects a reduction by management to the revenue value of
orders for services under two existing single award ID/IQ
contracts based on an established pattern of funding under these
contracts by the U.S. government. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts shown reflect 100% of the undiscounted revenue value of
all priced options. |
Our backlog includes orders under contracts that in some cases
extend for several years. The U.S. Congress generally
appropriates funds for our clients on a yearly basis, even
though their contracts with us may call for performance that is
expected to take a number of years. As a result, contracts
typically are only partially funded at any point during their
term and all or some of the work to be performed under the
contracts may remain unfunded unless and until the
U.S. Congress makes subsequent appropriations and the
procuring agency allocates funding to the contract.
We view growth in total backlog and consulting staff headcount
growth as the two key measures of our business growth.
Consulting staff headcount growth is the primary means by which
we are able to recognize profitable revenue growth. To the
extent that we are able to hire additional people, we generally
are able to deploy them against funded backlog and, as a result,
recognize increased revenue. Some portion of our employee base
is employed on less than a full time basis, and we measure
revenue growth based on the full time equivalency of our
consulting staff. Total backlog grew 24% from March 31,
2009 to March 31, 2010 and 26% from June 30, 2009 to
June 30, 2010. We cannot predict with any certainty the
portion of our backlog that we expect to recognize as revenue in
any future period. While we report internally on our backlog on
a monthly basis and review backlog upon the occurrence of
certain events to determine if any adjustments are necessary, we
cannot guarantee that we will recognize any revenue from our
backlog. The primary risks that could affect our ability to
recognize such revenue are program schedule changes and contract
modifications. In our recent experience, none of these or other
factors have had a material negative effect on our ability to
realize revenue from our funded backlog. Additional risks
include the unilateral right of the U.S. government to
cancel multi-year contracts and related orders or to terminate
existing contracts for convenience or default; cost cutting
initiatives and other efforts to reduce U.S. government
spending, such as the initiatives recently announced by the
Secretary of Defense, which could reduce or delay funding for
orders for services; in the case of unfunded backlog, the
potential that funding will not be available; and, in the case
of priced options, the risk that our clients will not exercise
their options. See Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Business We may not realize the full value of
our backlog, which may result in lower than expected
revenue.
Operating
Costs and Expenses
Costs associated with compensation and related expenses for our
people are the most significant component of our operating costs
and expenses. The principal factors that affect our costs are
additional people as we grow our business and are awarded new
contracts, task orders and additional work under our existing
contracts and the hiring of people with a specific skill set and
security clearances as required by our additional work.
Our most significant operating costs and expenses are described
below.
56
Cost of
Revenue
Cost of revenue includes direct labor, related employee benefits
and overhead. Overhead consists of indirect costs, including
indirect labor relating to infrastructure, management and
administration, and other expenses.
Billable
Expenses
Billable expenses include direct subcontractor expenses, travel
expenses, and other expenses incurred to perform on contracts.
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses include indirect labor of
executive management and corporate administrative functions,
marketing and bid and proposal costs, and other discretionary
spending.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will be required to
comply with new accounting, financial reporting and corporate
governance standards as a public company that we expect will
cause our general and administrative expenses to increase. Such
costs will include, among others, increased auditing and legal
fees, board of director fees, investor relations expenses, and
director and officer liability insurance costs.
Depreciation
and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization includes the depreciation of
computers, leasehold improvements, furniture and other
equipment, and the amortization of internally developed
software, as well as third-party software that we use internally
and of identifiable long-lived intangible assets over their
estimated useful lives.
Income
Taxes
Our NOL carryforward, which as of March 31, 2010 was
$367.6 million, is subject to Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue
Code limits the use of a corporations NOLs and certain
other tax benefits following a change in ownership of the
corporation. We believe that it is more likely than not that the
results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable
income over the next two to three years to realize the tax
benefits of our NOL carryforward.
We also expect that our future cash tax payments will be further
reduced by utilizing deductions created upon the exercise of
employee stock options. In general, under current law, an
exercise of a compensatory option to acquire our stock would
create an income tax deduction in an amount equal to the excess
of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option over
the option exercise price. In connection with the acquisition,
we issued options under the Officers Rollover Stock Plan,
referred to as Rollover options, of which options to purchase
1,334,324 shares (excluding fractional shares which will be
redeemed for cash) were outstanding as of June 30, 2010,
including options to purchase 169,983 shares that were
vested as of such date. The remaining Rollover options vest over
the period from June 30, 2011 to June 30, 2013 and,
once vested, are required to be exercised no later than
60 days (subject to extension by the Board) following
specified exercise commencement dates ranging from June 30,
2011 to June 30, 2015 or such options will be forfeited.
Assuming that all such options vest in accordance with their
terms and are exercised in accordance with the exercise
schedule, and that the fair market value of our Class A
common stock at the time of such exercises were equal to
$ ,
the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, the expected reduction in our cash taxes over the
exercise period for such options would be approximately
$ in
excess of the tax benefit for such awards reflected in our
consolidated financial statements. There can be no assurance
that any such options will vest and be exercised or that the
value of our stock at the time of any exercise will not be less
than such midpoint or that any such tax deduction will be
realized. Any increase or decrease in the price of our
Class A common stock at the time of any such exercise
relative to such midpoint assumed above would likewise have the
effect of increasing (in the case of a decrease in stock price)
or decreasing (in the case of an increase in stock price) our
future cash tax payments.
57
In addition, we have issued options under the Equity Incentive
Plan, referred to as EIP options, of which options to purchase
1,441,316 shares were outstanding as of June 30, 2010,
including options to purchase 452,929 shares that were
vested as of such date. These outstanding EIP options vest over
the period from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2016 based on the
continued employment of the holder and the fulfillment of
certain performance targets. Options are exercisable any time
between vesting and ten years after grant date ranging from
June 30, 2019 to June 30, 2020. The exercise prices of
EIP options outstanding as of June 30, 2010 range from
$ to
$ per share and the weighted
average exercise price for such outstanding EIP options is
$ . Assuming that all such options
vest in accordance with their terms and are exercised, and that
the fair market value of our Class A common stock at the
time of such exercises were equal to
$ , the midpoint of the range set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after giving
effect to the exercise of options
between June 30, 2010 and the date of this prospectus, the
expected reduction in our cash taxes over the exercise period
for such options would be approximately
$ million
in excess of the tax benefit for such awards reflected in our
consolidated financial statements. There can be no assurance
that any such options will vest and be exercised, as to the
timing of any exercise or that the value of our stock at the
time of any such exercise will not be less than such midpoint or
that any such tax deduction will be realized. Any increase or
decrease in the price of our Class A common stock at the
time of any such exercise relative to such midpoint assumed
above would likewise have the effect of increasing (in the case
of a decrease in stock price) or decreasing (in the case of an
increase in stock price) our future cash tax expense.
For further information regarding our outstanding options,
including vesting and exercise terms, see Executive
Compensation Executive Compensation Plans and
Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements.
Effects
of Inflation
50% and 51% of our revenue was derived from cost-reimbursable
contracts for fiscal 2010 and for the three months ended
June 30, 2010, respectively, which are generally completed
within one year of the contract start date. Bids for longer-term
fixed-price and
time-and-materials
contracts typically include sufficient provisions for labor and
other cost escalations to cover anticipated cost increases over
the period of performance. Consequently, revenue and costs have
generally both increased commensurate with overall economic
growth. As a result, net income as a percentage of total revenue
has not been significantly impacted by inflation.
Seasonality
The U.S. governments fiscal year ends on September 30
of each year. It is not uncommon for U.S. government
agencies to award extra tasks or complete other contract actions
in the weeks before the end of its fiscal year in order to avoid
the loss of unexpended fiscal year funds. In addition, we also
have generally experienced higher bid and proposal costs in the
months leading up to the U.S. governments fiscal
year-end as we pursue new contract opportunities being awarded
shortly after the U.S. government fiscal year-end as new
opportunities are expected to have funding appropriated in the
U.S. governments subsequent fiscal year. We may
continue to experience this seasonality in future periods, and
our future periods may be affected by it.
Seasonality is just one of a number of factors, many of which
are outside of our control, that may affect our results in any
period. See Risk Factors Risks Relating to Our
Common Stock and This Offering Our financial results
may vary significantly from period to period as a result of a
number of factors, many of which are outside our control, which
could cause the market value of our Class A common stock to
decline.
Critical
Accounting Estimates and Policies
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and
results of operations are based on our consolidated financial
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.
The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in
accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and the disclosure of contingencies at the date of
the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of
revenue and expenses during the reporting
58
period. Management evaluates these estimates and assumptions on
an ongoing basis. Our estimates and assumptions have been
prepared on the basis of the most current reasonably available
information. Actual results may differ from these estimates
under different assumptions or conditions.
Our significant accounting policies, including the critical
policies and practices listed below, are more fully described
and discussed in the notes to the consolidated financial
statements. We consider the following accounting policies to be
critical to an understanding of our financial condition and
results of operations because these policies require the most
difficult, subjective or complex judgments on the part of our
management in their application, often as a result of the need
to make estimates about the effect of matters that are
inherently uncertain, and are the most important to our
financial condition and operating results.
Revenue
Recognition and Cost Estimation
Substantially all of our revenue is derived from contracts to
provide professional services to the U.S. government and
its agencies. In most cases, we recognize revenue as work is
performed. For fixed-price contracts, we recognize revenue on
the
percentage-of-completion
basis with progress toward completion of a particular contract
based on actual costs incurred relative to total estimated costs
to be incurred over the life of the contract. Profits on
fixed-price contracts result from the difference between the
incurred costs and the revenue earned. This method is followed
where reasonably dependable estimates of revenue and costs under
the contract can be made. Estimates of total contract revenue
and costs are reviewed regularly and at least quarterly, and
recorded revenue and costs are subject to revision as the
contract progresses. Such revisions may result in increases or
decreases to revenue and income, and are reflected in the
financial statements in the periods in which they are first
identified. If our estimates indicate that a contract loss will
occur, a loss provision is recorded in the period in which the
loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. Estimating
costs under our long-term contracts is complex and involves
significant judgment. Factors that must be considered in making
estimates include labor productivity and availability, the
nature and technical complexity of the work to be performed,
potential performance delays, availability and timing of funding
from the client, progress toward completion, and recoverability
of claims. Adjustments to original estimates are often required
as work progresses and additional information becomes known,
even though the scope of the work required under the contract
may not change. Any adjustment as a result of a change in
estimates is made when facts develop, events become known or an
adjustment is otherwise warranted, such as in the case of a
contract modification. We have procedures and processes in place
to monitor the actual progress of a project against estimates
and our estimates are updated if circumstances are warranted.
We recognize revenue for cost-plus-fixed-fee contracts with the
U.S. government as hours are worked based on reimbursable
and allowable costs, recoverable indirect costs and an accrual
for the fixed fee component of the contract. Many of our
U.S. government contracts include award fees, which are
earned based on the clients evaluation of our performance.
We have significant history with the client for the majority of
contracts on which we earn award fees. That history and
management monitoring of performance form the basis for our
ability to estimate such fees over the life of the contract.
Based on these estimates, we recognize award fees as work on the
contracts is performed.
Revenue earned under
time-and-materials
contracts is recognized as hours are worked based on
contractually billable rates to the client. Costs on
time-and-materials contracts are expensed as incurred.
Change
in Accounting Principle for Revenue Recognition
In fiscal 2010, we changed our methodology of recognizing
revenue for all of our U.S. government contracts to apply
the accounting guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board,
or FASB, Accounting Standard Codification, or ASC, Subtopic
605-35, as
directed by ASC Topic 912, which permits revenue recognition on
a
percentage-of-completion
basis. Previously, we applied this guidance only to contracts
related to the construction or development of tangible assets.
For contracts not related to those activities, we had applied
the general revenue recognition guidance of Staff Accounting
Bulletin Topic 13, Revenue Recognition. Upon
contract completion, both methods yield the same results, but we
believe that the application of contract accounting under
ASC 605-35
to all U.S. government contracts is preferable to the
59
application of contract accounting under Staff Accounting
Bulletin Topic 13, based on the fact that the percentage of
completion model utilized under
ASC 605-35
is a recognized accounting model that better reflects the
economics of a U.S. government contract during the contract
performance period.
The only material financial impact resulting from the accounting
change is the recognition of award fees based upon reliable
estimates. The guidance in
ASC 605-35
allows for award fees to be recorded over the life of a contract
based on managements estimates of those total fees, to the
extent we are able to make such estimates. We have concluded
that these estimates, in prior and current periods, can be made
based on our significant history with our portfolio of contracts
and managements monitoring of fees earned on such
contracts. Management concluded that accrual of award fees is
appropriate for all of our existing cost-plus-award-fee
contracts for which management is able to estimate the award
fees. This change has been reflected in all periods presented in
the audited consolidated financial statements and the unaudited
financial data presented elsewhere in this prospectus.
In accordance with ASC Subtopic
250-10,
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, all prior
periods presented have been retrospectively adjusted to apply
the new method of accounting. Refer to Note 2 to our
consolidated financial statements for information on the effect
of the change in accounting principle on our consolidated
financial statements.
Goodwill
and Intangible Impairment
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an
acquired business over the fair value of its net tangible and
identifiable intangible assets. The fair value assessments
involved in the calculation of goodwill require judgments and
estimates that can be affected by contract performance and other
factors over time, which may cause the amount of goodwill
associated with a business to differ materially from original
estimates.
We have identified a single reporting unit for purposes of
testing goodwill. The goodwill of our reporting unit is tested
for impairment annually on January 1 and whenever an event
occurs or circumstances change such that it is reasonably
possible that an impairment condition may exist. Events or
circumstances that could trigger such an interim impairment test
include a decline in market capitalization below book value,
internal reports or reports by our competitors of a decrease in
revenue or operating income or bankruptcies, lower than expected
income during the current fiscal year or expected for the next
fiscal year, current period operating or cash flow loss, loss of
significant contracts, or projection of continuing income or
cash flow losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset
or group of assets.
Our goodwill impairment test is a two-step process performed at
the reporting unit level. The first step consists of estimating
the fair value of our reporting unit based on a discounted cash
flow model using revenue and profit forecasts and comparing its
estimated fair value with the carrying value, which includes the
allocated goodwill. If the fair value is less than the carrying
value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the
impairment by determining an implied fair value of goodwill. The
implied fair value of goodwill is the residual fair value
derived by deducting the fair value of the reporting units
identifiable assets and liabilities from its estimated fair
value calculated in step one. The impairment charge represents
the excess of the carrying amount of the reporting units
goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill. The revenue
and profit forecasts used in step one are based on
managements best estimate of future revenue and operating
costs. Changes in these forecasts could cause the reporting unit
to either pass or fail the first step in the impairment test,
which could significantly change the amount of the impairment
recorded from step two. In addition, the estimated future cash
flows are adjusted to present value by applying a discount rate.
Changes in the discount rate impact the impairment by affecting
the calculation of the fair value of the reporting unit in step
one.
Our goodwill impairment test performed for fiscal 2010 did not
result in any impairment of goodwill. For the year ended
March 31, 2010, there were no triggering events indicative
of goodwill or intangible impairment.
60
Stock-Based
Compensation
We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the
estimated fair value for stock options. The fair value of our
stock on the date of the option grant is determined based on an
external valuation prepared contemporaneously and approved by
management and reviewed by the Board.
Critical inputs into the Black-Scholes option-pricing model
include: the option exercise price; the fair value of the stock
price; the expected life of the option in years; the annualized
volatility of the stock; the annual rate of quarterly dividends
on the stock; and the risk-free interest rate.
As we have no plans to issue regular dividends, a dividend yield
of zero is used in the Black-Scholes model. Expected volatility
is calculated as of each grant date based on reported data for a
peer group of publicly traded companies for which historical
information is available. We will continue to use peer group
volatility information until our historical volatility can be
regularly measured against an open market to measure expected
volatility for future option grants. Other than the expected
life of the option, volatility is the most sensitive input to
our option grants. To be consistent with all other implied
calculations, the same peer group used to calculate other
implied metrics is also used to calculate implied volatility.
While we are not aware of any news or disclosure by our peers
that may impact their respective volatility, there is a risk
that peer group volatility may increase, thereby increasing any
prospective future compensation expense that will result from
future option grants.
The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model is determined by referencing the
U.S. Treasury yield curve rates with the remaining term
equal to the expected life assumed at the date of grant. Due to
the lack of historical exercise data, the average expected life
is estimated based on internal qualitative and quantitative
factors. As we obtain data associated with future exercises, the
useful life of future grants will be adjusted accordingly.
Forfeitures are estimated based on our historical analysis of
attrition levels. Forfeiture estimates will be updated annually
for actual forfeitures. We do not expect this assumption to
change materially, as attrition levels have historically been
low.
As a privately held company, we obtained contemporaneous
valuations by an independent valuation specialist for our fair
value determinations. The valuations were based on several
generally accepted valuation techniques: a discounted cash flow
analysis, a comparable public company analysis, and for the most
recent valuation, a comparative transaction analysis. Estimates
used in connection with the discounted cash flow analysis were
consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage
the business although there is inherent uncertainty in these
estimates. The valuation analysis results in a range of derived
values with the final value selected and approved by our
Compensation Committee. The completion of the initial public
offering may add value to the shares due to, among other things,
increased liquidity and marketability; however, the extent (if
any) of such additional value cannot be measured with precision
or certainty and the shares could suffer a decrease in value.
Accounting
for Income Taxes
Provisions for federal and state income taxes are calculated
from the income reported on our financial statements based on
current tax law and also include, in the current period, the
cumulative effect of any changes in tax rates from those
previously used in determining deferred tax assets and
liabilities. Such provisions differ from the amounts currently
receivable or payable because certain items of income and
expense are recognized in different time periods for purposes of
preparing financial statements than for income tax purposes.
Significant judgment is required in determining income tax
provisions and evaluating tax positions. We establish reserves
for income tax when, despite the belief that our tax positions
are supportable, there remains uncertainty in a tax position in
our previously filed income tax returns. For tax positions where
it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained,
we record the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than
50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing
authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.
To the extent we prevail in matters for which accruals have been
established or are
61
required to pay amounts in excess of reserves, our effective tax
rate in a given financial statement period may be materially
impacted.
The carrying value of our net deferred tax assets assumes that
we will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income in
certain tax jurisdictions to realize the value of these assets.
If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income in
these jurisdictions, a valuation allowance is recorded when it
is more likely than not that the value of the deferred tax
assets is not realizable.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or
ASU,
No. 2009-13,
Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue
Arrangements, to amend the revenue recognition guidance for
arrangements with multiple deliverables under ASC
605-25,
Revenue Recognition: Multiple-Element Arrangements. This
guidance modifies the requirements for determining whether a
deliverable can be treated as a separate unit of accounting by
removing the criteria that verifiable and objective evidence of
fair value exists for the undelivered elements.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2009-14,
Software (Topic 985): Certain Revenue Arrangements That
Include Software Elements, to amend the revenue recognition
guidance for certain arrangements that include software elements
under FASB
ASC 985-605,
Software: Revenue Recognition. The amendment to
ASC 985-605
focuses on determining which arrangements are within the scope
of the software revenue guidance.
The changes in ASU
No. 2009-13
and ASU
No. 2009-14
are effective on a prospective basis for transactions entered
into or materially modified for fiscal years beginning on or
after June 15, 2010, or on a retrospective basis for all
periods presented. Early adoption is permitted as of the
beginning of our fiscal year provided we have not previously
issued financial statements for any period within that year. We
have adopted the guidance on a prospective basis effective
April 1, 2010 and the guidance did not have material impact
on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures. We are
required to adopt both
ASU No. 2009-13
and ASU
No. 2009-14
in the same manner.
In April 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update
2010-17,
Revenue
Recognition-Milestone
Method. Collectively, the guidance provides requirements on
when it may be appropriate for a company to apply the milestone
method of revenue recognition to its research and development
arrangements. This guidance includes the definition of
milestone, the criteria that must be met in order to consider a
milestone substantive and the financial statement disclosures
required when the milestone method of revenue recognition is
adopted. The guidance is effective on a prospective basis for
milestones achieved in fiscal years beginning on or after
June 15, 2010, however a company may elect to early adopt.
When a company elects to early adopt, the milestone method must
be applied retrospectively from the beginning of the fiscal year
of adoption.
The recognition of revenue under the milestone method is a
policy election. Other proportional revenue recognition methods
may also be applied as long as the selected method does not
recognize consideration for a milestone in its entirety during
the period the milestone is achieved. We are currently assessing
the impact that the milestone method would have on our
consolidated financial statements and have not yet chosen to
apply the milestone method of revenue recognition to our
research and development arrangements. Should we elect to adopt
the milestone method, we currently do not expect the new method
to have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
Other recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB
(including the EITF) and the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants were not or are not believed by management to
have a material impact on our future consolidated financial
statements.
Segment
Reporting
We report operating results and financial data in one operating
and reportable segment. We manage our business as a single
profit center in order to promote collaboration, provide
comprehensive functional service offerings across our entire
client base, and provide incentives to employees based on the
success of the
62
organization as a whole. Although certain information regarding
served markets and functional capabilities is discussed for
purposes of promoting an understanding of our complex business,
we manage our business and allocate resources at the
consolidated level of a single operating segment.
The
Acquisition
On July 31, 2008, pursuant to the merger agreement, the
then-existing shareholders of Booz Allen Hamilton completed the
spin off and sale of the commercial and international business
to the commercial partners and the acquisition of Booz Allen
Hamilton by Carlyle, through the merger of Booz Allen Hamilton
with a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Booz Allen Holding.
Booz Allen Holding was formed for the purpose of Carlyle
indirectly acquiring Booz Allen Hamilton and was capitalized
through (1) the sale of $956.5 million of shares of
Class A common stock by Booz Allen Holding to Coinvest and
(2) $1,240.3 million of net proceeds from indebtedness
incurred under our senior credit facilities and our mezzanine
credit facility. Booz Allen Holding acquired Booz Allen Hamilton
for total consideration of $1,828.0 million. The
acquisition consideration was allocated to the acquired net
assets, identified intangibles of $353.8 million, and
goodwill of $1,163.1 million.
In connection with the acquisition, Booz Allen Holding exchanged
certain shares of its common stock for previously issued and
outstanding shares of Booz Allen Hamilton. Fully vested shares
of Booz Allen Hamilton were exchanged for vested shares of Booz
Allen Holding, with a fair value of $79.7 million. This
amount was included as a component of the total acquisition
consideration. Booz Allen Holding also issued restricted shares
and options in exchange for previously issued and outstanding
stock rights of Booz Allen Hamilton. Based on the vesting terms
of the newly issued Booz Allen Holding Class C restricted
common stock and the new options granted under the
Officers Rollover Stock Plan, the fair value of those
awards, $147.4 million, is recognized as compensation
expense by us subsequent to the acquisition as the restricted
common stock and stock options vest over a period of three to
five years. See The Acquisition and Recapitalization
Transaction.
The
Recapitalization Transaction
On December 11, 2009, we consummated the recapitalization
transaction, which included amendments of our senior credit
facilities and our mezzanine credit facility to, among other
things, add the $350.0 million Tranche C term facility
under our senior credit facilities and waive certain covenants
to permit the recapitalization transaction. Net proceeds from
the Tranche C term facility of $341.3 million, along
with cash on hand, were used to fund Booz Allen
Hamiltons dividend payment of $497.5 million, or
$46.42 per share, to all issued and outstanding shares of Booz
Allen Holdings Class A common stock, Class B
non-voting common stock and Class C restricted common
stock. We also repaid a portion of the deferred payment
obligation in the amount of $100.4 million, including
$22.4 million in accrued interest. As required by the
Officers Rollover Stock Plan and the Equity Incentive
Plan, the exercise price per share of each outstanding option
was reduced in an amount equal to the reduction in the value of
the common stock as a result of the dividend. Because the
reduction in share value exceeded the exercise price for certain
of the options granted under the Officers Rollover Stock
Plan, the exercise price for those options was reduced to the
par value of the shares issuable on exercise, and the holders
became entitled to receive on the options fixed exercise
date a cash payment equal to the excess of the reduction in
share value as a result of the dividend over the reduction in
exercise price, subject to vesting of the relation options. As
of June 30, 2010, the total obligations for these cash
payments was $54.4 million. See The Acquisition and
Recapitalization Transaction.
Basis of
Presentation
As discussed in more detail under The Acquisition and
Recapitalization Transaction, Booz Allen Hamilton was
indirectly acquired by Carlyle on July 31, 2008.
Immediately prior to the acquisition, Booz Allen Hamilton spun
off its commercial and international business and retained its
U.S. government business. The accompanying consolidated
financial statements are presented for (1) the
Predecessor, which are the financial statements of
Booz Allen Hamilton for the period preceding the acquisition,
and (2) the Company, which are the financial
statements of Booz Allen Holding and its consolidated
subsidiaries for the period following the acquisition. Prior to
the acquisition, Booz Allen Hamiltons U.S. government
business is
63
presented as the continuing operations of the Predecessor. The
Predecessors consolidated financial statements have been
presented for the twelve months ended March 31, 2008 and
the four months ended July 31, 2008. The operating results
of the commercial and international business that was spun off
by Booz Allen Hamilton effective July 31, 2008 have been
presented as discontinued operations in the Predecessor
consolidated financial statements and the related notes included
in this prospectus. The Companys consolidated financial
statements for periods subsequent to the acquisition have been
presented from August 1, 2008 through March 31, 2009,
for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010 and for the
three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010. The
Predecessors financial statements may not necessarily be
indicative of the cost structure or results of operations that
would have existed if the U.S. government business operated
as a stand-alone, independent business. The acquisition was
accounted for as a business combination, which resulted in a new
basis of accounting. The Predecessors and the
Companys financial statements are not comparable as a
result of applying a new basis of accounting. See Notes 2,
4, and 24 to our consolidated financial statements for
additional information regarding the accounting treatment of the
acquisition and discontinued operations.
The spin off of the commercial and international business, the
acquisition of a majority ownership by Carlyle, the related
application of the purchase accounting method and changes in our
outstanding debt resulted in significant changes in, among other
things, asset values, amortization expense, and interest
expense. Additionally, the Predecessors net loss for the
four months ended July 31, 2008 includes approximately
$1.5 billion of stock compensation expense related to the
accelerated vesting of a portion of existing rights to purchase
common stock of the Company and the
mark-up of
the Predecessors common stock to fair market value in
anticipation of the acquisition. The acquisition purchase price
was allocated to the Companys net tangible and
identifiable intangible assets based upon their fair values as
of August 1, 2008. The excess of the purchase price over
the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable assets was
recorded as goodwill.
The results of operations for fiscal 2008, the four months ended
July 31, 2008, the eight months ended March 31, 2009
and the three months ended June 30, 2009 are presented
as adjusted to reflect the change in accounting
principle related to our revenue recognition policies, as
described in Critical Accounting Estimates and
Policies.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth items from our consolidated
statements of operations for the periods indicated (in
thousands). Included in the table below and set forth in the
following discussion are unaudited pro forma results of
operations for the twelve months ended March 31, 2009, or
pro forma 2009, assuming the acquisition had been
completed as of April 1, 2008. The unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated results of operations for fiscal 2009 are
based on our historical audited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, adjusted to
give pro forma effect to the acquisition.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated results of
operations for fiscal 2009 are presented because management
believes it provides a meaningful comparison of operating
results enabling twelve months of fiscal 2009 to be compared
with fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2008, adjusting for the impact of
the acquisition. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated
financial statements are for informational purposes only and do
not purport to represent what our actual results of operations
would have been if the acquisition had been completed as of
April 1, 2008 or that may be achieved in the future. The
unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information
and the accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with
our historical audited consolidated financial statements and
related notes appearing elsewhere
64
in this prospectus and other financial information contained in
Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors and
The Acquisition and Recapitalization Transaction, in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Four
|
|
|
|
Eight
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Months
|
|
|
|
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,625,055
|
|
|
$
|
1,409,943
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,941,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,351,218
|
|
|
$
|
5,122,633
|
|
|
$
|
1,229,459
|
|
|
$
|
1,341,929
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
2,028,848
|
|
|
|
722,986
|
|
|
|
|
1,566,763
|
|
|
$
|
6,586
|
(a)
|
|
|
2,296,335
|
|
|
|
2,654,143
|
|
|
|
638,690
|
|
|
|
677,095
|
|
Billable expenses
|
|
|
935,459
|
|
|
|
401,387
|
|
|
|
|
756,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,158,320
|
|
|
|
1,361,229
|
|
|
|
329,681
|
|
|
|
356,286
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
474,188
|
|
|
|
726,929
|
|
|
|
|
505,226
|
|
|
|
(508,328
|
)(b)
|
|
|
723,827
|
|
|
|
811,944
|
|
|
|
184,734
|
|
|
|
200,419
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
33,079
|
|
|
|
11,930
|
|
|
|
|
79,665
|
|
|
|
14,740
|
(c)
|
|
|
106,335
|
|
|
|
95,763
|
|
|
|
24,003
|
|
|
|
19,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
3,471,574
|
|
|
|
1,863,232
|
|
|
|
|
2,908,587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,284,817
|
|
|
|
4,923,079
|
|
|
|
1,177,108
|
|
|
|
1,253,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
153,481
|
|
|
|
(453,289
|
)
|
|
|
|
32,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,401
|
|
|
|
199,554
|
|
|
|
52,351
|
|
|
|
88,745
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
|
4,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,312
|
|
|
|
1,466
|
|
|
|
515
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
Interest (expense)
|
|
|
(2,319
|
)
|
|
|
(1,044
|
)
|
|
|
|
(98,068
|
)
|
|
|
(47,691
|
)(d)
|
|
|
(146,803
|
)
|
|
|
(150,734
|
)
|
|
|
(36,371
|
)
|
|
|
(40,353
|
)
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
(1,931
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(182
|
)
|
|
|
(1,292
|
)
|
|
|
(523
|
)
|
|
|
(619
|
)
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
151,673
|
|
|
|
(453,653
|
)
|
|
|
|
(60,930
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(75,272
|
)
|
|
|
48,994
|
|
|
|
15,972
|
|
|
|
48,085
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
|
|
|
62,693
|
|
|
|
(56,109
|
)
|
|
|
|
(22,147
|
)
|
|
|
52,425
|
(e)
|
|
|
(25,831
|
)
|
|
|
23,575
|
|
|
|
7,547
|
|
|
|
19,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
88,980
|
|
|
|
(397,544
|
)
|
|
|
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(49,441
|
)
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
8,425
|
|
|
|
28,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(71,106
|
)
|
|
|
(848,371
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
17,874
|
|
|
$
|
(1,245,915
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,419
|
|
|
$
|
8,425
|
|
|
$
|
28,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects additional stock-based compensation expense associated
with options issued in exchange for stock rights under the stock
rights plan that existed prior to the closing of the acquisition
for $6.6 million (see Note 17 to our consolidated
financial statements for additional information on our
stock-based compensation). |
|
(b) |
|
Consists of the following adjustments: |
|
|
|
Increase to rent expense of $1.8 million due to
the elimination of the July 31, 2008 deferred rent
liability in accordance with the accounting treatment of leases
associated with the business combination;
|
|
|
|
Increase to management fees paid to Carlyle of
$333,000 million (see Note 19 to our consolidated
financial statements for additional information regarding the
management fees);
|
|
|
|
Additional stock-based compensation expense of
$13.4 million associated with options issued in exchange
for stock rights under the stock rights plan that existed prior
to the closing of the acquisition (see Note 17 to our
consolidated financial statements for additional information on
our stock-based compensation);
|
|
|
|
Reversal of $511.7 million for a one-time
acceleration of stock rights and the fair value
mark-up of
redeemable common shares immediately prior to the acquisition;
and
|
|
|
|
Reversal of certain related transaction costs of
$12.2 million.
|
|
(c) |
|
Reflects amortization expense of intangible assets established
as part of purchase accounting and depreciation expense
associated with the fair value of fixed assets associated with
the acquisition accounted for as a business combination for
$14.7 million. |
65
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Consists of the following adjustments: |
|
|
|
Reversal of interest expense of $1.0 million
recorded during the four months ended July 31, 2008 related
to the Predecessors previous debt outstanding prior to the
acquisition; and
|
|
|
|
Incurrence of additional interest expense of
$48.7 million associated with our new senior credit
facilities and mezzanine credit facility established in
conjunction with the acquisition.
|
|
(e) |
|
Reflects tax effect of the cumulative pro forma adjustments. |
Financial
and Other Highlights Three Months Ended
June 30, 2010
Key financial highlights during the three months ended
June 30, 2010 include:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue increased 9.1% over the three months ended June 30,
2009 driven primarily by the deployment during the three months
ended June 30, 2010 of approximately 1,200 net
additional consulting staff against funded backlog. Net
additional consulting staff reflects newly hired consulting
staff net of consulting staff attrition during the twelve months
ended June 30, 2010.
|
|
|
|
Operating income as a percentage of revenue increased to 6.6% in
the three months ended June 30, 2010 from 4.3% in the three
months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in operating
margin reflects a reduction in the cost of revenue as a
percentage of revenue driven by a decrease in
acquisition-related expenses and cost efficiencies across our
overhead base primarily related to lower indirect labor costs.
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before taxes increased to
$48.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010
from $16.0 million for the three months ended June 30,
2009 due to an increase in operating income of
$36.4 million partially offset by a decrease in interest
income and an increase in interest expense.
|
Financial
and Other Highlights Fiscal 2010
We have a broad and diverse contract and client base and no
single contract or task order accounted for more than a 12%
impact on our revenue growth from pro forma 2009 to fiscal 2010.
Key financial highlights during fiscal 2010 include:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue increased 17.7% over pro forma 2009 driven primarily by
the deployment during fiscal 2010 of approximately
1,500 net additional consulting staff against funded
backlog. Net additional consulting staff reflects newly hired
consulting staff net of consulting staff attrition during fiscal
2010.
|
|
|
|
Operating income for fiscal 2010 as a percentage of revenue
increased to 3.9% in fiscal 2010 from 1.5% in pro forma 2009.
The increase in operating margin reflects a reduction in the
cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue driven by a decrease
in acquisition-related expenses and cost efficiencies across our
overhead base primarily related to lower indirect labor costs.
Operating income reflects (i) a $3.1 million reduction
in reserves for costs in excess of funding appropriated under
existing contracts, (ii) recognition of $3.6 million
of profits earned but unrecorded under existing contracts
following a comprehensive contract review and
(iii) recognition of $2.1 million of profits earned
under a contract that was terminated at the request of our
counterparty and with our consent.
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before taxes for fiscal 2010
was $49.0 million compared to a loss of $75.3 million
for pro forma 2009 due to an increase in operating income of
$133.2 million partially offset by a decrease in interest
income and an increase in interest expense.
|
Three
Months Ended June 30, 2010 Compared to Three Months Ended
June 30,
2009
Revenue
Revenue increased to $1,341.9 million in the three months
ended June 30, 2010 from $1,229.5 million in the three
months ended June 30, 2009, or a 9.1% increase. This
revenue increase was primarily driven by the deployment during
the three months ended June 30, 2010 of approximately 1,200
net additional consulting staff against funded backlog.
Consulting staff increased during the period due to ongoing
recruiting efforts,
66
resulting in additions to consulting staff in excess of
attrition. Additions to funded backlog during the twelve months
ended June 30, 2010 totaled $5.6 billion, including
$1.4 billion in the three months ended June 30, 2010,
as a result of the conversion of unfunded backlog to funded
backlog, the award of new contracts and task orders under which
funding was appropriated and the exercise and subsequent funding
of priced options.
Cost of
Revenue
Cost of revenue increased to $677.1 million in the three
months ended June 30, 2010 from $638.7 million in the
three months ended June 30, 2009, or a 6.0% increase,
primarily due to increases in salaries and salary-related
benefits of $39.0 million and employer retirement plan
contributions of $5.1 million. The increase in salaries and
salary-related benefits was driven by headcount growth of
approximately 1,200 net additional consulting staff during the
twelve months ended June 30, 2010 and annual base salary
increases. The increase in employer retirement plan
contributions was due to an increase in the number of employees
who completed one year of service and became eligible to
participate in our Employees Capital Accumulation Plan.
This cost of revenue increase was partially offset by decreases
in incentive compensation of $3.3 million and
$4.1 million in stock-based compensation expense for
Rollover and EIP options for Class A common stock and
restricted shares, in each case issued in connection with the
acquisition (stock-based compensation expense related to
Rollover options and restricted shares issued in connection with
the acquisition and the initial grant of EIP options,
collectively referred to as acquisition-related compensation
expenses). The decrease in incentive compensation was primarily
due to a decrease in the number of senior personnel eligible for
incentive compensation engaged in
day-to-day
client management roles, and the decrease in acquisition-related
compensation expense was primarily due to a decrease in expense
recognition compared to the prior three-month period due to the
application of the accounting method for recognizing stock-based
compensation, which requires higher expenses initially and
declining expenses in subsequent years. The decrease in the
number of senior personnel eligible for incentive compensation
engaged in day-to-day client management roles and the related
increase in the number of senior personnel eligible for
incentive compensation engaged in internal management,
development and strategic planning discussed under general and
administrative expenses reflects an internal realignment of such
senior personnel to better address the changing needs of our
company primarily as a result of business growth generally. Cost
of revenue as a percentage of revenue were 50.5% and 51.9% for
the three months ended June 30, 2010 and June 30,
2009, respectively.
Billable
Expenses
Billable expenses increased to $356.3 million in the three
months ended June 30, 2010 from $329.7 million in the
three months ended June 30, 2009, or a 8.1% increase,
primarily due to increased direct subcontractor expenses of
$28.1 million, which were partially offset by decreases for
travel and material expenses incurred of $5.4 million. The
increase in direct subcontractor expenses was primarily
attributable to increased use of subcontractors due to increased
funded backlog. Billable expenses as a percentage of revenue
were 26.6% and 26.8% for the three months ended June 30,
2010 and June 30, 2009, respectively.
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses increased to
$200.4 million in the three months ended June 30, 2010
from $184.7 million in the three months ended June 30,
2009, or an 8.5% increase, primarily due to increases in
salaries and salary-related benefits of $18.6 million and
incentive compensation of $8.0 million, which was primarily
due to an increase in the number of senior personnel that became
generally eligible for incentive compensation and increased
compensation under our annual performance bonus program, as well
as an increase in the number of senior personnel eligible for
incentive compensation engaged in internal management,
development and strategic planning. This increase in general and
administrative expenses was also due to increased occupancy
expenses of $4.0 million, employer retirement plan
contributions of $2.6 million and other expenses associated
with increased headcount across our general corporate functions,
including finance, accounting, legal, and human resources, to
prepare us for operating as a public company and support the
increased scale of our business. The increase in general and
administrative expenses was partially offset by a decrease of
$6.7 million related to travel, recruiting and certain
other expenses,
67
$6.8 million in acquisition-related compensation expense
and $5.3 million in professional fees. General and
administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue were 14.9%
and 15.0% for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and
June 30, 2009, respectively.
Depreciation
and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization decreased to $19.4 million in
the three months ended June 30, 2010 from
$24.0 million in the three months ended June 30, 2009,
or a 19.2% decrease, primarily due to a decrease of
$3.0 million in the amortization of our intangible assets,
including below market rate leases and contract backlog, that
were recorded in connection with the acquisition and amortized
based on contractual lease terms and projected future cash
flows, respectively, thereby reflecting higher amortization
expense initially, and declining expense in subsequent periods.
Intangible asset amortization expense decreased to
$2.4 million per month in the three months ended
June 30, 2010 compared to $3.4 million per month in
the three months ended June 30, 2009.
Interest
Income, Interest (Expense) and Other Expense
Interest income is primarily related to interest on late client
payments, as well as interest earned on our cash balances.
Interest income decreased to $312,000 in the three months ended
June 30, 2010 from $515,000 in the three months ended
June 30, 2009, or a 39.3% decrease, due to declining
interest rates in the marketplace.
Interest expense increased to $40.4 million in the three
months ended June 30, 2010 from $36.4 million in the
three months ended June 30, 2009, or a 10.9% increase,
primarily due to debt incurred in connection with the
recapitalization transaction in December 2009. In connection
with the recapitalization transaction in December 2009, we
amended and restated our senior credit facilities to add the
Tranche C term facility. Interest accrued on our
approximately $1,563.9 million of debt as of June 30,
2010 at contractually specified rates ranging from 4.0% to
13.0%, and is generally required to be paid to our syndicate of
lenders each quarter. Interest expense associated with our
senior credit facilities and mezzanine credit facility was
$5.1 million higher in the three months ended June 30,
2010 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009.
Additionally, amortization of debt issuance costs increased by
approximately $694,000 over the same period, associated with the
addition of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the
recapitalization transaction. This increase in interest expense
was partially offset by a decrease of $2.1 million in
interest expense related to the deferred payment obligation. In
December 2009, we repaid $78.0 million of the original
deferred payment obligation plus interest accrued on the
deferred payment obligation of $22.4 million. Interest
continues to be accrued subsequent to December 2009 on the
remaining $80.0 million of the deferred payment obligation.
Other expense increased to $619,000 in the three months ended
June 30, 2010 from $523,000 in the three months ended
June 30, 2009, or an 18.3% increase.
Income
(Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes
Pre-tax income increased to $48.1 million in the three
months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $16.0 million
in the three months ended June 30, 2009. This increase was
primarily due to revenue growth, cost efficiencies across our
overhead base, lower indirect cost spending and lower
acquisition-related compensation expense.
Income
Tax Expense
Income tax expense increased to $19.9 million in the three
months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $7.5 million in
the three months ended June 30, 2009, primarily due to
higher pre-tax income in the three months ended June 30,
2010 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009. Our
effective tax rate decreased to 41.4% as of June 30, 2010
compared to 47.3% as of June 30, 2009, primarily due to a
significant increase in income before income taxes which reduced
the impact of certain non-deductible expenses on our effective
rate. This effective rate is higher than the statutory rate of
35% primarily due to state taxes and the
68
limitations on the deductibility of meal and entertainment
expenses. The tax expense calculated using this effective tax
rate does not equate to current cash tax payments since existing
NOLs were used to reduce our tax obligations.
Fiscal
2010 Compared to Pro Forma 2009
Revenue
Revenue increased to $5,122.6 million in fiscal 2010 from
$4,351.2 million in pro forma 2009, or a 17.7% increase.
This revenue increase was primarily driven by the deployment
during fiscal 2010 of approximately 1,500 net additional
consulting staff against funded backlog. Consulting staff
increased during the period due to ongoing recruiting efforts,
resulting in additions to consulting staff in excess of
attrition. Additions to funded backlog during fiscal 2010
totaled $5.3 billion as a result of the conversion of
unfunded backlog to funded backlog, the award of new contracts
and task orders under which funding was appropriated and the
exercise and subsequent funding of priced options.
Cost of
Revenue
Cost of revenue increased to $2,654.1 million in fiscal
2010 from $2,296.3 million in pro forma 2009, or a 15.6%
increase, primarily due to increases in salaries and
salary-related benefits of $347.4 million and employer
retirement plan contributions of $27.8 million. The
increase in salaries and salary-related benefits was driven by
headcount growth of approximately 1,500 net additional
consulting staff during fiscal 2010. The increase in employer
retirement plan contributions was due to an increase in the
number of employees who completed one year of service and became
eligible to participate in our Employees Capital
Accumulation Plan. The cost of revenue increase was partially
offset by decreases in incentive compensation of
$13.9 million and $4.5 million in acquisition-related
compensation expense. The decrease in incentive compensation was
primarily due to a decrease in the number of senior personnel
eligible for incentive compensation engaged in
day-to-day
client management roles, and the decrease in acquisition-related
compensation expense was primarily due to a decrease in expense
recognition compared to the prior year period due to the
application of the accounting method for recognizing stock-based
compensation, which requires higher expenses initially and
declining expenses in subsequent years. The decrease in the
number of senior personnel eligible for incentive compensation
engaged in day-to-day client management roles and the related
increase in the number of senior personnel eligible for
incentive compensation engaged in internal management,
development and strategic planning discussed under general and
administrative expenses reflects an internal realignment of such
senior personnel to better address the changing needs of our
company primarily as a result of business growth generally. Cost
of revenue was 51.8% and 52.8% of revenue for fiscal 2010 and
pro forma 2009, respectively.
Billable
Expenses
Billable expenses increased to $1,361.2 million in fiscal
2010 from $1,158.3 million in pro forma 2009, or a 17.5%
increase, primarily due to increased direct subcontractor
expenses and, to a lesser extent, increases for travel and
material expenses incurred to support delivery of additional
services to our clients under new and existing contracts. The
increase in direct subcontractor expenses was primarily
attributable to increased use of subcontractors due to increased
funded backlog. Billable expenses as a percentage of revenue
were 26.6% for each of fiscal 2010 and pro forma 2009.
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses increased to
$811.9 million in fiscal 2010 from $723.8 million in
pro forma 2009, or a 12.2% increase, primarily due to increases
in salaries and salary-related benefits of $51.7 million,
increase in occupancy costs of $33.0 million, and incentive
compensation of $32.0 million, which was primarily due to
an increase in the number of senior personnel that became
generally eligible for incentive compensation and increased
compensation under our annual performance bonus program, as well
as an increase in the number of senior personnel eligible for
incentive compensation engaged in internal
69
management, development and strategic planning. This increase
in general and administrative expenses was also due to an
increase in employer retirement plan contributions of $9.8
million, costs associated with review of internal controls of
$1.4 million and other expenses associated with increased
headcount across our general corporate functions, including
finance, accounting, legal, and human resources to prepare us
for operating as a public company and support the increased
scale of our business. The increase in general and
administrative expenses was partially offset by a decrease of
$9.0 million in acquisition-related compensation expense,
which was principally due to the accounting method for
recognizing stock-based compensation expense. The increase in
general and administrative expenses was also impacted by a
decrease of $16.1 million in fiscal 2010 compared to pro forma
2009 of transaction expenses. Transaction expenses in fiscal
2010 related to the payment of special dividends to holders of
record of our Class A common stock, Class B non-voting
common stock and Class C restricted stock as of
July 29, 2009 and December 8, 2009, and transaction
expenses in pro forma 2009 related to the acquisition, including
legal, tax and accounting expenses. General and administrative
expenses as a percentage of revenue declined to 15.9% from 16.6%
for fiscal 2010 and pro forma 2009, respectively, due to our
leveraging of our corporate infrastructure over a larger revenue
base.
Depreciation
and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization decreased to $95.8 million in
fiscal 2010 from $106.3 million in pro forma 2009, or a
9.9% decrease, primarily due to a decrease of $17.2 million
in the amortization of our intangible assets, including below
market rate leases and contract backlog, that were recorded in
connection with the acquisition and amortized based on
contractual lease terms and projected future cash flows,
respectively, thereby reflecting higher amortization expense
initially, and declining expense in subsequent periods.
Intangible asset amortization expense decreased to
$3.4 million per month in fiscal 2010 compared to
$4.8 million per month in pro forma 2009.
Interest
Income, Interest (Expense) and Other Expense
Interest income decreased to $1.5 million in fiscal 2010
from $5.3 million in pro forma 2009, or a 72.4% decrease,
due to declining interest rates in the marketplace as well as
lower cash balances resulting from the recapitalization
transaction.
Interest expense increased to $150.7 million in fiscal 2010
from $146.8 million in pro forma 2009, or a 2.7% increase,
primarily due to debt incurred in connection with the
recapitalization transaction in December 2009. This increase
also reflects an increase of $2.6 million in amortization
of debt issuance costs. Interest accrued on our approximately
$1,568.6 million of debt as of March 31, 2010 at
contractually specified rates ranging from 4.0% to 13.0%, and is
generally required to be paid to our syndicate of lenders each
quarter. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in
interest expense related to the deferred payment obligation. In
December 2009, we repaid $78.0 million of the original
deferred payment obligation plus interest accrued on the
deferred payment obligation of $22.4 million. Interest
continues to be accrued subsequent to December 2009 on the
remaining $80.0 million of the deferred payment obligation.
Other expense increased to $1.3 million in fiscal 2010 from
$182,000 in pro forma 2009.
Income
(Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes
Pre-tax income (loss) was an income of $49.0 million in
fiscal 2010 compared to a loss of $75.3 million in pro
forma 2009. This increase was primarily due to revenue growth,
cost efficiencies across our overhead base, lower indirect cost
spending and lower acquisition-related compensation expense.
Income
Tax Expense (Benefit) from Continuing Operations
Income tax expense (benefit) was an expense of
$23.6 million in fiscal 2010 compared to a benefit of
$25.8 million in pro forma 2009, primarily due to pre-tax
income in fiscal 2010 compared to a pre-tax loss in pro forma
2009. The effective tax rate in pro forma 2009 of 34.3% reflects
the impact of state taxes and the limitations on the
deductibility of meals and entertainment expenses. The tax
expense calculated using this
70
effective tax rate does not equate to current cash tax payments
since existing NOLs were used to reduce our tax obligations.
Pro
Forma 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008
Revenue
Revenue increased to $4,351.2 million in pro forma 2009
from $3,625.1 million in fiscal 2008, or a 20.0% increase.
This revenue increase was primarily driven by the deployment
during pro forma 2009 of approximately 2,700 net additional
consulting staff against funded backlog. Additions to funded
backlog during pro forma 2009 totaled $4.8 billion as a
result of the conversion of unfunded backlog to funded backlog,
the award of new contracts and task orders under which funding
was appropriated and the exercise and subsequent funding of
priced options.
Cost of
Revenue
Cost of revenue increased to $2,296.3 million in pro forma
2009 from $2,028.8 million in fiscal 2008, or a 13.2%
increase, primarily due to increased salaries and salary-related
benefits of $330.9 million, employer retirement plan
contributions of $16.3 million and incentive compensation
of $4.4 million, partially offset by a decrease in
stock-based compensation expense of $7.9 million from
fiscal 2008 to pro forma 2009. The increase in salaries and
salary-related benefits was driven by headcount growth of
approximately 2,700 net additional consulting staff during
pro forma 2009. The increase in employer retirement plan
contributions was due to an increase in the number of employees
who completed one year of service and became eligible to
participate in our Employers Capital Accumulation Plan.
Cost of revenue was 52.8% and 56.0% of revenue for pro forma
2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.
Billable
Expenses
Billable expenses increased to $1,158.3 million in pro
forma 2009 from $935.5 million in fiscal 2008, or a 23.8%
increase, primarily due to an increase in direct subcontractor
expenses of $89.9 million to support delivery of additional
services to our clients under new and existing contracts.
Billable expenses as a percentage of revenue were 26.6% and
25.8% for pro forma 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses increased to
$723.8 million in pro forma 2009 from $474.2 million
in fiscal 2008, or a 52.6% increase, primarily due to increases
in salaries and salary-related benefits of $33.0 million,
incentive compensation of $28.3 million, which was
primarily due to an increase in the number of senior personnel
that became generally eligible for incentive compensation and
increased compensation under our annual performance bonus
program. This increase in general and administrative expenses
was also due to an increase in employer retirement plan
contributions of $6.2 million and other expenses associated
with increased headcount across our general corporate functions,
including finance, accounting, legal, and human resources to
support the increase scale of our business. Additionally, pro
forma 2009 included the impact of
acquisition-related
compensation expense of $55.0 million. The increase also
reflects an increase of $14.2 million of transaction
expenses related to the acquisition, including legal, tax and
accounting expenses. The increase in general and administrative
expenses was partially offset by a decrease in occupancy costs
of $8.2 million. General and administrative expenses as a
percentage of revenue were 16.6% and 13.1% for pro forma 2009
and fiscal 2008, respectively.
Depreciation
and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased to
$106.3 million in pro forma 2009 from $33.1 million in
fiscal 2008, primarily due to the amortization of our intangible
assets of $57.8 million, including below market rate leases
and contract backlog, that were recorded in connection with the
acquisition and amortized based on contractual lease terms and
projected future cash flows, respectively, thereby reflecting
higher amortization expense initially, and declining expense in
subsequent periods.
71
Interest
Income, Interest (Expense) and Other Income (Expense)
Interest income increased to $5.3 million in pro forma 2009
from $2.4 million in fiscal 2008, primarily due to interest
earned on the additional cash maintained during the twelve
months of operations of pro forma 2009.
Interest expense increased to $146.8 million in pro forma
2009 from $2.3 million in fiscal 2008, primarily due to the
interest expense incurred associated with our new senior credit
facilities, mezzanine credit facility and deferred payment
obligation. The increase also reflects amortization of
$3.1 million of debt issuance costs.
Other expense decreased to $182,000 in pro forma 2009 from
$1.9 million in fiscal 2008.
Income
(Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes
Pre-tax income (loss) was a loss of $75.3 million in pro
forma 2009 compared to an income of $151.7 million in
fiscal 2008, primarily due to interest expense incurred in
connection with our new senior credit facilities and mezzanine
credit facility and the deferred payment obligation.
Income
Taxes Expense (Benefit) from Continuing Operations
Income tax expense (benefit) was a benefit of $25.8 million
in pro forma 2009 compared to an expense of $62.7 million
in fiscal 2008, primarily due to a pre-tax loss in pro forma
2009, compared to a pre-tax income in fiscal 2008.
Fiscal
2010 Compared to Eight Months Ended March 31,
2009
Revenue
Revenue increased to $5,122.6 million in fiscal 2010 from
$2,941.3 million in the eight months ended March 31,
2009, or a 74.2% increase, primarily due to twelve months of
operations included in fiscal 2010 compared to eight months of
operations included in the comparison period. This revenue
increase was primarily driven by the deployment during fiscal
2010 of approximately 1,500 net additional consulting staff
against funded backlog. Additions to funded backlog during
fiscal 2010 totaled $5.3 billion as a result of the
conversion of unfunded backlog to funded backlog, the award of
new contracts and task orders under which funding was
appropriated and the exercise and subsequent funding of priced
options.
Cost of
Revenue
Cost of revenue increased to $2,654.1 million in fiscal
2010 from $1,566.8 million in the eight months ended
March 31, 2009, or a 69.4% increase, primarily due to
twelve months of operations included in fiscal 2010 compared to
eight months of operations included in the comparison period.
Increased salaries and
salary-related
benefits of $987.5 million, employer retirement plan
contributions of $76.3 million, incentive compensation of
$24.5 million, and acquisition-related compensation expense
of $2.1 million also contributed to the increase. The
increase in salaries and salary-related benefits was driven by
headcount growth of approximately 1,500 net additional
consulting staff during fiscal 2010. Cost of revenue was 51.8%
and 53.3% of revenue for fiscal 2010 and the eight months ended
March 31, 2009, respectively.
Billable
Expenses
Billable expenses increased to $1,361.2 million in fiscal
2010 from $756.9 million in the eight months ended
March 31, 2009, or a 79.8% increase, primarily due to
twelve months of operations included in fiscal 2010 compared to
eight months of operations included in the comparison period. An
increase in direct subcontractor expenses of $569.7 million
and travel expenses of $32.5 million, incurred to support
delivery of additional services to our clients under new and
existing contracts, also contributed to the increase. Billable
expenses as a percentage of revenue were 26.6% and 25.7% for
fiscal 2010 and the eight months ended March 31, 2009,
respectively.
72
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses increased to
$811.9 million in fiscal 2010 from $505.2 million in
the eight months ended March 31, 2009, or a 60.7% increase,
primarily due to twelve months of operations included in fiscal
2010 compared to eight months of operations included in the
comparison period. This increase also reflects increased
salaries and salary-related benefits of $124.1 million,
incentive compensation of $37.4 million, employer
retirement plan contributions of $14.6 million,
acquisition-related compensation expense of $4.3 million,
and other expenses associated with increased headcount across
our general corporate functions, including finance, accounting,
legal, and human resources, to prepare us for operating as a
public company and to support the increased scale of our
business. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of
revenue were 15.9% and 17.2% for fiscal 2010 and the eight
months ended March 31, 2009, respectively. General and
administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue declined in
fiscal 2010 as compared to the eight months ended March 31,
2009 as we continued to leverage our corporate infrastructure
over a larger revenue base.
Depreciation
and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization increased to $95.8 million in
fiscal 2010 from $79.7 million in the eight months ended
March 31, 2009, or a 20.2% increase, primarily due to
twelve months of operations included in fiscal 2010 compared to
eight months of operations included in the comparison period.
This increase also reflects the amortization of certain of our
intangible assets, including below-market rate leases and
contract backlog, that were recorded in connection with the
acquisition and amortized based on contractual lease terms and
projected future cash flows, respectively.
Interest
Income and Interest (Expense)
Our interest income decreased to $1.5 million in fiscal
2010 from $4.6 million in the eight months ended
March 31, 2009, or a decrease of 68.0%, due to declining
interest rates in the marketplace, as well as lower cash
balances resulting from the recapitalization transaction.
Interest expense increased to $150.7 million in fiscal 2010
from $98.1 million in the eight months ended March 31,
2009, or a 53.7% increase, primarily due to twelve months of
operations included in fiscal 2010 compared to eight months of
operations included in the comparison period. Debt incurred in
connection with the recapitalization transaction in December
2009 also contributed to the increase. In connection with the
recapitalization transaction in December 2009, we amended and
restated our senior credit facilities to add the Tranche C
term facility. Interest accrued on our approximately
$1,568.6 million of debt as of March 31, 2010 at
contractually specified rates ranging from 4.0% to 13.0%, and is
generally required to be paid to our syndicate of lenders each
quarter. In December 2009, we also repaid $78.0 million of
the original deferred payment obligation plus interest accrued
on the deferred payment obligation of $22.4 million.
Interest continues to be accrued subsequent to December 2009 on
the remaining $80.0 million of the deferred payment
obligation.
Income
(Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes
Pre-tax income (loss) was an income of $49.0 million in
fiscal 2010 compared to a loss of $60.9 million in the
eight months ended March 31, 2009. This increase was
primarily due to stronger revenue growth, cost efficiency across
our overhead base and lower indirect costs.
Income
Tax Expense (Benefit) from Continuing Operations
Income tax expense (benefit) was an expense of
$23.6 million in fiscal 2010 compared to a benefit of
$22.1 million in the eight months ended March 31,
2009, primarily due to a pre-tax income in fiscal 2010 as
opposed to a pre-tax loss in the eight months ended
March 31, 2009.
Our effective tax rate increased from 36.3% as of March 31,
2009 to an annual rate of 48.1% as of March 31, 2010. This
effective rate is higher than the statutory rate of 35%
primarily due to state taxes and
73
the limitations on the deductibility of meal and entertainment
expenses. The tax expense calculated using this effective tax
rate does not equate to current cash tax payments since existing
NOLs were used to reduce our tax obligations.
Eight
Months Ended March 31, 2009 Compared to Four Months Ended
July 31, 2008
Revenue
Revenue increased to $2,941.3 million in the eight months
ended March 31, 2009 from $1,409.9 million in the four
months ended July 31, 2008, or a 108.6% increase, primarily
due to eight months of operations included in the eight months
ended March 31, 2009 compared to four months of operations
included in the comparison period.
Cost of
Revenue
Cost of revenue increased to $1,566.8 million in the eight
months ended March 31, 2009 from $723.0 million in the
four months ended July 31, 2008, or a 116.7% increase,
primarily due to eight months of operations included in the
eight months ended March 31, 2009 compared to four months
of operations included in the comparison period. In the eight
months ended March 31, 2009, we experienced increased
salaries and salary-related benefits of $692.1 million,
employer retirement plan contributions of $56.1 million,
acquisition-related compensation expense of $20.5 million,
and incentive compensation of $45.3 million. The increase
in salary and salary-related benefits resulted from our need to
staff new contract and task order awards as well as additional
work under existing contracts. Cost of revenue was 53.3% and
51.3% of revenue for the eight months ended March 31, 2009
and the four months ended July 31, 2008, respectively.
Billable
Expenses
Billable expenses increased to $756.9 million in the eight
months ended March 31, 2009 from $401.4 million in the
four months ended July 31, 2008, or a 88.6% increase,
primarily due to eight months of operations included in the
eight months ended March 31, 2009 compared to four months
of operations included in the comparison period. Billable
expenses as a percentage of revenue were 25.7% and 28.5% in the
eight months ended March 31, 2009 and the four months ended
July 31, 2008, respectively. The decrease in billable
expenses as a percentage of revenue in the eight months ended
March 31, 2009 was due to a higher proportion of
subcontractor and material spending in the four months ended
July 31, 2008.
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses decreased to
$505.2 million in the eight months ended March 31,
2009 from $726.9 million in the four months ended
July 31, 2008, or a 30.5% decrease, primarily related to
stock-based compensation expense of $511.7 million
associated with a one-time acceleration of stock rights and the
fair value
mark-up of
redeemable common shares immediately prior to the acquisition in
July 2008 compared to $41.6 million of acquisition-related
compensation expense in the eight months ended March 31,
2009. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in
salaries and salary-related expenses of $69.4 million,
incentive compensation of $28.9 million, and other expenses
during the eight months ended March 31, 2009 as we
increased headcount across our general corporate functions
following the acquisition. General and administrative expenses
as a percentage of revenue were 17.2% and 51.6% in the eight
months ended March 31, 2009 and the four months ended
July 31, 2008, respectively.
Depreciation
and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization increased to $79.7 million in
the eight months ended March 31, 2009 from
$11.9 million in the four months ended July 31, 2008
primarily due to the amortization of certain of our intangible
assets recorded in connection with the acquisition. The increase
also reflects eight months of operations included in the eight
months ended March 31, 2009 compared to four months of
operations included in the comparison period.
74
Interest
Income and Interest (Expense)
Interest income increased to $4.6 million in the eight
months ended March 31, 2009 from $734,000 in the four
months ended July 31, 2008 primarily due to eight months of
operations included in the eight months ended March 31,
2009 compared to four months of operations included in the
comparison period. Interest earned on the additional cash
maintained during the eight months ended March 31, 2009
also contributed to this increase.
Interest expense increased to $98.1 million in the eight
months ended March 31, 2009 from $1.0 million in the
four months ended July 31, 2008 primarily due to debt
incurred in connection with the acquisition. Prior to the
acquisition, our debt consisted of an unsecured line of credit
in the amount of $245.0 million, which accrued interest at
an interest rate of 3.05% for the four months ended
July 31, 2008. In connection with the acquisition in July
2008, we incurred significant interest-bearing debt with a
syndicate of lenders which held two term loans under our senior
credit facilities (Tranche A and Tranche B) and a
mezzanine loan under our mezzanine credit facility. During the
eight months ended March 31, 2009, interest accrued on our
debt at contractually specified rates ranging from 4.0% to
13.0%, and was generally paid to our syndicate of lenders each
quarter. Additionally, in connection with the acquisition, we
incurred a $158.0 million deferred payment obligation,
which accrues interest at a rate of 5.0% per six-month period.
Income
(Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes
Pre-tax loss decreased to a loss of $60.9 million in the
eight months ended March 31, 2009 from a loss of
$453.7 million in the four months ended July 31, 2008,
or a 86.6% decrease, primarily due to stock-based compensation
expense related to a one-time acceleration of stock rights and
the fair value
mark-up of
redeemable common stock in connection with the acquisition and
significant transaction related costs in the four months ended
July 31, 2008, partially offset by increased interest
expense associated with the debt incurred as part of the
acquisition and the recognition of stock compensation expense
related to new stock option plans following the acquisition.
Income
Tax Expense (Benefit) from Continuing Operations
Income tax benefit decreased to a benefit of $22.1 million
in the eight months ended March 31, 2009 from a benefit of
$56.1 million in the four months ended July 31, 2008,
or a 60.5% decrease, primarily due to a decrease in the pre-tax
loss in the eight months ended March 31, 2009 compared to
the four months ended July 31, 2008, and the tax treatment
of certain costs related to the acquisition. Our effective tax
rate of 12.4% for the four months ended July 31, 2008 was
reflective of non-deductible acquisition-related costs incurred
during the period, primarily equity compensation, for which
there was no corresponding tax benefit. The effective tax rate
of 36.3% for the eight months ended March 31, 2009 was
higher than the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to state
taxes.
Four
Months Ended July 31, 2008 Compared to Fiscal
2008
Revenue
Revenue decreased to $1,409.9 million in the four months
ended July 31, 2008 from $3,625.1 million in fiscal
2008, or a 61.1% decrease, primarily due to four months of
operations included in the four months ended July 31, 2008
compared to twelve months of operations included in fiscal 2008.
Cost of
Revenue
Cost of revenue decreased to $723.0 million in the four
months ended July 31, 2008 from $2,028.8 million in
fiscal 2008, or a 64.4% decrease, primarily due to four months
of operations included in the four months ended July 31,
2008 compared to twelve months of operations included in fiscal
2008. Cost of revenue was 51.3% and 56.0% of revenue for the
four months ended July 31, 2008 and fiscal 2008,
respectively.
75
Billable
Expenses
Billable expenses decreased to $401.4 million in the four
months ended July 31, 2008 from $935.5 million in
fiscal 2008, or a 57.1% decrease, primarily due to four months
of operations included in the four months ended July 31,
2008 compared to twelve months of operations included in fiscal
2008. Billable expenses as a percentage of revenue were 28.5%
and 25.8% for the four months ended July 31, 2008 and
fiscal 2008, respectively.
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses increased to
$726.9 million in the four months ended July 31, 2008
from $474.2 million in fiscal 2008, or a 53.3% increase,
primarily due to stock-based compensation expense of
$511.7 million associated with a one-time acceleration of
stock rights and the fair value
mark-up of
redeemable common shares immediately prior to the acquisition.
General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue
were 51.6% and 13.1% for the four months ended July 31,
2008 and fiscal 2008, respectively. General and administrative
expenses as a percentage of revenue for the four months ended
July 31, 2008 were significantly higher due to the
stock-based compensation expense recorded in connection with the
acquisition.
Depreciation
and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased to
$11.9 million in the four months ended July 31, 2008
from $33.1 million in fiscal 2008, or a 63.9% decrease,
primarily due to four months of operations included in the four
months ended July 31, 2008 compared to twelve months of
operations included in fiscal 2008.
Interest
Income and Interest (Expense)
Interest income decreased to $734,000 in the four months ended
July 31, 2008 from $2.4 million in fiscal 2008, or a
69.9% decrease, primarily due to four months of operations
included in the four months ended July 31, 2008 compared to
twelve months of operations included in fiscal 2008.
Interest expense decreased to $1.0 million in the four
months ended July 31, 2008 from $2.3 million in fiscal
2008, or a 55.0% decrease, primarily due to four months of
operations included in the four months ended July 31, 2008
compared to twelve months of operations included in fiscal 2008.
Income
(Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes
Pre-tax income (loss) was a loss of $453.7 million in the
four months ended July 31, 2008 compared to income of
$151.7 million in fiscal 2008, primarily due to the
increased stock compensation expense related to a one-time
acceleration of stock rights and the fair value
mark-up of
redeemable common stock in anticipation of the acquisition.
Income
Taxes Expense (Benefit) from Continuing Operations
Income tax expense (benefit) was a benefit of $56.1 million
in the four months ended July 31, 2008 compared to an
expense of $62.7 million in fiscal 2008, primarily due to a
pre-tax loss for the four months ended July 31, 2008
compared to a pre-tax income in fiscal 2008. Our effective tax
rate of 41.3% for fiscal 2008 was higher than the statutory rate
of 35%, primarily due to state taxes and equity compensation.
Our effective tax rate of 12.4% for the four months ended
July 31, 2008 reflected a reduction to the calculated tax
benefit at the U.S. statutory and state income tax rate due
to non-deductible acquisition-related costs incurred during the
period, primarily equity compensation, for which there was no
corresponding tax benefit.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
We have historically funded our operations, debt payments,
capital expenditures, and discretionary funding needs from our
cash from operations. We had $420.9 million,
$307.8 million and $300.6 million in cash and cash
equivalents as of March 31, 2009, March 31, 2010 and
June 30, 2010, respectively. Our long-
76
term debt amounted to $1,220.5 million,
$1,546.8 million, and $1,542.1 million as of
March 31, 2009, March 31, 2010, and June 30,
2010, respectively. Our long-term debt bears interest at
specified rates and is held by a syndicate of lenders (see
Note 11 in our consolidated financial statements).
We expect to use all of the net proceeds of this offering to
repay $ million of the term
loan under our mezzanine credit facility, which was
$545.3 million as of June 30, 2010, and pay a related
prepayment penalty of $ . As of
June 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis as adjusted after
giving effect to (i) this offering and the use of the net
proceeds therefrom and (ii) the repayment of
$85.0 million of indebtedness under our mezzanine credit
facility, we would have had outstanding approximately
$ million in total
indebtedness. We will recognize write-offs of certain deferred
financing costs and original issue discount associated with that
repaid debt. Following the completion of this offering and the
use of the net proceeds therefrom, our primary sources of
liquidity will be cash flow from operations, either from the
payment of invoices for work performed or for advances in excess
of costs incurred, and available borrowings under our senior
credit facilities.
Our primary uses of cash following this offering will be for:
|
|
|
|
|
operating expenses, including salaries;
|
|
|
|
working capital requirements to fund the growth of our business;
|
|
|
|
capital expenditures which primarily relate to the purchase of
computers, business systems, furniture and leasehold
improvements to support our operations; and
|
|
|
|
debt service requirements for borrowings under our senior credit
facilities and mezzanine credit facility.
|
We do not currently intend to declare or pay dividends,
including special dividends on our Class A common stock,
for the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends to our
shareholders is limited as a practical matter by restrictions in
the credit agreements governing our senior credit facilities and
mezzanine credit facility. Any future determination to pay a
dividend is subject to the discretion of our Board, and will
depend upon various factors, including our results of
operations, financial condition, liquidity requirements,
restrictions that may be imposed by applicable law and our
contracts, our ability to negotiate amendments to the credit
agreements governing our senior credit facilities and mezzanine
credit facility, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board
and our creditors.
By selling shares of our Class A common stock to the public
in this offering, we will be able to expand ownership in the
firm, gain access to the public capital markets, and pay off a
portion of the indebtedness that we incurred in connection with
the recapitalization transaction. Since we expect to maintain
our current operating model, continue to focus on the quality,
training and evaluation of our personnel and continue to focus
on our core values, each critical to our continued success, we
do not expect our transition to or existence as a public company
to affect our client focus or our internal culture.
Generally, cash provided by operating activities has been
adequate to fund our operations. Due to fluctuations in our cash
flows and the growth in our operations, it may be necessary from
time to time in the future to borrow under our credit facilities
to meet cash demands. We anticipate that cash provided by
operating activities, cash and cash equivalents, and borrowing
capacity under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient
to meet our anticipated cash requirements for the next twelve
months.
Cash
Flows
Cash received from clients, either from the payment of invoices
for work performed or for advances in excess of costs incurred,
is our primary source of cash. We generally do not begin work on
contracts until funding is appropriated by the client. Billing
timetables and payment terms on our contracts vary based on a
number of factors, including whether the contract type is
cost-reimbursable,
time-and-materials,
or fixed-price. We generally bill and collect cash more
frequently under cost-reimbursable and
time-and-materials
contracts, as we are authorized to bill as the costs are
incurred or work is performed. In contrast, we may be limited to
bill certain fixed-price contracts only when specified
milestones, including deliveries, are achieved. A number
77
of our contracts may provide for performance-based payments,
which allow us to bill and collect cash prior to completing the
work.
Accounts receivable is the principal component of our working
capital and is generally driven by revenue growth with other
short-term fluctuations related to the payment practices of our
clients. Our accounts receivable reflect amounts billed to our
clients as of each balance sheet date. Our clients generally pay
our invoices within 30 days of the invoice date. At any
month-end, we also include in accounts receivable the revenue
that was recognized in the preceding month, which is generally
billed early in the following month. Finally, we include in
accounts receivable amounts related to revenue accrued in excess
of amounts billed, primarily on our fixed-price contracts and
cost-plus-award-fee contracts. The total amount of our accounts
receivable can vary significantly over time, but is generally
sensitive to revenue levels. Total accounts receivable (billed
and unbilled combined, net of allowance for doubtful accounts)
days sales outstanding, or DSO, which we calculate by dividing
total accounts receivable by revenue per day during the relevant
fiscal quarter, was 73 and 69 as of March 31, 2009 and
March 31, 2010, respectively. DSO was 75 and 69 as of
June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
The table below sets forth our net cash flows for continuing
operations for the periods presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
March 31,
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
43,791
|
|
|
$
|
(26,548
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
180,709
|
|
|
$
|
270,484
|
|
|
$
|
(61,711
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,011
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(38,527
|
)
|
|
|
(162,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,660,518
|
)
|
|
|
(10,991
|
)
|
|
|
(6,568
|
)
|
|
|
(14,829
|
)
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(1,413
|
)
|
|
|
211,112
|
|
|
|
|
1,900,711
|
|
|
|
(372,560
|
)
|
|
|
(3,025
|
)
|
|
|
(2,406
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
3,851
|
|
|
$
|
21,588
|
|
|
|
$
|
420,902
|
|
|
$
|
(113,067
|
)
|
|
$
|
(71,304
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,224
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash
from Operating Activities
Net cash from operations is primarily affected by the overall
profitability of our contracts, our ability to invoice and
collect from our clients in a timely manner, and our ability to
manage our vendor payments. Net cash provided by operations was
$10.0 million in the three months ended June 30, 2010,
compared to net cash used in operations of $61.7 million in
the three months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in net
cash provided by operations in the three months ended
June 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended
June 30, 2009 was primarily due to net income growth and
improved collections of accounts receivable, partially offset by
increased cash used for accrued compensation and benefits.
During fiscal 2010, our net cash provided by operations was
$270.5 million, compared to $180.7 million in the
eight months ended March 31, 2009 and net cash used in
operations of $26.5 million in the four months ended
July 31, 2008. The increase in net cash provided by
operations in fiscal 2010 compared to the eight months ended
March 31, 2009 was primarily due to the twelve months of
operations included in fiscal 2010 compared to eight months
included in the eight months ended March 31, 2009. This
increase was also due to improved management of vendor payments
and improved cash collection in fiscal 2010, partially offset by
accrued compensation and benefits, which included payment of
employee bonuses and annual funding of the Employees
Capital Accumulation Plan, our defined contribution plan.
The increase in net cash provided by operations in the eight
months ended March 31, 2009 compared to the four months
ended July 31, 2008 was primarily due to the eight months
of operations included in the eight months ended March 31,
2009 compared to four months included in the four months ended
July 31, 2008.
78
This increase was also due to a loss from discontinued
operations in the four months ended July 31, 2008 and
transaction costs related to the acquisition in the four months
ended July 31, 2008.
Net cash used in operations of the Predecessor was
$26.5 million in the four months ended July 31, 2008
compared to net cash provided by operations of
$43.8 million in fiscal 2008, primarily due to a loss from
discontinued operations in the four months ended July 31,
2008, as well as transaction costs related to the acquisition
during that period.
Net Cash
from Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $14.8 million in
the three months ended June 30, 2010, compared to
$6.6 million in the three months ended June 30, 2009.
The increase in net cash used in investing activities in the
three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three
months ended June 30, 2009 was primarily due to an increase
in capital expenditures and expenditures for internally
developed software.
Net cash used in investing activities was $11.0 million for
fiscal 2010 compared to $1,660.5 million in the eight
months ended March 31, 2009 and $163.0 million in the
four months ended July 31, 2008. The decrease in fiscal
2010 compared to the eight months ended March 31, 2009 and
the increase in the eight months ended March 31, 2009
compared to the four months ended July 31, 2008, were
primarily due to $1.6 billion of cash paid in connection
with the acquisition, net of cash acquired of
$28.7 million, which was recorded in the eight months ended
March 31, 2009. In fiscal 2010, this was partially offset
by an increase in capital expenditures and expenditures for
internally developed software.
Net cash used in investing activities of the Predecessor was
$163.0 million in the four months ended July 31, 2008
compared to $38.5 million in fiscal 2008, primarily due to
the Predecessors investments of $153.7 million in its
discontinued operations during the four months ended
July 31, 2008.
Net Cash
from Financing Activities
Net cash from financing activities are primarily associated with
proceeds from debt and the repayment thereof. Net cash used in
financing activities was $2.4 million in the three months
ended June 30, 2010, compared to $3.0 million in the
three months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease in net cash
used in financing activities in the three months ended
June 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended
June 30, 2009 was primarily due to the repayment of debt of
$5.5 million, partially offset by stock option exercises of
$2.5 million and $552,000 of excess tax benefit from the
exercise of stock options.
Net cash used in financing activities was $372.6 million in
fiscal 2010, compared to net cash provided by financing
activities of $1,900.7 million in the eight months ended
March 31, 2009 and net cash provided by financing
activities of $211.1 million in the four months ended
July 31, 2008. The increase in net cash used in financing
activities in fiscal 2010 compared to the eight months ended
March 31, 2009 was primarily due to the payment of
$612.4 million in special dividends and repayment of
$100.4 million of the deferred payment obligation and
related accrued interest, partially offset by net proceeds of
$341.3 million from loans under Tranche C of our
senior credit facilities. The increase in net cash used in
financing activities in the eight months ended March 31,
2009 compared to the four months ended July 31, 2008 was
primarily due to several factors relating to the acquisition,
including proceeds of $1.2 billion related to our senior
credit facilities and our mezzanine credit facility (offset by
debt issuance costs of $45.0 million) and proceeds from the
issuance of common stock in connection with the acquisition of
$956.5 million, partially offset by repayment of
$251.1 million of outstanding debt, which were recorded in
the eight months ended March 31, 2008.
Net cash provided by financing activities of the Predecessor was
$211.1 million in the four months ended July 31, 2008
compared to net cash used in financing activities of
$1.4 million in fiscal 2008, primarily due to proceeds from
debt of $227.5 million during the four months ended
July 31, 2008.
Indebtedness
In connection with the acquisition, we entered into a series of
financing transactions. See The Acquisition and
Recapitalization Transaction and Description of
Certain Indebtedness.
79
In connection with the acquisition, Booz Allen Hamilton, as
borrower, and Booz Allen Investor, as guarantor, entered into
our senior credit facilities. Our senior credit facilities
consist of a $125.0 million Tranche A term facility, a
$585.0 million Tranche B term facility, a
$350.0 million Tranche C term facility and a
$245.0 million revolving credit facility. As of
March 31, 2010, we had $110.8 million outstanding
under the Tranche A term facility, $566.8 million
outstanding under the Tranche B term facility, and
$345.8 million outstanding under the Tranche C term
facility. As of March 31, 2010, no amounts had been drawn
under the revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2010,
we were contingently liable under open standby letters of credit
and bank guarantees issued by our banks in favor of third
parties that total $1.4 million. These letters of credit
and bank guarantees primarily relate to leases and support of
insurance obligations. These instruments reduce our available
borrowings under the revolving credit facility. As of
March 31, 2010, we had $222.4 million of capacity
available for additional borrowings under the revolving credit
facility (excluding the $21.3 million commitment by the
successor entity to Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank). As of
June 30, 2010, we had $107.8 million outstanding under
the Tranche A term facility, $565.7 million
outstanding under the Tranche B term facility, and
$345.1 million outstanding under the Tranche C term
facility. As of June 30, 2010, no amounts had been drawn
under the revolving credit facility. As of June 30, 2010,
we were contingently liable under open standby letters of credit
and bank guarantees issued by our banks in favor of third
parties that total $1.3 million. These letters of credit
and bank guarantees primarily relate to leases and support of
insurance obligations. These instruments reduce our available
borrowings under the revolving credit facility. As of
June 30, 2010, we had $222.4 million of capacity
available for additional borrowings under the revolving credit
facility (excluding the $21.3 million commitment by the
successor entity to Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank).
In connection with the acquisition, Booz Allen Hamilton, as
borrower, and Booz Allen Investor, as guarantor, entered into
our mezzanine credit facility, which consists of a
$550.0 million term loan. As of March 31, 2010, we had
$545.2 million of term loans outstanding under our
mezzanine credit facility. As of June 30, 2010, we had
$545.3 million of term loans outstanding under our
mezzanine credit facility. On August 2, 2010, we repaid
approximately $85.0 million of indebtedness under our
mezzanine credit facility and paid a $2.6 million
associated prepayment penalty. We will recognize write-offs of
certain deferred financing costs and original issue discount
associated with that repaid debt.
The loans under our senior credit facilities are secured by
substantially all of our assets and none of such assets will be
available to satisfy the claims of our general creditors. The
credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities requires
the maintenance of certain financial and non-financial
covenants. The loans under our mezzanine credit facility are
unsecured, and likewise the credit agreement governing our
mezzanine credit facility requires the maintenance of certain
financial and non-financial covenants, including limitations on
indebtedness and liens; mergers, consolidations and
dissolutions; dispositions of property; restricted payments;
investments and acquisitions; sale and leaseback transactions;
transactions with affiliates; and limitations on activities.
In addition, we are required to meet the following financial
maintenance covenants at each quarter-end:
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio the ratio
of total leverage as of the last day of the quarter (defined as
the aggregate principal amount of all funded debt, less cash,
cash equivalents and permitted liquid investments) to the
preceding four quarters Consolidated EBITDA
(as defined in the credit agreements governing the credit
facilities). For the period ended March 31, 2010, this
ratio was required to be less than or equal to 5.75 to 1.0 to
comply with our senior credit facilities, and less than 6.9 to
1.0 to comply with our mezzanine credit facility. As of
March 31, 2010, we were in compliance with our consolidated
total leverage ratio. For the period ended June 30, 2010,
this ratio was required to be less than or equal to 5.5 to 1.0
to comply with our senior credit facilities, and less than 6.6
to 1.0 to comply with our mezzanine credit facility. As of
June 30, 2010, we were in compliance with our consolidated
total leverage ratio with a ratio of 3.34. The ratios for the
period ending September 30, 2010 will remain unchanged from
those in effect for the period ended June 30, 2010.
Effective December 31, 2010, these ratios will decrease to
5.0 to 1.0 for our senior credit facilities and 6.0 to 1.0 for
our mezzanine credit facility.
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Net Interest Coverage Ratio the
ratio of the preceding four quarters Consolidated
EBITDA (as defined in our senior credit facilities) to net
interest expense for the preceding four quarters (defined as
cash interest expense, less the sum of cash interest income and
one-time financing fees (to the extent included in consolidated
interest expense)). For the period ended March 31, 2010,
this ratio was required to be greater than or equal to 1.7 to
1.0 to comply with our senior credit facilities. As of
March 31, 2010, we were in compliance with our consolidated
net interest coverage ratio. For the period ended June 30,
2010, this ratio was required to be greater than or equal to 1.8
to 1.0 to comply with our senior credit facilities. As of
June 30, 2010, we were in compliance with our consolidated
net interest coverage ratio with a ratio of 3.04. The ratio for
the period ending September 30, 2010 will remain unchanged
from the ratio in effect for the period ended June 30,
2010. Effective December 31, 2010, this ratio will increase
to 1.9 to 1.0.
|
Capital
Structure and Resources
Our stockholders equity amounted to $509.6 million as
of March 31, 2010, a decrease of $550.8 million
compared to stockholders equity of $1,060.3 million
as of March 31, 2009, due to the special dividend paid in
July 2009 and the special dividend paid in December 2009 in
connection with the recapitalization transaction described
above, as well as the reclassification of $34.4 million
from additional paid-in capital to other long-term liabilities
related to the reduction to one cent of the strike price of
options vested and not yet exercised that would have had an
exercise price below zero as a result of the December 2009
dividend. This difference between one cent and the reduced value
for shares vested and not yet exercised is reflected in other
long-term liabilities on the March 31, 2010 balance sheet,
and is to be paid in cash upon exercise of the options. This
decrease was partially offset by net income of
$25.4 million for fiscal 2010. Our stockholders
equity amounted to $552.7 million as of June 30, 2010,
an increase of $43.1 million compared to stockholders
equity of $509.6 million as of March 31, 2010
primarily due to net income of $28.2 million in the three
months ended June 30, 2010, and stock-based compensation
expense of $15.7 million.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures of Market Risk
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates
relates primarily to our outstanding debt, and cash and cash
equivalents consisting primarily of funds invested in
U.S. government insured money-market accounts and prime
money-market funds. As of March 31, 2010 and June 30,
2010, we had $307.8 million and $300.6 million,
respectively, in cash and cash equivalents and Treasury bills.
The interest expense associated with our term loans and any
loans under our revolving credit facility will vary with market
rates.
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates
related to our outstanding debt is somewhat mitigated as the
term loans under the Tranche B term facility and
Tranche C term facility have LIBOR floors of 3% and 2%,
respectively. A significant rise above current interest rate
levels would be required to increase our interest expense
related to Tranche B and Tranche C. An increase in
market interest rates could result in increased interest expense
associated with Tranche A, which accounted for 7.1% and
6.9% of our outstanding debt as of March 31, 2010 and
June 30, 2010, respectively, and which does not have a
LIBOR floor. A hypothetical 1% increase in interest rates would
have increased interest expense related to the term facilities
under our senior credit facilities by approximately
$1.2 million in fiscal 2010 and $0.3 million in the
three months ended June 30, 2010, and likewise decreased
our income and cash flows. A hypothetical increase of LIBOR to
4% would have increased interest expense related to all term
facilities under our senior credit facilities by approximately
$13.3 million in fiscal 2010 and $4.2 million in the
three months ended June 30, 2010, and likewise decreased
our income and cash flows. As of September 23, 2010,
one-month LIBOR was 0.26%. The interest rate on our term loans
under our mezzanine credit facility is fixed at 13.0%.
The return on our cash and cash equivalents balance as of
March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 was less than 1%.
Therefore, although investment interest rates may continue to
decrease in the future, the corresponding impact to our interest
income, and likewise to our income and cash flow, would not be
material.
We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment
portfolio and have not entered into any hedging transactions.
81
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
As of June 30, 2010, we did not have any off-balance sheet
arrangements.
Contractual
Obligations
The following tables summarize our contractual obligations that
require us to make future cash payments as of March 31,
2010 on a historical basis and on an as adjusted basis. For
contractual obligations, we included payments that we have an
unconditional obligation to make. The as adjusted contractual
obligations presented below give effect to this offering and the
use of the net proceeds therefrom as if these transactions
occurred on March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
1 to 3
|
|
|
3 to 5
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
Contractual Obligations:
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Long-term debt(a)(b)
|
|
$
|
1,587,850
|
|
|
$
|
21,850
|
|
|
$
|
56,200
|
|
|
$
|
81,200
|
|
|
$
|
1,428,600
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
287,676
|
|
|
|
74,447
|
|
|
|
106,777
|
|
|
|
69,886
|
|
|
|
36,566
|
|
Interest on indebtedness(b)
|
|
|
812,118
|
|
|
|
141,677
|
|
|
|
279,989
|
|
|
|
272,898
|
|
|
|
117,554
|
|
Deferred payment obligation(c)
|
|
|
63,435
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,435
|
|
Liability to Rollover option holders(d)
|
|
|
54,351
|
|
|
|
6,976
|
|
|
|
29,422
|
|
|
|
17,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions
FIN 48(e)
|
|
|
100,178
|
|
|
|
18,573
|
|
|
|
40,154
|
|
|
|
41,451
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
13,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
2,918,927
|
|
|
$
|
263,523
|
|
|
$
|
512,542
|
|
|
$
|
496,707
|
|
|
$
|
1,646,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
1 to 3
|
|
|
3 to 5
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
As Adjusted Contractual Obligations:
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Long-term debt(a)(b)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
287,676
|
|
|
|
74,447
|
|
|
|
106,777
|
|
|
|
69,886
|
|
|
|
36,566
|
|
Interest on indebtedness(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred payment obligation(c)
|
|
|
63,435
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,435
|
|
Liability to Rollover option holders(d)
|
|
|
54,351
|
|
|
|
6,976
|
|
|
|
29,422
|
|
|
|
17,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions
FIN 48(e)
|
|
|
100,178
|
|
|
|
18,573
|
|
|
|
40,154
|
|
|
|
41,451
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
13,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for
additional information regarding debt and related matters. |
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Does not reflect the repayment of $85.0 million of
indebtedness under our mezzanine credit facility on
August 2, 2010. |
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Includes $17.6 million deferred payment obligation balance,
plus current and future interest accruals. |
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Reflects liabilities to holders of stock options issued under
our Officers Rollover Stock Plan related to the reduction
in the exercise price of such options as a result of the July
2009 dividend and the December 2009 dividend. |
|
|
|
(e) |
|
Includes $62.4 million of tax liabilities offset by amounts
owed under the deferred payment obligation. The remainder is
related to other tax liabilities. |
In the normal course of business, we enter into agreements with
subcontractors and vendors to provide products and services that
we consume in our operations or that are delivered to our
clients. These products
82
and services are not considered unconditional obligations until
the products and services are actually delivered, at which time
we record a liability for our obligation.
Capital
Expenditures
Since we do not own any of our own facilities, our capital
expenditure requirements primarily relate to the purchase of
computers, business systems, furniture and leasehold
improvements to support our operations. Direct costs billed to
clients are not treated as capital expenses. Our capital
expenditures for fiscal 2010 and the three months ended
June 30, 2010 were $49.3 million and
$16.2 million, respectively, and the majority of such
capital expenditures related to facilities infrastructure,
equipment, and information technology. Expenditures for
facilities infrastructure and equipment are generally incurred
to support new and existing programs across our business. We
also incur capital expenditures for IT to support programs and
general enterprise information technology infrastructure.
Commitments
and Contingencies
We are subject to a number of reviews, investigations, claims,
lawsuits, and other uncertainties related to our business. For a
discussion of these items, refer to Note 19 to our
consolidated financial statements.
83
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leading provider of management and technology
consulting services to the U.S. government in the defense,
intelligence and civil markets. We are a well-known, trusted and
long-term partner to our clients, who seek our expertise and
objective advice to address their most important and complex
problems. Leveraging our
95-year
consulting heritage and a talent base of approximately
23,800 people, we deploy our deep domain knowledge,
functional expertise and experience to help our clients achieve
their objectives. We have a collaborative culture, supported by
our operating model, which helps our professionals identify and
respond to emerging trends across the markets we serve and
delivers enduring results for our clients. We have grown our
revenue organically, without relying on acquisitions, at an 18%
CAGR over the
15-year
period ended March 31, 2010, reaching $5.1 billion in
revenue in fiscal 2010. We have been a leader in terms of
revenue growth relative to the government services businesses of
our primary competitors over the last three years.
We were founded in 1914 by Edwin Booz, one of the pioneers of
management consulting. In 1940, we began serving the
U.S. government by advising the Secretary of the Navy in
preparation for World War II. As the needs of our clients have
grown more complex, we have expanded beyond our management
consulting foundation to develop deep expertise in technology,
engineering, and analytics. Today, we serve substantially all of
the cabinet-level departments of the U.S. government. Our
major clients include the Department of Defense, all branches of
the U.S. military, the U.S. Intelligence Community,
and civil agencies such as the Department of Homeland Security,
the Department of Energy, the Department of Health and Human
Services, the Department of the Treasury and the Environmental
Protection Agency. We support these clients in addressing
complex and pressing challenges such as combating global
terrorism, improving cyber capabilities, transforming the
healthcare system, improving efficiency and managing change
within the government and protecting the environment.
We have strong and longstanding relationships with a diverse
group of clients at all levels of the U.S. government. We
derived 98% of our revenue in fiscal 2010 from services provided
to over 1,300 client organizations across the
U.S. government under more than 4,900 contracts and task
orders. The single largest entity that we served in fiscal 2010
was the U.S. Army which represented 15% of our revenue in
that period. Further, we have served our top ten clients, or
their predecessor organizations, for an average of over
20 years. We derived 87% of our revenue in fiscal 2010 from
engagements for which we acted as the prime contractor. Also
during fiscal 2010, we achieved an overall win rate of 57% on
new contracts and task orders for which we competed and a win
rate of more than 92% on re-competed contracts and task orders
for existing or related business. As of June 30, 2010, our
total backlog, including funded, unfunded, and priced options,
was $9.5 billion, an increase of 26% over June 30,
2009.
We attribute the strength of our client relationships, the
commitment of our people, and our resulting growth to our
management consulting heritage and culture, which instills our
relentless focus on delivering value and enduring results to our
clients. We operate our business as a single profit center,
which drives our ability to collaborate internally and compete
externally. Our operating model is built on (1) our
dedication to client service, which focuses on leveraging our
experience and knowledge to provide differentiated insights,
(2) our partnership-style culture and compensation system,
which fosters collaboration and the efficient allocation of our
people across markets, clients and opportunities, (3) our
professional development and
360-degree
assessment system, which ensures that our people are aligned
with our collaborative culture, core values and ethics and
(4) our approach to the market, which leverages our matrix
of deep domain expertise in the defense, intelligence and civil
markets and our strong capabilities in strategy and
organization, analytics, technology and operations.
We are organized and operate as a corporation. Our use of the
term partnership reflects our collaborative culture,
and our use of the term partner refers to our
Chairman and our Senior and Executive Vice Presidents. The use
of the terms partnership and partner is
not meant to create any implication that we operate our company
as, or have any intention to create a legal entity that is, a
partnership.
84
Market
Opportunity
We believe that the U.S. government is the worlds
largest consumer of management and technology consulting
services and its demand for such services remains strong, driven
by the need to manage dynamic and complex issues such as the
improvement and effectiveness of national security and homeland
security programs, the establishment of new
intelligence-gathering processes and infrastructure, protecting
against cyber-security threats, and several civil agency reform
initiatives. At the same time, the U.S. government is
seeking to increase efficiency and improve existing procurement
practices. Major changes and crises driven by shifting domestic
priorities and external events produce shifts in government
policies and priorities that create additional sources of demand
for management and technology consulting services.
Large
Addressable Markets
The U.S. governments budget for U.S. government
fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 was
$3.1 trillion, excluding authorizations from the ARRA,
Overseas Contingency Operations, and supplemental funding for
the Department of Defense. Of this amount, $1.0 trillion was for
discretionary budget authority, including $502 billion for
the Department of Defense and U.S. Intelligence Community and
$526 billion for civil agencies. Based on data from
Bloomberg Finance L.P., approximately $513 billion of the
U.S. government fiscal year 2009 discretionary outlays were
for non-intelligence agency and non-ARRA funding-related
products and services procured from private contractors. We
estimate that $93 billion of the spending directed towards
private contractors in U.S. government fiscal year 2009 was
for management and technology consulting services, with
$56 billion spent by the Department of Defense and
$37 billion spent by civil agencies. The agencies of the
U.S. Intelligence Community that we serve represent an
additional market.
Focus
on Efficiency and Transforming Procurement
Practices
Focus on Efficiency. There is pressure across
the U.S. government to control spending while also
improving services for citizens and aggressively pursuing
numerous important policy initiatives. This has led to an
increased focus on accomplishing more with fewer resources,
streamlining information services and processes, improving
productivity and reducing fraud, waste and abuse. We believe
that the U.S. government will require support in the form
of the services that we provide, such as strategy and change
management and organization and process improvement to implement
these initiatives. Two efficiency initiatives currently being
undertaken by the U.S. government are the most recent Base
Realignment and Closure Program, pursuant to which military
bases and installations are shut down or reorganized to more
efficiently support U.S. military forces, and a rebalancing
of defense forces and strategy in accordance with the 2010
Quadrennial Defense Review to more effectively meet the demands
of current threats in a constrained fiscal environment. To
streamline information services and processes and improve
productivity, U.S. government agencies are making increased
use of information technology, improving the deployment of human
capital, and deploying better decision support systems. To
reduce fraud, waste and abuse, both the Obama Administration and
Congress have recently taken action to reduce improper payments
made by the U.S. government to individuals, organizations
and contractors that, according to the White House, amounted to
$98 billion in 2009. President Obama signed an Executive
Order aimed at reducing improper payments in November 2009 and
issued a memorandum ordering the expansion of payment recapture
audits in March 2010, and the House of Representatives passed
the Improper Payments Elimination and Recovery Bill in April
2010.
Transforming Procurement Practices. Economic
pressure has also driven an emphasis on greater accountability,
transparency and spending effectiveness in U.S. government
procurement practices. Recent efforts to reform procurement
practices have focused on (1) decreasing the use of lead
system integrators, (2) the unbundling of outsourced
projects to link contract payments to specific milestones and
project benchmarks in order to ensure timely delivery and
adherence to required budgets and outlays and (3) the
separation of certain types of work to facilitate objectivity
and avoid or mitigate specific organizational conflicts of
interest issues, which issues typically arise when providers of
products to the U.S. government also provide systems
engineering and technical assistance work, acquisition support
and other consulting services related to the products being
sold. A focus on organizational conflicts of interest issues has
resulted in legislation and a proposed regulation aimed at
increasing organizational conflicts of interest requirements,
85
including, among other things, separating sellers of products
and providers of advisory services in major defense acquisition
programs. We believe that the U.S. governments
continued efforts to improve procurement processes will generate
increased demand for objective management and technology
consulting services.
Complex
Defense, Intelligence and Civil Agency
Requirements
The U.S. government continually reassesses and updates its
long-term priorities and develops new strategies to address the
rapidly evolving issues it faces. In order to deliver effective
advice in this environment, service providers must possess a
comprehensive knowledge of, and experience with, the
participants, systems and technology employed by the
U.S. government, and must also have an ability to
facilitate knowledge sharing while managing varying objectives.
For example, within the Department of Defense, the 2010
Quadrennial Defense Review prioritizes support for the war
fighter and integrating intelligence, surveillance and
reconnaissance systems with weapons and ground operations.
Within the U.S. Intelligence Community and across the
U.S. government generally, the current priority is
enhancing cyber-capabilities, including cyber-security, in the
face of the continually evolving threat of terrorism and the
increasing reliance of both the U.S. government and the
private sector on critical information technology systems. In
U.S. government fiscal year 2009, the U.S. government
established CNCI to support and coordinate U.S. cyber
initiatives. At the time of CNCIs establishment, the
Washington Post reported that the U.S. government would
spend approximately $17 billion over seven years in
connection with CNCI.
Within the civil agencies of the U.S. government, there has
been an increased focus on financial regulation, energy and
environmental issues, healthcare reform and
infrastructure-related challenges. The transformation of the
nations healthcare system alone will require significant
effort and investment to
re-design
processes and policies and communicate changes effectively to
citizens and healthcare providers. Modernizing healthcare
information technology systems is an essential element of this
transformation as highlighted by President Obamas Budget
Request for U.S. government fiscal year 2011, which
includes an allocation of $6.2 billion for the Department
of Health and Human Services to improve and strengthen
healthcare information technology and systems. We believe the
U.S. government will rely on management and technology
consulting service providers to provide research, consulting,
implementation and improvement services to develop and manage
programs across its various civil agencies and departments.
We believe that the initiatives resulting from these new
priorities will result in increased demand for management and
technology consulting services.
Major
Changes Create Demand
Major changes in the government, political and overall economic
landscape drive demand for objective management and technology
consulting services and advice. These changes, which can be
recurring in nature or more sudden and unexpected, create
significant opportunities for us, as clients seek out service
providers with the flexibility to rapidly deploy intellectual
capital, resources and capabilities.
The inauguration of a new presidential administration is a
recurring change that drives the need for objective analysis and
advice to help develop and implement new policies and respond to
evolving priorities. For example, one of the primary focuses of
the Reagan administration was a
build-up of
U.S. defense forces, while the Clinton administration
ushered in the era of
e-Government
by harnessing the power of the Internet for the first time.
Similarly, the Obama administration has been focused on a range
of domestic and foreign policy initiatives, including those
related to the transformation of the healthcare system. Since
1985, we have grown our business during each presidential
administration regardless of the prevailing budgetary
environment.
The attacks of September 11, 2001 and the recent financial
crisis and economic downturn are examples of sudden and
unexpected changes. These developments created urgent needs for
changes to policy and the regulatory environment. In response to
the September 11 attacks, the U.S. government created the
Department of Homeland Security, fully integrating 22 previously
distinct agencies to improve oversight and protection of the
U.S. homeland. In response to the recent financial crisis,
the U.S. government has pursued several
86
programs to stabilize the U.S. and global economies,
including the institution of the Troubled Assets Recovery
Program, the Financial Recovery Act of 2009, and ARRA.
Our Value
Proposition to Our Clients
As a leading provider of management and technology consulting
services to the U.S. government, we believe that we are
well positioned to grow across markets characterized by
increasing and rapid change. We believe that our dedication to
client service, the quality of our people, our management
consulting heritage and our client-oriented matrix approach
provide the strong foundation necessary for our continued growth.
Our
People
Our success as a management and technology consulting firm is
highly dependent upon the quality, integrity and dedication of
our people.
Superior Talent Base. We have a highly
educated talent base of approximately 23,800 people: as of
June 30, 2010, 82% held bachelor degrees, 43% held masters
degrees and 4% held doctoral degrees (not including employees
from ASE, Inc., one of our wholly owned subsidiaries). In
addition, many of the U.S. government contracts for which
we compete require contractors to have high-level security
clearances, and our large pool of cleared employees allows us to
meet these needs. As of June 30, 2010, 73% of our people
held government security clearances: 25% at Secret and 48% at
Top Secret (54% of the latter were Top Secret/Sensitive
Compartmented Information). High-level security clearances
generally afford a person access to data that affects national
security, counterterrorism or counterintelligence, or other
highly sensitive data. Persons with the highest security
clearance, Top Secret, have access to information that would
cause exceptionally grave damage to national
security if disclosed to the public. Persons with access to the
most sensitive and carefully controlled intelligence information
hold a Top-Secret/Sensitive Compartmented Information clearance.
Persons with the second-highest clearance classification,
Secret, have access to information that would cause
serious damage to national security if disclosed to
the public. Through internal referrals and external recruiting
efforts, we are able to successfully renew and grow our talent
base, and we believe that our ability to attract top level
talent is significantly enhanced by our commitment to
professional development, our position as a leader in our
markets, the high quality of our work and the appeal of our
culture. Each year, we typically receive more than 200,000
applications, conduct more than 15,000 interviews and hire
approximately 5,000 new people, approximately half of which are
hired as a result of referrals from our own people.
Focus on Talent Development. We develop our
talent base by providing our people with the opportunity to work
on important and complex problems, encouraging and acknowledging
contributions of our people at all levels of seniority, and
facilitating broad, inclusive and insightful leadership. We also
encourage our people to continue developing their substantive
skills through continuing education. In fiscal 2010, 75% of our
people participated in one or more internal training courses,
and 42% of our people took advantage of external training
opportunities. Our learning programs, which have consistently
been recognized as
best-in-class
in the industry, include partnerships with universities, vendors
and online content providers. These programs offer convenient,
cost-effective, quality educational opportunities that are
aligned with our core capabilities.
Assessment System that Promotes
Collaboration. We use our
360-degree
assessment process, an employee assessment tool based on
multiple sources, to help promote and enforce the consistency of
our collaborative culture, core values and ethics. Each of our
approximately 23,800 people receives an annual assessment
and also participates in the assessment of other company
personnel. Assessments combine this internal feedback from
supervisors, peers and subordinates with market input, and each
assessment is led by a Booz Allen person outside of the
employees area. Our assessment process is focused on
facilitating the continued development of skills and career
paths and ensuring the exchange of support and knowledge among
our people.
Core Values. We believe that one of the key
components of our success is our focus on core values. Our core
values are: client service, diversity, excellence,
entrepreneurship, teamwork, professionalism, fairness,
integrity, respect and trust. All new hires receive extensive
training that emphasizes our core values, facilitates
87
their integration into our collaborative, client-oriented
culture and helps to ensure the delivery of consistent and
exceptional client service.
The emphasis that we place on our people yields recognized
results. External awards and recognition include being named for
several consecutive years as one of Fortune Magazines
100 Best Companies to Work For, one of
Consulting Magazines Best Firms to Work For
and one of Business Weeks Best Places to Launch a
Career.
Our
Management Consulting Heritage
Our Approach to Client Service. Over the
70 years that we have been serving the
U.S. government, we have cultivated relationships of trust
with, and developed a comprehensive understanding of, our
clients. This insight regarding our clients, together with our
deep domain knowledge and capabilities, enable us to anticipate,
identify and address the specific needs of our clients. While
working on contract engagements, our people work to develop a
holistic understanding of the issues and challenges facing the
client to ensure that our advice helps them achieve enduring
results.
Partnership-Style Culture and Compensation
System. A commitment to teamwork is deeply
ingrained in our company, and our partnership-style culture is
critical to maintaining this component of our operating model.
We manage our company as a single profit center with a
partner-style compensation system that focuses on the success of
the institution over the success of the individual. This
distinctive system fosters internal collaboration that allows us
to compete externally by motivating our partners to act in the
best interest of the institution. As a result, we are able to
emphasize overall client service, and encourage the rapid and
efficient allocation of our people across markets, clients and
opportunities.
Our
Client-Oriented Matrix Approach
We are able to address the complex and evolving needs of our
clients and grow our business through the application of our
matrix of deep domain knowledge and market-leading capabilities.
Through this approach, we deploy our four key capabilities,
strategy and organization, analytics, technology, and
operations, across our client base. This approach enables us to
quickly assemble and deploy, and redeploy when necessary,
client-focused teams comprised of people with the skills and
expertise needed to address the challenges facing our clients.
We believe that our significant win rates on new and re-competed
contracts demonstrate the strength of our matrix approach as
well as our industry-leading reputation and our proven track
record.
Our
Strategy for Continued Growth
We serve our clients by identifying, analyzing and solving their
most complex problems and anticipating developments that will
have near- and long-term impacts on their operations. To serve
our clients and grow our business, we intend to execute the
following strategies:
Expand
Our Business Base
We are focused on growing our presence in our addressable
markets primarily by expanding our relationships with, and the
capabilities we deliver to, our existing clients. We will
continue to help our clients recognize more efficient and
effective mission execution by deploying our objective insight
and market expertise across current and future contract
engagements. We believe that significant growth opportunities
exist in our markets, and we intend to:
|
|
|
|
|
Deepen Our Existing Client Relationships. The
complex and evolving nature of the challenges our clients face
requires the application of different core competencies and
capabilities. Our approach to client service and collaborative
culture enables us to effectively cross-sell and deploy multiple
services to existing clients. We plan to leverage our
comprehensive understanding of our clients needs and our
track record of successful performance to grow our client
relationships and expand the scope of the services we provide to
our existing clients.
|
|
|
|
Help Clients Rapidly Respond to Change. We
will continue to help our clients formulate rapid and dynamic
responses to the frequent and sometimes sudden changes that they
face by leveraging: the scope and scale of our domain expertise,
our broad capabilities and our one-firm culture, which allow us
to effectively and efficiently allocate our resources and deploy
our intellectual capital.
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
Broaden Our Client Base. We intend to
capitalize on our scale, the scope of our domain expertise and
core capabilities, and our reputation as a trusted long-term
partner to grow our client base. We believe that growing demand
for the types of services we provide and our ongoing business
initiatives will enable us to leverage our reputation as a
trusted partner and industry leader to cultivate new client
relationships across all agencies and departments of the
U.S. government. We will also continue to build on our
current cyber-security related work in the commercial market as
permitted under the terms of our non-competition agreement with
Spin Co. We will explore new opportunities as those
opportunities become available in the commercial market upon
termination of those contractual restrictions on July 31,
2011, particularly to the extent that we are able to leverage
our core competencies, such as our domain expertise in energy,
transportation, health and finance, and our functional
capabilities, such as cyber and analytics.
|
Capitalize
on Our Strengths in Emerging Areas
We will continue to leverage our deep domain expertise and broad
capabilities to help our clients address emerging issues.
Through the early identification of clients emerging needs
and the development of adaptive capabilities to help address
those needs, we have established strong competencies and
functional capabilities in numerous areas of potential growth,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
Cyber. Network-enabled technology now forms
the backbone of our economy, infrastructure and national
security, and recent national policies and initiatives in this
area, including CNCI, are creating new cyber-related
opportunities. We have been focused on cyber and predecessor
areas, such as information assurance, since 1999. We are
currently involved in cyber-related initiatives for our defense,
intelligence and civil clients and cyber-security initiatives
for commercial clients. We are focused on further developing our
cyber capabilities to position our company as a leader across
the broad and growing range of areas requiring cyber-related
services.
|
|
|
|
Government Efficiency and Procurement. We are
focused on helping the U.S. government achieve operating
and budgetary efficiencies driven by the need to control
spending while simultaneously pursuing numerous policy
initiatives. In addition, recent U.S. government reforms in
the procurement area may allow us to leverage our status as a
large, objective service provider to win additional assignments
to the extent that we are able to address organizational
conflicts of interest and similar concerns more easily than our
competitors.
|
|
|
|
Ongoing Healthcare Transformation. We expect
recent and ongoing developments in the healthcare market, such
as the passage of the Affordable Care Act of 2010 and the Health
Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of
2009, to increase demand for our healthcare consulting
capabilities. We have been serving healthcare-oriented clients
in the U.S. government since the late 1980s. In 2002,
we began a focused expansion of our healthcare consulting
business, and the current scale of that business, together with
our technology-related capabilities, provide us with a strong
platform from which to address our clients increased focus
on the interoperability of healthcare IT platforms, healthcare
policy, and payment and caregiver reforms.
|
|
|
|
Systems Engineering &
Integration. Our clients are increasingly
utilizing SE&I services to help them manage every phase of
the development and integration of increasingly sophisticated
information technology, communications and mission
systems ranging from satellite and space systems to
air traffic control and naval systems. Many SE&I
engagements require the application of requisite competencies
across the entire range of agencies or departments involved in a
particular program. Through the application of our matrix, we
have developed deep cross-market knowledge and a combination of
engineering, acquisition, management and leadership expertise.
We plan to leverage this knowledge and expertise to bid on
large-scale SE&I contracts.
|
Continue
to Innovate
We will continue to invest significant resources in our efforts
to identify near-term developments and long-term trends that may
present significant challenges or opportunities for our clients.
Our single profit
89
center and one-firm culture afford us the flexibility to devote
company-wide resources and key intellectual capital to
developing the functional capabilities and expertise needed to
address those issues. We have regularly allocated significant
resources to these business development efforts and have
successfully transitioned several such initiatives into
meaningful contributors to our business, including:
|
|
|
|
|
our assurance and resilience services area, which generated
approximately $450 million of revenue in fiscal 2010 and
which began in 1999 with our efforts to anticipate the
challenges posed to federal agencies by IT
proliferation; and
|
|
|
|
our healthcare consulting services area, which generated
approximately $280 million of revenue in fiscal 2010 and
began in the late 1980s with IT work for the Department of
Health and Human Services, and expanded rapidly in 2002 as the
result of an internal analysis of potential long-term trends
which could affect federal health agencies.
|
We continue to invest in many initiatives at various stages of
development. Three such initiatives are:
Cloud Computing. Cloud computing is
Internet-based computing whereby shared resources, software and
information are provided to computers and other devices
on-demand without requiring new user infrastructure. The
U.S. government has adopted cloud computing as its
preferred information technology environment. Several pilot
programs related to the U.S. governments transition
to cloud computing are already in progress across its agencies,
and cyber-initiatives designed to help ensure the integrity and
security of cloud computing environments will be essential to
the success of this transition.
Advanced Analytics. Through our advanced
analytics capability, we utilize advanced mathematical and other
analytical tools to examine the way in which specific issues
relate to data on past, present and projected future actions.
Advanced Analytics are critical to our clients efforts to
translate the enormous volumes of data flowing from our
nations investments in information, communications and
technology into insight, foresight and decision-making capacity.
Financial Sector. Specialized services are
needed to help modernize payment processes, implement new
technology to assist financial regulators, and reform and
redefine the role and organization of agencies such as the
Department of the Treasury, the SEC, the Federal Reserve and the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission. In addition, financial
services companies in the commercial market have extensive
electronic networks and electronic payment processing that
require the application of sophisticated cyber-security to deter
and defend against cyber-criminals and other actors intent on
compromising those systems.
Our
Clients and Capabilities
The diagram below illustrates the way we deploy our four
capability areas, including specified areas of expertise, to
serve our defense, intelligence and civil clients. Our dynamic
matrix of functional capabilities and domain expertise plays a
critical role in our efforts to deliver results to our clients.
90
Deployment
of Capabilities to Serve Clients
Our
Clients
We have strong and longstanding relationships with a diverse
group of clients at all levels of the U.S. government.
Selected
Long-Term Client Relationships
|
|
|
|
|
Relationship
|
|
|
Length
|
Client(1)
|
|
(Years)
|
|
U.S. Navy
|
|
70
|
U.S. Army
|
|
60
|
National Security Agency
|
|
25+
|
Department of Homeland Security
|
|
20+
|
U.S. Air Force
|
|
20+
|
National Reconnaissance Office
|
|
15+
|
A U.S. intelligence agency
|
|
15+
|
Department of Energy
|
|
15+
|
Federal Bureau of Investigation
|
|
15+
|
Internal Revenue Service
|
|
10+
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes predecessor organizations. |
91
Defense
Clients
Our reputation and track record in serving the
U.S. military and defense agencies spans 70 years. Our
defense business revenue represented 55% of our business based
on revenue for fiscal 2010. Our revenue in this area for fiscal
2010 was approximately $2.8 billion. Our key defense
clients are set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Army. For 60 years, we have
addressed challenges for the U.S. Army at the strategic,
operational and tactical levels by bringing experienced people,
high quality processes and advanced technologies together. We
work with our U.S. Army clients to help sustain their land
combat capabilities while responding to current demands and
preparing for future needs. Recent examples of the services that
we have provided include enhancing field intelligence systems,
delivering rapid response solutions to counter improvised
explosive devices, infusing lifecycle sustainment capabilities
to improve distribution and delivery of material, and employing
systems and consulting methods to help expand care and support
for soldiers and their families. Our clients include Army
Headquarters, Army Material Command (AMC), Forces Command
(FORSCOM), Training and Doctrine Command (TRADOC), and many
Program Executive Offices, Direct Reporting Units and Army
Service Component Commands.
|
|
|
|
U.S. Navy/Marine Corps. We have supported
the U.S. Navy for 70 years. We employ a
multidimensional approach that analyzes and balances people,
processes, technology, and infrastructure to meet their missions
of equipping global forces for greater flexibility, mobility and
efficiency, sustaining results while reducing costs and
integrating new technology. Our clients include the Office of
the Secretary of the Navy, Chief of Naval Operations, the
Commandant of the Marine Corps to the Office of Naval
Intelligence and U.S. Navy/Marine Corps operating commands
and systems commands, as well as the Joint Program Executive
Offices (PEO) and individual PEOs such as Naval Air Systems
Command (NAVAIR), Naval Seas Systems Command (NAVSEA),
U.S. Marine Corps Systems Command, and Space and Naval
Warfare (SPAWAR).
|
|
|
|
U.S. Air Force/NASA/Aerospace. We provide
integrated strategy and technical services to the U.S. Air
Force. Our skilled strategists and technology experts bring
diverse capabilities to assignments that include weapons
analysis, capability-based planning and aircraft systems
engineering. We also support the space industry in applying new
technologies, integrating space operations, and using strategies
to address the technical issues, cost, schedule and risk of
space systems. Our clients include Air Combat Command, Air Force
Space Command, Air Force Materiel Command, Air Mobility Command,
Air Force Cyber Command, Air Force Pacific Command, NASA, the
Defense Information Systems Agency (DISA), the National
Reconnaissance Office (NRO) and the National
Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA).
|
|
|
|
Joint Staff and Combatant Commands. We provide
mission-critical support to the Office of the Secretary of
Defense, the Joint Staff, the Combatant Commands (COCOMs), and
other U.S. government departments and agencies during the
planning and mission execution phases to meet global mission
requirements ranging from integrated intelligence, surveillance
and reconnaissance (ISR) to space and global strike operations.
Our clients include most major organizations within the Office
of the Secretary of Defense and the Department of Defenses
agencies, as well as the Pacific Command, Northern Command,
Central Command, Southern Command, European Command, Strategic
Command, Special Operations Command, and Transportation Command.
|
Intelligence
Clients
We have provided the primary group of government agencies and
organizations that carry out intelligence activities for the
U.S. government, or the U.S. Intelligence Community,
with
forward-thinking,
success-oriented consulting and mission support services in
analysis, systems engineering, program management, operations,
organization and change management, budget and resource
management, studies and wargaming. This critical business area
has strong barriers to entry for competitors because of the
specialized expertise and high-level security clearances
required. Our intelligence business represented 21% of our
business based on
92
revenue for fiscal 2010. Revenue in this area for fiscal 2010
was approximately $1.0 billion. Our major intelligence
clients include:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Intelligence Agencies. We provide
critical support in strategic planning, policy development,
program development and execution, information sharing,
architecture, and program management for research and
development projects as well as support to reform initiatives
flowing from the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Protection
Act. We help clients improve the processes and substance of
intelligence information provided to the executive and
legislative branches of the U.S. government for policy
development and operational decision making.
|
|
|
|
Joint Staff and Unified Combatant Commands. We
deliver comprehensive intelligence analysis, including providing
all-source intelligence analysis and open-source intelligence
analysis conducted in high intensity environments. We also
provide data collection management and analytical systems
intelligence training services, and provide intellectual capital
and best practices for intelligence activities.
|
|
|
|
Military Intelligence. We provide consulting
services, integrated intelligence and information operations
mission support, and a range of counterintelligence services to
the U.S. Army, U.S. Air Force, U.S. Navy, Marine
Corps, and Defense Intelligence Agency.
|
Civil
Clients
Support to civil government agencies of the U.S. government
and
U.S.-funded
international development work has grown significantly as a
percentage of our overall business. The Federal Procurement Data
System ranks us 16th on its overall list of top 100 federal
contractors for federal fiscal year 2009 based on overall prime
contracting dollars. For that same period and using data
provided by Bloomberg Finance L.P., we estimate that we ranked
24th based on overall prime contracting dollars for civil
clients. Our civil business represented 24% of our business
based on revenue for fiscal 2010. Revenue in this area for
fiscal 2010 was approximately $1.2 billion. Our civil
government clients include:
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Services. We provide support to all
major U.S. government finance and treasury organizations
charged with the collection, management and protection of the
U.S. financial system, including the Department of the
Treasury, Internal Revenue Service and other agencies of the
Department of the Treasury, Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Federal Reserve
Board and Banks, the SEC, and Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation. We create innovative approaches to some of their
most challenging problems, including bank receivership, payment
channel modernization, cyber initiatives and fraud detection.
|
|
|
|
Health. We support government clients on
innovative projects that help achieve public health missions,
including entitlement reform, developing a national health
information network, mitigating risk to populations, improving
government infrastructure, and facilitating an international
public-private sector dialogue on international health issues.
Our clients include the Department of Health and Human Services
and its agencies, including the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration, National Institutes of Health, Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the Centers for Medicare
and Medicaid Services, the Department of Defense Military Health
System and Department of Veterans Affairs.
|
|
|
|
Energy, Transportation and Environment. We
support clients in the transportation, energy and environment
sectors which have control over our national infrastructure. We
support our clients efforts to maintain and build
infrastructure that is efficient, effective and sustainable. Our
services include strategy, operations, technology and
engineering. Our clients include the Departments of Energy,
Transportation, and Interior and their component agencies, and
the Environmental Protection Agency. We also support the
Department of Defense in major environmental and infrastructure
programs in the United States and Europe.
|
|
|
|
Justice and Homeland Security. We support the
U.S. governments homeland security mission and
operations in the areas of intelligence (analysis, information
sharing, and risk assessment), operations (coordination,
contingency planning, and decision support), strategy,
technology and management
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
(program management and information technology tools), emergency
management and response planning, and border, cargo and
transportation security. We support law enforcement missions and
operations in counterterrorism, intelligence and
counterintelligence, and traditional criminal areas (narcotics,
white collar crime, organized crime, and violent crime).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business of Government. We help agencies
effectively and efficiently manage the business processes that
support government in its provision of services to its citizens,
spanning management, personnel, budget operations, information
technology and telecommunications. Our clients include the
General Services Administration, Office of Management and
Budget, Office of Personnel Management, the Congress, and
Courts. We also support public sector grant-making agencies,
from health and education, to labor and homeland and economic
security, serving clients such as the Departments of
Agriculture, Homeland Security, Commerce, Education, Labor, and
Housing and Urban Development, as well as the National Science
Foundation. In addition, we serve our U.S. government
clients abroad in helping them resolve systemic global
development needs. Our clients include the U.S. Agency for
International Development, the Department of State, Millennium
Challenge Corporation, and the World Bank.
|
Our
Capabilities
Strategy
and Organization
Our strategy and organization capability focuses on helping
clients define and achieve their strategic objectives. As of
June 30, 2010, we had approximately 2,300 consulting staff
providing client service through our strategy and organization
capability. We provide transformational programs to improve
organizational effectiveness, manage change, and enable client
organizations to improve their performance. Our Transformation
Life
Cycletm
framework and Change Management Advanced Practitioner program
provide a proven methodology and credentialed experts to help
clients succeed. Our areas of expertise include:
|
|
|
|
|
Strategy and change management, helping clients formulate
business strategies to meet their mission, and transforming key
elements within organizations such as people, processes,
technology and physical infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
Organization and process improvement, redesigning an
organizations structure to fit its mission and strategy,
aligning its business purpose, and improving operations and
performance through business process reengineering, knowledge
management, strategic sourcing, shared services and lean six
sigma methodologies; and
|
|
|
|
Human capital, learning and communications, helping
clients build new capabilities and increasing workforce
performance through competency identification and development of
learning programs, designing programs to better manage the
workforce for high performance, and building stakeholder
understanding and buy-in.
|
Analytics
Our analytics capability includes advanced analysis, modeling,
simulation of conflicts (also known as war-gaming) and other
simulations, and accountability tools to help our clients make
informed decisions about threats and opportunities, and the
practical realities of turning decisions into action, such as
resource availability. As of June 30, 2010, we had
approximately 5,500 consulting staff providing client service
through our analytics capability. Our areas of expertise include:
|
|
|
|
|
Business analytics, enabling our clients to optimize
decisions regarding resources through financial and economic
analysis, financial stewardship and accountability and
disciplined contract strategy and program controls;
|
|
|
|
Intelligence and operations analytics, providing a full
spectrum of intelligence analysis, innovative all-source
analysis, analytic training and counter-intelligence services to
meet persistent challenges and guard against new threats;
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
Mission and performance analytics, enhancing our
clients ability to weigh alternative futures and make
sound decisions that are supported by rigorous methods,
including capabilities based assessments, modeling and
simulation, policy analysis, threat, vulnerability and risk
analysis and war-games; and
|
|
|
|
Advanced analytics, developing capabilities to exploit
very large amounts of information through the use of advanced
mathematical techniques to gain insights, create foresight and
make predictions to support fact-based decision making for our
clients.
|
Technology
Our technology capability focuses on helping clients solve their
mission-critical objectives through the deployment of advanced
technology. As of June 30, 2010, we have more than
7,700 highly skilled technology experts and engineers,
which comprise our technology capability consulting staff, who
maintain deep knowledge of the latest leading technologies. Our
experts combine their specialized skills with our
problem-solving approach to ensure that we understand a
clients mission and objectives and, based on that
understanding, design, develop and implement the optimum
technology solution. Our areas of expertise include:
|
|
|
|
|
Cyber technologies, enabling clients to execute their
missions in cyberspace with trusted and secure networks,
systems, and information and delivering solutions for full life
cycle support, information exchange, collaboration,
transportation, and information storage;
|
|
|
|
SE&I, developing, acquiring, testing and integrating
complex systems, integrated acquisition management, program and
technical integration, and program and organizational leadership
design;
|
|
|
|
Systems development, designing and deploying information
technology solutions, including software development to automate
business processes, improve client service, solve mission
requirements, and share information effectively and
securely; and
|
|
|
|
Strategic technology and innovation, identifying and
incubating advanced technologies, innovation processes, and
innovation management critical to the achievement of our
clients goals.
|
Operations
Our operations capability is focused on the full spectrum of
mission execution and delivery from
front-end
acquisition and program management to infrastructure design and
end-to-end
supply chain management. Our operations capability helps our
clients formulate and implement a strategy to achieve tangible
results. As of June 30, 2010, we had approximately 5,200
consulting staff providing client service through our operations
capability. Our areas of expertise include:
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition and program management, enabling clients to
originate, plan, and execute programs of all types and
complexity across the entire program or product lifecycle,
including program and project management, acquisition and life
cycle services and program integration;
|
|
|
|
Infrastructure, developing sustainable strategies and
executing plans to solve complex challenges across the many
natural and man-made infrastructure environments to facilitate a
safe, efficient, effective and sustainable project;
|
|
|
|
Mission and industry expertise, supporting clients across
planning and policy development, capability development and
management, conceptual and operational requirements, and mission
readiness and operational support; and
|
|
|
|
Supply chain and logistics, formulating and executing
supply chain strategies and mission-specific logistics solutions
to optimize material, data and human capital flows designed to
achieve our clients targets for cost, readiness and
operational performance.
|
95
Client
Case Examples
Our projects require a comprehensive understanding of our
clients and their needs, and we have developed a
multi-dimensional and adaptable skill set that allows us to
provide services under each of our capability areas across our
client base. The case examples below illustrate how we have
deployed our skill-sets in the strategy and organization,
analytics, technology and operations capability areas to provide
services to our clients.
|
|
|
|
|
We developed a methodology that dramatically improves the
design, cost and management of major weapons programs that we
refer to as Design for Affordability, and worked
closely with the U.S. Navy to achieve significant cost
reductions. Launched in 2004, the first Virginia-class submarine
cost more than $3.2 billion to build, which exceeded
estimates provided to U.S. Navy officials for this class of
over 30 boats. The Chief of Naval Operations subsequently
set a target cost of $2 billion per submarine as a
condition for increasing production from one to two boats per
year starting in 2012. Electric Boat, the prime contractor,
engaged us as a subcontractor to develop a comprehensive
strategy for permanently reducing costs to $2 billion per
boat. Our Design for Affordability methodology achieved positive
results, which led to the U.S. Navy directly hiring us to
extend our methodology across other parts of the submarine value
chain in the areas of operations and sustainability. The Design
for Affordability methodology utilizes our operations, strategy
and organization and analytics capabilities, and we can apply
this methodology to help the U.S. government achieve
cost-savings in other large acquisition programs such as those
for aircraft and combat vehicles.
|
|
|
|
We are working with a major client in the U.S. Intelligence
Community on cloud computing. We are employing cloud
technologies to store, manage, and perform advanced analytics on
massive volumes of data to identify patterns that reveal larger
trends, yield new insights, and ultimately capture cyber
actors behavior. In support of our client, we utilize our
technology and analytics capabilities to analyze huge stores of
historical data in the cloud and build statistical models to
understand the behavior, intent, and potential future targets of
adversaries attempting to conduct attacks or crimes in
cyberspace. Improved cyber analysis using cloud technologies is
highly useful for government agencies striving to better share
information and integrate intelligence.
|
|
|
|
We worked with the CDC to improve its process for ordering,
distributing and managing the U.S.s supply of
publicly-funded childhood vaccines through the Vaccines for
Children program, a $3 billion-dollar-a-year initiative
that reaches half of all American children. The CDC mission was
to respond more effectively to public health crises such as
disease outbreaks, vaccine shortages, natural disasters and
disruptions of the vaccine supply. We utilized our strategy and
organization, operations and technology capabilities and
leveraged our expertise in supply chain management, information
management and change management to redesign the CDCs
procurement and storage process to allow them to ship inventory
in hours instead of weeks. We helped the CDC integrate 64
grantees with formerly separate supply and distribution systems
into a single, centrally managed supply chain that has shipped
millions of doses of vaccines and realized $496 million in
overall one-time savings with the potential for recurring annual
savings.
|
Contracts
Our portfolio of contracts is highly diversified with no single
contract accounting for more than 9% of our revenue in any of
fiscal 2008, pro forma 2009 or fiscal 2010, and no single task
order under any contract accounting for more than 1% of our
revenue in any of fiscal 2008, pro forma 2009 and fiscal 2010.
In fiscal 2010, we derived 29% of our revenue from our top 10
contracts and contract vehicles, and over 50% of our revenue was
derived from individually awarded task orders under a large
number of ID/IQ contract vehicles.
There are two predominant contracting methods by which the
U.S. government procures services: definite contracts and
indefinite contract vehicles. Each of these is described below:
|
|
|
|
|
Definite contracts call for the performance of specified
services or the delivery of specified products. The
U.S. government procures services and solutions through
single award, definite contracts that
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
specify the scope of services that will be delivered and
identify the contractor that will provide the specified
services. When an agency recognizes a need for services or
products, it develops an acquisition plan, which details the
means by which it will procure those services or products.
During the acquisition process, the agency may release a request
for information to determine if qualified bidders exist, a draft
request for a proposal to allow industry to comment on the scope
of work and acquisition strategy, and finally a formal request
for a proposal. Following the evaluation of submitted proposals,
the agency will award the contract to the winning bidder.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indefinite contract vehicles provide for the issuance by the
client of orders for services or products under the terms of the
contract. Indefinite contracts are formally known as indefinite
delivery, indefinite quantity or ID/IQ contracts, and are often
referred to as contract vehicles or ordering contracts. ID/IQ
contracts may be awarded to one contractor (single award) or
several contractors (multiple award). Under a multiple award
ID/IQ contract, there is no guarantee of work as contract
holders must compete for individual work orders. ID/IQ contracts
will often include pre-established labor categories and rates,
and the ordering process is streamlined (usually taking less
than a month from recognition of a need to an established order
with a contractor). ID/IQ contracts often have
multi-year
terms and unfunded ceiling amounts, thereby enabling but not
committing the U.S. government to purchase substantial
amounts of products and services from one or more contractors in
a streamlined procurement process.
|
|
|
|
|
¡
|
GWACs and GSA schedules are ID/IQ contracts that are open to all
U.S. government agencies. Contract holders compete for
individual task orders under both types of ID/IQ contract
vehicles. Prices (labor rates) are pre-established under GSA
schedules, while prices under GWACs may be pre-established or
determined by task order proposal. Agencies may solicit
companies directly under GSA schedules and, under GWACs, must
work through the agency that operates the GWAC or receive a
delegation of authority to use the GWAC. GSA schedules are
administered by the General Services Administration and support
a wide range of products and services. GWACs are used to procure
IT products and services and are administered by the agency
soliciting the services or products, with permission from the
Office of Management and Budget.
|
As of September 30, 2009, the end of the
U.S. governments fiscal year, there were a total of
39 GSA schedules with over 17,000 schedule holders that
generated more than $37.4 billion in annual sales in U.S.
government fiscal year 2009. We were the number three provider
under the GSA federal supply schedule program based on revenue
with a total of $899.0 million in revenue during U.S.
government fiscal 2009. Based on revenue from our top three GSA
schedules, we were the number five contractor on the Information
Technology (IT) Schedule 70, the number two contractor on
the Mission Oriented Business Integrated Services (MOBIS)
Schedule, and the number two contractor on the Professional
Engineering Services (PES) Schedule in U.S. government
fiscal year 2009.
97
Listed below are our top three GSA schedules and GWACs based on
revenue for each of fiscal 2008, pro forma 2009 and fiscal 2010,
the number of active task orders as of March 31, 2010 under
each of our top three GSA schedules and GWACs and an aggregation
of all other GSA schedules and GWACs. These contract vehicles
are available to all U.S. government agencies and the
revenue stated is the result of individually competed task
orders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
Pro
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
Task Orders
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
Total
|
|
Forma
|
|
Total
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
Total
|
|
as of
|
|
Expiration
|
Contract
|
|
2008
|
|
Revenue
|
|
2009
|
|
Revenue
|
|
2010
|
|
Revenue
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
Date
|
|
|
(Revenue in millions)
|
|
Mission Oriented Business Integrated Services
(MOBIS) #874
|
|
$
|
187.8
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
$
|
245.6
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
$
|
351.7
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
9/30/12
|
|
Information Technology (IT) #70
|
|
$
|
330.2
|
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
$
|
334.5
|
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
$
|
257.7
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
7/30/10
|
|
Professional Engineering Services (PES) #871
|
|
$
|
242.8
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
$
|
243.8
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
$
|
216.5
|
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
|
10/28/14
|
|
All Others
|
|
$
|
279.4
|
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
$
|
339.1
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
$
|
368.2
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,040.2
|
|
|
|
29
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,163.0
|
|
|
|
27
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,194.1
|
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Listed below are our top single award contract, our top five
single award contracts and our top ten single award contracts
for fiscal 2010, each based on revenue and the number of active
task orders as of March 31, 2010 under these contracts.
Eight of our top ten single award contracts and all of our top
five single award contracts are ID/IQ contracts. The number of
task orders for our top ten contracts does not include task
orders under classified contracts due to the fact that
information associated with those contracts is classified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
Task Orders
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
Total
|
|
as of
|
|
Expiration
|
Contract
|
|
2010
|
|
Revenue
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
Date
|
|
|
(Revenue in millions)
|
|
Top Contract
|
|
$
|
376.0
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
1/8/2013
|
|
Top Five Contracts
|
|
$
|
817.1
|
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
|
|
|
Top Ten Contracts
|
|
$
|
957.8
|
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
|
|
961
|
|
|
|
|
|
Backlog
We define backlog to include the following three components:
|
|
|
|
|
Funded Backlog. Funded backlog represents the
revenue value of orders for services under existing contracts
for which funding is appropriated or otherwise authorized less
revenue previously recognized on these contracts.
|
|
|
|
Unfunded Backlog. Unfunded backlog represents
the revenue value of orders for services under existing
contracts for which funding has not been appropriated or
otherwise authorized.
|
|
|
|
Priced Options. Priced contract options
represent 100% of the revenue value of all future contract
option periods that may be exercised at our clients option
and for which funding has not been appropriated or otherwise
authorized.
|
Backlog does not include any task orders under ID/IQ contracts,
including GWACs and GSA schedules, except to the extent that
task orders have been awarded to us under those contracts.
98
The following table summarizes the value of our contract backlog
at the respective dates presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
As of March 31,
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Backlog:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded
|
|
$
|
2,392
|
|
|
$
|
2,528
|
|
|
$
|
2,214
|
|
|
$
|
2,618
|
|
Unfunded(1)
|
|
|
1,968
|
|
|
|
2,453
|
|
|
|
2,057
|
|
|
|
2,576
|
|
Priced options(2)
|
|
|
2,919
|
|
|
|
4,032
|
|
|
|
3,233
|
|
|
|
4,295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total backlog
|
|
$
|
7,279
|
|
|
$
|
9,013
|
|
|
$
|
7,504
|
|
|
$
|
9,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects a reduction by management to the revenue value of
orders for services under two existing single award ID/IQ
contracts based on an established pattern of funding under these
contracts by the U.S. government. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts shown reflect 100% of the undiscounted revenue value of
all priced options. |
We may never realize all of the revenue that is included in our
total backlog, and there is a higher degree of risk in this
regard with respect to unfunded backlog and priced options.
Our backlog includes orders under contracts that in some cases
extend for several years. The U.S. Congress generally
appropriates funds for our clients on a yearly basis, even
though their contracts with us may call for performance that is
expected to take a number of years. As a result, contracts
typically are only partially funded at any point during their
term and all or some of the work to be performed under the
contracts may remain unfunded unless and until the
U.S. Congress makes subsequent appropriations and the
procuring agency allocates funding to the contract.
Total backlog grew 24% from March 31, 2009 to
March 31, 2010 and 26% from June 30, 2009 to
June 30, 2010. We cannot predict with any certainty the
portion of our backlog that we expect to recognize as revenue in
any future period. While we report internally on our backlog on
a monthly basis and review backlog upon the occurrence of
certain events to determine if any adjustments are necessary, we
cannot guarantee that we will recognize any revenue from our
backlog. The primary risks that could affect our ability to
recognize such revenue are program schedule changes and contract
modifications. In our recent experience, none of these or other
factors have had a material negative effect on our ability to
realize revenue from our funded backlog. Additional risks
include the unilateral right of the U.S. government to
cancel multi-year contracts and related orders or to terminate
existing contracts for convenience or default; cost cutting
initiatives and other efforts to reduce U.S. government
spending, such as the initiatives recently announced by the
Secretary of Defense, which could reduce or delay funding for
orders or services; in the case of unfunded backlog, the
potential that funding will not be available; and, in the case
of priced options, the risk that our clients will not exercise
these options. See Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Business We may not realize the full value of
our backlog, which may result in lower than expected
revenue.
Competition
Due to its size, the government consulting market is highly
fragmented. As certain commercial sectors of the consulting
market have declined over the past few years, competition within
the government professional services industry has intensified.
In addition to professional service companies like our own that
focus principally on the provision of services to the
U.S. government, other companies active in our markets
include large defense contractors, diversified service providers
and small businesses. Changing government polices are also
helping to reshape the competitive landscape. Some large prime
contractors are beginning to divest their professional services
business units due to the U.S. governments increased
sensitivity to organizational conflicts of interest and these
divested companies will be free to compete with us without their
former organizational conflicts of interest constraints. The
formal adoption of FAR organizational conflicts of interest
rules or additional more restrictive rules by
U.S. government agencies could cause further such
divestitures which could further increase competition in our
markets. At the other end of the spectrum are small
99
businesses. Small business are growing in the government
services industry due in large part to a push by both the Obama
and Bush administrations to bolster the economy by helping small
business owners.
In the course of doing business, we compete and collaborate with
companies of all types. We strive to maintain positive and
productive relationships with these organizations. Some of them
hire us as a subcontractor, and we hire some of these other
contractors to work with us as our subcontractors. Our major
competitors include: (i) contractors focused principally on
the provision of services to the U.S. government, such as
CACI International, Inc., L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc.,
ManTech International Corp., SRA International, Inc., and TASC
Inc.; (ii) large defense contractors which provide both
products and services to the U.S. government, such as
General Dynamics Corp., Lockheed Martin Corp., Northrop Grumman
Corp., and Raytheon Co.; and (iii) diversified service
providers, such as Accenture, Computer Sciences Corp., Deloitte
Consulting LLP and SAIC, Inc. We compete on the basis of our
technical expertise and client knowledge, our ability to
successfully recruit appropriately skilled and experienced
talent, our ability to deliver cost-effective multi-faceted
services in a timely manner, our reputation and relationship
with our clients, past performance, security clearances, and the
size and scale of our company.
Patents
and Proprietary Information
Our management and technology consulting services and related
products are not generally dependent upon patent protection. We
claim a proprietary interest in certain of our service offerings
and related products, methodologies and know-how. We have
several patents but we do not consider our business to be
materially dependent on the protection of such patents.
Additionally, we have a number of trade secrets that contribute
to our success and competitive position, and we endeavor to
protect this proprietary information. While protecting trade
secrets and proprietary information is important, we are not
materially dependent on any specific trade secret or group of
trade secrets. Other than licenses to commercially available
third-party software, we have no licenses to intellectual
property that are significant to our business.
We rely upon a combination of nondisclosure agreements and other
contractual arrangements, as well as copyright, trademark,
patent and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary
information. We also enter into proprietary information and
intellectual property agreements with employees, which require
them to disclose any inventions created during employment, to
convey such rights to inventions to us, and to restrict any
disclosure of proprietary information.
Our most important trademark is the Booz Allen
Hamilton mark, registered in the United States and certain
foreign countries. Generally, registered trademarks have
perpetual life, provided that they are renewed on a timely basis
and continue to be used properly as trademarks. We have three
registered trademarks related to our name and logo with the
earliest renewal in February 2011. Under a branding agreement
entered in connection with the acquisition, Spin Co. was
granted a perpetual, exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license
to use Booz as a name and mark other than with
Allen or Hamilton and certain other
words associated with our business in connection with certain
activities. We agreed not to use Booz unless it is
accompanied by Allen or Hamilton or both
and we are restricted in our use of certain other words
associated with Spin Co.s business. Under certain
circumstances, including if certain Spin Co. competitors
obtain ownership of Booz Allen Hamilton, the licensed marks will
be assigned to Spin Co.
For our work under U.S. government funded contracts and
subcontracts, the U.S. government obtains certain rights to
data, software and related information developed under such
contracts or subcontracts. These rights generally allow the
U.S. government to disclose such data, software and related
information to third parties, which third parties may include
our competitors in some instances. In the case of our work as a
subcontractor, our prime contractor may also have certain rights
to data, information and products we develop under the
subcontract.
Facilities
We do not own any facilities or real estate. Our corporate
headquarters are located at 8283 Greensboro Drive, McLean,
Virginia 22102. We lease other operating offices and facilities
throughout North America, and a limited number of overseas
locations. Our principal offices outside of McLean, Virginia
include: Annapolis Junction, MD; Rockville, MD; San Diego,
CA; and Herndon, VA. Additionally, nationwide we have
100
approximately 30 Department of Defense approved locations that
support classified U.S. government operations. We also have
a number of Sensitive Compartmented Information Facilities,
which are enclosed areas within buildings that are used to
perform classified work for the U.S. Intelligence
Community. Many of our employees are located in facilities
provided by the U.S. government. The total square footage
of our leased offices and facilities is approximately
2.9 million square feet. We believe our facilities meet our
current needs, and that additional facilities will be required
and available as we expand in the future.
Regulation
As a contractor to the U.S. government, as well as state
and local governments, we are heavily regulated in most fields
in which we operate. We deal with numerous U.S. government
agencies and entities, and when working with these and other
entities, we must comply with and are affected by unique laws
and regulations relating to the formation, administration and
performance of U.S. government contracts. Some significant
laws and regulations that affect us include:
|
|
|
|
|
FAR, and agency regulations supplemental thereto, which regulate
the formation, administration and performance of
U.S. government contracts;
|
|
|
|
the Truth in Negotiations Act, which requires certification and
disclosure of cost and pricing data in connection with the
negotiation of a contract, modification or task order;
|
|
|
|
the Procurement Integrity Act, which regulates access to
competitor bid and proposal information and certain internal
government procurement sensitive information, and our ability to
provide compensation to certain former government procurement
officials;
|
|
|
|
post government employment laws and regulations, which restrict
the ability of a contractor to recruit, hire, and deploy former
employees of the U.S. government;
|
|
|
|
|
|
laws, regulations and executive orders restricting the use and
dissemination of information classified for national security
purposes and the export of certain products, services and
technical data, including requirements regarding any applicable
licensing of our employees involved in such work; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the Cost Accounting Standards and FAR Cost Principles, which
impose accounting requirements that govern our right to
reimbursement under certain cost-based U.S. government
contracts and require consistency of accounting practices over
time.
|
Given the magnitude of our revenue derived from contracts with
the Department of Defense, the DCAA is our cognizant government
audit agency. The DCAA audits the adequacy of our internal
control systems and policies including, among other areas,
compensation. As a result of its audits, the DCAA may determine
that a portion of our employee compensation is unallowable. See
Risk Factors Risk Related to Our
Industry Our contracts, performance and
administrative processes and systems are subject to audits,
reviews, investigations and cost adjustments by the U.S.
government, which could reduce our revenue, disrupt our business
or otherwise materially adversely affect our results of
operations.
The U.S. government may revise its procurement practices or
adopt new contract rules and regulations at any time. In order
to help ensure compliance with these laws and regulations, all
of our employees are required to attend ethics training at least
annually, as well as other compliance training relevant to their
position. Internationally, we are subject to special
U.S. government laws and regulations (such as the Foreign
Corrupt Practices Act), local government regulations and
procurement policies and practices, including regulations
relating to import-export control, investments, exchange
controls and repatriation of earnings, as well as varying
currency, political and economic risks.
U.S. government contracts are, by their terms, subject to
termination by the U.S. government either for its
convenience or default by the contractor. In addition,
U.S. government contracts are conditioned upon the
continuing availability of Congressional appropriations.
Congress usually appropriates funds for a given program on a
September 30 fiscal year basis, even though contract performance
may take many years. As is common in the industry, our company
is subject to business risks, including changes in governmental
101
appropriations, national defense policies, service modernization
plans, and availability of funds. Any of these factors could
materially adversely affect our companys business with the
U.S. government in the future.
See Risk Factors Risks Related to Our
Business We are required to comply with numerous
laws and regulations, some of which are highly complex, and our
failure to comply could result in fines or civil or criminal
penalties or suspension or debarment by the U.S. government
that could result in our inability to receive
U.S. government contracts, which could materially and
adversely affect our results of operations.
Legal
Proceedings
Our performance under our U.S. government contracts and our
compliance with the terms of those contracts and applicable laws
and regulations are subject to continuous audit, review and
investigation by the U.S. government. Given the nature of our
business, these audits, reviews and investigations may focus,
among other areas, on labor time reporting, sensitive and/or
classified information access and control, executive
compensation and post government employment restrictions. We are
not always aware of our status in such matters, but we are
currently aware of certain pending audits and investigations
involving labor time charging. In addition, from time to time,
we are also involved in legal proceedings and investigations
arising in the ordinary course of business, including those
relating to employment matters, relationships with clients and
contractors, intellectual property disputes and other business
matters. These legal proceedings seek various remedies,
including monetary damages in varying amounts that currently
range up to $26.2 million or are unspecified as to amount.
Although the outcome of any such matter is inherently uncertain
and may be materially adverse, based on current information, our
management does not expect any of the currently ongoing audits,
reviews, investigations or litigation to have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Six former officers and stockholders of the Predecessor who had
departed the firm prior to the acquisition have filed a total of
nine suits in various jurisdictions, with original filing dates
ranging from July 3, 2008 through December 15, 2009
(three of which were amended on July 2, 2010 and then
further amended into one consolidated complaint on
September 7, 2010), against the Company and certain of the
Companys current and former directors and officers. Each
of the suits arises out of the acquisition and alleges that the
former stockholders are entitled to certain payments that they
would have received if they had held their stock at the time of
the acquisition. Some of the suits also allege that the
acquisition price paid to stockholders was insufficient. The
various suits assert claims for breach of contract, tortious
interference with contract, breach of fiduciary duty, civil RICO
violations, violations of ERISA,
and/or
securities and common law fraud. Two of these suits have been
dismissed with all appeals exhausted and a third suit has been
dismissed but the former stockholder has sought leave to
re-plead in New York state court. A fourth suit was dismissed by
the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of
California on September 17, 2010, although the former
stockholder has the right to re-plead several of his claims
and/or appeal the dismissal. The five remaining suits are
pending in the United States District Court for the Southern
District of New York. The aggregate alleged damages sought in
these five remaining suits is approximately $298.7 million
($241.5 million of which is sought to be trebled pursuant
to RICO), plus punitive damages, costs, and fees. Although the
outcome of any of these cases is inherently uncertain and may be
materially adverse, based on current information, our management
does not expect them to have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.
102
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information about our executive
officers and directors as of September 23, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Ralph W. Shrader
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Samuel R. Strickland
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief
Administrative Officer and Director
|
CG Appleby
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
|
Horacio D. Rozanski
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy
and Talent Officer
|
Joseph E. Garner
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Francis J. Henry, Jr.
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Lloyd Howell, Jr.
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Joseph Logue
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Joseph W. Mahaffee
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
John D. Mayer
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
John M. McConnell
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Patrick F. Peck
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Peter Clare
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Director
|
Ian Fujiyama
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Director
|
Allan M. Holt
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Director
|
Philip A. Odeen
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
Director
|
Charles O. Rossotti
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
Director
|
Prior to October 2009, the title of our most senior position
other than Chief Executive Officer was Senior Vice President. In
October 2009, we renamed our Senior Vice Presidents as Executive
Vice Presidents.
Ralph W. Shrader is our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
and President and has served in these positions since 1999,
except for President which dates to the acquisition in 2008.
Dr. Shrader has been an employee of our company since 1974.
He is the seventh chairman since our companys founding in
1914 and has led our company through a significant period of
growth and strategic realignment. Dr. Shrader is active in
professional and charitable organizations, and is past Chairman
of the Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association.
He is Chairman of The Neediest Kids, Inc. charity and serves on
the board of directors of Abilities, Inc., an organization
dedicated to improving career opportunities for individuals with
disabilities, and the board of directors of ServiceSource, the
largest community rehabilitative program in Virginia.
Specific qualifications, experience, skills and expertise
include:
|
|
|
|
|
Operating and management experience;
|
|
|
|
Understanding of government contracting;
|
|
|
|
Core business skills, including financial and strategic
planning; and
|
|
|
|
Deep understanding of our company, its history and culture.
|
Samuel R. Strickland is an Executive Vice President and
our Chief Financial and Administrative Officer. He has served as
our Chief Administrative Officer since 1999 and Chief Financial
Officer since 2008. He joined our company in 1995, and became an
Executive Vice President in 2004. Mr. Strickland is a
member of
103
the Finance and Operations Group and the Chief Information
Officer (CIO) Leadership Council. Mr. Strickland serves on
the Board of Trustees at the George Mason University Foundation,
Inc.
Specific qualifications, experience, skills and expertise
include:
|
|
|
|
|
Finance, financial reporting, compliance and controls expertise;
|
|
|
|
Understanding of government contracting; and
|
|
|
|
Core business skills, including financial and strategic planning.
|
CG Appleby is our General Counsel and Chief Legal Officer
and Secretary and has served in these positions since 1998.
Mr. Appleby has been an employee of our company since 1974.
Mr. Appleby is a former president and board member, and
current member of the Washington Metropolitan Area Corporate
Counsel Association; former president, and current board and
executive Committee member, of the Northern Virginia Community
Foundation; former chairman and board member, and current member
of the Executive Committee, of the Professional Services
Council; board member of the Fairfax County, Virginia Chamber of
Commerce; Principal of the Council for Excellence in Government;
board member of TeamFairfax 2013; and current member of the
CharityWorks Advisory Board.
Horacio D. Rozanski is an Executive Vice President and
was recently named our Chief Strategy and Talent Officer. He is
co-chair of the Finance and Operations Group and a member of the
People Strategy Steering Committee. Mr. Rozanski served as
the Chief Personnel Officer of our company from 2002 through
2010. Mr. Rozanski joined our company in 1992 and became an
Executive Vice President in 2009.
Joseph E. Garner is an Executive Vice President of our
company and is the lead for our operations capability.
Mr. Garner joined our company in 1983 and became an
Executive Vice President in 2001. Mr. Garner is co-chair of
the People Strategy Steering Committee and a member of the
Finance and Operations Group.
Francis J. Henry, Jr. is an Executive Vice President
of our company and is the market lead for the civil business.
Mr. Henry joined our company in 1977 and became an
Executive Vice President in 2009. Mr. Henry is the chairman
of the Employees Capital Accumulation Plan trustees and
co-chair of the Finance and Operations Group.
Lloyd Howell, Jr. is an Executive Vice President of
our company and is the client service officer for our financial
services clients. Mr. Howell joined our company in 1988,
left in 1991, rejoined in 1995 and became an Executive Vice
President in 2005. He is chairman of the Ethics &
Compliance Committee. Mr. Howell serves on the board of
directors of the United Negro College Fund.
Joseph Logue is an Executive Vice President of our
company and is the market lead for the defense business.
Mr. Logue joined our company in 1997 and became an
Executive Vice President in 2009. Previously, he led our former
commercial Information Technology practice. He is a member of
the Finance and Operations Group.
Joseph W. Mahaffee is an Executive Vice President of our
company and is the location lead for our Northeast location.
Mr. Mahaffee joined our company in 1981 and became an
Executive Vice President in 2007. He is a member of the
Technology Capability Leadership Team and the CIO Leadership
Team. He is a member of the board of directors of the
Independent College Fund of Maryland where he serves as the
President of the Executive Steering Committee and Chairman of
the National Security Scholarship Program.
John D. Mayer is an Executive Vice President of our
company and is responsible for organizational transformation and
change management initiatives for public sector clients.
Mr. Mayer joined our company in 1997 and became an
Executive Vice President in 2009. He is chairman of the board of
directors of the Homeland Security and Defense Business Council,
a member of the board of the Washington Education and Tennis
Foundation, and a member of the Corporate Advisory Board for the
Darden School of Business at the University of Virginia.
104
John M. McConnell is an Executive Vice President of our
company and is the market lead for the intelligence business.
Mr. McConnell previously served from 2007 through 2009 as
U.S. Director of National Intelligence. From 1996 through
2007, Mr. McConnell served as an officer of our company and
became an Executive Vice President in 2009.
Patrick F. Peck is an Executive Vice President of our
company and is the lead for our technology capability.
Mr. Peck joined our company in 1984 and became an Executive
Vice President in 2008. Mr. Peck is the co-chair of the CIO
Leadership Council. He serves on the board of directors of
Junior Achievements National Capital Area.
Peter Clare has been a member of our Board since 2008.
Mr. Clare is a Managing Director of The Carlyle Group, a
private equity firm, as well as deputy head of U.S. Buyout
and head of the Global Aerospace, Defense and Government
Services Group. Mr. Clare has been with The Carlyle Group
since 1992. He currently serves on the boards of directors of
ARINC, since 2007, Sequa Corporation, since 2007, and Wesco
Aircraft, since 2006.
Specific qualifications, experience, skills and expertise
include:
|
|
|
|
|
Operating experience;
|
|
|
|
Understanding of government contracting;
|
|
|
|
Core business skills, including financial and strategic
planning;
|
|
|
|
Public company directorship and committee experience; and
|
|
|
|
Expertise in finance, financial reporting, compliance and
controls and global businesses.
|
Ian Fujiyama has been a member of our Board since 2008.
Mr. Fujiyama is a Managing Director of The Carlyle Group, a
private equity firm, which he joined in 1997. Beginning in 1999,
Mr. Fujiyama spent two years in Hong Kong and Seoul working
in Carlyles Asia buyout fund, Carlyle Asia Partners. He
currently serves on the boards of directors of ARINC, since
2007, and United Components, Inc., since 2003.
Specific qualifications, experience, skills and expertise
include:
|
|
|
|
|
Operating experience;
|
|
|
|
Understanding of government contracting;
|
|
|
|
Core business skills, including financial and strategic
planning; and
|
|
|
|
Expertise in finance, financial reporting, compliance and
controls and global businesses.
|
Allan M. Holt became a member of our Board in 2010.
Mr. Holt, a Partner and Managing Director of The Carlyle
Group, is currently the head of the U.S. Buyout group
focusing on opportunities in the Aerospace/Defense/Government
Services, Automotive & Transportation, Consumer,
Healthcare, Industrial, Technology and Telecom/Media sectors.
Mr. Holt is a graduate of Rutgers University and received
his M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley. He
serves on the boards of directors of HD Supply, Inc., since
2007, Sequa Corporation, since 2007, and SS&C Technologies,
Inc., since 2006, as well as on the non-profit boards of
directors of The Barker Foundation Endowment Fund, The Hillside
Foundation, Inc., The National Childrens Museum, and The
Smithsonian National Air and Space Museum. Mr. Holt
previously served from 2001 through 2006 as a director and
Nominating Committee member of Aviall, Inc.
Specific qualifications, experience, skills and expertise, which
were the basis for nominating Mr. Holt to our Board, include:
|
|
|
|
|
Understanding of government contracting;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Core business skills, including financial and strategic
planning; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Experience in finance, financial reporting, compliance and
controls and global businesses.
|
105
Philip A. Odeen has been a member of our Board since
2008. Mr. Odeen has served as the Chairman of the Board of
Directors and Lead Independent Director of AES Corporation
since 2009, and he has served as a director of AES since 2003.
Mr. Odeen has served as the Chairman of the Board of
Convergys Corporation since 2008, and he has served as a
director of Convergys since 2000. From 2006 to 2007,
Mr. Odeen served as Chairman of the Board for Avaya. He
served as Chairman of the Board for Reynolds and Reynolds
Company from 2006 to 2007 and was a director of Northrop Grumman
from 2003 to 2008. Mr. Odeen retired as Chairman/CEO of TRW
Inc. in December 2002. Mr. Odeen has provided leadership
and guidance to our Board as a result of his varied global
business, governmental and non-profit and charitable
organizational experience of over 40 years.
Specific qualifications, experience, skills and expertise
include:
|
|
|
|
|
Operating and risk management experience, relevant to the
oversight of operational risk management;
|
|
|
|
Core business skills, including financial and strategic planning;
|
|
|
|
Understanding of government contracting;
|
|
|
|
Expertise in strategic planning and executive compensation; and
|
|
|
|
Public company directorship and committee experience.
|
Charles O. Rossotti has been a member of our Board since
2008. Mr. Rossotti has served as a Senior Advisor to The
Carlyle Group since June 2003. Prior to this position
Mr. Rossotti served as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
of the Internal Revenue Service from 1997 to 2002.
Mr. Rossotti co-founded American Management Systems, Inc.,
an international business and information technology consulting
firm in 1970, where he served at various times as President,
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board until 1997.
Mr. Rossotti currently serves as a director for Bank of
America Corporation, since 2009, and The AES Corporation,
since 2003. Mr. Rossotti formerly served as a director of
Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., from 2004 to 2008.
Specific qualifications, experience, skills and expertise
include:
|
|
|
|
|
Operating and risk management experience, relevant to the
oversight of operational risk management;
|
|
|
|
Core business skills, including financial and strategic planning;
|
|
|
|
Understanding of government contracting;
|
|
|
|
Expertise in finance, financial reporting, compliance and
controls and global businesses; and
|
|
|
|
Public company directorship and audit committee experience.
|
Controlled
Company
We intend to list our shares of Class A common stock,
including the shares offered in this offering, on the New York
Stock Exchange. For purposes of New York Stock Exchange rules,
we expect to be a controlled company. Controlled
companies under those rules are companies of which more than 50%
of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an
individual, a group or another company. Carlyle, through
Coinvest, will continue to control more than 50% of the combined
voting power of our common stock upon completion of this
offering and will continue to have the right to designate a
majority of the members of our Board for nomination for election
and the voting power to elect such directors following this
offering. Accordingly, we are eligible to, and we intend to,
take advantage of certain exemptions from New York Stock
Exchange corporate governance requirements provided in the New
York Stock Exchange rules. Specifically, as a controlled company
under the New York Stock Exchange rules, we are not required to
have (i) a majority of independent directors, (ii) a
Nominating Committee composed entirely of independent directors
or (iii) a Compensation Committee composed entirely of
independent directors.
106
Board
Composition
Our Board is currently composed of seven directors, including
Dr. Shrader, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and
Chairman of our Board, and Mr. Strickland, our Chief Financial
Officer and Chief Administrative Officer. The exact number of
members on our Board may be modified (but not reduced to less
than three) from time to time exclusively by resolution of our
Board. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that
our Board will be divided into three classes whose members will
serve three-year terms expiring in successive years. Directors
hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders and until
their successors have been duly elected and qualified. The first
class, with a term to expire at the 2011 annual stockholders
meeting, will consist of Dr. Shrader and Messrs. Clare
and Odeen. The second class, with a term to expire at the 2012
annual stockholders meeting, will consist of
Messrs. Fujiyama and Strickland. The third class, with a
term to expire at the 2013 annual stockholders meeting, will
consist of Messrs. Holt and Rossotti.
Under the stockholders agreement, Carlyle is entitled to
nominate or designate a majority of the members of our Board.
The stockholders agreement provides that at such time as
Carlyle, through Coinvest, ceases to own at least 40% of the
economic interests in Booz Allen Holding represented by its
issued and outstanding common stock, Carlyle and Booz Allen
Holding will use commercially reasonable efforts to amend the
board representation provisions of the stockholders agreement
consistent with the ownership position of Carlyle at that time.
Upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part, the stockholders agreement will be
amended and restated. Under the amended and restated
stockholders agreement, Carlyle will continue to have the right
to designate a majority of the members of our Board for
nomination for election and Carlyle and our executive officers
will be required to vote the voting shares over which they have
voting control for such designees.
Board
Committees
Our Board has three standing committees: an Executive Committee,
an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. Effective upon
completion of this offering, our Board will also have a
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Under the New
York Stock Exchange rules, we will be required to have one
independent director on our Audit Committee during the
90-day
period beginning on the date of effectiveness of the
registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with
this offering. After such
90-day
period and until one year from the date of effectiveness of the
registration statement, we are required to have a majority of
independent directors on our Audit Committee. Thereafter, our
Audit Committee is required to be comprised entirely of
independent directors. As a New York Stock Exchange controlled
company, we are not required to have independent Nominating and
Corporate Governance and Compensation Committees. The following
is a brief description of our committees.
Executive
Committee
Our Executive Committee is responsible, among its other duties
and responsibilities, for assisting our Board in fulfilling its
responsibilities. Our Executive Committee is responsible for
approving certain corporate actions and transactions, including
acquisitions of assets other than in the ordinary course and
outside hires or terminations above the senior associate level.
Effective upon completion of this offering, the members of our
Executive Committee will be Dr. Shrader (Chairman) and
Messrs. Clare and Fujiyama. The charter of our Executive
Committee will be available without charge on the investor
relations portion of our website upon completion of this
offering.
Audit
Committee
Our Audit Committee is responsible, among its other duties and
responsibilities, for overseeing our accounting and financial
reporting processes, the audits of our financial statements, the
qualifications and independence of our independent registered
public accounting firm, the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting and the performance of our
internal audit function and independent registered public
accounting firm. Our Audit Committee reviews and assesses the
qualitative aspects of our financial reporting, our processes to
manage business and financial risks, and our compliance with
significant applicable legal,
107
ethical and regulatory requirements. Our Audit Committee is
directly responsible for the appointment, compensation,
retention and oversight of our independent registered public
accounting firm. The charter of our Audit Committee will be
available without charge on the investor relations portion of
our website upon completion of this offering.
Effective upon completion of this offering,
Messrs. Rossotti (Chairman), Clare, Fujiyama and Odeen will
be members of our Audit Committee. It is anticipated that upon
effectiveness of the registration statement of which the
prospectus forms a part, the Audit Committee will consist of one
independent director, Mr. Odeen.
Rule 10A-3
of the Exchange Act requires us to have a majority of
independent audit committee members within 90 days and all
independent audit committee members (within the meaning of
Rule 10A-3)
within one year of the effectiveness of the registration
statement of which the prospectus forms a part. We intend to
comply with these independence requirements within the
appropriate time periods.
Compensation
Committee
Our Compensation Committee is responsible, among its other
duties and responsibilities, for reviewing and approving all
forms of compensation to be provided to, and employment
agreements with, the executive officers and directors of our
company and its subsidiaries (including the Chief Executive
Officer), establishing the general compensation policies of our
company and its subsidiaries and reviewing, approving and
overseeing the administration of the employee benefits plans of
our company and its subsidiaries. Our Compensation Committee
also periodically reviews management development and succession
plans. Effective upon completion of this offering, the members
of our Compensation Committee will be Messrs. Odeen
(Chairman), Clare and Fujiyama. The charter of our Compensation
Committee will be available without charge on the investor
relations portion of our website upon completion of this
offering.
Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee
Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be
responsible, among its other duties and responsibilities, for
identifying and recommending candidates to the Board for
election to our Board, reviewing the composition of the Board
and its committees, developing and recommending to the Board
corporate governance guidelines that are applicable to us, and
overseeing Board and Board committee evaluations. Effective upon
completion of this offering, the members of our Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee will be Dr. Shrader
(Chairman) and Messrs. Clare and Fujiyama.
Code of
Ethics
Effective upon completion of this offering, our Board will adopt
a new written Code of Ethics and Conduct applicable to our
directors, chief executive officer, chief financial officer,
controller and all other officers and employees of Booz Allen
Holding and its subsidiaries worldwide. Copies of the Code of
Ethics will be available without charge on the investor
relations portion of our website upon completion of this
offering or upon request in writing to Booz Allen Hamilton
Holding Corporation, 8283 Greensboro Drive, McLean, Virginia
22102, Attention: Corporate Secretary.
Director
Compensation
Directors who are employed by us or by Carlyle do not receive
any additional compensation for their services as a director.
Our other directors, Philip A. Odeen and Charles O. Rossotti,
are paid $100,000 per annum for their services on our Board. The
directors may elect to receive payment in cash or restricted
shares of our Class A common stock. Messrs. Odeen and
Rossotti also received a grant of options under our Equity
Incentive Plan in fiscal 2010 as compensation for joining our
Board. Messrs. Odeen and Rossotti were also afforded the
opportunity to purchase shares of our Class A common stock
at fair market value. Mr. Rossotti purchased 3,905 shares
of our Class A common stock in May 2010.
Our Board has adopted a new compensation policy for directors
who are not also employees of our Company or Carlyle that will
be effective for fiscal 2012 and that is expected to more
closely align their compensation with the compensation of
directors of similarly situated public companies and attract
highly
108
qualified candidates to serve on our Board. Non-employee
directors will receive an annual cash retainer of $100,000 and
an annual equity award with a fair market value equal to
$50,000. In addition, the chair of our Audit Committee will
receive an additional annual payment of $20,000 in cash, the
chair of our Compensation Committee will receive an additional
annual payment of $15,000 in cash, and the chairs of each other
committee of our Board will receive an additional annual payment
of $10,000 in cash. Directors may elect to receive all or a
portion of their cash compensation in the form of equity. The
equity awards will be granted under our Equity Incentive Plan.
Our directors will not receive additional fees for attending
Board or committee meetings.
The amount paid to Messrs. Odeen and Rossotti for their
service on our Board in fiscal 2010 is reflected in the table
below.
Director
Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned or
|
|
Option
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in Cash
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
|
Other(2)
|
|
Total
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Philip A. Odeen
|
|
|
100,000(3
|
)
|
|
|
55,610
|
|
|
|
57(3
|
)
|
|
|
14,450
|
|
|
|
170,117
|
|
Charles O. Rossotti
|
|
|
100,000(4
|
)
|
|
|
55,610
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
28,889
|
|
|
|
184,499
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This column represents the grant date fair value of the options
granted to our directors in fiscal 2010. The aggregate fair
value of the awards was computed in accordance with FASB ASC
Topic 718 based on the probable outcome of the performance
conditions using the valuation methodology and assumptions set
forth in Note 17 to our financial statements for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 2010, which are incorporated by
reference herein, modified to exclude any forfeiture assumptions
related to service-based vesting conditions. The amounts in this
column do not reflect the value, if any, that ultimately may be
realized by the director. |
The following table sets forth, by grant date, the aggregate
number of stock awards outstanding at the end of fiscal 2010.
Option
Awards for Service as a Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Securities
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Options
|
|
Unearned
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Expiration
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
Options
|
|
Price ($)
|
|
Date
|
|
Philip A. Odeen
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
267
|
(a)
|
|
|
355
|
(b)
|
|
|
60.77
|
|
|
|
05/07/2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
178
|
(c)
|
|
|
60.77
|
|
|
|
05/07/2019
|
|
Charles O. Rossotti
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
267
|
(a)
|
|
|
355
|
(b)
|
|
|
60.77
|
|
|
|
05/07/2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
178
|
(c)
|
|
|
60.77
|
|
|
|
05/07/2019
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
The options vest and become exercisable, subject to the
continued service of the director, ratably on June 30,
2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013. All service-vesting options
fully vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the
effective date of certain change in control events. |
|
(b) |
|
The options vest and become exercisable, subject to the
continued service of the director, ratably on June 30,
2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 based on achievement of EBITDA
performance goals, with the ability to catch up on
missed goals if (x) the missed performance goal was at
least 90% of target level and (y) cumulative EBITDA
performance reaches the target cumulative levels during the
five-year vesting period. In addition, any unvested performance
options at the time of a change in control event vest
immediately prior to the effective date of the event if Carlyle
achieves a specified internal rate of return as a result of the
event or the investment proceeds to Carlyle are at least a
specified multiple of their invested capital. |
109
|
|
|
(c) |
|
The options vest and become exercisable, subject to the
continued service of the director, ratably on June 30,
2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 based on achievement of
cumulative cash flow performance goals, with the ability to
catch up on missed goals if cumulative achievement
reaches the target cumulative levels during the five-year
vesting period. In addition, any unvested performance options at
the time of a change in control event vest immediately prior to
the effective date of event if Carlyle achieves a specified
internal rate of return as a result of the event or the
investment proceeds to Carlyle are at least a specified multiple
of their invested capital. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
On July 27, 2009, our Board approved a special dividend of
$10.87 per share paid on July 29, 2009 to holders of our
Class A common stock, Class B non-voting common stock
and Class C restricted common stock as of July 29,
2009. In addition, on December 7, 2009, our Board approved
a special dividend of $46.42 per share paid on December 11,
2009 to holders of record of Class A common stock,
Class B non-voting common stock and Class C restricted
common stock as of December 8, 2009. The amount set forth
in the table reflects the dividends received by
Messrs. Odeen and Rossotti with respect to their unvested
Class A restricted common stock. Messrs. Odeen and
Rossotti also received dividends of $9,841 and $19,682,
respectively, on the restricted stock granted for fiscal 2010
that vested prior to the December 8, 2009 dividend record
date, which amounts are not compensation and therefore are not
reflected in the Director Compensation Table. |
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Odeen elected to receive half of his compensation in
the form of restricted stock, and was granted 424 shares of
restricted Class A common stock in lieu of $50,000 of the
cash payment. The shares of restricted stock awarded for
services performed in fiscal 2010 vested in equal installments
on September 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010. The grant
date fair market value of the shares was $50,057, based on the
$118.06 value of our stock on the May 7, 2009 grant date.
Mr. Odeen also received a grant of 212 shares of stock
in fiscal 2010 in lieu of half of his cash compensation for
services as a director in fiscal 2009. These shares were vested
immediately on grant and are not reflected in the Director
Compensation Table as they were paid with respect to his
services performed during fiscal 2009. |
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Rossotti elected to receive his entire compensation in
the form of restricted stock, and was granted 847 shares of
restricted Class A common stock in lieu of the cash
payment. The shares of restricted stock awarded for services
performed in fiscal 2010 vested in equal installments on
September 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010. The grant date
fair market value of the shares was $99,997, based on the
$118.06 value of our stock on the May 7, 2009 grant date.
Mr. Rossotti also received a grant of 424 shares of
stock in fiscal 2010 in lieu of his cash compensation for
services as a director in fiscal 2009. These shares were vested
immediately on grant and are not reflected in the Director
Compensation Table as they were paid with respect to his
services performed during fiscal 2009. |
110
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
The following discussion and analysis of compensation
arrangements of our named executive officers for fiscal 2010 (as
set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below) should be
read together with the compensation tables and related
disclosures set forth below. This discussion contains
forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans,
considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future
compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we
adopt may differ materially from the currently planned programs
summarized in this discussion.
Named
Executive Officers
Our named executive officers for fiscal 2010 are: Ralph W.
Shrader, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Samuel R.
Strickland, our Chief Financial Officer, and three of our
Executive Vice Presidents, CG Appleby, Joseph E. Garner,
and John M. McConnell.
Executive
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
Although we are a corporation, we operate with a
partnership-style culture and compensation system that fosters
internal collaboration. Our compensation structure for our
officers is centered around a transparent compensation system
and a single profit center and firm-wide bonus pool. This
distinctive system fosters internal collaboration which allows
us to compete externally by motivating our officers to act in
the best interest of the firm through an emphasis on client
service and by encouraging the rapid and efficient allocation of
our people across markets, clients and opportunities.
Utilizing this philosophy, our executive compensation program
has been designed to:
|
|
|
|
|
attract, motivate and retain executives of outstanding ability
to meet and exceed the demands of our clients;
|
|
|
|
focus management on optimizing stockholder value and fostering
an ownership culture;
|
|
|
|
create appropriate rewards for outstanding performance and
penalties for under-performance; and
|
|
|
|
provide competitive rewards and foster collaboration by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
rewarding executives for their contribution to our overall
performance and financial success and, at the same time,
recognizing the spirit and culture of collaboration that has
defined us throughout our history; and
|
|
|
|
determining and allocating incentives based on our performance
as a whole while measuring individual performance over the long
term to facilitate long-term investment and resource allocation.
|
Setting
Executive Compensation
Our Compensation Committee is responsible for evaluating the
compensation levels for our executive officers, including our
named executive officers. The committee takes into
consideration, based upon their collective experience and
reasoned business judgment, labor market data and
recommendations from management. Managements
recommendations are based on an extensive, 360-degree assessment
process executed by the officers and overseen by the executive
officers. Our executive compensation program is based on a core
belief that transparency and peer-pressure increase overall
performance, and that executive impact must be measured over
both a short- and long-term horizon in order to maximize
stockholder value creation. Accordingly, all executives within
one of our six officer compensation bands (more fully described
below) receive the same compensation, which is based on overall
firm performance, and sustained individual performance is
rewarded through accelerated progression through the levels. Our
Chief Executive Officer is in a separate level from other
officers that receives 10% more than the executives in the next
highest level, recognizing his unique role.
111
Our Compensation Committee has the goal of structuring a
compensation program that allows us to attract and retain top
tier talent and provide significant incentives for exceeding our
performance targets and significant penalties for
underperformance. Our Compensation Committee has recognized that
our current compensation program has focused on cash
compensation based on annual financial performance.
It is anticipated that we will modify our compensation programs
in the future to provide for a greater proportion of
equity-based incentives that vest over a longer term as
contrasted with current compensation and incentives.
We use relevant quantitative and qualitative measures to set
compensation for the fiscal year based on overall performance
objectives and broad market parameters. Currently, our
management obtains market analysis and executive compensation
survey data from nationally recognized survey providers,
including Towers Perrin Executive Survey, Mercer Executive
Survey, CHiPS Executive and Senior Management Total Compensation
Survey, and Watson Wyatt Top Management Survey. We segment these
surveys based on company revenue and government contracting and
professional services industries. We do not use survey data to
set compensation; instead, we use it as a check to confirm that
our compensation is within a competitive range. In addition, our
management consults with William M. Mercer, Inc., which provides
executive compensation design, best practice data and assists us
in determining market competitive positioning.
Historically, our Chief Executive Officer has participated in
Compensation Committee meetings as a member of the committee and
made recommendations to our Compensation Committee with respect
to the setting of performance targets for our executive
officers. Upon completion of this offering, our Chief Executive
Officer will not be a member of our Compensation Committee.
Nevertheless, we expect that he will continue to provide input
to our Compensation Committee regarding our executive
compensation programs, as, and to the extent, requested by our
Compensation Committee.
Elements
of Compensation
Our executive compensation consists of the following components,
which are designed to provide a mix of fixed and at-risk
compensation that is heavily tied to the achievement of our
short and long term financial goals and designed to promote a
long-term career with our company:
|
|
|
|
|
cash compensation, a portion of which is paid as base salary,
designed to reflect the requirements of the marketplace in order
to attract and keep our executive talent, and a portion of which
is short-term cash incentive compensation (consisting of annual
cash bonuses), designed to reward our executive officers for
annual improvements in key areas of our operational and
financial performance;
|
|
|
|
long-term equity incentive plans, designed to reward our
executive officers for growing our company over the long term
and aligning our executive officers interests with our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
retirement benefits, designed to build financial security for
our executive officers and promote a long-term career with our
company, including a defined contribution 401(k) plan, company
contributions to the defined contribution 401(k) plan and annual
cash payments to supplement the contribution in cases where the
IRS retirement contribution limits are reached, a lump-sum
retirement payment and employer-paid retiree healthcare; and
|
|
|
|
executive benefits, including enhanced health and welfare
benefits, financial counseling and club memberships.
|
A detailed description of these components is provided below.
A substantial amount of each executive officers total
annual cash compensation opportunity is at-risk and tied to our
annual financial performance.
Cash Compensation. As discussed above, our
compensation program is structured to drive company-wide
performance by encouraging internal collaboration and client
service through the fluid application of resources to where they
can add the most value. Key to this program is a cohort
structure under which all officers are assigned to one of six
bands plus a separate and distinct band for our Chief Executive
Officer.
112
Each band is assigned a standard number of points per executive
with all executives within the band assigned the same number of
points. The number of points assigned to each executive in each
band remains constant from year to year, however the planned
monetary value of each point is evaluated annually based on a
number of factors discussed below. The dollar value of each
point is the same across all cohort bands. Officers progress
upward through the bands based on their competencies and
performance over time.
Prior to the start of our fiscal year, the Chief Strategy and
Talent Officer, together with the Chief Financial Officer,
establish an appropriate level of cash compensation within each
band by reviewing historical compensation levels and adjusting
those levels to reflect factors such as projected profitability
for the coming fiscal year compared to the current fiscal year.
The result is then compared to market survey data as a check to
confirm that the compensation within each band is within a
competitive range and to ensure that cash compensation
opportunities for each band are at a level that allows us to
attract and retain key talent. The result is the recommendation
of a per point value that is multiplied by the number of points
assigned to each executive to determine a planned annual cash
compensation. Although the monetary point value for each band is
reviewed annually, changes do not ordinarily occur every year. A
portion of the cash compensation is designated as base salary
and is paid monthly. The remaining portion of the cash
compensation is designated as an incentive bonus which is paid
annually based on achievement of company performance targets
with upward or downward adjustments for exceeding or falling
below the targets. Our Compensation Committee reviews the
recommendation from management as well as the market information
provided and approves a monetary value for each point and
therefore the base salary and total cash compensation for each
executive assuming firm targets are achieved. For fiscal 2010,
the monetary value per point was increased across all bands by
approximately 3% over the prior fiscal year to recognize the
greater difficulty in reaching our growth targets in light of
the economic environment. The increase was allocated to the
incentive bonus opportunity rather than base salary because of
our
performance-driven
compensation focus. Because of this focus, base salary levels
within each band have not increased in several years and did not
increase for fiscal 2010.
As discussed above, our Chief Executive Officer,
Dr. Shrader, is in a distinct band and receives 10% higher
cash compensation than the executive officers in the next
highest band due to his unique responsibilities.
Messrs. Appleby, Garner and McConnell were in our highest
band (excluding the band for our Chief Executive Officer)
because of their level of experience and performance over time
and ability to impact financial performance (in the case of
Messrs. Garner and McConnell) and our business operations (in
the case of Mr. Appleby) and accordingly received the same cash
compensation for fiscal 2010. Mr. Strickland was in the
second highest band (excluding the band for our Chief Executive
Officer) because of his level of experience, performance over
time and impact on our financial operations and, accordingly,
received the same cash compensation for fiscal 2010 as the other
officers in his band.
For fiscal 2010, each of our named executive officers earned the
base salary set forth in the Salary column of the
Summary Compensation Table. Base salary levels within each band
will remain the same for fiscal 2011. However
Mr. Stricklands salary for fiscal 2011 will increase
as a result of his promotion, effective April 1, 2010, to
align his salary with that of his new cohort band.
The annual incentive portion of our executive officers
cash compensation is provided through our annual performance
bonus program. The bonus portion of the total cash compensation
as discussed above creates an aggregate bonus pool for the year.
The bonus pool is established by multiplying the bonus portion
of the point value times the aggregate number of points (reduced
for fringe and other charges). Annual incentive bonuses are paid
as a result of meeting the target Bonus EBITDA,
which is defined as our consolidated earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation, amortization, stock-option based and other
equity-based compensation expenses, management, transaction and
similar fees paid to the principal stockholders or their
affiliates, as reflected on our audited consolidated financial
statements for such fiscal year, and adjusting for certain
extraordinary and non-recurring items as determined by the bonus
plan administrator. We base annual bonuses on Bonus EBITDA
because it is a direct reflection of the cash flow and operating
profitability of our business and it represents the element of
our performance that executives can most directly impact.
Upon availability of our year end operating results, our
Compensation Committee reviews the Bonus EBITDA, and in its sole
discretion approves any adjustments to the plan bonus pool.
Adjustments are based on performance against target Bonus
EBITDA. During fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, to incentivize our
113
executives to exceed target Bonus EBITDA levels and thereby
increase long-term company value, our compensation committee
determined that the bonus pool should be increased or decreased
by up to 50% of the amount over or under target or such lesser
percentage as our Compensation Committee may determine. At its
sole discretion, our Compensation Committee may increase or
decrease the amount of the bonus pool to take into consideration
the impact of any extraordinary and non-recurring items or other
factors. In applying this discretion, the committee generally
increases the bonus pool by less than 50% to the extent the
increase is due to short-term improvements that are not expected
to result in long term value to our company. The additional and
discretionary adjustments allow the compensation committee to
limit increases in the bonus pool to factors over which the
executives have control and that result in long-term value for
our company. Following any adjustment for extraordinary and
nonrecurring items and other factors, the bonus pool is further
reduced to account for the additional fringe benefit costs
incurred as a result of the additional bonus payment to our
officers. The final bonus pool as approved by our Compensation
Committee is distributed to our officers on a consistent per
point basis.
For fiscal 2010 the target Bonus EBITDA was $337.0 million
and actual results were $399.8 million. The calculation of Bonus
EBITDA for fiscal 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
295,317
|
|
Compensation Adjustments
|
|
|
97,266
|
|
Other Adjustments
|
|
|
7,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonus EBITDA
|
|
$
|
399,845
|
|
Bonus EBITDA Target
|
|
$
|
337,000
|
|
As shown above, for fiscal 2010, actual Bonus EBITDA exceeded
target Bonus EBITDA by $62.8 million. Accordingly, our
Compensation Committee approved the payment of an initial bonus
at the target level and an increase to the bonus pool of
approximately $25.4 million representing 50% of the excess
of actual Bonus EBITDA over target Bonus EBITDA reduced as
provided in the preceding paragraph. As with base salary, each
executive officer within the same band received the same bonus
amount. Accordingly, consistent with the other officers in their
compensation band, Messrs Appleby, Garner and McConnell received
the same bonus amount for fiscal 2010, Dr. Shrader received
10% above that amount and Mr. Strickland received a lower
bonus amount.
For fiscal 2010, each of our named executive officers received
payments under the annual performance program as reflected in
the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of
the Summary Compensation Table.
Our current annual performance program is based on meeting
corporate annual performance goals. As more completely described
below under Changes to Our Compensation Program in
Connection with this Offering, we expect to structure our
future annual performance bonus to be delivered via a mix of
cash and equity. The equity portion will vest over time to more
closely align our compensation program with market practices and
enable future generations of officers to continue to own
personally-significant amounts of our company stock.
Long-term Equity Incentive Plans. We believe
that our executive officers should hold significant amounts of
equity to align their interests to those of our stockholders,
and, accordingly, long-term equity compensation is an important
component of our compensation program. Prior to Carlyles
investment in our company in 2008, our Predecessor granted stock
options to our executive officers that vested and were
exercisable on fixed dates over a period of years. In connection
with Carlyles investment, these stock options were
converted into stock options and restricted stock with fixed
vesting and exercise dates under our Officers Rollover
Stock Plan. Following that transaction and prior to the
completion of this offering, our long-term incentive program has
consisted of awards of stock options to our executives under the
Equity Incentive Plan. We believe stock options further our
objective of aligning the interests of our executive officers
with those of our stockholders by providing our executive
officers with a continuing stake in our long-term success and by
rewarding only the future growth in our equity value. We have
not historically granted stock options to our executive officers
on an annual basis. Instead, an option grant is made only upon
hire of an executive officer
and/or upon
promotion, so that each executive officer within the same band
would receive the same number of options and total compensation.
All of our named executive officers other than
Mr. McConnell received a grant of stock options in 2008
following Carlyles investment in our company.
114
Mr. McConnell received an award of options in fiscal 2010
upon his rehire, which is set forth in the All Other
Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options
column in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table. At the
beginning of fiscal 2011, Mr. Strickland received a grant
of 4,500 performance-vesting stock options to reflect his
promotion to the next senior level. Although our Compensation
Committee approves the grant of stock options under the Equity
Incentive Plan, the grants are made based on the band of the
executive at the time of promotion
and/or hire
and generally do not take into account awards under the
Officers Rollover Stock Plan, which were based on
compensation initially awarded by our Predecessor. However,
award levels under the Equity Incentive Plan for officers with
long tenures and more equity under our Officers Rollover
Stock Plan were reduced to provide greater equity incentives to
officers in lower compensation bands.
The terms of the options under the Equity Incentive Plan were
negotiated between members of management and Carlyle at the time
they invested in our company. A portion of the options vest
based on continued service and the remainder vest based on
achievement of EBITDA and cumulative cash flow performance
goals. The terms of the options are more fully described in
footnote 2 to the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.
The EBITDA target for option vesting for fiscal 2010 was
$294.6 million, with the annual target level increasing by
12% each year thereafter. The cumulative cash-flow target for
fiscal 2010 was $194.4 million, with the annual amount used
to calculate the cumulative target increasing by approximately
12% per year (and subject to upward or downward adjustment for
changes in net revenue growth).
For purposes of the options, EBITDA is calculated in
the same manner as Bonus EBITDA under the annual performance
bonus program; and cash flow means (i) EBITDA
for a fiscal year less (ii) the increase in adjusted
working capital (accounts receivable (net) less accounts
payable, less other accrued expenses) in the fiscal year (which
may be a positive or a negative number) less (iii) any
overruns in the annual budget for capital expenditures in the
financial plan approved by the Board for that fiscal year.
In connection with the payment of a special dividend of $10.87
per share on July 29, 2009 and the payment of a special
dividend of $46.42 per share on December 11, 2009, in each
case to holders of record of Class A common stock,
Class B non-voting common stock and Class C restricted
common stock as of July 29, 2009 and December 8, 2009,
respectively, outstanding options were required to be adjusted
under the terms of our Officers Rollover Stock Plan and
Equity Incentive Plan. Our Compensation Committee determined to
adjust options by reducing the exercise price to reflect the
reduction in the value of our stock as a result of each of the
extraordinary dividends, rather than to adjust both the exercise
price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the
options, to avoid the increase in the number of shares issuable
upon exercise. Because the reduction in share value exceeded the
exercise price for certain of our Rollover options, the exercise
price for those options was reduced to the par value of the
share issuable on exercise, and the holders, including our
executive officers, became entitled to receive, on the
options fixed exercise date, a cash payment equal to the
excess of the reduction in share value as a result of the
dividend over the reduction in exercise price, subject to
vesting of the related options.
For additional information on the stock options granted under
the Equity Incentive Plan and Officers Rollover Stock
Plan, see Executive Compensation Plans below.
Defined Contribution Retirement Plan. We
provide retirement benefits to our executive officers in order
to provide them with additional security in retirement, while
allowing them to direct the investment of their retirement
savings as they choose. All employees, including our executive
officers, are automatically eligible to participate in the
tax-qualified Employees Capital Accumulation Plan, or
ECAP, our 401(k) plan. We make contributions to ECAP annually.
In addition to contributions made to the tax-qualified ECAP,
executive officers receive a cash payment equal to a percentage
of eligible compensation in excess of the eligible compensation
limit of the Internal Revenue Code which is intended as a
supplement to the retirement plan contribution.
Other Retirement Benefits. We provide
additional retirement benefits to our executive officers in
order to provide them with additional security in retirement and
promote a long-term career with our company. Our
115
executive officers participate in the Officers Retirement
Plan, under which the executive officer may retire with full
benefits after a minimum of either (x) age 60 with
five years of service as an officer or (y) age 50 with
ten years of service as an officer. An eligible executive
officer who retires and does not receive severance benefits is
entitled to receive a single lump sum retirement payment equal
to $10,000 for each year of service as an officer, pro-rated as
appropriate, and an annual allowance of $4,000 for financial
counseling and tax preparation assistance. Our retirees are also
eligible to receive comprehensive coverage for medical, pharmacy
and dental health care. The premiums for this benefit are paid
by us.
Benefits and Perquisites. Our employees are
eligible to participate in a full complement of employer paid
benefit plans. Our executive officers also participate in
enhanced medical and dental plans, life insurance, AD&D and
personal liability coverage. Although our executive officers
receive additional benefits and perquisites, such as executive
medical, financial counseling and club membership reimbursement,
we do not consider these to be a principal component of their
compensation. We believe that our executive officer benefits and
perquisite programs are reasonable and commensurate with
benefits and perquisites provided to executive officers of
similarly situated companies within our industry, and are
necessary to sustain a fully competitive executive compensation
program.
The perquisites include initiation fees for club memberships and
reasonable dues on an annual basis and up to $15,000 per year
for financial counseling, up to $7,500 every three years to
update an estate plan, up to $3,000 for preparation of estate
plans following relocation to a new tax jurisdiction and a
one-time reimbursement of up to $5,000 for retirement financial
planning. For more detail on the perquisites that our named
executive officers receive, see footnote 5 to the
Summary Compensation Table below.
Changes
to Our Compensation Program in Connection with this
Offering
Adoption of Annual Incentive Plan. Our Board
has adopted a new compensation plan in connection with this
offering because it believes that the new plan will more
appropriately align our compensation programs with those of
similarly situated public companies. For a description of the
annual incentive plan, see Executive Compensation
Plans below. Going forward, we expect to deliver a portion
of the current annual compensation in the form of equity.
The amount of the annual incentive payment will be calculated in
the same fashion as it previously was under the annual
performance bonus program with the only change being that a
portion of the bonus is expected to be paid in the form of
equity. For fiscal 2011, the target bonus value was set at the
beginning of the year and is subject to achievement of target
Bonus EBITDA results. If Bonus EBITDA results exceed target,
one-third of the dollars above target will be added to the pool
available for officer compensation. If Bonus EBITDA results are
below target, one-third of the dollars below target will be
subtracted from the pool available for officer compensation. In
each case, the additions or subtractions are subject to the
adjustment of our Compensation Committee to take into
consideration the impact of any extraordinary and non-recurring
items and other factors. We determined to base annual bonuses
for fiscal 2011 on Bonus EBITDA because it is a direct
reflection of the cash flow and operating profitability of our
business and it represents the element of our performance that
executives can most directly impact. Our Compensation Committee
has the discretion to determine the actual payments to our
executive officers, subject to achievement of the performance
measures. As described above, we expect that a portion of the
annual incentive payment will be paid in cash and a portion will
be paid in equity that will vest based on the passage of time,
subject to the executive officers continued employment by
our company.
Executive Ownership Guidelines. Upon
completion of this offering, we will establish equity ownership
guidelines for our executive officers to further align their
interests to those of our stockholders. Each of our named
executive officers will have five years to achieve equity
ownership with a value equivalent to the amount set forth in the
following table:
|
|
|
Named Executive Officers:
|
|
Ownership Guideline:
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
5x base salary
|
Other Named Executive Officers
|
|
3x base salary
|
116
In calculating an executive officers ownership, vested
stock options issued under the Equity Incentive Plan, all stock
options under the Officers Rollover Stock Plan and vested
and unvested restricted stock will be considered owned by the
executive. We determined these ownership levels based on market
and good governance practices. For more details on the Equity
Incentive Plan and the Officers Rollover Stock Plan, see
Executive Compensation Plans below.
Government
Limitations on Compensation
As a government contractor, we are subject to FAR, which governs
the reimbursement of costs by our government clients. FAR
31.205-6(p) limits the allowability of senior executive
compensation to a benchmark compensation cap established each
year by the Administrator of the Office of Federal Procurement
Policy under Section 39 of the Office of Federal
Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 435). The benchmark cap
applies to the five most highly compensated employees in
management positions. When comparing senior executive
compensation to the benchmark cap, all wages, salary, bonuses
and deferred compensation, if any, for the year, as recorded in
our books and records, must be included. The current benchmark
compensation cap, effective January 1, 2010 and as
published in the Federal Register, is $693,951. Any amounts over
the cap are considered unallowable and are therefore not
recoverable under our government contracts. FAR also limits the
allowability of reimbursement for non-senior executive
compensation.
Policy
On Recovering Bonuses In The Event of a
Restatement
We have included provisions in our Annual Incentive Plan and our
Equity Incentive Plan that provide us with the ability after
this offering to impose the forfeiture of bonuses and equity
compensation and the recovery of certain bonus amounts and gains
from equity compensation awarded under those plans in the event
of an accounting restatement due to material non-compliance with
any financial reporting requirements under the securities laws
with respect to individuals who engage in misconduct or gross
negligence that results in a restatement of our financial
statements, individuals subjected to automatic forfeiture under
Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and, to the
extent that, based on erroneous data, any award or payment is in
excess of what would have been paid under the accounting
restatement during the three-year period preceding the date on
which a financial restatement is required, current or former
executive officers, or as otherwise required under applicable
laws or regulations. In addition, if an individual engages in
certain other misconduct, we have the discretion to suspend
vesting of all or a portion of any award
and/or
require the forfeiture or disgorgement to us of any equity award
(including gains on the sale of the stock, if any) that vested,
was paid or settled in the twelve months prior to or any time
after the individual engaged in such misconduct. See
Executive Compensation Plans Annual Incentive
Plan Forfeiture and Equity
Incentive Plan Other Forfeiture Provisions
below.
Certain
Change in Control Provisions
Options and restricted stock awarded under our Officers
Rollover Stock Plan and options granted under our Equity
Incentive Plan prior to the date of this prospectus contain
provisions that accelerate vesting in connection with certain
change in control events. Under the Officers Rollover
Stock Plan and the Equity Incentive Plan, change in
control is generally defined as the acquisition by any
person (other than Carlyle) of 50% or more of the combined
voting power our companys then outstanding voting
securities, the merger of our company if its stockholders
immediately prior to the merger together with Carlyle do not own
more than 50% of the combined voting power of the merged entity,
the liquidation or dissolution of our company (other than in a
bankruptcy proceeding or for the purposes of effecting a
corporate restructuring or reorganization) or the sale of all or
substantially all the assets of our company to non-affiliates.
Options and restricted stock granted under the Officers
Rollover Stock Plan vest upon a change in control. Vesting of
options granted under our Equity Incentive Plan is accelerated
only as a result of events that result in liquidity to Carlyle.
These provisions were negotiated at the time of Carlyles
investment in our company and are designed to motivate
management to assist our principal stockholders in achieving a
favorable return on their investment in our company.
117
Following the completion of this offering, in the event of a
change in control, unless the plan administrator determines
otherwise, all time-vesting awards under the Equity Incentive
Plan will fully vest and a pro-rated portion of outstanding
performance-vesting awards will vest based on the performance
achieved as of the change in control.
In addition, if during the five year period after a change in
control our officers retiree medical plan is terminated or
modified in a manner that is materially adverse to our officers,
our officers will be guaranteed their existing benefits under
the plan through the fifth anniversary of the change in control
and receive at the end of the five-year period a cash payment
equal to the excess of the actuarial cost of the officers
benefits under the plan that would be accrued on the
companys financial statements on the fifth anniversary of
the change in control in the absence of the termination or
modification over the amount that is accrued on our financial
statements on the fifth anniversary of the change in control
giving effect to the termination or modification (but excluding
the accrual on the payment itself).
Policies
On Timing of Equity Grants
We expect that following the completion of this offering it will
be our policy not to time the granting of equity awards in
relation to the release of material, non-public information.
Accordingly, we expect that regularly scheduled awards will be
permitted to be granted at times when there is material
non-public information. We expect that we will generally grant
awards to new hires at the time of hire, promotion awards at the
time of promotion and annual awards in June. In addition, it is
our policy not to grant equity awards with effect from, or with
an exercise price based on market conditions as they existed on,
any date prior to the date on which the party in which granting
authority is vested (typically our Compensation Committee or our
Chief Executive Officer) takes formal action to grant them. It
is our policy to promptly document any equity awards that we
make; we would normally regard documenting to be prompt if we
were to communicate the terms of the awards to their recipients,
and to obtain signed award agreements governing the grants back
from them, within one month of the date formal action is taken
to issue them.
Effect
of Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation
Decisions
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a limit
on the amount of compensation that we may deduct in any one year
with respect to certain covered employees, unless
certain specific and detailed criteria are satisfied.
Performance-based compensation, as defined in the Internal
Revenue Code, is fully deductible if the programs are approved
by stockholders and meet other requirements. As described above,
all of our short-term non-equity incentive compensation is
determined based upon the achievement of certain predetermined
financial performance goals, which would generally permit us to
deduct such amounts pursuant to Section 162(m). Pursuant to
applicable regulations, Section 162(m) will not apply to
compensation paid or stock options or restricted stock granted
under the compensation agreements and plans described in this
prospectus during the reliance transition period ending on the
earlier of the date the agreement or plan is materially modified
or the first stockholders meeting at which directors are elected
during 2014. While we will continue to monitor our compensation
programs in light of Section 162(m), our Compensation
Committee considers it important to retain the flexibility to
design compensation programs that are in the best long-term
interests of our company and our stockholders, particularly as
we continue our transition from a private to a public company.
As a result, we have not adopted a policy requiring that all
compensation be deductible and our Compensation Committee may
conclude that paying compensation at levels that are not
deductible under Section 162(m) is nevertheless in the best
interests of our company and our stockholders.
Other provisions of the Internal Revenue Code can also affect
compensation decisions. Section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code, which governs the form and timing of payment of
deferred compensation, imposes sanctions, including a 20%
penalty and an interest penalty, on a recipient of deferred
compensation that does not comply with Section 409A. Our
Compensation Committee takes into account the potential
implications of Section 409A in determining the form and
timing of compensation awarded to our executives and strives to
structure its nonqualified deferred compensation plans to meet
these requirements.
118
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code disallows a
companys tax deduction for payments received by certain
individuals in connection with a change in control to the extent
that the payments exceed an amount approximately three times
their average annual compensation and Section 4999 of the
Internal Revenue Code imposes a 20% excise tax on those
payments. As described above, options and restricted stock
awarded under our Officers Rollover Stock Plan and options
granted under our Equity Incentive Plan have or will contain
provisions that accelerate vesting of all or a portion of the
awards in connection with a change in control. To the extent
that payments upon a change in control are classified as excess
parachute payments, our companys tax deduction would be
disallowed under Section 280G.
Compensation
Tables and Disclosures
Summary
Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonqualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
Compensation
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Earnings
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
($)(3)
|
|
($)(4)
|
|
($)(5)
|
|
($)
|
|
Ralph W. Shrader,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
1,162,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,559,145
|
|
|
|
32,694
|
|
|
|
1,474,503
|
|
|
|
4,228,842
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Samuel R. Strickland,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
825,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,106,490
|
|
|
|
69,700
|
|
|
|
1,062,115
|
|
|
|
3,063,305
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CG Appleby,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
1,050,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,408,260
|
|
|
|
42,085
|
|
|
|
1,394,506
|
|
|
|
3,894,851
|
|
Executive Vice President and General Counsel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph E. Garner,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
1,050,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,408,260
|
|
|
|
50,985
|
|
|
|
1,298,793
|
|
|
|
3,808,038
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John M. McConnell,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
1,050,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,525,434
|
|
|
|
1,408,260
|
|
|
|
28,277
|
|
|
|
122,353
|
|
|
|
4,134,324
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Year reflects fiscal 2010 April 1, 2009 to
March 31, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
This column represents the grant date fair value of the options
granted in fiscal 2010 at the time of Mr. McConnells
rehiring. Options are generally granted only on hire or
promotion. See Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Elements of Compensation
Long-term Equity Incentive Plans. The aggregate fair value
of the awards was computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718
based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions
using the valuation methodology and assumptions set forth in
Note 17 to our financial statements for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 2010, which are incorporated by reference
herein, modified to exclude any forfeiture assumptions related
to service-based vesting conditions. The amounts in this column
do not reflect the value, if any, that ultimately may be
realized by Mr. McConnell. |
|
(3) |
|
This column reflects bonuses under our annual performance bonus
plan, which provides awards based on the achievement of a
corporate performance objective. Awards under the annual
performance bonus plan are paid in cash. The annual performance
bonus plan is described more fully at Compensation
Discussion and Analysis Elements of
Compensation Cash Compensation. |
|
(4) |
|
This column reflects the change in value over fiscal 2009 of the
retiree medical and cash retirement benefit for each of our
named executive officers. |
119
|
|
|
(5) |
|
The table below describes the elements included in All Other
Compensation. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Related
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
on Unvested
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Qualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Qualified
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
Retirement
|
|
Executive
|
|
Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested Stock
|
|
Club
|
|
Financial
|
|
Contributions
|
|
Contributions
|
|
Medical Plan
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Membership
|
|
Counseling
|
|
to 401(k)
|
|
to Employee
|
|
Contributions
|
|
Ups
|
|
Other
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
($)(a)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(b)
|
|
($)(c)
|
|
($)
|
|
Ralph W. Shrader
|
|
|
927,758
|
|
|
|
33,753
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
32,377
|
|
|
|
392,371
|
|
|
|
34,677
|
|
|
|
8,628
|
|
|
|
29,939
|
|
|
|
1,474,503
|
|
Samuel R. Strickland
|
|
|
675,348
|
|
|
|
32,481
|
|
|
|
3,040
|
|
|
|
32,377
|
|
|
|
264,629
|
|
|
|
34,677
|
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
|
|
16,348
|
|
|
|
1,062,115
|
|
CG Appleby
|
|
|
927,758
|
|
|
|
11,795
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
32,377
|
|
|
|
349,790
|
|
|
|
34,677
|
|
|
|
4,998
|
|
|
|
18,111
|
|
|
|
1,394,506
|
|
Joseph E. Garner
|
|
|
837,255
|
|
|
|
13,510
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
32,377
|
|
|
|
349,790
|
|
|
|
34,677
|
|
|
|
3,729
|
|
|
|
17,455
|
|
|
|
1,298,793
|
|
John M. McConnell
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
7,166
|
|
|
|
32,377
|
|
|
|
22,000
|
|
|
|
34,677
|
|
|
|
4,787
|
|
|
|
21,346
|
|
|
|
122,353
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
On July 27, 2009, our Board approved a special dividend of
$10.87 per share paid on July 29, 2009 to holders of record
of our Class A common stock, Class B non-voting common
stock and Class C restricted common stock as of
July 29, 2009. In addition, on December 7, 2009, our
Board approved a special dividend of $46.42 per share paid on
December 11, 2009 to holders of record as of
December 8, 2009 of our Class A common stock,
Class B non-voting common stock and Class C restricted
common stock. In connection with these dividends and based on
their equity holdings, our named executive officers received
these dividend payments with respect to unvested Class C
restricted common stock. Dividends on vested shares are not
included because they are not considered compensation. In
addition, in accordance with the terms of the Officers
Rollover Stock Plan, the exercise price of outstanding stock
options was reduced by the reduction in value of our common
stock as a result of each of the dividends. For any stock option
with an exercise price less than the amount of the adjustment,
the exercise price was reduced to the par value of our
Class A common stock ($0.01), and the option-holder was
granted a right to receive a cash payment, in the same calendar
year as the year the related option is required to be exercised,
equal to the difference between the amount of the special
dividend and the amount by which the related options
exercise price was reduced. Amounts earned or paid in fiscal
2010 are included in this column. Amounts earned or paid with
respect to vested options are set forth in the Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation Table below. |
|
(b) |
|
Includes tax
gross-ups
relating to life insurance coverage and milestone anniversary
awards. |
|
(c) |
|
Includes: medical, dental, supplemental medical, life insurance,
accident insurance, personal excess liability coverage, estate
planning and milestone anniversary awards. |
120
Grants
of Plan-Based Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts
|
|
|
Under Equity Incentive
|
|
|
Awards;
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
Exercise or
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under Non-Equity Incentive
|
|
|
Plan Awards
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Base Price
|
|
|
of Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Awards(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Max
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
of Option
|
|
|
and Option
|
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
Threshold
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Max
|
|
|
Threshold
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
(H)
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
($/Sh)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Ralph W. Shrader
|
|
|
06/29/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,046,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Samuel R. Strickland
|
|
|
06/29/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
742,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CG Appleby
|
|
|
06/29/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
945,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph E. Garner
|
|
|
06/29/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
945,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John M. McConnell
|
|
|
06/29/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
945,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
05/07/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,500
|
(2)
|
|
|
118.06
|
(3)
|
|
|
1,525,434
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects target bonus levels for fiscal 2010 under our annual
performance bonus plan, which provides awards based on the
achievement of a corporate performance objective. Awards under
the annual performance bonus plan are paid in cash. The annual
performance bonus plan is described more fully at
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Elements
of Compensation Cash Compensation. Non-equity
incentive plan awards have no minimum threshold or maximum cap
payouts. The actual bonuses paid under the plan for fiscal 2010
are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table. |
|
(2) |
|
On May 7, 2009, upon rejoining our company,
Mr. McConnell received one-time awards of time-vesting and
performance-vesting stock options under our Equity Incentive
Plan. See Executive Compensation Plans, below, for a
description of our Equity Incentive Plan. |
|
|
|
One-third of the options are service-vesting options, which vest
and become exercisable, subject to the continued employment of
the named executive officer, ratably over three years.
Two-thirds of the options are performance options, which vest
and become exercisable, subject to the continued employment of
the named executive officer, ratably over three years based on
achievement of EBITDA and cumulative cash flow performance
goals, with the ability to catch up on missed goals
if cumulative achievement reaches the target cumulative levels
during the three-year vesting period. In the case of an option
that vests based on EBITDA performance, the missed performance
goal must be at least 90% of the target level to be eligible for
catch up. |
|
|
|
All service-vesting options become fully vested and exercisable
immediately prior to the effective date of certain change in
control events. Any unvested performance options at the time of
such a change in control event vest immediately prior to the
effective date of event if Carlyle achieves a specified internal
rate of return or the investment proceeds to Carlyle are at
least a specified multiple of their invested capital. |
|
|
|
For purposes of the options, internal rate of return
means the internal rate of return realized by Carlyle on its
invested capital as a result of the proceeds realized, or deemed
realized, by Carlyle on its capital, calculated without
reduction for any taxes and after giving effect to the vesting
of any awards granted under the Equity Incentive Plan. |
|
(3) |
|
Reflects the exercise price on the grant date. The exercise
price has been adjusted to $60.77 to reflect the two
extraordinary dividends paid in fiscal 2010. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Elements
of Compensation Long-term Equity Incentive
Plans. |
121
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Securities
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
Units of
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
Units of
|
|
Stock That
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Option
|
|
Stock That
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Options
|
|
Unearned
|
|
Price
|
|
Expiration
|
|
Have Not
|
|
Vested
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
Options
|
|
($)
|
|
Date
|
|
Vested(5)
|
|
($)(6)
|
|
Ralph W. Shrader
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,445.3333
|
|
|
|
1,337,316
|
|
|
|
|
2,799
|
|
|
|
3,734
|
(1)
|
|
|
4,853.55
|
(2)
|
|
|
42.71
|
|
|
|
11/19/2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,613.45
|
(3)
|
|
|
42.71
|
|
|
|
11/19/2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,895.154
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,910.132
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,940.088
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,940.088
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,955.066
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Samuel R. Strickland
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,082.0000
|
|
|
|
906,708
|
|
|
|
|
3,699
|
|
|
|
4,934
|
(1)
|
|
|
6,413.55
|
(2)
|
|
|
42.71
|
|
|
|
11/19/2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,453.45
|
(3)
|
|
|
42.71
|
|
|
|
11/19/2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,579.295
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,925.11
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,616.74
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,616.74
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,962.555
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CG Appleby
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,445.3333
|
|
|
|
1,337,316
|
|
|
|
|
2,799
|
|
|
|
3,734
|
(1)
|
|
|
4,853.55
|
(2)
|
|
|
42.71
|
|
|
|
11/19/2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,613.45
|
(3)
|
|
|
42.71
|
|
|
|
11/19/2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,895.154
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,910.132
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,940.088
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,940.088
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,955.066
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph E. Garner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,993.3333
|
|
|
|
1,154,416
|
|
|
|
|
2,799
|
|
|
|
3,734
|
(1)
|
|
|
4,853.55
|
(2)
|
|
|
42.71
|
|
|
|
11/19/2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,613.45
|
(3)
|
|
|
42.71
|
|
|
|
11/19/2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,627.9395
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,681.0910
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,787.3940
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,787.3940
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,840.5455
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
08/29/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John M. McConnell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,167
|
(7)(8)
|
|
|
11,916.45
|
(9)
|
|
|
60.77
|
|
|
|
05/07/2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,416.55
|
(8)
|
|
|
60.77
|
|
|
|
05/07/2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The options vest and become exercisable, subject to the
continued employment of the named executive officer, ratably on
June 30, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013. All
service-vesting options fully vest and become exercisable
immediately prior to the effective date of certain change in
control events. |
|
(2) |
|
The options vest and become exercisable, subject to the
continued employment of the named executive officer, ratably on
June 30, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 based on
achievement of EBITDA performance goals, with the ability to
catch up on missed goals if (x) the missed
performance goal was at least 90% of target level and
(y) cumulative EBITDA performance reaches the target
cumulative levels during the five-year vesting period. In
addition, any unvested performance options at the time of a
change in control event vest immediately prior to the effective
date of the event if Carlyle achieves a specified |
122
|
|
|
|
|
internal rate of return as a result of the event or the
investment proceeds to Carlyle are at least a specified multiple
of its invested capital. |
|
(3) |
|
The options vest and become exercisable, subject to the
continued employment of the named executive officer, ratably on
June 30, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 based on
achievement of cumulative cash flow performance goals, with the
ability to catch up on missed goals if cumulative
achievement reaches the target cumulative levels during the
five-year vesting period. In addition, any unvested performance
options at the time of a change in control event vest
immediately prior to the effective date of event if Carlyle
achieves a specified internal rate of return as a result of the
event or the investment proceeds to Carlyle are at least a
specified multiple of its invested capital. |
|
(4) |
|
One third of the options are currently vested. The remaining
options vest in equal annual installments on June 30, 2010
and 2011. To the extent the options become vested, they become
exercisable as set forth below (all vested options must be
exercised within 60 days following the annual exercise
dates unless a named executive officer receives written consent
from the administrator, in which case such options may be
exercised through the end of the year in which they vest): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
June 30
|
|
June 30
|
|
June 30
|
|
June 30
|
Exercise Commencement Date
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
|
Percentage of vested options to be exercised
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of options with June 30, 2010 vesting date to be
exercised
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of options with June 30, 2011 vesting date to be
exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
In connection with the special dividends of $10.87 per share and
$46.42 per share paid to holders of our common stock in fiscal
2010 and in accordance with the terms of the Officers
Rollover Stock Plan, the exercise price of outstanding stock
options was reduced by the reduction in value of our common
stock as a result of each of the dividends. For any stock option
with an exercise price less than the amount of the adjustment,
the exercise price was reduced to the par value of our
Class A common stock ($0.01), and the option-holder was
granted a right to receive a cash payment, in the same calendar
year as the year the related option is required to be exercised,
equal to the difference between the amount of the special
dividend and the amount by which the related options
exercise price was reduced. This payment is subject to vesting
and forfeiture on the same terms as the related option. To the
extent they become vested, payments of such amounts to our named
executive officers will be made as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
June 30
|
|
June 30
|
|
June 30
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
|
Ralph W. Shrader
|
|
$
|
575,870.35
|
|
|
$
|
493,603.16
|
|
|
$
|
329,068.77
|
|
|
$
|
329,068.77
|
|
|
$
|
246,801.58
|
|
Samuel R. Strickland
|
|
$
|
471,594.55
|
|
|
$
|
404,223.90
|
|
|
$
|
269,482.60
|
|
|
$
|
269,482.60
|
|
|
$
|
202,111.95
|
|
CG Appleby
|
|
$
|
575,870.35
|
|
|
$
|
493,603.16
|
|
|
$
|
329,068.77
|
|
|
$
|
329,068.77
|
|
|
$
|
246,801.58
|
|
Joseph E. Garner
|
|
$
|
563,305.16
|
|
|
$
|
482,832.99
|
|
|
$
|
321,888.66
|
|
|
$
|
321,888.66
|
|
|
$
|
241,416.50
|
|
John M. McConnell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Upon exercise of an option, the named executive officer must
sell to us, and we must repurchase, at par value, one share of
Class E special voting stock for each option exercised. If
the named executive officer fails to complete the purchase of
shares on exercise of the options within the time period set
forth in the Officers Rollover Stock Plan or fails to file
an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the
Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after
exercise, the related shares of common stock will be deemed to
have been forfeited by that named executive officer, and the
named executive officer must sell to us, and we must repurchase,
at par value, the related number of shares of Class E
special voting stock held by the named executive officer.
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Our Class C restricted common stock vests in equal annual
installments on June 30, 2010 and 2011. |
|
(6) |
|
Market value has been determined based on the fair market value
of our stock on March 31, 2010 of $128.03. |
123
|
|
|
(7) |
|
The options vest and become exercisable, subject to the
continued employment of the named executive officer, ratably on
June 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012. All service-vesting options
fully vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the
effective date of certain change in control events. |
|
(8) |
|
The options vest and become exercisable, subject to the
continued employment of the named executive officer, ratably on
June 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 based on achievement of
cumulative cash flow performance goals, with the ability to
catch up on missed goals if cumulative achievement
reaches the target cumulative levels during the three-year
vesting period. In addition, any unvested performance options at
the time of a change in control event vest immediately prior to
the effective date of event if Carlyle achieves a specified
internal rate of return as a result of the event or the
investment proceeds to Carlyle are at least a specified multiple
of its invested capital. |
|
(9) |
|
The options vest and become exercisable, subject to the
continued employment of the executive officer, ratably on
June 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 based on achievement of EBITDA
performance goals, with the ability to catch up on
missed goals if (x) the missed performance goal was at
least 90% of target level and (y) cumulative EBITDA
performance reaches the target cumulative levels during the
three-year vesting period. In addition, any unvested performance
options at the time of a change in control event vest
immediately prior to the effective date of the event if Carlyle
achieves a specified internal rate of return as a result of the
event or the investment proceeds to Carlyle are at least a
specified multiple of its invested capital. |
Option
Exercises and Stock Vested Table
The table below provides information on the named executive
officers restricted stock awards that vested and the stock
options that they exercised in fiscal 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
Value Realized on
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
Value Realized on
|
|
|
Acquired on
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Acquired on
|
|
Vesting
|
Name
|
|
Exercise(1)
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
Vesting(1)
|
|
($)(3)
|
|
Ralph W. Shrader
|
|
|
11,910.1320
|
|
|
|
1,425,064
|
|
|
|
5,222.6667
|
|
|
|
650,953
|
|
Samuel R. Strickland
|
|
|
9,925.1100
|
|
|
|
1,180,536
|
|
|
|
3,541.0000
|
|
|
|
441,350
|
|
CG Appleby
|
|
|
11,910.1320
|
|
|
|
1,425,064
|
|
|
|
5,222.6667
|
|
|
|
650,953
|
|
Joseph E. Garner
|
|
|
11,681.0910
|
|
|
|
1,396,513
|
|
|
|
4,496.6667
|
|
|
|
560,465
|
|
John M. McConnell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Fractional shares are paid in cash. |
|
(2) |
|
Option Award ($) value realized is based on fair market value
less exercise cost at time of exercise. |
|
(3) |
|
Stock Award ($) value realized is based on fair market value on
June 30, 2009. |
124
Pension
Benefits Table
The Officers Retirement Plan is an unfunded defined
benefit retirement plan that we maintain for our executive
officers. Under the Officers Retirement Plan, if an
executive officer retires of his or her own volition (and is not
entitled to severance) after a minimum of either
(x) age 60 with five years of service as an officer or
(y) age 50 with ten years of service as an officer, he
or she will be entitled to receive a single lump sum retirement
payment equal to $10,000 for each year of service as an officer,
pro-rated as appropriate. Currently all of our named executive
officers are retirement eligible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present Value of
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
During Last
|
|
|
|
|
Years Credited
|
|
Benefits
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
Name
|
|
Plan Name
|
|
Service (#)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
Ralph W. Shrader
|
|
Officers Retirement Plan
|
|
|
31.5
|
|
|
|
315,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Samuel R. Strickland
|
|
Officers Retirement Plan
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
|
|
144,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
CG Appleby
|
|
Officers Retirement Plan
|
|
|
28.0
|
|
|
|
280,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph E. Garner
|
|
Officers Retirement Plan
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
175,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
John M. McConnell
|
|
Officers Retirement Plan
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
|
|
121,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The present value of accumulated benefits has been calculated in
a manner consistent with our reporting of the Retired
Officers Bonus Plan under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 87, using the Accumulated Benefit
Obligation with the exception of the retirement rate
assumptions. The amounts shown above reflect an assumption that
each participant collects his benefit at the earliest age at
which an unreduced benefit is available. |
Non-Qualified
Deferred Compensation
In connection with the special dividends paid on July 29,
2009 and December 11, 2009 that resulted in an adjustment
of the exercise price of outstanding options, our named
executive officers who held options with exercise prices less
than the amount of the adjustment were granted the right to
receive a cash payment, in the same calendar year the related
option vests, equal to the difference between the amount of the
dividend and the amount by which the related options
exercise price was reduced. This payment is subject to vesting
and forfeiture on the same terms as the related option. For a
description of these dividend adjustment payments, see footnote
4 to the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table
above. Vested rights to these cash payments are reflected in the
table below.
Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive
|
|
Registrant
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions
|
|
Contributions
|
|
Earnings in
|
|
Withdrawals/
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
in Last FY
|
|
in Last FY(1)
|
|
Last FY
|
|
Distributions
|
|
Last FYE(2)
|
Name
|
|
Plan Name
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Ralph W. Shrader
|
|
Officers Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
329,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
329,069
|
|
Samuel R. Strickland
|
|
Officers Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
269,621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
269,483
|
|
CG Appleby
|
|
Officers Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
329,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
329,069
|
|
Joseph E. Garner
|
|
Officers Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
322,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
321,889
|
|
John M. McConnell
|
|
Officers Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Registrant contributions represent, for each vested stock option
issued under the Officers Rollover Stock Plan held by the
named executive officer on the record date with respect to each
dividend declared in fiscal 2010, the difference between the
value of the dividend paid and the amount by which the exercise
price of the stock option was reduced. Amounts in this column
are included in the All Other Compensation column of
the Summary Compensation Table. |
|
(2) |
|
None of the amounts in this column would have been reported in
our Summary Compensation Table in prior years. |
125
Employment
Arrangements and Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change
in Control
We do not have employment or severance agreements with any of
our executive officers. However, upon a company approved
departure, each named executive officer is eligible for
transition pay equal to one months base pay per year of
service as an officer, up to a maximum of twelve months
base pay.
Termination
Payments
Officers Retirement Plan. If our named
executive officers retire, they will each be entitled to receive
a single lump sum retirement payment equal to $10,000 for each
year of service as an officer, pro-rated as appropriate, and an
annual allowance of $4,000 for financial counseling and tax
preparation assistance. In addition, each of our named executive
officers and their spouses will be entitled to receive
employer-paid retiree medical and dental coverage for life.
Officers Rollover Stock Plan. If a named
executive officers employment is terminated due to the
officers death, any unvested stock options and restricted
stock issued under the Officers Rollover Stock Plan will
vest and become exercisable. If a named executive officers
employment is terminated by us without cause, by reason of
disability or in a company approved departure,
awards under the Officers Rollover Stock Plan will
continue to vest and be exercisable in accordance with the plan,
subject to forfeiture if the named executive officer engages in
competitive activity following the termination.
Stockholders Agreement. If a named executive
officers employment is terminated for any reason, then we
may repurchase the common stock that the officer holds and that
was issued pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan at the price
set forth in the stockholders agreement. See Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions Related
Person Transactions Stockholders Agreement.
Change
in Control Protections
We do not have change in control agreements with any of our
employees.
If a change in control occurs, the stock options issued under
the Officers Rollover Stock Plan will vest. Under the
Equity Incentive Plan, if a change in control occurs,
outstanding service-vesting options will vest immediately prior
to the change in control and unvested performance-vesting
options that are scheduled to vest in the year of the change in
control, or that are subject to vesting under a
catch-up
vesting provision, vest immediately prior to the change in
control if certain performance conditions are satisfied in the
change in control.
In addition, if during the five year period after a change in
control our officers retiree medical plan is terminated or
modified in a manner that is materially adverse to our officers,
our officers, including our executive officers, will be
guaranteed their existing benefits under the plan during such
five-year period and receive a cash payment equal to the excess
of actuarial cost of the officers benefits under the plan
that would be accrued on the companys financial statements
on the fifth anniversary of the change in control in the absence
of the termination or modification over the amount that is
accrued on our financial statements on the fifth anniversary of
the change in control giving effect the termination or
modification (but excluding the accrual on the payment itself).
126
The following table presents potential payments to each named
executive officer as if the named executive officers
employment had been terminated or a change in control had
occurred as of March 31, 2010, the last day of fiscal 2010.
If applicable, amounts in the table were calculated using
$128.03, the fair market value of our common stock on
March 31, 2010. The actual amounts that would be paid to
any named executive officer can only be determined at the time
of an actual termination of employment or change in control and
would vary from those listed below. The estimated amounts listed
below are in addition to any retirement, welfare and other
benefits that are available to our salaried employees generally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity With
|
|
|
|
|
|
Death and
|
|
|
Continued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Retirement
|
|
|
Disability
|
|
|
Perquisites and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance Pay
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
Plan Benefits:
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Name
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
|
($)(7)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Ralph W. Shrader
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Death
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,394,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,096,875
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,491,054
|
|
Disability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,587
|
(4)
|
|
|
296,198
|
(5)
|
|
|
375,785
|
|
Company Approved
Departure(8)
|
|
|
1,162,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
296,198
|
(5)
|
|
|
1,458,698
|
|
Retirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
315,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
338,348
|
(6)
|
|
|
653,348
|
|
Resignation/Other Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination for Cause
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change-In-Control
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,349,848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
296,198
|
(9)
|
|
|
9,646,046
|
|
Samuel R. Strickland
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Death
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,758,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,068,750
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,827,729
|
|
Disability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
106,438
|
(4)
|
|
|
494,673
|
(5)
|
|
|
601,111
|
|
Company Approved
Departure(8)
|
|
|
825,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
494,673
|
(5)
|
|
|
1,319,673
|
|
Retirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
144,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
543,393
|
(6)
|
|
|
687,393
|
|
Resignation/Other Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination for Cause
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change-In-Control
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,021,801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
494,673
|
(9)
|
|
|
8,516,474
|
|
CG Appleby
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Death
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,394,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,087,500
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,481,679
|
|
Disability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,803
|
(4)
|
|
|
389,278
|
(5)
|
|
|
474,081
|
|
Company Approved Departure(8)
|
|
|
1,050,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
389,278
|
(5)
|
|
|
1,439,278
|
|
Retirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
280,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
434,809
|
(6)
|
|
|
714,809
|
|
Resignation/Other Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination for Cause
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change-In-Control
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,349,848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
389,278
|
(9)
|
|
|
9,739,126
|
|
Joseph E. Garner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Death
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,067,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,087,500
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,154,959
|
|
Disability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,064
|
(4)
|
|
|
424,849
|
(5)
|
|
|
509,913
|
|
Company Approved Departure(8)
|
|
|
1,050,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
424,849
|
(5)
|
|
|
1,474,849
|
|
Retirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
175,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
471,467
|
(6)
|
|
|
646,467
|
|
Resignation/Other Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination for Cause
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change-In-Control
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,023,129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
424,849
|
(9)
|
|
|
9,447,978
|
|
John M. McConnell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Death
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,087,500
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,087,500
|
|
Disability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,736
|
(4)
|
|
|
275,004
|
(5)
|
|
|
345,740
|
|
Company Approved Departure(8)
|
|
|
1,050,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
275,004
|
(5)
|
|
|
1,325,004
|
|
Retirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
315,995
|
(6)
|
|
|
436,895
|
|
Resignation/Other Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination for Cause
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change-In-Control
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,849,650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
275,004
|
(9)
|
|
|
2,124,654
|
|
127
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Each named executive officer is eligible for transition pay
equal to one months base pay per year of service as an
officer up to a maximum of twelve months base pay. An
additional amount equal to a pro rata portion of the named
executive officers annual incentive compensation for the
year in which the termination occurs may be paid upon
termination at the discretion of the Board. |
|
(2) |
|
This column includes the value of the equity with accelerated
vesting calculated using $128.03, the fair market value of our
common stock on March 31, 2010, and the value of the
deferred cash payment due to the named executive officers as a
result of the special dividends paid on July 29, 2009 and
December 11, 2009, as described in footnote 4 to the
Outstanding Equity at Fiscal Year-End Table above. |
|
(3) |
|
Each named executive officer has a $2 million life
insurance policy. If the death was accidental, an additional
$1.5 million would be paid. Survivors also receive one
months base pay. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes present value of disability insurance payments that
cover up to 60% of base salary and bonus with a maximum benefit
of $25,000 per month ($300,000/year). The amounts in this column
were calculated by valuing the benefit as a standard annuity
benefit based on the incidence of disability, using assumptions
consistent with FAS 87/106 accounting for our other benefit
programs and, for the assumption of a rate of disability, the
1977 Social Security Disability Index table. |
|
(5) |
|
Amount includes actuarial present value of retiree medical
benefits. The present value of accumulated benefits has been
calculated in a manner consistent with our reporting of the
Retired Officers Welfare Plan under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 106, using the Accumulated
Postretirement Benefit Obligation with an adjustment made to
retirement age assumptions as required by SEC regulations. |
|
(6) |
|
Amount includes actuarial present value of up to $4,000 per year
for financial counseling assistance and retiree medical
benefits. The amounts in this column that represent the present
value of the financial counseling allowance were calculated with
the same assumptions we use to disclose our Retired
Officers Bonus Plan, consistent with FAS 87, with an
adjustment to the rate of retirement; the valuation is based on
the discounted value of the full $4,000. The amounts in the
column that represent the actuarial present value of retiree
medical benefits were calculated as described in
footnote 5 above. |
|
(7) |
|
Benefits under the Officers Retirement Plan. This amount
has been calculated using the methodology and assumptions
described in footnote 1 to the Pension Benefits Table
above. |
|
(8) |
|
Whether a termination of employment is deemed a company approved
departure is determined at the discretion of our Compensation
Committee. |
|
|
|
(9) |
|
Reflects the present value of the guaranteed benefits and cash
payment of the actuarial cost of the officers benefits
under the officers retiree medical plan, assuming that the
plan was terminated during the five years following a change in
control. |
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
The current members of our Compensation Committee are
Dr. Shrader and Messrs. Odeen (Chairman), Clare and
Fujiyama. Dr. Schrader is our Chief Executive Officer and a
stockholder and will step down as a member of the committee
prior to completion of the offering. As a stockholder,
Dr. Shrader received proceeds of dividends approved in
fiscal 2010 and is party to a stockholders agreement with Booz
Allen Holding and other stockholders. As a former stockholder
and officer of Booz Allen Hamilton, he received a combination of
current and deferred cash consideration, stock and options in
Booz Allen Holding in connection with the acquisition. Our
company also employs two of Dr. Shraders children and
pays a company controlled by Dr. Shrader for use of an
aircraft. See Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Related Person Transactions
Common Stock Dividends, Stockholders
Agreement, The Acquisition and
Other Relationships. Messrs. Clare
and Fujiyama are employed by The Carlyle Group, an affiliate of
Coinvest. As described below, Coinvest received proceeds of
dividends approved in fiscal 2010 and is a party to a
stockholders agreement with Booz Allen Holding and other
stockholders. Coinvest and The Carlyle Group are affiliates of
TC Group V US, L.L.C., which is party to a management agreement
with Booz Allen Holding
128
and Booz Allen Hamilton pursuant to which TC Group V US, L.L.C.
provides Booz Allen Holding and its subsidiaries, including Booz
Allen Hamilton, with advisory, consulting and other services for
a fee. See Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Related Person Transactions
Common Stock Dividends, Stockholders
Agreement, and The Management
Agreement. Upon completion of this offering, we do not
anticipate that any members of our Compensation Committee will
serve as a member of the Board or Compensation Committee of any
other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as
a member of our Board or Compensation Committee.
Executive
Compensation Plans
The following are summaries of the short- and long-term
incentive compensation plans applicable to our executive
officers: our Annual Incentive Plan, Equity Incentive Plan and
Officers Rollover Stock Plan. The following summaries are
qualified by reference to the full text of the respective plans,
which have been filed as exhibits to this registration statement.
In addition, we have adopted a tax qualified Employee Stock
Purchase Plan under which our employees may purchase up to an
aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock
at up to a 15% discount.
Annual
Incentive Plan
Our Board has adopted an Annual Incentive Plan under which we
will provide annual cash incentives to our executive officers
and other key employees following our initial public offering.
Purpose. The purpose of the Annual Incentive
Plan is to enable our company and its subsidiaries to attract,
retain, motivate and reward executive officers and key employees
by providing them with the opportunity to earn competitive
compensation directly linked to our companys performance.
The Annual Incentive Plan is designed to meet the requirements
of the performance-based compensation exemption from
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent
that it is applicable to our company and the plan. We intend to
comply with the Section 162(m) limits after the post-IPO
transition period expires in 2014. See Compensation
Discussion and Analysis Effect of Accounting and Tax
Treatment on Compensation Decisions.
Administration. The Annual Incentive Plan is
administered by our Compensation Committee, which may delegate
its authority under the Annual Incentive Plan, other than with
respect to awards to any employee whose compensation is subject
to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Performance Criteria. To the extent
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code is applicable
to our company and the plan, our Compensation Committee
establishes the performance objective or objectives applicable
to any award under the plan prior to the 91st day after the
beginning of each performance period under the Annual Incentive
Plan (and no later than the date on which 25% of the performance
period has lapsed). When Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code is applicable to our company and the plan, unless
our Compensation Committee determines that an award will not
qualify as performance-based compensation under
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the
performance criteria will be based on one of the following:
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization;
operating earnings; net earnings; income; earnings before
interest and taxes; total shareholder return; return on our
assets; increase in our earnings or earnings per share; revenue
growth; share price performance; return on invested capital;
operating income; pre- or post-tax income; net income; economic
value added; profit margins; cash flow; improvement in or
attainment of expense or capital expenditure levels; improvement
in or attainment of working capital levels; return on equity;
debt reduction; gross profit; market share; cost reductions;
workforce satisfaction and diversity goals; workplace health and
safety goals; employee retention; completion of key projects and
strategic plan development
and/or
implementation; job profit or performance against a multiplier;
or in the case of persons whose compensation is not subject to
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, such other
criteria as may be determined by our Compensation Committee.
Payment. Payment of awards will be made as
soon as practicable after our Compensation Committee certifies
that one or more of the applicable performance criteria have
been attained. Our Compensation Committee will determine whether
any award under the Annual Incentive Plan will be paid in cash,
stock
129
(including restricted stock or restricted stock units) or other
awards under the Equity Incentive Plan, or in a combination of
cash, stock, and other awards, including conditioning the
vesting of such shares or other awards on the performance of
additional service.
Maximum Award; Discretion. The maximum award
amount payable per fiscal year under the Annual Incentive Plan
is $5,000,000. Our Compensation Committee has the discretion to
reduce awards under the Annual Incentive Plan for any reason or
increase awards to employees whose compensation is not subject
to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Awards to
employees whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m)
of the Internal Revenue Code cannot be increased beyond the
maximum award.
Termination of Employment. Unless otherwise
determined by our Compensation Committee when the performance
criteria are selected, any participant in the Annual Incentive
Plan whose employment terminates will forfeit all rights to any
unpaid award. However, (i) if a participants
employment terminates due to death, disability or company
approved departure (as defined in the Annual Incentive
Plan), our Compensation Committee may pay a partial award to the
participant with respect to the portion of the performance
period prior to the participants termination of employment
and (ii) if the participants employment terminates
for any reason prior to payment of the Annual Incentive Plan
award, our Compensation Committee may waive the forfeiture
feature, but may not waive the requirement to satisfy the
performance criteria for participants whose compensation is
subject to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Forfeiture. If we are required to prepare an
accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with any
financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, and a
participant knowingly or grossly negligently engaged in the
misconduct or knowing or grossly negligently failed to prevent
the misconduct, or if the participant is one of the individuals
subject to automatic forfeiture under section 304 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, then the participant must forfeit
and disgorge any awards received during the twelve months
following the filing of the financial document embodying such
financial reporting requirement and any other awards earned
based on the materially non-complying financial reporting. In
addition, any award paid to a current or former executive
officer during the three-year period preceding the date on which
the restatement is required, based on erroneous data, must be
forfeited and disgorged to us to the extent the award is in
excess of what would have been paid to the officer. The Annual
Incentive Plan also includes a clawback of any awards to
the extent required by applicable law or regulations in effect
on or after the effective date of the plan.
Officers
Rollover Stock Plan
Under the Officers Rollover Stock Plan, (i) shares of
common stock, (ii) restricted shares of common stock,
(iii) shares of our special voting stock and
(iv) non-qualified stock options were issued in exchange
for the cancellation and surrender of shares and rights to
purchase shares granted under our previous stock rights plan in
connection with Carlyles investment in our company.
Eligibility and Shares Subject to the Officers
Rollover Stock Plan. Certain officers who held
stock or options in Booz Allen Hamilton Inc. prior to the
transaction were eligible to participate in the Officers
Rollover Stock Plan. The aggregate number of shares issuable
under the Officers Rollover Stock Plan is equal to the
number of shares that were rolled by the officers, and these
shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired common
stock. The aggregate number of shares of special voting stock
that was issuable under the Officers Rollover Stock Plan
was equal to the number of stock rights that were rolled by the
executive officers.
Administration. The administrator administers
the Officers Rollover Stock Plan. The administrator has
the authority to determine the fair market value, make
determinations as to the termination of an officer with respect
to the officers awards, approve forms of agreement for use
under the plan, prescribe, amend and rescind rules and
regulations relating to the plan, construe the terms of the
plan, and make all other decisions and determinations that may
be required under the plan.
130
Restricted
Stock
Grant. Restricted stock was granted to
executive officers under the Officers Rollover Stock Plan
in exchange for stock rights that were originally scheduled to
vest and be exercised in 2008.
Vesting. With respect to officers who were
eligible to retire from employment as of December 31, 2008
(the retirement eligible officers), the restricted
stock vests in equal annual installments on June 30, 2009,
2010 and 2011. With respect to all other officers, fifty percent
(50%) of the restricted stock vests on June 30, 2011, and
twenty-five percent (25%) vests on each of June 30, 2012
and 2013. If an officers employment is terminated for
cause or if the officer engages in competitive activity (each as
defined in the Officers Rollover Stock Plan) during or
following termination of employment, then our company has a
right to repurchase the unvested restricted stock as described
below. Otherwise, all shares of restricted stock will continue
to vest without regard to his or her termination of employment
and if an officers employment is terminated by reason of
the officers death, all unvested shares of restricted
stock vest as of the date of such termination of employment.
Upon vesting, restricted stock is subject to the same repurchase
provisions provided for common stock as described below.
Options
Grant. Options and shares of special voting
stock were granted to officers under the Officers Rollover
Stock Plan in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of
their rights to purchase stock in Booz Allen Hamilton Inc. other
than those rights that were originally scheduled to vest and be
exercised in 2008. The number of shares underlying each option
(and, accordingly, an equal number of shares of special voting
stock) and the exercise price for each option were determined by
the administrator. Certain of the options (excess
options) were granted to certain officers who chose to
exchange an amount of stock rights in excess of the amount the
officer was required to exchange.
Vesting. With respect to retirement eligible
officers, the options vest in equal annual installments on
June 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011. With respect to all other
officers, fifty percent (50%) of the new options vest on
June 30, 2011, and twenty-five percent (25%) will vest on
or about each of June 30, 2012 and 2013.
Exercise. To the extent options granted to
retirement eligible officers (retirement options)
become vested, they become exercisable as set forth below (all
vested options must be exercised within sixty (60) days
following the annual exercise dates unless an officer receives
written consent from the administrator, in which case the
options may be exercised through the end of the year in which
they vest):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
Exercise Commencement Date
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
|
Percentage of Retirement Options with June 30, 2009 vesting
date to be exercised
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Retirement Options with June 30, 2010 vesting
date to be exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Retirement Options with June 30, 2011 vesting
date to be exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
131
To the extent options granted to all other officers
(regular options) become vested, they will become
exercisable as set forth below (all vested options must be
exercised within sixty (60) days following the annual
exercise dates unless an officer receives written consent from
the administrator, in which case the options may be exercised
through the end of the year in which they vest):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
Exercise Commencement Date
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
|
2015
|
|
Percentage of Regular Options with June 30, 2011 vesting
date to be exercised
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Percentage of Regular Options with June 30, 2012 vesting
date to be exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
Percentage of Regular Options with June 30, 2013 vesting
date to be exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
%
|
|
|
33
|
%
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
Upon exercise of an option, an officer will sell to our company,
and we will repurchase, at par value, one share of special
voting stock for each regular option or retirement option
exercised. If the officer fails to complete the purchase of
shares of common stock within the time period set forth in the
Officers Rollover Stock Plan or fails to file the 83(b)
election with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty
(30) days after exercise, the related shares of common
stock will be deemed to have been forfeited by that officer, and
the officer will sell to our company, and we will repurchase, at
par value, the related number of shares of special voting stock
acquired by the officer.
Treatment
of Options Upon Termination of Employment
|
|
|
|
|
Cause or competitive activity: If an
officers employment is terminated for cause or if the
officer engages in competitive activity (each as defined in the
Officers Rollover Stock Plan) during or following
termination of employment, then all unvested options will
immediately be forfeited and we will have the right to convert
vested but unexercised options into the right to receive upon
exercise a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the case of options (other than the excess options),
(i) the lower of (a) fifty percent (50%) (or, in the
case of a termination after June 30, 2016, ninety percent
(90%)) of the fair market value of the shares subject thereto
and (b) the cost over (ii) the per share
exercise price, and
|
|
|
|
in the case of excess options, (i) the fair market value of
the shares subject thereto over (ii) the per share exercise
price.
|
Cost for this purpose means the greater of
$42.71 and the exercise price plus withholding taxes paid by the
officer upon acquisition of the shares under the Officers
Rollover Stock Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
Without cause, disability or company-approved
departure: In the event that an executive
officers employment is terminated without cause or by
reason of disability or through a company-approved departure,
then unvested options will continue to vest as otherwise
provided and any not previously expired or exercised options
held by the officer can be exercised on the applicable exercise
date. However, we will have the right to convert any portion of
any unexercised options into the right to receive upon vesting
and exercise a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the case of options (other than the excess options),
(i) in our discretion, (a) the fair market value of
the shares subject to the options as of the date of termination,
or (b) the cost, over (ii) the per share exercise
price for the shares, and
|
|
|
|
in the case of excess options, (i) the fair market value of
the shares subject thereto over (ii) the per share exercise
price.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Death: In the event that an officers
employment is terminated by reason of death, any unvested
portion of any options held by the officer (or his or her
personal representative or person empowered under the deceased
officers will or the then applicable laws (eligible
representative)) and not previously expired or exercised,
will immediately vest in full and any vested options held by the
officer
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
(or his or her eligible representative) not previously expired
or exercised, will be exercisable by the eligible representative
during the calendar year following the year of the
officers death or, if earlier, at the time that the option
would have otherwise been required to be exercised. We will have
the right to convert all or any portion of any unexercised
options into the right to receive upon vesting and exercise a
cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the case of options (other than the excess options),
(i) in our discretion, (a) the fair market value of
the shares subject to the option as of the date of termination,
or (b) the cost, over (ii) the per share exercise
price for the shares, and
|
|
|
|
in the case of excess options, (i) the fair market value of
the shares subject thereto, over (ii) the per share
exercise price, which in each case, will be paid to the
officers eligible representative during the calendar year
following the year of the officers death or, if earlier,
at the time the new option would have otherwise been required to
be exercised.
|
Any option that is not exercised or converted into the right to
receive a cash payment will terminate at the end of the calendar
year following the year of the officers death or, if
earlier, the end of the calendar year in which it would have
otherwise been required to be exercised.
|
|
|
|
|
Termination for any Other Reason: In the event
an officers employment is terminated for any reason other
than those set forth above, any vested option not previously
exercised or expired will be exercisable on the applicable
exercise date. All unvested options will be immediately
forfeited and canceled effective as of the date of termination.
We will have the right to convert all or any portion of any
vested but unexercised options into the right to receive upon
exercise a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the case of options (other than the excess options),
(i) the lower of (a) the fair market value of the
shares subject thereto and (b) the cost, over (ii) the
per share exercise price, and
|
|
|
|
in the case of excess options, (i) the fair market value of
the shares subject thereto over (ii) the per share exercise
price.
|
Repurchase
of Company Common Stock Subject to the Officers Rollover
Stock Plan upon Termination of Employment
For any shares acquired pursuant to the Officers Rollover
Stock Plan that are designated as excess rollover shares
pursuant to an exchange agreement between the shareholder and
our company or are received on the exercise of an excess option,
the purchase price per share equals the fair market value.
|
|
|
|
|
Cause or Competitive Activity: If an
officers employment is terminated for cause or if the
officer engages in competitive activity each as defined in the
Officers Rollover Stock Plan after such termination, then
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock: the purchase price for any
shares of common stock (other than shares acquired pursuant to
the Officers Rollover Stock Plan that are designated as
excess rollover shares pursuant to an exchange agreement entered
into between the shareholder and our company or are received on
the exercise of an excess option) will equal
|
|
|
|
|
|
until June 30, 2016, the lower of (x) fifty percent
(50%) of fair market value and (y) the cost and
|
|
|
|
after June 30, 2016, ninety percent (90%) of fair market
value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested Restricted Stock: the purchase price
per share for any unvested restricted stock will equal the lower
of (i) the exercise price of the 2008 stock rights with
respect to which the restricted stock was granted plus any
withholding taxes paid by the officer relating to the surrender
of 2008 stock rights or the grant of the shares of restricted
stock and minus any dividends paid on the restricted stock or
(ii) fifty percent (50%) of the fair market value.
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
Without Cause, Disability, Death or Company Approved
Departure: If an officers employment is
terminated without cause or by reason of the officers
death or disability or company approved departure, then, the
purchase price for any shares of common stock (other than excess
rollover shares) will equal, in the administrators
discretion, either (x) the fair market value of the shares
as of the repurchase date or (y) the cost.
|
|
|
|
Termination for any Other Reason: If an
officer is terminated for any other reason than those described
above, then the purchase price for any shares of common stock
(other than excess rollover shares) will equal, in our
companys discretion, either (x) the fair market value
of the shares as of the date of the repurchase or (y) the
cost.
|
Change in
Control
Upon a change in control, any unvested options will vest in
full, and all options will become immediately exercisable. In
connection with the foregoing, the administrator may provide
that each option will be canceled in exchange for a payment in
an amount equal to the number of shares covered by option times
the excess, if any, of the change in control price (as defined
in the Officers Rollover Stock Plan) over any applicable
exercise price for the option. Each option that is not canceled
in exchange for a payment must be exercised no later than the
earlier of ninety (90) days after a change in control or
the end of the calendar year of the change in control, or the
options will be forfeited.
Adjustment
in Capitalization
If the administrator determines that a corporate transaction or
event (including, for example, any recapitalization (including a
leveraged recapitalization), reclassification, stock split,
reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation,
acquisition, disposition,
split-up,
spin off, combination, repurchase, liquidation, dissolution, or
sale, transfer, exchange or any disposition of all or
substantially all of our capital stock or assets) in the
administrators discretion, affects the shares such that an
adjustment to an award under the Officers Rollover Stock
Plan is determined by the administrator to be appropriate to
prevent dilution or enlargement of benefits or potential
benefits intended to be made available under the plan, then the
administrator will adjust any or all of: (i) the number and
kind of shares with respect to which an award may be granted
under the plan; (ii) the number and kind of shares subject
to outstanding awards; (iii) the grant or exercise price
per share for any outstanding awards under the plan;
(iv) the cost, or (v) the terms and conditions of any
outstanding awards.
Equity
Incentive Plan
Administration. Our Board has the power and
authority to administer the Equity Incentive Plan. In accordance
with the terms of the Equity Incentive Plan, our Board has
delegated this power and authority to our Compensation
Committee. Our Compensation Committee has the authority to
interpret the terms and intent of the Equity Incentive Plan, to
determine eligibility for and terms of awards for participants
and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for
the administration of the Equity Incentive Plan.
Awards. Awards under the Equity Incentive Plan
may be made in the form of stock options, which may be either
incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options; stock
purchase rights; restricted stock; restricted stock units;
performance shares; performance units; stock appreciation
rights; dividend equivalents; deferred share units; dividend
equivalents; and other stock-based awards.
Shares Subject to the Plan. Subject to
adjustment as described below, a total of 2,800,000 shares of
our common stock will be available for issuance under the Equity
Incentive Plan. Shares issued under the Equity Incentive Plan
may be authorized but unissued shares or reacquired shares. At
such time as Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code is
applicable to our company and the plan, (i) a participant
may receive a maximum of 45,000 performance shares, shares of
performance-based restricted stock and restricted stock units
and performance-based deferred share units under the Equity
Incentive Plan in any one year, (ii) the maximum dollar
amount of cash that may be earned in connection with the grant
of performance units during any calendar year may not exceed
$5,000,000 and (iii) the maximum number of stock options,
SARs or other
134
awards based solely on the increase in the value of common
stock that a participant may receive in one year is 70,000.
Any shares covered by an award, or portion of an award, granted
under the plan that terminates, is forfeited, is repurchased
(other than the repurchase of shares issued with respect to a
vested award), expires, or lapses for any reason shall again be
available for the grant of an award under the plan.
Additionally, any shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the
grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations pursuant
to any award shall again be available for issuance.
Terms and Conditions of Options and Stock Appreciation
Rights. An incentive stock option is
an option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code, and a non-qualified stock
option is an option that does not meet those requirements.
A stock appreciation right (or SAR) is the right of
a participant to a payment, in cash, shares of common stock, or
a combination of cash and shares equal to the amount by which
the market value of a share of common stock exceeds the exercise
price of the stock appreciation right. An option or SAR granted
under the Equity Incentive Plan will be exercisable only to the
extent that it is vested on the date of exercise. No option or
SAR may be exercisable more than ten years from the grant date
or five years from the grant date in the case of an award
granted to a ten percent stockholder. Our Compensation Committee
may include in the option agreement the period during which an
option may be exercised following termination of employment or
service. Stock appreciation rights may be granted to
participants in tandem with options or on their own. Tandem
stock appreciation rights will generally have substantially
similar terms and conditions as the options with which they are
granted.
The exercise price per share under each option granted under the
plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our
common stock on the option grant date. For so long as our common
stock is listed on an established stock exchange, the fair
market value of the common stock will be the closing price of
our common stock on the exchange on which it is listed on the
option grant date. If there is no closing price reported on the
option grant date, the fair market value will be deemed equal to
the closing price on the exchange on which it is listed for the
last preceding date on which sales of our common stock were
reported. If the shares of our common stock are listed on more
than one established stock exchange, the fair market value will
be the closing price of a share of common stock reported on the
New York Stock Exchange. If our common stock is not listed on
any stock exchange or traded in the
over-the-counter
market, fair market value will be as determined in good faith by
our Board in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the
Internal Revenue Code.
The aggregate fair market value of all shares with respect to
which incentive stock options are first exercisable by an award
recipient in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000 or such
other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code.
Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock
Units. Restricted stock is an award
of common stock on which certain restrictions are imposed over
specified periods that subject the shares to a substantial risk
of forfeiture, as defined in Section 83 of the Internal
Revenue Code. A restricted stock unit is a unit, equivalent in
value to a share of common stock, credited by means of a
bookkeeping entry in our books to a participants account,
which is settled in stock or cash upon vesting. Subject to the
provisions of the equity plan, our Compensation Committee will
determine the terms and conditions of each award of restricted
stock or restricted stock units, including the restricted period
for all or a portion of the award, and the restrictions
applicable to the award. Restricted stock and restricted stock
units granted under the plan will vest based on a minimum period
of service or the occurrence of events specified by our
Compensation Committee.
Terms and Conditions of Performance Shares and Performance
Units. A performance share is an
award of common stock that is subject to transfer restrictions
until predetermined performance conditions have been achieved. A
performance unit is a unit, equivalent in value to a
share of common stock, that represents the right to receive a
share of common stock or the equivalent cash value of a share of
common stock if predetermined performance conditions are
achieved. Vested performance units may be settled in cash, stock
or a combination of cash and stock, at the discretion of the
administrator. Performance shares and performance units will
vest based on the achievement of pre-determined performance
goals established by the Equity Incentive Plan administrator,
performance goals may be based on: the total return to our
shareholders inclusive
135
of dividends paid, during the performance cycle; earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; operating
earnings; net earnings; income; earnings before interest and
taxes; total shareholder return; return on our assets; increase
in our earnings or earnings per share; revenue growth; share
price performance; return on invested capital; operating income;
pre-or post-tax income; net income; economic value added; profit
margins; cash flow; improvement in or attainment of expense or
capital expenditure levels; improvement in or attainment of
working capital levels; return on equity; debt reduction; gross
profit; market share; cost reductions; workforce satisfaction
and diversity goals; workplace health and safety goals; employee
retention; completion of key projects and strategic plan
development
and/or
implementation; job profit or performance against a multiplier;
or when Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code is not
applicable to our company and the plan and for persons whose
compensation is not subject to Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code such other criteria as may be determined
by the administrator. We intend to comply with the
Section 162(m) limits after the post-IPO transition period
expires in 2014. See Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Effect of Accounting and Tax Treatment on
Compensation Decisions.
Terms and Conditions of Deferred Share
Units. A deferred share unit is a
unit credited to a participants account in our books that
represents the right to receive a share of common stock or the
equivalent cash value of a share of common stock upon a
predetermined settlement date. Deferred share units may be
granted by the administrator independent of other awards or
compensation, or they may be received at the participants
election instead of other compensation.
Other Stock-Based Awards. The plan
administrator may make other equity-based or equity-related
awards not otherwise described by the terms of the plan.
Dividend Equivalents. A dividend equivalent is
the right to receive payments in cash or in stock, based on
dividends with respect to shares of stock. Dividend equivalents
may be granted to participants in tandem with another award or
on their own.
Termination of Employment. Except as otherwise
determined by the administrator at or after the time of grant,
in the event a participants employment terminates for any
reason other than cause, all unvested awards will be forfeited
and all options and SARs that are vested and exercisable will
remain exercisable until the first anniversary of the
participants termination of employment, in the case of
death or disability, or until the 60th day after the date
of termination in the case of any other termination (or the
expiration of the awards term, whichever is earlier). In
the event of a participants termination for cause, all
unvested or unpaid awards, and all options and SARs, whether
vested or unvested, will immediately be forfeited and canceled.
In addition, any award that vested or was paid or otherwise
settled during the twelve months prior to or any time after the
participant engaged in the conduct that gave rise to the
termination for cause is subject to forfeiture and disgorgement
to us together with all gains earned or accrued due to the
exercise of awards or sale of any of our common stock issued
pursuant to the award upon demand by the administrator. The
foregoing provisions do not apply to any options granted before
this offering.
Other Forfeiture Provisions. If we are
required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material
noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the
securities laws, and if a participant knowingly or grossly
negligently engaged in the misconduct or knowingly or grossly
negligently failed to prevent the misconduct, or if the
participant is one of the individuals subject to automatic
forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, then the participant must forfeit and disgorge
(i) any awards granted or vested and all gains earned or
accrued due to the exercise of stock options or SARS or the sale
of any common stock during the twelve months following the
filing of the financial document embodying such financial
reporting requirement and (ii) any other awards that vested
based on the materially non-complying financial reporting. In
addition, any award paid to a current or former executive
officer during the three-year period preceding the date on which
the restatement is required, based on erroneous data, must be
forfeited and disgorged to us to the extent the award is in
excess of what would have been paid to the participant under the
accounting restatement. To the extent required by applicable law
or regulations, awards granted or vested and any gains earned or
accrued due to the exercise of options or SARs or sale of common
stock must be forfeited to us.
136
Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, if a
participant engages in competitive activity (as defined in the
plan), (i) all options and SARs, whether vested or
unvested, and all other awards that are unvested or
unexercisable or otherwise unpaid shall be immediately forfeited
(other than awards that vested or were paid to the participant
more than 12 months prior to the date the participant
engaged in competitive activity). Any award vested, paid or
otherwise settled in the 12 months prior to the date that
the participant engaged in the competitive activity or at any
time thereafter is subject to forfeiture and disgorgement to us
together with all gains earned or accrued due to the exercise of
awards or sale of any of our common stock issued pursuant the
award upon demand by the administrator. This provision does not
apply to any options granted before this offering.
Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, if
(i) the participants performance is deemed to
contribute substantially to significant financial losses,
(ii) the participants performance is deemed to
contribute substantially to a significant downward restatement
of any published results of our company or a subsidiary,
(iii) the participants conduct results in or
contributes substantially to significant reputational harm to
our company, (iv) the participant materially breaches
applicable legal
and/or
regulatory requirements, (v) the participants conduct
constitutes cause (as defined in the plan) or (vi) the
participants conduct results in or contributes
substantially to a material breach of our applicable internal
policies and procedures, the administrator may suspend the
vesting of a participants unvested awards or subject any
award vested, paid or otherwise settled in the twelve months
prior to the date that the participant engaged in the misconduct
or at any time thereafter to forfeiture and disgorgement to us
together with all gains earned or accrued due to the exercise of
awards or sale of any of our common stock issued pursuant the
award upon demand by the administrator. This provision does not
apply to any options granted before this offering.
Change in Capitalization or Other Corporate
Event. The number and kind of shares of common
stock covered by outstanding awards, the number and kind of
shares of common stock that have been authorized for issuance
under the plan, the exercise or purchase price of each
outstanding award, and the like, shall be proportionally
adjusted by the administrator in the event of any
recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, special
dividend, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger,
consolidation, acquisition, disposition,
split-up,
spin off, combination, repurchase liquidation, dissolution, or
sale, transfer, exchange or any disposition of all or
substantially all of our capital stock or assets. Such
adjustment shall be made by the administrator to prevent
dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits
intended to be made available under the plan or with respect to
an award. All determinations and adjustments made by the
administrator shall be final and binding.
Change in Control. Upon a change in control,
unless otherwise determined by the administrator, all
time-vesting awards fully vest and a pro-rated portion of
outstanding performance-vesting awards vest based on the
performance achieved as of the change in control.
137
EQUITY
COMPENSATION PLANS
The following table presents information concerning the
securities authorized for issuance pursuant to our equity
compensation plans as of March 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities to Be
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued Upon
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities Remaining
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
Available for Future Issuance
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
Exercise Price of
|
|
Under Equity Compensation
|
|
|
Options, Warrants
|
|
Outstanding Options,
|
|
Plans (Excluding Securities
|
|
|
and Rights
|
|
Warrants and Rights
|
|
Reflected in Column (a))
|
Plan Category
|
|
(a)
|
|
(b)
|
|
(c)
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved by securityholders
|
|
|
2,641,080.7335
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
23.74
|
|
|
|
759,953
|
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by securityholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,641,080.7335
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
23.74
|
|
|
|
759,953
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Upon the exercise of all outstanding options, we will issue
2,640,821 shares of Class A common stock and will redeem
259.7335 fractional shares for cash. |
The table does not include the 1,000,000 shares issuable
under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan or an additional
717,147 shares authorized for issuance under our Equity
Incentive Plan after March 31, 2010.
138
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Policies
and Procedures for Related Person Transactions
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a related
person transactions policy pursuant to which our executive
officers, directors and principal stockholders, including their
immediate family members, will not be permitted to enter into a
related person transaction with us without the consent of our
Audit Committee, another independent committee of our Board or
the full Board. Any request for us to enter into a transaction
with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder or
any of such persons immediate family members, in which the
amount involved exceeds $120,000, will be required to be
presented to our Audit Committee for review, consideration and
approval. All of our directors, executive officers and employees
will be required to report to our Audit Committee any such
related person transaction. In approving or rejecting the
proposed transaction, our Audit Committee will take into
account, among other factors it deems appropriate, whether the
proposed related person transaction is on terms no less
favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated
third party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent
of the persons interest in the transaction and, if
applicable, the impact on a directors independence. Under
the policy, if we should discover related person transactions
that have not been approved, our Audit Committee will be
notified and will determine the appropriate action, including
ratification, rescission or amendment of the transaction. A copy
of our related person transactions policy will be available on
our website.
Related
Person Transactions
Set forth below is a summary of certain transactions since
April 1, 2009 among us, our directors, our executive
officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our
common stock or our preferred stock outstanding before
completion of the offering and some of the entities with which
the foregoing persons are affiliated or associated in which the
amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000.
Common
Stock Dividends
On July 27, 2009, our Board approved a special dividend of
$10.87 per share paid on July 29, 2009 to holders of record
as of July 29, 2009 of our Class A common stock,
Class B non-voting common stock and Class C restricted
common stock, totaling an aggregate amount of
$114.9 million, of which Coinvest received
$104.0 million. See Dividend Policy.
On December 7, 2009, our Board approved a special dividend
of $46.42 per share paid on December 11, 2009 to holders of
record as of December 8, 2009 of our Class A common
stock, Class B non-voting common stock and Class C
restricted common stock, totaling an aggregate amount of
$497.5 million, approximately $444.1 million of which
was paid to Coinvest. See Dividend Policy.
Stockholders
Agreement
In connection with the acquisition, on July 31, 2008, Booz
Allen Holding, Coinvest, certain members of the management of
Booz Allen Holding and certain other stockholders of Booz Allen
Holding entered into the stockholders agreement. Under the
stockholders agreement, the number of directors on the Board of
Booz Allen Holding is set at six directors and may be increased,
by action of the Board, to not more than nine directors. Subject
to certain conditions and restrictions, at least a majority of
the members of the Board are to be designated by Carlyle,
through Coinvest, and at least two members of the Board must be
full-time employees of Booz Allen Hamilton and are to be
designated by Booz Allen Holdings Chief Executive Officer
and all parties to the stockholders agreement agree to vote
their voting shares in favor of such designees. At such time as
Carlyle, through Coinvest, ceases to own at least 40% of the
economic interests in Booz Allen Holding represented by its
issued and outstanding common stock, Carlyle and Booz Allen
Holding will use commercially reasonable efforts to amend the
board representation provisions of the stockholders agreement
consistent with the ownership position of Carlyle at that time.
Upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part, the stockholders agreement will be
amended and restated. Under the amended and restated
stockholders agreement, Carlyle will continue to have the right
to designate a majority
139
of the members of our Board for election and Booz Allen
Holdings Chief Executive Officer will continue to have the
right to designate at least two members who are full time
employees of Booz Allen Hamilton, but only Carlyle and our
executive officers will be required to vote the voting shares
over which they have voting control in favor of Carlyles
and the Chief Executive Officers designees. In addition,
under the amended and restated stockholders agreement, at such
time as Carlyle, through Coinvest, ceases to own at least 40% of
the economic interests in Booz Allen Holding represented by its
issued and outstanding common stock, Carlyle and our executive
officers will use commercially reasonable efforts to amend the
Board representation provisions of the amended and restated
stockholders agreement consistent with the reduced ownership
position of Carlyle at the time. See
Management Executive Officers and
Directors and Board Composition.
Each individual stockholder who is a party to the stockholders
agreement currently has certain tag-along rights in the event
that Carlyle proposes to transfer securities issued by Booz
Allen Holding to a third party purchaser. Under the amended and
restated stockholders agreement, individual stockholders will no
longer have such tag-along rights. In addition, Carlyle may
currently compel each individual stockholder who is a party to
the stockholders agreement to sell a certain number of
securities issued by Booz Allen Holding in the event that
Carlyle proposes to transfer securities issued by Booz Allen
Holding to a third party purchaser. Under the amended and
restated stockholders agreement, such drag-along rights will be
limited to apply only to executive officers. Notwithstanding the
foregoing as well as certain other limited exceptions (including
an exception for transfers occurring at least 180 days
following an initial public offering), the stockholders
agreement restricts the transfer of securities of Booz Allen
Holding by non-Carlyle stockholders without the prior written
approval of Carlyle. Under the amended and restated stockholders
agreement, such transfers will be restricted without the prior
approval of Booz Allen Holding, rather than Carlyle. In
addition, parties to the amended and restated stockholders
agreement will not be able to transfer shares of our common
stock until 180 days after the consummation of this
offering without our approval and we have agreed not to release
our stockholders prior to the expiration of the
180-day
period without the consent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc. See Shares of
Common Stock Eligible for Future Sale
Lock-Up
Agreements.
Under the stockholders agreement and the amended and restated
stockholders agreement, in the event of any sale of shares of
Class B non-voting common stock or Class C restricted
common stock pursuant to the exercise of bring-along rights by
Carlyle, certain transfers following an initial public offering
or pursuant to the exercise of registration rights (discussed
below), such shares will be converted into shares of
Class A common stock.
Carlyle has registration rights under the stockholders
agreement, and will continue to have such rights under the
amended and restated stockholders agreement, with respect to
9,566,000 shares of Class A common stock that it owned as
of June 30, 2010 and, in certain circumstances, other
stockholders of Booz Allen Holding who are party to the
stockholders agreement may have the right, subject to certain
exceptions, to request that certain securities (including shares
of Class A common stock held by such stockholders and
shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of
options or upon conversion from Class B or Class C
common stock) be registered. To the extent Carlyle acquires
shares of Class B or Class C common stock or options
exercisable for shares of Class A common stock, it would
have registration rights with respect to the shares of
Class A common stock issuable upon conversion or exercise
thereof. Booz Allen Holding has agreed to indemnify the
stockholders that are a party to the stockholders agreement and
their affiliates and will continue to indemnify the parties to
the amended and restated stockholders agreement and their
affiliates, from liabilities resulting from the registration of
securities of Booz Allen Holding pursuant to the stockholders
agreement.
Booz Allen Holding has certain repurchase rights under the
stockholders agreement, and will continue to have such rights
under the amended and restated stockholders agreement, with
respect to Class A, Class B, Class C and
Class E common stock and options issued to a management
stockholder under the Equity Incentive Plan for up to nine
months after the occurrence of certain events specified in the
stockholders agreement. Similar repurchase rights exist for
Class A, Class B, Class C and Class E common
stock and options held by other stockholders of Booz Allen
Holding that becomes an employee, consultant or independent
contractor for certain competitors of Booz Allen Hamilton. As of
June 30, 2010, management and
140
other stockholders (not including Carlyle) held 700,161 shares
of Class A common stock and all of the outstanding shares
of our Class B, Class C and Class E common stock.
The stockholders agreement includes, and the amended and
restated stockholders agreement will include, a waiver by
management stockholders of certain rights to receive payments or
other benefits that would constitute a parachute
payment made in connection with a change in
ownership or control of a corporation, within the meaning
of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or
the Code, as amended, which could reasonably be expected to
result in the imposition of an excise tax on the management
stockholder under Section 4999 of the Code or in the loss
of any income tax deductions by Booz Allen Holding or the person
making such payment under Section 280G of the Code. This
waiver does not apply in certain circumstances, including at
such time as Booz Allen Holding has publicly traded securities
and where Booz Allen Holding obtains the requisite stockholder
approval of such payments or the unaffiliated directors
determine the waiver should not apply.
The amended and restated stockholders agreement will terminate
upon a sale or change of control of Booz Allen Holding or such
time as more than 60% of its equity securities have been sold to
the public.
Irrevocable
Proxy and Tag-Along Agreements
In connection with the amendment and restatement of the
stockholders agreement, Carlyle is making a unilateral offer to
each individual stockholder that is a party to the stockholders
agreement to grant such stockholder a new pro rata tag-along
right on certain transfers by Carlyle to third-party purchasers.
In exchange for this tag-along right, Carlyle will receive an
irrevocable proxy from each stockholder who enters into such
agreement to vote such stockholders securities with
respect to the election and removal of directors and to approve
any company sale that has already been approved by the board of
Booz Allen Holding and the holders of a majority of its voting
shares. This new tag-along right and proxy will be granted
pursuant to separate irrevocable proxy and tag-along agreements
to be entered into between Carlyle and each such individual
stockholder and to be effective upon the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
These arrangements will terminate at such time as Carlyle ceases
to own at least 25% of the economic interests in Booz Allen
Holding represented by its issued and outstanding common stock
or such time as more than 60% of its equity securities have been
sold to the public.
The
Management Agreement
On July 31, 2008, Booz Allen Holding and Booz Allen
Hamilton entered into a management agreement with TC Group V US,
L.L.C., a company affiliated with Carlyle, or TC Group, pursuant
to which TC Group provides Booz Allen Holding and its
subsidiaries, including Booz Allen Hamilton, with advisory,
consulting and other services. Booz Allen Holding pays TC Group
an aggregate annual fee of $1.0 million for such services,
plus expenses. In addition, Booz Allen Holding made a one-time
payment to TC Group of $20.0 million for investment
banking, financial advisory and other services provided to Booz
Allen Holding in connection with the acquisition. Furthermore,
in consideration for any additional investment banking services
provided by TC Group and other services other than advisory and
consulting services described above, TC Group is entitled to
receive additional reasonable compensation as agreed by the
parties.
The management agreement also provides that Booz Allen Hamilton
will indemnify the TC Group and its officers, employees, agents,
representatives, members and affiliates against certain
liabilities relating to or arising out of the performance of the
management agreement and certain other claims and liabilities.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into
indemnification agreements with each of our directors. The
indemnification agreements will provide the directors with
contractual rights to the indemnification and expense
advancement rights provided under our bylaws, as well as
contractual rights to additional indemnification as provided in
the indemnification agreements.
We believe that the management and indemnification agreements
are, in form and substance, substantially similar to those
commonly entered into in transactions of like size and
complexity sponsored by private equity firms. We further believe
that the fees incurred by us under the management agreement are
customary and within the range charged by similarly situated
sponsors. In addition, from time to time and in the ordinary
141
course of business, we engage other Carlyle portfolio companies
as subcontractors or service providers and they engage us as
subcontractors or service providers. The cost and revenue
associated with these related party transactions were
$13.5 million and $15.1 million, respectively, for
fiscal 2010, and $3.1 million and $2.6 million,
respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2010.
The
Acquisition
In connection with the acquisition, our current and former
executive officers listed below (or their related family trusts)
received a combination of current and deferred cash
consideration as well as stock and options in Booz Allen
Holding. Of the overall cash consideration, $158.0 million
was structured as an interest in the deferred payment obligation
and $90.0 million was deposited into escrow to fund certain
purchase price adjustments, future indemnification claims under
the merger agreement and for certain other adjustments. The
remainder of the cash consideration was paid on the Closing Date
as part of the acquisition. The current and former executive
officers listed below (or their related family trusts) receive
their pro rata share of any payments of the deferred payment
obligation and any releases of funds held in escrow to selling
stockholders. On December 11, 2009, approximately
$100.4 million of the deferred payment obligation,
including $22.4 million in accrued interest, was repaid to
selling stockholders and our current and former executive
officers (or their related family trusts) received their pro
rata share of that partial repayment. For further information on
the partial repayment of the deferred payment obligation, see
The Acquisition and Recapitalization Transaction.
The table below sets forth the cash proceeds received by our
current and former executive officers (and their related family
trusts) on the Closing Date, the number of shares of
Class A Common Stock received as part of the exchange of
equity in Booz Allen Hamilton for equity in Booz Allen Holding,
cash received on the partial repayment of the deferred payment
obligation in December 2009 and the percentage interest of our
current and former executive officers (and their related family
trusts) in the deferred payment obligation and the funds held in
escrow under the merger agreement. For a description of the
restricted stock and options received by our named executive
officers in connection with the acquisition, see Executive
Compensation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of
|
|
Partial
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
Repayment
|
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
Gross Cash
|
|
Common
|
|
of Deferred
|
|
|
|
Payment
|
|
|
Received at
|
|
Stock
|
|
Payment
|
|
Escrow
|
|
Obligation
|
|
|
Closing
|
|
Received
|
|
Obligation
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Percentage
|
Executive Officer
|
|
($)
|
|
(#)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
(%)
|
|
(%)
|
|
Ralph W. Shrader, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
$
|
30,963,618
|
|
|
|
180,178
|
|
|
$
|
3,049,845
|
|
|
|
3.02
|
%
|
|
|
3.04
|
%
|
Samuel R. Strickland, Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
$
|
6,867,181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
698,923
|
|
|
|
0.69
|
%
|
|
|
0.70
|
%
|
CG Appleby, Executive Vice President and General Counsel
|
|
$
|
22,117,104
|
|
|
|
106,885
|
|
|
$
|
2,178,461
|
|
|
|
2.16
|
%
|
|
|
2.17
|
%
|
Joseph E. Garner, Executive Vice President
|
|
$
|
11,058,800
|
|
|
|
18,705
|
|
|
$
|
1,089,230
|
|
|
|
1.08
|
%
|
|
|
1.08
|
%
|
Francis J. Henry, Executive Vice President
|
|
$
|
3,487,591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
344,923
|
|
|
|
0.34
|
%
|
|
|
0.34
|
%
|
Horacio D. Rozanski, Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy
and Talent Officer
|
|
$
|
2,411,507
|
|
|
|
2,290
|
|
|
$
|
299,538
|
|
|
|
0.30
|
%
|
|
|
0.30
|
%
|
John D. Mayer, Executive Vice President
|
|
$
|
2,757,101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
317,692
|
|
|
|
0.31
|
%
|
|
|
0.32
|
%
|
Joseph Logue, Executive Vice President
|
|
$
|
1,412,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
181,538
|
|
|
|
0.18
|
%
|
|
|
0.18
|
%
|
Joseph W. Mahaffee, Executive Vice President
|
|
$
|
3,668,814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
363,077
|
|
|
|
0.36
|
%
|
|
|
0.36
|
%
|
Lloyd Howell, Jr., Executive Vice President
|
|
$
|
1,796,103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
226,923
|
|
|
|
0.22
|
%
|
|
|
0.23
|
%
|
Patrick F. Peck, Executive Vice President
|
|
$
|
4,515,771
|
|
|
|
954
|
|
|
$
|
444,769
|
|
|
|
0.44
|
%
|
|
|
0.44
|
%
|
Dennis Doughty (retired)
|
|
$
|
16,835,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,270,769
|
|
|
|
1.26
|
%
|
|
|
1.27
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Does not reflect -for-1 split of
our outstanding common stock to be effected prior to the
completion of this offering. |
As of June 30, 2010, there was approximately
$84.4 million of the deferred payment obligation
outstanding, including accrued interest, and approximately
$33.8 million of funds, including accrued interest,
remaining in escrow under the merger agreement. As these amounts
are subject to various indemnification claims and other
142
offsets, the ultimate value of our current and former executive
officers (or their related family trusts) interests
in these amounts will not be known until all such claims and
other offsets are resolved.
Other
Relationships
Jeffrey M. Shrader and Bryan E. Shrader, senior associates at
our company, are sons of Dr. Ralph Shrader, our Chairman of
the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer. Jeffrey
Shrader was hired in July 2009 at a base salary of $185,000 and
earned a bonus of $14,340 in fiscal 2010. Bryan Shrader earned a
base salary of $158,209, a bonus of $36,500 and retirement
contributions of $23,187 in fiscal 2010; and received a base
salary of $100,450 in the eight months ended March 31, 2009
and retirement contributions of $20,664 in the eight months
ended March 31, 2009, as well as a bonus of $30,135 for the
eight-month period. They also participate in the Companys
other benefit programs on the same basis as other employees at
the same level. During the first quarter of fiscal 2011, they
were employed by us under similar terms.
Cameron A. Mayer, a senior associate at our company, is the son
of Mr. John Mayer, an Executive Vice President of our
company. He earned a base salary of $135,000, a bonus of $57,500
and received retirement contributions of $18,848 in fiscal 2010
and received base salary of $78,333 in the eight months ended
March 31, 2009 and retirement contributions of $14,820 in
the eight months ended March 31, 2009, as well as a bonus
of $28,200 for the eight-month period. Mr. Mayer also
participates in the Companys other benefit programs on the
same basis as other employees at the same level. During the
first quarter of fiscal 2011, Mr. Mayer was employed by us
under similar terms.
Alberto L. Iannitto, an associate at our company, is the
brother-in-law
of Mr. Joseph Logue, an Executive Vice President of our
company. He earned a base salary of $112,400 and received
retirement contributions of $11,219 in fiscal 2010.
Mr. Iannitto also participates in the Companys other
benefit programs on the same basis as other employees at the
same level. During the first quarter of fiscal 2011,
Mr. Iannitto was employed by us under similar terms.
Gail S. Harman, an executive assistant at our company, is the
sister of Mr. Samuel Strickland, our Chief Financial and
Administrative Officer and an Executive Vice President of our
company. She earned a base salary of $105,575 and received
retirement contributions of $12,467 in fiscal 2010.
Ms. Harman also participates in the Companys other
benefit programs on the same basis as other employees at the
same level. During the first quarter of fiscal 2011,
Ms. Harman was employed by us under similar terms.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and in the
eight months ended March 31, 2009, we recorded expenses of
$176,058, $690,577 and $150,511, respectively, for the hiring
and use of an aircraft solely for business purposes owned by a
company of which our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer, Dr. Shrader, is the sole owner. The
payments we made to the affiliate of Dr. Shrader for such
use were based on the market rate charged to third parties for
use of the aircraft. In addition, we recorded expenses of $2,528
and $57,777 in fiscal 2010 and the eight months ended
March 31, 2009, respectively, for legal and consulting fees
incurred by such affiliate in connection with the acquisition of
the aircraft and paid by our company.
143
DESCRIPTION
OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
Senior
Credit Facilities
Overview
In connection with the acquisition, Booz Allen Investor, as
guarantor, and Booz Allen Hamilton, as borrower, entered into a
credit agreement, dated as of July 31, 2008, with respect
to our senior credit facilities, with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman
Islands Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent,
Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as issuing lender, and
the other financial institutions party thereto from time to
time. In connection with the recapitalization transaction, on
December 11, 2009, the credit agreement with respect to our
senior credit facilities was amended and restated in order to,
among other things, permit the recapitalization transaction, add
the Tranche C term facility under the senior term
facilities and increase commitments under the revolving credit
facility.
Our senior credit facilities provide for (1) the senior
term facilities, which include: (a) the Tranche A term
facility in an original aggregate principal amount of up to
$125.0 million, (b) the Tranche B term facility
in an original aggregate principal amount of up to
$585.0 million, and (c) the Tranche C term
facility in an original aggregate principal amount of up to
$350.0 million, and (2) the revolving credit facility
in an aggregate principal amount of up to $245.0 million. A
portion of the revolving credit facility is available for
swingline loans in an amount not to exceed $80.0 million
and letters of credit in an amount not to exceed
$60.0 million.
In addition, Booz Allen Hamilton may, at its option and subject
to certain closing conditions including pro forma compliance
with financial covenants, increase our senior credit facilities
without the consent of any person other than the institutions
agreeing to provide all or any portion of such increase, in an
amount not to exceed $100 million. Any such increase may
consist of new term loans or new revolving commitments, at Booz
Allen Hamiltons option.
As of June 30, 2010, we had $107.8 million outstanding
under the Tranche A term facility, $565.7 million
outstanding under the Tranche B term facility,
$345.1 million outstanding under the Tranche C term
facility, and no loans outstanding under the revolving credit
facility, and had $222.4 million of available and unused
commitments under the revolving credit facility (excluding the
$21.3 million commitment by the successor entity to Lehman
Brothers Commercial Bank). The successor entity to Lehman
Brothers Commercial Bank is one of the lenders under the
revolving credit facility and as a result of the bankruptcy of
its parent company, the availability under the revolving credit
facility was effectively reduced by its commitment of
$21.3 million.
Maturity;
Amortization and Prepayments
The revolving credit facility and the Tranche A term
facility mature on July 31, 2014. The Tranche B term
facility and Tranche C term facility mature on
July 31, 2015. The term loans under the Tranche A term
facility amortize in quarterly installments varying from 1.25%
to 5.00% of the aggregate principal amount thereof funded on the
closing date of our senior credit facilities, with the balance
due on their maturity date. The term loans under the
Tranche B term facility and Tranche C term facility
amortize in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% of the
aggregate amount thereof funded on the closing date of our
senior credit facilities and on the amendment and restatement
date of our senior credit facilities, respectively, with the
balance due on their maturity date. Prior to the revolving
credit facility maturity date, loans under the revolving credit
facility may to borrowed, repaid and reborrowed.
Loans under our senior credit facilities may be prepaid at the
borrowers option without premium or penalty. Subject to
certain exceptions, the senior term facilities are subject to
mandatory prepayment in amounts equal to (1) the net cash
proceeds of (a) certain indebtedness incurred by Booz Allen
Hamilton and certain of its subsidiaries (excluding indebtedness
permitted under our senior credit facilities) and
(b) certain asset sales or insurance recovery and
condemnation events and (2) 50% (which percentage will be
reduced
144
upon the achievement of certain consolidated total leverage
ratios) of annual excess cash flow (as defined in our senior
credit facilities).
Guaranties;
Security
Booz Allen Investor and the following subsidiaries of Booz Allen
Hamilton, ASE, Inc., Booz Allen Hamilton International, Inc. and
Booz Allen Transportation, Inc. provided an unconditional
guaranty of all amounts owing under our senior credit
facilities. Subject to certain exceptions, each newly-formed
material domestic wholly-owned subsidiary of Booz Allen Hamilton
will be required to guaranty all amounts owing under our senior
credit facilities. In addition, subject to certain exceptions,
obligations of the borrower under our senior credit facilities
and the guarantees of the guarantors thereunder are secured by
first priority perfected security interests in substantially all
of the tangible and intangible assets of the borrower and the
guarantors.
Interest
At the borrowers election, the interest rate per annum
applicable to loans under our senior credit facilities are based
on a fluctuating rate of interest measured by reference to
either (i) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate
(adjusted for maximum reserves) (LIBOR), plus a borrowing
margin, and (ii) an alternate base rate equal to the
greater of the prime commercial lending rate and the weighted
average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions
plus 0.5% (ABR), plus a borrowing margin. Our senior credit
facilities provide for certain interest rate floors, so that
(i) with respect to the Tranche B term facility, at
any time prior to the third anniversary of the closing date of
our senior credit facilities, LIBOR loans will bear interest at
a rate no less than 3% plus the applicable borrowing margin and
ABR loans will bear interest at a rate no less than 4% plus the
applicable borrowing margin, and (ii) with respect to the
Tranche C term facility, LIBOR loans will bear interest at
a rate no less than 2% plus the applicable borrowing margin and
ABR loans will bear interest at a rate no less than 3% plus the
applicable borrowing margin. The borrowing margin with respect
to the Tranche A term facility is 4% or 3.75% with respect
to LIBOR loans and 3% or 2.75% for ABR loans, depending upon a
consolidated total leverage ratio based pricing grid. The
borrowing margin with respect to the Tranche B term
facility is 4.5% for LIBOR loans and 3.5% for ABR loans. The
borrowing margin with respect to the Tranche C term
facility is 4% for LIBOR loans and 3% for ABR loans. The
borrowing margin with respect to the revolving credit facility
is 4% or 3.75% with respect to LIBOR loans and 3% or 2.75% for
ABR loans, depending upon a consolidated total leverage ratio
based pricing grid.
Fees
The borrower will pay (1) fees on the unused commitments of
the lenders under the revolving credit facility equal to 0.50%
or 0.375%, depending upon a consolidated total leverage ratio
based pricing grid, (2) a letter of credit fee on the
outstanding stated amount of letters of credit plus fronting
fees for the letter of credit issuing banks and (3) other
customary fees in respect of our senior credit facilities.
Covenants
Our senior credit facilities contain a number of covenants that,
among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the
borrower and the guarantors to incur additional indebtedness,
including guarantees of indebtedness; engage in mergers,
acquisitions or dispositions; enter into sale-leaseback
transactions; make dividends and other restricted payments
(subject to certain exceptions, including for dividends in an
aggregate amount not exceeding 6.0% per year of the net cash
proceeds received by the borrower from an initial public
offering of its parent company); prepay specified indebtedness;
engage in certain transactions with affiliates; make other
investments; change the nature of its business; incur liens; and
amend specified debt agreements. Our senior credit facilities
also contain a covenant restricting the ability of Booz Allen
Investor to take actions other than those enumerated. In
addition, under our senior credit facilities, the borrower will
be required to
145
comply with a minimum consolidated net interest coverage ratio
and a maximum consolidated total leverage ratio as of the last
day of any test period during any period set forth in the
following tables:
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Total Leverage
|
Period
|
|
Ratio
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
5.50:1.00
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
5.00:1.00
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
5.00:1.00
|
June 30, 2011
|
|
4.50:1.00
|
September 30, 2011
|
|
4.50:1.00
|
December 31, 2011
|
|
4.25:1.00
|
March 31, 2012
|
|
4.25:1.00
|
June 30, 2012
|
|
4.00:1.00
|
September 30, 2012
|
|
4.00:1.00
|
December 31, 2012 and thereafter
|
|
3.75:1.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Net Interest
|
Period
|
|
Coverage Ratio
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
1.80:1.00
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
1.90:1.00
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
1.90:1.00
|
June 30, 2011
|
|
2.00:1.00
|
September 30, 2011
|
|
2.00:1.00
|
December 31, 2011
|
|
2.10:1.00
|
March 31, 2012
|
|
2.10:1.00
|
June 30, 2012
|
|
2.20:1.00
|
September 30, 2012
|
|
2.20:1.00
|
December 31, 2012 and thereafter
|
|
2.30:1.00
|
As of March 31, 2010, the borrower was in compliance with
such financial ratios and tests.
Events
of Default
Our senior credit facilities contain customary events of
default, including nonpayment of principal when due; nonpayment
of interest, fees or other amounts, in each case after a grace
period; material inaccuracy of a representation or warranty when
made or deemed made; violation of a covenant (subject, in the
case of certain covenants, to a grace period to be agreed upon
and notice); cross-default and cross-acceleration to material
indebtedness; bankruptcy events; ERISA events subject to a
material adverse effect qualifier; material monetary judgments;
actual or asserted invalidity of any guarantee or security
document; impairment of security interests; and a change of
control.
Mezzanine
Credit Facility
Overview
In connection with the acquisition, Booz Allen Investor, as
guarantor, and Booz Allen Hamilton, as borrower, entered into a
mezzanine credit agreement, dated as of July 31, 2008, with
respect to our mezzanine credit facility, with Credit Suisse, as
administrative agent, and the other financial institutions party
thereto from time to time. In connection with the
recapitalization transaction, on December 11, 2009, the
credit agreement with respect to our mezzanine credit facility
was amended to, among other things, permit the recapitalization
transaction, the incurrence of loans under the Tranche C
term facility and the increase in
146
commitments under the revolving credit facility. As of
June 30, 2010, we had $545.3 million of term loans
outstanding under our mezzanine credit facility. On
August 2, 2010, we repaid $85.0 million of
indebtedness outstanding under our mezzanine credit facility and
paid a $2.6 million associated prepayment penalty.
Maturity;
Prepayments
Our mezzanine credit facility matures on July 31, 2016. The
term loans under our mezzanine credit facility will not
amortize. Payments of the term loans under our mezzanine credit
facility on the maturity date are subject to a 1% premium.
Optional prepayments of the term loans under our mezzanine
credit facility are subject to prepayment premiums equal to
(A) if such prepayment is made on or after the fourth
anniversary of the closing date of our mezzanine credit
facility, 1.0%, (B) if such prepayment is made on or after
the third anniversary of the closing date of our mezzanine
credit facility but prior to the fourth anniversary of the
closing date of our mezzanine credit facility, 2.0% and
(C) if such prepayment is made on or after the second
anniversary of the closing date of our mezzanine credit facility
but prior to the third anniversary of the closing date of our
mezzanine credit facility, 3.0%.
Upon the occurrence of a change of control, each lender shall
have the right to require the borrower to prepay at a price in
cash equal to 101% of the principal amount being prepaid plus
accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, the borrower will be
subject to certain mandatory prepayments after the fifth
anniversary of the closing date of our mezzanine credit facility
in an amount sufficient so that the loans under our mezzanine
credit facility are treated as not having significant
original issue discount for purposes of the internal
revenue code.
Guarantees
Booz Allen Investor, ASE, Inc., Booz Allen Hamilton
International, Inc., and Booz Allen Transportation Inc. provided
an unconditional guaranty of all amounts owing under our
mezzanine credit facility. Subject to certain exceptions, each
newly-formed material domestic wholly-owned subsidiary of Booz
Allen Hamilton will be required to guaranty all amounts owing
under our mezzanine credit facility.
Interest
The interest rate per annum applicable to the loans under our
mezzanine credit facility is 13%. In lieu of cash interest, the
borrower may elect to pay interest in excess of 11% per annum in
kind, through the addition of such amount to the
then-outstanding aggregate principal amount of the loans under
our mezzanine credit facility.
Fees
The borrower will pay administrative fees in respect of our
mezzanine credit facility.
Covenants
Our mezzanine credit facility contains a number of covenants
substantially identical to, but in certain cases (including with
respect to limitations on dividends and other restricted
payments) less restrictive than, the covenants contained in our
senior credit facilities, except that, under our mezzanine
credit facility, the borrower will not be required to comply
with a consolidated net interest coverage ratio, and will be
required
147
to comply with the following maximum leverage ratio as of the
last day of any test period during any period set forth in the
following table:
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Total
|
Period
|
|
Leverage Ratio
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
6.60:1.00
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
6.00:1.00
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
6.00:1.00
|
June 30, 2011
|
|
5.40:1.00
|
September 30, 2011
|
|
5.40:1.00
|
December 31, 2011
|
|
5.10:1.00
|
March 31, 2012
|
|
5.10:1.00
|
June 30, 2012
|
|
4.80:1.00
|
September 30, 2012
|
|
4.80:1.00
|
December 31, 2012 and thereafter
|
|
4.50:1.00
|
Events
of Default
Our mezzanine credit facility contains customary events of
default, including nonpayment of principal when due; nonpayment
of interest, fees or other amounts, in each case after a grace
period; material inaccuracy of a representation or warranty when
made or deemed made; violation of a covenant (subject, in the
case of certain covenants, to a grace period to be agreed upon
and notice); cross-acceleration to material indebtedness;
bankruptcy events; ERISA events subject to a material adverse
effect qualifier; material monetary judgments; and actual or
asserted invalidity of any guarantee.
148
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table indicates information as of
September 23, 2010 regarding the beneficial ownership of
our common stock by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person, or group of persons, who is known to beneficially
own more than 5% of any class of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
each of the named executive officers; and
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
|
The percentages shown are based on 10,648,843, 305,313, 202,827
and 1,234,886 shares of Class A, Class B,
Class C and Class E common stock outstanding as of
September 23, 2010
and , ,
and shares of
Class A, Class B, Class C and Class E common
stock outstanding after the offering. The rights of the holders
of Class A common stock, Class C restricted common
stock and Class E special voting common stock are
identical, except with respect to dividend and other
distributions, vesting and conversion. Class A common
stock, Class C restricted common stock and Class E
special voting common stock are entitled to one vote per share
on all matters voted on by our stockholders. The Class B
common stock is non-voting common stock. Upon a transfer of
Class B non-voting common stock and Class C restricted
common stock that occurs at least 180 days following the
completion of this offering, we will issue shares of
Class A common stock to the transferee on a one-for-one
basis. Class E common stock underlies certain outstanding
options. When each option is exercised, we will repurchase the
underlying share of Class E common stock and issue a share
of Class A common stock to the option holder. See
Description of Capital Stock.
The amounts and percentages owned are reported on the basis of
the SECs regulations governing the determination of
beneficial ownership of securities. The SECs rules
generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to each
person who possesses, either solely or shared with others, the
voting power or investment power, which includes the power to
dispose of those securities. The rules also treat as outstanding
all shares of capital stock that a person would receive upon
exercise of stock options or warrants held by that person that
are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.
These shares are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially
owned by the person holding those options for the purpose of
computing the number of shares beneficially owned and the
percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as
outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage
ownership of any other person. Under these rules, one or more
persons may be a deemed beneficial owner of the same securities
and a person may be deemed a beneficial owner of securities to
which such person has no economic interest. Unless otherwise
indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have
sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares
shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable
community property laws.
Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been
furnished by each director, officer, or beneficial owner of more
than 5% of the shares of our common stock. Except as otherwise
noted below, the address for each person listed on the table is
c/o Booz
Allen Hamilton Inc., 8283 Greensboro Drive, McLean, Virginia
22102.
As of September 23, 2010, our 110 partners owned 19%
of our outstanding common shares, representing 18% of the total
voting power in our company. Following completion of this
offering and assuming that the underwriters do not exercise
their option to purchase additional shares of Class A
common stock, these officers will own in the
aggregate % of our
Class A common stock,
and % of the total
voting power in our company. Pursuant to new irrevocable proxy
and tag-along agreements, Carlyle has received a voting proxy
with respect to certain matters from a number of stockholders,
including partners who owned outstanding common shares
representing % of the voting power
in our company. See Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions Related Person
Transactions Irrevocable Proxy and Tag-Along
Agreements.
149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Power
|
|
|
|
|
|
Power
|
|
|
|
Power
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares of
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares of
|
|
|
|
of Shares of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Classes of
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
All Classes of
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
All Classes of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
Owned After the
|
|
Common
|
|
Owned After the
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
Offering Assuming the
|
|
Stock
|
|
Offering Assuming the
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
|
Underwriters Option is
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Underwriters Option is
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
|
|
Owned Prior to Offering
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
|
Not Exercised
|
|
Owned
|
|
Exercised in Full
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Class of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Total
|
|
Number of
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Total
|
Name and Address
|
|
Stock
|
|
Shares
|
|
of Class
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
of Class
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Shares
|
|
of Class
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Principal Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Explorer Coinvest LLC(1)
|
|
Class A(2)
|
|
|
9,566,000
|
|
|
|
89.83
|
%
|
|
|
79.15
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Subject to Voting
Proxy(3)
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Officers and Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ralph W. Shrader
|
|
Class A(4)(5)
|
|
|
141,288
|
|
|
|
1.33
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
15,668
|
|
|
|
7.72
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
104,039
|
|
|
|
8.42
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
260,995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.16
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Samuel R. Strickland
|
|
Class A(5)(6)
|
|
|
28,902
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
10,623
|
|
|
|
5.24
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
28,122
|
|
|
|
2.28
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
67,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CG Appleby
|
|
Class A(5)(7)
|
|
|
138,288
|
|
|
|
1.30
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
15,668
|
|
|
|
7.72
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
33,746
|
|
|
|
2.73
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
187,702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.55
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph E. Garner
|
|
Class A(5)(8)
|
|
|
49,611
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
13,490
|
|
|
|
6.65
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
33,096
|
|
|
|
2.68
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
96,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John M. McConnell
|
|
Class A(5)(9)
|
|
|
9,166
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
9,166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter Clare(10)
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ian Fujiyama(10)
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allan M. Holt(10)
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Power
|
|
|
|
|
|
Power
|
|
|
|
Power
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares of
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares of
|
|
|
|
of Shares of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Classes of
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
All Classes of
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
All Classes of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
Owned After the
|
|
Common
|
|
Owned After the
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
Offering Assuming the
|
|
Stock
|
|
Offering Assuming the
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
|
Underwriters Option is
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Underwriters Option is
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
|
|
Owned Prior to Offering
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
|
Not Exercised
|
|
Owned
|
|
Exercised in Full
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Class of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Total
|
|
Number of
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Total
|
Name and Address
|
|
Stock
|
|
Shares
|
|
of Class
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
of Class
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Shares
|
|
of Class
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Philip A. Odeen
|
|
Class A(11)
|
|
|
1,226
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles O. Rossotti
|
|
Class A(12)
|
|
|
6,157
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
6,157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (17 Persons)(13)
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
467,982
|
|
|
|
4.36
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
82,958
|
|
|
|
40.90
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
336,150
|
|
|
|
27.22
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
887,090
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.29
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%. |
|
** |
|
Represents voting power of less than 1%. |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Carlyle Partners V US, L.P. is the managing member of Explorer
Coinvest LLC. TC Group V US, L.P. is the sole general partner of
Carlyle Partners V US, L.P. TC Group V US, L.L.C. is the sole
general partner of TC Group V US, L.P. TC Group Investment
Holdings, L.P. is the managing member of TC Group V US, L.L.C.
TCG Holdings II, L.P. is the sole general partner of TC Group
Investment Holdings, L.P. DBD Investors V, L.L.C. is the
sole general partner of TCG Holdings II, L.P. and, in such
capacity, exercises investment discretion and control of the
shares beneficially owned by Explorer Coinvest LLC. DBD
Investors V, L.L.C. is managed by a three-person managing
board, and all board action relating to the voting or
disposition of these shares requires approval of a majority of
the board. The members of the managing board are William E.
Conway, Jr., Daniel A. DAniello and David M. Rubenstein,
all of whom disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Excludes shares of common stock owned by other parties to the
current stockholders agreement prior to the offering of which
Coinvest may be deemed to share beneficial ownership and
Coinvest disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Reflects
shares of common stock over which Coinvest holds a voting proxy
with respect to certain matters pursuant to new irrevocable
proxy and tag-along agreements between Carlyle and a number of
other stockholders, including all of the executive officers. See
Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Irrevocable Proxy and Tag-Along
Agreements. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Includes 5,598 shares that Dr. Shrader has the right
to acquire through the exercise of options. Dr. Shrader
shares investment power and voting power with his wife,
Mrs. Janice W. Shrader, for 135,690 shares in the
Ralph W. Shrader Revocable Trust. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Excludes shares of common stock owned by other parties to the
current stockholders agreement prior to the offering and the
amended and restated stockholders agreement after the offering
of which the executive officer may be deemed to share beneficial
ownership. The executive officer disclaims beneficial ownership
of such excluded shares. All shares owned by the executive
officer are subject to an irrevocable proxy and tag-along
agreement with Carlyle. See Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions Related Person
Transactions Irrevocable Proxy and Tag-Along
Agreements. |
151
|
|
|
(6) |
|
Includes 7,398 shares that Mr. Strickland has the
right to acquire through the exercise of options.
Mr. Strickland has sole investment power and voting power
for 21,504 shares in the Samuel Strickland Revocable Trust. |
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Includes 5,598 shares that Mr. Appleby has the right
to acquire through the exercise of options. |
|
|
|
(8) |
|
Includes 5,598 shares that Mr. Garner has the right to
acquire through the exercise of options. |
|
|
|
(9) |
|
Includes 9,166 shares that Mr. McConnell has the right
to acquire through the exercise of options. |
|
|
|
(10) |
|
Does not include shares of common stock held by Explorer
Coinvest LLC, an affiliate of Carlyle. Messrs Clare,
Fujiyama and Holt are directors of Booz Allen Holding and
Managing Directors of Carlyle. Such persons disclaim beneficial
ownership of the shares held by Explorer Coinvest LLC. |
|
|
|
(11) |
|
Includes 199 shares that Mr. Odeen has the right to
acquire through the exercise of options. |
|
|
|
(12) |
|
Includes 199 shares that Mr. Rossotti has the right to
acquire through the exercise of options. |
|
|
|
(13) |
|
Includes 83,544 shares that the directors and executive
officers, in aggregate, have the right to acquire through the
exercise of options. |
152
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following descriptions of our capital stock and provisions
of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation,
which we refer to as our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, which we
refer to as our amended and restated by-laws are summaries of
their material terms and provisions. Our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws
will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.
Common
Stock
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes
the issuance
of shares
of common stock, which includes:
|
|
|
|
|
shares
of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share;
|
|
|
|
shares
of Class B non-voting common stock, par value $0.01 per
share;
|
|
|
|
shares
of Class C restricted common stock, par value $0.01 per
share; and
|
|
|
|
shares
of Class E special voting common stock, par value $0.03 per
share.
|
The shares of common stock issued and outstanding are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Class A common stock
|
|
|
10,266,161
|
|
Class B non-voting common stock
|
|
|
305,313
|
|
Class C restricted common stock
|
|
|
202,827
|
|
Class E special voting common stock
|
|
|
1,404,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shares outstanding
|
|
|
12,179,182
|
|
Shares of Class C restricted common stock were issued in
connection with Carlyles investment in our company to
certain officers in exchange for stock rights with an exercise
date in 2008 under the Booz Allen Hamilton stock plan.
Class C Restricted Common Stock is restricted in that a
record holders shares vest as set forth in the
Officers Rollover Stock Plan.
Shares of Class E special voting common stock were issued
pursuant to the Officers Rollover Stock Plan in connection
with the exchange of stock and options in Booz Allen Hamilton
for stock and options in Booz Allen Holding as part of the
acquisition. The number of shares of Class E special voting
stock issued in the exchanges equaled the number of Rollover
options to purchase Class A stock also exchanged. For each
Rollover option exercised by an individual, a Class E
special voting common stock will be repurchased by our company
at par value and retired. The Officers Rollover Stock Plan
has a fixed vesting and exercise schedule to comply with
Internal Revenue Code Section 409(a). In addition, a small
number of shares of Class E special voting common stock
that are not related to Rollover options have been issued
pursuant to the stockholders agreement subsequent to the
acquisition in connection with certain estate planning transfers.
Holders of Class A common stock, Class C restricted
common stock and Class E special voting common stock are
entitled to one vote for each share on all matters to be voted
on by stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware
General Corporation Law, the holders of the voting common stock,
as such, shall vote together as a single class. Except as
required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the holders of
Class B non-voting common stock will have no voting rights
of any nature whatsoever.
Each share of common stock, except for Class E special
voting common stock, is entitled to participate equally, when
and if declared by the Board from time to time, in such
dividends and other distributions in cash, stock, or property
from our companys assets or funds as may become legally
available for such purposes subject to any dividend preferences
that may be attributable to preferred stock that may be
authorized and outstanding. In the event of our liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock, except
for Class E special voting common stock (other than to the
extent of its par value), will be
153
entitled to receive proportionately any of our assets remaining
after the payment of liabilities and subject to the prior rights
of any outstanding preferred stock. Because we are a holding
company, our ability to pay dividends is subject to our
subsidiaries ability to pay dividends to us, which is in
turn subject to the restrictions set forth in our credit
facilities.
Under the amended and restated stockholders agreement, subject
to certain exceptions, stockholders cannot transfer shares of
our common stock until 180 days after the consummation of
this offering without our approval. Following the expiration of
the 180-day
lock-up
period, or such other period as the underwriters deem advisable,
upon the transfer of any shares of Class B non-voting
common stock or Class C restricted common stock, such
shares will be automatically converted into shares of
Class A common stock. Shares of our Class A common
stock and Class E special voting common stock are not
convertible into any other series or class of securities.
However, shares of our Class E special voting stock are
required to be repurchased by our company once the related
options convert into Class A common stock.
The outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares
of Class A common stock offered by us in this offering,
when issued, will be, fully paid and non-assessable. The rights
and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to any
series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.
Preferred
Stock
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes
us to issue shares of
preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, the terms and
conditions of which are determined by the Board upon issuance.
The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common
stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the
rights of holders of any shares of preferred stock that our
company may designate and issue in the future. At June 30,
2010 there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding. We
have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Corporate
Opportunities
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will
provide that Carlyle has no obligation to offer us an
opportunity to participate in business opportunities presented
to Carlyle or its affiliates, including its respective officers,
directors, agents, members, partners and affiliates even if the
opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued, and
that neither Carlyle nor its respective officers, directors,
agents, members, partners or affiliates will be liable to us or
our stockholders for breach of any duty by reason of any such
activities unless, in the case of any person who is a director
or officer of our company, such business opportunity is
expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely
in his or her capacity as an officer or director of our company.
Stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to
this provision of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation.
Change of
Control Related Provisions of Our Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and
Delaware Law
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and in the
Delaware General Corporation Law, may make it difficult,
expensive and time-consuming for a third party to pursue a
takeover attempt even if a change in control of our company
would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders. Any
provision of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law
that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control
could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a
premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also
affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our
common stock. These provisions are intended to:
|
|
|
|
|
enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the
composition of our Board;
|
|
|
|
discourage some types of transactions that may involve an actual
or threatened change in control of our company;
|
|
|
|
discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights;
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
ensure that our Board will have sufficient time to act in what
our Board believes to be the best interests of us and our
stockholders; and
|
|
|
|
encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to
first consult with our Board to negotiate the terms of any
proposed business combination or offer.
|
Delaware
Takeover Statute
In our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we
will elect not to be governed by Section 203, as permitted
under and pursuant to subsection (b)(3) of Section 203,
until the first date that Coinvest and its affiliates no longer
beneficially own more than 20% of our outstanding voting shares.
After such date, we will be governed by Section 203.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, with
specified exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from
engaging in any business combination with any
interested stockholder for a period of three years
following the time that the stockholder became an interested
stockholder unless:
|
|
|
|
|
before that time, the board of directors of the corporation
approved either the business combination or the transaction
which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder;
|
|
|
|
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced,
excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares
outstanding those shares owned by persons who are directors and
also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee
participants do not have the right to determine confidentially
whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a
tender or exchange offer; or
|
|
|
|
at or after that time, the business combination is approved by
the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special
meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the vote
of at least
662/3%
of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the
interested stockholder.
|
Section 203 defines business combination to
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
any merger or consolidation of the corporation with the
interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, pledge or other
disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation
involving the interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
subject to specified exceptions, any transaction that results in
the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the
corporation to the interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of
increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or
series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested
stockholder; or
|
|
|
|
any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any
loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits
provided by or through the corporation.
|
Section 203 defines an interested stockholder
as:
|
|
|
|
|
any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation; and
|
|
|
|
any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or
controlled by the entity or person.
|
Section 203 may make it difficult and expensive for a third
party to pursue a takeover attempt that we do not approve, even
if a change in control would be beneficial to the interests of
our stockholders.
Unissued
Shares of Capital Stock
We are
issuing shares of
our authorized Class A common stock in this offering. The
remaining shares of authorized and unissued Class A common
stock will be available for future issuance without additional
stockholder approval. While the additional shares are not
designed to deter or prevent a change of
155
control, under some circumstances we could use the additional
shares to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons
seeking to effect a takeover or otherwise gain control by, for
example, issuing those shares in private placements to
purchasers who might side with our Board in opposing a hostile
takeover bid.
In addition, our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation will provide our Board with the authority, without
any further vote or action by our stockholders, to designate and
issue one or more series of preferred stock at their sole
discretion and to fix the number of shares and the preferences,
limitations and relative rights of the shares constituting any
series. This provision makes it possible for our Board to issue
preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or
other rights or preferences which could impede any attempt to
acquire us. These and other provisions may have the effect of
deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes
in control or management of our company, discouraging bids for
the Class A common stock at a premium over the market price
of the common stock and may adversely affect the market price
of, and the voting and other rights of the holder of,
Class A common stock.
Classified
Board; Vacancies and Removal of Directors
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws will provide that our Board will be
divided into three classes whose members will serve three-year
terms expiring in successive years. Any effort to obtain control
of our Board by causing the election of a majority of the Board
may require more time than would be required without such a
staggered election structure.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws will provide that directors may be
removed with or without cause at any time upon the affirmative
vote of holders of at least a majority of the votes to which all
the stockholders would be entitled to cast until a
group, as defined under Section 13(d)(3) of the
Exchange Act, no longer beneficially owns more than 50% of the
outstanding shares of our voting common stock. After such time,
directors may only be removed from office for cause upon the
affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the votes
which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast. Our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended
and restated bylaws will provide that vacancies in our Board may
be filled only by our Board. Any director elected to fill a
vacancy will hold office for the remainder of the full term of
the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred (including
a vacancy created by increasing the size of the Board) and until
such directors successor shall have been duly elected and
qualified. No decrease in the number of directors will shorten
the term of any incumbent director. The number of directors
shall be fixed and modified, but not reduced to less than three,
from time to time by resolution of our Board.
These provisions may have the effect of slowing or impeding a
third party from initiating a proxy contest, making a tender
offer or otherwise attempting a change in the membership of our
Board that would effect a change of control.
Advance
Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations of Directors and
Stockholder Proposals
Our amended and restated bylaws will establish an advance notice
procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for
election as director or to bring other business before an annual
meeting of our stockholders. This procedure provides that,
except as otherwise required by applicable law, only persons who
are nominated by the Board, a committee appointed by the Board,
or by a stockholder who has given timely written notice to our
secretary prior to the meeting, will be eligible for election as
directors, and only business that has been brought before an
annual meeting by the Board, any committee appointed by the
Board, or by a stockholder who has given timely written notice
to our secretary prior to the meeting, may be conducted. Under
the procedure, to be timely, notice must be received by the
secretary at our principal executive offices not less than
90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first
anniversary date of the annual meeting of the preceding year. In
addition, a stockholders notice proposing to nominate a
person for election as director must contain specific
information about the nominating stockholder and the proposed
nominee, and a stockholders notice relating to the conduct
of business other than the nomination of directors must contain
specific information about the business and the proposing
stockholder.
156
Requiring advance notice of nominations by stockholders allows
our Board an opportunity to consider the qualifications of the
proposed nominees and also provides a more orderly procedure for
conducting annual meetings of stockholders. It also provides the
Board with the opportunity to inform stockholders of proposed
business prior to the meeting, so that stockholders can better
decide whether to attend the meeting or to grant a proxy
regarding the disposition of the business. These provisions may
also have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of
directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals and of
discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a
solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or
to approve its own proposal without regard to whether
consideration of the nominees or proposals might be harmful or
beneficial to us or our stockholders.
Calling
Special Stockholder Meetings; Stockholder Action by Written
Consent
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws will provide that a special meeting
of stockholders may only be called by our Board. Our amended and
restated bylaws will allow for stockholder actions by written
consent until no group, as defined under
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, owns more than 50% of
the outstanding shares of our voting common stock. After such
time, any action taken by the stockholders must be effected at a
duly called annual or special meeting, which may be called only
by the Board.
These provisions make it procedurally more difficult for a
stockholder to take action without a meeting and therefore may
reduce the likelihood that a stockholder will seek to take
independent action with respect to matters that are not
supported by management.
Limitation
of Liability of Directors; Indemnification of Directors and
Officers
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will
contain provisions permitted under Delaware General Corporation
Law relating to the liability of directors. These provisions
eliminate a directors personal liability for monetary
damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in
circumstances involving:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty;
|
|
|
|
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;
|
|
|
|
under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
(unlawful dividends); or
|
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derives an improper
personal benefit.
|
The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is
that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for
monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can
demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is
not available under the Delaware General Corporation Law. These
provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or
any stockholders rights to seek non-monetary relief, such
as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of
directors fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter
a directors liability under federal securities laws. The
inclusion of this provision in our certificate of incorporation
may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing
a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary
duties, even though such an action, if successful, might
otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders.
Our amended and restated bylaws will require us to indemnify and
advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest
extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law
and other applicable law, except in the case of a proceeding
instituted by the director without the approval of our Board.
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we are
required to indemnify our directors and officers, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, for all judgments, fines, settlements,
legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with
pending or threatened legal proceedings because of the
directors or officers positions with us or another
entity that the director or officer serves at our request,
subject to various conditions, and to advance funds to our
directors and officers to enable them to defend against such
proceedings. To receive indemnification, the director or officer
must have been successful in the legal proceeding or have acted
in
157
good faith and in what was reasonably believed to be a lawful
manner in our best interest and, with respect to any criminal
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her
conduct was unlawful.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter
into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and
certain of our officers. The indemnification agreement will
provide our directors and certain of our officers with
contractual rights to the indemnification and expense
advancement rights provided under our bylaws, as well as
contractual rights to additional indemnification as provided in
the indemnification agreement.
Supermajority
Voting Requirements for Amendment of Certain Provisions of Our
Amended and Restated Bylaws
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our bylaws may
be amended, altered or repealed at any regular or special
meeting of the stockholders only if the amendment is approved by
the vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares then
entitled to vote at a general election of directors. In
addition, amendments may be instituted by resolutions adopted by
a majority of the Board at any special or regular meeting of the
Board. These provisions make it more difficult for stockholders
to remove or amend any provisions that may have an anti-takeover
effect.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
Mellon Investor Services LLC (operating with the service name
BNY Mellon Shareowner Services) will serve as transfer agent and
registrar for our Class A common stock.
158
SHARES OF
COMMON STOCK ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market
for our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common
stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing
market prices of our common stock. Furthermore, some shares of
our common stock will not be available for sale for a certain
period of time after this offering because they are subject to
contractual and legal restrictions on resale some of which are
described below. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in
the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the
perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect
the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity
capital in the future.
Sale of
Restricted Securities
After this
offering, shares of our
Class A common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares,
all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable
without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased
by our affiliates, as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The
remaining shares of our
common stock that will be outstanding after this offering are
restricted securities within the meaning of
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities
may be sold in the public market only if they are registered
under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption
from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the
Securities Act, which are summarized below. Subject to the
lock-up
agreements described below, shares held by our affiliates that
are not restricted securities or that have been owned for more
than one year may be sold subject to compliance with
Rule 144 of the Securities Act without regard to the
prescribed one-year holding period under Rule 144.
Lock-Up
Agreements
We, our directors and our executive officers have agreed that,
subject to specified exceptions, without the prior written
consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and
Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, we will
not, during the period beginning on the date of this prospectus
and ending 180 days thereafter:
|
|
|
|
|
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell,
grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock;
|
|
|
|
|
|
enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to
another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences
of ownership of our common stock; or
|
|
|
|
make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the
registration of any shares of our common stock or any security
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common
stock;
|
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by
delivery of Class A common stock or such other securities,
in cash or otherwise.
The 180-day
restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be
extended if:
|
|
|
|
|
during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period we issue an earnings release, or material news
or a material event relating to us occurs; or
|
|
|
|
prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
restricted period,
|
in which case the restrictions described in this paragraph will
continue to apply until the expiration of the
180-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
Additionally, under the amended and restated stockholders
agreement, holders of our common stock who have not signed
contractual
lock-up
agreements with representatives of the underwriters have agreed
with us not to transfer shares of our common stock until
180 days after the consummation of this offering without
our approval. In turn, we have agreed not to release any of our
stockholders from these
lock-up
agreements prior to the expiration of the
180-day
period without the consent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc. We have also agreed with
the underwriters of this offering that we will extend the
180-day
lock-up
period if, as permitted by the amended and restated stockholders
agreement:
159
|
|
|
|
|
during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period we issue an earnings release, or material news
or a material event relating to us occurs; or
|
|
|
|
prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
restricted period, in which case these restrictions will
continue to apply until the expiration of the
180-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
|
In addition, any Class A common stock purchased by participants
in our directed share program pursuant to which the underwriters
have reserved, at our request, up to 10% of the Class A common
stock offered by this prospectus for sale to certain of our
senior personnel and individuals employed by or associated with
our affiliates, will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction.
There are no agreements between the underwriters and any of our
stockholders or affiliates releasing them from these
lock-up
agreements prior to the expiration of the
180-day
period. Following the
lock-up
periods, we estimate that
approximately shares of
our Class A common stock that are restricted securities or
are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus
will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance
with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.
Registration
Rights
Stockholders currently have the right to require us to register
shares of Class A common stock for resale in some
circumstances. See Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Related Person Transactions
Stockholders Agreement.
Rule 144
Common stock eligible for sale under Rule 144 may be sold
immediately upon the completion of this offering. In general,
under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of common stock
acquired from us immediately upon completion of this offering,
without regard to manner of sale, the availability of public
information or volume, if:
|
|
|
|
|
the person is not an affiliate of the company and has not been
an affiliate of the company at any time during the three months
preceding such a sale; and
|
|
|
|
the person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold
for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior
owner other than an affiliate.
|
Rule 701
Shares of our common stock issued in reliance on Rule 701,
such as those shares acquired upon exercise of options granted
under our Equity Incentive Plan, are restricted and, subject to
the contractual and legal provisions on resale described above,
beginning 90 days after the effective date of this
prospectus, may be sold by stockholders other than our
affiliates, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of
Rule 144, and by affiliates under Rule 144 without
compliance with its one-year holding requirement. We intend to
file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering
all shares subject to options outstanding under our Equity
Incentive Plan.
Equity
Compensation Plans
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more
registration statements under the Securities Act to register the
shares of Class A common stock to be issued under our
Equity Incentive Plan, Officers Rollover Stock Option Plan
and Employee Stock Purchase Plan and, as a result, all shares of
Class A common stock acquired upon exercise of stock
options and other equity-based awards granted under these plans
will also be freely tradable under the Securities Act unless
purchased by our affiliates. As
of ,
our Equity Incentive Plan authorized a maximum total
of shares
of common stock for issuance, and of such
total, shares
of common stock were issued to members of our management and
there were stock options outstanding to purchase, subject to
vesting, up to an
additional shares
of our common stock and our Officers Rollover Stock Option
Plan authorized a maximum total
of shares
of common stock for issuance, and of such
total, shares
of common stock were issued to members of our management and
there were stock options outstanding to purchase, subject to
vesting, up to an
additional shares
of our common
stock. of
the options granted under our Officers Rollover Stock Plan
and Equity Incentive Plan will become exercisable on
June 30, 2011 and the shares of common stock underlying
such options issued upon exercise thereof will be freely
transferable upon issuance. We expect
that shares
of common stock will be issuable under our Employee Stock
Purchase Plan.
160
CERTAIN
U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-U.S.
HOLDERS
The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal
income and estate tax considerations relating to the purchase,
ownership and disposition of our common stock by
Non-U.S. Holders
(as defined below) that purchase our common stock pursuant to
this offering and hold such common stock as a capital asset.
This discussion is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury
regulations thereunder, and administrative and judicial
interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof and
all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive
effect, or to different interpretation. This discussion does not
address all of the U.S. federal tax considerations that may
be relevant to specific
Non-U.S. Holders
in light of their particular circumstances or to
Non-U.S. Holders
subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax
law (such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities
or other
Non-U.S. Holders
that mark their securities to market for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, foreign governments, international
organizations, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign
investment companies, tax-exempt entities, certain former
citizens or residents of the United States, or
Non-U.S. Holders
who hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge,
conversion or other integrated transaction). This discussion
does not address any U.S. state or local or
non-U.S. tax
considerations or any U.S. federal gift or alternative
minimum tax considerations.
As used in this discussion, the term
Non-U.S. Holder
means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for
U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual who is neither a citizen nor a resident of the
United States;
|
|
|
|
a corporation that is not created or organized in or under the
laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of
Columbia;
|
|
|
|
an estate that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on
income from
non-U.S. sources
which is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade
or business within the United States; or
|
|
|
|
a trust unless (i) it is subject to the primary supervision
of a court within the United States and one or more United
States persons have the authority to control all of its
substantial decisions or (ii) it has in effect a valid
election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be
treated as a United States person.
|
If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes invests in our common stock, the
U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to such
investment will depend in part upon the status and activities of
such entity and the particular partner. Any such entity should
consult its own tax adviser regarding the U.S. federal tax
considerations applicable to it and its partners of the
purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.
PERSONS CONSIDERING AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD
CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL,
STATE AND LOCAL AND
NON-U.S. INCOME,
ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO THE PURCHASE,
OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR
PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.
Distributions
on Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below under Payments
to Foreign Financial Institutions and Non-financial Foreign
Entities and Information Reporting and
Backup Withholding, if we make a distribution of cash or
other property (other than certain pro rata distributions
of our common stock) in respect of a share of our common stock,
the distribution will be treated as a dividend to the extent it
is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as
determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). If
the amount of a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated
earnings and profits, such excess generally will be treated
first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the
Non-U.S. Holders
tax basis in such share of our common stock, and then as capital
gain. Distributions treated as dividends on our common stock
that are paid to or for the account of a
Non-U.S. Holder
generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax
at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate if provided by an
applicable tax treaty and the
Non-U.S. Holder
provides the
161
documentation (generally, Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS,
Form W-8BEN)
required to claim benefits under such tax treaty to the
applicable withholding agent.
If, however, a dividend is effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business in the United States by a
Non-U.S. Holder,
the dividend generally will not be subject to the 30%
U.S. federal withholding tax if the
Non-U.S. Holder
provides the appropriate documentation (generally, IRS
Form W-8ECI)
to the applicable withholding agent. Instead, the
Non-U.S. Holder
generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in
respect of such dividend on a net income basis in substantially
the same manner as a U.S. holder (except as provided by an
applicable tax treaty). Dividends that are effectively connected
with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by
a corporate
Non-U.S. Holder
may also be subject to a branch profits tax at the rate of 30%
(or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty).
Sale,
Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below under Payments
to Foreign Financial Institutions and Non-financial Foreign
Entities and Information Reporting and
Backup Withholding, a
Non-U.S. Holder
generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on
gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of
our common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
we are or have been a United States real property holding
corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes at
any time during the shorter of (i) the five year period
ending on the date of such sale, exchange or disposition and
(ii) such
Non-U.S. Holders
holding period with respect to our common stock, and certain
other conditions are met;
|
|
|
|
such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade
or business in the United States by such
Non-U.S. Holder,
in which event such
Non-U.S. Holder
generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a
net income basis in substantially the same manner as a
U.S. holder (except as provided by an applicable tax
treaty) and, if it is a corporation, may also be subject to a
branch profits tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower rate if
provided by an applicable tax treaty); or
|
|
|
|
such
Non-U.S. Holder
is an individual who is present in the United States for
183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale, exchange
or disposition and certain other conditions are met.
|
Generally, a corporation is a United States real property
holding corporation if the fair market value of its United
States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum
of the fair market value of its worldwide real property
interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade
or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax
purposes). We do not believe that we are, and we do not
presently anticipate that we will become, a United States real
property holding corporation.
Payments
to Foreign Financial Institutions and Non-financial Foreign
Entities
Payments of any dividend on, or any gross proceeds from the
sale, exchange or other disposition of, our common stock made
after December 31, 2012 to a
Non-U.S. Holder
that is a foreign financial institution or a
non-financial foreign entity (to the extent such
dividend or gain from such sale, exchange or disposition is not
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in
the United States by such
Non-U.S. Holder)
generally will be subject to the U.S. federal withholding
tax at the rate of 30% unless such
Non-U.S. Holder
complies with certain additional U.S. reporting
requirements.
For this purpose, a foreign financial institution includes,
among others, a
non-U.S. entity
that (i) is a bank, (ii) holds, as a substantial
portion of its business, financial assets for the account for
others or (iii) is engaged primarily in the business of
investing, reinvesting or trading in securities, partnership
interests, commodities or any interest in securities,
partnership interests or commodities. A foreign financial
institution generally will be subject to this 30%
U.S. federal withholding tax unless it (i) enters into
an agreement with the IRS pursuant to which such financial
institution agrees (x) to comply with certain information,
verification, due diligence, reporting, and other procedures
established by the IRS with respect to United States
accounts (generally financial accounts maintained by a
financial institution (as well as non-traded debt or equity
interests in such financial institution) held by one or more
specified U.S. persons or foreign entities with a
162
specified level of U.S. ownership) and (y) to withhold on
its account holders that fail to comply with reasonable
information requests or that are foreign financial institutions
that do not enter into such an agreement with the IRS or
(ii) is exempted by the IRS.
A non-financial foreign entity generally will be subject to this
30% U.S. federal withholding tax unless such entity
provides the applicable withholding agent with either (i) a
certification that such entity does not have any substantial
U.S. owners or (ii) information regarding the name,
address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial
U.S. owner of such entity. These reporting requirements
generally will not apply to a non-financial foreign entity that
is a corporation the stock of which is regularly traded on an
established securities market or certain affiliated corporations
or to certain other specified types of entities.
Non-U.S. Holders
should consult their own tax advisor regarding the application
of these withholding and reporting rules.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Generally, the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to a
Non-U.S. Holder
and the amount of any tax withheld from such dividends must be
reported annually to the IRS and to the
Non-U.S. Holder.
The information reporting and backup withholding rules that
apply to payments to certain U.S. persons generally will
not apply to payments with respect to our common stock to a
Non-U.S. Holder
if such
Non-U.S. Holder
certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United
States person (generally by providing an IRS
Form W-8BEN)
or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our
common stock by a
Non-U.S. Holder
effected through a
non-U.S. office
of a U.S. broker or of a
non-U.S. broker
with certain specified U.S. connections generally will be
subject to information reporting (but not backup withholding)
unless such
Non-U.S. Holder
certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United
States person (generally by providing an IRS
Form W-8BEN)
or otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds from the sale,
exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a
Non-U.S. Holder
effected through a U.S. office of a broker generally will
be subject to information reporting and backup withholding,
unless such
Non-U.S. Holder
certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United
States person (generally by providing an IRS
Form W-8BEN)
or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be
allowed as a refund or a credit against a
Non-U.S. Holders
U.S. federal income tax liability if the required
information is furnished by such
Non-U.S. Holder
on a timely basis to the IRS.
U.S.
Federal Estate Tax
In the case of an individual
Non-U.S. Holder
who, for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, is not a citizen
or resident of the United States at the time of his or her
death, shares of our common stock owned or treated as owned at
such time by such individual will be included in his or her
gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may
be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable
estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
Legislation enacted in 2001 provides for reductions in the
U.S. federal estate tax through 2009 and the elimination of
the tax entirely for the year 2010. Under the legislation, the
estate tax would be fully reinstated, as in effect prior to the
reductions, for 2011 and thereafter.
163
UNDERWRITING
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Barclays Capital
Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting
as joint book-running managers of this offering and, together
with Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated,
BB&T Capital Markets, Lazard Capital Markets LLC and
Raymond James & Associates, Inc., are acting as the
managing underwriters of this offering. Under the terms and
subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement
dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below
have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to
them, the number of shares of Class A common stock
indicated in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
Barclays Capital Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott &
Stringfellow, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Lazard Capital Markets LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common
stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and
subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that
the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and
accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock
offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of
certain legal matters by their counsel and to other conditions.
The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the
shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus
if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not
required to take or pay for the shares covered by the
underwriters over-allotment option described below. The
underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of
Class A common stock directly to the public at the public
offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less
underwriting discounts and commissions, and part of the shares
of Class A common stock to certain dealers at a price that
represents a concession not in excess of
$ a share under the public
offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of
Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling
terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for
30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to
an aggregate of additional shares
of Class A common stock from us at the public offering
price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The
underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of
covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the
offering of the shares of Class A common stock offered by
this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each
underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain
conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the
additional shares of Class A common stock as the number
listed next to the underwriters name in the preceding
table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common
stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the
preceding table. If the underwriters over-allotment option
is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be
$ , the total underwriters
discounts and commissions paid by us would be
$ and the total proceeds to us
would be $ .
164
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting
discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters
in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown
assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the
underwriters over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid by Us
|
|
Total
|
|
|
No
|
|
Full
|
|
No
|
|
Full
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Per Share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
In addition, we estimate that the expenses of this offering
other than underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us
will be approximately
$ million.
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales
to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of
shares of Class A common stock offered by them.
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 10% of the
shares of Class A common stock to be issued by us and
offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public
offering price, to certain of our senior personnel and
individuals employed by or associated with our affiliates. If
purchased by these persons, these shares will be subject to a
180-day
lock-up
restriction. The number of shares of Class A common stock
available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the
extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any
reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the
underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the
other shares offered by this prospectus. We have agreed to
indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and
expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in
connection with the sales of directed shares.
We, our directors and our executive officers have agreed that,
subject to specified exceptions, without the prior written
consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and
Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, we will
not, during the period beginning on the date of this prospectus
and ending 180 days thereafter:
|
|
|
|
|
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell,
grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock;
|
|
|
|
|
|
enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to
another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences
of ownership of our common stock; or
|
|
|
|
make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the
registration of any shares of our common stock or any security
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common
stock;
|
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by
delivery of Class A common stock or such other securities,
in cash or otherwise.
The 180-day
restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be
extended if:
|
|
|
|
|
during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period we issue an earnings release, or material news
or a material event relating to us occurs; or
|
|
|
|
prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
restricted period,
|
in which case the restrictions described in this paragraph will
continue to apply until the expiration of the
180-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
Additionally, under the amended and restated stockholders
agreement, holders of our common stock who have not signed
contractual
lock-up
agreements with representatives of the underwriters have agreed
with us not to transfer shares of our common stock until
180 days after the consummation of this offering without
our approval. In turn, we have agreed not to release any of our
stockholders from these
lock-up
agreements prior to the expiration of the
180-day
period without the consent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated and
165
Barclays Capital Inc. We have also agreed with the underwriters
of this offering that we will extend the
180-day
lock-up
period if, as permitted by the amended and restated stockholders
agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period we issue an earnings release, or material news
or a material event relating to us occurs; or
|
|
|
|
prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
restricted period, in which case these restrictions will
continue to apply until the expiration of the
180-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
|
The restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs do not
apply to:
|
|
|
|
|
the sale by us of shares to the underwriters in connection with
the offering;
|
|
|
|
transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of
Class A common stock or other securities convertible or
exchangeable into Class A common stock acquired in open
market transactions after the completion of the offering of the
shares, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the
Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of
shares of Class A common stock, shall be required or shall
be voluntarily made during the
180-day
restricted period; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
the transfer of shares of Class A common stock or any
security convertible or exchangeable into shares of Class A
common stock as a bona fide gift, as a distribution to general
or limited partners, stockholders or members of our
stockholders, or by will or intestate succession to a member of
the immediate family of our stockholders.
|
With respect to the last bullet, it shall be a condition to the
transfer or distribution that the transferee provide prior
written notice of such transfer or distribution to Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc.,
execute a copy of the
lock-up
agreement, that no filing by any donee or transferee with the
SEC shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection
with such transfer or distribution and no such transfer or
distribution may include a disposition for value.
In order to facilitate this offering of Class A common
stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the
Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may
sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the
underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale
is covered if the short position is no greater than the number
of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the
over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered
short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or by
purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source
of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters
will consider, among other things, the open market price of
shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment
option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the
over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The
underwriters must close out any naked short position by
purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is
more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that
there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A
common stock in the open market after pricing that could
adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In
addition, to stabilize the price of the Class A common
stock, the underwriters may bid for and purchase shares of
Class A common stock in the open market. Finally, the
underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed
to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the Class A
common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases
previously distributed Class A common stock to cover
syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the
Class A common stock. These activities may raise or
maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above
independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the
market price of the Class A common stock. The underwriters
are not required to engage in these activities and may end any
of these activities at any time.
We will apply to list our Class A common stock on the New
York Stock Exchange under the symbol BAH.
We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other
against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising out
of or based upon material misstatements or omissions.
166
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the
shares of Class A common stock. The initial public offering
price will be determined by negotiations between us and the
representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price will
be our future prospects and those of our industry in general;
sales, earnings and other financial operating information in
recent periods; and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales
ratios and market prices of securities and certain financial and
operating information of companies engaged in activities similar
to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set
forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is
subject to change as a result of market conditions and other
factors. An active trading market for the shares may not
develop, and it is possible that after the offering the shares
will not trade in the market above their initial offering price.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, and one
or more of the underwriters may distribute prospectuses
electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number
of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage
account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the
underwriters that make Internet distributions on the same basis
as other allocations.
Relationships
The underwriters or their affiliates may engage in transactions
with, and may perform and have, from time to time, performed
investment banking and advisory services for us in the ordinary
course of their business and for which they have received or
would receive customary fees and expenses. For example,
affiliates of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc.
are acting as lenders and, in some instances, agents under our
senior credit facilities. Specifically, affiliates of Credit
Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc.
are lenders under the term loan facilities of our senior credit
facilities and affiliates of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated are lenders under the revolving facility portion of
our senior credit facilities. Affiliates of Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as agents and,
in the case of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, a lender
under our mezzanine credit facility. For a description of these
facilities, see Description of Certain Indebtedness.
Charles O. Rossotti, a member of our board of directors, also
serves as a director of Bank of America Corporation, the parent
company of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated, an underwriter of this offering and a member of
FINRA.
Lazard Frères and Co. LLC referred this transaction to
Lazard Capital Markets LLC and will receive a referral fee from
Lazard Capital Markets LLC in connection therewith.
Conflicts
of Interest
The net proceeds of this offering will be used to retire a
portion of our mezzanine credit facility under which Credit
Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, an affiliate of Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC, is a lender. Because its affiliate will
receive at least 5% of the net proceeds of this offering, Credit
Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is deemed to have a conflict
of interest under NASD Conduct Rule 2720 of FINRA, or
FINRA Rule 2720. Accordingly, this offering will be
conducted in compliance with the requirements of FINRA
Rule 2720, which provides that the nature of the conflict
of interest be prominently disclosed and that Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC will not make any sales of our Class A
common stock to discretionary accounts without express written
approval from the account holder.
Selling
Restrictions
European
Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each a
Relevant Member State), each underwriter has
represented and agreed that with effect from and including the
date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that
Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation
Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares
to the public in
167
that Relevant Member State, except that it may, with effect
from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an
offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State:
(a) at any time to legal entities which are authorized or
regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so
authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to
invest in securities;
(b) at any time to any legal entity which has two or more
of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the
last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than
43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more
than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or
consolidated accounts;
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than
qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive)
subject to obtaining our prior consent for any such
offer; or
(d) at any time in any other circumstances which do not
require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to
Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of the above, the expression an offer of
shares to the public in relation to any shares in any
Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by
any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer
and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to
decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be
varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing
the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the
expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and
includes any relevant implementing measure in that Relevant
Member State.
United
Kingdom
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has only
communicated or caused to be communicated and will only
communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or
inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning
of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000) received by it in connection with the issue or sale
of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of
such Act does not apply to us and it has complied and will
comply with all applicable provisions of such Act with respect
to anything done by it in relation to any shares in, from or
otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
168
LEGAL
MATTERS
The legal validity of the Class A common stock offered in
this offering will be passed upon for us by
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, New York, New York. Various
legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for
the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Washington,
District of Columbia.
169
EXPERTS
The audited consolidated financial statements of Booz Allen
Hamilton Holding Corporation at March 31, 2010 and 2009,
and for the year ended March 31, 2010 and for the eight
months ended March 31, 2009, as well as the consolidated
statements of operations of Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc. for the
four months ended July 31, 2008 and the year ended
March 31, 2008, appearing in this prospectus and
registration statement have been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as
set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein,
and are included in reliance upon such report given on the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
Prior to Ernst & Young LLP being engaged to
provide audit services to the Predecessor, the Predecessor
engaged foreign affiliates of Ernst & Young LLP
to provide certain legal and tax services at two insignificant
foreign subsidiaries that were subsequently spun off with the
commercial and international business. These legal and tax
services were consistent with the independence requirements of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and no
public offering was contemplated by the Predecessor while the
services were being provided. In connection with the filing of
this prospectus and registration statement, the independence
rules of the SEC apply to all periods for which audited
consolidated financial statements are included in this
prospectus and registration statement.
Ernst & Young LLP and the Companys Audit
Committee previously determined that the foregoing legal and tax
services were inconsistent with the SECs independence
rules for the year ended March 31, 2008. However, after
analysis of these circumstances, Ernst & Young
LLP and the Companys Audit Committee, in consultation with
legal counsel, concluded that Ernst & Young
LLPs objectivity and impartiality of judgment had not been
impaired with respect to Ernst & Young LLPs
audit engagement. These circumstances and conclusion were
reviewed with the Staff of the Office of the Chief Accountant of
the SEC, which did not disagree with such conclusion.
170
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1,
including exhibits, schedules and amendments filed with the
registration statement, under the Securities Act with respect to
the shares of Class A common stock being offered. This
prospectus does not contain all of the information described in
the registration statement and the related exhibits and
schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by
the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information
with respect to us and the Class A common stock being
offered, reference is made to the registration statement and the
related exhibits and schedules. With respect to statements
contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any
contract or any other document, reference is made to the copy of
the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the
registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and
the related exhibits, schedules and amendments may be inspected
without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by
the SEC in Washington D.C. at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all
or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from
these offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the
SEC. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room
may be obtained by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding
registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address
of the site is
http://www.sec.gov.
Upon the completion of this offering, Booz Allen Holding will
become subject to the information and periodic reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, will file
annual reports containing financial statements audited by an
independent public accounting company, quarterly reports
containing unaudited financial statements, current reports,
proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be
able to inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and
other information at the public reference facilities maintained
by the SEC at the address noted above. You will also be able to
obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room of
the SEC as described above, or inspect them without charge at
the SECs website. Upon completion of this offering, you
will also be able to access, free of charge, our reports filed
with the SEC (for example, our Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
our Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q
and our Current Reports on
Form 8-K
and any amendments to those forms) through the
Investors portion of our Internet website
(http://www.boozallen.com).
Reports filed with or furnished to the SEC will be available as
soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or
furnished to the SEC. Our website is included in this prospectus
as an inactive textual reference only. The information found on
our website is not part of this prospectus or any report filed
with or furnished to the SEC. We intend to provide our
stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements
audited by an independent accounting company.
171
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of
Directors and Shareholders of
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation (the Company) as of
March 31, 2009 and 2010 and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders equity and cash
flows for the eight-month period ended March 31, 2009 and
the year ended March 31, 2010. We have also audited the
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders equity
and cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2008 and the
four month period ended July 31, 2008 of Booz Allen Hamilton,
Inc. (Predecessor). These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the Companys
internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we
express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation at
March 31, 2009 and 2010, and the consolidated results of
its operations and its cash flows for the eight months ended
March 31, 2009 and the year ended March 31, 2010 in
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Also, in our opinion, the Predecessor financial statements
referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
consolidated results of operations and cash flows of Booz Allen
Hamilton, Inc. for the year ended March 31, 2008 and the
four month period ended July 31, 2008 in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the
Company and the Predecessor changed their method of revenue
recognition.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
McLean, Virginia
June 18, 2010
F-2
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share
|
|
|
|
and per share data)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
420,902
|
|
|
$
|
307,835
|
|
|
$
|
300,611
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance
|
|
|
925,925
|
|
|
|
1,018,311
|
|
|
|
994,926
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
32,696
|
|
|
|
32,546
|
|
|
|
39,554
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
53,370
|
|
|
|
11,476
|
|
|
|
8,642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,432,893
|
|
|
|
1,370,168
|
|
|
|
1,343,733
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
142,543
|
|
|
|
136,648
|
|
|
|
140,635
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
13,051
|
|
|
|
17,072
|
|
|
|
17,446
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
99,378
|
|
|
|
53,204
|
|
|
|
36,143
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
309,477
|
|
|
|
268,880
|
|
|
|
261,722
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,141,615
|
|
|
|
1,163,129
|
|
|
|
1,161,745
|
|
Other long-term assets
|
|
|
43,292
|
|
|
|
53,122
|
|
|
|
53,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,182,249
|
|
|
$
|
3,062,223
|
|
|
$
|
3,015,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
15,225
|
|
|
$
|
21,850
|
|
|
$
|
21,850
|
|
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
|
|
|
243,831
|
|
|
|
354,097
|
|
|
|
342,708
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
344,409
|
|
|
|
385,145
|
|
|
|
305,404
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
18,186
|
|
|
|
9,996
|
|
|
|
10,317
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
21,934
|
|
|
|
14,832
|
|
|
|
14,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
643,585
|
|
|
|
785,920
|
|
|
|
695,111
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
1,220,502
|
|
|
|
1,546,782
|
|
|
|
1,542,063
|
|
Income tax reserve
|
|
|
99,394
|
|
|
|
100,178
|
|
|
|
101,195
|
|
Deferred payment obligation
|
|
|
108,969
|
|
|
|
20,028
|
|
|
|
21,028
|
|
Postretirement obligation
|
|
|
39,809
|
|
|
|
50,464
|
|
|
|
51,800
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
9,647
|
|
|
|
49,268
|
|
|
|
51,389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,121,906
|
|
|
|
2,552,640
|
|
|
|
2,462,586
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, Class A $0.01 par
value authorized, 16,000,000 shares; issued and
outstanding, 10,131,687 shares at March 31, 2009,
10,292,290 shares at March 31, 2010, and
10,266,161 shares at June 30, 2010
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
Non-voting common stock, Class B $0.01 par
value authorized, 16,000,000 shares; issued and
outstanding, 235,020 shares at March 31, 2009,
235,020 shares at March 31, 2010, and
305,313 shares at June 30, 2010
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Restricted common stock, Class C $0.01 par
value authorized, 600,000 shares; issued and
outstanding, 202,827 shares at March 31, 2009,
202,827 shares at March 31, 2010, and
202,827 shares at June 30, 2010
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Special voting common stock, Class E
$0.03 par value authorized,
2,500,000 shares; issued and outstanding,
1,480,288 shares at March 31, 2009,
1,334,588 shares at March 31, 2010, and
1,404,881 shares at June 30, 2010
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
1,098,278
|
|
|
|
526,618
|
|
|
|
541,457
|
|
(Accumulated deficit) Retained earnings
|
|
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
|
(13,364
|
)
|
|
|
14,805
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
(3,818
|
)
|
|
|
(3,736
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
1,060,343
|
|
|
|
509,583
|
|
|
|
552,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
3,182,249
|
|
|
$
|
3,062,223
|
|
|
$
|
3,015,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-3
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,625,055
|
|
|
$
|
1,409,943
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,941,275
|
|
|
$
|
5,122,633
|
|
|
$
|
1,229,459
|
|
|
$
|
1,341,929
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
2,028,848
|
|
|
|
722,986
|
|
|
|
|
1,566,763
|
|
|
|
2,654,143
|
|
|
|
638,690
|
|
|
|
677,095
|
|
Billable expenses
|
|
|
935,459
|
|
|
|
401,387
|
|
|
|
|
756,933
|
|
|
|
1,361,229
|
|
|
|
329,681
|
|
|
|
356,286
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
474,188
|
|
|
|
726,929
|
|
|
|
|
505,226
|
|
|
|
811,944
|
|
|
|
184,734
|
|
|
|
200,419
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
33,079
|
|
|
|
11,930
|
|
|
|
|
79,665
|
|
|
|
95,763
|
|
|
|
24,003
|
|
|
|
19,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
3,471,574
|
|
|
|
1,863,232
|
|
|
|
|
2,908,587
|
|
|
|
4,923,079
|
|
|
|
1,177,108
|
|
|
|
1,253,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
153,481
|
|
|
|
(453,289
|
)
|
|
|
|
32,688
|
|
|
|
199,554
|
|
|
|
52,351
|
|
|
|
88,745
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
|
4,578
|
|
|
|
1,466
|
|
|
|
515
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2,319
|
)
|
|
|
(1,044
|
)
|
|
|
|
(98,068
|
)
|
|
|
(150,734
|
)
|
|
|
(36,371
|
)
|
|
|
(40,353
|
)
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
(1,931
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
(1,292
|
)
|
|
|
(523
|
)
|
|
|
(619
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
151,673
|
|
|
|
(453,653
|
)
|
|
|
|
(60,930
|
)
|
|
|
48,994
|
|
|
|
15,972
|
|
|
|
48,085
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
|
|
|
62,693
|
|
|
|
(56,109
|
)
|
|
|
|
(22,147
|
)
|
|
|
23,575
|
|
|
|
7,547
|
|
|
|
19,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
88,980
|
|
|
|
(397,544
|
)
|
|
|
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
8,425
|
|
|
|
28,169
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(71,106
|
)
|
|
|
(848,371
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
17,874
|
|
|
$
|
(1,245,915
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
$
|
25,419
|
|
|
$
|
8,425
|
|
|
$
|
28,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations per common share
(Note 3):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
50.64
|
|
|
$
|
(181.28
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
|
$
|
2.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
43.33
|
|
|
$
|
(181.28
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
|
$
|
2.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share (Note 3):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
10.17
|
|
|
$
|
(568.13
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
|
$
|
2.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
8.70
|
|
|
$
|
(568.13
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
|
$
|
2.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-4
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
(As adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
17,874
|
|
|
$
|
(1,245,915
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
$
|
25,419
|
|
|
$
|
8,425
|
|
|
$
|
28,169
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by (used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
|
|
|
71,106
|
|
|
|
848,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
33,079
|
|
|
|
11,930
|
|
|
|
|
79,665
|
|
|
|
95,763
|
|
|
|
24,003
|
|
|
|
19,384
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,106
|
|
|
|
5,700
|
|
|
|
1,219
|
|
|
|
1,913
|
|
Amortization of original issuance discount on debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,480
|
|
|
|
2,505
|
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
|
744
|
|
Excess tax benefit from the exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,915
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(552
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
35,013
|
|
|
|
511,653
|
|
|
|
|
62,059
|
|
|
|
71,897
|
|
|
|
24,812
|
|
|
|
15,660
|
|
Loss on disposition of property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(39,988
|
)
|
|
|
(54,236
|
)
|
|
|
|
(22,147
|
)
|
|
|
19,837
|
|
|
|
6,255
|
|
|
|
17,585
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of business
combination:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(181,365
|
)
|
|
|
(19,765
|
)
|
|
|
|
(33,675
|
)
|
|
|
(92,386
|
)
|
|
|
(69,174
|
)
|
|
|
23,385
|
|
Income taxes receivable / payable
|
|
|
(35,934
|
)
|
|
|
(70,781
|
)
|
|
|
|
21,303
|
|
|
|
(14,429
|
)
|
|
|
1,243
|
|
|
|
1,437
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
(6,236
|
)
|
|
|
(4,717
|
)
|
|
|
|
(26,030
|
)
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
(3,286
|
)
|
|
|
(7,008
|
)
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
(1,859
|
)
|
|
|
(327
|
)
|
|
|
|
(6,491
|
)
|
|
|
15,672
|
|
|
|
2,798
|
|
|
|
2,570
|
|
Other long-term assets
|
|
|
2,627
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,742
|
)
|
|
|
(133
|
)
|
|
|
(3,003
|
)
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
(7,913
|
)
|
|
|
(44,050
|
)
|
|
|
|
99,094
|
|
|
|
33,760
|
|
|
|
(57,693
|
)
|
|
|
(88,764
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
72,654
|
|
|
|
57,054
|
|
|
|
|
7,186
|
|
|
|
110,265
|
|
|
|
(592
|
)
|
|
|
(12,534
|
)
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,604
|
|
|
|
(10,633
|
)
|
|
|
3,947
|
|
|
|
2,039
|
|
Income tax reserve
|
|
|
73,036
|
|
|
|
(7,220
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,177
|
|
|
|
2,483
|
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
2,716
|
|
|
|
(4,036
|
)
|
|
|
|
10,499
|
|
|
|
(8,190
|
)
|
|
|
(6,648
|
)
|
|
|
321
|
|
Postretirement obligation
|
|
|
(4,630
|
)
|
|
|
21,793
|
|
|
|
|
1,849
|
|
|
|
6,139
|
|
|
|
1,015
|
|
|
|
1,418
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
13,611
|
|
|
|
(26,582
|
)
|
|
|
|
9,647
|
|
|
|
12,189
|
|
|
|
1,762
|
|
|
|
7,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of
continuing operations
|
|
|
43,791
|
|
|
|
(26,548
|
)
|
|
|
|
180,709
|
|
|
|
270,484
|
|
|
|
(61,711
|
)
|
|
|
10,011
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
115,650
|
|
|
|
(160,368
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
159,441
|
|
|
|
(186,916
|
)
|
|
|
|
180,709
|
|
|
|
270,484
|
|
|
|
(61,711
|
)
|
|
|
10,011
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(35,179
|
)
|
|
|
(9,314
|
)
|
|
|
|
(36,835
|
)
|
|
|
(49,271
|
)
|
|
|
(6,568
|
)
|
|
|
(16,213
|
)
|
Cash paid in merger transaction, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,623,683
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment in discontinued operations
|
|
|
(3,348
|
)
|
|
|
(153,662
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Escrow payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations
|
|
|
(38,527
|
)
|
|
|
(162,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,660,518
|
)
|
|
|
(10,991
|
)
|
|
|
(6,568
|
)
|
|
|
(14,829
|
)
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(68,516
|
)
|
|
|
58,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(107,043
|
)
|
|
|
(104,653
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,660,518
|
)
|
|
|
(10,991
|
)
|
|
|
(6,568
|
)
|
|
|
(14,829
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
18,891
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
956,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
Cash dividends paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(612,401
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption of common stock and Class B common stock
|
|
|
(15,543
|
)
|
|
|
(16,422
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of debt
|
|
|
(4,761
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(251,050
|
)
|
|
|
(16,100
|
)
|
|
|
(3,025
|
)
|
|
|
(5,463
|
)
|
Proceeds from debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
227,534
|
|
|
|
|
1,240,300
|
|
|
|
346,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45,039
|
)
|
|
|
(15,808
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of deferred payment obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(78,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from the exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
552
|
|
Stock option exercises
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities of
continuing operations
|
|
|
(1,413
|
)
|
|
|
211,112
|
|
|
|
|
1,900,711
|
|
|
|
(372,560
|
)
|
|
|
(3,025
|
)
|
|
|
(2,406
|
)
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(5,908
|
)
|
|
|
128,712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(7,321
|
)
|
|
|
339,824
|
|
|
|
|
1,900,711
|
|
|
|
(372,560
|
)
|
|
|
(3,025
|
)
|
|
|
(2,406
|
)
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents of
continuing operations
|
|
|
3,851
|
|
|
|
21,588
|
|
|
|
|
420,902
|
|
|
|
(113,067
|
)
|
|
|
(71,304
|
)
|
|
|
(7,224
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of period
|
|
|
3,272
|
|
|
|
7,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
420,902
|
|
|
|
420,902
|
|
|
|
307,835
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents end of period
|
|
$
|
7,123
|
|
|
$
|
28,711
|
|
|
|
$
|
420,902
|
|
|
$
|
307,835
|
|
|
$
|
349,598
|
|
|
$
|
300,611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the period for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$
|
1,448
|
|
|
$
|
720
|
|
|
|
$
|
82,879
|
|
|
$
|
126,744
|
|
|
$
|
30,393
|
|
|
$
|
35,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
$
|
19,841
|
|
|
$
|
42,336
|
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
5,474
|
|
|
$
|
464
|
|
|
$
|
215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-5
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
PREDECESSOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Redeemable
|
|
|
Subscription
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit)
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
242,963
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,024
|
|
|
$
|
(15,800
|
)
|
|
$
|
243,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue recognition cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2007 (as adjusted)
|
|
|
242,963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,905
|
|
|
|
(15,800
|
)
|
|
|
272,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (as adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,874
|
|
Issuance of redeemable common stock
|
|
|
42,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,831
|
|
Cash dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(217
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(217
|
)
|
Redemption of common stock
|
|
|
(15,543
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,543
|
)
|
Stock compensation expenses
|
|
|
17,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,216
|
|
Mark to put value for redeemable shares
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(178
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in accounting principle for the adoption of
ASC 740-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,081
|
)
|
|
|
(10,081
|
)
|
Decrease in minimum pension liability, net of tax of $10,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,800
|
|
|
|
15,800
|
|
Change in accounting principle for the adoption of ASC 715,
net of tax of $17,922
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26,883
|
)
|
|
|
(26,883
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2008 (as adjusted)
|
|
|
287,645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,384
|
|
|
|
(36,964
|
)
|
|
|
313,065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss (as adjusted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,245,915
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,245,915
|
)
|
Reclassification of liability for share-based payments for
shares held over six months
|
|
|
5,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,479
|
|
Dividends declared
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
Redemption of redeemable common stock
|
|
|
(16,422
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,422
|
)
|
Redemption of common stock marked to redemption value in
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
854,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
854,494
|
|
Redemption of common stock marked to redemption value in equity
|
|
|
180,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(180,985
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized loss on benefit plan, net of income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(846
|
)
|
|
|
(846
|
)
|
Receivable from shareholders for exercise of stock rights of
Booz Allen Hamilton Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(87,007
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(87,007
|
)
|
Distribution of Booz & Company, Inc. common stock to
shareholders of Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(134,874
|
)
|
|
|
22,252
|
|
|
|
(112,622
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at July 31, 2008 (as adjusted)
|
|
$
|
1,312,181
|
|
|
$
|
(87,007
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,499,442
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15,558
|
)
|
|
$
|
(289,826
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-6
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY THE
COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
Class E
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Non-Voting
|
|
|
Restricted
|
|
|
Special Voting
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Deficit)
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
Balance at August 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange of rollover equity
|
|
|
564,187
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
235,020
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
202,827
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1,480,288
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
79,814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,869
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
9,567,500
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
956,405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
956,500
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(38,783
|
)
|
Actuarial gain related to employee benefits, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(38,085
|
)
|
Stock compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
10,131,687
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
235,020
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
202,827
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1,480,288
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
1,098,278
|
|
|
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
1,060,343
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
1,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
158,696
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(145,700
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
1,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,334
|
|
Recognition of liability related to future stock option
exercises (Note 17)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,408
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,408
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
Actuarial loss related to employee benefits, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,516
|
)
|
|
|
(4,516
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,903
|
|
Stock compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,897
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,897
|
|
Dividends paid (Notes 1 and 17)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(612,401
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(612,401
|
)
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
10,292,290
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
|
235,020
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
|
202,827
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
|
1,334,588
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
526,618
|
|
|
$
|
(13,364
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,818
|
)
|
|
$
|
509,583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
8,983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,293
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
35,181
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,503
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
552
|
|
Share exchange
|
|
|
(70,293
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
70,293
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognition of liability related to future stock option
exercises (Note 17)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,875
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,875
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,169
|
|
Actuarial gain related to employee benefits, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,251
|
|
Stock compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
10,266,161
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
|
305,313
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
|
202,827
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
|
1,404,881
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
541,457
|
|
|
$
|
14,805
|
|
|
$
|
(3,736
|
)
|
|
$
|
552,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-7
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31,
2010
Our
Business
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, including its wholly
owned subsidiaries (Holding or the
Company), is an affiliate of The Carlyle Group
(Carlyle) and was incorporated in Delaware in May
2008. The Company and its subsidiaries provide management and
technology consulting services primarily to the
U.S. government and its agencies in the defense,
intelligence, and civil markets. The Company offers clients
functional knowledge spanning strategy and organization,
analytics, technology and operations, which it combines with
specialized expertise in clients mission and domain areas
to help solve critical problems. The Company reports operating
results and financial data in one operating segment. The Company
is headquartered in McLean, Virginia, with approximately
23,300 employees as of March 31, 2010.
Spin-off
and Merger Transactions
On July 31, 2008, pursuant to a merger agreement (the
Merger Agreement), the then-existing shareholders of
Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc. completed the spin-off of the
commercial business to the commercial partners. Effective
August 1, 2008, Holding acquired the outstanding common
stock of Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc., which consisted of the
U.S. government consulting business, through the merger of
Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc. with a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Holding (the Merger Transaction or the
Acquisition). The Company acquired Booz Allen
Hamilton, Inc. for total consideration of $1,828.0 million.
As discussed in Note 4, the acquisition consideration was
allocated to the acquired net assets, identified intangibles of
$353.8 million, and goodwill of $1,163.1 million.
Prior to the Merger Transaction, Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc. is
referred to as the Predecessor for accounting purposes. The
Predecessors consolidated financial statements have been
presented for fiscal 2008 and the four months ended
July 31, 2008. The consolidated financial statements of
Holding subsequent to the Merger Transaction, which is referred
to as the Company, have been presented from August 1, 2008
through March 31, 2009, for fiscal 2010 and for the three
months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010. From May through July
2008, Holding had no operations. As a result, the Company is
presented as commencing on August 1, 2008.
In connection with the Acquisition, the Company issued certain
shares of its common stock in exchange for shares of the
Predecessor. The Officers Rollover Stock Plan (the
Rollover Plan) was adopted as a mechanism to enable
the exchange of a portion of previous equity interests in the
Predecessor for equity interests in Holding. Common Stock owned
by the Predecessors U.S. government consulting
partners were exchanged for Class A Common Stock of
Holding, while common stock owned by a limited number of the
Predecessors commercial consulting partners were exchanged
for Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of Holding. Fully
vested shares of the Predecessor were exchanged for vested
shares of the Company, with a fair value of $79.7 million.
This amount was included as a component of the total acquisition
consideration. The Company also exchanged restricted shares and
options for previously issued and outstanding stock rights of
the Predecessor held by the Predecessors U.S. government
consulting partners. The Predecessors commercial
consulting partners exercised their previously outstanding stock
rights and received cash for the underlying shares surrendered.
Based on the vesting terms of the Companys newly issued
Class C Restricted Common Stock and the new options granted
under the Rollover Plan, the fair value of the issued awards of
$147.4 million is being recognized as compensation expense
by the Company subsequent to the Acquisition, as discussed
further in Note 17.
In connection with the Merger Transaction, the Company entered
into a senior secured credit agreement (the Senior Secured
Agreement) and a mezzanine credit agreement (the
Mezzanine Credit Agreement) for a total amount of
$1,240.3 million. The total debt proceeds received by the
Company at Closing were net of debt issuance costs of
$45.0 million and original issue discount on the debt of
$19.7 million. Prior to the Merger Transaction, the
Predecessor had an outstanding line of credit of
$245.0 million. The Company paid off the Predecessors
line of credit with proceeds from the financing. In addition to
the debt used to finance
F-8
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
the Companys acquisition of Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc.,
Carlyle, along with a consortium of other investors, provided
$956.5 million in cash in exchange for equity interests in
the Company.
Recapitalization
Transaction and Repricing
On December 11, 2009, the Company consummated a
recapitalization transaction (the Recapitalization
Transaction), which included amendments of the Senior
Secured Agreement to include a new term loan
(Tranche C) with $350.0 million of
principal, and the Mezzanine Credit Agreement primarily to allow
for the recapitalization and payment of a special dividend. This
special dividend was declared by the Companys Board of
Directors on December 7, 2009, to be paid to holders of
record as of December 8, 2009. Net proceeds from
Tranche C of $341.3 million less transaction costs of
$13.2 million, along with cash on hand of
$321.9 million, were used to fund a partial payment of the
Companys deferred payment obligation (DPO) in
the amount of $100.4 million, and a dividend payment of
$46.42 per share, or $497.5 million, which was paid on all
issued and outstanding shares of Holdings Class A
Common Stock, Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and
Class C Restricted Common Stock. As required by the
Officers Rollover Stock Plan and the Equity Incentive
Plan, the exercise price per share of each outstanding option
was reduced. Because the reduction in per share value exceeded
the exercise price for certain of the options granted under the
Officers Rollover Stock Plan, the exercise price for those
options was reduced to the $0.01 par value of the shares
issuable on exercise, and the holders became entitled to receive
a cash payment equal to the excess of the reduction in per share
value over the reduction in exercise price to the par value. The
difference between one cent and the reduced value for shares
vested and not yet exercised of approximately $54.4 million
will be paid in cash upon exercise of the options. As of
March 31, 2010, the Company reported $27.4 million in
other long-term liabilities and $7.0 million in accrued
compensation and benefits in the consolidated balance sheets for
the portion of stock-based compensation recognized as of
March 31, 2010, which is reflective of the options vested
with an exercise price of one cent. Transaction fees incurred in
connection with the Recapitalization Transaction were
approximately $22.4 million, of which approximately
$15.8 million were deferred financing costs and will be
amortized over the lives of the loans. Refer to Note 10 for
further discussion of the DPO, Note 11 for further
discussion of the amended credit agreements, Note 12 for
further discussion of the accounting for deferred financing
costs, and Note 17 for further discussion of the December
2009 dividend and associated future cash payments as related to
stock options.
|
|
2.
|
SUMMARY
OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
Basis
of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, and
have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). All
intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in
consolidation.
The operating results of the global commercial business that was
spun off by the Predecessor effective July 31, 2008 have
been presented as discontinued operations in the
Predecessors consolidated financial statements and the
related notes included in these financial statements. These
operations and cash flows are clearly distinguished from the
continuing business, the operations have been disposed of, and
there was no continuing involvement in the operations after
August 1, 2008.
The statement of cash flows for the year ended March 31,
2008 reflects the reclassification of certain amounts resulting
in an increase of $3.3 million in net cash used in
financing activities of continuing operations and a
corresponding decrease in net cash used in investing activities
of continuing operations.
The Companys fiscal year ends on March 31 and unless
otherwise noted, references to fiscal year or fiscal are for
fiscal years ended March 31. The accompanying audited
financial statements present the financial position of the
Company as of March 31, 2009 and 2010, the Companys
results of operations for the eight months ended March 31,
2009 and fiscal 2010, and the Predecessors results of
operations for fiscal 2008 and four months ended July 31,
2008.
F-9
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Unaudited
Interim Financial Information
The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated balance sheet as
of June 30, 2010, the consolidated statements of operations
and cash flows for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and
2010, and the consolidated statement of stockholders
equity for the three months ended June 30, 2010 are
unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In the
opinion of the Companys management, the unaudited interim
consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same
basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and
include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of
the Companys statement of financial position, results of
operations, and its cash flows for the three months ended
June 30, 2009 and 2010. The results for the three months
ended June 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the year ending March 31, 2011.
All references to June 30, 2010 or to the three months
ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 in the notes to the
consolidated financial statements are unaudited.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue
and expenses during the reporting periods. Areas of the
financial statements where estimates may have the most
significant effect include allowance for doubtful accounts,
contractual and regulatory reserves, lives of tangible and
intangible assets, impairment of long-lived and other assets,
realization of deferred tax assets, accrued liabilities, revenue
recognition, bonus and other incentive compensation, stock-based
compensation, provisions for income taxes, and postretirement
obligations. Actual results experienced by the Company may
differ materially from managements estimates.
Change
in Accounting Principle
In fiscal 2010, the Company and the Predecessor changed their
methodology of recognizing revenue for all U.S. government
contracts to apply the accounting guidance of Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting
Standards
Codificationtm
(ASC or the Codification) Subtopic
605-35, as
directed by ASC Topic 912, which permits revenue recognition on
a
percentage-of-completion
basis. Previously, the Company applied this guidance only to
contracts related to the construction or development of tangible
assets. For contracts not related to those activities, the
Company had applied the general revenue recognition guidance of
Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) Topic 13, Revenue
Recognition. Upon contract completion, both methods yield
the same results, but the Company believes that the application
of contract accounting under
ASC 605-35
to contracts not related to the construction or development of
tangible assets is preferable to the application of contract
accounting under SAB Topic 13 based on the fact that the
percentage-of-completion
model utilized under
ASC 605-35
is a recognized accounting model, that better reflects the
economics of a U.S. government contract during the contract
performance period. The only material financial statement impact
of the revenue recognition change was the recognition of award
fees over the performance period. The Company concluded that
this change is appropriate as the award fees earned by the
Company are estimable based on historical information and
managements monitoring of fees earned and is reflective of
the economics of such contracts.
All prior periods presented have been retrospectively adjusted
to apply the new method of accounting. The cumulative effect of
this change represents the difference between the amount of
retained earnings at the beginning of the period of change and
the amount of retained earnings that would have been reported at
the date if the new accounting principle had been applied
retroactively for all prior periods. The cumulative effect of
the change in accounting principle on periods prior to those
presented of $28.9 million has been reflected as an
adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings, net of
tax, as of April 1, 2007.
F-10
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The table below presents the impact of the change in this
accounting principle on accounts receivable, net, accounts
payable and other accrued expenses, revenue, net earnings
(loss), and net earnings (loss) per share as if the change had
been in place throughout all periods presented (in thousands,
except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Impact of change in application of accounting principle applied
retrospectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
842,593
|
|
|
$
|
876,280
|
|
|
|
$
|
883,311
|
|
|
$
|
980,095
|
|
|
$
|
952,244
|
|
Impact of change in revenue recognition
|
|
|
55,175
|
|
|
|
41,253
|
|
|
|
|
42,614
|
|
|
|
38,216
|
|
|
|
42,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net, as adjusted
|
|
$
|
897,768
|
|
|
$
|
917,533
|
|
|
|
$
|
925,925
|
|
|
$
|
1,018,311
|
|
|
$
|
995,099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
187,096
|
|
|
$
|
244,024
|
|
|
|
$
|
234,412
|
|
|
$
|
344,678
|
|
|
$
|
231,609
|
|
Impact of change in revenue recognition
|
|
|
9,443
|
|
|
|
8,813
|
|
|
|
|
9,419
|
|
|
|
9,419
|
|
|
|
11,632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses, as adjusted
|
|
$
|
196,539
|
|
|
$
|
252,837
|
|
|
|
$
|
243,831
|
|
|
$
|
354,097
|
|
|
$
|
243,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,625,951
|
|
|
$
|
1,423,865
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,912,610
|
|
|
$
|
5,121,895
|
|
|
$
|
1,225,612
|
|
Impact of change in revenue recognition
|
|
|
(896
|
)
|
|
|
(13,922
|
)
|
|
|
|
28,665
|
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
|
3,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue, as adjusted
|
|
$
|
3,625,055
|
|
|
$
|
1,409,943
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,941,275
|
|
|
$
|
5,122,633
|
|
|
$
|
1,229,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
90,175
|
|
|
$
|
(389,497
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(55,770
|
)
|
|
$
|
24,681
|
|
|
$
|
6,791
|
|
Impact of change in revenue recognition
|
|
|
(1,195
|
)
|
|
|
(8,047
|
)
|
|
|
|
16,987
|
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
|
1,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations, as adjusted
|
|
$
|
88,980
|
|
|
$
|
(397,544
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
$
|
25,419
|
|
|
$
|
8,425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings (loss)
|
|
$
|
19,069
|
|
|
$
|
(1,237,868
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(55,770
|
)
|
|
$
|
24,681
|
|
|
$
|
6,791
|
|
Impact of change in revenue recognition
|
|
|
(1,195
|
)
|
|
|
(8,047
|
)
|
|
|
|
16,987
|
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
|
1,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings (loss), as adjusted
|
|
$
|
17,874
|
|
|
$
|
(1,245,915
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
$
|
25,419
|
|
|
$
|
8,425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
51.32
|
|
|
$
|
(177.61
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
43.92
|
|
|
$
|
(177.61
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of change in revenue recognition per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1.61
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.59
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1.61
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share, as
adjusted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
50.64
|
|
|
$
|
(181.28
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
43.33
|
|
|
$
|
(181.28
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
10.85
|
|
|
$
|
(564.46
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
9.29
|
|
|
$
|
(564.46
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of change in revenue recognition per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1.61
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.59
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1.61
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings (loss) per share, as adjusted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
10.17
|
|
|
$
|
(568.13
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
8.70
|
|
|
$
|
(568.13
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-11
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Revenue
Recognition
The majority of the Companys revenue is derived from
services and solutions provided to the U.S. government and
its agencies, primarily by the Companys employees and, to
a lesser extent, subcontractors. The Company generates its
revenue from the following types of contractual arrangements:
cost-plus-fee contracts,
time-and-materials
contracts, and fixed-price contracts.
Revenue on cost-plus-fee contracts is recognized as services are
performed, generally based on the allowable costs incurred
during the period plus any recognizable earned fee. The Company
considers fixed fees under cost-plus-fee contracts to be earned
in proportion to the allowable costs incurred in performance of
the contract. For cost-plus-fee contracts that include
performance-based fee incentives, which are principally award
fee arrangements, the Company recognizes income when such fees
are probable and estimable. Estimates of the total fee to be
earned are made based on contract provisions, prior experience
with similar contracts or clients, and managements
monitoring of the performance on such contracts. Contract costs,
including indirect expenses, are subject to audit by the Defense
Contract Audit Agency and, accordingly, are subject to possible
cost disallowances.
Revenue for
time-and-materials
contracts is recognized as services are performed, generally on
the basis of contract allowable labor hours worked multiplied by
the contract-defined billing rates, plus allowable direct costs
and indirect cost burdens associated with materials used in and
other direct expenses incurred in connection with the
performance of the contract.
Revenue on fixed-price completion contracts is recognized using
percentage-of-completion
based on actual costs incurred relative to total estimated costs
for the contract. These estimated costs are updated during the
term of the contract, and may result in revision by the Company
of recognized revenue and estimated costs in the period in which
they are identified. Profits on fixed-price contracts result
from the difference between incurred costs and revenue earned.
Contract accounting requires significant judgment relative to
assessing risks, estimating contract revenue and costs, and
making assumptions for schedule and technical issues. Due to the
size and nature of many of the Companys contracts,
developing total revenue and cost at completion requires the use
of estimates. Contract costs include direct labor and billable
expenses, as well as an allocation of allowable indirect costs.
Billable expenses is comprised of subcontracting costs and other
out of pocket costs that often include, but are not
limited to, travel-related costs and telecommunications charges.
The Company recognizes revenue and billable expenses from these
transactions on a gross basis. Assumptions regarding the length
of time to complete the contract also include expected increases
in wages and prices for materials. Estimates of total contract
revenue and costs are monitored during the term of the contract
and are subject to revision as the contract progresses.
Anticipated losses on contracts are recognized in the period
they are deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated.
The Companys contracts may include the delivery of a
combination of one or more of the Companys service
offerings. In these situations, the Company determines whether
such arrangements with multiple elements should be treated as
separate units of accounting, with revenue allocated to each
element of the arrangement based on the fair value of each
element.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and highly liquid
investments having an original maturity of three months or less.
The Companys investments consist primarily of
institutional money market funds and U.S. Treasury
securities. The Companys investments are carried at cost,
which approximates fair value. The Company maintains its cash
and cash equivalents in bank accounts that, at times, exceed the
federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any
losses in such accounts.
F-12
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Valuation
of Accounts Receivable
The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts against
certain billed receivables based upon the latest information
regarding whether invoices are ultimately collectible. Assessing
the collectability of customer receivables requires management
judgment. The Company determines its allowance for doubtful
accounts by specifically analyzing individual accounts
receivable, historical bad debts, customer credit-worthiness,
current economic conditions, and accounts receivable aging
trends. Valuation reserves are periodically re-evaluated and
adjusted as more information about the ultimate collectability
of accounts receivable becomes available. Upon determination
that a receivable is uncollectible, the receivable balance and
any associated reserve are written off.
Concentrations
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash
equivalents and accounts receivable. The Companys cash
equivalents are generally invested in U.S. government
insured money market funds and Treasury bills. The Company
believes that credit risk, with respect to accounts receivable,
are limited as they are primarily U.S. government
receivables.
As of March 31, 2009, March 31, 2010, and
June 30, 2010, the Company had no derivative financial
instruments.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, and the balances are
presented net of depreciation. The cost of software purchased or
internally developed is capitalized. Depreciation is calculated
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
of the assets. Furniture and equipment is depreciated over five
to ten years, computer equipment is depreciated over three
years, and software purchased or developed for internal use is
depreciated over one to three years. Leasehold improvements are
amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or
the lease term. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense
as incurred.
Goodwill
Goodwill is the amount by which the cost of acquired net assets
in a business acquisition exceeds the fair value of net
identifiable assets on the date of purchase. The Company
assesses goodwill for impairment on at least an annual basis on
January 1, and whenever impairment indicators are present
in events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
value of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company defines
its reporting unit as its operating segment. The Company
considers itself to be a single reporting segment, as discussed
in Note 21, and operating unit structure given that the
Company is managed and operated as one business. There were no
impairment charges for the eight months ended March 31,
2009 or fiscal 2010.
Intangible
Assets
Intangible assets consist of trade name, contract backlog, and
favorable lease terms. Trade name is not amortized, but is
tested annually for impairment. Contract backlog is amortized
over the expected backlog life based on projected future cash
flows of approximately nine years. Favorable lease terms are
amortized over the remaining contractual terms of approximately
five years.
Valuation
of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property
and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives, for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be fully
recoverable or that the useful lives are no longer appropriate.
If the total of the expected undiscounted future net cash flows
expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the
asset is less than its carrying amount, a loss is recorded for
the amount required to reduce the carrying amount to fair value.
There were no impairment charges for the eight months ended
March 31, 2009, or fiscal 2010.
F-13
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Foreign
Currency Transactions
Foreign currency gains (losses) are reported as a component of
other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements
of operations. For fiscal 2008, four months ended July 31,
2008, eight months ended March 31, 2009, and fiscal 2010,
net exchange (losses) gains were approximately $(529,000),
$(53,000) , $49,000, and $(105,000), respectively.
Income
Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded to recognize
the expected future tax benefits or costs of events that have
been, or will be, reported in different years for financial
statement purposes than for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are computed based on the difference between the
financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities
using enacted tax rates and laws for the years in which these
items are expected to reverse. If management determines that a
deferred tax asset is not more likely than not to be
realized, an offsetting valuation allowance is recorded,
reducing income and the deferred tax asset in that period.
Management records valuation allowances primarily based on an
assessment of historical earnings and future taxable income that
incorporates prudent, feasible tax-planning strategies. The
Company assesses deferred tax assets on an individual
jurisdiction basis. The Company reviews tax laws, regulations,
and related guidance on an ongoing basis in order to properly
record any uncertain tax liabilities.
Comprehensive
Income
Comprehensive income is the change in equity of a business
enterprise during a period from transactions and other events
and circumstances from nonowner sources. Comprehensive income is
presented in the consolidated statements of stockholders
equity. Accumulated other comprehensive income as of
March 31, 2009, March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010,
consisted of unrealized gains (losses) on the Companys
defined and postretirement benefit plans.
Stock-Based
Compensation
Share-based payments to employees are recognized in the
consolidated statements of operations based on their grant date
fair values with the expense being recognized over the requisite
service period. The Company uses the Black-Scholes model to
determine the fair value of its awards at the time of the grant.
Redeemable
Common Stock
Prior to the Merger Transaction, the Predecessor had Redeemable
Common Stock. Shares of Redeemable Common Stock issued upon
exercise of rights granted prior to April 1, 2006 were
marked to the redemption amount at the end of each reporting
period with changes recorded in stock-based compensation
expense. For shares of Redeemable Common Stock issued upon
exercise of rights granted on or after April 1, 2006, the
Redeemable Common Stock was marked to the redemption amount
through stock-based compensation expense until such shares had
been outstanding for six months. After such time, changes in the
redemption amount were recorded as a component of
stockholders equity.
Defined
Benefit Plan and Other Postretirement Benefits
The Company recognizes the underfunded status of pension and
other postretirement benefit plans on the consolidated balance
sheets. Gains and losses, prior service costs and credits, and
any remaining transition amounts that have not yet been
recognized through net periodic benefit cost will be recognized
in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax effects,
until they are amortized as a component of net periodic cost.
The measurement date, the date at which the benefit obligation
and plan assets are measured, is the Companys fiscal year
end.
F-14
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Self-Funded
Medical Plans
The Company maintains self-funded medical insurance. Self-funded
plans include a health maintenance organization, preferred
provider organization, point of service, qualified point of
service, and traditional choice. Further, self-funded plans also
include prescription drug benefits. The Company records an
incurred but unpaid claim liability in the accrued compensation
and benefits line of the consolidated balance sheets for
self-funded plans based on an external actuarial valuation.
Estimates are calculated as the midpoint of reasonable ranges.
Primary data that drives this estimate is based on claims and
enrollment data received provided by a third party valuation
firm for medical and pharmacy related costs. These reports
detail claims paid and incurred through one month prior to the
quarter end.
Deferred
Compensation Plan
The Company accounts for its deferred compensation plan on an
accrual basis, in accordance with the terms of the underlying
contract. To the extent the terms of the contract attribute all
or a portion of the expected future benefit to an individual
year of the employees service, the cost of the benefits
are recognized in that year. Therefore, the Company estimates
that the cost of any and all future benefits that are expected
to be paid as a result of the deferred compensation and expenses
the present value of those costs in the year as services are
provided.
Fair
Value Measurements
The accounting standard for fair value measurements defines fair
value, establishes a market-based framework or hierarchy for
measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value
measurements. The standard establishes a three-tier value
hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair
value as follows: observable inputs such as quoted prices in
active markets (Level 1); inputs other than the
quoted prices in active markets that are observable either
directly or indirectly (Level 2); and
observable inputs in which there is little or no market data,
which requires the Company to develop its own assumptions
(Level 3).
New
Accounting Pronouncements
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, the Company
adopted the following accounting pronouncements, none of which
had a material impact on the Companys present or
historical consolidated financial statements:
During June 2009, the FASB approved the Codification as the
single source of authoritative nongovernmental
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The
Codification reorganizes thousands of pronouncements into
roughly 90 accounting topics and displays the topics using a
consistent structure. All existing accounting standard documents
are superseded, and all other accounting literature not included
in the Codification is considered nonauthoritative. The
Codification became effective for interim and annual periods
ending after September 15, 2009. The Codification did not
have a material impact on the Companys results of
operations or financial position.
During December 2007, the FASB issued ASC 805, Business
Combinations, which the Company adopted effective
January 1, 2009. This guidance replaced existing guidance
and significantly changed accounting and reporting relative to
business combinations in consolidated financial statements,
including requirements to recognize acquisition-related
transaction costs and post acquisition restructuring costs in
the results of operations as incurred. There was not a material
impact to the Companys consolidated financial statements
upon adoption of this standard. Any future business combinations
will be presented in accordance with ASC 805, but the
nature and magnitude of the specific effects will depend on the
nature, terms and size of the acquisitions. Additionally,
ASC 805 changes the accounting for uncertain tax positions
that are settled subsequent to adoption, but relate to
preacquisition tax contingencies that
F-15
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
existed prior to the adoption of ASC 805. To the extent
that the Companys established tax contingencies are
realized at an amount greater or less than the contingency
recorded, this adoption could materially impact the
Companys results of operations.
During June 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent
Events, which the Company adopted effective June 30,
2009. This guidance establishes general standards of accounting
for, and disclosures of, events that occur after the balance
sheet date but before the financial statements are issued.
During February 2010, the FASB amended the evaluation and
disclosure requirements for subsequent events for companies that
are not required to file with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission. The Company adopted the amended subsequent
event requirements effective March 31, 2010. There was no
material impact to the Companys consolidated financial
statements upon adoption of the original or amended standard.
In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update
No. 2009-13,
Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, which amends
ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. The guidance relates
to the determination of when the individual deliverables
included in a multiple-element arrangement may be treated as
separate units of accounting and modifies the manner in which
the transaction consideration is allocated across the individual
deliverables, thereby affecting the timing of revenue
recognition. The guidance also expands the disclosure
requirements for revenue arrangements with multiple
deliverables. The guidance will be effective beginning on
April 1, 2011, and may be applied retrospectively for all
periods presented or prospectively to arrangements entered into
or materially modified after the adoption date. Early adoption
is permitted provided that the guidance is retroactively applied
to the beginning of the year of adoption. The Company is
currently assessing the potential effect, if any, on its
consolidated financial statements.
The Company computes basic and diluted per share amounts based
on net income (loss) for the periods presented. The Company uses
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during
the period to calculate basic earnings (loss) per share. Diluted
EPS is computed similar to basic EPS, except the weighted
average number of shares outstanding is increased to include the
dilutive effect of outstanding common stock options and other
stock-based awards.
The Company currently has outstanding shares of Class A
Common Stock, Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, Class C
Restricted Common Stock, and Class E Special Voting Common
Stock. Class E shares are not included in the calculation
of EPS as these shares represent voting rights only and are not
entitled to participate in dividends or other distributions.
F-16
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
A reconciliation of the income (loss) used to compute basic and
diluted EPS for the periods presented are as follows (in
thousands, except share and per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations for basic and diluted
computations
|
|
$
|
88,980
|
|
|
$
|
(397,544
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
$
|
25,419
|
|
|
$
|
8,425
|
|
|
$
|
28,169
|
|
Earnings (loss) for basic and diluted computations
|
|
|
17,874
|
|
|
|
(1,245,915
|
)
|
|
|
|
(38,783
|
)
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
8,425
|
|
|
|
28,169
|
|
Weighted-average Class A Common Stock outstanding
|
|
|
1,757,000
|
|
|
|
2,193,000
|
|
|
|
|
10,131,687
|
|
|
|
10,209,918
|
|
|
|
10,132,071
|
|
|
|
10,274,748
|
|
Weighted-average Class B Non-Voting Common Stock outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
235,020
|
|
|
|
235,020
|
|
|
|
235,020
|
|
|
|
266,690
|
|
Weighted-average Class C Restricted Common Stock outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202,827
|
|
|
|
202,827
|
|
|
|
202,827
|
|
|
|
202,827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic
computations
|
|
|
1,757,000
|
|
|
|
2,193,000
|
|
|
|
|
10,569,534
|
|
|
|
10,647,765
|
|
|
|
10,569,918
|
|
|
|
10,744,265
|
|
Dilutive stock options and restricted stock
|
|
|
296,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
975,073
|
|
|
|
585,834
|
|
|
|
1,351,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average number of common shares outstanding for diluted
computations
|
|
|
2,053,338
|
|
|
|
2,193,000
|
|
|
|
|
10,569,534
|
|
|
|
11,622,838
|
|
|
|
11,155,752
|
|
|
|
12,095,562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
50.64
|
|
|
$
|
(181.28
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
|
$
|
2.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
43.33
|
|
|
$
|
(181.28
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
|
$
|
2.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
10.17
|
|
|
$
|
(568.13
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
|
$
|
2.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
8.70
|
|
|
$
|
(568.13
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(3.67
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
|
$
|
2.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company acquired the outstanding common stock of Booz Allen
Hamilton, Inc. effective August 1, 2008. The purchase price
was $1,828.0 million as of March 31, 2010. Pursuant to
the Merger Agreement, spin-off, indemnification and working
capital escrow accounts in the amounts of $15.0 million,
$25.0 million, and $50.0 million, respectively, were
established for a period of one year from the date of the
closing or until all outstanding claims made against the escrow
accounts are resolved, whichever is later. As of March 31,
2010, payments in the aggregate amount of $52.5 million
were made out of the escrow accounts, of which
$13.0 million has been released to selling shareholders.
In connection with the Merger Transaction, the Company
established a DPO of $158.0 million, of which
$78.0 million was set aside to be paid in full to the
selling shareholders. As discussed in Note 10, on
December 11, 2009, in connection with the Recapitalization
Transaction, $100.4 million was paid to the selling
shareholders, of which $78.0 million was the repayment of
that portion of the DPO, with approximately $22.4 million
representing accrued interest. The DPO also was established for
additional consideration for the selling shareholders of up to
$80.0 million plus accrued interest, payable by the tenth
F-17
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
anniversary of the July 31, 2008 Merger Transaction closing
date, and following favorable settlement of any indemnified
pre-acquisition contingency claims made against the DPO. As of
March 31, 2009 and 2010, $59.6 million and
$62.4 million, respectively, may be indemnified under the
DPO. As the indemnified claims are settled favorably, any amount
remaining after settlement will be reflected as an increase in
the DPO. An adjustment to the purchase price equal to the DPO
adjustment will be recorded as additional consideration to be
paid to the selling shareholders. As of March 31, 2009 and
2010, there were no significant settled claims and, accordingly,
no adjustments to purchase price. Refer to note 10 for
further discussion of the DPO.
As discussed in Note 1, the total purchase price was
allocated to net tangible and identifiable intangible assets
based on their estimated fair values as of the effective date of
the acquisition. In allocating the purchase price, the Company
considered, among other factors, its intention for future use of
acquired assets, analysis of historical financial performance,
and estimates of future performance of contracts. The components
of intangible assets associated with the acquisition were
contract backlog, favorable lease terms, and trade name, valued
at $160.8 million, $2.8 million, and
$190.2 million, respectively. Trade name, an indefinite
lived intangible, represents the estimated fair value for all
trade names and trademarks employed by the Company as of the
closing date. Backlog consists of services that the Company is
committed to fulfill according to the terms of its contracts and
task orders. Favorable lease terms represent the differential
between the payment terms of in-place leases and market lease
rates. Backlog and favorable lease terms are amortized over nine
and five years, respectively.
Purchase
Price Allocation
The following table represents the purchase price allocation
which includes the resolution of certain working capital, tax
adjustments and purchase negotiation matters during fiscal 2010
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
1,009,589
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
141,219
|
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
40,289
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(489,611
|
)
|
Notes payable, current and long-term
|
|
|
(245,000
|
)
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
(145,417
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
|
311,069
|
|
Definite-lived intangible assets acquired
|
|
|
163,600
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangible assets acquired
|
|
|
190,200
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,163,129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price
|
|
$
|
1,827,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following unaudited pro forma combined condensed statement
of income sets forth the consolidated results of operations of
the Company as if the above described acquisition had occurred
at April 1, 2008. The unaudited pro forma information does
not purport to be indicative of the actual results that would
have occurred if the combination had occurred at this earlier
date (in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
March 31, 2009
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
4,351,218
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(49,441
|
)
|
Loss per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(4.68
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(4.68
|
)
|
F-18
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
5.
|
GOODWILL
AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
|
Goodwill
As of March 31, 2009, March 31, 2010, and
June 30, 2010, goodwill was $1,141.6 million,
$1,163.1 million, and $1,161.7 million, respectively.
Goodwill, which is associated with the Merger Transaction, was
primarily attributed to the employees of the Company, their
presence in the marketplace, and the value paid for by companies
that operate in the Companys industry (see Note 4).
The change in the carrying amount of goodwill is attributable to
the resolution of certain working capital, tax adjustments and
purchase negotiation matters during fiscal 2010 and the three
months ended June 30, 2010.
The Company performed an annual valuation of indefinite-lived
intangible assets including goodwill as of January 1, 2010,
noting no impairment. Goodwill was assessed for the
Companys one reporting unit utilizing a two-step
methodology. The first step requires the Company to estimate the
fair value of its reporting unit and compare it to the carrying
value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit were to exceed
its fair value, the goodwill of that reporting unit would be
potentially impaired, and the Company would proceed to step two
of the impairment analysis. In step two of the impairment
analysis, the Company would measure and record an impairment
loss equal to the excess of the carrying value of the reporting
units goodwill over its implied fair value should such a
circumstance arise. The outcome of the first step of the
Companys test indicated that there was no potential
impairment, and therefore the second step of the test was not
required. The trademark was evaluated as an indefinite life
intangible asset prior to the testing of goodwill. At
January 1, 2010, the fair value of the Companys
goodwill and trademark each exceeded their carrying value. There
were no additional events or changes that indicated any
impairment as of March 31, 2010.
Other
Intangible Assets
The following tables set forth information for intangible assets
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2009
|
|
As of March 31, 2010
|
|
As of June 30, 2010
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Value
|
|
Amortization
|
|
Value
|
|
Value
|
|
Amortization
|
|
Value
|
|
Value
|
|
Amortization
|
|
Value
|
|
Amortized Intangible Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract backlog
|
|
$
|
160,800
|
|
|
$
|
43,613
|
|
|
$
|
117,187
|
|
|
$
|
160,800
|
|
|
$
|
83,405
|
|
|
$
|
77,395
|
|
|
$
|
160,800
|
|
|
$
|
90,379
|
|
|
$
|
70,421
|
|
Favorable leases
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
2,090
|
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
|
|
1,515
|
|
|
|
1,285
|
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
|
|
1,699
|
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
163,600
|
|
|
$
|
44,323
|
|
|
$
|
119,277
|
|
|
$
|
163,600
|
|
|
$
|
84,920
|
|
|
$
|
78,680
|
|
|
$
|
163,600
|
|
|
$
|
92,078
|
|
|
$
|
71,522
|
|
Unamortized Intangible Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade name
|
|
$
|
190,200
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
190,200
|
|
|
$
|
190,200
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
190,200
|
|
|
$
|
190,200
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
190,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
353,800
|
|
|
$
|
44,323
|
|
|
$
|
309,477
|
|
|
$
|
353,800
|
|
|
$
|
84,920
|
|
|
$
|
268,880
|
|
|
$
|
353,800
|
|
|
$
|
92,078
|
|
|
$
|
261,722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a result of the Merger Transaction, amortization expense for
the eight months ended March 31, 2009 and fiscal 2010, was
$44.3 million and $40.6 million, respectively.
Amortization expense for the three months ended June 30,
2009 and 2010 was $10.1 million and $7.2 million,
respectively. There were no intangible
F-19
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
assets prior to the Merger Transaction. The following table
summarizes the estimated annual amortization expense for future
periods indicated below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
For the Fiscal Year Ending March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
28,645
|
|
2012
|
|
|
16,364
|
|
2013
|
|
|
12,549
|
|
2014
|
|
|
8,450
|
|
2015
|
|
|
4,225
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
8,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
78,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property
and equipment and intangible assets, for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amounts of the assets may not be fully recoverable. If the total
of the expected undiscounted future net cash flows is less than
the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the
difference between the fair value and carrying amount of the
asset. There were no impairment charges for the eight months
ended March 31, 2009 or fiscal 2010.
Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Accounts receivable billed
|
|
$
|
460,215
|
|
|
$
|
437,256
|
|
|
$
|
453,362
|
|
Accounts receivable unbilled
|
|
|
467,358
|
|
|
|
583,182
|
|
|
|
543,755
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(1,648
|
)
|
|
|
(2,127
|
)
|
|
|
(2,191
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net, current
|
|
|
925,925
|
|
|
|
1,018,311
|
|
|
|
994,926
|
|
Long-term unbilled receivables related to retainage and holdbacks
|
|
|
13,051
|
|
|
|
17,072
|
|
|
|
17,446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
938,976
|
|
|
$
|
1,035,383
|
|
|
$
|
1,012,372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recognized a provision for doubtful accounts of
$7.1 million, $1.0 million, $2.1 million, and
$1.4 million for fiscal 2008, four months ended
July 31, 2008, eight months ended March 31, 2009, and
fiscal 2010, respectively. The Company recognized a provision
for doubtful accounts of $77,000 for the three months ended
June 30, 2010. Long-term unbilled receivables related to
retainage, holdbacks, and long-term rate settlements to be
billed at contract closeout are included in accounts receivable
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
F-20
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
7.
|
PROPERTY
AND EQUIPMENT
|
The components of property and equipment, net were as follows
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Furniture and equipment
|
|
$
|
66,748
|
|
|
$
|
82,759
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
|
34,077
|
|
|
|
43,824
|
|
Software
|
|
|
10,164
|
|
|
|
20,693
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
66,883
|
|
|
|
79,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
177,872
|
|
|
|
226,777
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(35,329
|
)
|
|
|
(90,129
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
142,543
|
|
|
$
|
136,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net, includes $3.1 million and
$12.1 million of internally developed software, net of
depreciation as of March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
Depreciation and amortization expense relating to property and
equipment for fiscal 2008, four months ended July 31, 2008,
eight months ended March 31, 2009, and fiscal 2010, was
$33.1 million, $11.9 million, $35.3 million, and
$55.2 million, respectively.
|
|
8.
|
ACCOUNTS
PAYABLE AND OTHER ACCRUED EXPENSES
|
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses consist of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Vendor payables
|
|
$
|
184,394
|
|
|
$
|
257,418
|
|
|
$
|
235,084
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
56,774
|
|
|
|
93,317
|
|
|
|
102,242
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,663
|
|
|
|
3,362
|
|
|
|
5,382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accounts payable and other accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
243,831
|
|
|
$
|
354,097
|
|
|
$
|
342,708
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
ACCRUED
COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
|
Accrued compensation and benefits consist of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Bonus
|
|
$
|
135,566
|
|
|
$
|
146,035
|
|
|
$
|
33,557
|
|
Retirement
|
|
|
74,614
|
|
|
|
89,200
|
|
|
|
107,794
|
|
Vacation
|
|
|
104,249
|
|
|
|
119,912
|
|
|
|
125,028
|
|
Other
|
|
|
29,980
|
|
|
|
29,998
|
|
|
|
39,025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
$
|
344,409
|
|
|
$
|
385,145
|
|
|
$
|
305,404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
DEFERRED
PAYMENT OBLIGATION
|
In connection with the Merger Transaction, on July 31, 2008
(the Closing Date) the Company established a DPO of
$158.0 million, payable by
81/2
years after the Closing Date, less any settled claims. Pursuant
to the Merger Agreement, $78.0 million of the
$158.0 million DPO was required to be paid in full to the
selling shareholders. On December 11, 2009, in connection
with the Recapitalization Transaction, $100.4 million was
paid to the selling shareholders, of which $78.0 million
was the repayment of that portion of the DPO, with approximately
$22.4 million representing accrued interest.
F-21
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The remaining $80.0 million is available to indemnify the
Company for certain pre-acquisition tax contingencies, related
interest and penalties and other matters pursuant to the Merger
Agreement. Any amounts remaining after the settlement of claims
will be paid out to the selling shareholders. As of
March 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company has recorded
$99.4 million and $100.2 million, respectively, for
pre-acquisition uncertain tax positions, of which approximately
$59.6 million and $62.4 million, respectively, may be
indemnified under the remaining available DPO. In addition,
other tax contingencies not currently recorded on the
Companys consolidated balance sheets may arise and may be
indemnified by any remaining DPO. Accordingly, the
$109.0 million and $20.0 million DPO balance recorded
as of March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, includes the
residual balance to be paid to the selling shareholders based on
consideration of contingent tax claims and accrued interest.
Interest is accrued at a rate of 5.0% per six-month period on
the total remaining $158.0 million and $80.0 million
DPO, net of any settled claims or payments as of March 31,
2009 and 2010, respectively. As of March 31, 2009 and 2010,
there have been no significant settled claims or payments from
the DPO related to indemnified claims.
Long-term debt, net of discount, consists of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Senior secured credit agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tranche A
|
|
$
|
119,708
|
|
|
$
|
110,829
|
|
|
$
|
107,830
|
|
Tranche B
|
|
|
571,260
|
|
|
|
566,811
|
|
|
|
565,709
|
|
Tranche C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
345,790
|
|
|
|
345,054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
690,968
|
|
|
|
1,023,430
|
|
|
|
1,018,593
|
|
Unsecured credit agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mezzanine Term Loan
|
|
|
544,759
|
|
|
|
545,202
|
|
|
|
545,320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,235,727
|
|
|
|
1,568,632
|
|
|
|
1,563,913
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
(15,225
|
)
|
|
|
(21,850
|
)
|
|
|
(21,850
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
$
|
1,220,502
|
|
|
$
|
1,546,782
|
|
|
$
|
1,542,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company maintains a Senior Secured Agreement and a Mezzanine
Credit Agreement with a syndicate of lenders. In connection with
the Recapitalization Transaction, the Senior Secured Agreement
was amended and restated effective December 11, 2009, to
add Tranche C term loans in the aggregate principal amount
of $350.0 million and provide for an increase to the
Companys revolving credit facility of $145.0 million.
The Senior Secured Agreement, as amended, provides for
$1,060.0 million in term loans ($125.0 million
Tranche A, $585.0 million Tranche B, and
$350.0 million Tranche C), and a $245.0 million
revolving credit facility. In September 2008, a member of the
syndicate of lenders filed for bankruptcy. Therefore, management
believes that $21.3 million of the $245.0 million
revolving credit facility under the Senior Secured Agreement
will not be available to the Company.
The Senior Secured Agreement requires scheduled principal
payments in equal consecutive quarterly installments of the
stated principal amount of Tranche A, which commenced on
December 31, 2008, with incremental increases prior to the
Tranche A maturity date of July 31, 2014. As of
March 31, 2009 and 2010, the quarterly installment amount
is 1.25% and 2.5% of the stated principal amount of
Tranche A, respectively. The Senior Secured Agreement also
requires scheduled principal payments in equal consecutive
quarterly installments of 0.25% of the stated principal amount
of Tranche B, which commenced on December 31, 2008,
and 0.25% of the stated principal amount of Tranche C,
which commenced on March 31, 2010. The remaining balances
thereof on Tranche B and Tranche C are payable on
their maturity date of July 31, 2015.
F-22
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The revolving credit facility matures on July 31, 2014, at
which time any remaining principal balance is due in full.
At the Companys option, the interest rate on loans under
the Senior Secured Agreement may be based on the Eurocurrency
rate or alternate base rate (ABR). Subject to a
pricing grid, the applicable interest rate margins on
Tranche A are 3.75% with respect to Eurocurrency loans, or
2.75% with respect to ABR loans, as defined in the Senior
Secured Agreement. The applicable interest rate margins on
Tranche B are 4.5% with respect to Eurocurrency Loans, or
3.5% with respect to ABR loans, as defined in the Senior Secured
Agreement. The Tranche B interest rate may not be lower
than 7.5% on either a Eurocurrency Loan or an ABR loan. The
applicable interest rate margins on Tranche C are 4.0% with
respect to Eurocurrency Loans, or 3.0% with respect to ABR
loans, as defined in the Senior Secured Agreement. The
Tranche C interest rate may not be lower than 6.0% on
either a Eurocurrency Loan or an ABR loan.
As of March 31, 2009, interest accrued at a rate of 4.2%
and 7.5% for Tranches A and B, respectively. Interest payments
in the amounts of $4.9 million and $29.5 million were
made for Tranches A and B, respectively, during the eight months
ended March 31, 2009. As of March 31, 2010, interest
accrued at a rate of 4.0%, 7.5%, and 6.0% for Tranches A, B, and
C, respectively. Interest payments in the amounts of
$4.9 million, $44.1 million, and $5.3 million
were made for Tranches A, B, and C, respectively, during fiscal
2010. Interest payments in the amounts of $1.1 million,
$10.9 million, and $5.3 million were made for Tranches
A, B, and C, respectively, during the three months ended
June 30, 2010. The applicable interest rate margins on the
revolving credit facility are 3.75% with respect to Eurocurrency
Loans, or 2.75% with respect to ABR loans, as defined in the
Senior Secured Agreement. The revolving credit facility margin
and commitment fee are subject to the pricing grid, as defined
in the Senior Secured Agreement. As of March 31, 2009,
March 31, 2010, and June 30, 2010, no amounts have
been drawn on the revolving credit facility.
The Mezzanine Credit Agreement provides for a
$550.0 million term loan (the Mezzanine Term
Loan). The Mezzanine Term Loan does not require scheduled
principal payment installments, but reaches maturity on
July 31, 2016, at which time the remaining principal
balance is due in full. Optional prepayment of the Mezzanine
Term Loan requires a prepayment fee equal to 3.0% of the
principal amount prepaid if paid on or after the second
anniversary but before the third anniversary of the original
July 31, 2008 closing date, 2.0% if paid on or after the
third anniversary but before the fourth anniversary of the
closing date, and a mandatory 1.0% if paid on or after the
fourth anniversary of the closing date. The Company records the
mandatory 1% payment as additional interest expense over the
life of the Mezzanine Term Loan on the consolidated statements
of operations. Prepayments made before the second anniversary of
closing date are subject to additional premiums and penalties
based on the present value of the debt and remaining interest
payments at the time of such prepayment. The applicable fixed
interest rate on the Mezzanine Term Loan is 13.0%, with the
option that, in lieu of interest payment in cash, up to 2.0% of
that amount would be added to the then outstanding aggregate
principal balance. The Company made interest payments in the
amount of $48.3 million and $72.5 million during the
eight months ended 2009, and fiscal 2010, respectively. The
Company made interest payments in the amount of
$18.1 million and $18.1 million during the three
months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
The total outstanding debt balance is recorded in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets, net of unamortized
discount of $18.2 million and $19.2 million as of
March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
F-23
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following tables summarizes required future debt principal
repayments (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due By March 31,
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Tranche A
|
|
|
112,500
|
|
|
$
|
12,500
|
|
|
$
|
15,625
|
|
|
$
|
21,875
|
|
|
$
|
62,500
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Tranche B
|
|
|
576,225
|
|
|
|
5,850
|
|
|
|
5,850
|
|
|
|
5,850
|
|
|
|
5,850
|
|
|
|
5,850
|
|
|
|
546,975
|
|
Tranche C
|
|
|
349,125
|
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
|
|
331,625
|
|
Mezzanine Term Loan
|
|
|
550,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
550,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,587,850
|
|
|
$
|
21,850
|
|
|
$
|
24,975
|
|
|
$
|
31,225
|
|
|
$
|
71,850
|
|
|
$
|
9,350
|
|
|
$
|
1,428,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At March 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company was contingently
liable under open standby letters of credit and bank guarantees
issued by the Companys banks in favor of third parties.
These letters of credit and bank guarantees primarily relate to
leases and support of insurance obligations that total
$1.4 million. These instruments reduce the Companys
available borrowings under the revolving credit facility.
The loans under the Senior Secured Agreement are secured by
substantially all of the Companys assets. The Senior
Secured Agreement requires the maintenance of certain financial
and non-financial covenants. The Mezzanine Term Loan is
unsecured, and the Mezzanine Credit Agreement requires the
maintenance of certain financial and non-financial covenants. As
of March 31, 2009, March 31, 2010, and June 30,
2010, the Company was in compliance with all of its covenants.
|
|
12.
|
DEFERRED
FINANCING COSTS
|
Costs incurred in connection with securing the loans under the
Senior Secured Agreement as well as the Mezzanine Credit
Agreement in 2008 were $45.0 million, which is recorded as
other long-term assets and will be amortized over the life of
the loan. Costs incurred in connection with the Recapitalization
Transaction, including amending the Senior Secured Agreement and
Mezzanine Credit Agreement, were approximately
$18.9 million. Of this amount, approximately
$15.8 million was recorded as other long-term assets in the
consolidated balance sheets and will be amortized and reflected
in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations
over the lives of the loans. Amortization of these costs will be
accelerated to the extent that any prepayment is made on the
term loans. The remaining amount of approximately
$3.1 million was recorded as general and administrative
expense in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal
2010.
At March 31, 2009 and 2010, the unamortized debt issuance
costs of $41.9 million and $52.0 million,
respectively, were reflected as other long-term assets in the
consolidated balance sheets. During the eight months ended
March 31, 2009 and fiscal 2010, $3.1 million and
$5.7 million of costs, respectively, were amortized and
reflected in interest expense in the consolidated statements of
operations.
F-24
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The components of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Federal
|
|
$
|
93,374
|
|
|
$
|
(1,414
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,664
|
|
|
$
|
676
|
|
|
$
|
1,851
|
|
State and local
|
|
|
9,307
|
|
|
|
(459
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,074
|
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
|
480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
102,681
|
|
|
|
(1,873
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,738
|
|
|
|
1,292
|
|
|
|
2,331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Federal
|
|
|
(37,566
|
)
|
|
|
(44,996
|
)
|
|
|
|
(16,133
|
)
|
|
|
18,004
|
|
|
|
5,386
|
|
|
|
15,709
|
|
State and local
|
|
|
(2,422
|
)
|
|
|
(9,240
|
)
|
|
|
|
(6,014
|
)
|
|
|
1,833
|
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
|
1,876
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
(39,988
|
)
|
|
|
(54,236
|
)
|
|
|
|
(22,147
|
)
|
|
|
19,837
|
|
|
|
6,255
|
|
|
|
17,585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
62,693
|
|
|
$
|
(56,109
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(22,147
|
)
|
|
$
|
23,575
|
|
|
$
|
7,547
|
|
|
$
|
19,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation between income tax computed at the
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to income tax
expense (benefit) from continuing operations follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit) computed at U.S. statutory rate
(35)%
|
|
$
|
53,086
|
|
|
$
|
(158,779
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(21,326
|
)
|
|
$
|
17,148
|
|
Increases (reductions) in taxes due to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State income taxes, net of the federal tax benefit
|
|
|
8,541
|
|
|
|
(6,889
|
)
|
|
|
|
(2,651
|
)
|
|
|
2,913
|
|
Meals and entertainment
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,321
|
|
|
|
2,552
|
|
Nondeductible stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
|
12,511
|
|
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
62,693
|
|
|
$
|
(56,109
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(22,147
|
)
|
|
$
|
23,575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Significant components of the Companys net deferred income
tax asset were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
21,677
|
|
|
$
|
36,655
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
26,148
|
|
|
|
47,461
|
|
Pension and postretirement insurance
|
|
|
15,503
|
|
|
|
844
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
11,087
|
|
|
|
28,728
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
243,430
|
|
|
|
141,472
|
|
Capital loss carryforward
|
|
|
10,056
|
|
|
|
42,379
|
|
AMT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,091
|
|
Other
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
|
8,960
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred income taxes
|
|
|
328,541
|
|
|
|
309,590
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(10,056
|
)
|
|
|
(42,379
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
318,485
|
|
|
|
267,211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unbilled receivables
|
|
|
116,687
|
|
|
|
122,733
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
122,845
|
|
|
|
106,106
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
241,041
|
|
|
|
228,839
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax asset
|
|
$
|
77,444
|
|
|
$
|
38,372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax balances reflect the impact of temporary
differences between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities and their tax basis and are stated at the tax rates
expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or
recovered. A valuation allowance is provided against deferred
tax assets when it is more likely than not that some or all of
the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In determining if
our deferred tax assets are realizable, we consider the
Companys history of generating taxable earnings,
forecasted future taxable income, as well as any tax planning
strategies. The Company recorded a valuation allowance of
$10.1 million and $42.4 million as of March 31,
2009 and 2010, respectively, against deferred tax assets
associated with the capital loss carryforward. For all other
deferred tax assets, the Company believes it is more likely than
not that the results of future operations will generate
sufficient taxable income to realize these deferred tax assets.
At March 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company has approximately
$608.2 million and $367.6 million, respectively, of
net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards, which will
begin to expire in 2028. Section 382 of the Internal
Revenue Code limits the use of a corporations NOLs and
certain other tax benefits following a change in ownership of
the corporation. As discussed in Notes 1 and 4, Holding
acquired the Predecessor in a nontaxable merger effective
August 1, 2008. The transaction resulted in an ownership
change, which subjects the NOL generated at July 31, 2008
to the limitation under Section 382.
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and subsequent
modifications made in the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010 were signed into law in March 2010.
Under the new legislation, companies will no longer be able to
claim an income tax deduction related to the costs of
prescription drug benefits provided to retirees and reimbursed
under the Medicare Part D retiree drug subsidy. Although
this tax change does not take effect until 2013, the Company is
required to recognize the impact to the deferred taxes in the
period in which the law is enacted. The impact to the Company is
immaterial.
F-26
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Uncertain
Tax Positions
As of March 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company has recorded
$99.4 million and $100.2 million, respectively, for
pre-acquisition uncertain tax positions, of which approximately
$59.6 million and $62.4 million, respectively, may be
indemnified under the remaining available DPO. Refer to
Note 10 for further explanation.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of total
unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Uncertain tax positions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of year
|
|
$
|
86,690
|
|
|
$
|
87,867
|
|
Increases related to prior-year tax positions
|
|
|
1,077
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increases related to current-year tax positions
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,885
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of year
|
|
$
|
87,867
|
|
|
$
|
85,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at
March 31, 2009 and 2010 are potential tax benefits of
$87.9 million and $86.0 million, respectively, that,
if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to
unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax provision. Included
in the total unrecognized tax benefit are accrued penalties and
interest of $11.5 million and $14.2 million at
March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
The Company and its subsidiaries file a U.S. consolidated
income tax return and file in various state and foreign
jurisdictions. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is
completing its examination of the Predecessors income tax
returns, as assumed by the Company, for 2004, 2005, and 2006. As
of March 31, 2010, the IRS has proposed certain significant
adjustments to the Companys claim on research credits.
Management is currently appealing the proposed adjustments and
does not anticipate that the adjustments will result in a
material change to its financial position. Additionally, due to
statute of limitations expirations and audit settlements, it is
reasonably possible that approximately $18.5 million of
currently remaining unrecognized tax positions, each of which
are individually insignificant, may be effectively settled by
March 31, 2011.
|
|
14.
|
EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLANS
|
Defined
Contribution Plan
The Company sponsors the Employees Capital Accumulation
Plan (ECAP), which is a qualified defined
contribution plan that covers eligible U.S. and
international employees. ECAP provides for distributions,
subject to certain vesting provisions, to participants by reason
of retirement, death, disability, or termination of employment.
Total expense under ECAP for fiscal 2008, four months ended
July 31, 2008, eight months ended March 31, 2009, and
fiscal 2010, was $150.2 million, $53.3 million,
$116.8 million, and $210.3 million, respectively, and
the Company-paid contributions were $147.9 million,
$32.9 million, $127.3 million, and
$196.3 million, respectively. Total expense under ECAP for
the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 was
$48.6 million and $56.3 million, respectively, and the
Company-paid contributions were $29.4 million and
$37.6 million, respectively.
Defined
Benefit Plan and Other Postretirement Benefit
Plans
The Company maintains and administers a defined benefit
retirement plan and a postretirement medical plan for current,
retired, and resigned officers.
F-27
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company established a non-qualified defined benefit plan for
all Officers in May 1995 (the Retired Officers Bonus
Plan), which pays a lump-sum amount of $10,000 per year of
service as an Officer, provided the Officer meets retirement
vesting requirements. The Company also provides a fixed annual
allowance after retirement to cover financial counseling and
other expenses. The Retired Officers Bonus Plan is not
salary related, but rather is based primarily on years of
service.
In addition, the Company provides postretirement healthcare
benefits to former or active Officers under a medical indemnity
insurance plan, with premiums paid by the Company. This plan is
referred to as the Officer Medical Plan.
The Company recognizes an asset or liability for a defined
benefit plans overfunded or underfunded status, measures a
defined benefit plans assets and its obligations that
determine its funded status as of the end of the employers
fiscal year, and recognizes as a component of other
comprehensive income the changes in a defined benefit
plans funded status that are not recognized as components
of net periodic benefit cost.
The components of net postretirement medical expense for the
Officer Medical Plan were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
March 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
1,894
|
|
|
$
|
755
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,325
|
|
|
$
|
2,682
|
|
|
$
|
670
|
|
|
$
|
841
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
1,568
|
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
|
|
1,395
|
|
|
|
2,269
|
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total postretirement medical expense
|
|
$
|
3,462
|
|
|
$
|
1,421
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,720
|
|
|
$
|
4,951
|
|
|
$
|
1,237
|
|
|
$
|
1,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average assumptions used to determine the year-end
benefit obligations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
Officer Medical Plan
|
|
Retired Officers Bonus Plan
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Four Months
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
Ending
|
|
Ending
|
|
Ending
|
|
Ending
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
March 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
6.50
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
6.50
|
%
|
Rate of increase in future compensation
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
Officer Medical Plan
|
|
|
|
Retired Officers Bonus Plan
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
Rate of increase in future compensation
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Assumed healthcare cost trend rates for the Officer Medical Plan
at March 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-65 initial rate
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year
|
|
|
11.0
|
%
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the
ultimate trend rate)
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
|
2017
|
|
F-28
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on
the amounts reported for the healthcare plans. A
one-percentage-point change in assumed healthcare cost trend
rates calculated as of March 31, 2010 would have the
following effects (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1% Increase
|
|
1% Decrease
|
|
Effect on total of service and interest cost
|
|
$
|
828
|
|
|
$
|
(676
|
)
|
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
6,357
|
|
|
$
|
(5,271
|
)
|
Total pension expense, consisting of service and interest,
associated with the Retired Officers Bonus Plan was
$900,000, $300,000, $800,000, and $800,000 for fiscal 2008, four
months ended July 31, 2008, eight months ended
March 31, 2009, and fiscal 2010, respectively. Benefits
paid associated with the Retired Officers Bonus Plan were
$400,000, $400,000, $600,000, and $300,000 for fiscal 2008, four
months ended July 31, 2008, eight months ended
March 31, 2009, and fiscal 2010, respectively. The
end-of-period
benefit obligation of $4.2 million and $5.0 million as
of March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, is included in
postretirement obligation in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets.
Accumulated other comprehensive income as of March 31,
2009, includes unrecognized net actuarial gain of
$1.1 million, net of taxes, and net actuarial loss of
$400,000, net of taxes, that have not yet been recognized in net
periodic pension cost for the Retired Officers Bonus Plan
and the Officer Medical Plan, respectively. Accumulated other
comprehensive income as of March 31, 2010, includes
unrecognized net actuarial loss of $3.8 million, net of
taxes, that have not yet been recognized in net periodic pension
cost for the Retired Officers Bonus Plan and the Officer
Medical Plan. A primary driver for the net actuarial loss of
$3.8 million in fiscal 2010 was the change in the actuarial
discount rate from 6.50% to 5.75%.
The changes in the benefit obligation, plan assets and funded
status of the Officer Medical Plan were as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Benefit obligation, beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
26,624
|
|
|
$
|
32,605
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,157
|
|
|
$
|
35,577
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
1,894
|
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
|
|
2,325
|
|
|
|
2,682
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
1,569
|
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
|
|
1,395
|
|
|
|
2,270
|
|
Actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
|
3,609
|
|
|
|
(1,518
|
)
|
|
|
|
797
|
|
|
|
6,673
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(1,091
|
)
|
|
|
(351
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,097
|
)
|
|
|
(1,747
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation, end of the year
|
|
$
|
32,605
|
|
|
$
|
32,157
|
|
|
|
$
|
35,577
|
|
|
$
|
45,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
1,091
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
|
1,097
|
|
|
|
1,747
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(1,091
|
)
|
|
|
(351
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,097
|
)
|
|
|
(1,747
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets, end of the year
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2009 and 2010, the unfunded status of the
Officer Medical Plan was $35.6 million and
$45.5 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2010, the
unfunded status of the Officer Medical Plan was
$46.6 million. There were no employer contributions or
benefits paid during the three months ended June 30, 2010.
F-29
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The postretirement benefit liability for the Officer Medical
Plan is included in postretirement obligation in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Funded
Status for Defined Benefit Plans
Generally, annual contributions are made at such times and in
amounts as required by law and may, from time to time, exceed
minimum funding requirements. The Retired Officers Bonus
Plan is an unfunded plan and contributions are made as benefits
are paid, for all periods presented. As of March 31, 2009
and 2010, there were no plan assets for the Retired
Officers Bonus Plan and therefore, the accumulated
liability of $4.2 million and $5.0 million,
respectively, is unfunded. The liability will be distributed in
a lump-sum payment as each Officer retires.
The expected future medical benefits to be paid are as follows
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Officer
|
|
|
Medical Plan
|
For the Fiscal Year Ending March 31,
|
|
Benefits
|
|
2012
|
|
$
|
1,641
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2,143
|
|
2015
|
|
|
2,398
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2,758
|
|
2017-2021
|
|
|
19,623
|
|
The Companys Officer Medical Plan provides prescription
drug benefits to its plan participants. Under the Medicare
Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003,
the U.S. government makes subsidy payments to eligible
employers to offset a portion of the cost incurred for
prescription drug benefits provided to the employers
Medicare-eligible retired plan participants. The Companys
expected future subsidy receipts are not material.
|
|
15.
|
OTHER
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
|
Other long-term liabilities consist of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
$
|
4,790
|
|
|
$
|
10,255
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
4,770
|
|
|
|
11,289
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,432
|
|
Other
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other long-term liabilities
|
|
$
|
9,647
|
|
|
$
|
49,268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred rent liabilities result from recording rent expense on
a straight-line basis over the life of the respective lease and
recording incentives for tenant improvements. The increase of
$5.5 million as of March 31, 2010 as compared to
March 31, 2009 was primarily for accrual of deferred rent
on existing leases.
In fiscal 2010, the Company recorded a stock-based compensation
liability of $34.4 million, including $7.0 million
expected to be paid within one year, related to the reduction in
stock option exercise price associated with the December 2009
dividend. Options vested and not yet exercised that would have
had an exercise price below zero as a result of the dividend
were reduced to one cent, with the remaining reduction to be
paid in cash upon exercise of the options. Refer to Note 17
for further discussion of the December 2009 dividend.
The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan, the EPP,
established in January 2009, for the benefit of certain
employees. The EPP allows eligible participants to defer all or
a portion of their annual
F-30
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
performance bonus, reduced by amounts withheld for the payment
of taxes or other deductions required by law. The Company makes
no contributions to the EPP, but maintains participant accounts
for deferred amounts and interest earned. The amounts deferred
into the EPP will earn interest at a rate of return indexed to
the results of the Companys growth as defined by the EPP.
In each subsequent year, interest will be compounded on the
total deferred balance. Employees must leave the money in the
EPP until 2014. The deferred balance generally will be paid
within 180 days of the final determination of the interest
to be accrued for 2014, upon retirement, or termination. As of
March 31, 2009 and 2010, the Companys liability
associated with the EPP was $4.8 million and
$11.3 million, respectively. Accrued amounts related to the
EPP are included in other long-term liabilities on the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Common
Stock
As of March 31, 2009, March 31, 2010, and
June 30, 2010, the Company has 16,000,000 shares of
authorized Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share,
16,000,000 shares of authorized Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock, par value $0.01, 600,000 shares of authorized
Class C Restricted Common Stock, par value $0.01,
600,000 shares of authorized Class D Merger Rolling
Common Stock, par value $0.01, 2,500,000 shares of
authorized Class E Special Voting Common Stock, par value
$0.03, and 600,000 shares of authorized Class F
Non-Voting Restricted Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
The total number of shares of capital common stock the Company
has the authority to issue is 36,300,000.
The Common Stock shares outstanding are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
Class A Common Stock
|
|
|
10,131,687
|
|
|
|
10,292,290
|
|
|
|
10,266,161
|
|
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
|
|
|
235,020
|
|
|
|
235,020
|
|
|
|
305,313
|
|
Class C Restricted Common Stock
|
|
|
202,827
|
|
|
|
202,827
|
|
|
|
202,827
|
|
Class E Special Voting Common Stock
|
|
|
1,480,288
|
|
|
|
1,334,588
|
|
|
|
1,404,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shares outstanding
|
|
|
12,049,822
|
|
|
|
12,064,725
|
|
|
|
12,179,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holders of Class A Common Stock, Class C Restricted
Common Stock, Class D Merger Rolling Common Stock, and
Class E Special Voting Common Stock are entitled to one
vote for each share as a holder. The holders of the Voting
Common Stock shall vote together as a single class. The holders
of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and Class F
Non-Voting Restricted Common Stock have no voting rights. During
the three months ended June 30, 2010, 70,293 shares of
Class A Common Stock held by an officer were exchanged for
the equivalent number of shares of Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock, and 70,293 shares of Class E Special
Voting Common Stock were issued to a family trust of the same
officer for an aggregate consideration of $2,109.
Class C Restricted Common Stock is restricted in that a
holders shares vest as set forth in the Officers
Rollover Stock Plan. Refer to Note 17 for further
discussion of the Officers Rollover Stock Plan.
Class E Special Voting Common Stock represents the voting
rights that accompany the New Options program. The New Options
program has a fixed vesting and exercise schedule to comply with
IRS section 409(a). Upon exercise, the option will convert
to Class A Common Stock, and the corresponding Class E
Special Voting Common Stock will be repurchased by the Company
and retired. Refer to Note 17 for further discussion of the
New Options program.
Each share of Common Stock, except for Class E Special
Voting Common Stock, is entitled to participate equally, when
and if declared by the Board of Directors from time to time,
such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock, or
property from the Companys assets or funds become legally
available for such
F-31
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
purposes subject to any dividend preferences that may be
attributable to preferred stock that may be authorized.
In May 2009, 1,907 shares of Class A Common Stock,
with certain restrictions, were granted to certain unaffiliated
Board members. These shares were restricted based on the
unaffiliated Board members continued service to the
Company, and vested in equal installments on May 7, 2009,
September 30, 2009, and March 31, 2010. As of
March 31, 2010, these shares were fully vested. Such shares
and related equity balances are included in the Companys
Class A Common Stock. In April 2010, 1,173 shares of
Class A Common Stock, with certain restrictions, were
granted to certain unaffiliated Board members. These shares were
restricted based on the unaffiliated Board members
continued service to the Company and will vest in equal
installments on September 30, 2010, and March 31,
2011. As of June 30, 2010, these shares have not vested.
Such shares and related equity balances are included in the
Companys Class A Common Stock. Refer to Note 17
for further discussion of Class A Restricted Common Stock.
Preferred
Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 600,000 shares of
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, the terms and
conditions of which are determined by the Board of Directors
upon issuance. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders
of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected
by, the rights of holders of any shares of preferred stock that
the Company may designate and issue in the future. At
March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, there were no
shares of preferred stock outstanding.
Predecessor
Redeemable Common Stock
Prior to the Merger Transaction, the Predecessors
authorized capital stock as of March 31 and July 31, 2008,
consisted of 5,000 shares of Common Stock,
5,000 shares of Class A Non-Voting Common Stock,
4,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, and
1,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock. Each
share of Common Stock and each share of the Class B Common
Stock was entitled to one vote. Pursuant to the terms of the
Predecessors stock rights plan, shares of Common Stock and
shares of Class A Non-Voting Common Stock were redeemable
at the book value per share at the option of the holder.
|
|
17.
|
STOCK-BASED
COMPENSATION
|
Officers
Rollover Stock Plan
The Officers Rollover Stock Plan (the Rollover
Plan) was adopted as a mechanism to enable the exchange by
the Officers of the Companys U.S. government
consulting business who were required to exchange (and those
commercial officers who elected to exchange subject to an
aggregate limit) a portion of their previous equity interests in
the Predecessor for equity interests in the Company. Among the
equity interests that were eligible for exchange were common
stock and stock rights, both vested and unvested.
The stock rights that were unvested, but would have vested in
2008, were exchanged for 202,827 shares of new Class C
Restricted Common Stock (Class C Restricted
Stock) issued by the Company at an estimated fair value of
$100 at August 1, 2008. The aggregate grant date fair value
of the Class C Restricted Stock issued of
$20.3 million is being recorded as expense over the vesting
period. Total compensation expense recorded in conjunction with
this Class C Restricted Stock for the eight months ended
March 31, 2009, and fiscal 2010, was $7.9 million and
$7.1 million, respectively. Total compensation expense
recorded in conjunction with this Class C Restricted Stock
for the three months ended June 30, 2009, and 2010, was
$2.7 million and $1.3 million, respectively. As of
March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010, unrecognized
compensation cost related to the non-vested Class C
Restricted Stock was $5.3 million and $4.0 million,
respectively, and is expected to be recognized over 3.25 and
3.00 years, respectively. As of March 31, 2010 and
June 30, 2010, 49,449 and 98,898 shares of
Class C Restricted Stock had vested, respectively. At
March 31, 2009, March 31, 2010, and June 30,
2010, 397,173 shares of Class C Restricted Stock were
F-32
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
authorized but unissued under the Plan. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Class C Restricted Stock was intended to be
issued only in connection with the exchange process described
above.
In addition to the conversion of the stock rights that would
have vested in 2008 to Class C Restricted Stock, new
options (New Options) were issued in exchange for
old stock rights held by the Predecessors U.S. government
consulting partners that were issued under the stock rights plan
that existed for the Predecessors Officers prior to the
closing of the Merger Transaction. The New Options were granted
based on the retirement eligibility of the Officer. For the
purposes of the New Options, there are two categories of
Officers retirement eligible and non-retirement
eligible. New Options granted to retirement eligible Officers
vest in equal annual installments on June 30, 2009, 2010,
and 2011.
The following table summarizes the exercise schedule for
Officers who were deemed retirement eligible. Exercise schedules
are based on original vesting dates applicable to the stock
rights surrendered:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of New Options to be Exercised
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
|
Retirement Eligible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Original vesting date of June 30, 2009
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Original vesting date of June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Original vesting date of June 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
Those individuals who were considered retirement eligible also
were given the opportunity to make a one-time election to be
treated as non-retirement eligible. The determination of
retirement eligibility was made as of a fixed period of time and
cannot be changed at a future date.
New Options granted to Officers who were categorized as
non-retirement eligible will vest 50% on June 30, 2011, and
25% on June 30, 2012 and 2013.
The following table summarizes the exercise schedule for
Officers who were deemed non-retirement eligible. Exercise
schedules are based on original vesting dates applicable to the
stock rights surrendered:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of New Options to be Exercised
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
|
2015
|
|
Non-Retirement Eligible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Original vesting date of June 30, 2011
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Original vesting date of June 30, 2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
Original vesting date of June 30, 2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
%
|
|
|
33
|
%
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
If a holders employment with the Company were to terminate
without cause, by reason of disability, or Company approved
termination, these shares will continue to vest as if the holder
continued to be employed as a retirement eligible or
non-retirement eligible employee, as the case may be. In the
event that a holders employment is terminated due to
death, any unvested New Options shall immediately vest in full.
In the event of a holders termination of employment due to
death, disability, or a Company approved termination, the
Company may, in its sole discretion, convert all or a portion of
unexercised New Options into the right to receive upon vesting
and exercise, in lieu of Company Common Stock, a cash payment
pursuant to a prescribed formula. The aggregate grant date fair
value of the New Options issued of $127.1 million is being
recorded as compensation expense over the vesting period. Total
compensation expense recorded in conjunction with the New
Options for the eight months ended March 31, 2009 and
fiscal 2010, was $42.7 million and $42.2 million,
respectively. Total compensation expense recorded in conjunction
with the New Options for the three months ended June 30,
2009 and 2010, was $13.9 million and $8.2 million,
respectively. As of March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010,
unrecognized compensation cost related to the non-
F-33
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
vested New Options was $42.0 million and
$33.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over 3.25
and 3.00 years, respectively.
Equity
Incentive Plan
The Equity Incentive Plan (EIP) was created in
connection with the transaction for employees, directors, and
consultants of Holding and its subsidiaries. The Company created
a pool of options (the EIP Options) to draw upon for
future grants that would be governed by the EIP. All options
under the EIP are exercisable, upon vesting, for shares of
common stock of Holding. The first grant of options under the
EIP occurred on November 19, 2008, which was for the grant
of 1,190,000 non-qualified EIP Options. The estimated fair value
of the common stock at the time of the first option grant was
$100. A second grant of 142,000 non-qualified EIP Options
occurred on May 7, 2009. The estimated fair value of the
common stock at the time of the second option grant was $118.06.
Grants of 47,000 and 14,000 non-qualified EIP Options were
issued on January 27, 2010, and February 15, 2010,
respectively. The estimated fair value of the common stock at
the time of the third and fourth option grants was $114.93. A
new grant of 170,000 non-qualified EIP options occurred on
April 28, 2010.
Stock options are granted at the discretion of the Board of
Directors or its Compensation Committee and expire ten years
from the date of the grant. Options generally vest over a
five-year period based upon required service and performance
conditions. The Company calculates the pool of additional
paid-in capital associated with excess tax benefits using the
simplified method.
The aggregate grant date fair value of the EIP Options issued
during the eight months ended March 31, 2009, fiscal 2010,
and the three months ended June 30, 2010 was
$51.5 million, $10.6 million, and $9.7 million,
respectively, and is being recorded as expense over the vesting
period. Total compensation expense recorded in conjunction with
all options outstanding under the EIP for the eight months ended
March 31, 2009, and fiscal 2010, was $11.5 million and
$22.4 million, respectively. Total compensation expense
recorded in conjunction with all options outstanding under the
EIP for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, was
$8.1 million and $6.1 million, respectively. Future
compensation cost related to the non-vested stock options not
yet recognized in the consolidated statements of operations was
$31.8 million, and is expected to be recognized over
5.00 years. As of March 31, 2010 and June 30,
2010, there were 763,360 and 593,360 options, respectively,
available for future grant under the EIP.
Grants
of Class A Restricted Common Stock
On May 7, 2009, the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors granted Class A Common Stock with certain
restrictions (Class A Restricted Stock) to
certain unaffiliated Board members for their continued service
to the Company. A total of 1,907 shares of Class A
Restricted Stock were issued on May 7, 2009. These shares
will vest in equal installments on May 7, 2009,
September 30, 2009, and March 31, 2010, and were
issued with an aggregate grant date fair value of $225,000.
Total compensation expense recorded in conjunction with this
grant of Class A Restricted Stock for fiscal 2010 was
$225,000. For fiscal 2010, 1,907 shares of Class A
Restricted Stock vested. There were no additional shares
authorized to be issued under the May 2009 Compensation
Committee grant.
Predecessor
Stock Plan
Prior to the Merger Transaction, the Predecessors Officer
Stock Rights Plan enabled officers to purchase shares of
Class A Common Stock. The Board of Directors had sole
discretion to establish the book value applicable to shares of
common stock to be purchased by officers upon the exercise of
their stock rights. Rights were granted in connection with the
Class B Common Stock to purchase shares of Class A
Common Stock, and vested one-tenth each year based on nine years
of continuous service, with the first tenth vesting immediately.
The exercise price for the first tenth was equal to the book
value of the Predecessors Class A Common Stock on the
grant date, and for the remaining rights the exercise price was
equal to 50% of the
F-34
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
book value on the grant date. Rights not exercised upon vesting
were forfeited. Rights also accelerated upon retirement, in
which case the exercise price was equal to 100% of the grant
date book value.
Effective July 30, 2008, the Predecessor modified the
Officers Stock Rights Plan to provide for accelerated
vesting of stock rights in anticipation of a change in control
of the Predecessor. All unvested stock rights were accelerated
and vested with the exception of rights that would be exchanged
for equity instruments in Holding after the Merger Transaction.
Any stock rights that were due to vest in June 2008 were
exercised at a price of 50% of the grant date book value and
converted to Class A Common Stock on July 30, 2008.
The remaining stock rights that were accelerated and vested were
subsequently exercised at 100% of the grant date book value and
converted to Class A Common Stock on July 30, 2008.
The Predecessor accounted for the rights granted under the
Officers Stock Rights Plan as liability awards, which are
marked to intrinsic value for the life of the award, using an
accelerated method, through stock compensation expense.
Stock compensation expense of $193.5 million related to the
acceleration of stock rights, and $318.2 million related to
the mark-up
of redeemable common shares, was recorded during the four months
ended July 31, 2008.
Methodology
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to
determine the estimated fair value for stock-based awards. The
fair value of the Company stock on the date of the New Option
grant was determined based on the fair value of the Merger
Transaction involving Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc. and the Company
that occurred on July 31, 2008. For all subsequent grants
of options, the fair value of the Companys stock was
determined by an independent valuation specialist.
As the Company has no plans to issue regular dividends, a
dividend yield of zero was used in the Black-Scholes model.
Expected volatility was calculated as of each grant date based
on reported data for a peer group of publicly traded companies
for which historical information was available. The Company will
continue to use peer group volatility information until
historical volatility of the Company can be regularly measured
against an open market to measure expected volatility for future
option grants. The risk-free interest rate is determined by
reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve rates with the
remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of
grant. Due to the lack of historical exercise data, the average
expected life was estimated based on internal qualitative and
quantitative factors. Forfeitures were estimated based on the
Companys historical analysis of Officer attrition levels.
The weighted average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model for stock option awards were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
Eight Months Ended March 31, 2009
|
|
|
Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
New Options
|
|
New Options
|
|
Equity Incentive
|
|
|
(Retirement)
|
|
(Non-Retirement)
|
|
Plan
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
33.6
|
%
|
|
|
36.0
|
%
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.76
|
%
|
|
|
3.26
|
%
|
|
|
2.50
|
%
|
Expected life (in years)
|
|
|
2.98
|
|
|
|
5.29
|
|
|
|
7.02
|
|
F-35
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010
|
|
|
Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
New Options
|
|
New Options
|
|
Equity Incentive
|
|
|
(Retirement)
|
|
(Non-Retirement)
|
|
Plan
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
33.6
|
%
|
|
|
36.0
|
%
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.76
|
%
|
|
|
3.26
|
%
|
|
|
2.56
|
%
|
Expected life (in years)
|
|
|
2.98
|
|
|
|
5.29
|
|
|
|
7.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
|
Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Options
|
|
|
New Options
|
|
|
Equity Incentive
|
|
|
|
(Retirement)
|
|
|
(Non-Retirement)
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
33.6
|
%
|
|
|
36.0
|
%
|
|
|
40.1
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.76
|
%
|
|
|
3.26
|
%
|
|
|
2.61
|
%
|
Expected life (in years)
|
|
|
2.98
|
|
|
|
5.29
|
|
|
|
7.02
|
|
The weighted-average grant-date fair values of retirement
eligible New Options, non-retirement eligible New Options and
EIP Options were $85.36, $86.30, and $48.32, respectively.
December
2009 Dividend and July 2009 Dividend
On December 7, 2009, the Companys Board of Directors
approved a dividend of $46.42 per share paid to holders of
record as of December 8, 2009 of Class A Common Stock,
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and Class C
Restricted Common Stock. This dividend totaled
$497.5 million. As required by the Rollover Plan and the
EIP, and in accordance with applicable tax laws and regulatory
guidance, the exercise price per share of each outstanding New
Option and EIP Option was reduced in an amount equal to the
value of the dividend. The Company evaluated the reduction of
the exercise price associated with the dividend issuance. Both
the Rollover and EIP plans contained mandatory antidilution
provisions requiring modification of the options in the event of
an equity restructuring, such as the dividends declared in July
and December 2009. In addition, the structure of the
modifications, as a reduction in the exercise price of options,
did not result in an increase to the fair value of the awards.
As a result of these factors, the Company did not record
incremental compensation expense associated with the
modifications of the options as a result of the July and
December 2009 dividends. Options vested and not yet exercised
that would have had an exercise price below zero as a result of
the dividend were reduced to one cent. The difference between
one cent and the reduced value for shares vested and not yet
exercised of approximately $54.4 million will be paid in
cash upon exercise of the options subject to the continued
vesting of the options. As of March 31, 2010 and
June 30, 2010, the Company reported $27.4 million and
$22.3 million, respectively, in other long-term liabilities
and $7.0 million and $16.0 million, respectively, in
accrued compensation and benefits in the consolidated balance
sheets based on the proportion of the potential payment of
$54.4 million which is represented by vested options for
which stock based compensation expense has been recorded.
On July 27, 2009, the Companys Board of Directors
approved a dividend of $10.87 per share paid to holders of
record as of July 29, 2009 of the Companys
Class A Common Stock, Class B Non-Voting Common Stock,
and Class C Restricted Common Stock. This dividend totaled
$114.9 million. In accordance with the Officers
Rollover Stock Plan, the exercise price per share of each
outstanding option, including New Options and EIP options, was
reduced in compliance with applicable tax laws and regulatory
guidance. Additionally, the Company evaluated the reduction of
the exercise price associated with the dividend issuance. As a
result, the Company did not record any additional incremental
compensation expense associated with the dividend and
corresponding decrease in the exercise and fair value of all
outstanding options.
F-36
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table summarizes stock-based compensation for
stock options (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
March 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Included in cost of revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and other costs
|
|
$
|
35,013
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,479
|
|
|
$
|
23,652
|
|
|
$
|
8,263
|
|
|
$
|
4,527
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in cost of revenue
|
|
|
35,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,479
|
|
|
|
23,652
|
|
|
|
8,263
|
|
|
|
4,527
|
|
Included in general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and other costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
511,653
|
|
|
|
|
41,580
|
|
|
|
48,245
|
|
|
|
16,549
|
|
|
|
11,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
511,653
|
|
|
|
|
41,580
|
|
|
|
48,245
|
|
|
|
16,549
|
|
|
|
11,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
35,013
|
|
|
$
|
511,653
|
|
|
|
$
|
62,059
|
|
|
$
|
71,897
|
|
|
$
|
24,812
|
|
|
$
|
15,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-37
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table summarizes stock option activity for the
periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Officers Rollover Stock Plan New Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement Eligible:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted at August 1, 2008
|
|
|
728,542
|
|
|
$
|
16.23
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
728,542
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
*
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
145,708
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
582,834
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at June 30, 2010
|
|
|
582,834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Retirement Eligible:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted at August 1, 2008
|
|
|
751,750
|
|
|
$
|
16.79
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
751,750
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
*
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
751,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at June 30, 2010
|
|
|
751,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Equity Incentive Plan Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted at November 19, 2008
|
|
|
1,190,000
|
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,190,000
|
|
|
$
|
42.71
|
*
|
Granted
|
|
|
203,000
|
|
|
|
77.04
|
*
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
73,507
|
|
|
|
43.82
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
12,996
|
|
|
|
42.71
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
1,306,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
170,000
|
|
|
|
128.03
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
35,181
|
|
|
|
42.71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at June 30, 2010
|
|
|
1,441,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Reflects adjustment for $10.87 dividend issued July 27,
2009, and $46.42 dividend issued December 11, 2009. |
F-39
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table summarizes unvested stock options for the
periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Value on
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Officers Stock Rights Plan
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at March 31, 2008
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
$
|
125.42
|
|
|
$
|
56,627
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
|
126.11
|
|
|
|
42,814
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at July 31, 2008
|
|
|
224
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Officers Rollover Stock Plan New Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement Eligible:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted at August 1, 2008
|
|
|
728,542
|
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
$
|
61,032
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
728,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
242,847
|
|
|
|
42.71
|
*
|
|
|
10,370
|
*
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
485,695
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
242,847
|
|
|
|
42.71
|
|
|
|
10,370
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at June 30, 2010
|
|
|
242,848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Retirement Eligible:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted at August 1, 2008
|
|
|
751,750
|
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
$
|
62,553
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
751,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
751,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at June 30, 2010
|
|
|
751,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-40
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Value on
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Equity Incentive Plan Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at August 1, 2008
|
|
|
1,190,000
|
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at March 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,190,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
203,000
|
|
|
$
|
77.04
|
*
|
|
$
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
236,889
|
|
|
|
42.71
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
73,507
|
|
|
|
43.82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
1,082,604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
170,000
|
|
|
$
|
128.03
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
264,217
|
|
|
|
45.35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at June 30, 2010
|
|
|
988,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Reflects adjustment for $10.87 dividend issued July 27,
2009, and $46.42 dividend issued December 11, 2009. |
|
** |
|
224 outstanding rights remaining as of July 31, 2008, were
exchanged as a part of the Merger Transaction. |
The following table summarizes stock options outstanding at
March 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Average
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Options
|
Range of Exercise Prices
|
|
Options
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
(In years)
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Officers Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.01
|
|
|
1,335
|
|
|
$
|
0.01*
|
|
|
|
2.56
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$40.00 $115.0
|
|
|
1,307
|
|
|
$
|
47.98*
|
|
|
|
8.72
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Reflects adjustment for $10.87 dividend issued July 27,
2009, and $46.42 dividend issued December 11, 2009. |
The following table summarizes stock options outstanding at
June 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Range of Exercise Prices
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In years)
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Officers Rollover Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.01
|
|
|
1,335
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
2.34
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$40.00 $115.00
|
|
|
1,441
|
|
|
$
|
57.55
|
|
|
|
8.62
|
|
|
|
453
|
|
The stock-based compensation expense recorded in fiscal 2010 and
the three months ended June 30, 2010 related to stock
options was accounted for as equity awards.
F-41
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
18.
|
FAIR
VALUE MEASUREMENTS
|
The fair value hierarchy established in the accounting standard
prioritizes the inputs used in valuation techniques into three
levels as follows:
Level 1: Observable inputs
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and
liabilities;
Level 2: Observable inputs other than
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and
liabilities includes quoted prices for similar
instruments, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments
in inactive markets, and amounts derived from value models where
all significant inputs are observable in active markets; and
Level 3: Unobservable inputs
includes amounts derived from valuation models where one or more
significant inputs are unobservable and require the Company to
develop relevant assumptions.
The Company is required to disclose the fair value of all
financial assets subject to fair value measurement and the
nature of the valuation techniques, including their
classification within the fair value hierarchy, utilized by the
Company in performing these measurements. The only financial
assets subject to fair value measurements held by the Company at
March 31, 2010 were the Companys cash and cash
equivalents. These assets are considered to be Level 1
assets.
|
|
19.
|
RELATED-PARTY
TRANSACTIONS
|
As discussed in Note 4, Investor acquired all of the issued
and outstanding stock of the Company. From time to time, and in
the ordinary course of business: (1) other Carlyle
portfolio companies engage the Company as a subcontractor or
service provider, and (2) the Company engages other Carlyle
portfolio companies as subcontractors or service providers.
Revenue and cost associated with these related party
transactions for the eight months ended March 31, 2009,
were immaterial. Revenue and cost associated with these related
party transactions for fiscal 2010, were $15.1 million and
$13.5 million, respectively. Revenue and cost associated
with these related party transactions for the three months ended
June 30, 2009, were $3.6 million and $3.2 million, respectively.
Revenue and cost associated with these related party
transactions for the three months ended June 30, 2010, were $3.1
million and $2.6 million, respectively.
On July 31, 2008, the Company entered into a management
agreement (the Management Agreement) with, TC Group
V US, L.L.C. (TC Group), a company affiliated with
Carlyle. In accordance with the Management Agreement, TC Group
provides the Company with advisory, consulting and other
services and the Company pays TC Group an aggregate annual fee
of $1.0 million plus expenses. In addition, the Company
made a one-time payment to TC Group of $20.0 million for
investment banking, financial advisory and other services
provided to the Company in connection with the Acquisition. For
the eight months ended March 31, 2009 and fiscal 2010, the
Company incurred $700,000 and $1.0 million, respectively,
in advisory fees. For both the three months ended June 30,
2009 and 2010, the Company incurred $250,000 in advisory fees.
Pursuant to the spin-off described in Note 4, effective
July 31, 2008, the Company entered into a transition
services agreement (TSA) and a collaboration
agreement (CA) with Booz & Company Inc.
(Booz & Co.). The TSA required the Company
and Booz & Co. to provide to each other certain
support services for up to 15 months following
July 31, 2008. Revenue and expenses were recognized as
incurred.
The CA requires the Company and Booz & Co. to provide
to each other the services of personnel that were either staffed
on existing contracts as of July 31, 2008, or contemplated
to be staffed in proposals submitted prior to but accepted after
such date. The CA will remain in effect until the termination or
expiration of the applicable contracts. Revenue and expenses are
recognized as incurred.
F-42
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Included in the financial position and results of operations are
the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition
|
|
|
|
|
Services
|
|
Collaboration
|
|
|
Agreement
|
|
Agreement
|
|
As of March 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
2,918
|
|
|
$
|
725
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,806
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
As of March 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
303
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,318
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
458
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,256
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
For the eight months ended March 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
12,608
|
|
|
$
|
15,044
|
|
Expenses
|
|
$
|
15,772
|
|
|
$
|
12,013
|
|
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,226
|
|
|
$
|
486
|
|
Expenses
|
|
$
|
2,096
|
|
|
$
|
793
|
|
For the three months ended June 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,491
|
|
|
$
|
401
|
|
Expenses
|
|
$
|
1,136
|
|
|
$
|
537
|
|
For the three months ended June 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
Expenses
|
|
$
|
252
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
There were no related-party transactions during fiscal 2008 and
four months ended July 31, 2008.
|
|
20.
|
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
|
Leases
The Company leases office space under noncancelable operating
leases that expire at various dates through 2016. The terms for
the facility leases generally provide for rental payments on a
graduated scale, which are recognized on a straight-line basis
over the terms of the leases, including reasonably assured
renewal periods, from the time the Company controls the leased
property. Lease incentives are recorded as a deferred credit and
recognized as a reduction to rent expense on a straight-line
basis over the lease term. Rent expense was approximately
$84.6 million, net of $4.9 million of sublease income,
$30.2 million, net of $2.0 million of sublease income,
$68.6 million, net of $10.6 million of sublease income
and $109.5 million, net of $7.1 million of sublease
for fiscal 2008, four months ended July 31, 2008, eight
months ended March 31, 2009, and fiscal 2010, respectively.
Rent expense was approximately $23.2 million, net of
$1.9 million of sublease income, and $26.8 million,
net of $1.2 million of sublease income for the three months
ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
F-43
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Future minimum operating lease payments for noncancelable
operating leases and future minimum noncancelable sublease
rentals are summarized as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Lease
|
|
Sublease
|
For the Fiscal Year Ending March 31,
|
|
Payments
|
|
Income
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
74,447
|
|
|
$
|
801
|
|
2012
|
|
|
59,001
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
2013
|
|
|
47,776
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
39,642
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
30,244
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
36,566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
287,676
|
|
|
$
|
1,121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense is included in occupancy costs, a component of
general and administrative expenses, as shown on the
consolidated statements of operations, and includes rent,
sublease income from third parties, real estate taxes,
utilities, parking, security, repairs and maintenance and
storage costs.
As a result of the Merger Transaction, the Company assigned a
total of eight leases to Booz & Co. The facilities are
located in New York, New York; Troy, Michigan; Florham Park, New
Jersey; Parsippany, New Jersey; Houston, Texas; Chicago,
Illinois; Cleveland, Ohio; and Dallas, Texas. Except for the
Cleveland and Dallas leases, which expired, the Company remains
liable under the terms of the original leases should
Booz & Co. default on its obligations. There were no
events of default under these leases as of March 31, 2009,
March 31, 2010, and June 30, 2010. The Company also
remains liable as a parent guarantor of the London lease. The
maximum potential amount of undiscounted future payments is
$68.9 million, and the leases expire at different dates
between February 2012 and March 2017.
Government
Contracting Matters
For fiscal 2008, four months ended July 31, 2008, eight
months ended March 31, 2009, fiscal 2010, and three months
ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, approximately 86%, 93%, 98%,
98%, 95% and 97%, respectively, of the Companys revenue
was generated from contracts with U.S. government agencies
or other U.S. government contractors. Contracts with the
U.S. government are subject to extensive legal and
regulatory requirements and, from time to time and in the
ordinary course of business, agencies of the
U.S. government investigate whether the Companys
operations are conducted in accordance with these requirements
and the terms of the relevant contracts. U.S. government
investigations of the Company, whether related to the
Companys U.S. government contracts or conducted for
other reasons, could result in administrative, civil, or
criminal liabilities, including repayments, fines, or penalties
being imposed upon the Company, or could lead to suspension or
debarment from future U.S. government contracting.
Management believes it has adequately reserved for any losses
that may be experienced from any investigation of which it is
aware. The Defense Contract Management Agency Administrative
Contracting Officer has negotiated annual final indirect cost
rates through fiscal year 2005. Audits of subsequent years may
result in cost reductions
and/or
penalties. Management believes it has adequately reserved for
any losses that may be experienced from any such reductions
and/or
penalties. As of March 31, 2010, the Company has recorded a
liability of approximately $72.7 million for its current
best estimate of net amounts to be refunded to customers for
potential adjustments from such audits or reviews of contract
costs incurred subsequent to fiscal year 2005.
Litigation
We are involved in legal proceedings and investigations arising
in the ordinary course of business, including those relating to
employment matters, relationships with clients and contractors,
intellectual property disputes and other business matters. These
legal proceedings seek various remedies, including monetary
F-44
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
damages in varying amounts that currently range up to
$26.2 million or are unspecified as to amount. Although the
outcome of any such matter is inherently uncertain and may be
materially adverse, based on current information, our management
does not expect any of the currently ongoing audits, reviews,
investigations or litigation to have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition and results of operations.
Six former officers and stockholders of the Predecessor who had
departed the firm prior to the Acquisition have filed a total of
nine suits, with original filing dates ranging from July 3,
2008 through December 15, 2009, three of which were amended
on July 2, 2010, against the Company and certain of the
Companys current and former directors and officers. Each
of the suits arises out of the Acquisition and alleges that the
former stockholders are entitled to certain payments that they
would have received if they had held their stock at the time of
the Acquisition. Some of the suits also allege that the
acquisition price paid to stockholders was insufficient. The
various suits assert claims for breach of contract, tortious
interference with contract, breach of fiduciary duty, civil RICO
violations,
and/or
securities and common law fraud. Two of these suits have been
dismissed and another has been dismissed but the former
stockholder has sought leave to re-plead. Five of the remaining
suits are pending in the United States District Court for the
Southern District of New York and the sixth is pending in the
United States District Court for the Southern District of
California. As of March 31, 2010, the aggregate alleged
damages sought in the six remaining suits was approximately
$197.0 million ($140.0 million of which is sought to
be trebled pursuant to RICO), plus punitive damages, costs, and
fees. The aggregate alleged damages increased to
$724.5 million ($667.3 million of which is sought to
be trebled pursuant to RICO), plus punitive damages, costs, and
fees, based on the amended claims made on July 2, 2010.
Although the outcome of any of these cases is inherently
uncertain and may be materially adverse, based on current
information, our management does not expect them to have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results
of operations.
Other
Matters
At March 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company was contingently
liable under open standby letters of credit and bank guarantees
issued by the Companys banks in favor of third parties.
These letters of credit and bank guarantees primarily relate to
leases and support of insurance obligations that total
$1.4 million. These instruments reduce the Companys
available borrowings under the revolving credit facility.
|
|
21.
|
BUSINESS
SEGMENT INFORMATION
|
We report operating results and financial data in one operating
and reportable segment. We manage our business as a single
profit center in order to promote collaboration, provide
comprehensive functional service offerings across our entire
client base, and provide incentives to employees based on the
success of the organization as a whole. Although certain
information regarding served markets and functional capabilities
is discussed for purposes of promoting an understanding of our
complex business, we manage our business and allocate resources
at the consolidated level of a single operating segment.
F-45
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
22.
|
UNAUDITED
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 Quarters
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
Two Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Third
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,072,986
|
|
|
$
|
336,957
|
|
|
|
$
|
693,425
|
|
|
$
|
1,091,557
|
|
|
$
|
1,156,293
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(257,561
|
)
|
|
|
(195,728
|
)
|
|
|
|
15,744
|
|
|
|
17,576
|
|
|
|
(632
|
)
|
(Loss) income before income taxes
|
|
|
(257,562
|
)
|
|
|
(196,091
|
)
|
|
|
|
(7,167
|
)
|
|
|
(18,097
|
)
|
|
|
(35,666
|
)
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(1,058,437
|
)
|
|
|
(187,478
|
)
|
|
|
|
(15,932
|
)
|
|
|
(11,492
|
)
|
|
|
(11,359
|
)
|
Earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic(1)
|
|
$
|
(594.96
|
)
|
|
$
|
(87.48
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(1.54
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.11
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.10
|
)
|
Diluted(1)
|
|
$
|
(594.96
|
)
|
|
$
|
(87.48
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(1.54
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.11
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Quarters
|
|
|
First
|
|
Second
|
|
Third
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
(As adjusted, in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,229,459
|
|
|
$
|
1,279,257
|
|
|
$
|
1,261,353
|
|
|
$
|
1,352,564
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
52,351
|
|
|
|
57,938
|
|
|
|
40,712
|
|
|
|
48,553
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
15,972
|
|
|
|
21,262
|
|
|
|
2,696
|
|
|
|
9,064
|
|
Net (loss) income(2)
|
|
|
8,425
|
|
|
|
10,810
|
|
|
|
1,294
|
|
|
|
4,890
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic(1)(2)
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
|
$
|
1.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.46
|
|
Diluted(1)(2)
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
|
$
|
0.95
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Earnings per share are computed independently for each of the
quarters presented and therefore may not sum to the total for
the fiscal year. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts are shown as adjusted for certain
adjustments to the allocation of the effective tax rate among
the quarters. |
|
|
23.
|
SUPPLEMENTAL
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
|
The following schedule summarizes valuation and qualifying
accounts for the periods presented (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
The Company
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Four Months
|
|
|
Eight Months
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
4,170
|
|
|
$
|
4,364
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,959
|
|
|
$
|
1,648
|
|
Provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
7,116
|
|
|
|
1,038
|
|
|
|
|
2,082
|
|
|
|
1,371
|
|
Charges against allowance
|
|
|
(6,922
|
)
|
|
|
(3,443
|
)
|
|
|
|
(2,393
|
)
|
|
|
(892
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
4,364
|
|
|
$
|
1,959
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-46
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
24.
|
DISCONTINUED
OPERATIONS
|
As discussed in Note 4, the Predecessor spun off its global
commercial business into a stand-alone entity referred to as
Booz & Company, Inc. on July 31, 2008.
Accordingly, the following amounts related to the global
commercial business have been segregated from continuing
operations and included in discontinued operations, net of tax,
in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2008 and
four months ended July 31, 2008 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,147,612
|
|
|
$
|
438,567
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services
|
|
|
926,957
|
|
|
|
300,652
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
315,537
|
|
|
|
1,142,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss:
|
|
|
(94,882
|
)
|
|
|
(1,004,965
|
)
|
Interest and other income
|
|
|
16,165
|
|
|
|
2,741
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
(855
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,271
|
|
|
|
1,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income tax benefit
|
|
|
(80,611
|
)
|
|
|
(1,003,079
|
)
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
9,505
|
|
|
|
154,708
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(71,106
|
)
|
|
$
|
(848,371
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
As discussed in Note 17, the Predecessors Officer
Stock Rights Plan enabled officers of the Predecessor to
purchase shares of stock. The global commercial business
recorded stock-based compensation expense of $427.3 million
in general and administrative expense related to the
acceleration of stock rights and shadow stock units, and
$541.8 million for the
mark-up of
redeemable common stock during the four months ended
July 31, 2008. The value of the accelerated stock rights
and the redeemable common stock was determined using the price
per share paid in the Merger Transaction.
Defined
Contribution Plans
As discussed in Note 14, the Company has a defined
contribution plan. Total expense under ECAP related to the
global commercial business was $34.3 million and
$7.6 million for fiscal 2008 and four months ended
July 31, 2008, respectively.
Defined
Benefit Plan and Other Postretirement Benefit
Plans
The Predecessor recognized total pension expense of
$4.6 million and $500,000, and total postretirement expense
of zero and $1.8 million, for its U.S. employees as a
component of loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2008
and four months ended July 31, 2008, respectively.
The officers and professional staff of the Predecessor employed
in Germany were covered by a defined benefit pension plan, (the
Non-U.S. Plan).
As stipulated in the Merger Agreement, the Company is not liable
for the pension obligations associated with the German Pension
Plan. The Predecessor recognized total pension expense for the
Non-U.S. Plan
as a component of loss from discontinued operations of
$29.7 million and $8.9 million for fiscal 2008 and
four months ended July 31, 2008, respectively.
These plans were transferred to Booz & Company as new
plans as part of the Merger Transaction.
F-47
BOOZ
ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Lease
Obligations
Rent expense related to the global commercial business, net of
sublease income, was $30.3 million and $10.5 million
for fiscal 2008 and four months ended July 31, 2008,
respectively.
No material subsequent events have occurred since March 31,
2010 that require recognition in the March 31, 2010
consolidated financial statements.
The Company filed its initial Form S-1 registration
statement on June 21, 2010, and an amendment to its
registration statement on July 30, 2010.
The Company paid down $85.0 million of the Mezzanine Term
Loan on August 2, 2010. Associated with that payment was a
prepayment penalty of $2.6 million, and the Company will
recognize write-offs of certain deferred financing costs and
original issue discount associated with that repaid debt.
The Defense Contract Audit Agency, or the DCAA, routinely audits
the Companys government contracts and administrative
systems and provides advice to the Defense Contract Management
Agency, or the DCMA, concerning its audit findings. The DCMA
considers the advice of the DCAA as the DCMA oversees the
Companys government contracts and administrative systems.
On August 5, 2010, the Company received from the DCMA a
notice of intent to disallow certain subcontractor labor costs
identified in the DCAAs report on audit of incurred costs
for fiscal 2005 in the amount of approximately $17 million.
Management believes such costs were allowable and, as requested
by the notice, the Company intends to provide a written response
explaining its position. The Company has not recorded a
provision for the notice of intent to disallow the costs in
question in the accompanying consolidated financial statements
as of June 30, 2010.
F-48
Through and
including ,
2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that buy, sell or trade our Class A common stock,
whether or not participating in this offering, may be required
to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in
addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus
when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.
Shares
Class A Common
Stock
PROSPECTUS
|
|
Morgan
Stanley |
Barclays Capital |
|
|
BofA
Merrill Lynch |
Credit Suisse |
Stifel Nicolaus
Weisel
BB&T Capital
Markets Lazard Capital
Markets Raymond
James
,
2010
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13.
|
Other
Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
|
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other
than the underwriting discount, payable by our company in
connection with the sale of Class A common stock being
registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC
registration fee and the FINRA filing fees.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
21,390
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
$
|
30,500
|
|
New York Stock Exchange listing fee
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
$
|
600,000
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
$
|
4,200,000
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
$
|
1,200,000
|
|
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
|
|
$
|
5,000
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
6,381,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Delaware General Corporation
Law. Section 145(a) of the Delaware General
Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any
person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the
corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the
person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the
person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the persons
conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a
plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself,
create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith
and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable
cause to believe that the persons conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
states that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is
a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the
fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of
the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against expenses (including attorneys fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection
with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the
person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in
respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person
shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless
and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or
the court in which such action or suit was brought shall
determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the
person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such
expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court
shall deem proper.
II-1
Section 145(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides that to the extent that a present or former director or
officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred
to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or
in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person
shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection therewith.
Section 145(d) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
states that any indemnification under subsections (a) and
(b) of Section 145 (unless ordered by a court) shall
be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific
case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or
former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the
circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard
of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of
Section 145. Such determination shall be made with respect
to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such
determination (1) by a majority vote of the directors who
are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though
less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of such directors
designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less
than a quorum, (3) if there are no such directors, or if
such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a
written opinion or (4) by the stockholders.
Section 145(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
states that the indemnification and advancement of expenses
provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of
Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other
rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of
expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to
action in such persons official capacity and as to action
in another capacity while holding such office.
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and
maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability
asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any
such capacity or arising out of such persons status as
such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to
indemnify such person against such liability under the
provisions of Section 145.
Section 145(j) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
states that the indemnification and advancement of expenses
provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 145 shall,
unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer,
employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.
Certificate of Incorporation. Our
companys amended and restated certificate of incorporation
filed as Exhibit 3.1 hereto provides that our
companys directors will not be personally liable to our
company or its stockholders for monetary damages resulting from
a breach of their fiduciary duties as directors. However,
nothing contained in such provision will eliminate or limit the
liability of directors (1) for any breach of the
directors duty of loyalty to our company or its
stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith
or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation
of the law, (3) under Section 174 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law or (4) for any transaction from
which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Bylaws. Our companys amended and
restated bylaws provide for the indemnification of the officers
and directors of our company to the fullest extent permitted by
the Delaware General Corporation Law. The bylaws provide that
each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to
be made a party to, any civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact
that such person is or was a director or officer of our company
shall be indemnified and held harmless by our company to the
fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation
Law against all expense, liability and loss, including, without
limitation, attorneys fees, incurred by such person in
connection therewith, if such person satisfied the applicable
standards of conduct set forth in the Delaware General
Corporation Law.
Insurance. Our company maintains
directors and officers liability insurance, which
covers directors and officers of our company against certain
claims or liabilities arising out of the performance of their
duties.
II-2
Indemnification Agreements. Our company
intends to enter into agreements to indemnify its directors and
executive officers. These agreements will provide for
indemnification of our companys directors and executive
officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law against all expenses, including attorneys
fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any
such person in actions or proceedings, including actions by our
company or in its right, arising out of such persons
services as a director or executive officer of our company, any
subsidiary of our company or any other company or enterprise to
which the person provided services at our companys request.
Underwriting Agreement. Our companys
underwriting agreement with the underwriters will provide for
the indemnification of the directors and officers of our company
against specified liabilities related to this prospectus under
the Securities Act in certain circumstances.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities.
|
On May 15, 2008, we sold 1,000 shares of common stock
to Carlyle Partners V US, L.P. for aggregate consideration of
$10.00.
In connection with the acquisition, on July 30, 2008 we
issued 9,565,000 shares of our Class A common stock to
Explorer Coinvest LLC for $956.5 million and issued
(i) 564,187 shares of our Class A common stock,
(ii) 237,864 shares of our Class B non-voting
common stock, (iii) 202,827 shares of our Class C
restricted common stock, (iv) 1,480,288 shares of our
Class E special voting common stock and (v) options to
purchase 1,480,292 shares of our Class A common stock,
in each case, to employees and former employees in exchange for
stock and options in the Predecessor.
In addition to the transactions described above, during the
fiscal year ended March 31, 2009, we issued
(i) 1,500 shares of our Class A common stock to
two employees for aggregate consideration of $150,000 and
(ii) 2,500 shares of our Class B non-voting
common stock to a former employee for aggregate consideration of
$250,000.
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, we issued
(i) 158,696 shares of our Class A common stock to
certain officers and other employees in connection with the
exercise of options for aggregate consideration of $1,388,100
and (ii) 1,907 shares of our Class A common stock
to certain directors in lieu of payment of fees for their
service as directors.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2011, we issued
(i) 7,810 shares of our Class A common stock to
an officer and a director for aggregate consideration of
$999,914, (ii) 35,181 shares of our Class A common
stock to certain officers and other employees in connection with
the exercise of options for aggregate consideration of
$1,502,580, (iii) 1,173 of our Class A common stock to
certain directors in lieu of payment of fees for their service
as directors, and (iv) 70,293 shares of our
Class E special voting common stock to a family trust of an
officer for aggregate consideration of $2,109.
During the second quarter of fiscal 2011, we issued
385,580 shares of our Class A common stock to certain
officers and other employees in connection with the exercise of
options for aggregate consideration of $9,556,142.
The sales and issuances described above in this Item 15
were effected in reliance on the exemptions for sales of
securities not involving a public offering, as set forth in
Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act and in
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, based on the following:
(a) a private offering in connection with the initial
capitalization of our company; or (b) (i) the
investors confirmed to us that they were either accredited
investors, as defined in Rule 501 of
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act or had
such background, education and experience in financial and
business matters as to be able to evaluate the merits and risks
of an investment in the securities; (ii) there was no
public offering or general solicitation with respect to the
offering; (iii) the investors acknowledged that all
securities being purchased were restricted
securities for purposes of the Securities Act, and agreed
to transfer such securities only in a transaction registered
under the Securities Act or exempt from registration under the
Securities Act; and (iv) a legend was placed on the
certificates representing each such security stating that it was
restricted and could only be
II-3
transferred if subsequently registered under the Securities Act
or transferred in a transaction exempt from registration under
the Securities Act.
|
|
Item 16.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
2
|
.1**
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 15, 2008, by
and among Booz Allen Hamilton Inc., Booz Allen Hamilton Holding
Corporation (formerly known as Explorer Holding Corporation),
Booz Allen Hamilton Investor Corporation (formerly known as
Explorer Investor Corporation), Explorer Merger Sub Corporation
and Booz & Company Inc.
|
|
2
|
.2**
|
|
Spin Off Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2008, by and among
Booz Allen Hamilton Inc., Booz & Company Holdings,
LLC, Booz & Company Inc., Booz & Company
Intermediate I Inc. and Booz & Company
Intermediate II Inc.
|
|
2
|
.3**
|
|
Amendment to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and the Spin Off
Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2008, by and among Booz
Allen Hamilton Inc., Booz Allen Hamilton Investor Corporation
(formerly known as Explorer Investor Corporation), Explorer
Merger Sub Corporation, Booz & Company Holdings, LLC,
Booz & Company Inc., Booz & Company
Intermediate I Inc. and Booz & Company
Intermediate II Inc.
|
|
3
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Booz Allen
Hamilton Holding Corporation
|
|
4
|
.1**
|
|
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, among Booz Allen Hamilton
Investor Corporation (formerly known as Explorer Investor
Corporation), Explorer Merger Sub Corporation as the Initial
Borrower, Booz Allen Hamilton Inc., as the Surviving Borrower,
and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, in favor of Credit
Suisse, as Collateral Agent, dated as of July 31, 2008
|
|
4
|
.2**
|
|
Guarantee Agreement, among Booz Allen Hamilton Investor
Corporation (formerly known as Explorer Investor Corporation),
Explorer Merger Sub Corporation as the Initial Borrower, Booz
Allen Hamilton Inc., as the Surviving Borrower, and the
Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and Credit Suisse, as
Administrative Agent, dated as of July 31, 2008
|
|
4
|
.3
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
|
|
4
|
.4
|
|
Form of Irrevocable Proxy and Tag-Along Agreement
|
|
4
|
.5
|
|
Form of Stock Certificate
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
|
|
10
|
.1**
|
|
Credit Agreement, among Booz Allen Hamilton Investor Corporation
(formerly known as Explorer Investor Corporation), Explorer
Merger Sub Corporation, as the Initial Borrower, Booz Allen
Hamilton Inc., as the Surviving Borrower, the several lenders
from time to time parties thereto, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman
Islands Branch (formerly known as Credit Suisse), as
Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Credit Suisse AG,
Cayman Islands Branch (formerly known as Credit Suisse), as
Issuing Lender, Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers, and Banc of
America Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
Barclays Capital, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., and Morgan
Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Joint Bookrunners and Sumitomo
Mitsui Banking Corporation, as Co-Manager, dated as of
July 31, 2008
|
|
10
|
.2**
|
|
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of
December 8, 2009
|
|
10
|
.3**
|
|
Mezzanine Credit Agreement, among Booz Allen Hamilton Investor
Corporation (formerly known as Explorer Investor Corporation),
Explorer Merger Sub Corporation, as the Initial Borrower, Booz
Allen Hamilton Inc., as the Surviving Borrower, the several
lenders from time to time parties thereto, Credit Suisse, as
Administrative Agent, and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
Banc of America Securities LLC and Lehman Brothers Inc., as
Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, dated as of
July 31, 2008
|
|
10
|
.4**
|
|
First Amendment to Mezzanine Credit Agreement, dated as of
July 23, 2009
|
|
10
|
.5**
|
|
Second Amendment to Mezzanine Credit Agreement, dated as of
December 7, 2009
|
|
10
|
.6**
|
|
Management Agreement, among Booz Allen Hamilton Holding
Corporation (formerly known as Explorer Holding Corporation),
Booz Allen Hamilton Inc., and TC Group V US, LLC, dated as of
July 31, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan of Booz Allen
Hamilton Holding Corporation
|
II-4
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.8**
|
|
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation Officers Rollover
Stock Plan
|
|
10
|
.9**
|
|
Form of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation Rollover Stock
Option Agreement
|
|
10
|
.10**
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Equity Incentive Plan
of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation
|
|
10
|
.11**
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Equity Incentive Plan
of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation
|
|
10
|
.12**
|
|
Form of Subscription Agreement
|
|
10
|
.13**
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors under the
Equity Incentive Plan of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding
Corporation
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employees under the
Equity Incentive Plan of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding
Corporation
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation Annual Incentive
Plan
|
|
10
|
.16*
|
|
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation Officers
Retirement Plan
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Officers Comprehensive Medical and Dental Plans
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Retired Officers Comprehensive Medical and Dental
Plans
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Excess ECAP Payment Program
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Group Variable Universal Life Insurance
|
|
10
|
.21**
|
|
Group Personal Excess Liability Insurance
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Annual Performance Program
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Form of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation Director and
Officer Indemnification Agreement
|
|
21
|
.1**
|
|
List of Subsidiaries
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
|
|
24
|
.1**
|
|
Powers of Attorney
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
** |
|
Previously filed. |
|
|
|
Indicates management compensation plan. |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,
officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to
the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
(other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, the
registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
issue.
II-5
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that
contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-6
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation has duly caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in McLean, Virginia, on
this 30th day of September, 2010.
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
Name: CG Appleby
Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this registration statement has been signed by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Ralph
W. Shrader
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Samuel
R. Strickland
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief
Administrative Officer and Director (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Peter
Clare
|
|
Director
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Ian
Fujiyama
|
|
Director
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allan
M. Holt
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Philip
A. Odeen
|
|
Director
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Charles
O. Rossotti
|
|
Director
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CG Appleby
|
|
|
|
|
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
|
|
II-7
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
2
|
.1**
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 15, 2008, by
and among Booz Allen Hamilton Inc., Booz Allen Hamilton Holding
Corporation (formerly known as Explorer Holding Corporation),
Booz Allen Hamilton Investor Corporation (formerly known as
Explorer Investor Corporation), Explorer Merger Sub Corporation
and Booz & Company Inc.
|
|
2
|
.2**
|
|
Spin Off Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2008, by and among
Booz Allen Hamilton Inc., Booz & Company Holdings,
LLC, Booz & Company Inc., Booz & Company
Intermediate I Inc. and Booz & Company
Intermediate II Inc.
|
|
2
|
.3**
|
|
Amendment to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and the Spin Off
Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2008, by and among Booz
Allen Hamilton Inc., Booz Allen Hamilton Investor Corporation
(formerly known as Explorer Investor Corporation), Explorer
Merger Sub Corporation, Booz & Company Holdings, LLC,
Booz & Company Inc., Booz & Company
Intermediate I Inc. and Booz & Company
Intermediate II Inc.
|
|
3
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Booz Allen
Hamilton Holding Corporation
|
|
4
|
.1**
|
|
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, among Booz Allen Hamilton
Investor Corporation (formerly known as Explorer Investor
Corporation), Explorer Merger Sub Corporation as the Initial
Borrower, Booz Allen Hamilton Inc., as the Surviving Borrower,
and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, in favor of Credit
Suisse, as Collateral Agent, dated as of July 31, 2008
|
|
4
|
.2**
|
|
Guarantee Agreement, among Booz Allen Hamilton Investor
Corporation (formerly known as Explorer Investor Corporation),
Explorer Merger Sub Corporation as the Initial Borrower, Booz
Allen Hamilton Inc., as the Surviving Borrower, and the
Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and Credit Suisse, as
Administrative Agent, dated as of July 31, 2008
|
|
4
|
.3
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
|
|
4
|
.4
|
|
Form of Irrevocable Proxy and Tag-Along Agreement
|
|
4
|
.5
|
|
Form of Stock Certificate
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
|
|
10
|
.1**
|
|
Credit Agreement, among Booz Allen Hamilton Investor Corporation
(formerly known as Explorer Investor Corporation), Explorer
Merger Sub Corporation, as the Initial Borrower, Booz Allen
Hamilton Inc., as the Surviving Borrower, the several lenders
from time to time parties thereto, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman
Islands Branch (formerly known as Credit Suisse), as
Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Credit Suisse AG,
Cayman Islands Branch (formerly known as Credit Suisse), as
Issuing Lender, Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers, and Banc of
America Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
Barclays Capital, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., and Morgan
Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Joint Bookrunners and Sumitomo
Mitsui Banking Corporation, as Co-Manager, dated as of
July 31, 2008
|
|
10
|
.2**
|
|
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of
December 8, 2009
|
|
10
|
.3**
|
|
Mezzanine Credit Agreement, among Booz Allen Hamilton Investor
Corporation (formerly known as Explorer Investor Corporation),
Explorer Merger Sub Corporation, as the Initial Borrower, Booz
Allen Hamilton Inc., as the Surviving Borrower, the several
lenders from time to time parties thereto, Credit Suisse, as
Administrative Agent, and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
Banc of America Securities LLC and Lehman Brothers Inc., as
Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, dated as of
July 31, 2008
|
|
10
|
.4**
|
|
First Amendment to Mezzanine Credit Agreement, dated as of
July 23, 2009
|
|
10
|
.5**
|
|
Second Amendment to Mezzanine Credit Agreement, dated as of
December 7, 2009
|
|
10
|
.6**
|
|
Management Agreement, among Booz Allen Hamilton Holding
Corporation (formerly known as Explorer Holding Corporation),
Booz Allen Hamilton Inc., and TC Group V US, LLC, dated as of
July 31, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan of Booz Allen
Hamilton Holding Corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.8**
|
|
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation Officers Rollover
Stock Plan
|
|
10
|
.9**
|
|
Form of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation Rollover Stock
Option Agreement
|
|
10
|
.10**
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Equity Incentive Plan
of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation
|
|
10
|
.11**
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Equity Incentive Plan
of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation
|
|
10
|
.12**
|
|
Form of Subscription Agreement
|
|
10
|
.13**
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors under the
Equity Incentive Plan of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding
Corporation
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employees under the
Equity Incentive Plan of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding
Corporation
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation Annual Incentive
Plan
|
|
10
|
.16*
|
|
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation Officers
Retirement Plan
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Officers Comprehensive Medical and Dental Plans
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Retired Officers Comprehensive Medical and Dental
Plans
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Excess ECAP Payment Program
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Group Variable Universal Life Insurance
|
|
10
|
.21**
|
|
Group Personal Excess Liability Insurance
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Annual Performance Program
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Form of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation Director and
Officer Indemnification Agreement
|
|
21
|
.1**
|
|
List of Subsidiaries
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
24
|
.1**
|
|
Powers of Attorney
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
** |
|
Previously filed. |
|
|
|
Indicates management compensation plan. |
exv1w1
Exhibit 1.1
[] Shares
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
CLASS A COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE
FORM
OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
[], 2010
[], 2010
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Barclays Capital Inc.
|
|
|
c/o
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated |
|
|
1585 Broadway |
|
|
New York, New York 10036 |
|
|
|
c/o
|
|
Barclays Capital Inc. |
|
|
745 Seventh Avenue |
|
|
New York, New York 10019 |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Company), proposes to
issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the Underwriters), an
aggregate of [] shares of the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the
Firm Shares).
The Company also agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an
additional [] shares of the Companys Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the
Additional Shares) if and to the extent that you, as managers of the offering, shall have
determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of Class A
common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional
Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Shares. The shares of Class A common
stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales
contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the Common Stock. The Company has filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) a registration statement on Form S-1
(File No. 333-167645), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement
as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part
of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), is hereinafter referred to as the
Registration Statement; the final prospectus in the form first filed with the Commission pursuant
to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act is hereinafter referred to as the Prospectus. If the
Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common
Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the Rule 462 Registration Statement),
then any reference herein to the term Registration Statement shall be deemed to include such Rule
462 Registration Statement.
For purposes of this Agreement, free writing prospectus has the meaning set forth in Rule
405 under the Securities Act; preliminary prospectus means each preliminary prospectus included
in the Registration Statement prior to the time it becomes effective or filed with the Commission
pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act; broadly available road show means a bona fide
electronic road show as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made
available without restriction to any person; Time of Sale Prospectus means the preliminary
prospectus included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Time of Sale (as defined
below) together with the pricing information and free writing prospectuses, if any, in each case
identified in Schedule II hereto; and Time of Sale means [] [a.m.][p.m.] (New York time) on the
date of this Agreement or, if the Time of Sale Prospectus is amended or supplemented by the Company
subsequent to the Time of Sale and prior to the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4), such time
and date the Underwriters first re-confirm the sale of the Shares.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (Morgan Stanley) has agreed to reserve 10% of the Firm
Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale to the Companys directors, officers,
employees and business associates and other parties related to the Company (collectively,
Participants), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading Underwriters (the Directed
Share Program). The Firm Shares to be sold by Morgan Stanley and its affiliates pursuant to the
Directed Share Program are referred to hereinafter as the Directed Shares. Any Directed Shares
not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by the end of the business day on which this
Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the
Prospectus.
1. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to and
agrees with each of the Underwriters that:
(a) The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission; no stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for
such purpose are pending before, or to the Companys knowledge, threatened by the Commission.
(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended
or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement complies and the Prospectus and the Registration
Statement, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the
Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the
Time of Sale Prospectus as of the Time of Sale
2
did not and, at the Closing Date (as defined in
Section 4), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain
any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,
(iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale
Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus as of its date and as of the Closing Date, as
amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and
warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements in or omissions from the
Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon and in conformity
with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives
specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information
furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(b) hereof.
(c) The Company is not an ineligible issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act
in connection with the offering of the Shares as contemplated by the Registration Statement
pursuant to Rules 164 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the
Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be,
filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that
the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or
that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply
in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any,
identified in Schedule II hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before
first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior
consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.
(d) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and
authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale
Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction
in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such
qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good
3
standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business,
properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a
Material Adverse Effect) or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate
the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus.
(e) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the
corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the
Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each
jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires
such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing
would not have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company
and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to
consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus; all of the issued shares
of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and
issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly by the Company or a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.
(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
(g) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the
description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.
(h) The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by
the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
(i) The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, paid for
and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid
and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or
similar rights.
(j) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its
obligations under, this Agreement will not violate or breach: (i) any provision of applicable law;
(ii) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company, as amended and restated as of the
date hereof; (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any
4
of its subsidiaries; or (iv) any applicable judgment, order or decree of any federal, state, local,
international or foreign governmental authority, or any court,
administrative or regulatory agency or commission or other governmental authority (each a
Governmental Entity), having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except
with respect to clauses (i), (iii) and (iv), for any such violation or breach which would not have
a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with,
any such Governmental Entity is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations
under this Agreement, except for (i) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or
qualifications as may be required under securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states or
foreign countries or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority
(FINRA) in connection with the issue and sale of the Shares by the Company, (ii) such consents,
approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations, qualifications, waivers, amendments or
termination as will have been obtained or made as of the Time of Sale and (iii) where the failure
to obtain or make any such consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
(k) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its
obligations under, this Agreement will not require with respect to the Company or any subsidiary of
the Company any license, consent, approval, action, order, authorization, or permit of, or
registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity, including the (i) National
Industrial Security Program Operating Manual notification requirements; (ii) notice requirements
under International Traffic in Arms Regulations and other export control laws of the United States;
and (iii) notification requirements in accordance with the Cost Accounting Standards (as defined in
the Federal Acquisition Regulations, 48 CFR Chapter 99), except those that have been obtained or
where the failure to obtain such license, consent, approval, action, order, authorization or permit
of, or registration, declaration or filing would not have Material Adverse Effect.
(l) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a
prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings,
business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth
in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
(m) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the
Company, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of
the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, other than proceedings
disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus or proceedings that would not have a Material Adverse
Effect and would not have a material adverse effect on the power or ability of the Company
5
and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform its obligations under this
Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus.
(n) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement as originally
filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act,
complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules
and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(o) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the
application of the net proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to
register as an investment company as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.
(p) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable
foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health
and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants
(Environmental Laws), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of
them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in
compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such
noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other
approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
(q) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person
granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company, or to require the Company to include
such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement, in each case,
other than as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
(r) Neither the Company, any of its subsidiaries nor any director or executive officer
thereof, nor any affiliates of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, nor, to the Companys
knowledge, any employee, agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries, has
made any unlawful offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or
giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any
government official (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or
controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official
capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or
candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and, to the
6
Companys knowledge after due inquiry, the Company and its subsidiaries and
affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws
and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to
promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
(s) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all
times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting
requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and
Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism
Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and, to the Companys knowledge after due inquiry, the applicable
anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct
business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or
guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the
Anti-Money Laundering Laws), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or
governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its
subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the
Company, threatened.
(t) (i) The Company represents that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any
director or executive officer thereof, nor, to the Companys knowledge, any employee, any agent,
affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity
(Person) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is (A) the subject of any sanctions
administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasurys Office of Foreign Assets Control
(OFAC) (collectively, Sanctions) or (B) located, organized or resident in a country or
territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba,
Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria) except to the extent permitted by OFAC. (ii) The Company
represents and covenants that it will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the
offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint
venture partner or other Person: (A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with
any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the
subject of Sanctions except to the extent permitted by OFAC; or (B) in any other manner that will
result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the
offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) solely as a result of the Company
making available such proceeds to such Person. (iii) The Company represents and covenants that for
the past five years, it and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly
engaged in, and will not knowingly engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in
any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.
7
(u) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the
Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its
subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor
entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding
capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its
capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any
material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its
subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of
Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.
(v) The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property and the Company and its
subsidiaries have good title to all personal property owned by them, in each case, that is material
to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case free and clear
of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus
or such liens, encumbrances and defects that would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and, except
as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, any real property and buildings held under lease by
the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases
with such exceptions as would not have a Material Adverse Effect and subject to the effects of
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, reorganization and moratorium
laws, and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors rights and general equitable
principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
(w) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all patents, patent
rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented
and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks,
service marks and trade names currently employed by them in connection with the business now
operated by them except where lack of ownership or possession of such rights would not have a
Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of
infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing,
which, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(x) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent except where such dispute would not have a
Material Adverse Effect; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor
disturbance by the employees of any of its contractors or subcontractors that would have a Material
Adverse Effect.
8
(y) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial
responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as the Company believes in good
faith to be prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company
nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its
existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from
similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business except where such failure to renew or
obtain similar coverage would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
(z) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations, permits and
facility clearances and their personnel has security clearances issued by the appropriate federal,
state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their businesses except where failure
to obtain such certificates, authorizations, permits and clearances would not reasonable be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has
received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such
certificate, authorization, permit or clearance which, if the subject of an unfavorable decision,
ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect.
(aa) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting
controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in
accordance with managements general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP) and to maintain asset accountability;
(iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with managements general or specific
authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets
at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as
described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, since the end of the Companys most recent audited fiscal
year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Companys internal control over financial
reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Companys internal control over
financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
Companys internal control over financial reporting (including any corrective actions with regard
to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses).
(bb) (i) The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries have established and maintain
disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), (ii) such disclosure controls and
procedures are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed about the Company
and it subsidiaries in the reports the Company will file or submit under the Exchange
9
Act is accumulated and communicated to management of the Company, including its principal
executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure to be made and (iii) such disclosure controls and procedures are
effective to a reasonable level of assurance to perform the functions for which they were
established.
(cc) Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Company has not sold, issued or
distributed any of its equity securities or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for its equity securities during the six-month period preceding the date hereof,
including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other
than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other
employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.
(dd) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign
tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions
thereof (except where the failure to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect) and have paid
all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would
not have a Material Adverse Effect, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for
which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company),
and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which
has had, nor does the Company or any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax
deficiency which if determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries would have a Material
Adverse Effect.
(ee) The statistical and market-related data included under the captions Prospectus Summary,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and
Business in the most recent preliminary prospectus included in the Time of Sale Prospectus are
based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate in all
material respects or represent the Companys good faith estimates that are made on the basis of
data derived from such sources.
(ff) The statements made in the Time of Sale Prospectus under the captions Risk Factors,
Business, Description of Capital Stock and Shares of Common Stock Eligible for Future Resale
insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the terms of statutes, rules or regulations,
legal or governmental proceedings or contracts and other documents, constitute accurate summaries
of the terms of such statutes, rules and regulations, legal and governmental proceedings and
contracts and other documents in all material respects.
10
(gg) Each pension, profit sharing, welfare plan and other plan which is subject to the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA) for which the Company or any
member of its Controlled Group (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled
group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code)) would have any liability (each a Plan) has been maintained in compliance
with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations
including ERISA and the Code; and none of the Company or any subsidiary has incurred any liability
for any prohibited transaction or accumulated funding deficiency or any complete or partial
withdrawal liability with respect to any Plan; except in each case, as would not have a Material
Adverse Effect.
(hh) Except as disclosed under the heading Experts in the most recent preliminary prospectus
included in the Time of Sale Prospectus, Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial
statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Time of Sale
Prospectus, whose report appears in the Time of Sale Prospectus and who have delivered the initial
letter referred to in Section 5(e) hereof, are independent public accountants as required by the
Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereof. The Companys Audit Committee has concluded,
after due inquiry with Ernst & Young LLP and upon consultation with legal counsel, that Ernst &
Young LLPs objectivity and impartiality of judgment has not been impaired with respect to Ernst &
Young LLPs audit engagement as the Companys independent public accountants as required by the
Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereof. These circumstances and conclusions were
reviewed with the Staff of the Office of the Chief Accountant of the Commission, which did not
disagree with such conclusion.
(ii) Except as identified in the Time of Sale Prospectus, since the date of the most recent
balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries reviewed or audited by Ernst & Young
LLP and the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company, the Company has not been
advised of (i) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls that
could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the ability of the Company and each of
its subsidiaries to record, process, summarize and report financial data, or any material
weaknesses in internal controls or (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal controls of the Company
and each of its subsidiaries.
(jj) The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed
to or that has constituted or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the
stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or
resale of the Shares.
11
(kk) The Shares have been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance and
evidence of satisfactory distribution, on The New York Stock Exchange.
(ll) The historical financial statements (including the related notes and supporting
schedules) included in the Time of Sale Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with
the requirements of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and present fairly in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its
subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at the dates and for the periods indicated and have been
prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods
involved.
(mm) As of , 2010 the Companys total backlog was $[], consisting of funded backlog,
unfunded backlog and priced options of approximately $[], approximately $[] and approximately
$[], respectively, in each case, relating to the Companys United States Government contracting
business and calculated in a manner consistent with past practice and the Companys policies and
procedures (except with respect to the Companys separately tracking information related to priced
options beginning on April 1, 2008 as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus). All contracts,
task orders and options reflected in such total backlog amount were entered into in the ordinary
course of business, consistent with past practice.
(nn) Other
than in connection with this Agreement and the Company's engagement
letter with Solebury Capital LLC, dated as of [], 2010, there is no investment banker, financial
advisor, broker, finder or other intermediary which has been retained by, or is authorized to act
on behalf of, the Company or any its subsidiaries which might be entitled to any fee or commission
from the transactions contemplated hereby.
(oo) Except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, as of the date of this Agreement,
neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is party to any contract containing covenants that
would limit in any material respect the ability of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to (i)
engage in any line of business or (ii) compete with any person in any market or line of business.
(pp) Except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, to the knowledge of the Company,
there is no outstanding allegation of improper or illegal activities arising from any government
audit or non-audit review, including without limitation, by the Defense Contract Audit Agency, of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or work performed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries
that would have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, to
the knowledge of the Company, there are no pending civil or criminal penalties or administrative
sanctions arising from a government audit or non-audit review of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or work performed by
12
the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, termination of
contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines, or suspension or debarment from
doing business with any the United States Government or any agency thereof that would have a
Material Adverse Effect.
(qq) The Companys cost accounting system complies with the Cost Accounting Standards (as
defined in the Federal Acquisition Regulations, 48 C.F.R. Chapter 99) and, during the past three
years, its bids and proposals for government contracts have complied with the Truth in Negotiations
Act (as codified at 10 U.S.C. § 2306a and 41 U.S.C. 254b), in each case, except as would not have a
Material Adverse Effect.
(rr) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus and any
preliminary prospectus comply, and any amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any
applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, the Time of Sale
Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are
distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program.
(ss) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental
body or agency, other than those obtained, is required in connection with the offering of the
Directed Shares in any jurisdiction where the Directed Shares are being offered.
(tt) The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley or any Morgan Stanley Entity as
defined in Section 10 to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with
the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the
customers or suppliers level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or
publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.
2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase. Upon the basis of the representations and warranties
herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, the Company hereby agrees to
sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to
purchase from the Company at $[] a share (the Purchase Price) the number of Firm Shares (subject
to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) set forth in Schedule I
hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter.
On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to
its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and
the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, the Additional Shares
from the Company at the Purchase Price. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in
13
whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice to the Company (with a courtesy
copy of such notice delivered to Debevoise & Plimpton LLP) not later than 30 days after the date of
this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased
by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must
be at least two business days after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the
closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice.
Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 4 hereof solely for the purpose of
covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if
any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an Option Closing Date), each Underwriter
agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such
adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to
the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of
Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total
number of Firm Shares.
The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley and
Barclays Capital Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the
180-day restricted period), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant
to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of
Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) or any
other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2)
enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the
economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in
clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in
cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the
offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock.
The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a) the Shares to be
sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the conversion or
exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or exercise of options or warrants outstanding
as of the date of this Agreement or (c) issuances pursuant to the Companys and its subsidiaries
employee stock incentive or other benefit plans existing on the date of this Agreement, in each of
case (b) and (c), as disclosed in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
(1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release
or material news or a
14
material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration
of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during
the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, the restrictions
imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period
beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or
material event unless such extension is waived in writing by Morgan Stanley and Barclays Capital
Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters. The Company shall promptly notify Morgan Stanley and Barclays
Capital Inc. of any earnings release, material news or material event that may give rise to an
extension of the 180-day restricted period.
The Company further hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley
and Barclays Capital Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld), it will not, during the 180-day restricted period, waive, with respect to any individual
or entity party thereto, the restrictions under Section 2 of the Amended and Restated Stockholders
Agreement (the Stockholders Agreement), in the form of exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement
to be entered into on the Closing Date by and among the Company (formerly known as Explorer Holding
Corporation), a Delaware corporation, Explorer Coinvest LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,
the Management Stockholders (as defined therein), the Other Stockholders (as defined therein). The
Company further hereby agrees that, in the event the 180-day restricted period is extended pursuant
to the immediately preceding paragraph, it will extend the restrictions under Section 2 of the
Stockholders Agreement to the same extent that the 180-day restricted period is extended pursuant
to the immediately preceding paragraph.
3. Terms of Public Offering. The Company is advised by you that the Underwriters propose to
make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration
Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Company
is further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[] a share
(the Public Offering Price) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a
concession not in excess of $[] a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter
may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[] a share, to any
Underwriter or to certain other dealers.
4. Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by the Company shall be made
to the Company in Federal funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such
Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters through the facilities of the
Depositary Trust Company (DTC) at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [], 2010, or at such other
time on the same or such other date, not later than [],
15
2010, as shall be designated by you in
writing. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the Closing Date.
Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal funds immediately
available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts
of the several Underwriters through the facilities of DTC at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 2 or at such other time on the same
or on such other date, in any event not later than [], 2010, as shall be designated by you in
writing.
The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such
denominations as you shall request in writing not later than two full business days prior to the
Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and
Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the
case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters.
5. Conditions to the Underwriters Obligations. The obligations of the Company to sell the
Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for
the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall
have become effective not later than [] [a.]/[p.][m.] (New York City time) on the date hereof.
The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:
(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date,
(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any public
notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review
for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible
change, in the rating accorded any of the indebtedness of the Company or any of
its subsidiaries by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization,
as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act;
and
(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving
a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the
earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus as of the date of this
Agreement that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and
16
makes it, in your
judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner
contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing
Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a)(i)
above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this
Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of
the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied
hereunder on or before the Closing Date.
The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her
knowledge as to proceedings threatened.
(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date and each applicable Option
Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, outside counsel
for the Company, dated the Closing Date and each applicable Option Closing Date, in the form and
substance satisfactory to the Underwriters.
(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date and each applicable Option
Closing Date an opinion of CG Appleby, General Counsel of the Company, dated the Closing Date and
each applicable Option Closing Date, in the form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters.
(e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date and each applicable Option
Closing Date an opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing
Date, with respect to such matters as the Underwriters may reasonably request.
(f) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date and
on each Option Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date or the applicable
Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters,
from Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of
the type ordinarily included in accountants comfort letters to underwriters with respect to the
financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the
Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date
shall use a cut-off date not earlier than the date hereof.
(g) The lock-up agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto,
between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company listed on Schedule III
hereto relating to sales and certain other
17
dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other
securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the
Closing Date; and the restrictions of Section 2 of the Stockholders Agreement shall be in full
force and effect with respect to all parties thereto on the Closing Date.
(h) The Underwriters shall have received a certificate addressed to the Underwriters and dated
as of the date hereof, of Samuel R. Strickland, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Chief Administrative Officer of the Company, covering certain financial and accounting
information in the Time of Sale Prospectus, substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit B.
(i) The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date shall
have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of
issuance.
(j) No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect,
and no proceeding for such purpose pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending
before or, to the Companys knowledge after due inquiry, threatened by the Commission; the
Prospectus and each free writing prospectus required to be filed by the Company by Rule 433 under
the Securities Act shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in
the case of a free writing prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act)
and in accordance with Section 6(c) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional
information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of Morgan Stanley and
Barclays Capital Inc.
(k) The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and
correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and
satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the
Closing Date.
The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are
subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of such documents as you may
reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and
issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related
to the issuance of such Additional Shares.
6. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:
(a) To furnish to you, without charge, six copies of the Registration Statement (including
exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration
Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to
18
furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior
to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and
during the period mentioned in Section 6(e) or 6(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale
Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration
Statement as you may reasonably request.
(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus
or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not
to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with
the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any
prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.
(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on
behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free
writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.
(d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required
to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing
prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not
have been required to file thereunder.
(e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time
when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or
condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale
Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not
misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale
Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or
if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time
of Sale Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (as applicable) and, in
each case, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, forthwith to prepare, file with the
Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request,
either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time
of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when
the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the
Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration
Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with the
Securities Act or the Exchange
19
Act (as applicable) and, in each case, the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(f) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the
opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to
in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales
by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is
necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the
Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for
the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act (as applicable) and, in each case, the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own
expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the
Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other
dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in
the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the
Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is
delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will
comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (as applicable) and, in each case, the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
(g) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws
of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request.
(h) To make generally available to the Companys security holders and to you as soon as
practicable an earning statement (which need not be audited) covering a period of at least twelve
months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this
Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules
and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(i) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each
jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share
Program.
7. Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated
or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses
incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees,
disbursements and expenses of the Companys counsel and the Companys accountants in connection
20
with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other costs of,
and the Companys fees or expenses in connection with, the preparation and filing of the
Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus,
any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of or, used by, the Company and amendments and
supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the
mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities
hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer
and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable
thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in
connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in
connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as
provided in Section 6(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue
Sky or Legal Investment memorandum not to exceed $25,000, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable
fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and
qualification of the offering of the Shares by FINRA, (v) all fees and expenses in connection with
the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock
and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange and other
applicable national securities exchanges and foreign stock exchanges, (vi) the cost of printing
certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar
or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on
any road show undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares,
including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any
electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics,
fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with
the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers
of the Company (other than Representatives of the Underwriters) and any such consultants, and half
the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show by the Company or by the
Underwriters with the prior written approval of the Company, with the other half of such cost to be
paid by the Underwriters, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with
printing this Agreement and (x) all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters
in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other
taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and (xi)
all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company
hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however,
that except as provided in this Section, Section 9 entitled Indemnity and Contribution, Section
10 entitled Directed Share
21
Program Indemnification and the last paragraph of Section 11 below,
the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of
their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any
advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.
8. Covenants of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not
to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission
under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by such Underwriter that
otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the
Underwriter.
9. Indemnity and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section
15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused
by (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale
Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act
(taken together with the Time of Sale Prospectus), any Company information that the Company has
filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act (taken together
with the Time of Sale Prospectus), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, (ii)
with respect to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) with respect to any preliminary prospectus, the
Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) (taken
together with the Time of Sale Prospectus), any Company information that the Company has filed, or
is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act (take together with the Time
of Sale Prospectus), the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, in
each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such
untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon and in conformity
with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives
specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information
furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(b)
hereof
22
(b) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the
Company, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration
Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15
of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused
by (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof,
any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus as
defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (taken together with the Time of Sale Prospectus),
any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d)
under the Securities Act (taken together with the Time of Sale Prospectus), or the Prospectus or
any amended or thereto (ii) with respect to the Registration Statement or any amendment or
supplement thereto, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) with respect
to any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus as
defined in Rule 433(h) (taken together with the Time of Sale Prospectus), any Company information
that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities
Act (take together with the Time of Sale Prospectus), the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
thereto, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which
they were made not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and
in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the
Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such
information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus
furnished on behalf of any Underwriter: (i) the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the
fifth sentence of the second paragraph under the caption Underwriting, (ii) the information in
the sixth paragraph under the caption Underwriting relating to sales to discretionary accounts
and (iii) the information contained in the twelfth paragraph under the caption Underwriting
relating to stabilization transactions.
(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted
involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9(a) or 9(b),
such person (the indemnified party) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity
may be sought (the indemnifying party) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the
indemnified party, shall retain counsel
23
reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to
represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such
proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In
any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the
fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the
indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such
counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include
both the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be
inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that
the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in
connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i)
the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all
Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any
Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (ii) the fees and expenses
of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors,
its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company
within the meaning of either such Section. In the case of any such separate firm for the
Underwriters and such control persons of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing
by Morgan Stanley and Barclays Capital Inc. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company,
and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in
writing by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any
proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a
final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party
from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding
the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying
party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the
second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable
for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is
entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request
and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with
such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior
written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened
proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity
could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (i) includes an
unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject
matter of such proceeding and (ii)
24
does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault,
culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 9(a) or 9(b) is unavailable to
an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities
referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying
such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion
as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on
the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares
or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 9(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause
9(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and
of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or
omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other
relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand
and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be
deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares
(before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and
commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of
the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of
the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference
to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Company or by the Underwriters and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information
and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters respective
obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective
number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.
(e) The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if
contribution pursuant to Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters
were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not
take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 9(d). The amount paid or
payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred
to in Section 9(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any
legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
25
such indemnified party in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by
which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were
offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been
required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of
the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and
shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at
law or in equity.
(f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 9 and the
representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall
remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement,
(ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any
Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter, or the Company, its officers or directors or any
person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.
10. Directed Share Program Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless Morgan Stanley, each person, if any, who controls Morgan Stanley within the meaning of
either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of
Morgan Stanley within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act (Morgan Stanley Entities)
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without
limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or
investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the
Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by
any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any
Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to
purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program,
other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally
judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of Morgan Stanley
Entities.
(b) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted
involving any Morgan Stanley Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section
10(a), the Morgan Stanley Entity
26
seeing indemnity, shall promptly notify the Company in writing and
the Company, upon request of the Morgan Stanley Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the Morgan Stanley Entity to represent the Morgan Stanley Entity and any others the
Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel
related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Morgan Stanley Entity shall have the right
to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of
such Morgan Stanley Entity unless (i) the Company shall have agreed to the retention of such
counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include
both the Company and the Morgan Stanley Entity and representation of both parties by the same
counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The
Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection
with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same
jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition
to any local counsel) for all Morgan Stanley Entities. Any such separate firm for the Morgan
Stanley Entities shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley. The Company shall not be liable
for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such
consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify the
Morgan Stanley Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or
judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time a Morgan Stanley Entity shall
have requested the Company to reimburse it for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the
second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any
settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered
into more than 30 days after receipt by the Company of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Company
shall not have reimbursed the Morgan Stanley Entity in accordance with such request prior to the
date of such settlement. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Morgan
Stanley, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any
Morgan Stanley Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder
by such Morgan Stanley Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the
Morgan Stanley Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such
proceeding.
(c) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 10(a) is unavailable to a Morgan
Stanley Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to
therein, then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the Morgan Stanley Entity thereunder, shall
contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entity as a result of such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand
from the offering of the Directed Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 10(c)(i)
above is not permitted by applicable
27
law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only
the relative benefits referred to in clause 10(c)(i) above but also the relative fault of the
Company on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with any
statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as
any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the
one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the
Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from
the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting
discounts and commissions received by the Morgan Stanley Entities for the Directed Shares bear to
the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or
liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and
the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to
information supplied by the Company or by the Morgan Stanley Entities and the parties relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
(d) The Company and the Morgan Stanley Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable
if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the
Morgan Stanley Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of
allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 10(c).
The amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entities as a result of the losses, claims,
damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to
include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with investigating or defending any such
action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Morgan Stanley Entity shall
be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the
Directed Shares distributed to the Participants were offered to the Participants exceeds the amount
of any damages that such Morgan Stanley Entity has otherwise been required to pay. The remedies
provided for in this Section 10 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which
may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 10 shall remain operative
and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any
investigation made by or on behalf of any Morgan Stanley Entity or the Company, its officers or
directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the
Directed Shares.
28
11. Termination. The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the
Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i)
trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be,
any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market, the
Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade or
other relevant exchanges, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended
on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities
settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States or other relevant jurisdictions
shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared
by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or
escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets, or any calamity or crisis that, in
your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified
in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or
delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus
or the Prospectus.
12. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters. This Agreement shall become effective upon the
execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.
If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the
Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase
hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate
number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated
severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective
names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the
names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to
purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused
to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter
has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 12 by an
amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such
Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to
purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default
occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date,
and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not
made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the
part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either you or the Company
shall have the right to
29
postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in
order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale
Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an
Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional
Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is
more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option
Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their
obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or
(ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters
would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this
paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of
such Underwriter under this Agreement.
If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any
failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the
conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason any the Company shall be unable to perform its
obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters
as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket
expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such
Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.
13. Entire Agreement. (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written
agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that
relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company, on the
one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary
prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the
purchase and sale of the Shares.
(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the
Underwriters have acted at arms length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the
Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and
obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded
by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of
the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may
have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with
the offering of the Shares.
30
14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the
same instrument.
15. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
internal laws of the State of New York.
16. Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for
convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.
17. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt
and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you in care of Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a
copy to the Legal Department; and in the case of Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New
York, New York 10019, Attention: Equity Syndication Desk, with a copy to
the Legal Department; and if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to 8283
Greensboro Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attention: Chief Financial Officer and with copies to
8283 Greensboro Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, Attention: Deputy General Counsel and Debevoise &
Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Matthew Kaplan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation
|
|
|
By: |
______________________
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
31
Accepted as of the date hereof
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Barclays Capital Inc.
Acting severally on behalf of themselves and
the several Underwriters named in
Schedule I hereto
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
Barclays Capital Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
32
SCHEDULE I
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Firm Shares |
Underwriter |
|
To Be Purchased |
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated |
|
|
Barclays Capital Inc. |
|
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated |
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC |
|
|
Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated |
|
|
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC |
|
|
Lazard Capital Markets LLC |
|
|
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total:
|
|
|
|
|
|
I-1
SCHEDULE II
1. |
|
Preliminary Prospectus issued [date] |
|
2. |
|
[Any free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act
to be identified] |
|
3. |
|
[Any free writing prospectus containing a description of terms that does not reflect final
terms, if the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include a pricing sheet, to be indentified] |
|
4. |
|
[Any orally communicated pricing information to be included on Schedule II if a pricing term
sheet is not used] |
II-1
SCHEDULE III
Explorer Coinvest LLC
Ralph W. Shrader
Samuel R. Strickland
CG Appleby
Horacio D. Rozanski
Joseph E. Garner
Francis J.
Henry, Jr.
Lloyd Howell, Jr.
Joseph Logue
Joseph W. Mahaffee
John D. Mayer
John M. McConnell
Patrick F. Peck
Peter Clare
Ian
Fujiyama
Allan M.
Holt
Philip A.
Odeen
Charles O.
Rossotti
III-1
EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER]
____________, 2010
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Barclays Capital Inc.
|
|
|
c/o
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated |
|
|
1585 Broadway |
|
|
New York, New York 10036 |
|
|
|
c/o
|
|
Barclays Capital Inc. |
|
|
745 Seventh Avenue |
|
|
New York, New York 10019 |
The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc.,
as representatives (the Representatives) of the several underwriters (together with the
Representatives, the Underwriters), propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the
Underwriting Agreement) with Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the
Company), providing for the public offering (the Public Offering) by the Underwriters, of
shares (the Shares) of the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the
Common Stock).
To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their
efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the
prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will
not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days (the restricted period)
after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the Prospectus), (1)
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option
or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is
used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), by the
undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or
in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such
transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or
such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The
A-1
foregoing sentence shall not apply to (a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or
other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering,
provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be
voluntarily made during the restricted period in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock
or other securities acquired in such open market transactions, (b) transfers of shares of Common
Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock by bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (c)
distributions of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock to general or
limited partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned and partnerships or limited liability
companies for the benefit of the immediate family of the undersigned and the partners and members
of which are only the undersigned and the immediate family of the undersigned, (d) distributions of
shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock to any trust for the direct or
indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned or (e) dispositions
of shares of Common Stock to the Company (A) to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection
with the exercise of options to purchase Common Stock or (B) in connection with the rights of the
Company to cause the undersigned to sell shares of Common Stock in effect on the date hereof;
provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (b), (c) or (d), (i)
each donee, distributee, trustee or transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter
substantially in the form of this letter and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange
Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or
shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period (other than a Form 5 required to be filed
within the 45 calendar days following March 31, 2011 and filed during such 45 calendar day period
or thereafter). For the purposes of this agreement, immediate family shall include any spouse,
or any lineal ancestor or descendent, niece, nephew, adopted child, or sibling of him or her or of
such spouse, niece, nephew or adopted child. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the
prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the
period commencing on the date hereof and ending upon expiration of the restricted period (as the
same may be extended as provided herein), make any demand for or exercise any right with respect
to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable
or exchangeable for Common Stock. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop
transfer instructions with the Companys transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the
undersigneds shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.
If:
A-2
(1) during the last 17 days of the restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or
material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or
(2) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, the Company announces that it will
release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted
period;
the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the
18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material
news or material event.
The undersigned shall not engage in any transaction that may be restricted by this agreement
during the 34-day period beginning on the last day of the initial restricted period unless the
undersigned requests and receives prior written confirmation from the Company that the restrictions
imposed by this agreement have expired.
The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this
agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further
understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigneds heirs,
legal representatives, successors and assigns.
Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including
market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement,
the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the closing of the sale of the Shares to the
Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement has not occurred prior to December 31, 2010,
this agreement shall terminate and have no further force or effect.
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
(Name)
|
|
|
|
(Address)
|
A-3
EXHIBIT B
Ladies and Gentlemen:
I, Samuel R. Strickland, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative
Officer, of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation (the Company), have responsibility for
financial matters with respect to the Company.
In connection with the preliminary prospectus, dated October ___, 2010 (the Preliminary
Prospectus), relating to the sale by the Company of [] shares of the Companys Class A common
stock, par value $0.01 per share, and Schedule II to the Underwriting Agreement, dated of October
___, 2010 (together with the Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus), I hereby
certify that the financial information included in the Time of Sale Prospectus and circled in
Exhibit A attached hereto has been compared to or computed from, and found to be in agreement with:
(i) the preliminary financial statements and accounting records, as applicable, of the Company for
the period ended September 30, 2010 as updated to the date of the Time of Sale Prospectus;
(ii) the Companys general ledger or other accounting books and records for the periods
indicated; and/or (iii) a schedule or report prepared by the Company from the Companys accounting
and/or operational records.
Very truly yours,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Samuel R. Strickland |
|
|
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Chief Administrative Officer |
|
|
B-1
exv3w2
FORM
OF
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
As Adopted on [], 2010
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I |
|
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.01 |
|
Annual Meetings |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.02 |
|
Special Meetings |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.03 |
|
Participation in Meetings by Remote Communication |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.04 |
|
Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.05 |
|
Proxies |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.06 |
|
Voting Lists |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.07 |
|
Quorum |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.08 |
|
Voting |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.09 |
|
Adjournment |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.10 |
|
Organization; Procedure; Inspection of Elections |
|
|
4 |
|
Section 1.11 |
|
Stockholder Action by Written Consent |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 1.12 |
|
Notice of Stockholder Proposals and Nominations |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II |
|
BOARD OF DIRECTORS |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.01 |
|
General Powers |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 2.02 |
|
Number and Term of Office |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 2.03 |
|
Regular Meetings |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 2.04 |
|
Special Meetings |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 2.05 |
|
Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 2.06 |
|
Quorum; Voting |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 2.07 |
|
Action by Telephonic Communications |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 2.08 |
|
Adjournment |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 2.09 |
|
Action Without a Meeting |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 2.10 |
|
Regulations |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 2.11 |
|
Resignations of Directors |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 2.12 |
|
Removal of Directors |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 2.13 |
|
Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 2.14 |
|
Director Fees and Expenses |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 2.15 |
|
Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III |
|
COMMITTEES |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.01 |
|
Designation of Committees |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 3.02 |
|
Members and Alternate Members |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 3.03 |
|
Committee Procedures |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 3.04 |
|
Meetings and Actions of Committees |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 3.05 |
|
Resignations and Removals |
|
|
14 |
|
i
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.06 |
|
Vacancies |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV |
|
OFFICERS |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.01 |
|
Officers |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 4.02 |
|
Election |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 4.03 |
|
Compensation |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 4.04 |
|
Removal and Resignation; Vacancies |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 4.05 |
|
Authority and Duties of Officers |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 4.06 |
|
President |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 4.07 |
|
Vice Presidents |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 4.08 |
|
Secretary |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 4.09 |
|
Treasurer |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 4.10 |
|
Security |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V |
|
CAPITAL STOCK |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.01 |
|
Certificates of Stock |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 5.02 |
|
Facsimile Signatures |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 5.03 |
|
Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 5.04 |
|
Transfer of Stock |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 5.05 |
|
Registered Stockholders |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 5.06 |
|
Transfer Agent and Registrar |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI |
|
INDEMNIFICATION |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.01 |
|
Indemnification |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 6.02 |
|
Advance of Expenses |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 6.03 |
|
Procedure for Indemnification |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 6.04 |
|
Burden of Proof |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 6.05 |
|
Contract Right; Non-Exclusivity; Survival |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 6.06 |
|
Insurance |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 6.07 |
|
Employees and Agents |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 6.08 |
|
Interpretation; Severability |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII |
|
OFFICES |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.01 |
|
Registered Office |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 7.02 |
|
Other Offices |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII |
|
GENERAL PROVISIONS |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.01 |
|
Dividends |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 8.02 |
|
Reserves |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 8.03 |
|
Execution of Instruments |
|
|
23 |
|
ii
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.04 |
|
Voting as Stockholder |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 8.05 |
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 8.06 |
|
Seal |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 8.07 |
|
Books and Records; Inspection |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 8.08 |
|
Electronic Transmission |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX |
|
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9.01 |
|
Amendment |
|
|
24 |
|
iii
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
As adopted on [], 2010
ARTICLE I
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1.01 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Booz
Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation (the Corporation) for the election of directors (each,
a Director) and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before
such meeting shall be held each year either within or without the State of Delaware at such place,
if any, and on such date and at such time, as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the
Corporations board of Directors (the Board) and set forth in the notice or waiver of
notice of the meeting, unless, subject to Section 1.11 of these bylaws and the certificate of
incorporation of the Corporation, the stockholders have acted by written consent to elect Directors
as permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time
(the DGCL).
Section 1.02 Special Meetings. A special meeting of the stockholders for any purpose
may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board pursuant to a resolution of the
Board adopted by a majority of the total number of Directors then in office. Any special meeting
of the stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware,
and on such date and at such time, as shall be specified in such resolution. The stockholders of
the Corporation do not have the power to call a special meeting.
Section 1.03 Participation in Meetings by Remote Communication. The Board, acting in
its sole discretion, may establish guidelines and procedures in accordance with applicable
provisions of the DGCL and any other applicable law for the participation by stockholders and
proxyholders in a meeting of stockholders by means of remote communications, and may determine that
any meeting of stockholders will not be held at any place but will be held solely by means of
remote communication. Stockholders and proxyholders complying with such procedures and guidelines
and otherwise entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be deemed present in person and
entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated
place or solely by means of remote communication.
Section 1.04 Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice.
(a) The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall cause notice of each meeting of
stockholders to be given in writing in a manner permitted by the DGCL not less than 10 days nor
more than 60 days prior to the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such
meeting, subject to such exclusions as are then permitted by the DGCL. The notice shall specify
(i) the place, if any, date and time of such meeting, (ii) the means of remote communications, if
any, by which stockholders and
proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, (iii) in the
case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called and (iv) such
other information as may be required by law or as may be deemed appropriate by the Board, the
President or the Secretary of the Corporation. If the stockholder list referred to in Section 1.06
of these bylaws is made accessible on an electronic network, the notice of meeting must indicate
how the stockholder list can be accessed. If the meeting of stockholders is to be held solely by
means of electronic communications, the notice of meeting must provide the information required to
access such stockholder list during the meeting.
(b) A written waiver of notice of meeting signed by a stockholder or a waiver by electronic
transmission by a stockholder, whether given before or after the meeting time stated in such
notice, is deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in a waiver of notice.
Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting is a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the
stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting
to the transaction of any business at the meeting on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.
Section 1.05 Proxies.
(a) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to or
dissent from corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons
to act for such stockholder by proxy.
(b) A stockholder may authorize a valid proxy by executing a written instrument signed by such
stockholder, or by causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable
means, including but not limited to by facsimile signature, or by transmitting or authorizing an
electronic transmission (as defined in Section 8.08 of these bylaws) setting forth an authorization
to act as proxy to the person designated as the holder of the proxy, a proxy solicitation firm or a
like authorized agent. Proxies by electronic transmission must either set forth, or be submitted
with, information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized
by the stockholder. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of a
writing or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the
original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or
transmission could be used if such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction is a
complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.
(c) No proxy may be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three years from the date of
such proxy, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy is revocable at the
pleasure of the stockholder executing it unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and
applicable law makes it irrevocable. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by
attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy
or by filing another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary.
2
Section 1.06 Voting Lists. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock
ledger of the Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders
(and before any adjournment thereof for which a new record date has been set), a complete list of
the stockholders of record entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and
showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each
stockholder. This list, which may be in any format including electronic format, shall be open to
the examination of any stockholder prior to and during the meeting for any purpose germane to the
meeting in the manner required by the DGCL and other applicable law. The stock ledger shall be the
only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled by this section to examine the list required
by this section or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
Section 1.07 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation
or by law, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of a majority of the shares
entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business at such meeting, provided, however, that where a separate vote by a class
or series is required, the holders of a majority in voting power of all issued and outstanding
stock of such class or series entitled to vote on such matter, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to such matter. In the
absence of a quorum, the stockholders so present may, by a majority in voting power thereof,
adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 1.09 of these bylaws until
a quorum shall attend.
Section 1.08 Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation
or by law, every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders is
entitled to one vote for each share outstanding in his or her name on the books of the Corporation
(x) at the close of business on the record date for such meeting, or (y) if no record date has been
fixed, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is
given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which
the meeting is held. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these
bylaws, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation or pursuant
to any other rule or regulation applicable to the Corporation or its stockholders, the vote of a
majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders on the subject matter in
question represented in person or by proxy at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be
sufficient for the transaction of any business at such meeting. The stockholders do not have the
right to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.
Section 1.09 Adjournment. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to
time, by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares of stock present
in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, to reconvene at the same or some other place, and
notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the place, if any, and date and time
thereof (and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may
be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting) are announced at the meeting at which
the adjournment is taken unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or a new record date is
fixed for the adjourned meeting after the adjournment, in which case notice of the adjourned
meeting
3
in accordance with Section 1.04 of these bylaws shall be given to each stockholder of record
entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any
business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.
Section 1.10 Organization; Procedure; Inspection of Elections.
(a) At every meeting of stockholders the presiding officer shall be the Chairman of the Board,
or in the event of his or her absence or disability, a presiding officer chosen by resolution of
the Board. The Secretary, or in the event of his or her absence or disability, the Assistant
Secretary, if any, or if there be no Assistant Secretary, in the absence of the Secretary, an
appointee of the presiding officer, shall act as secretary of the meeting. The Board may make such
rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary,
appropriate or convenient. Subject to any such rules and regulations, the presiding officer of any
meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe rules, regulations and procedures for such
meeting and to take all such actions as in the judgment of the presiding officer are appropriate
for the proper conduct of such meetings. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by
the Board or prescribed by the presiding officer of the meeting, may include, without limitation,
the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting;
(ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those
present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders
of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons
as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the
meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time
allotted to questions or comments by participants. The presiding officer at any meeting of
stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct
of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or
business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so
determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter of business
not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the
extent determined by the Board or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders
shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
(b) Preceding any meeting of the stockholders, the Board may, and when required by law shall,
appoint one or more persons to act as inspectors of elections, and may designate one or more
alternate inspectors. If no inspector or alternate so appointed by the Board is able to act, or if
no inspector or alternate has been appointed and the appointment of an inspector is required by
law, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the
meeting. No Director or nominee for the office of Director shall be appointed as an inspector of
elections. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of an inspector, shall
take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and
according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall discharge their duties in
accordance with the requirements of applicable law.
4
Section 1.11 Stockholder Action by Written Consent.
(a) Until the Effective Date (as such term is defined in the certificate of incorporation) and
except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted
to be taken at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting,
without prior notice and without a vote of stockholders, if a consent or consents in writing,
setting forth the action so taken, are: (i) signed by the holders of outstanding stock
having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such
action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted (but not
less than the minimum number of votes otherwise prescribed by law) and (ii) delivered to
the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place
of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which
proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded within 60 days of the earliest dated consent
so delivered to the Corporation.
(b) From and after the Effective Date and except as otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of
stockholders of the Corporation may be taken only upon the vote of the stockholders at an annual or
special meeting duly called and may not be taken by written consent of the stockholders.
(c) If a stockholder action by written consent is permitted under these bylaws and the
certificate of incorporation, and the Board has not fixed a record date for the purpose of
determining the stockholders entitled to participate in such consent to be given, then:
(i) if the DGCL does not require action by the Board prior to the proposed stockholder
action, the record date shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the
action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation at any of the locations
referred to in Section 1.11(a)(ii) of these bylaws; and (ii) if the DGCL requires action by
the Board prior to the proposed stockholder action, the record date shall be at the close of
business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action. Every
written consent to action without a meeting shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder
who signs the consent, and shall be valid if timely delivered to the Corporation at any of the
locations referred to in Section 1.11(a)(ii) of these bylaws.
(d) The Secretary shall give prompt notice of the taking of an action without a meeting by
less than unanimous written consent to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and
who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting
if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient
number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the
DGCL.
Section 1.12 Notice of Stockholder Proposals and Nominations.
(a) Annual Meetings.
5
(i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and proposals of business to be
considered by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (x) as
specified in the Corporations notice of meeting (or any notice supplemental thereto), (y) by or at
the direction of the Board, or a committee appointed by the Board for such purpose, or (z) subject
to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement among the Corporation and
certain of its stockholders, dated as of [ _____ __ ], 2010 (as amended from time to time, the
Stockholders Agreement), by any stockholder of the Corporation who or which (1) is
entitled to vote at the meeting, (2) complies in a timely manner with all notice procedures set
forth in this Section 1.12, and (3) is a stockholder of record when the required notice is
delivered and at the date of the meeting. A stockholder proposal must constitute a proper matter
for corporate action under the DGCL.
(ii) Notice in writing of a stockholder nomination or stockholder proposal must be delivered
to the attention of the Secretary at the principal place of business of the Corporation not fewer
than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual
meeting (which anniversary date, in the case of the first annual meeting of stockholders following
the closing of the Corporations initial underwritten public offering of common stock, shall be
deemed to be August 15, 2011) provided that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced
by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 70 days from such anniversary date of the preceding
years annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than
120 days prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the
90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public
announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. If the number of Directors to be elected
to the Board at an annual meeting is increased, and if the Corporation does not make a public
announcement naming all of the nominees for Director or specifying the size of the increased Board
at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting, then any
stockholder nomination in respect of the increased number of positions shall be considered timely
if delivered not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which a
public announcement naming all nominees or specifying the size of the increased Board is first made
by the Corporation.
(iii) Notice of a stockholder nomination shall include, as to each person whom the stockholder
proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a Director, all information relating to such
person required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors or is
otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder, including such persons written consent to being named in the proxy
statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected. Notice of a stockholder proposal
shall include a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the
text of the proposal (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and if such
business includes proposed amendments to the certificate of incorporation and/or bylaws of the
Corporation, the text of the proposed amendments), the reasons for conducting such
6
business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the
beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made.
(iv) Notice of a stockholder nomination or proposal shall also set forth, as to the
stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or
proposal is made:
(1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporations books and
records, and of such beneficial owner;
(2) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are
owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner;
(3) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such
stockholder and any such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and
any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such
nomination or other business;
(4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, regardless of the
form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures,
swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging
transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any
other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made, the effect or intent of which is
to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or
decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any such beneficial owner or any such nominee
with respect to the Corporations securities (a Derivative Instrument);
(5) to the extent not disclosed pursuant to clause (4) above, the principal amount of any
indebtedness of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries beneficially owned by such stockholder
or by any such beneficial owner, together with the title of the instrument under which such
indebtedness was issued and a description of any Derivative Instrument entered into by or on behalf
of such stockholder or such beneficial owner relating to the value or payment of any indebtedness
of the Corporation or any such subsidiary;
(6) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation
entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to
propose such business or nomination; and
(7) a representation as to whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or
is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders
of at least the percentage of the Corporations outstanding capital stock required to elect the
nominee or to approve or adopt the proposal or and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies from
stockholders in support of such nomination or proposal.
7
If requested by the Corporation, the information required under clauses (iv)(2), (3), (4) and (5)
of the preceding sentence of this Section 1.12(a) shall be supplemented by such stockholder and any
such beneficial owner not later than 10 days after the record date for notice of the meeting to
disclose such information as of such record date. The foregoing notice requirements of
this Section 1.12(a) shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business or a
nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his or her intention to present a
proposal or make a nomination at an annual meeting in compliance with the applicable rules and
regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholders proposal or nomination has
been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for
such annual meeting.
(b) Special Meetings.
(i) Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have
been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporations notice of meeting pursuant to Section
1.04 of these bylaws. Nominations of persons for election to the Board at a special meeting of
stockholders may be made only (x) as specified in the Corporations notice of meeting (or any
supplement thereto), (y) by or at the direction of the Board, or a committee appointed by the Board
for such purpose, if the Corporations notice of meeting indicated that the purposes of meeting
included the election of Directors and specified the number of Directors to be elected, or (z)
subject to the provisions of these bylaws, by any stockholder of the Corporation. Subject to the
provisions of the Stockholders Agreement, a stockholder may nominate persons for election to the
board (a stockholder nomination) at a special meeting only if the stockholder (1) is
entitled to vote at the meeting, (2) complies in a timely manner with the notice procedures set
forth in paragraph (ii) of this Section 1.12(b), and (3) is a stockholder of record when the
required notice is delivered and at the date of the meeting.
(ii) Notice in writing of a stockholder nomination must be delivered to the attention of the
Secretary at the principal place of business of the Corporation not more than 120 days prior to the
date of the meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th
day prior to the meeting or the 10th day following the last to occur of the public announcement by
the Corporation of the date of such meeting and the public announcement by the Corporation of the
nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting, and must comply with the provisions
of Sections 1.12(a)(iii) and (iv) of these bylaws. The foregoing notice requirements of this
Section 1.12(b) shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to a nomination if the
stockholder has notified the Corporation of his or her intention to present a nomination at such
special meeting in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the
Exchange Act and such stockholders nomination has been included in a proxy statement that has been
prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such special meeting.
(c) General.
(i) Except as otherwise expressly provided in any applicable rule or regulation promulgated
under the Exchange Act, only such persons who are nominated in
8
accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 shall be eligible to be elected
at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only
such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the
meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12. Except as otherwise
provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the presiding officer of a
meeting of stockholders shall have the power and duty (x) to determine whether a nomination or any
business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set
forth in this Section 1.12, and (y) if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance
with this Section 1.12, to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded or that such
proposed business shall not be transacted.
(ii) The Corporation may require any proposed stockholder nominee for Director to furnish such
other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed
nominee to serve as a Director of the Corporation. If the stockholder (or a qualified
representative of the stockholder) making a nomination or proposal under this Section 1.12 does not
appear at a meeting of stockholders to present such nomination or proposal, the nomination shall be
disregarded and/or the proposed business shall not be transacted, as the case may be,
notwithstanding that proxies in favor thereof may have been received by the Corporation. For
purposes of this Section 1.12, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a
person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be
authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by
such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such
person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the
writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.
(iii) For purposes of this Section 1.12, public announcement shall mean disclosure
in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national
news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.12, a stockholder shall also
comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.12; provided however, that any
references in these bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder
are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as
to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 1.12 and compliance with paragraphs
(a) and (b) of this Section 1.12 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations
or submit other business (other than, as provided in the last sentences of paragraphs (a) and (b)
hereof, business or nominations brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 or Rule
14a-11 of the Exchange Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time). Nothing in this
Section 1.12 shall be deemed to affect any rights of (x) stockholders to request inclusion of
proposals in the Corporations proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (y)
the holders of any series of
9
preferred stock to elect Directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the certificate of
incorporation or of the relevant preferred stock certificate or designation.
(v) The announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual or special meeting does
not commence a new time period (and does not extend any time period) for the giving of notice of a
stockholder nomination or a stockholder proposal.
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 2.01 General Powers. Except as may otherwise be provided by law or by the
certificate of incorporation, the affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or
under the direction of the Board and the Board may exercise all the powers and authority of the
Corporation. The Directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual Directors shall have no
power as such.
Section 2.02 Number and Term of Office. The number of Directors, subject to any
rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of preferred stock, shall initially be
seven, classified (including Directors in office as of the date hereof) with respect to the time
for which they severally hold office into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible,
which number may be modified (but not reduced to less than three) from time to time exclusively by
resolution of the Board, subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement and any rights of the
holders of shares of any class or series of preferred stock, if in effect. One classs initial
term will expire at the first annual meeting of the stockholders following the date hereof, another
classs initial term will expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the
date hereof and another classs initial term will expire at the third annual meeting of
stockholders following the date hereof, with Directors of each class to hold office until their
successors are duly elected and qualified, provided that the term of each Director shall
continue until the election and qualification of a successor and be subject to such Directors
earlier death, resignation or removal. At each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation
beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, subject to any
rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of preferred stock, the successors of the
Directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at
the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. In
the case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of Directors of the
Corporation, the number of Directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal a possible.
No decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. At each
meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors, provided a quorum is present, the
Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes validly cast in such election.
Section 2.03 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held on such
dates, and at such times and places as are determined from time to time by resolution of the Board.
10
Section 2.04 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board shall be held whenever
called by the President or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, by any Vice
President, or by a majority of the Directors then in office, at such place, date and time as may be
specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. Any business may be
conducted at a special meeting.
Section 2.05 Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice.
(a) Notices of special meetings shall be given to each Director, and notice of each resolution
or other action affecting the date, time or place of one or more regular meetings shall be given to
each Director not present at the meeting adopting such resolution or other action, subject to
Section 2.08 of these bylaws. Notices shall be given personally, or by telephone confirmed by
facsimile or email dispatched promptly thereafter, or by facsimile or email confirmed by a writing
delivered by a recognized overnight courier service, directed to each Director at the address from
time to time designated by such Director to the Secretary. Each such notice and confirmation must
be given (received in the case of personal service or delivery of written confirmation) at least 24
hours prior to the time of a meeting.
(b) A written waiver of notice of meeting signed by a Director or a waiver by electronic
transmission by a Director, whether given before or after the meeting time stated in such notice,
is deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a Director at a meeting is a waiver of notice of
such meeting, except when the Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at
the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business at the meeting on the ground that
the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
Section 2.06 Quorum; Voting. At all meetings of the Board, the presence of a majority
of the total authorized number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws,
the vote of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall
be the act of the Board.
Section 2.07 Action by Telephonic Communications. Members of the Board may
participate in a meeting of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications
equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and
participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such
meeting.
Section 2.08 Adjournment. A majority of the Directors present may adjourn any meeting
of the Board to another date, time or place, whether or not a quorum is present. No notice need be
given of any adjourned meeting unless (a) the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting are not
announced at the time of adjournment, in which case notice conforming to the requirements of
Section 2.05 of these bylaws shall be given to each Director, or (b) the meeting is adjourned for
more than 24 hours, in which case the notice referred to in clause (a) shall be given to those
Directors not present at the announcement of the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting.
11
Section 2.09 Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken
at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent
thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or electronic
transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board. Such filing shall be in
paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the
minutes are maintained in electronic form.
Section 2.10 Regulations. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the
certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the Board may adopt such rules and regulations for
the conduct of meetings of the Board and for the management of the affairs and business of the
Corporation as the Board may deem appropriate. The Board may elect from among its members a
chairperson and one or more vice-chairpersons to preside over meetings and to perform such other
duties as may be designated by the Board.
Section 2.11 Resignations of Directors. Any Director may resign at any time by
submitting an electronic transmission or by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by
such Director, to the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect upon delivery
unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the
happening of a specified event.
Section 2.12 Removal of Directors.
(a) Until the Effective Date, any Director may be removed at any time, either for or without
cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of
the Corporation entitled to vote generally for the election of Directors, acting at a meeting of
the stockholders or by written consent (if permitted) in accordance with the DGCL, the certificate
of incorporation and these bylaws.
(b) From and after the Effective Date and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of
any class or series of preferred stock, if any, to elect additional Directors pursuant to the
certificate of incorporation (including any certificate of designation thereunder), any Director
may be removed only for cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of
the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally for the election of
Directors, acting at a meeting of the stockholders or by written consent (if permitted) in
accordance with the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws.
Section 2.13 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the
holders of shares of any class or series of preferred stock, if any, to elect additional Directors
pursuant to the certificate of incorporation (including any certificate of designation thereunder)
and the Stockholders Agreement (if in effect), any vacancy in the Board that results from the
death, disability, resignation, disqualification, removal of any Director or from any other cause
shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of Directors then
in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director. Any Director filling a
vacancy shall be of the same class as that of the Director whose death, resignation,
disqualification, removal or other event
12
caused the vacancy, and any Director filling a newly created directorship shall be of the
class specified by the Board at the time the newly created directorships were created. A Director
elected to fill a vacancy or newly created Directorship shall hold office until his or her
successor has been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
Section 2.14 Director Fees and Expenses. The amount, if any, which each Director
shall be entitled to receive as compensation for his or her services shall be fixed from time to
time by the Board. The Corporation will cause each non-employee Director serving on the Board to
be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by him or her in
connection with such service.
Section 2.15 Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc. A Director, as such or as a
member of any committee designated by the Board, shall in the performance of his or her duties be
fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon information,
opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporations officers
or employees, or committees designated by the Board, or by any other person as to the matters the
member reasonably believes are within such other persons professional or expert competence and who
has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES
Section 3.01 Designation of Committees. The Board shall designate such committees as
may be required by applicable laws, regulations or stock exchange rules, and may designate such
additional committees as it deems necessary or appropriate. Each committee shall consist of such
number of Directors, with such qualifications, as may be required by applicable laws, regulations
or stock exchange rules, or as from time to time may be fixed by the Board and shall have and may
exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of
the Corporation to the extent delegated to such committee by resolution of the Board, which
delegation shall include all such powers and authority as may be required by applicable laws,
regulations or stock exchange rules. No committee shall have any power or authority as to (a)
approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the
election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders
for approval, (b) adopting, amending or repealing any of these bylaws or (c) as may otherwise be
excluded by law or by the certificate of incorporation, and no committee may delegate any of its
power or authority to a subcommittee unless so authorized by the Board.
Section 3.02 Members and Alternate Members. The members of each committee and any
alternate members shall be selected by the Board. The Board may provide that the members and
alternate members serve at the pleasure of the Board. An alternate member may replace any absent
or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. An alternate member shall be given all
notices of committee meetings, may attend any
13
meeting of the committee, but may count towards a quorum and vote only if a member for whom
such person is an alternate is absent or disqualified. Each member (and each alternate member) of
any committee shall hold office only until the time he or she shall cease for any reason to be a
Director, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
Section 3.03 Committee Procedures. A quorum for each committee shall be a majority of
its members, unless the committee has only one or two members, in which case a quorum shall be one
member, or unless a greater quorum is established by the Board. The vote of a majority of the
committee members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the
committee. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report to the Board when
required. The Board shall adopt a charter for each committee for which a charter is required by
applicable laws, regulations or stock exchange rules, may adopt a charter for any other committee,
and may adopt other rules and regulations for the government of any committee not inconsistent with
the provisions of these bylaws or any such charter, and each committee may adopt its own rules and
regulations of government, to the extent not inconsistent with these bylaws or any charter or other
rules and regulations adopted by the Board.
Section 3.04 Meetings and Actions of Committees. Except to the extent that the same
may be inconsistent with the terms of any committee charter required by applicable laws,
regulations or stock exchange rules, meetings and actions of each committee shall be governed by,
and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of the following sections of these bylaws,
with such bylaws being deemed to refer to the committee and its members in lieu of the Board and
its members:
(a) Section 2.03 (to the extent relating to place and time of regular meetings);
(b) Section 2.04 (relating to special meetings);
(c) Section 2.05 (relating to notice and waiver of notice);
(d) Sections 2.07 and 2.9 (relating to telephonic communication and action without a meeting);
and
(e) Section 2.08 (relating to adjournment and notice of adjournment).
Special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board.
Section 3.05 Resignations and Removals. Any member (and any alternate member) of any
committee may resign from such position at any time by submitting an electronic transmission or by
delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such member, to the President or the
Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect upon delivery unless the resignation specifies a
later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of a specified event. Any
member (and any alternate member) of any committee may be removed from such position by the Board
at any time, either for or without cause.
14
Section 3.06 Vacancies. If a vacancy occurs in any committee for any reason, the
remaining members (and any alternate members) may continue to act if a quorum is present. A
committee vacancy may be filled only by the Board.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 4.01 Officers. The Board shall elect a President and a Secretary as officers
of the Corporation. The Board may also elect a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents (any
one or more of whom may be designated an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice
President), Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers and agents as
the Board may determine. In addition, the Board from time to time may delegate to any officer the
power to appoint subordinate officers or agents and to prescribe their respective rights, terms of
office, authorities and duties. Any action by an appointing officer may be superseded by action by
the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that one person may not
hold both the office of President and the office of Secretary. No officer need be a Director of
the Corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, the term Vice President shall refer to an officer
elected by the Board as Vice President and shall not include any employees of the Corporation whose
employment title is Vice President unless such individual has been elected as a Vice President of
the Corporation in accordance with these bylaws.
Section 4.02 Election. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the officers of the
Corporation need not be elected for a specified term but shall serve at the pleasure of the Board
or for such terms as may be agreed in the individual case by each officer and the Board. Officers
and agents appointed pursuant to delegated authority as provided in Section 4.01 (or, in the case
of agents, as provided in Section 4.06) shall hold their offices for such terms as may be
determined from time to time by the appointing officer. Each officer shall hold office until his
or her successor has been elected or appointed and qualified, or until his or her earlier death,
resignation or removal. A failure to elect officers shall not dissolve or otherwise affect the
Corporation.
Section 4.03 Compensation. The salaries and other compensation of all officers and
agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board or in the manner established by the Board.
Section 4.04 Removal and Resignation; Vacancies. Any officer may be removed for or
without cause at any time by the Board. Any officer granted the power to appoint subordinate
officers and agents as provided in Section 4.01 may remove any subordinate officer or agent
appointed by such officer, at any time, for or without cause. Any officer or agent may resign at
any time by delivering notice of resignation, either in writing signed by such officer or by
electronic transmission, to the Board or the President. Unless otherwise specified therein, such
resignation shall take effect upon delivery. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the
Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, may be filled by the Board or by the
officer, if any, who appointed the person formerly holding such office.
15
Section 4.05 Authority and Duties of Officers. An officer of the Corporation shall
have such authority and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties (a) as may be required
by law, (b) to the extent not inconsistent with law, as are specified in these bylaws, (c) to the
extent not inconsistent with law or these bylaws, as may be specified by resolution of the Board,
and (d) to the extent not inconsistent with any of the foregoing, as may be specified by the
appointing officer with respect to a subordinate officer appointed pursuant to delegated authority
under Section 4.01.
Section 4.06 President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the
stockholders and Directors at which he or she is present, shall be the chief executive officer of
the Corporation, shall have general control and supervision of the policies and operations of the
Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. He
or she shall manage and administer the Corporations business and affairs and shall also perform
all duties and exercise all powers usually pertaining to the office of a chief executive officer of
a corporation, including, without limitation under the DGCL. He or she shall have the authority to
sign, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes,
drafts and all other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the Corporation.
Except as otherwise determined by the Board, he or she shall have the authority to cause the
employment or appointment of such employees (other than the President) or agents of the Corporation
as the conduct of the business of the Corporation may require, to fix their compensation, and to
remove or suspend such employee or any agent employed or appointed by any officer or to suspend any
agent appointed by the Board. The President shall have the duties and powers of the Treasurer if
no Treasurer is elected and shall have such other duties and powers as the Board may from time to
time prescribe.
Section 4.07 Vice Presidents. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, if one or
more Vice Presidents have been elected, each Vice President shall perform such duties and exercise
such powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board or the President. In
the event of absence or disability of the President, the duties of the President shall be
performed, and his or her powers may be exercised, by such Vice President as shall be designated by
the Board or, failing such designation, by the Vice President in order of seniority of election to
that office.
Section 4.08 Secretary. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Secretary shall
have the following powers and duties:
(a) The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept a record of all the proceedings of the
meetings of the stockholders, the Board and any committees thereof in books provided for that
purpose.
(b) The Secretary shall cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions
of these bylaws and as required by law.
(c) Whenever any committee shall be appointed pursuant to a resolution of the Board, the
Secretary shall furnish a copy of such resolution to the members of such committee.
16
(d) The Secretary shall be the custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and
cause such seal (or a facsimile thereof) to be affixed to all certificates representing shares of
the Corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all documents and instruments that the Board
or any officer of the Corporation has determined should be executed under seal, may sign (together
with any other authorized officer) any such document or instrument, and when the seal is so affixed
he or she may attest the same.
(e) The Secretary shall properly maintain and file all books, reports, statements,
certificates and all other documents and records required by law, the certificate of incorporation
or these bylaws.
(f) The Secretary shall have charge of the stock books and ledgers of the Corporation and
shall cause the stock and transfer books to be kept in such manner as to show at any time the
number of shares of stock of the Corporation of each class issued and outstanding, the names
(alphabetically arranged) and the addresses of the holders of record of such shares, the number of
shares held by each holder and the date as of which each such holder became a holder of record.
(g) The Secretary shall sign (unless the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant
Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing shares of the Corporation the issuance of
which shall have been authorized by the Board.
(h) The Secretary shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of secretary
and such other duties as may be specified in these bylaws or as may be assigned to the Secretary
from time to time by the Board or the President.
Section 4.09 Treasurer. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Treasurer, if
there be one, shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall have the following
powers and duties:
(a) The Treasurer shall have charge and supervision over and be responsible for the moneys,
securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, and shall keep or cause to be kept full
and accurate records thereof.
(b) The Treasurer shall cause the moneys and other valuable effects of the Corporation to be
deposited in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such banks or trust companies or with
such bankers or other depositaries as shall be determined by the Board or the President, or by such
other officers of the Corporation as may be authorized by the Board or the President to make such
determinations.
(c) The Treasurer shall cause the moneys of the Corporation to be disbursed by checks or
drafts (signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such
manner, as the Board or the President may determine from time to time) upon the authorized
depositaries of the Corporation and cause to be taken and preserved proper vouchers for all moneys
disbursed.
17
(d) The Treasurer shall render to the Board or the President, whenever requested, a statement
of the financial condition of the Corporation and of the transactions of the Corporation, and
render a full financial report at the annual meeting of the stockholders, if called upon to do so.
(e) The Treasurer shall be empowered from time to time to require from all officers or agents
of the Corporation reports or statements giving such information as he or she may desire with
respect to any and all financial transactions of the Corporation.
(f) The Treasurer may sign (unless an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation the
issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board.
(g) The Treasurer shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of treasurer
and such other duties as may be specified in these bylaws or as may be assigned to the Treasurer
from time to time by the Board or the President.
Section 4.10 Security. The Board may require any officer, agent or employee of the
Corporation to provide security for the faithful performance of his or her duties, in such amount
and of such character as may be determined from time to time by the Board.
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL STOCK
Section 5.01 Certificates of Stock; Uncertificated Shares. The shares of the
Corporation shall be represented by certificates, except to the extent that the Board has provided
by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the Corporation
shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a
certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock in the
Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have, and the Board may in its sole
discretion permit a holder of uncertificated shares to receive upon request, a certificate signed
by the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, representing the number of shares registered in certificate
form. Such certificate shall be in such form as the Board may determine, to the extent consistent
with applicable law, the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws.
Section 5.02 Facsimile Signatures. Any or all signatures on the certificates referred
to in Section 5.01 of these bylaws may be in facsimile form, to the extent permitted by law. If
any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been
placed upon, a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before
such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or
she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
Section 5.03 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. A new certificate may be issued
in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have
18
been lost, stolen or destroyed only upon delivery to the Corporation of an affidavit of the
owner or owners (or their legal representatives) of such certificate, setting forth such
allegation, and a bond or other undertaking as may be satisfactory to a financial officer of the
Corporation designated by the Board to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made
against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the
issuance of any such new certificate.
Section 5.04 Transfer of Stock.
(a) Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a
certificate for shares, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate evidence of succession,
assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person
entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Within a
reasonable time after the transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the
registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or
stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL. Subject to the
provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the Board may prescribe such
additional rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate relating to the issue, transfer and
registration of shares of the Corporation.
(b) The Corporation may enter into additional agreements with shareholders to restrict the
transfer of stock of the Corporation in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.
Section 5.05 Registered Stockholders. Prior to due surrender of a certificate for
registration of transfer, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively
entitled to receive dividends and other distributions, to vote, to receive notice and otherwise to
exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of the shares represented by such certificate, and
the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such
shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice of such
claim or interests. If a transfer of shares is made for collateral security, and not absolutely,
this fact shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are
presented to the Corporation for transfer or uncertificated shares are requested to be transferred,
both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.
Section 5.06 Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board may appoint one or more transfer
agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates representing shares to bear the
signature of any such transfer agents or registrars.
19
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 6.01 Indemnification.
(a) In General. The Corporation shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by the
DGCL and other applicable law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (each, a proceeding) by reason of the fact that (x) such
person is or was serving or has agreed to serve as a Director or officer of the Corporation, or (y)
such person, while serving as a Director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving or has
agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee, manager or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or (z) such
person is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a Director,
officer or manager of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by such person in such capacity,
and who satisfies the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or other applicable law:
(1) in a proceeding other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation, against
expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by such person or on such persons behalf in connection with such proceeding
and any appeal therefrom, or
(2) in a proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor,
against expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on
such persons behalf in connection with the defense or settlement of such proceeding and any appeal
therefrom.
(b) Indemnification in Respect of Successful Defense. To the extent that a present or
former Director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
defense of any proceeding referred to in Section 6.01(a) or in defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, such person shall be indemnified by the Corporation against expenses (including
attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
(c) Indemnification in Respect of Proceedings Instituted by Indemnitee. Section
6.01(a) does not require the Corporation to indemnify a present or former Director or officer of
the Corporation in respect of a proceeding (or part thereof) instituted by such person on his or
her own behalf, unless such proceeding (or part thereof) has been authorized by the Board or the
indemnification requested is pursuant to the last sentence of Section 6.03 of these bylaws.
Section 6.02 Advance of Expenses. The Corporation shall advance all expenses
(including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred by a present or former Director or officer
20
in defending any proceeding prior to the final disposition of such proceeding upon written
request of such person and delivery of an undertaking by such person to repay such amount if it
shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the
Corporation. The Corporation may authorize any counsel for the Corporation to represent (subject
to applicable conflict of interest considerations) such present or former Director or officer in
any proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such proceeding
Section 6.03 Procedure for Indemnification. Any indemnification under Section 6.01 of
these bylaws or any advance of expenses under Section 6.02 of these bylaws shall be made only
against a written request therefor (together with supporting documentation) submitted by or on
behalf of the person seeking indemnification or advance. Indemnification may be sought by a person
under Section 6.01 of these bylaws in respect of a proceeding only to the extent that both the
liabilities for which indemnification is sought and all portions of the proceeding relevant to the
determination of whether the person has satisfied any appropriate standard of conduct have become
final. A person seeking indemnification or advance of expenses may seek to enforce such persons
rights to indemnification or advance of expenses (as the case may be) in the Delaware Court of
Chancery to the extent all or any portion of a requested indemnification has not been granted
within 90 days of, or to the extent all or any portion of a requested advance of expenses has not
been granted within 20 days of, the submission of such request. All expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees) incurred by such person in connection with successfully establishing such persons
right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article, in whole or in part, shall
also be indemnified by the Corporation.
Section 6.04 Burden of Proof.
(a) In any proceeding brought to enforce the right of a person to receive indemnification to
which such person is entitled under Section 6.01 of these bylaws, the Corporation has the burden of
demonstrating that the standard of conduct applicable under the DGCL or other applicable law was
not met. A prior determination by the Corporation (including its Board or any committee thereof,
its independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable
standard of conduct does not itself constitute evidence that the claimant has not met the
applicable standard of conduct.
(b) In any proceeding brought to enforce a claim for advances to which a person is entitled
under Section 6.02 of these bylaws, the person seeking an advance need only show that he or she has
satisfied the requirements expressly set forth in Section 6.02 of these bylaws.
Section 6.05 Contract Right; Non-Exclusivity; Survival.
(a) The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article VI
shall be deemed to be separate contract rights between the Corporation and each Director and
officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while these
21
provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the DGCL are in effect, and no repeal or
modification of any of these provisions or any relevant provisions of the DGCL shall adversely
affect any right or obligation of such Director or officer existing at the time of such repeal or
modification with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any proceeding
previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of
facts. Such contract rights may not be modified retroactively as to any present or former
Director or officer without the consent of such Director or officer.
(b) The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article VI
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other indemnification or advancement of expenses to which a
present or former Director or officer of the Corporation seeking indemnification or advancement of
expenses may be entitled by any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors, or
otherwise.
(c) The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article VI to
any present or former Director or officer of the Corporation shall inure to the benefit of the
heirs, executors and administrators of such person.
Section 6.06 Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf
of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is
or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director or officer of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such
person and incurred by such person or on such persons behalf in any such capacity, or arising out
of such persons status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify
such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article.
Section 6.07 Employees and Agents. The Board, or any officer authorized by the Board
to make indemnification decisions, may cause the Corporation to indemnify any present or former
employee or agent of the Corporation in such manner and for such liabilities as the Board may
determine, up to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and other applicable law.
Section 6.08 Interpretation; Severability. Terms defined in Sections 145(h) or (i) of
the DGCL have the meanings set forth in such sections when used in this Article VI. If this
Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent
jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director or officer of the
Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the
fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been
invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
22
ARTICLE VII
OFFICES
Section 7.01 Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation in the State
of Delaware shall be located at the location provided in the Corporations certificate of
incorporation.
Section 7.02 Other Offices. The Corporation may maintain offices or places of
business at such other locations within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time
to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 8.01 Dividends.
(a) Subject to any applicable provisions of law and the certificate of incorporation,
dividends upon the shares of the Corporation may be declared by the Board at any regular or special
meeting of the Board, or by written consent in accordance with the DGCL and these bylaws, and any
such dividend may be paid in cash, property, or shares of the Corporations stock.
(b) A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall be fully
protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information,
opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees,
or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the Director reasonably believes
are within such other persons professional or expert competence and who has been selected with
reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, as to the value and amount of the assets,
liabilities and/or net profits of the Corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence
and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid.
Section 8.02 Reserves. There may be set apart out of any funds of the Corporation
available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board from time to time may determine proper as a
reserve or reserves for meeting contingencies, equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any
property of the Corporation or for such other purpose or purposes as the Board may determine
conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board may similarly modify or abolish any
such reserve.
Section 8.03 Execution of Instruments. Except as otherwise required by law or the
certificate of incorporation, the Board or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the Board
may authorize any other officer or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute
and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. Any such authorization
must be in writing or by electronic transmission and may be general or limited to specific
contracts or instruments.
23
Section 8.04 Voting as Stockholder. Unless otherwise determined by resolution of the
Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the
Corporation to attend any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may
hold stock, and to act, vote (or execute proxies to vote) and exercise in person or by proxy all
other rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, or
through action without a meeting. The Board may by resolution from time to time confer such power
and authority (in general or confined to specific instances) upon any other person or persons.
Section 8.05 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the
first day of April of each year (except for the Corporations first fiscal year which shall
commence on the date of incorporation) and shall terminate in each case on March 31.
Section 8.06 Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and shall
contain the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words Corporate Seal
and Delaware. The form of such seal shall be subject to alteration by the Board. The seal may
be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or reproduced, or may be used
in any other lawful manner.
Section 8.07 Books and Records; Inspection. Except to the extent otherwise required
by law, the books and records of the Corporation shall be kept at such place or places within or
without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board.
Section 8.08 Electronic Transmission. Electronic transmission, as used in
these bylaws, means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of
paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof,
and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
Section 9.01 Amendment. Subject to the provisions of the certificate of
incorporation, these bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed (a) by resolution adopted by a
majority of the Board at any special or regular meeting of the Board if, in the case of such
special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or
waiver of notice of such meeting or (b) at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders upon
the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of Directors if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such
amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no amendment to the Stockholders Agreement (whether
or not such amendment modifies any provision of the Stockholders Agreement
24
to which these bylaws are subject) shall be deemed an amendment of these bylaws for purposes of
this Section 9.01 and (y) no amendment, alteration or repeal of Article VI shall adversely
affect any right or protection existing under bylaws immediately prior to such amendment,
alteration or repeal, including any right or protection of a Director thereunder in respect of any
act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment.
25
exv4w3
Exhibit 4.3
FORM OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
OF
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
This Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement (this Agreement) is entered into as
of this [] day of [], 2010, by and among (a) Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, a
Delaware corporation f/k/a Explorer Holding Corporation (the Company), (b)
Explorer Coinvest LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Initial Carlyle
Stockholder), (c) each Individual Stockholder that as of the date hereof is a party to
the Original Agreement and (d) each other Person who subsequently becomes a party to this
Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof. Certain capitalized terms used herein have the meanings
ascribed to them in Section 14 hereof.
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as
of May 15, 2008 (as the same may be from time to time amended, modified, supplemented or restated,
the Merger Agreement), among Booz Allen Hamilton Inc., a Delaware corporation
(BAH), Booz Allen Investor Corporation, a Delaware corporation f/k/a Explorer Investor
Corporation (Buyer), Explorer Merger Sub Corporation, a Delaware corporation (Merger
Sub), Booz & Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Seller Representative, and the Company,
at the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement), Merger Sub merged with and into BAH,
with BAH as the surviving corporation (the Merger);
WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, the Company entered into a Stockholders Agreement,
dated as of July 30, 2008, with its stockholders as of that date (the Original
Agreement);
WHEREAS,
concurrently with the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Company
has registered shares of its common stock pursuant to an effective
registration statement as part of an initial public offering of its common stock (the IPO);
WHEREAS, the Initial Carlyle Stockholder has entered into and may continue to enter into Proxy
and Tag-Along Agreements with Individual Stockholders (collectively, the Proxy and Tag-Along
Agreements);
WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 16(k) of the Original Agreement, the Individual
Stockholders holding a majority of the Securities held by Individual Stockholders and each of the
current Executive Stockholders have provided their prior written consent to this amendment and
restatement of the Original Agreement, effective upon the
effectiveness of the registration statement relating to the IPO; and
WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company (the Board) has approved this
amendment and restatement of the Original Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, representations and
warranties made herein and of the mutual benefits to be derived herefrom, the parties hereto agree
as follows:
|
|
|
Section 1. |
|
Board Representation. |
(a) Each Executive Stockholder and Carlyle Stockholder shall vote all of the Voting Shares
over which such Executive Stockholder or such Carlyle Stockholder has voting control and shall take
all other necessary or desirable actions within such Executive Stockholders or such Carlyle
Stockholders control (whether in such Executive Stockholders or such Carlyle Stockholders
capacity as a stockholder, director, member of a Board committee or officer of the Company or
otherwise, and including, without limitation, attendance at meetings in person or by proxy for
purposes of obtaining a quorum, execution of written consents in lieu of meetings, and approval of
amendments and/or restatements of the Companys certificate of incorporation or by-laws) so that
(i) the authorized number of directors (the Directors) on the Board shall be at
least six and no greater than nine and (ii) the Directors shall be the persons nominated or
designated in accordance with this Section 1. The smallest number of Directors as shall
constitute a majority of the total number of Directors from time to time authorized to serve on the
Board shall be designated for nomination for election by the Carlyle Stockholders;
provided, however, that not more than three of such designees of the Carlyle
Stockholders at any time may be full-time employees of the Carlyle Stockholders or any of their
respective Affiliates (other than the Company and its subsidiaries), and any additional such
designees of the Carlyle Stockholders at any time shall be designated for nomination for election
after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Two of the Directors shall be
designated for nomination for election by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall be
full-time employees of BAH; provided, however, that at any time when the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company is a natural person who has not been a full-time employee of BAH
for at least five years, such two Directors shall instead be designated for nomination for election
by the Executive Stockholders holding a majority of the Voting Shares held by all Executive
Stockholders (in either case, the individuals designated pursuant to this sentence shall be
referred to as the Executive Directors). Any remaining Directors shall be jointly
designated for nomination for election by the Chief Executive Officer and the Carlyle Stockholders;
provided, however, that if (x) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company
is a natural person who has not been a full-time employee of BAH for at least five years,
(y) such Chief Executive Officer of the Company has not been designated as a Executive
Director, and (z) the Carlyle Stockholders determine that such Chief Executive Officer of
the Company should serve as a Director, such Chief Executive Officer shall be so designated for
nomination for election and shall constitute one of such remaining Directors. Any Directors (other
than the Chief Executive Officer of the Company) designated pursuant to the immediately preceding
sentence, and any Directors designated by the Carlyle Stockholders who are not full-time employees
of the Carlyle Stockholders or any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Company and its
subsidiaries) and were designated after
2
consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company are
hereinafter sometimes referred to as the Unaffiliated Directors.
(b) The Company shall cause the individuals designated in accordance with Section 1(a)
to be nominated for election to the Board, shall solicit proxies in favor thereof, and at each
meeting of the stockholders of the Company at which directors of the Company are to be elected,
shall recommend that the stockholders of the Company elect to the Board each such individual
nominated for election at such meeting.
(c) Except as would be contrary to any applicable law, rule or regulation (including any rule
or regulation of any exchange upon which securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries may
be listed), each committee of the Board, and each committee of the board of directors of Buyer, BAH
and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, each other subsidiary of the Company, shall include
at least one Executive Director; provided, however that following an IPO no
Executive Director shall serve on any audit or compensation committee of any of the foregoing.
(d) Subject to the provisions of the Companys certificate of incorporation, a Director may be
removed from the Board upon the request of the Person or group of Persons that designated such
Director, and not otherwise; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to
impair any rights that the Stockholders of the Company may have to remove any Director for cause;
provided, further, that any Executive Director shall be removed automatically from
the Board upon such Executive Directors Termination of Service.
(e) In the event that any Director for any reason ceases to serve as a member of the Board
during his term of office, the Person or group of Persons who designated such Director shall have
the right to designate for appointment by the remaining Directors of the Company an individual to
fill the vacant directorship. Each of the Company, the Carlyle Stockholders and the Executive
Stockholders agrees to take such actions as will result in the appointment as soon as practicable
of any individual so designated by each such Person or group of Persons.
(f) At such time as the Carlyle Stockholders cease collectively to own and have the power to
dispose of Company Common Stock, Company Non-Voting Common Stock and Company Restricted Common
Stock representing at least forty percent (40%) of the interests in the Company represented by all
issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, Company Non-Voting Common Stock and Company
Restricted Common Stock, the Carlyle Stockholders and the Executive Stockholders shall discuss and
use commercially reasonable efforts to agree upon, and, subject to Section 16(k), shall
amend this Agreement to effect, appropriate amendments to this Section 1 and such other
provisions of this Agreement as shall be appropriate, in each case to be consistent with the
ownership position of the Carlyle Stockholders at that time.
(g) For so long as the Company qualifies as a controlled company under the applicable
listing standards then in effect, the Company will elect to be a controlled company for purposes
of such applicable listing standards, and will disclose in its annual meeting proxy
3
statement that it is a controlled company and the basis for that determination. The Company,
the Carlyle Stockholders and the Executive Stockholders acknowledge and agree that, as of the date
of this Agreement, the Company is a controlled company. After the Company ceases to qualify as a
controlled company under applicable listing standards then in effect, each of the Carlyle
Stockholders and the Executive Stockholders acknowledges that a sufficient number of their
designees will be required to qualify as independent directors to ensure that the Board complies
with such applicable listing standards in the time periods required by the applicable listing
standards then in effect, and shall discuss and use commercially reasonable efforts to agree upon
appropriate changes to their designees consistent with the foregoing.
|
|
|
Section 2. |
|
Restrictions on Transfer. |
Except for (a) Transfers following the day that is one hundred eighty (180) days (or
such shorter or longer period as agreed upon by the underwriters and the Company to be appropriate)
after the consummation of the IPO; (b) Transfers effected by the Executive Stockholders
pursuant to the exercise of Bring-Along Rights by the Carlyle Stockholders pursuant to Section
4 below; (c) Transfers effected pursuant to the Proxy and Tag-Along Agreements;
(d) Transfers effected pursuant to Section 6 below, and (e) any Permitted
Transfer (as defined in Section 5), no Individual Stockholder shall Transfer any Securities
without the prior written approval of the Company. Each Individual Stockholder further agrees that
in connection with any Permitted Transfer, such Individual Stockholder shall, if requested by the
Company, deliver to the Company an opinion of counsel, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Company and counsel for the Company, to the effect that such Transfer is not in
violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder (the Securities Act), or the securities laws of any state. Any purported
Transfer in violation of the provisions of this Section 2 shall be null and void and shall
have no force or effect. It shall be a condition to any Permitted Transfer and (unless waived by
the Company) any Transfer by any Individual Stockholder approved by the Company, that the
transferee shall (i) agree to become a Party to this Agreement as a Management
Stockholder or an Other Stockholder, as the case may be, (ii) execute a signature page
in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto acknowledging that such transferee agrees to be
bound by the terms hereof and (iii) if such transferee is a natural person and a resident
of a state with a community or marital property system, cause such transferees spouse to execute a
spousal waiver in the form attached as Exhibit B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Agreement, the Company agrees that any Management Stockholder may pledge or otherwise use
Company Common Stock, vested Company Restricted Common Stock or Company Non-Voting Common Stock to
secure financing from a lender (a Lender) in connection with payment of the exercise
price with respect to any Company Option or the payment of any withholding or other taxes due in
connection with any Security issued under the Equity Incentive Plan, Company Rollover Stock Plan or
any similar equity-based plan approved by the Board; provided, however, that the
Lender shall be acceptable to the Company and the terms of any such pledge or other financing shall
(i) provide that the Lender or any Person (a
Foreclosure Transferee) to whom
ownership of the pledged Company Common Stock or Company Non-Voting Common Stock is transferred
upon default, foreclosure or like events (the Foreclosed Securities) shall upon taking
ownership of any such Foreclosed Securities become a party to this Agreement and be subject to the
terms and
4
provisions of the Company Rollover Stock Plan, the Equity Incentive Plan or other equity
incentive plan of the Company, as applicable, and any award agreement to which the Foreclosed
Securities transferred to the Foreclosure Transferee were subject immediately prior to such
Transfer; (ii) provide that upon and following any such transfer of ownership of any such
Foreclosed Securities the Company may, without any action or consent of the Lender or any holder or
owner thereof, convert any Company Common Stock to Company Non-Voting Common Stock, (iii)
in addition to any right to repurchase the Foreclosed Securities pursuant to the Company Rollover
Stock Plan or Section 8, provide the Company with the right to repurchase the Foreclosed
Securities at their Fair Market Value during the period beginning on the date the Company becomes
aware of the transfer of the Foreclosed Securities and ending on the date nine (9) months
thereafter and (iv) be otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Company. Any such repurchase
shall be subject to the same notice and delay provisions as shares purchased on Termination of
Service pursuant to Section 8.
|
|
|
Section 3. |
|
Leadership Team. |
(a) For so long as any Management Stockholder serves as a member of the Leadership Team, such
Management Stockholder, together with each of such Management Stockholders Permitted Transferees,
shall be an Executive Stockholder for the purposes of this Agreement and such Management
Stockholder shall execute a joinder to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
A-3.
(b) At such time as any Management Stockholder ceases to serve as a member of the Leadership
Team, such Management Stockholder, together with each of such Management Stockholders Permitted
Transferees, shall cease to be an Executive Stockholder for the purposes of this Agreement and
such Management Stockholder shall execute a separation agreement, solely with respect to such
Management Stockholders and each of such Management Stockholders Permitted Transferees status as
an Executive Stockholder under this Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, nothing in this Section 3 shall
affect any rights or obligations that any Person may otherwise have as a Management Stockholder,
Other Stockholder or Individual Stockholder and, for the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of
Section 1, Section 4 and Section 16(m) of this Agreement shall not apply to
any Individual Stockholders other than the Executive Stockholders.
|
|
|
Section 4. |
|
Bring-Along Rights. |
(a) If one or more Carlyle Stockholders, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions that would constitute both a Company Sale and a Change in Control (as defined in the
Company Rollover Stock Plan), propose(s) to Transfer any Securities to one or more Persons other
than an Affiliate of the Carlyle Stockholders (each such Person, a Third Party
Purchaser), then the Carlyle Stockholders shall have the right (a Bring-Along
Right), but not the obligation, to require each Executive Stockholder that is an Executive
Stockholder both upon receipt of the Bring-Along Notice (defined below) and upon the closing of the
proposed Transfer to sell to the Third Party Purchaser(s), on the Same Terms and Conditions as apply to the Carlyle
5
Stockholders exercising their Bring-Along Right, that number of
Securities equal to (i) the total number of Securities owned by such Executive Stockholder
multiplied by (ii) a fraction, (A) the numerator of which is the
total number of Securities to be sold by the Carlyle Stockholders in connection with such
transaction or series of related transactions and (B) the denominator of which is the total
number of the Securities collectively held by all Carlyle Stockholders. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Section 4, if the Carlyle Stockholders require an Executive
Stockholder to sell any Company Options issued under the Company Rollover Stock Plan to a Third
Party Purchaser pursuant to this Section 4, such Executive Stockholder (and, if applicable,
a Permitted Transferee and/or Related Trust of such Executive Stockholder) shall also sell, for no
additional consideration, a corresponding number of shares of Company Special Voting Stock to such
Third Party Purchaser.
(b) Any Carlyle Stockholders exercising their Bring-Along Right under this Section 4
shall deliver a written notice (a Bring-Along Notice) to each Executive Stockholder. The
Bring-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name of the Third Party Purchaser(s) and the
number of Securities proposed to be sold by the Carlyle Stockholders to such Third Party
Purchaser(s); (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration and material terms and
conditions of payment offered to such Executive Stockholder by the Third Party Purchaser(s) and a
summary of any other material terms pertaining to the Transfer (the Third Party Terms);
and (iii) the number of Securities that such Executive Stockholder shall be required to
sell in such Transfer (as determined in accordance with Section 4(a) above). The
Bring-Along Notice shall be given at least fifteen (15) Business Days before the closing of the
proposed Transfer.
(c) Upon each Executive Stockholders receipt of a Bring-Along Notice, such Executive
Stockholder shall be obligated to sell such number of Securities as is set forth in the Bring-Along
Notice on the Third Party Terms; provided, however, that no Executive Stockholder
shall be required to bear more than such Executive Stockholders pro rata share (determined based
on the number of Securities sold in the transactions contemplated by the Bring-Along Notice) of all
liabilities for the representations, warranties and other obligations incurred in connection with
the transactions contemplated by the Bring-Along Notice (other than with respect to representations
and warranties relating to the ownership of such Executive Stockholders Securities or otherwise
relating solely to such Executive Stockholder).
(d) At the closing of the Transfer to any Third Party Purchaser(s) pursuant to this
Section 4, the Third Party Purchaser(s) shall remit to each Executive Stockholder
(i) the consideration (as reduced by Section 4(g)) for the Securities held by such
Executive Stockholder and being sold pursuant hereto, minus (ii) such Executive
Stockholders pro rata portion of any consideration to be placed in escrow or otherwise held back
in accordance with the Third Party Terms, minus (iii) the aggregate exercise price
of any Company Options being Transferred by such Executive Stockholder to such Third Party
Purchaser(s), against transfer of such Securities, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, by
delivery by such Executive Stockholder of (A) certificates for such Securities, duly
endorsed for Transfer or with duly executed stock powers reasonably acceptable to the Company and
such Third Party Purchaser(s) and/or (B) an instrument evidencing the Transfer or the
cancellation of the Company Options subject to the Bring-Along Right reasonably acceptable to the
Company and such Third Party Purchaser(s),
6
and the compliance by such Executive Stockholder with any other conditions to closing or
payment of consideration generally applicable to the Carlyle Stockholders and all other
Stockholders selling Securities in such transaction. In the event that the proposed Transfer to
such Third Party Purchaser is not consummated, the Bring-Along Right shall continue to be
applicable to any proposed subsequent Transfer of Securities by the Carlyle Stockholders pursuant
to this Section 4.
(e) In the event that any Carlyle Stockholders exercise their rights pursuant to this
Section 4 or a Company Sale is approved by the Board and the holders of a majority of the
then-outstanding Voting Shares, each Executive Stockholder shall consent to and raise no objections
against such transaction, and shall take all actions that the Board and/or the applicable Carlyle
Stockholders reasonably deem necessary or desirable in connection with the consummation of such
transaction; provided, that (x) the acquisition of the Securities held by each
Executive Stockholder in connection with such transaction shall be on the Same Terms and Conditions
as the acquisition of the Securities held by the Carlyle Stockholders in connection with such
transaction and (y) no Executive Stockholder shall be required to bear more than such
Executive Stockholders pro rata share (determined based on the number of Securities sold in
connection with such Company Sale) of all liabilities of the Stockholders for the representations,
warranties and other obligations incurred in connection with such Company Sale (other than with
respect to representations and warranties relating to the ownership of such Executive Stockholders
Securities or otherwise relating solely to such Executive Stockholder). Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, each Executive Stockholder agrees, subject to the foregoing proviso,
that it shall (i) consent to and raise no objections against such transaction; (ii)
execute any purchase agreement, merger agreement or other agreement in connection with such
transaction setting forth the terms and conditions of such transaction and any ancillary agreement
with respect thereto; (iii) vote any Voting Shares held by such Executive Stockholder in
favor of such transaction (including, without limitation, executing a written consent of
stockholders approving such transaction); and (iv) refrain from the exercise of appraisal
rights with respect to such transaction.
(f) If the Company or the holders of the Companys securities enter into any transaction for
which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated under the Securities Act may be
available (including, without limitation, a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), each
Executive Stockholder shall, if requested by the Company, appoint a purchaser representative (as
such term is defined in Rule 501 of the Securities Act) reasonably acceptable to the Company. If
such purchaser representative was designated by the Company, the Company shall pay the fees and
expenses of such purchaser representative, but if any Individual Stockholder appoints another
purchaser representative, such Individual Stockholder shall be responsible for the fees and
expenses of the purchaser representative so appointed.
(g) Each Stockholder shall bear its pro rata share of the fees, costs and expenses of any
Company Sale or other transaction (pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) in which it sells
Securities.
7
|
|
|
Section 5. |
|
Permitted Transfers. |
(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the restrictions set forth in the first
sentence of Section 2 shall not apply to: (i) any Transfer of Company Common
Stock, Company Restricted Common Stock or Company Non-Voting Common Stock by an Individual
Stockholder that is a natural person (or a trust or entity of the type described below) (A)
by gift to, or for the benefit of, any member or members of his or her immediate family (which
shall include any spouse, or any lineal ancestor or descendant, niece, nephew, adopted child or
sibling of him or her or such spouse, niece, nephew or adopted child), (B) to a trust under
which the distribution of the Securities may be made only by such Individual Stockholder and/or
such Individual Stockholders immediate family or (C) to a partnership or limited liability
company for the benefit of the immediate family of such Individual Stockholder and the partners or
members of which are only such Individual Stockholder and such Individual Stockholders immediate
family; (ii) any Transfer of such Securities by an Individual Stockholder that is a natural
person to the heirs, executors or legatees of such Individual Stockholder by operation of law or
court order upon the death or incapacity of such Individual Stockholder; or (iii) any
Transfer of such Securities by an Individual Stockholder that is not a natural person to an
Affiliate; provided, that such Affiliate does not engage in any Competitive Activity (each
of the Transfers referenced in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above which is otherwise in accordance
with the provisions of this Section 5 is referred to herein as a Permitted
Transfer). Upon any Permitted Transfer of Company Common Stock, the transferor shall retain a
proxy to vote the same or shall (x) exchange the same with the Company for a share of
Company Non-Voting Common Stock and, if such transferor so chooses (y) purchase from the
Company for its par value a share of Company Special Voting Stock and Transfer in such Permitted
Transfer only the share of Company Non-Voting Common Stock. In all such cases the Company shall
take all reasonable actions to cooperate with the transferee and promptly effectuate any required
exchanges or other arrangements contemplated hereby. The recipient of any Securities pursuant to
the foregoing shall be referred to herein as a Permitted Transferee and shall be deemed a
Management Stockholder, an Other Stockholder, or an Executive Stockholder, as the case may
be, for all purposes of this Agreement.
(b) Each Individual Stockholder shall give the Company at least twenty (20) days prior
written notice of any proposed Transfer pursuant to Section 5(a) above and prompt notice of
any such actual Transfer.
|
|
|
Section 6. |
|
Registration Rights |
(a) At any time, the Carlyle Stockholders may request in writing that the Company effect the
registration of all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by the Carlyle Stockholders in
an underwritten public offering (a Registration Request). The Company will use its best
efforts to register, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, all Registrable
Securities that have been requested to be registered by the Carlyle Stockholders in the
Registration Request; provided, that (i) managing underwriters estimate of the
aggregate offering price of the Securities requested to be included in such Registration is at
least $75,000,000 and (ii) the Company shall not be required to register Registrable
Securities during
8
the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Companys estimated date
of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred and eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a
registration initiated by the Company; provided that (x) in the case of a
Registration Request received by the Company prior to the filing by the Company of such
registration, the Company had been in good faith planning to file a registration statement within
sixty (60) days of the Companys receipt of such Registration Request and (y) the Company
is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause the applicable registration
statement to become effective and that the Companys estimate of the date of filing such
registration statement is made in good faith. Any registration requested by the Carlyle
Stockholders pursuant to this Section 6(a) is referred to in this Agreement as a
Demand Registration. In connection with a Demand Registration, the Company shall have
the right to select the underwriters to administer the offering, subject to the reasonable approval
of the Carlyle Stockholders.
(b) If the Company at any time proposes to register any shares of Company Common Stock under
the Securities Act (including pursuant to a Registration Request), whether or not for sale for its
own account (other than pursuant to a Special Registration) and the registration form to be used
may also be used for the registration of Registrable Securities owned by the Stockholders, the
Company shall notify the Stockholders at least twenty (20) days prior to the planned effective date
of the registration statement in connection therewith. Upon the receipt of a written request of
any Stockholder made within ten (10) days after such notice (which request shall specify the
Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Stockholder and the intended method of
disposition thereof), the Company will, subject to the other provisions of this Section 6,
include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has
received a written request for inclusion (a Piggyback Registration). Each such request
shall also contain an undertaking from the applicable Stockholder to provide all such information
and material and to take all actions as may be reasonably required by the Company in order to
permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
(c) Each selling Stockholder shall pay all sales commissions or other similar selling charges
with respect to Registrable Securities sold by such Stockholder pursuant to a Piggyback
Registration. The Company shall pay all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of
compliance with federal and state securities laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery
expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants for the Company in connection with any
registration, including, without limitation, a Demand Registration, unless the applicable state
securities laws require that stockholders whose securities are being registered pay their pro rata
share of such fees, expenses and disbursements, in which case each Stockholder participating in the
registration shall pay its pro rata share of all such fees, expenses and disbursements based on its
pro rata share of the total number of shares being registered.
(d) If a Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration is an underwritten registration, only
Registrable Securities which are to be distributed by the underwriters may be included in the
registration. If the managing underwriters or, if the Demand Registration or the Piggyback
Registration is not an underwritten registration, the Companys investment bankers, advise the
Company that in their opinion the number of Securities requested to be included in
9
such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering or will have a
material adverse effect on the price of the Registrable Securities to be sold, the Company will
include in such registration or prospectus only such number of Securities that in the reasonable
opinion of such underwriters or investment bankers can be sold without adversely affecting the
marketability or price of the offering, which securities will be so included in the following order
of priority: (i) for registrations pursuant to Section 6(a) or Section
6(b) in connection with Demand Registrations, first, Registrable Securities of the
Stockholders who have requested registration of their Registrable Securities pursuant to
Section 6(a) or Section 6(b), pro rata on the basis of the aggregate number of such
Registrable Securities proposed to be registered by such Stockholders, second, any
Securities proposed to be registered by the Company; and (ii) for registrations pursuant to
Section 6(b) (other than in connection with Demand Registrations, which are addressed in
clause (i)), first, Securities proposed to be registered by the Company, and
second, Registrable Securities of the Stockholders who have requested registration of their
Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 6(b), pro rata on the basis of the aggregate
number of such Registrable Securities proposed to be registered by such Stockholders.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the managing underwriters or, if the registration is not an
underwritten registration, the Companys investment bankers, advise the Company that in their
opinion, the inclusion in a Demand Registration or a Piggyback Registration of Registrable
Securities held by the Management Stockholders will have a material adverse effect on the offering,
then to the extent a greater reduction in the participation by Management Stockholders is approved
in writing by at least two Senior Officers, the Company may reduce such Management Stockholder
participation in such relatively greater proportion.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time after giving written notice to the
Stockholders of its intention to register any shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to
Section 6(b) (other than Demand Registrations) and prior to the effective date of the
registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement not to register such securities, the Company may,
at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Stockholder and thereupon shall
be relieved of its obligation to register Registrable Securities as part of such terminated
registration (but not from its obligation to pay expenses in connection therewith as provided in
Section 6(c) above). Similarly, notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time after giving
written notice to the Company of its Registration Request pursuant to Section 6(a) and
prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such
registration, the applicable Carlyle Stockholders shall determine in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement not to register such securities, the applicable Carlyle Stockholders may, at
their election, give written notice of such determination to the Company (which, in turn shall give
written notice to each Individual Stockholder) and thereupon the applicable Carlyle Stockholders
and the Company shall be relieved of their respective obligations to register Registrable
Securities as part of such terminated registration (but the Company shall not be relieved from its
obligation to pay expenses in connection therewith as provided in Section 6(c)). If a
registration pursuant to this Section 6 involves an underwritten public offering or
Individual Stockholder requests to be included in such registration, such Individual Stockholder
may elect, in writing prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection
with such registration, not to participate in such registration.
10
(f) Except as part of the applicable registered offering, each Stockholder agrees not to sell
or offer for public sale or distribution, including pursuant to Rule 144, any of such Stockholders
Registrable Securities within fifteen (15) days prior to or one-hundred and eighty (180) days (or
such shorter or longer period as determined by the underwriters and the Company to be appropriate)
after the effective date of any registration (other than a Special Registration) with respect to
which registration rights are available pursuant to this Section 6.
(g) The procedures to be used by the Company in effecting the registration of any Registrable
Securities pursuant to this Section 6 and the rights of any holder of Registrable
Securities shall be those customary for demand registrations and piggyback registrations and shall
be subject to (i) without limitation of such Stockholders obligations under Section
6(a) or Section 6(b), the Companys right to request customary undertakings on the part
of the sellers of any Registrable Securities with respect to holdbacks and the furnishing of such
information for inclusion in any Registration Statement to be used in connection with such sale as
is customarily provided by selling stockholders, and (ii) in connection with any
underwritten offering which includes Registrable Securities held by any Stockholder to be
registered pursuant to this Section 6, the execution by such Stockholder of a customary
underwriting agreement with the underwriters for such offering.
|
|
|
Section 7. |
|
Indemnification. |
(a) The Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Stockholder
participating in a registration pursuant to this Agreement, the officers and directors of such
Stockholder and each Person that controls such Stockholder (within the meaning of the Securities
Act) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including, without
limitation, all reasonable legal fees, incurred in connection therewith, arising out of, based upon
or resulting from (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading in light of
the circumstances then existing or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company
of any federal, state, foreign or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and
relating to action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with any such registration,
except, in each case, insofar as it is judicially determined that the liability resulted from
information furnished in writing to the Company by such Stockholder and stated by the Stockholder
to be used therein or, in the case of an underwritten offering only, from such Stockholders
failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or
any amendments thereof or supplements thereto.
(b) Each Stockholder participating in a registration pursuant to this Agreement agrees to
indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors and officers and each Person
that controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act) the Company against any and all losses,
claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including, without limitation, all reasonable legal
fees, incurred in connection therewith, arising out of, based upon or resulting from (i)
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained
11
in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment thereof
or supplement thereto, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the
circumstances then existing, but only to the extent that such untrue statement is contained in or
(as to the matters set forth in such information or affidavit) such omission is omitted from any
information or affidavit furnished to the Company in writing by such Stockholder and stated to be
expressly for use therein; provided, that such Stockholders obligations hereunder shall be
limited to an amount equal to the proceeds to such Stockholder of the Registrable Securities sold
pursuant to such registration statement.
(c) In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company and each Stockholder
participating in the related registration will indemnify the underwriter(s), their officers and
directors and each Person who controls such underwriter(s) (within the meaning of the Securities
Act) to the same extent as provided in this Section 7.
(d) Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Section 7 shall (i) give
prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks
indemnification and (ii) unless in such indemnified partys reasonable judgment a conflict
of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim,
permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not
be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent
(but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled
to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and
expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with
respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of
interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with
respect to such claim.
(e) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement will remain in full force and effect
regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer,
director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the registration and sale
of any securities by any Person entitled to any indemnification hereunder and the expiration or
termination of this Agreement.
(f) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is held by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss,
liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of
indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, will contribute to the amount paid or payable by
such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one
hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions
which resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relevant fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party
will be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
12
statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information
supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount any Stockholder will be obligated to contribute pursuant
to this Section 7(f) will be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds to such Stockholder
of the Registrable Securities sold pursuant to the registration statement which gives rise to such
obligation to contribute (less the aggregate amount of any damages which the Stockholder has
otherwise been required to pay in respect of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action or any
substantially similar loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising from the sale of such
Registrable Securities).
|
|
|
Section 8. |
|
Rights to Repurchase Securities held by Management Stockholders. |
(a) During the period beginning on the date of a Termination of Service of a Management
Stockholder, and ending on the date nine (9) months following the later of (i) the date of
such Termination of Service, (ii) the date of the exercise of any vested Company Options
held by such Management Stockholder and (iii) the date that the Company becomes aware that
a Management Stockholder has since the date of this Agreement engaged in or is engaging in
Competitive Activity, the Company shall have the option to repurchase the Securities issued
pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan (or any similar equity-based plans approved by the Board,
other than the Company Rollover Stock Plan (which contains provisions applicable to the Securities
to which it relates)) held by such terminated Management Stockholder and/or his Related Trusts and
Permitted Transferees (collectively, the Management Securities Call Right). The
Management Securities Call Right may be exercised more than once. The Management Securities Call
Right shall be exercised by written notice (the Management Securities Call Notice) to
such Management Stockholder given in accordance with Section 16(f) below on or prior to the
last day on which the Management Securities Call Right may be exercised by the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company does not intend to exercise its Management Securities
Call Right with respect to any Security unless the Security has been held by the Management
Stockholder (and/or his or her Related Trusts or Permitted Transferees) for at least six months.
(b) The purchase price payable for such Securities held by such Management Stockholder by the
Company upon exercise of the Management Securities Call Right (the Management Securities
Purchase Price) shall be as follows:
(i) If the Management Stockholders employment is terminated by the Company for Cause,
the purchase price for any Securities shall equal the lower of (A) (1) until
the date that is five years after the initial grant of the award (as defined in the Equity
Incentive Plan or any similar equity-based plan) pursuant to which the securities were
issued, 90% of the Fair Market Value of such Securities as of the date of the Management
Securities Call Notice (the Repurchase Date) and (2) thereafter, the Fair
Market Value, as of the Repurchase Date and (B) the aggregate cash price paid for
such Securities, if any, by such Management Stockholder.
13
(ii) If the Management Stockholders employment is terminated by the Company without
Cause, by reason of such Management Stockholders death, or Disability, or in a Company
Approved Termination, the purchase price for any Securities shall equal the Fair Market
Value of such Securities as of the Repurchase Date.
(iii) If the Management Stockholders employment terminates for any other reason, the
purchase price for any Securities shall equal the Fair Market Value, as of the Repurchase
Date.
(iv) If the Management Stockholders employment terminates or the Management
Stockholder engages in Competitive Activity following a transfer of Foreclosed Securities by
such Management Stockholder, any such Foreclosed Securities shall be subject to the
Management Securities Call Right provided in this Section 8 and, if any such
Foreclosed Securities were purchased pursuant to Section 2 at a price in excess of
the price that would be payable upon exercise of the Management Securities Call Right with
respect to such Foreclosed Securities pursuant to this Section 8, then any purchase
price payable upon the exercise of the Management Securities Call Right shall be reduced
(but not below zero) by the excess of the purchase price paid by the Company for the
Foreclosed Securities pursuant to Section 2 over the price that would have otherwise
been payable for the purchase of such Foreclosed Securities pursuant to this Section
8.
If and to the extent the Company exercises its right to repurchase any such Securities
pursuant to this Section 8, any such Management Stockholder shall be obligated to sell such
Securities to the Company.
(c) The repurchase of Securities pursuant to the exercise of the Management Securities Call
Right shall take place on a date specified by the Company, but in no event later than sixty (60)
days following the date of the exercise of such Management Securities Call Right or, if later,
within ten (10) days following the receipt by the Company of all necessary governmental approvals.
On such date, such Management Stockholder shall transfer the Securities subject to the Management
Securities Call Notice to the Company, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, by delivering
to the Company the certificates or other documents representing the Securities to be purchased,
duly endorsed for transfer to the Company or accompanied by a stock power duly executed in blank,
in each case reasonably acceptable to the Company, and the Company shall pay to such Management
Stockholder the Management Securities Purchase Price in cash or by bank or cashiers check.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8, the Company shall not be
permitted or obligated to make any payment with respect to a repurchase of any Securities from a
Management Stockholder if (i) such repurchase (or the payment of a dividend by a Subsidiary
to the Company to fund such repurchase) would result in a violation of the terms or provisions of,
or result in a default or an event of default under any guaranty, financing or security agreement
or document entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary from time to time (the Financing
Agreements), (ii) such repurchase would violate any of the terms or provisions of the
certificate of incorporation of the Company or (iii) the Company has no funds
14
legally available to make such payment under the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware (each such event in clause (i), (ii) or (iii), a Repurchase Disability);
provided, that (x) the Company shall notify in writing the Management Stockholder
with respect to whom the repurchase right has been exercised (a Disability Notice) and
(y) the Disability Notice shall specify the nature of the Repurchase Disability. If a
repurchase by the Company otherwise permitted under this Section 8 is prevented by a
Repurchase Disability: (i) the purchase and payment of the applicable purchase price shall
be postponed and will take place at the first opportunity thereafter when the Company has funds
legally available to make such payment and when such payment will not result in any default, event
of default or violation under any of the Financing Agreements or in a violation of any term or
provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Company, (ii) such repurchase
obligation shall rank against other similar repurchase obligations with respect to Securities
according to priority in time of the termination date giving rise to such repurchase
(provided that any repurchase commitment arising from a termination of employment because
of Disability or death shall have priority over any other repurchase obligation) and (iii)
the applicable purchase price (except in the case of a termination for Cause) shall be either, in
the Companys discretion, as determined on the date the Company exercises its repurchase right, (i)
increased by an amount equal to interest on such purchase price for the period during which payment
is delayed at the market interest rate determined by the Company or (ii) the Fair Market Value of
the Securities as of the date that the Repurchase Disability ceases to be applicable;
provided, however, that if the Company has not repurchased Securities pursuant to
this Section 8 within four years following the delivery of a Disability Notice, the Company
shall thereafter have no right or obligation to repurchase such Securities.
(e) If a Management Stockholders employment with the Company is terminated other than
(x) by the Company without Cause, (y) by reason of the Management Stockholders
death or Disability or (z) in a Company Approved Termination, the Company shall have the
option, for so long as it has a Management Securities Call Right with respect to such Management
Stockholder, either in lieu of exercising such Management Securities Call Right or upon or
following such exercise if a Repurchase Disability has occurred and is continuing, (i) to
convert such Management Stockholders Company Common Stock to Company Non-Voting Common Stock and
(ii) to purchase each share of Company Special Voting Stock held by such Management
Stockholder from such Management Stockholder for a purchase price equal to par value of such share.
The Companys rights under this Section 8(e) shall be exercised by written notice to such
Management Stockholder given in accordance with Section 16(f ) on or prior to the last day
on which the Management Securities Call right may be exercised by the Company.
(f) No Stockholder shall have any rights against the Company because of the Companys election
to waive, in its sole discretion, any of the Companys rights with respect to the repurchase or
conversion provisions set forth in this Section 8.
(g) For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions set forth in this Section 8 shall be
applicable, mutatis mutandis, to any Securities held by a Management Stockholder that is a Related
Trust upon the Termination of Service of any Related Individual or upon any Related Individuals
engagement in a Competitive Activity, as applicable.
15
|
|
|
Section 9. |
|
Rights to Repurchase Securities held by Other Stockholders |
(a) During the period beginning on the date that the Company becomes aware that an Other
Stockholder has since the date of this Agreement engaged in or is engaging in Direct Competitive
Activity and ending on the date nine (9) months following such date, the Company shall have the
option to repurchase the Securities held by such Other Stockholder and/or his Related Trusts and
Permitted Transferees (collectively, the Other Stockholder Securities Call Right). The
Other Stockholder Securities Call Right may be exercised more than once. The Other Stockholder
Securities Call Right shall be exercised by written notice (the Other Stockholder Securities
Call Notice) to such Other Stockholder given in accordance with Section 16(f) below on
or prior to the last day on which the Other Stockholder Securities Call Right may be exercised by
the Company. For purposes of this Section 9, Direct Competitive Activity means
being employed full-time, being employed part-time under an arrangement that requires 25% of the
Other Stockholders professional time in any 12-month period, or providing services as a consultant
or independent contractor under an arrangement that requires more than 25% of the Other
Stockholders professional time in any 12-month period, in any such case by or to one of the
foregoing Persons or divisions: (i) Electronic Data Services Corporation, Jacobs
Engineering Group, Science Applications International Corporation, BearingPoint, Inc., Accenture
Ltd., CACI International Inc., ManTech International Corporation, Stanley Associates, Inc., VSE
Corporation, SRA International, Inc., Deloitte Consulting LLP, ARINC Incorporated, Computer
Sciences Corporation, Scitor Corporation, SRI International, Alion Science and Technology, MTC
Technologies Inc., SI International, SPARTA, Inc., or Wyle Laboratories, Inc., or (ii) the
U.S. government services divisions of BAE Systems, The Boeing Company, General Dynamics, Harris
Corp., IBM, L3 Communications, Lockheed Martin, Raytheon or Northrop Grumman; provided,
however, that Direct Competitive Activity will not include any activity engaged
in as an employee of or consultant to Booz & Company Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Company (Newco), to the extent Newco was permitted to engage in
such activity under the Spin Off Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2008, by and between the Company
and Newco, Booz & Company Intermediate I Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary
of Newco (Newco 2), and Booz & Company Intermediate II Inc., a Delaware corporation and a
wholly owned subsidiary of Newco 2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company does not intend to
exercise its Other Stockholder Securities Call Right with respect to any Security unless the
Security has been held by the Other Stockholder (and/or his or her Related Trusts or Permitted
Transferees) for at least six months.
(b) The purchase price payable by the Company for the Securities held by such Other
Stockholder upon exercise of the Other Stockholder Securities Call Right (the Other
Stockholder Securities Purchase Price) shall equal (i) until the third anniversary of
the date of this Agreement, the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of the Securities
subject to the Other Stockholder Securities Call Right on the date of the Other Stockholder
Securities Call Notice and (B) $100 per share and (ii) after the third anniversary
of the date of this Agreement, the Fair Market Value of the Securities subject to the Other
Stockholder Securities Call Right on the date of the Other Stockholder Securities Call Notice.
16
(c) The repurchase of Securities pursuant to the exercise of the Other Stockholder Securities
Call Right shall take place on a date specified by the Company, but in no event later than sixty
(60) days following the date of the exercise of such Other Stockholder Securities Call Right or, if
later, within ten (10) days following the receipt by the Company of all necessary governmental
approvals. On such date, such Other Stockholder shall transfer the Securities subject to the Other
Stockholder Securities Call Notice to the Company, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, by
delivering to the Company the certificates or other documents representing the Securities to be
purchased, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company or accompanied by a stock power duly executed
in blank, in each case reasonably acceptable to the Company, and the Company shall pay to such
Other Stockholder the Other Stockholder Securities Purchase Price in cash or by bank or cashiers
check.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 9, the Company shall not be
permitted or obligated to make any payment with respect to a repurchase of any Securities from an
Other Stockholder if there exists any Repurchase Disability; provided, that the Company shall
provide the Other Stockholder with respect to whom the repurchase right has been exercised with a
Disability Notice specifying the nature of the Repurchase Disability. If a repurchase by the
Company otherwise permitted under this Section 9 is prevented by a Repurchase Disability:
(i) the purchase and payment of the applicable purchase price shall be postponed and will take
place at the first opportunity thereafter when the Company has funds legally available to make such
payment and when such payment will not result in any default, event of default or violation under
any of the Financing Agreements or in a violation of any term or provision of the certificate of
incorporation of the Company, (ii) such repurchase obligation shall rank against other
similar repurchase obligations with respect to Securities according to priority in time of the
termination date giving rise to such repurchase and (iii) the applicable purchase price
shall be increased by an amount equal to interest on such purchase price for the period during
which payment is delayed at either, at the Companys discretion, as determined on the date the
Company exercises its repurchase right, (i) the applicable federal rate or (ii) the market rate of
interest determined by the Company; provided, however, that if the Company has not
repurchased Securities pursuant to this Section 9 within four years following the delivery
of a Disability Notice, the Company shall thereafter have no right or obligation to repurchase such
Securities.
(e) No Stockholder shall have any rights against the Company because of the Companys election
to waive, in its sole discretion, any of the Companys rights with respect to the repurchase
provisions set forth in this Section 9.
(f) For the avoidance of doubt, the provision set forth of this Section 9 shall be
applicable, mutatis mutandis, to any Securities held by an Other Stockholder that is a Related
Trust upon the engagement of any Related Individual in Direct Competitive Activity.
17
|
|
|
Section 11. |
|
Conversion of Company Non Voting Common Stock and Company
Restricted Common Stock; Repurchase of Company Special Voting
Stock. |
In the event of any sale of Securities that, but for Section 5(f) of the Companys certificate
of incorporation, would be shares of Company Non-Voting Common Stock or Company Restricted Common
Stock, as the case may be, pursuant to (i) the exercise of Bring-Along Rights by the
Carlyle Stockholders pursuant to Section 4 above, (ii) clause (a) of Section
2 above, or (iii) Section 6 above, such shares of Company Non-Voting Stock or
Company Restricted Common Stock, as the case may be, shall, effective upon the consummation of such
sale, be converted into shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to Section 5(f) of the Companys
certificate of incorporation. In the event that any Management Stockholder (x) sells a
Company Option to a Third Party Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or (y) Transfers or
has Transferred Company Non-Voting Common Stock to a Permitted Transferee, in each case, without a
Transfer of the related share of Company Special Voting Stock, if any (which related share, in the
case of clause (y), was purchased by such Management Stockholder pursuant to Section 5),
then the Company shall promptly purchase from such Management Stockholder (and, if applicable, any
Permitted Transferee and/or Related Trust of such Management Stockholder), and such Management
Stockholder (and, if applicable, any Permitted Transferee and/or Related Trust of such Management
Stockholder) shall sell to the Company, such share of Company Special Voting Stock, at par value,
in the case of clause (x), promptly following such sale to a Third Party Purchaser and in the case
of clause (y), concurrently with any conversion of such Non-Voting Common Stock to Company Common
Stock.
|
|
|
Section 12. |
|
Section 280G Payments |
(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 12(b) below, in the event that it shall be
determined that any right to receive an award, payment, deemed payment or other benefit or deemed
benefit under any plan, arrangement or agreement (including, without limitation, the acceleration
of the vesting and/or exercisability of an equity or other award and taking into account the effect
of this Section 12) to or for the benefit of a Management Stockholder (the
Payments), would, in whole or part when aggregated with any other right, payment or
benefit to or for the Management Stockholder under all other agreements or benefit plans of the
Company, constitute parachute payments made in connection with a change in ownership or control
of a corporation, within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code), which could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of an
excise tax on the Management Stockholder under Section 4999 of the Code or in the loss of any
income tax deductions by the Company or the Person making such Payment under Section 280G of the
Code if the value of any such parachute payments constitutes excess parachute payments, within
the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, then, to the extent necessary to make the Payments
deductible and not subject to excise taxes to the maximum extent possible (but only to such extent
and after taking into account any reduction in the Payments relating to Section 280G of the Code
under any other plan, arrangement or agreement), the Payments shall not become exercisable, vested
or payable. For purposes of determining
18
whether any of the Payments would not be deductible as a result of Section 280G of
the Code or would be subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code and the amount of such
disallowed deduction or excise tax, all Payments will be treated as parachute payments within the
meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and all parachute payments in excess of the base amount
(as defined under Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) shall be treated as nondeductible and subject to
the excise tax, unless and except to the extent that in the opinion of a nationally recognized
accounting firm selected by the Company (the Accountants), such Payments (in whole or in
part) either do not constitute parachute payments, including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4) of
the Code, or are otherwise not subject to disallowance as a deduction or not subject to the excise
tax. All determinations required to be made under this Section 12(a), including whether
and which of the Payments are required to be reduced, the amount of such reduction and the
assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by the Accountants,
provided, however, that such determinations shall be based upon substantial
authority within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of Section
12(a) above shall not apply to reduce the Payments if (i) the Payments that would
otherwise be nondeductible under Section 280G of the Code or subject to an excise tax under Section
4999 of the Code are disclosed to and approved by the Stockholders in accordance with Section
280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the regulation codified at 26 C.F.R. § 1.280G-1 (the 280G
Regulations), (ii) immediately before the change in ownership or control the Company
does not meet the requirements of Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii)(I) and the 280G Regulations,
(iii) the Company fails to comply with Section 12(c) or (iv) prior to the
earlier of (A) the applicable change in ownership or control and (B) the
stockholder meeting called by the Company pursuant to Section 12(c), the Unaffiliated
Directors, acting at the request of either Executive Director and taking into account all relevant
considerations, including the rights of the Management Stockholders, determines that the provisions
of Section 12(a) shall not apply to such Payments.
(c) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to prepare and deliver to
the Stockholders the disclosure required by Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code with respect to the
Payments and to obtain the approval of the Stockholders in accordance with to Section 12(b)
above prior to the applicable change in ownership or control.
Subject to the ability to terminate specific provisions of this Agreement set forth in
Section 16(k), this Agreement, and the respective rights and obligations of the Parties,
shall terminate upon the earliest of (a) the consummation of a Company Sale and (b)
such time as more than 60% of the Securities have been sold to the public pursuant to an effective
registration statement (other than a sale by the Company pursuant to a registration statement on
Form S-8) or in accordance with Rule 144 or another exemption from registration.
|
|
|
Section 14. |
|
Certain Definitions. |
(a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.
19
Administrator means the Board or any Committee appointed by the Board to administer
the Equity Incentive Plan, as such plan may be modified or supplemented from time to time by the
Board.
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For purposes of this
definition, control (and its derivatives) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether by
contract, through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, or otherwise.
Aggregate Quantity of Securities means, with reference to Securities owned by any
Person at any time or Securities outstanding at any time for purposes of any computation hereunder,
the number of shares of Company Common Stock, Company Restricted Common Stock and Company
Non-Voting Common Stock issued and outstanding and held by such Person or all Persons, as the case
may be, plus the number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon exercise, exchange
or conversion of Company Options held by such Person or all Persons, as the case may be, excluding
any Company Options issued under the Equity Incentive Plan which are not vested at such time.
Further, the phrase number of Securities held by any Person or group of Persons or to be
Transferred shall mean the number of shares of Company Common Stock, Company Restricted Common
Stock and Company Non-Voting Common Stock held by such Person or group of Persons or to be
Transferred, plus the number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon exercise,
exchange or conversion of Company Options held by such Person or group of Persons (other than
Company Options that have an exercise, exchange or conversion price per share greater than the
price per share to be paid by the applicable Third Party Purchaser(s)).
Business Day means a day except a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks in
the City of New York are authorized or required by federal or state law to be closed.
Carlyle Stockholders means (a) the Initial Carlyle Stockholder and
(b) any Affiliates of the Initial Carlyle Stockholder to which (i) the Initial
Carlyle Stockholder or any other Person transfers Company Common Stock or (ii) the Company
issues Company Common Stock.
Cause has the meaning specified in the Equity Incentive Plan.
Company Approved Termination means a termination of employment that the Company
(through the members of its senior management), in its sole discretion, determines to be in the
best interest of the Company and the Companys approval of such termination as a Company Approved
Termination is approved or ratified by the Board of Directors.
Company Common Stock means shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock, par value
$0.01 per share.
Company Non-Voting Common Stock means shares of the Companys Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
20
Company Options means options, issued in an Exchange or as Merger Consideration
pursuant to the Merger Agreement, or any options issued thereafter, to purchase shares of Company
Common Stock pursuant to an option agreement and the Company Rollover Stock Plan, the Equity
Incentive Plan or any similar equity-based plans approved by the Board.
Company Restricted Common Stock means shares of the Companys Class C Restricted
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
Company Rollover Stock Plan means the Officers Rollover Stock Plan of the Company,
as such plan may be modified or supplemented from time to time by the Board.
Company Sale means the consummation of any transaction or series of transactions
(including, without limitation, any merger, recapitalization, reorganization, sale of stock or
other similar transaction) pursuant to which one or more Persons or group of Persons (other than
any Carlyle Stockholder) acquires (a) Securities possessing the voting power (without
taking into account this Agreement or any other agreement or proxy limiting the voting power of the
holder of such Securities) sufficient to elect a majority of the members of the Board or the board
of directors of the successor to the Company (whether such transaction is effected by merger,
consolidation, recapitalization, sale or transfer of the Companys capital stock or otherwise) or
(b) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries.
Company Special Voting Stock means shares of the Companys Class E Special Voting
Stock, par value $0.03 per share.
Competitive Activity means directly or indirectly, engaging in or providing, or
owning, investing in, managing, joining, operating or controlling, or participating in the
ownership, management, operation or control of or being connected as a director, officer, employee,
partner, member, consultant, or otherwise with, any business enterprise (whether for profit or not
for profit) which is engaged in the business of providing consulting services, either management or
technical, staff augmentation, or any related services which the Company or any of its divisions or
subsidiaries provides for any U.S. Governmental Entity or any other business activities that, as of
the date of the officers termination of employment, are directly competitive, in any geographic
area in which the Company or any of its divisions or subsidiaries engages in business activities,
with the business activities of the Company or any of its divisions, subsidiaries or affiliates
(including any material business activities that, to the knowledge of the officer, the Company or
any of its respective divisions, subsidiaries or affiliates were planning to engage in prior to the
officers termination of employment as evidenced by reasonably documented plans and actions and
that, to the officers knowledge, were still being actively pursued by the Company as of the date
of such termination), in each case that is not approved in writing by the Administrator;
provided, however, that (i) direct employment as an employee of (and not as
a consultant or advisor to) any U.S. federal, state or local Governmental Entity shall not be
considered a Competitive Activity; (ii) the officers acquisition of a passive stock or
equity interest in such a business, which represents not more than five percent (5%) of the
outstanding interest in such business shall not be considered a Competitive Activity; and
(iii) employment by a competitor shall not be considered a Competitive Activity if (and
only if) (A) the competitor
21
has more than one discrete business unit and, at the time of the officers
employment with the competitor, the businesses of the competitor that do not compete with the
Company and its Subsidiaries are responsible for 75% or more of the revenue of such competitor;
(B) the officers duties relate solely to one or more business units that do not compete
directly or indirectly with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (C) the officer is not
providing any services or charged with any duties (including reporting duties) with respect to the
business unit that is in competition with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (D)
if requested by the Company, the officer certifies in writing to the Company within thirty (30)
days of receipt of such request that the position satisfies the requirements of this proviso. In
the event any court of competent jurisdiction shall find that any provision hereof relating to
Competitive Activity is not enforceable in accordance with its terms, the court shall reform such
provisions such that the provisions shall be enforceable to the maximum extent permissible by law.
Disability has the meaning specified in the Equity Incentive Plan.
Equity Incentive Plan means the Equity Incentive Plan of the Company, as adopted on
or prior to the date hereof, as such plan may be modified or supplemented from time to time by the
Board.
Exchange Act means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Fair Market Value means, as of any date of determination, the fair market value of
any given asset, including, without limitation, the applicable Securities, as determined by the
Board in good faith with reference to the most recent valuation of the Company Common Stock
performed by an independent valuation consultant or appraiser of nationally recognized standing
(which valuation shall be prepared not less frequently than annually), provided, that the
Fair Market Value of any vested Company Option shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of a share
of Company Common Stock, minus the exercise price of such Company Option and provided,
further, that the Fair Market Value of each share of Company Special Voting Stock shall be
its par value at all times.
Individual Stockholder means any Person that is a Party to this Agreement other than
the Carlyle Stockholders.
Leadership Team means the group of senior executives of the Company with
policy-making functions, as designated by the Chief Executive Officer.
Management Stockholder means any Person identified as a Management Stockholder on
the signature pages to this Agreement or the Original Agreement.
Other Stockholder means any Person identified as an Other Stockholder on the
signature pages to this Agreement or the Original Agreement.
Party means any of the parties to this Agreement.
22
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited
liability company, syndicate, trust, association or other entity.
Proxy and Tag-Along Agreements has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Registrable Securities means (a) (i) shares of Company Common Stock
held by a Stockholder, (ii) shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any
vested Company Options and (iii) shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon exchange of
shares of Company Non-Voting Common Stock or Company Restricted Common Stock; and (b) any
securities issued or issuable with respect to any of the foregoing (x) upon any conversion
or exchange thereof, (y) by way of stock dividend or other distribution, stock split or
reverse stock split or (z) in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization,
merger, consolidation, exchange offer or other reorganization. As to any particular Registrable
Securities, once issued such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (A) a
registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective
under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such
registration statement, unless such securities are acquired and held by a Stockholder who is an
affiliate (within the meaning of Rule 144) of the Company, (B) such securities shall have
been distributed to the public in reliance upon Rule 144, (C) such securities shall have
been otherwise transferred, new certificates for such securities not bearing a legend restricting
further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent disposition of such
securities shall not require registration or qualification of such securities under the Securities
Act, (D) such securities shall have been acquired by the Company, or (E) with
respect to any such securities acquired by a Stockholder pursuant to the exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act contained in Rule 701 (or any successor provision)
thereunder, at any time after the period described in Section 2(a), such securities have
not at any time during the last six months been subject to any holdback obligation or other
transfer restriction under Section 2 or Section 6.
Related Individual means, for any entity or trust, the natural person who initially
transferred, assigned or otherwise granted to such entity or trust (i) Securities of the Company or
(ii) securities of Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc. that were exchanged for Securities of the Company.
Related Trust means, for any natural person, any trusts or entities to which such
natural person transferred, assigned or otherwise granted (i) Securities of the Company or (ii)
securities of Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc. that were exchanged for Securities of the Company.
Rollover Options means options, issued in an Exchange or as Merger Consideration
pursuant to the Merger Agreement, to purchase shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to an option
agreement and the Company Rollover Stock Plan.
Rule 144 means Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act.
Same Terms and Conditions means the same price and otherwise on the same terms and
conditions; provided, however, that (a) any price paid for options will be
subject to reduction for the applicable exercise price, (b) the form of consideration paid
may be different so long as (i) the different forms of consideration have the same Fair Market Value as of
the date of
23
approval by the Board of the applicable definitive agreement and (ii) no
Carlyle Stockholder receives any form of consideration (including with respect to vesting and
exercise provisions and similar restrictions) that the Individual Stockholders are not entitled to
receive in the same proportion, (c) the Carlyle Stockholders may receive, even if not
offered to the Individual Stockholders, rights to appoint members of the board of directors or
similar governing body of the Third Party Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, or any other
governance rights (including board observer rights), and (d) the Carlyle Stockholders may
receive, even if not offered to Individual Stockholders, rights to Transfer any Securities received
in such transaction not given to Individual Stockholders so long as the Individual Stockholders are
permitted to Transfer their Securities on a pro rata basis with the Carlyle Stockholders.
Securities means (a) (i) shares of Company Common Stock,
(ii) shares of Company Restricted Common Stock, (iii) shares of Company Non-Voting
Common Stock, (iv) shares of Company Special Voting Stock and (v) Company Options;
and (b) any securities issued or issuable with respect to any of the foregoing (x)
upon any conversion or exchange thereof, (y) by way of stock dividend or other
distribution, stock split or reverse stock split or (z) in connection with a combination of
shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange offer or other reorganization.
Senior Officers means the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or
the General Counsel of the Company.
Service Provider has the meaning specified in the Equity Incentive Plan.
Share means a share of Company Common Stock, Company Non-Voting Common Stock or
Company Restricted Common Stock.
Special Registration means the registration of Securities and/or options or other
rights in respect thereof solely on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form.
Stockholders means the Carlyle Stockholders and the Individual Stockholders.
Termination of Service means the time when a Management Stockholder ceases to be a
Service Provider for any reason, whether for cause or without cause, including, but not by way of
limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding a
termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment or reengagement by the Company or one of its
subsidiaries.
Transfer means any direct or indirect sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance,
pledge, by operation of law or otherwise, or other encumbrance or disposition, but does not include
the sale of any shares of Company Special Voting Stock of the Company in accordance with the
Company Rollover Stock Plan.
Voting Shares means shares of Company Common Stock, Company Restricted Common Stock
and Company Special Voting Stock.
24
(b) The following terms have the meaning set forth in the Sections set forth below:
|
|
|
Defined Term |
|
Location of Definition |
|
Accountants
|
|
Section 12(a) |
Agreement
|
|
Preamble |
BAH
|
|
Recitals |
Board
|
|
Section 1(a) |
Bring-Along Notice
|
|
Section 4(b) |
Bring-Along Right
|
|
Section 4(a) |
Buyer
|
|
Recitals |
Code
|
|
Section 12(a) |
Company
|
|
Preamble |
Demand Registration
|
|
Section 6(a) |
Directors
|
|
Section 1(a) |
Direct Competitive Activity
|
|
Section 9(a) |
Disability Notice
|
|
Section 8(d) |
Down-Round Preemptive Right
|
|
Section 10(a) |
Equity Securities
|
|
Section 10(b) |
Executive Directors
|
|
Section 1(a) |
Executive Stockholder
|
|
Section 3(a) |
Financing Agreements
|
|
Section 8(d) |
Foreclosed Securities
|
|
Section 2 |
Foreclosure Transferee
|
|
Section 2 |
Initial Carlyle Stockholder
|
|
Preamble |
IPO
|
|
Recitals |
Lender
|
|
Section 2 |
Management Securities Call Notice
|
|
Section 8(a) |
Management Securities Call Right
|
|
Section 8(a) |
Management Securities Purchase Price
|
|
Section 8(b) |
Merger
|
|
Preamble |
Merger Agreement
|
|
Preamble |
Merger Sub
|
|
Recitals |
Newco
|
|
Section 9(a) |
Newco 2
|
|
Section 9(a) |
Individual Stockholders
|
|
Preamble |
Other Stockholder Securities Call Notice
|
|
Section 9(a) |
Other Stockholder Securities Call Right
|
|
Section 9(a) |
Other Stockholder Securities Purchase Price
|
|
Section 9(b) |
Payments
|
|
Section 12(a) |
Permitted Transfer
|
|
Section 5(a) |
Permitted Transferee
|
|
Section 5(a) |
Piggyback Registration
|
|
Section 6(b) |
Registration Request
|
|
Section 6(a) |
25
|
|
|
Defined Term |
|
Location of Definition |
|
Repurchase Date
|
|
Section 8(b) |
Repurchase Disability
|
|
Section 8(d) |
Securities Act
|
|
Section 2 |
Third Party Purchaser
|
|
Section 4(a) |
Third Party Terms
|
|
Section 4(b) |
Unaffiliated Directors
|
|
Section 1(a) |
280G Regulations
|
|
Section 12(b) |
(c) Terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Merger
Agreement.
|
|
|
Section 15. |
|
Effectiveness. |
(a) This
Agreement shall become effective upon the effectiveness of the
registration statement relating to the IPO and shall be null and void
with no force and effect if the IPO is not consummated within
60 days thereafter.
|
|
|
Section 16. |
|
Miscellaneous. |
(a) Legends. Each certificate representing the securities issued by the Company and
held by a Stockholder shall bear the following legends; provided, that the legend set forth
below will be removed promptly from the certificates evidencing any securities which cease to be
Registrable Securities in accordance with the definition of such term herein, or would cease to be
Registrable Securities upon deliver of unlegended certificates by the Company:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (ACT), OR
THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED
IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT
AND SAID LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
THEREOF.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE REPURCHASE
RIGHTS, ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND CERTAIN OTHER
AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN THE BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
OFFICERS ROLLOVER STOCK PLAN AND AN AMENDED AND RESTATED
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE STOCKHOLDERS AND
OPTIONHOLDERS OF THE ISSUER, DATED AS OF [], 2010. A COPY OF SUCH
PLAN AND AGREEMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE ISSUER
TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.
26
(b) Successors, Assigns and Transferees. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective legal representatives, heirs, legatees,
successors, and assigns and any other transferee and shall also apply to any securities acquired by
a Stockholder after the date hereof.
(c) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles or rules of
conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by statute
and would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.
(d) Specific Performance; Submission to Jurisdiction. The Parties agree that
irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not
performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly
agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of
this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in federal
and state courts located in Wilmington, Delaware, this being in addition to any other remedy to
which such party is entitled at law or in equity. In addition, each of the Parties hereto
(i) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts
located in Wilmington, Delaware in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny
or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court,
(iii) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the federal or state courts
located in Wilmington, Delaware, and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by Law, consents
to service being made through the notice procedures set forth in Section 16(f). Each party
hereto hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, service of any process, summons,
notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the respective addresses set forth in Section
16(f) shall be effective service of process for any suit or proceeding in connection with this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
(e) Interpretation. The headings of the Sections contained in this Agreement are
solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the Parties and shall not
affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The words this Agreement,
herein, hereunder, hereof, hereby, or other words of
similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or
other subdivision hereof. Unless the context requires otherwise, pronouns in the masculine,
feminine and neuter genders shall be construed to include any other gender, and words in the
singular form shall be construed to include the plural and vice versa.
(f) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received when delivered by
overnight courier or hand delivery, when sent by telecopy, or five (5) days after mailing if sent
by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) postage prepaid, to the Parties at the
following addresses (or at such other address for any Party as shall be specified by like notices).
27
|
(i) |
|
If to any Carlyle Stockholder, addressed to such Carlyle
Stockholder, c/o The Carlyle Group, at: |
1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20004
Attention: Ian Fujiyama
Facsimile: (202) 347-9250
With a copy to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Jeffrey J. Rosen
Facsimile: (212) 909-6836
And a copy to:
Booz Allen Hamilton Inc.
8283 Greensboro Drive
McLean, Virginia 22012
Attention: Law Department
Facsimile: (703) 902-3580
|
(ii) |
|
If to any Individual Stockholder, to the address set forth on
such Stockholders signature page hereto. |
With a copy to:
Booz Allen Hamilton Inc.
8283 Greensboro Drive
McLean, Virginia 22012
Attention: Law Department
Facsimile: (703) 902-3580
Booz Allen Hamilton Inc.
8283 Greensboro Drive
McLean, Virginia 22012
Attention: Law Department
Facsimile: (703) 902-3580
28
With a copy to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Jeffrey J. Rosen
Facsimile: (212) 909-6836
And a copy to:
c/o The Carlyle Group
1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20004
Attention: Ian Fujiyama
Facsimile: (202) 347-9250
(g) Recapitalization, Exchange, Etc. Affecting the Companys Capital Stock. The
provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein, with respect to any
and all Securities and all of the shares of capital stock of the Company or any successor or assign
of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or otherwise) that may be issued
in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of such Securities, and shall be appropriately
adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations, and the
like occurring after the date hereof.
(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to constitute one
and the same agreement. Any facsimile copies hereof or signature thereon shall, for all purposes,
be deemed originals.
(i) Attorneys Fees. In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of
this Agreement, the successful Party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys fees and
expenses in addition to any other available remedy.
(j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained
herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable
in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality, and enforceability of any such provision in
every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way
impaired thereby.
(k) Amendment. The provisions of each Section of this Agreement (including any
defined terms to the extent such defined terms are used in any Section) may be amended or
terminated and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance
and either retroactively or prospectively) only as follows:
(i) with respect to any amendments, terminations or waivers relating to the provisions
of Section 1, Section 3, Section 4, or Section 16(m), by the
written
29
consent of the Company (approved by the Board), the Carlyle Stockholders and the
Executive Stockholders holding a majority of the Securities held by the Executive
Stockholders;
(ii) with respect to any waivers of the provisions of Section 2 or Section
5 or any amendments or terminations thereof of generally applicability, by the written
consent of the Company (approved by the Board); provided that any such amendment or
termination of such Sections that would have the effect of imposing additional restrictions
on the ability of the Individual Stockholders to Transfer Securities thereunder shall
require the written consent of the Individual Stockholders holding a majority of the
Securities held by the Individual Stockholders;
(iii) with respect to any amendments, terminations or waivers relating to the
provisions of Section 8, by the written consent of the Company (approved by the
Board), the Carlyle Stockholders and the Management Stockholders holding a majority of the
Securities held by the Management Stockholders;
(iv) with respect to any amendments, terminations or waivers relating to the provisions
of Section 9, by the written consent of the Company (approved by the Board), the
Carlyle Stockholders and the Other Stockholders holding a majority of the Securities held by
the Other Stockholders;
(v) with respect to any amendments, terminations or waivers relating to the provisions
of Section 11, by the written consent of the Company (approved by the Board); and
(vi) with respect to any amendments, terminations or waivers relating to the provisions
of Section 6, Section 7, Section 10, Section 12, Section
13, Section 14 (except as otherwise provided herein), Section 15 or
Section 16 (other than subsection (m)), by the written consent of the Company
(approved by the Board) and the Carlyle Stockholders; provided that if such
amendment, termination or waiver by its terms would materially and adversely affect the
rights or obligations of the Individual Stockholders as compared to the Carlyle
Stockholders, then such amendment, termination or waiver shall require the consent of the
Individual Stockholders holding a majority of the Securities held by Individual
Stockholders.
In addition to the foregoing, (x) if any such amendment, termination or waiver would by its
terms materially and adversely affect the rights or obligations of a particular Stockholder in a
manner materially different from or disproportionate to other similarly situated Stockholders, then
such amendment, termination or waiver shall require such Stockholders prior written consent and
(y) if any such amendment, termination or waiver would materially and adversely affect the
rights or obligations of the Individual Stockholders and either (I) would in doing so
adversely affect the Other Stockholders in a manner materially different from or disproportionate
to, the Management Stockholders, or (II) is being made in connection with, or pursuant to a
transaction associated with, the payment or grant to the Management Stockholders of a material
amount of new or additional cash, property or other valuable rights (other than reasonable
30
compensation arrangements for officers entered into in connection with any public offering) which
are not being paid or granted to the Other Stockholders, then such amendment, termination or waiver
shall require the prior written consent of Other Stockholders holding a majority of the Securities
held by Other Stockholders. Any amendment, termination or waiver effected in accordance with this
Section 16(k) shall be binding upon the Company, the Carlyle Stockholders and their
successors and assigns and the Individual Stockholders and their successors and assigns. At any
time hereafter, additional Stockholders may be made Parties hereto by (x) executing a
signature page in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto, which signature page shall be
countersigned by the Company and shall be attached to this Agreement and become a part hereof
without any further action of any other Party hereto and (y) if such Stockholder is a
resident of a state with a community or marital property system, by causing the spouse of such
Stockholder to execute a spousal waiver in the form attached as Exhibit B.
(l) Tax Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to require payment in cash or
deduction from other compensation payable to any Stockholder of any sums required by federal,
state, or local tax law to be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise, repurchase,
or cancellation of any Share or any option to purchase Securities.
(m) Appointment of Proxy. Each Executive Stockholder hereby appoints Explorer
Coinvest LLC as his true and lawful proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to
vote all of such Executive Stockholders Voting Shares (i) for the election and removal of
Directors and for all other matters provided for in Section 1 (other than Sections
1(f) and 1(g)) and (ii) for all matters set forth in Section 4(e);
provided that such proxy shall not include the power to vote in any meeting or other
process chosen by the Executive Stockholders to select designees as contemplated by Section
1(a). The proxies and powers granted pursuant to this Section 16(m) are coupled with
an interest and are given to secure the performance of this Agreement. Such proxies and powers are
irrevocable and binding upon the Executive Stockholders and the successors, assigns,
representatives and executors thereof until the termination of this Agreement and shall revoke any
and all prior proxies granted by the Executive Stockholder with respect to such Executive
Stockholders Voting Shares (other than any prior proxies granted to Explorer Coinvest LLC pursuant
to a Proxy and Tag-Along Agreement).
(n) Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any and all exhibits, schedules and
other instruments contemplated thereby) constitute the entire agreement of the Parties with respect
to the subject matter hereof.
[remainder of page intentionally left blank.]
31
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXPLORER COINVEST LLC
By: Carlyle Partners V US, L.P., its managing member
By: TC Group V US, L.P., its general partner
By: TC Group V US, L.L.C., its general partner
By: TC Group Investment Holdings, L.P., its managing
member
By: TCG Holdings II, L.P., its general partner
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]
EXHIBIT A-1
SIGNATURE PAGE
TO
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
By execution of this signature page, ____________________ hereby agrees to become a Party to,
to become a Management Stockholder under, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the
benefits of, that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of ______________, by and among Booz
Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Explorer Coinvest LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company and certain other Parties named therein, as amended from time to time
thereafter.
[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]
EXHIBIT A-2
SIGNATURE PAGE
TO
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
By execution of this signature page, ____________________ hereby agrees to become a Party to,
to become an Other Stockholder under, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the
benefits of, that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of ______________, by and among Booz
Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Explorer Coinvest LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company and certain other Parties named therein, as amended from time to time
thereafter.
[Separation Agreement]
EXHIBIT A-3
SIGNATURE PAGE
TO
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
By execution of this signature page, ____________________ hereby agrees to become a Party to,
to become an Executive Stockholder under, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the
benefits of, that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of ______________, by and among Booz
Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Explorer Coinvest LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company and certain other Parties named therein, as amended from time to time
thereafter.
[Separation Agreement]
EXHIBIT A-4
SIGNATURE PAGE
TO
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT TRUST
By execution of this signature page, ____________________ hereby agrees to become a Party to,
to become a Management Stockholder under, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the
benefits of, that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of ______________, by and among Booz
Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Explorer Coinvest LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company and certain other Parties named therein, as amended from time to time
thereafter.
Accepted and Agreed by:
|
|
|
|
|
Signature of
Related Individual: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]
EXHIBIT A-5
SIGNATURE PAGE
TO
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT TRUST
By execution of this signature page, ____________________ hereby agrees to become a Party to,
to become an Other Stockholder under, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the
benefits of, that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of ______________, by and among Booz
Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Explorer Coinvest LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company and certain other Parties named therein, as amended from time to time
thereafter.
Accepted and Agreed by:
|
|
|
|
|
Signature of
Related Individual: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]
EXHIBIT B
SPOUSAL WAIVER
I, [INSERT NAME] hereby waive and release any and all equitable or legal claims and rights,
actual, inchoate or contingent, which I may acquire with respect to the disposition, voting or
control of the Securities subject to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of ______________,
______, among Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation and its stockholders, as the same shall be
amended from time to time, except for rights in respect of the proceeds of any disposition of such
Securities.
[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]
EXHIBIT C
SEPARATION OF EXECUTIVE STOCKHOLDER
Dated: ____________
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Company) and
the undersigned individual hereby agree that, as of the date written above, the undersigned has
ceased to serve as a member of the Leadership Team, as defined in the Stockholders Agreement, dated
as of ______________, by and among the Company, Explorer Coinvest LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company and certain other Parties named therein, as amended from time to time thereafter (the
Stockholders Agreement). The undersigned individual hereby agrees to remain a Party to,
to remain a Management Stockholder under, and to be continue to bound by the obligations of, and to
receive the benefits of, the Stockholders Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title |
|
|
[Separation Agreement]
exv4w4
Exhibit 4.4
FORM OF
IRREVOCABLE PROXY AND TAG-ALONG AGREEMENT
This Irrevocable Proxy and Tag-Along Agreement (this Agreement) is entered into as
of the date(s) set forth on the signature pages attached hereto, by and among (a) Explorer Coinvest LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the Initial Carlyle Stockholder) and the stockholder whose name is set
forth on the signature page hereof (the Individual Stockholder).
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, the Carlyle Stockholder currently is the owner of 9,566,000 shares of Company Common
Stock;
WHEREAS, the Individual Stockholder currently is the owner of the number of shares of Company
Common Stock, Company Non Voting Common Stock, Company Restricted Common Stock, and Company Special
Voting Stock and Company Options to purchase the number of shares of Company Common Stock, set
forth on the signature page hereof; and
WHEREAS, the Initial Carlyle Stockholder wishes to enter into a pro rata tag-along agreement
with the Individual Stockholder in exchange for the grant by the Individual Stockholder of an
irrevocable proxy to the Initial Carlyle Stockholder.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, representations and
warranties made herein and of the mutual benefits to be derived herefrom, the parties hereto agree
as follows:
Section 1 Tag-Along Right.
(a) In the event that any Carlyle Stockholder(s) (the Initiating Stockholder(s))
propose(s) to Transfer any Securities to a Third Party Purchaser other than (i) to a
Permitted Transferee, (ii) pursuant to a registered public offering (it being understood
that the Individual Stockholder has piggyback registration rights with respect to registered public
offerings), (iii) in a bona fide sale to the public in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Securities Act or (iv) in a pro-rata distribution made by any Carlyle Stockholder(s) to its
partners or members for no additional consideration, then the Individual Stockholder shall have the
right (the Tag-Along Right) to require that the proposed Third Party Purchaser purchase
from the Individual Stockholder up to a number of whole Securities (which securities shall not
include Company Special Voting Stock (except to the extent described in the last sentence of this
Section 1(a)) or unvested Company Restricted Common Stock, or Company Options that are not
exercisable, except to the extent such Company Restricted Common Stock vests or Company Options
become exercisable as a result of the transactions contemplated by the applicable Sale Notice)
equal to the product of (x) the total number of Securities that the proposed Third Party
Purchaser has agreed, committed or is willing to purchase and (y) a fraction, the numerator
of which is the
Aggregate Quantity of Securities (excluding any Securities that are not Proxy Shares) owned by
the Individual Stockholder, and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Quantity of Securities
held by all holders of Securities (such product, the Tag Eligible Securities).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1, if the Individual Stockholder
sells any Company Options issued under the Company Rollover Stock Plan to a Third Party Purchaser
pursuant to this Section 1, the Individual Stockholder (and, if applicable, a Permitted
Transferee and/or Related Trust of the Individual Stockholder) shall also sell, for no additional
consideration, a corresponding number of shares of Company Special Voting Stock to such Third Party
Purchaser.
(b) The Initiating Stockholder(s) shall notify the Individual Stockholder in writing in the
event such Initiating Stockholder(s) propose(s) to make a Transfer or series of Transfers giving
rise to the Tag-Along Right at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the date on which such
Initiating Stockholder(s) expect(s) to consummate such Transfer (the Sale Notice) which
notice shall specify the number of Securities which the Third Party Purchaser intends to purchase
in such Transfer and the Third Party Terms with respect thereto. The Tag-Along Right may be
exercised by the Individual Stockholder by delivery of a written notice to the Company and the
Initiating Stockholder(s) proposing to sell Securities (the Tag-Along Notice) within ten
(10) Business Days following receipt of the Sale Notice from such Initiating Stockholder(s). The
Tag-Along Notice shall state the number of each type of Securities (which Securities shall not
include Company Special Voting Stock (except to the extent described in the last sentence of
Section 1(a)) or unvested Company Restricted Common Stock, or Company Options that are not
exercisable, except to the extent such Company Restricted Common Stock vests or Company Options
become exercisable as a result of the transactions contemplated by the applicable Sale Notice, and
which shall not exceed the Tag Eligible Securities), that the Individual Stockholder proposes to
include in such Transfer to the proposed Third Party Purchaser (such securities the Transfer
Securities). In the event that the proposed Third Party Purchaser does not purchase from the
Individual Stockholders Transfer Securities, then the Initiating Stockholder(s) shall not be
permitted to sell any Securities to the Third Party Purchaser, subject to the Initiating
Stockholders right to send a new Sale Notice in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 1.
(c) At the closing of the Transfer to any Third Party Purchaser pursuant to this Section
1, the Third Party Purchaser shall remit to the Individual Stockholder exercising its rights
under this Section 1, (i) the consideration for the Securities held by the
Individual Stockholder sold pursuant hereto, minus (ii) the Individual
Stockholders pro rata portion of any such consideration to be placed in escrow or otherwise held
back in accordance with the Third Party Terms, minus (iii) the aggregate exercise
price of any Company Options being Transferred by the Individual Stockholder to such Third Party
Purchaser, against transfer of such Securities subject to the Tag-Along Rights, free and clear of
all liens and encumbrances, by delivery by the Individual Stockholder of (A) certificates
for such Securities, duly endorsed for Transfer or with duly executed stock powers reasonably
acceptable to the Company and such Third Party Purchaser and/or (B) an instrument
evidencing the Transfer of the Company Options subject to
2
the Tag-Along Right reasonably acceptable to the Company and such Third Party Purchaser, and
the compliance by the Individual Stockholder with any other conditions to closing or payment of
consideration generally applicable to the Initiating Stockholder(s) and all other holders of
Securities selling Securities in such transaction; provided, however, that the
Individual Stockholder shall not be required to bear more than the Individual Stockholders pro
rata share (determined based on the number of Securities sold in the transactions contemplated by
the Tag-Along Notice) of all liabilities for the representations, warranties and other obligations
incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Tag-Along Notice (other than with
respect to representations and warranties relating to the ownership of the Individual Stockholders
Securities or otherwise relating solely to the Individual Stockholder). Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Section 1, the Individual Stockholder shall bear its pro rata share
of the aggregate fees, costs and expenses of all such transactions.
Section 2 Irrevocable Proxy.
(a) In consideration of the Tag-Along Right, the Individual Stockholder hereby irrevocably
appoints the Initial Carlyle Stockholder, and any designee of the Initial Carlyle Stockholder, and
each of them individually, as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact and proxy of the Individual
Stockholder solely with respect to the matters set forth below, for and in the Individual
Stockholders name, place and stead, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to vote
the Proxy Shares or act by written consent on behalf of the Proxy Shares, solely with respect to
the following matters:
(i) the election or removal of members of the board of directors of the
Company; and
(ii) the consent to or approval of any Company Sale that is approved by the
Board and the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Voting Shares or any
items submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their consent or approval in
connection therewith (including, without limitation, any related votes under
Sections 242, 251, 252, 254, 257, 258, 263, 264 or 271 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law).
The Individual Stockholder hereby ratifies and confirms and undertakes to ratify and confirm all
that the Initial Carlyle Stockholder, in its capacity as the proxyholder of the Proxy Shares, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of the rights hereby granted.
(b) The proxy and power of attorney granted to the Initial Carlyle Stockholder pursuant to
Section 2(a) of this Agreement by the Individual Stockholder shall, except as herein
provided, be irrevocable during the term of this Agreement, shall be deemed to be coupled with an
interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable proxy and shall revoke any and all prior
proxies granted by the Individual Stockholder with respect to the Proxy Shares (other than any
prior proxies granted to the Initial Carlyle Stockholder pursuant to Section 16(m) of the
Stockholders Agreement but including, if such Individual Stockholder is not a natural person,
3
any prior proxies granted to the Related Individual of such Individual Stockholder). The
power of attorney granted by the Individual Stockholder herein is a durable power of attorney and
shall survive the dissolution or bankruptcy of the Individual Stockholder, and shall revoke any and
all prior powers of attorney granted by the Individual Stockholder with respect to the Proxy
Shares. The proxy and power of attorney granted hereunder shall terminate upon the termination of
this Agreement.1
Section 3 Certain Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined
shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Stockholders Agreement.
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For purposes of this
definition, control (and its derivatives) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether by
contract, through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, or otherwise.
Aggregate Quantity of Securities means, with reference to Securities owned by any
Person at any time or Securities outstanding at any time for purposes of any computation hereunder,
the number of shares of Company Common Stock, Company Restricted Common Stock and Company
Non-Voting Common Stock issued and outstanding and held by such Person or all Persons, as the case
may be, plus the number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon exercise, exchange or
conversion of Company Options held by such Person or all Persons, as the case may be, excluding
(x) any Company Options issued under the Equity Incentive Plan which are not vested at such
time and (y) Company Options that have an exercise, exchange or conversion price per share
greater than the price per share to be paid by the applicable Third Party Purchaser. Further, the
phrase number of Securities held by any Person or group of Persons or to be Transferred shall
mean the number of shares of Company Common Stock, Company Restricted Common Stock and Company
Non-Voting Common Stock held by such Person or group of Persons or to be Transferred, plus the
number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon exercise, exchange or conversion of Company
Options held by such Person or group of Persons (other than Company Options that have an exercise,
exchange or conversion price per share greater than the price per share to be paid by the
applicable Third Party Purchaser).
Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Carlyle Stockholders means (a) the Initial Carlyle Stockholder and
(b) any Affiliates of the Initial Carlyle Stockholder to which (i) the Initial
Carlyle Stockholder or any other Person transfers Company Common Stock or (ii) the Company
issues Company Common Stock.
|
|
|
1 |
|
Note: To the extent that any
individuals execute this Agreement within New York State, this Agreement will
need to be revised to conform with New Yorks power of attorney requirements. |
4
Company means Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
Company Common Stock means shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock, par value
$0.01 per share.
Company Non-Voting Common Stock means shares of the Companys Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
Company Options means options to purchase shares of Company Common Stock pursuant
to an option agreement and the Company Rollover Stock Plan, the Equity Incentive Plan or any
similar equity-based plans approved by the Board.
Company Restricted Common Stock means shares of the Companys Class C Restricted
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
Company Rollover Stock Plan means the Companys Officers Rollover Stock Plan, as
such plan may be modified or supplemented from time to time by the board of directors of the
Company.
Company Sale means the consummation of any transaction or series of transactions
(including, without limitation, any merger, recapitalization, reorganization, sale of stock or
other similar transaction) pursuant to which one or more Persons or group of Persons (other than
any Carlyle Stockholder) acquires (a) Securities possessing the voting power (without
taking into account this Agreement or any other agreement or proxy limiting the voting power of the
holder of such Securities) sufficient to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors
of the Company or the board of directors of the successor to the Company (whether such transaction
is effected by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, sale or transfer of the Companys capital
stock or otherwise) or (b) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its
subsidiaries.
Company Special Voting Stock means shares of the Companys Class E Special Voting
Stock, par value $0.03 per share.
Individual Stockholder shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Initiating Stockholder shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).
Party means any of the parties to this Agreement.
Permitted Transfer means (i) any Transfer of Company Common Stock, Company
Restricted Common Stock or Company Non-Voting Common Stock by an Individual Stockholder that is a
natural person (or a trust or entity of the type described below) (A) by gift to, or for
the benefit of, any member or members of his or her immediate family (which shall include any
spouse, or any lineal ancestor or descendant, niece, nephew, adopted child or sibling of him or her
or such spouse, niece, nephew or adopted child), (B) to a trust under which the
distribution of the Securities may be made only by such Individual Stockholder and/or such
5
Individual Stockholders immediate family or (C) to a partnership or limited liability
company for the benefit of the immediate family of such Individual Stockholder and the partners or
members of which are only such Individual Stockholder and such Individual Stockholders immediate
family, (ii) any Transfer of such Securities by an Individual Stockholder that is a natural
person to the heirs, executors or legatees of such Individual Stockholder by operation of law or
court order upon the death or incapacity of such Individual Stockholder; or (iii) any
Transfer of such Securities by an Individual Stockholder that is not a natural person to an
Affiliate; provided, that such Affiliate does not engage in any Competitive Activity (as
defined in the Stockholders Agreement).
Permitted Transferee means the recipient of any Securities pursuant to a Permitted
Transfer.
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited
liability company, syndicate, trust, association or other entity.
Proxy Shares means the outstanding Securities owned by the Individual Stockholder as
of the date hereof, together with any Securities subsequently issued to the Individual Stockholder
by the Company.
Related Trust means, for any natural person, any trusts or entities to which such
natural person transferred, assigned or otherwise granted (i) Securities of the Company or
(ii) securities of Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc. that were exchanged for Securities of the
Company.
Related Individual means, for any entity or trust, the natural person who initially
transferred, assigned or otherwise granted to such entity or trust (i) Securities of the Company or
(ii) securities of Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc. that were exchanged for Securities of the Company.
Sale Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(b).
Securities means (a) (i) shares of Company Common Stock,
(ii) shares of Company Restricted Common Stock, (iii) shares of Company Non-Voting
Common Stock, (iv) shares of Company Special Voting Stock and (v) Company Options;
and (b) any securities issued or issuable with respect to any of the foregoing (x)
upon any conversion or exchange thereof, (y) by way of stock dividend or other
distribution, stock split or reverse stock split or (z) in connection with a combination of
shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange offer or other reorganization.
Stockholders Agreement means that certain stockholders agreement, dated as of July
30, 2008, by and among the Company and its stockholders, as amended from time to time.
Tag-Along Notice shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(b).
Tag-Along Right shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).
6
Tag Eligible Securities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).
Third Party Purchaser means Persons other than an Affiliate of the Carlyle
Stockholder.
Transfer means any direct or indirect sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance,
pledge, by operation of law or otherwise, or other encumbrance or disposition, but does not include
the sale of any shares of Company Special Voting Stock of the Company in accordance with the
Company Rollover Stock Plan.
Transfer Securities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(b).
Voting Shares means shares of Company Common Stock, Company Restricted Common Stock
and Company Special Voting Stock.
Section 4 Miscellaneous.
(a) Effective Time. This Agreement shall become effective upon the
effectiveness of the registration statement relating to the initial
public offering by the Company of Company Common Stock and shall be
null and void with no force and effect if such initial public
offering is not consummated within 60 days thereafter.
(b) Effect of Transfers of Proxy Shares. Except in connection with a Permitted
Transfer, (i) no Transfer of Securities by the Individual Stockholder (or any of its
Permitted Transferees) shall result in the transfer to the transferee of any Tag-Along Rights with
respect to such transferred Securities and (ii) immediately prior to such Transfer, the
proxy granted herein to the Carlyle Stockholder with respect to such transferred Securities shall
terminate. In the event of a Transfer of any Proxy Shares to a Permitted Transferee by the
Individual Stockholder, the Proxy Shares so Transferred shall continue to be subject to the terms
and conditions of this Agreement and the Permitted Transferee shall take such Proxy Shares subject
to the rights and obligations set forth herein.
(c) Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
Parties and their respective legal representatives, heirs, legatees, successors, and, to the extent
set forth in Section 4(b), transferees pursuant to Permitted Transfers, and shall not otherwise be
assignable (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by any Party without the prior written
consent of the other Party.
(d) Brokerage Accounts. The Individual Stockholder agrees that all Proxy Shares owned
by the Individual Stockholder or any of its Permitted Transferees shall be held in the name of the
Individual Stockholder or such Permitted Transferee and not in the name of any broker, brokerage
firm or other nominee.
(e) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles or rules
of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by
statute and would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.
7
(f) Termination. This Agreement, and the respective rights and obligations of the
Parties, shall terminate immediately upon the earliest to occur of (x) the execution by the
Carlyle Stockholder and the Individual Stockholder of a written agreement to terminate this
Agreement, (y) such time as more than 60% of the Securities have been sold to the public
pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a sale by the Company pursuant to a
registration statement on Form S-8) or in accordance with Rule 144 or another exemption from
registration or (z) such time when the Carlyle Stockholders cease collectively to own and
have the power to dispose of Company Common Stock, Company Non-Voting Common Stock and Company
Restricted Common Stock representing at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the interests in the
Company represented by all issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, Company
Non-Voting Common Stock and Company Restricted Common Stock.
(g) Specific Performance; Submission to Jurisdiction. The Parties agree that
irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not
performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly
agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of
this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in federal
and state courts located in Wilmington, Delaware, this being in addition to any other remedy to
which such Party is entitled at law or in equity. In addition, each of the Parties hereto
(i) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts
located in Wilmington, Delaware in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny
or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court,
(iii) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the federal or state courts
located in Wilmington, Delaware, and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by Law, consents to
service being made through the notice procedures set forth in Section 4(f). Each Party
hereto hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, service of any process, summons,
notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the respective addresses set forth in Section
4(f) shall be effective service of process for any suit or proceeding in connection with this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
(h) Interpretation. The headings of the Sections contained in this Agreement are
solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the Parties and shall not
affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The words this Agreement, herein,
hereunder, hereof, hereby, or other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a
whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision hereof. Unless the context
requires otherwise, pronouns in the masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall be construed to
include any other gender, and words in the singular form shall be construed to include the plural
and vice versa.
(i) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received when
8
delivered by
overnight courier or hand delivery, when sent by telecopy, or five (5) days after mailing if sent
by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) postage prepaid, to the Parties at the
following addresses (or at such other address for any Party as shall be specified by like notices).
|
(i) |
|
If to the Carlyle Stockholder, addressed to the Carlyle
Stockholder, c/o The Carlyle Group, at: |
1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20004
Attention: Ian Fujiyama
Facsimile: (202) 347-9250
With a copy to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Jeffrey J. Rosen
Facsimile: (212) 909-6836
And a copy to:
Booz Allen Hamilton Inc.
8283 Greensboro Drive
McLean, Virginia 22012
Attention: Law Department
Facsimile: (703) 902-3580
|
(ii) |
|
If to the Individual Stockholder, to the address set forth on
the Individual Stockholders signature page hereto |
With a copy to:
Booz Allen Hamilton Inc.
8283 Greensboro Drive
McLean, Virginia 22012
Attention: Law Department
Facsimile: (703) 902-3580
(j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same agreement. Any facsimile copies hereof or signature thereon
shall, for all purposes, be deemed originals.
9
(k) Attorneys Fees. In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of
this Agreement, the successful Party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys fees and
expenses in addition to any other available remedy.
(l) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained
herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable
in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality, and enforceability of any such provision in
every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way
impaired thereby.
(m) Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties
pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of
the parties in connection therewith.
[remainder of page intentionally left blank.]
10
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date(s) set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXPLORER COINVEST LLC
|
|
|
By: |
Carlyle Partners V US, L.P., its managing member
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
TC Group V US, L.P., its general partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
TC Group V US, L.L.C., its general partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
TC Group Investment Holdings, L.P., its managing member
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
TCG Holdings II, L.P., its general partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
[Signature page to Irrevocable Proxy and Tag-Along Agreement]
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the Individual Stockholder is not a natural person:
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Company Common Stock: ___________ shares
Company Non Voting Common Stock: __________ shares
Company Restricted Common Stock: ___________ shares
Company Special Voting Stock: ___________ shares
Company Options to purchase: ___________ shares
If the Individual Stockholder is not a natural person,
solely for the purposes of Section 2(b), accepted and agreed by:
Signature of
Related Individual: ________________________
Name: ________________________
[Signature page to Irrevocable Proxy and Tag-Along Agreement]
exv4w5
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate,
shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or
regulations:
|
|
|
|
|
TEN COM
|
|
|
|
as tenants in common |
TEN ENT
|
|
|
|
as tenants by the entireties |
JT TEN
|
|
|
|
as joint tenants with right |
|
|
|
|
of survivorship and not as |
|
|
|
|
tenants in common |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT
|
|
|
|
|
|
Custodian |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Cust)
|
|
|
|
(Minor) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
under Uniform Gifts to Minors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Act |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(State) |
|
|
|
|
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
|
|
|
|
|
For value received,
|
|
|
|
hereby sell, assign and transfer unto |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
|
of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably |
|
|
|
constitute and appoint |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. |
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR
INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS
AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE
GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTICE:
|
|
THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH
THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN
EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR
ANY CHANGE WHATEVER. |
exv10w7
Exhibit 10.7
AMENDED AND RESTATED EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
OF
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation (the Company) hereby adopts this Amended and
Restated Equity Incentive Plan of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, which amends and
restates the Equity Incentive Plan of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation (as amended and
restated, the Plan). The purposes of this Plan are as follows:
(1) To further the growth, development and financial success of the Company and its
Subsidiaries (as defined herein), by providing additional incentives to employees, consultants and
directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries, who have been or will be given responsibility for
the management or administration of the Companys (or one of its Subsidiaries) business affairs,
by assisting them to become owners of Company Common Stock, thereby benefiting directly from the
growth, development and financial success of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
(2) To enable the Company (and its Subsidiaries) to obtain and retain the services of the type
of professional, technical and managerial employees, consultants and directors considered essential
to the long-range success of the Company (and its Subsidiaries) by providing and offering them an
opportunity to become owners of Company Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of Options, the grant
of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, the grant of Performance Awards, the grant of other
Stock-Based Awards or an offer to purchase shares of Company Common Stock.
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
Whenever the following terms are used in this Plan, they shall have the meaning specified
below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. The singular pronoun shall include the
plural where the context so indicates.
Section 1.1 Administrator shall mean the Board or any committee of the Board
designated by the Board to administer the Plan. To the extent Section 162(m) of the Code is
applicable to the Company and the Plan, and for those Awards intended to qualify as
performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator shall mean the
compensation committee of the Board or such other committee or subcommittee of the Board or the
compensation committee as the Board or the compensation committee shall designate, consisting of
two or more members, each of whom is a Non-Employee Director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3, as
promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director within the meaning of Section 162(m)
of the Code.
Section 1.2 Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such Person where
control shall have the meaning given such term under Rule 405 of the Securities Act. For the
purposes of this Plan, Affiliates of the Company shall include all Principal Stockholders.
Section 1.3 Alternative Award shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.2.
Section 1.4 Applicable Laws shall mean the requirements relating to the
administration of stock option, restricted stock, restricted stock unit and other equity-based
compensation plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the
Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company Common Stock is listed or quoted
and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the
Plan.
Section 1.5 Award shall mean any Option, Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock,
Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Stock Appreciation Right, Dividend
Equivalent, Deferred Share Unit or other Stock-Based Award granted to a Participant pursuant to the
Plan, including an Award combining two or more types in a single grant.
Section 1.6 Award Agreement shall mean any written agreement, contract or other
instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through an electronic medium.
Section 1.7 Base Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.56.
Section 1.8 Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
Section 1.9 Cause shall mean any of the following: (i) the Participants
commission of a material act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, misconduct against the
Company or any of its Affiliates, or the conviction of, or plea of no contest to, or imposition of
unadjudicated probation for any crime that is a felony (or a comparable classification in a
jurisdiction that does not use these terms) other than as a result of a traffic violation (unless
such traffic violation results in a formal sentencing of the Participant to prison time), or the
Participants commission of a crime or other material act of misconduct that results in such
Participants loss of any government security clearance that is reasonably necessary to perform his
or her material employment-related duties; (ii) the Participants willful failure to
substantially perform his or her material employment-related duties (other than any such failure
resulting from the Participants Disability) or the Participants willful failure to carry out, or
comply with, any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board or the Participants immediate
supervisor; (iii) the Participants material violation of any material Company policy as in
effect from time to time or material breach of the Participants fiduciary duties to the Company or
any of its Affiliates; (iv) the Participants material breach of the Stockholders
Agreement, the Plan, or any exchange agreement, Award Agreement, or employment, non-competition,
nondisclosure or non-solicitation agreement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and the
Participant or (v) the Participants unlawful use (including being under the influence) or
possession of illegal drugs on the Companys (or any Affiliates) premises or while performing the
Participants duties and responsibilities; provided that, in the case of clauses (ii),
(iii) or (iv), prior to October 1, 2010, such events shall only constitute Cause if not remedied
within ten (10) business days (or such longer period as provided below) after receipt of written
notice from the Company specifying such failure, violation or breach, as the case may be. The
determination as to whether Cause has occurred shall be made by the Board, acting in good faith,
which shall have the authority to waive the consequences under the Plan in the event of the
existence or occurrence of any of the events, acts or omissions constituting Cause. The Company
must notify a Participant of any event alleged to constitute Cause within six months following
the Boards knowledge of its existence or such event shall not constitute Cause for purposes of
the Plan. A
2
termination for
Cause shall be deemed to include a determination following a Participants termination of
employment for any reason if the circumstances existing prior to such termination would have
entitled the Company or one of its Subsidiaries to have terminated such Participants employment
for Cause; provided, however, that this proviso shall not apply if, prior to
termination of employment, the Board determined, following conclusion of an investigation, that
such termination was not for Cause unless new facts regarding the Participants conduct are
revealed to the Board following termination of employment that result in a change in the Boards
determination. The ten (10) business day period described above with respect to awards granted
prior to October 1, 2010 may be extended for such longer period as the Chief Personnel Officer or,
with respect to the Chief Personnel Officer, the Chief Executive Officer shall determine, in his
sole discretion.
Section 1.10 Change in Control shall mean the occurrence of any of the following
events:
(a) The acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person, entity or group (as defined in
Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any Subsidiary, any Principal
Stockholder or any Affiliate thereof, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company, or a
Person that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is
under common control with, the Company) of fifty (50) percent or more of the total combined voting
power of the Companys then outstanding voting securities;
(b) The merger or consolidation of the Company, as a result of which persons who were
shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, together with the
Principal Stockholders, do not, immediately thereafter, own, directly or indirectly, more than
fifty (50) percent of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors of the merged or consolidated company;
(c) The liquidation or dissolution of the Company other than a liquidation or dissolution of
the Company into a Subsidiary or for the purposes of effecting a corporate restructuring or
reorganization as a result of which persons who were shareholders of the Company immediately prior
to such liquidation or dissolution, together with the Principal Stockholders, continue to own
immediately thereafter, directly or indirectly, more than fifty (50) percent of the combined voting
power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the entity that owns, directly or
indirectly, substantially all of the assets of the Company following such transaction; or
(d) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company to one or more persons or entities that are not, immediately prior to such transaction,
Affiliates of the Company, or any employee benefit plan of the Company (other than by way of a
transaction that would not be deemed a Change in Control pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) above);
in each case, provided that such event constitutes a change in control within the meaning
of Section 409A of the Code.
3
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if the
Company files for bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization under the United States Bankruptcy Code
or as a result of any restructuring that occurs as a result of any such proceeding.
Section 1.11 Change in Control Price shall mean the highest price per share of
Company Common Stock offered in conjunction with any transaction resulting in a Change in Control.
Section 1.12 Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Section 1.13 Company shall mean Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, and any successor.
Section 1.14 Company Common Stock shall mean the class A common stock, par value
$0.01 per share, of the Company and such other class of stock into which such common stock is
hereafter converted or exchanged.
Section 1.15 Competitive Activity shall mean (a) directly or indirectly
engaging in or providing, or owning, investing in, managing, joining, operating or controlling, or
participating in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or being connected as a
director, officer, employee, partner, member, consultant or otherwise with, any business enterprise
(whether for profit or not for profit) that is engaged in the business of providing consulting
services, either management or technical, staff augmentation, or any related services for any U.S.
governmental entity or any other business activities that, as of the date of the Participants
termination of employment, are directly competitive in any geographic area with the business
activities of the Company or any of its divisions, subsidiaries or Affiliates (including any
business activities that, to the knowledge of the Participant, the Company or any of its respective
divisions, subsidiaries or Affiliates has been planning to engage in prior to the Participants
termination of employment or service); (b) without the Companys prior written consent,
recruiting for employment with any entity that competes with the Company, or hiring for such
entity, any employee of the Company, former employee of the Company, or independent contractor to
the Company who left the Company or discontinued providing services to the Company within six (6)
months of the termination of the Participants employment or (c) directly or indirectly
using, disclosing or disseminating to any other Person or otherwise employing Confidential
Information, in each case that is not approved in writing by the Administrator, it being understood
that direct employment as an employee of (and not as a consultant or advisor to) any U.S. federal,
state or local governmental entity shall not be considered a competitive activity. In the event
any court of competent jurisdiction shall find that any provision hereof relating to Competitive
Activity is not enforceable in accordance with its terms, the court shall reform such provisions
such that the provisions shall be enforceable to the maximum extent permissible at law.
Section 1.16 Confidential Information shall mean any and all of three categories of
information: (a) confidential proprietary information about the Companys business
including, but not limited to, information that is not readily available to the public, and which
concerns the Companys operations, financial results, plans and compensation structure, strategies,
knowledge on-line database, clients, trade secrets, or any other proprietary information;
(b) confidential information entrusted to the Company by third parties such as clients
(including the U.S.
4
government and its agencies) or vendors and (c) personally identifiable information
received from employees, clients, or third parties (including, but not limited to, names,
addresses, Social Security Numbers, background information, credit card or bank information,
telephone or facsimile numbers, e-mail addresses and health information), which if misused could
result in identity theft, credit card fraud or other serious harm.
Section 1.17 Consultant shall mean any natural Person who is engaged by the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.
Section 1.18 Corporate Event shall mean, as determined by the Administrator in its
sole discretion, any transaction or event described in Section 14.1(a) or any unusual or
nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or the
financial statements of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or changes in applicable laws,
regulations or accounting principles (including, without limitation, a recapitalization of the
Company).
Section 1.19 Deferred Annual Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.
Section 1.20 Deferred Share Unit shall mean a unit credited to a Participants
account in the books of the Company under Article VIII that represents the right to receive Shares
of Company Common Stock or cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof on settlement of the
account.
Section 1.21 Director shall mean a member of the Board or a member of the board of
directors of any Subsidiary of the Company.
Section 1.22 Disability shall mean disability, as such term is defined in Section
22(e)(3) of the Code.
Section 1.23 Dividend Equivalent shall mean the right to receive payments in cash or
in Shares, based on dividends with respect to Shares.
Section 1.24 Effective Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.9.
Section 1.25 Elective Deferred Share Unit shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 8.1.
Section 1.26 Eligible Representative for a Participant shall mean such Participants
personal representative or such other person as is empowered under the deceased Participants will
or the then applicable laws of descent and distribution to represent the Participant hereunder.
Section 1.27 Employee shall mean any employee (as defined in accordance with the
regulations and revenue rulings then applicable under Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company
or one of its Subsidiaries, whether such employee is so employed at the time this Plan is adopted
or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of this Plan. A person shall not cease to be an
Employee in the case of (a) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (b)
transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, any of its Subsidiaries,
5
or
any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3)
months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If
reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed,
the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately
following such three (3)-month period, and such Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall
cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a
Non-Qualified Stock Option on the first day immediately following a three (3)-month period from the
date the employment relationship is deemed terminated.
Section 1.28 Equity Restructuring shall mean, as determined by the Administrator in
its sole discretion, a non-reciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as
a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash
dividend, that affects the shares of Company Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or
the share price of Company Common Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in the per share
value of the Company Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.
Section 1.29 Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
Section 1.30 Fair Market Value of a Share as of a given date shall be:
(a) If the Company Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national
market system, the closing sales price for a Share (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported)
as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street
Journal or, if not so reported, such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
(b) If the Company Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but
selling prices are not reported, the Administrator shall determine the Fair Market Value in good
faith with reference to the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the date
of determination and sales prices of securities issued to investors in any recent arms length
transactions; or
(c) In the absence of an established market for the Company Common Stock, the Fair Market
Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator with reference to the most recent
valuation of the Company Common Stock performed by an independent valuation consultant or appraiser
of nationally recognized standing (which valuation shall be prepared not less frequently than
annually) and sales prices of securities issued to investors in any recent arms length
transactions.
Section 1.31 Incentive Stock Option shall mean an Option which qualifies under
Section 422 of the Code and is designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator.
Section 1.32 Leadership Team shall mean the group of senior executives of the
Company with policy-making functions, as designated by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
6
Section 1.33 Non-Qualified Stock Option shall mean an Option which is not an
incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code and shall include an Option which is
designated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option by the Administrator.
Section 1.34 Non-U.S. Awards shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.4.
Section 1.35 Option shall mean an option to purchase Company Common Stock granted
under the Plan. The term Option includes both an Incentive Stock Option and a Non-Qualified
Stock Option.
Section 1.36 Option Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.
Section 1.37 Optionee shall mean a Participant to whom an Option or SAR is granted
under the Plan.
Section 1.38 Participant shall mean any Service Provider who has been granted an
Award pursuant to the Plan.
Section 1.39 Performance Award shall mean Performance Shares, Performance Units and
all other Awards that vest (in whole or in part) upon the achievement of specified Performance
Goals.
Section 1.40 Performance Cycle shall mean the period of time selected by the
Administrator during which performance is measured for the purpose of determining the extent to
which a Performance Award has been earned or vested.
Section 1.41 Performance Goals means the objectives established by the Administrator
for a Performance Cycle pursuant to Section 7.4 for the purpose of determining the extent to which
a Performance Award has been earned or vested.
Section 1.42 Performance Share means an Award granted pursuant to Article VII of the
Plan of a contractual right to receive a Share (or the cash equivalent thereof) upon the
achievement, in whole or in part, of the applicable Performance Goals.
Section 1.43 Performance Unit means a dollar-denominated unit (or a unit denominated
in the Participants local currency) granted pursuant to Article VII of the Plan, payable upon the
achievement, in whole or in part, of the applicable Performance Goals.
Section 1.44 Permitted Transfer shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the
Stockholders Agreement.
Section 1.45 Person shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited
liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint
venture, governmental authority or any other entity of whatever nature.
Section 1.46 Plan shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.
7
Section 1.47 Principal Stockholders shall mean (i) the Initial Carlyle
Stockholders (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) and (ii) any of their Affiliates to
which (a) any of the Principal Stockholders identified in clause (i) or any other Person
transfers Company Common Stock or (b) the Company issues Company Common Stock.
Section 1.48 Public Offering shall mean the first day as of which (i) sales
of Company Common Stock are made to the public in the United States pursuant to an underwritten
public offering of the Company Common Stock led by one or more underwriters at least one of which
is an underwriter of nationally recognized standing or (ii) the Administrator has
determined that the Company Common Stock otherwise has become publicly traded for this purpose.
Section 1.49 Restricted Stock shall mean an Award granted pursuant to Section 6.1.
Section 1.50 Restricted Stock Unit shall mean an Award granted pursuant to Section
6.2.
Section 1.51 Secretary shall mean the Secretary of the Company.
Section 1.52 Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Section 1.53 Service Award shall mean all Awards that vest solely based on the
passage of time or continued service over a fixed period of time.
Section 1.54 Service Provider shall mean an Employee, Consultant or Director.
Section 1.55 Share shall mean a share of Company Common Stock.
Section 1.56 Stock Appreciation Right or SAR shall mean the right to
receive a payment from the Company in cash and/or Shares equal to the product of (i) the
excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the exercise date over a specified price
(the Base Price) fixed by the Administrator on the grant date (which specified price
shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of one Share on the grant date), multiplied by
(ii) a stated number of Shares.
Section 1.57 Stock-Based Award shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.
Section 1.58 Stock Purchase Right shall mean an Award granted pursuant to Section
3.4.
Section 1.59 Stockholders Agreement shall mean that certain agreement by and among
each Participant, the Principal Stockholders, the Company and other parties thereto, which contains
certain restrictions and limitations applicable to Awards granted under this Plan, as may be
amended from time to time. Prior to a Public Offering, if the Participant is not a party to the
Stockholders Agreement at the time of grant of an Award of Shares, settlement of an Award, purchase
of Company Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right or exercise of an Option or SAR (or any
portion thereof), the time of grant of such Award, settlement of such Award, purchase of Company
Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right or, as applicable, the exercise of an Option or SAR
shall be subject to the condition that the Participant
8
enter into the Stockholders Agreement with the Company in the form provided to the Participant
by the Company.
Section 1.60 Subplans shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.4.
Section 1.61 Subsidiary of any entity shall mean any corporation in an unbroken
chain of corporations beginning with such entity if each of the corporations other than the last
corporation in the unbroken chain then owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
Section 1.62 Termination of employment, termination of service and any
similar term or terms shall mean, with respect to a director who is not an Employee of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, the date upon which such director ceases to be a member of the Board,
with respect to a Consultant who is not an Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the
date upon which such Consultant ceases to provide consulting or advisory services to the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, and, with respect to an Employee, the date the Participant ceases to be an
Employee; provided, that, with respect to any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code,
such terms shall mean separation from service, as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the
rules, regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.
Section 1.63 Withholding Taxes shall mean the statutory minimum of any federal,
state, local or foreign income taxes, withholding taxes or employment taxes required to be withheld
under Applicable Law.
ARTICLE II.
SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN
Section 2.1 Shares Subject to Plan.
(a) Subject to Section 14.1, the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under this
Plan is 2,800,000; provided, however, that subject to Section 2.1(b), no more than
2,800,000 Shares shall be issued in the form of Options under the Plan. The Shares may be
authorized but unissued, or reacquired Company Common Stock.
(b) To the extent that an Award terminates, is forfeited, is repurchased, expires, or lapses
for any reason, any Shares subject to the Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award
pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that vested Shares that are repurchased
after being issued from the Plan shall not be available for future issuance under the Plan.
Additionally, any Shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax
withholding obligation pursuant to any Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award
pursuant to the Plan. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, Shares issued in assumption of,
or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be counted against Shares available for grant
pursuant to this Plan.
Section 2.2 Individual Award Limitations. Subject to Section 2.1(a) and Section 14.1,
the following individual Award limits shall apply to the extent Section 162(m) of the Code is
9
applicable to the Company and the Plan, and for those Awards intended to qualify as
performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code:
(a) No Participant may receive the right to more than 45,000 Performance Shares, shares of
performance-based Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units and performance-based Deferred Share
Units under the Plan in any one year.
(b) No Participant may receive the right to Performance Units under the Plan in any one year
with a value of more than US $5,000,000 (or the equivalent of such amount denominated in the
Participants local currency).
(c) No Participant may receive Options, SARs or any other Award based solely on the increase
in value of the Shares on more than 70,000 Shares under the Plan in any one year.
Section 2.3 Prohibition Against Repricing. From and after a Public Offering, except
to the extent (i) approved in advance by holders of a majority of the Shares entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors or (ii) as a result of any Corporate Event, the
Administrator shall not have the power or authority to reduce, whether through amendment or
otherwise, the exercise price of any outstanding Option or base price of any outstanding Stock
Appreciation Right or to grant any new Award, or make any cash payment, in substitution for or upon
the cancellation of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights previously granted.
ARTICLE III.
GRANTING OF OPTIONS AND SARS AND SALE OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK
Section 3.1 Eligibility. Non-Qualified Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
may be granted to Service Providers. Subject to Section 3.2, Incentive Stock Options may only be
granted to Employees.
Section 3.2 Qualification of Incentive Stock Options. No Employee may be granted an
Incentive Stock Option under the Plan if such Employee, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is
granted, owns stock possessing more than ten (10) percent of the total combined voting power of all
classes of stock of the Company or any then existing Subsidiary of the Company or parent
corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code) unless such Incentive Stock Option
conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.
Section 3.3 Granting of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to Service Providers.
(a) Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. The Administrator may from time to time:
(i) Select from among the Service Providers (including those to whom Options or SARs have been
previously granted under the Plan) such of them as in its opinion should be granted Options and/or
SARs;
10
(ii) Determine the number of Shares to be subject to such Options and/or SARs granted to such
Service Provider, and determine whether such Options are to be Incentive Stock Options or
Non-Qualified Stock Options; and
(iii) Determine the terms and conditions of such Options and SARs, consistent with the Plan.
Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with Options or may be granted on a freestanding
basis, not related to any Option. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator at or after the
grant date, Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with Options shall have substantially
similar terms and conditions to such Options to the extent applicable, or may be granted on a
freestanding basis, not related to any Option.
(b) Upon the selection of a Service Provider to be granted an Option or SAR under this Section
3.3, the Administrator shall instruct the Secretary or another authorized officer to issue such
Option or SAR and may impose such conditions on the grant of such Option or SAR as it deems
appropriate. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, but subject to Section
2.3, the Administrator may, subject to applicable securities laws, require as a condition to the
grant of an Option or SAR to a Service Provider that the Service Provider surrender for
cancellation all or a portion of the unexercised Options or SARs which have previously been granted
to him or her. An Option or SAR, the grant of which is conditioned upon such surrender, may have
an Option Price or Base Price that is lower (or higher) than the Option Price or Base Price of the
surrendered Option or SAR, may cover the same (or a lesser or greater) number of Shares as the
surrendered Option or SAR, may contain such other terms as the Administrator deems appropriate and
shall be exercisable in accordance with its terms, without regard to the number of Shares, price,
period of exercisability or any other term or condition of the surrendered Option or SAR. Subject
to Section 14.3 of the Plan, any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan may be modified by
the Administrator, without the consent of the Optionee, even if such modification would result in
the disqualification of such Option as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.
Section 3.4 Sale of Company Common Stock to Service Providers. The Administrator,
acting in its sole discretion, may from time to time designate one or more Service Providers to
whom an offer to sell Shares shall be made and the terms and conditions thereof, provided,
however, that the price per Share shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of such
Shares on the date any such offer is accepted. Each Share sold to a Service Provider under this
Section 3.4 shall be evidenced by a written stock purchase agreement in a form approved by the
Board, which shall contain terms consistent with the terms hereof. Any Shares sold under this
Section 3.4 shall be subject to the same limitations, restrictions and administration hereunder as
would apply to any Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option under this Plan including,
but not limited to, conditions and restrictions set forth in Section 5.6 below. Shares acquired
pursuant to this Section 3.4 prior to a Public Offering shall also be subject to the terms and
conditions of a Stockholders Agreement, which shall be entered into with the Participant upon the
acquisition of such Shares.
11
ARTICLE IV.
TERMS OF OPTIONS AND SARS
Section 4.1 Award Agreement.
(a) Each Option and each Stock Appreciation Right shall be evidenced by a written Award
Agreement, which shall be executed by the Optionee and an authorized officer and which shall
contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, consistent with the Plan.
Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may
be necessary to qualify such Options as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code.
(b) The Administrator may, at any time, and from time to time, amend the terms of any one or
more existing Award Agreements, provided, however, that subject to the provisions
of this Plan the rights of an Optionee under an Award Agreement shall not be adversely impaired in
any material respect without the Optionees written consent. The Company shall provide an Optionee
with written notice of any amendment made to such Optionees existing Award Agreement.
Section 4.2 Exercisability and Vesting of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.
(a) Each Option and SAR shall vest and become exercisable according to the terms of the
applicable Award Agreement; provided, however, that by a resolution adopted after
an Option or SAR is granted the Administrator may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine
to be appropriate, accelerate the time at which such Option or SAR or any portion thereof may be
exercised.
(b) Except as otherwise provided by the Administrator or in the applicable Award Agreement, no
portion of an Option or SAR which is unexercisable on the date that an Optionee incurs a
termination of service as a Service Provider shall thereafter become exercisable.
(c) The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all
Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Service Provider in
any calendar year may not exceed $100,000 or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of
the Code, or any successor provision. To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first
exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered
Non-Qualified Stock Options.
(d) Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with an Option shall become vested and
exercisable on the same date or dates as the Options with which such Stock Appreciation Rights are
associated vest and become exercisable. Stock Appreciation Rights that are granted in tandem with
an Option may only be exercised upon the surrender of the right to exercise such Option for an
equivalent number of Shares, and may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which the
related Option is then exercisable.
Section 4.3 Option Price and Base Price. The per Share purchase price of the Shares
subject to each Option (the Option Price) and the Base Price of each Stock Appreciation
Right
12
shall be set by the Administrator and shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of
such Shares on the date such Option or SAR is granted.
Section 4.4 Expiration of Options and SARs. No Option or SAR may be exercised to any
extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:
(a) The expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option or SAR was granted; or
(b) With respect to an Incentive Stock Option in the case of an Optionee owning (within the
meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code), at the time the Incentive Stock Option was granted, more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any
Subsidiary, the expiration of five (5) years from the date the Incentive Stock Option was granted.
ARTICLE V.
EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND SARS
Section 5.1 Person Eligible to Exercise. During the lifetime of the Optionee, only he
or she may exercise an Option or SAR (or any portion thereof) granted to him or her;
provided, however, that the Optionees Eligible Representative may exercise his or
her Option or SAR or portion thereof during the period of the Optionees Disability. After the
death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of an Option or SAR may, prior to the time when such
portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, be exercised by his
or her Eligible Representative.
Section 5.2 Partial Exercise. At any time and from time to time prior to the time
when the Option or SAR becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, the
exercisable portion of an Option or SAR may be exercised in whole or in part; provided,
however, that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional Shares and the
Administrator may, by the terms of the Option or SAR, require any partial exercise to exceed a
specified minimum number of Shares.
Section 5.3 Manner of Exercise. An exercisable Option or SAR, or any exercisable
portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of all of the following prior
to the time when such Option or SAR or such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the
applicable Award Agreement:
(a) Subject to any conditions that may be imposed by the Administrator, notice in writing
signed by the Optionee or his or her Eligible Representative, stating that such Option or SAR or
portion is being exercised, and specifically stating the number of Shares with respect to which the
Option or SAR is being exercised;
(b) If the Option or SAR is being exercised prior to a Public Offering, a copy of the
Stockholders Agreement signed by the Optionee or Eligible Representative, if applicable;
13
(c) (i) With respect to the exercise of any Option, full payment (in cash (through wire
transfer only) or by personal, certified, or bank cashier check) of the aggregate Option Price of
the Shares with respect to which such Option (or portion thereof) is thereby exercised; or
(ii) With the consent of the Administrator, (A) Shares owned by the Optionee duly
endorsed for transfer to the Company or (B) Shares issuable to the Optionee upon exercise
of the Option, with a Fair Market Value on the date of Option exercise equal to the aggregate
Option Price of the Shares with respect to which such Option (or portion thereof) is thereby
exercised or
(iii) With the consent of the Administrator, any form of payment permitted by Applicable Laws
and any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.
(d) Full payment to the Company (in cash or by personal, certified or bank cashier check or by
any other means of payment approved by the Administrator) of all minimum amounts necessary to
satisfy any and all Withholding Taxes arising in connection with the exercise of the Option or SAR;
(e) Such representations and documents as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to
effect compliance with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and any other federal or
state securities laws or regulations. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take
whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without
limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer orders to transfer
agents and registrars and
(f) In the event that the Option or SAR or portion thereof shall be exercised as permitted
under Section 5.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right
of such person or persons to exercise the Option or SAR or portion thereof.
Section 5.4 Optionee Representations. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may
require an Optionee to make certain representations or acknowledgements, on or prior to the
purchase of any Shares pursuant to any Option or SAR granted under this Plan, in respect thereof
including but not limited to that the Optionee is acquiring the Shares for an investment purpose
and not for resale, and, if the Optionee is an Affiliate, additional acknowledgements regarding
when and to what extent any transfers of such Shares may occur.
Section 5.5 Settlement of SARs. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator,
upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive payment
in the form, determined by the Administrator, of Shares, or cash, or a combination of Shares and
cash having an aggregate value (based in the case of Shares on Fair Market Value) equal to the
amount determined by multiplying:
(a) any increase in the Fair Market Value of one Share on the exercise date over the Base
Price of such Stock Appreciation Right, by
(b) the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised;
14
(c) provided, however, that on the grant date, the Administrator may
establish, in its sole discretion, a maximum amount per Share that may be payable upon exercise of
a Stock Appreciation Right, and provided, further, that in no event shall the value
of the Company Common Stock or cash delivered on exercise exceed the excess of the Fair Market
Value of the Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised over the Fair
Market Value of such Shares on the grant date of such Stock Appreciation Right.
Section 5.6 Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates. The Shares issuable and
deliverable upon the exercise of an Option or SAR, or any portion thereof, may be either previously
authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares which have then been reacquired by the Company,
subject to Section 2.1(b). The Company shall record shares delivered upon exercise of an Option or
SAR in the books and records of the Company or a certificate of Shares will be delivered to the
Optionee at the Companys principal place of business as soon as practicable after the Option or
SAR is properly exercised or the Company may, in the Administrators discretion, retain physical
possession of the certificate until such time as the Administrator deems appropriate.
Notwithstanding the above, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or
certificates for Shares purchased upon the exercise of any Option or SAR or portion thereof prior
to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
(a) The admission of such Shares to listing on any and all stock exchanges on which such class
of Company Common Stock is then listed;
(b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state
or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, deem
necessary or advisable;
(c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental
agency which the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or
advisable and
(d) The payment to the Company (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) of all amounts which it is
required to withhold under Applicable Law in connection with the exercise of the Option or SAR.
The Administrator shall not have any liability to any Optionee for any delay in the delivery
of Shares to be issued upon an Optionees exercise of an Option or SAR.
Section 5.7 Rights as Stockholders. The holder of an Option or SAR shall not be, nor
have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares
purchasable upon the exercise of any part of an Option or SAR unless and until such holder has
(with respect to Options and SARs exercised prior to a Public Offering) signed a Stockholders
Agreement provided by the Administrator and certificates representing such Shares have been issued
by the Company to such holder.
Section 5.8 Transfer Restrictions. Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option or SAR
granted prior to a Public Offering shall be subject to the terms and conditions of a Stockholders
15
Agreement. In addition, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose further
restrictions on the transferability of the Shares purchasable upon the exercise of an Option or SAR
as it deems appropriate. Any such restriction shall be set forth in the respective Award Agreement
and may be referred to on the certificates evidencing such Shares. The Administrator may require
the Employee to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of
an Incentive Stock Option, within two (2) years from the date of granting such Option or one (1)
year after the transfer of such Shares to such Employee. The Administrator may direct that the
certificates evidencing Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option refer to such
requirement.
ARTICLE VI.
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS
Section 6.1 Restricted Stock.
(a) Grant of Restricted Stock. The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of
Restricted Stock to any Service Provider selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject
to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. All Awards of Restricted Stock
shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.
(b) Issuance and Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions
on transferability and other restrictions as the Administrator may impose (including, without
limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends on
the Restricted Stock). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times,
pursuant to such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Administrator determines
at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.
(c) Certificates for Restricted Stock. Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan
may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator shall determine. If certificates representing
shares of Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must bear an
appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such
Restricted Stock, and the Company may, at its discretion, retain physical possession of the
certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse.
Section 6.2 Restricted Stock Units. The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of
Restricted Stock Units to any Service Provider selected by the Administrator in such amounts and
subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. At the time of grant, the
Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become
fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems
appropriate. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to
each grant of Restricted Stock Units which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of
the Award and may be determined at the election of the grantee. On the maturity date, the Company
shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, transfer to the Participant one Share for each Restricted
Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited. The Administrator
shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the grantee to the Company for such Shares.
16
Section 6.3 Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall not have any rights as a
stockholder in respect of Restricted Stock Units awarded pursuant to the Plan (including but not
limited to the right to vote on any matter submitted to the Companys stockholders) until such time
as the Shares attributable to such Restricted Stock Units have been issued to such Participant or
his or her beneficiary.
ARTICLE VII.
PERFORMANCE SHARES AND PERFORMANCE UNITS
Section 7.1
(a) Grant of Performance Awards. The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of
Performance Shares and Performance Units to any Participant selected by the Administrator in such
amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. All
Performance Shares and Performance Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.
(b) Issuance and Restrictions. The Administrator shall have the authority to determine
the Participants who shall receive Performance Shares and Performance Units, the number of
Performance Shares and the number and value of Performance Units each Participant receives for any
Performance Cycle, and the Performance Goals applicable in respect of such Performance Shares and
Performance Units for each Performance Cycle. Any adjustments to such Performance Goals shall be
approved by the Administrator. The Administrator shall determine the duration of each Performance
Cycle (the duration of Performance Cycles may differ from one another), and there may be more than
one Performance Cycle in existence at any one time. Unless otherwise determined by the
Administrator, the Performance Cycle for Performance Shares and Performance Units shall be three
(3) years. An Award Agreement evidencing the grant of Performance Shares or Performance Units
shall specify the number of Performance Shares and the number and value of Performance Units
awarded to the Participant, the Performance Goals applicable thereto, and such other terms and
conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall determine. No Company Common
Stock will be issued at the time an Award of Performance Shares is made, and the Company shall not
be required to set aside a fund for the payment of Performance Shares or Performance Units.
Section 7.2 Earned Performance Shares and Performance Units. Performance Shares and
Performance Units shall become earned, in whole or in part, based upon the attainment of specified
Performance Goals or the occurrence of any event or events, including a Corporate Event, as the
Administrator shall determine, either at or after the grant date. In addition to the achievement
of the specified Performance Goals, the Administrator may, at the grant date, condition payment of
Performance Shares and Performance Units on such conditions as the Administrator shall specify.
The Administrator may also require the completion of a minimum period of service (in addition to
the achievement of any applicable Performance Goals) as a condition to the vesting of any
Performance Share or Performance Unit Award.
Section 7.3 Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall not have any rights as a
stockholder in respect of Performance Shares or Performance Units awarded pursuant to the Plan
(including but not limited to the right to vote on any matter submitted to the Companys
17
stockholders) until such time as the Shares attributable to such Performance Shares or
Performance Units have been issued to such Participant or his or her beneficiary.
Section 7.4 Performance Goals. The Administrator shall establish the Performance
Goals that must be satisfied in order for a Participant to receive an Award for a Performance
Period or for an Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units to be earned or vested. At the
discretion of the Administrator, the Performance Goals may be based upon the total return to the
Companys shareholders, inclusive of dividends paid, during the applicable Performance Cycle
(determined either in absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more similarly
situated companies or a published index covering the performance of a number of companies), or upon
the relative or comparative attainment of one or more of the following criteria, whether in
absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more similarly situated companies or a
published index covering the performance of a number of companies: earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation and amortization, operating earnings, net earnings, income, earnings before
interest and taxes, total shareholder return, return on the Companys assets, increase in the
Companys earnings or earnings per share, revenue growth, share price performance, return on
invested capital, operating income, pre- or post-tax, income, net income, economic value added,
profit margins, cash flow, improvement in or attainment of expense or capital expenditure levels,
improvement in or attainment of working capital levels, return on equity, debt reduction, gross
profit, market share, cost reductions, workforce satisfaction and diversity goals, workplace health
and safety goals, employee retention, completion of key projects and strategic plan development
and/or implementation, job profit or performance against a multiplier; or, for any period of time
in which Section 162(m) is not applicable to the Company and the Plan, and at any time in the case
of persons who are not covered employees under Section 162(m) of the Code, such other criteria as
may be determined by the Administrator. Performance Goals may be established on a Company-wide
basis or with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Subsidiaries, or products. When
establishing Performance Goals for a Performance Cycle, the Administrator may exclude any or all
extraordinary items as determined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and as
identified in the financial statements, notes to the financial statements or managements
discussion and analysis in the annual report, including, without limitation, the charges or costs
associated with restructurings of the Company, discontinued operations, extraordinary items,
capital gains and losses, dividends, Share repurchase, other unusual or non-recurring items, and
the cumulative effects of accounting changes. Except in the case of Awards to covered employees
intended to be performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator
may also adjust the Performance Goals for any Performance Cycle as it deems equitable in
recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company, changes in applicable tax
laws or accounting principles, or such other factors as the Administrator may determine (including,
without limitation, any adjustments that would result in the Company paying non-deductible
compensation to a Participant).
Section 7.5 Special Rule for Performance Goals. If, at the time of grant, the
Administrator intends a Performance Share Award, Performance Unit or other Performance Award to
qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the
Administrator must establish Performance Goals for the applicable Performance Cycle prior to the
91st day of the Performance Cycle (or by such other date as may be required
18
under Section 162(m) of the Code) but not later than the date on which 25% of the Performance
Cycle has lapsed.
Section 7.6 Negative Discretion. Notwithstanding anything in this Article VII to the
contrary, the Administrator shall have the right, in its absolute discretion, (i) to reduce
or eliminate the amount otherwise payable to any Participant under Section 7.9 based on individual
performance or any other factors that the Administrator, in its discretion, shall deem appropriate
and (ii) to establish rules or procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount
payable to each Participant to an amount that is less than the maximum amount otherwise authorized.
Section 7.7 Affirmative Discretion. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan
to the contrary, but subject to the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under Section
2.1 of the Plan, (i) the Administrator shall have the right, in its discretion, to grant an
Award in cash, Shares or other Awards, or in any combination thereof, to any Participant (except
for a Participant who is a covered employee as defined in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, to the
extent Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to the Company and the Plan) for the year in which
the amount paid would ordinarily be deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes in an
amount up to the maximum bonus payable, based on individual performance or any other criteria that
the Administrator deems appropriate and (ii) in connection with the hiring of any person
who is or becomes a covered employee as defined in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, the
Administrator may provide for a minimum bonus amount in any Performance Cycle, regardless of
whether the performance objectives are attained.
Section 7.8 Certification of Attainment of Performance Goals. As soon as practicable
after the end of a Performance Cycle and prior to any payment or vesting in respect of such
Performance Cycle, the Administrator shall certify in writing the number of Performance Shares or
other Performance Awards and the number and value of Performance Units that have been earned or
vested on the basis of performance in relation to the established Performance Goals.
Section 7.9 Payment of Awards. Payment or delivery of Company Common Stock with
respect to earned Performance Shares and earned Performance Units shall be distributed to the
Participant or, if the Participant has died, to the Participants Eligible Representative, as soon
as practicable after the expiration of the Performance Cycle and the Administrators certification
under Section 7.8 above and in any event no later than the earlier of (i) 2 1/2 months after
the end of the fiscal year in which the Performance Cycle expires and (ii) ninety (90) days
after the expiration of the Performance Cycle, provided that payment or delivery of Company
Common Stock with respect to earned Performance Shares and earned Performance Units shall not be
distributed to a Participant until any other conditions on payment of such Awards established by
the Administrator have been satisfied. The Administrator shall determine whether earned
Performance Shares and the value of earned Performance Units are to be distributed in the form of
cash, Shares or in a combination thereof, with the value or number of Shares payable to be
determined based on the Fair Market Value of the Company Common Stock on the date of the
Administrators certification under Section 7.8 above. The Administrator shall have the right to
impose whatever conditions it deems appropriate with respect to the award or delivery of Shares,
including conditioning the vesting of such Shares on the performance of additional service.
19
Section 7.10 Newly Eligible Participants. Notwithstanding anything in this Article
VII to the contrary, the Administrator shall be entitled to make such rules, determinations and
adjustments as it deems appropriate with respect to any Participant who becomes eligible to receive
Performance Shares, Performance Units or other Performance Awards after the commencement of a
Performance Cycle.
ARTICLE VIII.
DEFERRED SHARE UNITS
Section 8.1 Grant. Subject to Article XII, the Administrator is authorized to make
awards of Deferred Share Units to any Participant selected by the Administrator at such time or
times as shall be determined by the Administrator without regard to any election by the Participant
to defer receipt of any compensation or bonus amount payable to him. The grant date of any
freestanding Deferred Share Unit under the Plan will be the date on which such freestanding
Deferred Share Unit is awarded by the Administrator or on such other future date as the
Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. In addition, subject to Article XII, on
fixed dates established by the Administrator and subject to such terms and conditions as the
Administrator shall determine, the Administrator may permit a Participant to elect to defer receipt
of all or a portion of his annual compensation and/or annual incentive bonus (Deferred Annual
Amount) payable by the Company or a Subsidiary and receive in lieu thereof an Award of
elective Deferred Share Units (Elective Deferred Share Units) equal to the greatest whole
number that may be obtained by dividing (i) the amount of the Deferred Annual Amount, by
(ii) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of payment of such compensation and/or
annual bonus. Each Award of Deferred Share Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that
shall specify (x) the number of Shares to which the Deferred Share Units pertain,
(y) the time and form of payment of the Deferred Share Units and (z) such terms and
conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall determine, including customary
representations, warranties and covenants with respect to securities law matters and such
provisions as may be required pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. Upon the grant of Deferred
Share Units pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall establish a notional account for the
Participant and will record in such account the number of Deferred Share Units awarded to the
Participant. No Shares will be issued to the Participant at the time an award of Deferred Share
Units is granted. Subject to Article XII, Deferred Share Units may become payable on a Corporate
Event, termination of employment or on a specified date or dates set forth in the Award Agreement
evidencing such Deferred Share Units.
Section 8.2 Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall not have any rights as a
stockholder in respect of Deferred Share Units awarded pursuant to the Plan (including but not
limited to the right to vote on any matter submitted to the Companys stockholders) until such time
as the Shares attributable to such Deferred Share Units have been issued to such Participant or his
or her beneficiary.
Section 8.3 Vesting. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise at or after the
grant date, the portion of each Award of Deferred Share Units that consists of freestanding
Deferred Share Units, together with any dividend equivalents credited with respect thereto, will be
subject to a restriction period of such length and subject to such terms and conditions as
determined by the Administrator. In its discretion, the Administrator may establish
performance-based vesting
20
conditions with respect to Awards of Deferred Share Units (in lieu of, or in addition to,
time-based vesting) based on one or more of the Performance Goals listed in Section 7.4;
provided that any Award of Deferred Share Units made to any covered employee that
is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code shall be
subject to the same restrictions and limitations applicable to Awards of Performance Shares and
Performance Units under Section 7.5 and Section 7.8, during a Performance Cycle selected by the
Administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or as provided in
Section 11.4, the portion of each Award of Deferred Share Units that consists of Elective Deferred
Share Units, together with any dividend equivalents credited with respect thereto, shall not be
subject to any restriction period and shall be non-forfeitable at all times.
Section 8.4 Further Deferral Elections. A Participant may elect to further defer
receipt of Shares issuable in respect of Deferred Share Units (or an installment of an Award) for a
specified period or until a specified event, subject in each case to the Administrators approval
and to such terms as are determined by the Administrator, all in its sole discretion. Subject to
any exceptions adopted by the Administrator, such election must generally be made at least twelve
(12) months prior to the prior settlement date of such Deferred Share Units (or any such
installment thereof) and must defer settlement for at least five (5) years after such prior
settlement date. A further deferral opportunity does not have to be made available to all
Participants, and different terms and conditions may apply with respect to the further deferral
opportunities made available to different Participants.
Section 8.5 Settlement. Subject to this Article VIII, upon the date specified in the
Award Agreement evidencing the Deferred Share Units, for each such Deferred Share Unit the
Participant shall receive, in the Administrators discretion, (i) a cash payment equal to
the Fair Market Value of one (1) Share as of such payment date, (ii) one (1) Share or
(iii) any combination of cash and Shares.
ARTICLE IX.
OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS
Section 9.1 Grant of Stock-Based Awards. The Administrator is authorized to make
Awards of other types of equity-based or equity-related awards (Stock-Based Awards) not
otherwise described by the terms of the Plan in such amounts and subject to such terms and
conditions as the Administrator shall determine. All Stock-Based Awards shall be evidenced by an
Award Agreement. Such Stock-Based Awards may be granted as an inducement to enter the employ of
the Company or any Subsidiary or in satisfaction of any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary
to an officer or other key employee, whether pursuant to this Plan or otherwise, that would
otherwise have been payable in cash or in respect of any other obligation of the Company. Such
Stock-Based Awards may entail the transfer of actual Shares, or payment in cash or otherwise of
amounts based on the value of Shares and may include, without limitation, Awards designed to comply
with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the United States.
21
ARTICLE X.
DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS
Section 10.1 Generally. Dividend Equivalents may be granted to Participants at such
time or times as shall be determined by the Administrator. Dividend Equivalents may be granted in
tandem with other Awards, in addition to other Awards, or freestanding and unrelated to other
Awards. The grant date of any Dividend Equivalents under the Plan will be the date on which the
Dividend Equivalent is awarded by the Administrator, or such other date as the Administrator shall
determine in its sole discretion. Dividend Equivalents shall be evidenced in writing, whether as
part of the Award Agreement governing the terms of the Award, if any, to which such Dividend
Equivalent relates, or pursuant to a separate Award Agreement with respect to freestanding Dividend
Equivalents, in each case, containing such provisions not inconsistent with the Plan as the
Administrator shall determine, including customary representations, warranties and covenants with
respect to securities law matters; provided that no Dividend Equivalent shall vest or be
payable based on the exercise of an Option or SAR.
ARTICLE XI.
TERMINATION AND FORFEITURE
Section 11.1 Termination for Cause. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator
at or after the grant date and set forth in the Award Agreement covering the Award or otherwise in
writing, if a Participants employment or service terminates for Cause, all Options and SARs,
whether vested or unvested, and all other Awards that are unvested or unexercisable or otherwise
unpaid (or were unvested or unexercisable or unpaid at the time of occurrence of Cause) shall be
immediately forfeited and canceled, effective as of the date of the Participants termination of
service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator at or
after the grant date and set forth in the Award Agreement covering the Award or otherwise in
writing, any Award that vested or was paid to the Participant or otherwise settled during the
twelve months prior to or any time after the Participant engaged in the conduct that gave rise to
the termination for Cause shall upon demand by the Administrator be immediately forfeited and
disgorged or paid to the Company together with all gains earned or accrued due to the exercise of
such Awards or sale of Company Common Stock issued pursuant to such Awards.
Section 11.2 Termination for Any Other Reason. Unless otherwise determined by the
Administrator at or after the grant date and set forth in the Award Agreement covering the Award or
otherwise in writing, if a Participants employment or service terminates for any reason other than
Cause:
(a) All Awards that are unvested or unexercisable shall be immediately forfeited and canceled,
effective as of the date of the Participants termination of service.
(b) All Options and SARs that are vested shall remain outstanding until (x) in the
case of termination for death or Disability, the first anniversary of the date of the Participants
death, (y) the 60th day after the date of termination for any reason other than
death or Disability or (z) the Awards normal expiration date, whichever is earlier, after
which any unexercised Options and SARs shall immediately terminate.
22
Section 11.3 Post-Termination Informational Requirements. Before the settlement of
any Award following termination of employment or service, the Administrator may require the
Participant (or the Participants Eligible Representative, if applicable) to make such
representations and provide such documents as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to
effect compliance with Applicable Law and determine whether the provisions of Section 11.1 or
Section 11.4 may apply to such Award.
Section 11.4 Forfeiture of Awards.
(a) Forfeiture for Financial Reporting Misconduct. If the Company is required to
prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance by the Company with any financial
reporting requirement under the securities laws, (x) with respect to any Participant who
either knowingly or grossly negligently engaged in the misconduct or knowingly or grossly
negligently failed to prevent the misconduct as determined by the Administrator or is one of the
individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
such Participant shall forfeit and disgorge to the Company (i) any Awards granted or vested
and all gains earned or accrued due to the exercise of Options or SARS or sale of any Company
Common Stock during the twelve (12)-month period following the filing of the financial document
embodying such financial reporting requirement and (ii) any other Awards that vested based
on the materially non-complying financial reporting and (y) with respect to any Participant
who is a current or former member of the Leadership Team or other executive officer of the Company
(as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) who received incentive compensation under
the Plan during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to
prepare such accounting restatement, based on erroneous data, in excess of what would have been
awarded or paid to such Participant under such accounting restatement, such Participant shall
forfeit and disgorge to the Company such excess incentive compensation.
(b) Forfeiture under Applicable Laws or Regulations. The Participant shall forfeit
and disgorge to the Company any Awards granted or vested and any gains earned or accrued due to the
exercise of Options or SARS or sale of any Company Common Stock to the extent required by
Applicable Law or regulations in effect on or after the Effective Date.
(c) Forfeiture for Competitive Activity. Unless otherwise determined by the
Administrator at or after the grant date and set forth in the Award Agreement covering the Award or
otherwise in writing, if during or following a Participants termination of employment or service
with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries the Participant engages in Competitive Activity, all
Options and SARs, whether vested or unvested, and all other Awards that are unvested or
unexercisable or otherwise unpaid shall be immediately forfeited and canceled, effective as of the
date of the Participants termination of service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Award that
vested or was paid to the Participant or otherwise settled more than twelve (12) months prior to
the date the Participant engaged in Competitive Activity, as determined by the Administrator in its
sole discretion, shall not be recovered from the Participant. Any Award vested, paid or otherwise
settled in the twelve (12) months prior to the date that the Participant engaged in Competitive
Activity or at any time thereafter shall upon demand by the Administrator be immediately forfeited
and disgorged or paid to the Company together with all gains earned or accrued due to the exercise
of such Awards or sale of any Company Common Stock issued pursuant to such Awards.
23
(d) Forfeiture for Other Misconduct. Unless otherwise determined by the
Administrator, if (i) the Participants performance is deemed to contribute substantially
to the Company or a Subsidiary incurring significant financial losses; (ii) the
Participants performance is deemed to contribute substantially to a significant downward
restatement of any published results of the Company or a Subsidiary; (iii) the Participant
engages in conduct that results in or contributes substantially to significant reputational harm to
the Company; (iv) the Participant materially breaches or contributes substantially to a
material breach of applicable legal and/or regulatory requirements; (v) the Participant
engages in conduct that constitutes Cause or (vi) the Participant engages in conduct that
results in or contributes substantially to a material breach of the Companys applicable internal
policies and procedures, including without limitation those policies in respect of risk management,
compliance, disciplinary and any applicable supervisory practices, the Administrator in its sole
discretion may suspend the vesting of any Awards granted (or a portion thereof) and/or require the
forfeiture and disgorgement to the Company of any Awards (or a portion thereof) granted or vested
during the twelve months prior to or any time after the Participant engaged in such misconduct and
all gains earned or accrued due to the exercise of such Awards or sale of any Company Common Stock
issued pursuant to such Awards.
Section 11.5 Pre-Public Offering Awards. The provisions of this Article XI (other
than the provisions of Section 11.4(a) and Section 11.4(b)) shall not apply to any Awards granted
prior to a Public Offering unless expressly provided otherwise in the Award Agreement.
ARTICLE XII.
ADMINISTRATION
Section 12.1 Administrator. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or an
Administrator appointed by the Board, which Administrator shall be constituted to comply with
Applicable Laws.
Section 12.2 Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and,
in the case of a committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Administrator, and
subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in
its discretion to:
(a) determine the Fair Market Value;
(b) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;
(c) select the Service Providers to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;
(d) determine all matters and questions related to the termination of service of a Service
Provider with respect to any Award granted to him or her hereunder, including, but not by way of
limitation of, all questions of whether a particular Service Provider has taken a leave of absence,
all questions of whether a leave of absence taken by a particular Service Provider constitutes a
termination of service, and all questions of whether a termination of service of a particular
Service Provider resulted from discharge for Cause. For the purpose of clarification, for such
purpose the Board shall be the Administrator of any Award granted to a Director who is
24
not an Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries hereunder, and the Board will
therefore determine all matters and questions related to the termination of a Director who is not
an Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a Service Provider with respect to any
Award granted to him or her hereunder;
(e) determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award
will relate;
(f) approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan, which need not be identical for each
Service Provider;
(g) determine the terms and conditions of any Awards granted hereunder (including, but not
limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based
on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions and any
restriction or limitation regarding any Awards or the Company Common Stock relating thereto) based
in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;
(h) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules
and regulations relating to Subplans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign
laws;
(i) determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be
settled in, or the exercise or purchase price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Company Common
Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited or surrendered;
(j) suspend or accelerate the vesting of any Award granted under the Plan;
(k) construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan and
(l) make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or
as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.
Section 12.3 Compensation, Professional Assistance, Good Faith Actions. The
Administrator may receive such compensation for its services hereunder as may be determined by the
Board. All expenses and liabilities incurred by the Administrator in connection with the
administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Administrator may employ attorneys,
consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons. The Administrator, the Company and
its officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any
such persons. All actions taken and all interpretations, decisions and determinations made by the
Administrator, in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Participants, the Company and all
other interested persons. The Administrator shall not be personally liable for any action,
determination or interpretation made with respect to the Plan or the Awards, and the Administrator
shall be fully protected by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or
interpretation.
25
Section 12.4 Participants Based Outside the United States. To conform with the
provisions of local laws and regulations, or with local compensation practices and policies, in
foreign countries in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates operate, but
subject to the limitations set forth herein regarding the maximum number of shares issuable
hereunder and the maximum award to any single Participant, the Administrator may (i) modify
the terms and conditions of Awards granted to Participants employed outside the United States
(Non-U.S. Awards), (ii) establish subplans with such modifications as may be
necessary or advisable under the circumstances (Subplans) and (iii) take any
action which it deems advisable to obtain, comply with or otherwise reflect any necessary
governmental regulatory procedures, exemptions or approvals with respect to the Plan. The
Administrators decision to grant Non-U.S. Awards or to establish Subplans is entirely voluntary,
and at the complete discretion of the Administrator. The Administrator may amend, modify or
terminate any Subplans at any time, and such amendment, modification or termination may be made
without prior notice to the Participants. The Company, Subsidiaries, Affiliates and members of the
Administrator shall not incur any liability of any kind to any Participant as a result of any
change, amendment or termination of any Subplan at any time. The benefits and rights provided
under any Subplan or by any Non-U.S. Award (x) are wholly discretionary and, although
provided by either the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate, do not constitute regular or periodic
payments and (y) are not to be considered part of the Participants salary or compensation
under the Participants employment with the Participants local employer for purposes of
calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy or other end of service payments, vacation,
bonuses, long-term service awards, indemnification, pension or retirement benefits, or any other
payments, benefits or rights of any kind. If a Subplan is terminated, the Administrator may direct
the payment of Non-U.S. Awards (or direct the deferral of payments whose amount shall be
determined) prior to the dates on which payments would otherwise have been made, and, in the
Administrators discretion, such payments may be made in a lump sum or in installments.
ARTICLE XIII.
CHANGE IN CONTROL
Section 13.1 Accelerated Vesting and Payment.
(a) Accelerated Vesting. Unless the Administrator otherwise determines in the manner
set forth in Section 13.1(b) or as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, upon the occurrence of
a Change in Control, (i) all Service Awards shall become immediately vested or exercisable
and be settled in shares of Company Common Stock, (ii) each outstanding Performance Award
with a Performance Cycle in progress at the time of the Change in Control shall be deemed to be
earned and become vested and/or paid out in an amount equal to the product of (A) such
Participants target award opportunity with respect to such Performance Award for the Performance
Cycle in question and (B) the percentage of Performance Goals achieved as of the date of
the Change in Control (which Performance Goals shall be pro-rated, if necessary or appropriate, to
reflect the portion of the Performance Cycle that has been completed), and all other Performance
Awards shall be canceled and forfeited upon consummation of the Change in Control and (iii)
shares of Company Common Stock underlying all Awards that are vested (as provided in this Section
13.1(a) or otherwise) shall be issued or released to the Participant holding such Award;
provided, that, at the discretion of the Administrator (as constituted immediately
prior to the Change in Control), each Service Award
26
may be canceled in exchange for an amount equal to the product of (A)(I) in
the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the excess, if any, of the product of the Change
in Control Price over the exercise price for such Award and (II) in the case of other such
Awards, the Change in Control Price, multiplied by (B) the aggregate number of shares of
Company Common Stock covered by such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may,
in its discretion, instead terminate any outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights if either
(x) the Company provides holders of such Options and Stock Appreciation Rights with
reasonable advance notice to exercise their outstanding and unexercised Options and Stock
Appreciation Rights, or (y) the Administrator reasonably determines that the Change in
Control Price is equal to or less than the exercise price for such Options or Stock Appreciation
Rights.
(b) Timing of Payments. Payment of any amounts calculated in accordance with Section
13.1(a) shall be made in cash or, if determined by the Administrator (as constituted immediately
prior to the Change in Control), in shares of common stock of the new employer having an aggregate
fair market value equal to such amount and shall be payable in full, as soon as reasonably
practicable, but in no event later than 30 days, following the Change in Control. For purposes
hereof, the fair market value of one share of common stock of the new employer shall be determined
by the Administrator (as constituted immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction
constituting the Change in Control), in good faith.
Section 13.2 Alternative Awards. Notwithstanding Section 13.1, except as otherwise
provided in an Award Agreement, no cancellation, termination, acceleration of exercisability or
vesting, lapse of any restrictions or settlement or other payment shall occur with respect to any
outstanding Award, if the Administrator (as constituted immediately prior to the consummation of
the transaction constituting the Change in Control) reasonably determines, in good faith, with the
approval of a majority of the members of the Leadership Team, prior to the Change in Control, that
such outstanding Awards shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor (such
honored, assumed or substituted Award being hereinafter referred to as an Alternative
Award) by the new employer, provided, that any Alternative Award must:
(a) provide the Participant (or each Participant in a class of Participants) with rights and
entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights, terms and conditions applicable
under such Award, including, but not limited to, an identical or better exercise or vesting
schedule and identical or better timing and methods of payment;
(b) have substantially equivalent economic value to such Award (determined at the time of the
Change in Control) and
(c) have terms and conditions which provide that in the event that the Participant suffers an
involuntary termination without Cause within two years following the Change in Control,
(i) all outstanding Service Awards held by a terminated Participant shall become vested and
exercisable and any restrictions on such outstanding Service Awards shall lapse and
27
(ii) each outstanding Performance Award held by a terminated Participant with a Performance
Cycle in progress at the time of both the Change in Control and the termination of employment shall
be deemed to be earned and become vested and/or paid out in an amount equal to the product of
(x) such Participants target award opportunity with respect to such Award for the
Performance Cycle in question and (y) the greater of the percentage of Performance Goals
(which Performance Goals shall be pro-rated, if necessary or appropriate, to reflect the portion of
the Performance Cycle that has been completed) achieved as of the date of the Change in Control and
as of the last day of the fiscal quarter ended on or immediately prior to the date of Termination
of Service. The portion of any Performance Award that does not vest in accordance with the
preceding sentence shall immediately be forfeited and canceled without any payment therefor.
(iii) Payments. To the extent permitted under Section 14.14, all amounts payable
hereunder shall be payable in full, as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than
10 business days, following the Participants termination of employment.
Section 13.3 Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in Section 13.2, if any Award is
subject to Section 409A of the Code and an Alternative Award would be deemed a non-compliant
material modification (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) of such Award, then no Alternative
Award shall be provided and such Award shall instead be treated as provided in Section 13.1.
Section 13.4 Pre-Public Offering Awards. The provisions of this Article XIII shall
not apply to any Awards granted prior to a Public Offering unless expressly provided otherwise in
the Award Agreement.
ARTICLE XIV.
OTHER PROVISIONS
|
|
Section 14.1 Changes in Company Common Stock; Disposition of Assets and Corporate
Events. |
(a) In the event of any recapitalization (including a leveraged recapitalization),
reclassification, stock split, extraordinary dividend, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger,
consolidation, acquisition, disposition, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, liquidation,
dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or any disposition of all or substantially all of the
capital stock or assets of the Company (including, but not limited to, an Equity Restructuring),
exchange of Company Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other
rights to purchase Company Common Stock or other securities of the Company, the acquisition or
disposition of any material assets or business or other similar corporate transaction or event that
affects the Company Common Stock (each, a Corporate Event) such that an adjustment to the
Awards or Plan is determined by the Administrator to be necessary in order to prevent dilution or
enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or
with respect to an Award, then the Administrator shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable,
adjust any or all of:
28
(i) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) with respect to which an
Award may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations
in Section 2.1 on the maximum number and kind of Shares which may be issued);
(ii) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding
Awards;
(iii) the grant or exercise or base price per Share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan;
(iv) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any
applicable financial or other Performance Goals) or
(v) make such other provision with respect to the holder or holders of outstanding Awards
(which may include, without limitation, provision for dividend equivalents or other compensation
inside or outside of the Plan);
it being understood that any such adjustment or other provision shall be implemented in such manner
as the Administrator determines is necessary to preserve the economic value represented by the
Award immediately prior to such event (except that, for the avoidance of doubt, economic value of
any Option or SAR need not reflect any value other than the spread value of such Award at such
time) and not cause the Award to become subject to the provisions of or any additional taxes,
interest or penalties imposed by Section 409A of the Code. All determinations and adjustments made
by the Administrator in good faith pursuant to this Section 14.1(a) shall be final and binding on
the affected Participants and the Company.
(b) Subject to Section 14.14, upon the occurrence of a Corporate Event, the Administrator is
hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator
determines that such action is necessary in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of
the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to
any Award under this Plan, (y) facilitate such Corporate Event or (z) give effect
to such changes in laws, regulations or accounting principles:
(i) The Administrator may provide, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate,
either by the terms of the applicable Award Agreement or by action taken prior to the occurrence of
such Corporate Event, and either automatically or upon the Participants request, for either
(A) the purchase of any outstanding Award for an amount of cash, securities, or other
property equal to the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of the portion of such
Award that was vested and exercisable (and such additional portion of the Award as the
Administrator may determine) immediately prior to the occurrence of such Corporate Event or
(B) the replacement of such vested (and other) portion of such Award with other rights or
property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;
(ii) In its sole discretion, the Administrator may provide, either by the terms of the
applicable Award Agreement or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such Corporate Event,
that, if, as of the date of the occurrence of such Corporate Event, the Administrator determines in
good faith that no amount would have been obtained upon the
29
vesting or exercise of the Award, then the Award (or any portion thereof) will terminate upon
the occurrence of such Corporate Event and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such
Corporate Event;
(iii) The Administrator may provide, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate,
either by the terms of the applicable Award Agreement or by action taken prior to the occurrence of
such Corporate Event, that for a specified period of time prior to such Corporate Event, such Award
shall be exercisable as to all Shares covered thereby or a specified portion of such Shares,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (A) Section 4.2 or (B) the provisions
of the applicable Award Agreement;
(iv) In its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, the
Administrator may provide, either by the terms of the applicable Award Agreement or by action taken
prior to the occurrence of such Corporate Event, that upon such Corporate Event, such Award (or any
portion thereof) be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary
thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or Awards covering the stock of the
successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments
as to the number and kind of Shares and prices; and
(v) The Administrator may make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other
securities or property) subject to the Plan and outstanding Awards (or any portion thereof) and/or
in the terms and conditions of (including the exercise price), and the criteria included in,
outstanding Awards and Awards which may be granted in the future.
(c) With respect to Awards granted prior to a Public Offering, in connection with the
occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section
14.1(a) and Section 14.1(b), the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding Award, which
adjustments may include adjustments to the number and type of securities subject to each
outstanding Award and/or the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, the grant of new
Awards to Participants, and/or the making of a cash payment to Participants, as the Administrator
deems necessary to reflect such Equity Restructuring. The adjustments provided under this Section
14.1(c) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Participant and
the Company; provided that whether an adjustment is equitable shall be determined in the
discretion of the Administrator.
(d) Any adjustment of an Award pursuant to Section 14.1 shall be effected in compliance with
Section 409A of the Code.
(e) The Administrator may include such further provisions and limitations in any Award
Agreement or Stockholders Agreement as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the
Company and its Subsidiaries.
(f) To the extent required by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company shall notify the
Participant prior to the date of a Corporate Event.
Section 14.2 Transferability.
30
(a) Awards Not Transferable. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the
Administrator, no Award or interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts,
contracts or engagements of the Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be
subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or
any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, by
judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including
bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect;
provided, however, that nothing in this Section 14.2 shall prevent transfers by will or by the
applicable laws of descent and distribution.
(b) Transferability of Shares. Prior to the day that is one hundred eighty (180) days
(or such shorter or longer period as determined by the managing underwriters to be appropriate in
order to avoid a material adverse impact on marketability or price) after the consummation of a
Public Offering, no Participant shall without the prior consent of the Administrator transfer any
Shares issued pursuant to an Award except for (i) transfers to the Company, (ii)
transfers (A) by gift to, or for the benefit of, any member or members of a Participants
immediate family (which shall include any spouse, or any lineal ancestor or descendant, niece,
nephew, adopted child or sibling of him or her or such spouse, niece, nephew or adopted child),
(B) to a trust under which the distribution of the Shares may be made only by such
Participant and/or such Participants immediate family or (C) to a partnership or limited
liability company for the benefit of the immediate family of such Participant and the partners or
members of which are only such Participant and such Participants immediate family or (iii)
any transfer of such Shares by a Participant to his or her heirs, executors or legatees by
operation of law or court order upon the death or incapacity of such Participant (each such
transfer, a Permitted Transfer).
Section 14.3 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan or Award Agreements.
(a) The Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated
at any time or from time to time by the Administrator; provided that without the approval
by a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders of the
Company, no amendment or modification to the Plan may (i) except as otherwise expressly
provided in Section 14.1, increase the number of shares of Stock subject to the Plan or the
individual Award limitations specified in Section 2.2; (ii) modify the class of persons
eligible for participation in the Plan or (iii) materially modify the Plan in any other way
that would require shareholder approval under Applicable Law.
(b) Except as provided by Section 14.1, neither the amendment, suspension nor termination of
the Plan shall, without the consent of the holder of the Award, adversely alter or impair any
rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted. Except as provided by Section 14.1,
notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator at any time, and from time to time, may amend the
terms of any one or more existing Award Agreements, provided, however, that the
rights of a Participant under an Award Agreement shall not be adversely impaired without the
Participants written consent. The Company shall provide a Participant with notice of any
amendment made to such Participants existing Award Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Section 14.3(b).
31
(c) No Award may be granted during any period of suspension nor after termination of the Plan,
and in no event may any Award be granted under this Plan after the expiration of ten (10) years
from the Effective Date.
Section 14.4 Application of Certain Provisions of the Stockholders Agreement to the
Awards. The provisions of Section 12 of the Stockholders Agreement shall apply to all Awards
granted pursuant to this Plan prior to a Public Offering, regardless of whether the Participant is
a party to such agreement or whether any Shares have been issued.
Section 14.5 Effect of Plan upon Other Award and Compensation Plans. The adoption of
this Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation
for Service Providers or (b) to grant or assume options or restricted stock other than
under this Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose, including, but not by way of
limitation, the grant or assumption of options or restricted stock in connection with the
acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or
assets of any corporation, firm or association.
Section 14.6 At-Will Employment. Nothing in the Plan, the Stockholders Agreement or
any Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue as a Service
Provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or shall interfere with or restrict in any way
the rights of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, which are hereby expressly reserved, to
discharge any Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to
the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written employment or other agreement between the
Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
Section 14.7 Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to
serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.
Section 14.8 Conformity to Securities Laws. The Plan is intended to conform to the
extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all
regulations and rules promulgated under any of the foregoing, to the extent the Company, any of its
Subsidiaries or any Participant is subject to the provisions thereof. Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and Awards shall be granted and may be
exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent
permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted hereunder shall be deemed amended to the
extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
Section 14.9 Term of Plan. The Plan originally became effective on November 19, 2008.
The Plan, as amended and restated, shall become effective on the date that it is approved by the
Board (the Effective Date) and shall continue in effect, unless sooner terminated
pursuant to Section 14.3, until the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. The provisions of the
Plan shall continue thereafter to govern all outstanding Awards.
Section 14.10 Governing Law. To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Plan
shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware
32
regardless of the application of rules of conflict of law that would apply the laws of any
other jurisdiction.
Section 14.11 Severability. In the event any portion of the Plan or any action taken
pursuant thereto shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity
shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as
if the illegal or invalid provisions had not been included, and the illegal or invalid action shall
be null and void.
Section 14.12 Governing Documents. In the event of any contradiction between the Plan
and any Award Agreement or any other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company that has been approved by the Administrator, the terms of the Plan shall
govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that a
specific provision of the Plan shall not apply.
Section 14.13 Withholding Taxes. In addition to any rights or obligations with
respect to Withholding Taxes under the Plan or any applicable Award Agreement, the Company or any
Subsidiary employing a Service Provider shall have the right to withhold from the Service Provider,
or otherwise require the Service Provider or an assignee to pay, any Withholding Taxes arising as a
result of grant, exercise, vesting or settlement of any Award or any other taxable event occurring
pursuant to the Plan or any Award Agreement, including, but not limited to, to the extent permitted
by law, the right to deduct any such Withholding Taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due
to the Service Provider or to take such other actions (including, but not limited to, withholding
any Shares or cash deliverable pursuant to the Plan or any Award) as may be necessary to satisfy
such Withholding Taxes; provided, however, that in the event that the Company
withholds Shares issued or issuable to the Participant to satisfy the Withholding Taxes, the
Company shall withhold a number of whole Shares having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the
date of withholding, not in excess of the minimum of tax required to be withheld by law (or such
lower amount as may be necessary to avoid liability award accounting); and provided,
further, that with respect to any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code, in no event
shall Shares be withheld pursuant to this Section 14.13 (other than upon or immediately prior to
settlement in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement) other than to pay taxes
imposed under the U.S. Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) and any associated U.S. federal
withholding tax imposed under Section 3401 of the Code and in no event shall the value of such
Shares (other than upon immediately prior to settlement) exceed the amount of the tax imposed under
FICA and any associated U.S. federal withholding tax imposed under Section 3401 of the Code. The
Participant shall be responsible for all Withholding Taxes and other tax consequences of any Award
granted under this Plan.
Section 14.14 Section 409A. To the extent that the Administrator determines that any
Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing
such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the
extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section
409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued
thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued
after the adoption of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the
event that following the adoption of the Plan, the Administrator
33
determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related regulations
and Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be
issued after the adoption of the Plan), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and
the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments,
policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator
determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the
Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award,
(b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of
Treasury guidance or (c) comply with any correction procedures available with respect to
Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Plan, any Award
Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement to the contrary, if a Service Provider is a Specified
Employee (under any Company Specified Employee policy in effect at the time of the Service
Providers Separation from Service (as defined below) or, if no such policy is in effect, as
defined in Section 409A of the Code) any payment required to be made to a Service Provider
hereunder upon or following his or her Separation from Service (as such term is defined in Section
409A of the Code) shall be delayed until after the six-month anniversary of the Service Providers
Separation from Service to the extent necessary to comply with, and avoid imposition on such
Service Provider of any tax penalty imposed under, Section 409A of the Code. Should payments be
delayed in accordance with the preceding sentence, the accumulated payment that would have been
made but for the period of the delay shall be paid in a single lump sum during the ten-day period
following the six-month anniversary of the Separation from Service.
Section 14.15 Notices. Except as provided otherwise in an Award Agreement, all
notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Plan or any Award
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if delivered personally, sent
by email or any other form of electronic transfer approved by the Administrator, sent by certified
or express mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by any recognized international
equivalent of such delivery, (i) in the case of notices and communications to the Company,
to 8283 Greensboro Drive, McLean, VA 22102 to the attention of the Law Department or (ii)
in the case of a Participant, to the last known address, or email address or, where the individual
is an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, to the individuals workplace address or
email address or by other means of electronic transfer acceptable to the Administrator. All such
notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery, if sent
by email or any other form of electronic transfer, at the time of dispatch or on the third business
day after the mailing thereof.
* * * * * * *
34
exv10w14
Exhibit 10.14
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN OF
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
GRANT NOTICE
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated Equity Incentive
Plan of Booz Allen Holding Corporation (the Plan) shall have the same defined meanings in
this Restricted Stock Agreement, which includes the terms in this Grant Notice (the Grant
Notice) and Appendix A attached hereto (collectively, the Agreement).
You have been granted shares of restricted Company Common Stock, subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:
|
|
|
Name of Recipient:
|
|
«Name» |
|
|
|
Total Number of Shares of Restricted Stock: |
|
«Shares» |
|
|
|
Grant Date:
|
|
«Date» |
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule:
|
|
Restricted Stock will vest and become exercisable in
three equal installments on each of June 30, [], []
and [] (each, the Vesting Date). |
Your signature below indicates your agreement and understanding that the Restricted Stock granted
herein is subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement and the Plan.
ACCORDINGLY, PLEASE BE SURE TO READ ALL OF THE PLAN AND APPENDIX A, WHICH CONTAIN THE SPECIFIC
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON
HOLDING CORPORATION |
|
RECIPIENT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
APPENDIX A TO RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
1. Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions set
forth in this Agreement (including the Grant Notice) and in the Plan, and subject to the
Participants delivery to the Company of duly executed and undated instruments of transfer or
assignment in blank, to be used by the Company only for transfers required under the Plan, the
Company hereby evidences and confirms its grant to the Participant, effective as of the Grant Date
set forth in the Grant Notice of the number of shares of Restricted Stock set forth on the Grant
Notice (the Restricted Shares). Upon grant, the Company shall record the Restricted
Shares in the books and records of the Company or a certificate of Shares will be issued, which
entry or certificate shall bear the legends set forth in Section 5(b). Any certificate issued in
respect of the Restricted Shares will be delivered on behalf of the Participant to the Secretary of
the Company, to be held in custody until the later of the date (i) they become vested in
accordance with Section 3 and (ii) the Participant requests such instrument from the
Company.
2. Forfeiture Risk. The Participant hereby (i) appoints the Company as the
limited attorney-in-fact of the Participant to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate
solely to effectuate a transfer of the record ownership of any such shares that are unvested and
forfeited hereunder and (ii) agrees to sign such stock powers and take such other actions
as the Company may reasonably request to accomplish the transfer of any unvested Restricted Shares
that are forfeited hereunder. The Company does hereby indemnify and hold harmless the Participant
from any wrongful use of the power of attorney granted above.
3. Vesting and Forfeiture of Restricted Shares.
(a) Restricted Period. Subject to earlier forfeiture as provided in this Agreement
and in the Plan and subject to Section 3(g), the Restricted Shares granted herein shall vest as
provided in the Grant Notice.
(b) Termination Due to Death. If a Participants employment or service terminates due
to the Participants death, all unvested Restricted Shares shall immediately vest.
(c) Termination Due to Disability. If a Participants employment or service
terminates due to Disability, all unvested Restricted Shares shall not be forfeited upon such
termination and shall continue to vest in accordance with the schedule provided in the Grant
Notice.
(d) Termination by Reason of a Company Approved Departure. If a Participants
employment or service terminates in a Company Approved Departure (as defined below), all unvested
Restricted Shares shall not be forfeited upon such termination and shall continue to vest in
accordance with the schedule as provided the Grant Notice. Company Approved Departure shall mean
a termination of employment that the Company (through the members of its senior management), in its
sole discretion, determines to be in the best interest of the Company and the Companys approval of
such termination as a Company Approved Departure is approved or ratified by the Board or the
Administrator.
3
(e) Termination for Cause. If a Participants employment or service terminates for
Cause, all unvested Restricted Shares shall be immediately forfeited and canceled, effective as of
the date of the Participants termination of service. In addition, any Restricted Shares that
vested during the twelve months prior to or any time after the Participant engaged in the conduct
that gave rise to the termination for Cause shall upon demand by the Administrator be immediately
forfeited and disgorged or paid to the Company together with all gains earned or accrued due to the
sale of such vested Restricted Shares.
(f) Termination for Any Other Reason. If a Participants employment is terminated for
any reason other than death, Disability, Company Approved Departure or Cause, all unvested
Restricted Shares shall immediately be forfeited.
(g) Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, any unvested Restricted
Shares shall vest, continue, or have such other treatment as provided in the Plan.
(h) Other Forfeiture Provisions. The Restricted Shares shall also be subject to
forfeiture, disgorgement and/or repayment to the Company in the event the Participant engages in
financial or other misconduct (including but not limited to engaging in Competitive Activity) or as
required by Applicable Law, as provided in the Plan.1
4. Restrictions on Transfer. Unvested Restricted Shares may not be transferred, other
than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and provided that the deceased
Participants beneficiary or the representative of his or her estate acknowledges and agrees in
writing, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company, to be bound by the provisions of the Plan
and this Agreement as if such beneficiary or estate were the Participant.
5. Participants Representations, Warranties and Covenants.
(a) No Conflicts; No Consents. The execution and delivery by Participant of this
Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the performance of
Participants obligations hereunder do not and will not (i) materially conflict with or
result in a material violation or breach of any term or provision of any Law applicable to either
Participant or the Restricted Shares or (ii) violate in any material respect, conflict with
in any material respect or result in any material breach of, or constitute (with or without notice
or lapse of time or both) a material default under, or require either Participant to obtain any
consent, approval or action of, make any filing with or give any notice to any Person as a result
or under the terms of, any contract, agreement, instrument, commitment, arrangement or
understanding to which Participant is a party.
(b) Legends. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Restricted Shares
received hereby and represented by physical certificates(s) will bear the following legend (or one
to substantially similar effect):
|
|
|
1 |
|
For employees employed in California, add the
following: ; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, clauses (a) and
(b) of the definition of Competitive Activity shall be deleted. |
4
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND CERTAIN OTHER AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN
THE AMENDED AND RESTATED EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN OF BOOZ ALLEN
HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE DATED AS OF
__________. A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AGREEMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED
WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE ISSUER TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN
REQUEST.
(c) Compliance with Rule 144. If any of the Restricted Shares are to be disposed of
in accordance with Rule 144, the Participant shall transmit to the Company an executed copy of Form
144 (if required by Rule 144) no later than the time such form is required to be transmitted to the
Commission for filing and such other documentation as the Company may reasonably require to assure
compliance with Rule 144 in connection with such disposition.
(d) Participant Status. The Participant represents and warrants that, as of the date
hereof, the Participant is an officer, employee, director or Consultant of the Company or a
Subsidiary.
(e) Section 83(b) Election. The Participant agrees that, if the Participant makes an
election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, with respect
to the Restricted Shares acquired hereunder (an 83(b) election), then the Participant
shall give notice to the Company of such 83(b) election within 30 days of the date of this
Agreement. Any such 83(b) election shall use as the value of the Restricted Shares the Fair Market
Value of the Restricted Shares on the Grant Date determined as provided in the Plan, and the
Participant shall take a consistent position on the Participants tax returns.
6. Dividends, etc. The Participant shall be entitled to (i) receive all
dividends or other distributions at the time (and in the same calendar year as) such dividends or
distributions are paid with respect to those vested and unvested Restricted Shares of which the
Participant is the record owner on the record date for such dividend or other distribution and
(ii) vote any Restricted Shares of which the Participant is the record owner on the record
date for such vote; provided, however, that any property (other than cash) distributed with respect
to a Restricted Share (the Associated Share) acquired hereunder, including without
limitation a distribution of Restricted Shares by reason of a stock dividend, stock split or
otherwise, or a distribution of other securities with respect to an Associated Share, shall be
subject to the restrictions of this Agreement in the same manner and for so long as the Associated
Share remains subject to such restrictions, and shall be promptly forfeited if and when the
Associated Share is so forfeited.
7. Miscellaneous.
(a) Tax Withholding. Whenever any cash or other payment is to be made hereunder or
with respect to the Restricted Shares, the Company or any Subsidiary shall have the power to
withhold an amount (in cash or in Common Stock granted hereunder upon vesting)
5
sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements relating to such
transaction and the Company or such Subsidiary may defer the payment of cash or other payment until
such requirements are satisfied; provided, however, that in the event that the
Company withholds shares issuable to the Participant (or any portion thereof) to satisfy any
applicable withholding taxes, the Company shall only withhold a number of whole shares having a
Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of vesting, not in excess of the minimum of tax
required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid liability award
accounting). The Participant shall be responsible for all withholding taxes and other tax
consequences of this award of Restricted Shares.
(b) No Guarantee of Employment. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall interfere
with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participants employment at any
time, or confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ or retention of the
Company.
(c) Binding Effect; Benefits. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in
this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than
the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable
right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.
(d) Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented orally,
but only by a written instrument executed by the Participant and the Company.
(e) Assignability. Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or
liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Company or the
Participant without the prior written consent of the other party, provided that the Company
may assign all or any portion of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to one or more
persons or other entities designated by it.
(f) Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed
by the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws which
would give rise to the application of the substantive law of another jurisdiction.
(g) Severability; Blue Pencil. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of
this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected
thereby.
(h) Consent to Electronic Delivery. By executing this Agreement, the Participant
hereby consents to the delivery of information (including, without limitation, information required
to be delivered to the Participant pursuant to applicable securities laws) regarding the Company
and the Subsidiaries, the Plan, and the Restricted Shares via the Company web site or other
electronic delivery.
6
(i) Section and Other Headings, etc. The section and other headings contained in this
Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of
this Agreement.
(j) Notices. All notices under this Agreement shall be (i) delivered by hand,
(ii) sent by commercial overnight courier service, (iii) sent by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, and first-class postage prepaid, (iv) sent by
e-mail or any other form of electronic transfer or delivery approved by the Administrator, or
(v) faxed, in each case to the parties at their respective addresses and facsimile numbers
set forth in the records of the Company or at such other address or facsimile number as may be
designated in a notice by either party to the other.
(k) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the
same instrument.
(l) Interpretation. This Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the
Plan. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the
Plan shall govern. The Administrator, acting pursuant to the Plan, as constituted from time to
time, shall, except as expressly provided otherwise herein, have the right to determine reasonably
and in good faith any questions that arise in connection with this Agreement, and any such
determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Participants and other individuals
claiming any right under the Plan. The failure of the Company or the Participant to insist upon
strict performance of any provision hereunder, irrespective of the length of time for which such
failure continues, shall not be deemed a waiver of such partys right to demand strict performance
at any time in the future. No consent or waiver, express or implied, to or of any breach or
default in the performance of any obligation or provision hereunder shall constitute a consent or
waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance of the same or any other obligation
hereunder.
7
exv10w15
Exhibit 10.15
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN
(Effective as of October 1, 2010)
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to attract, retain,
motivate and reward the best qualified executive officers and key employees by providing them with
the opportunity to earn competitive compensation directly linked to the Companys performance.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Unless the context requires otherwise, the following words as used in the Plan shall have the
meanings ascribed to each below, it being understood that masculine, feminine and neuter pronouns
are used interchangeably and that each comprehends the others.
(a) Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(b) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(c) Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other
committee or subcommittee of the Board or the Compensation Committee as the Board or
Compensation Committee shall designate from time to time. To the extent Section 162(m) is
applicable to the Company and the Plan, and for those awards intended to qualify as
performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), the Committee shall consist of two or
more members, each of whom is a Non-Employee Director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3,
as promulgated under the Act, and an outside director within the meaning of Section
162(m).
(d) Common Stock means the class A common stock of the Company, par value
$0.01 per share, and such other class of stock into which such common stock is hereafter
converted or exchanged.
(e) Company means Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation.
(f) Company Approved Departure means a termination of employment that the
Company (through the members of its senior management), in its sole discretion, determines
to be in the best interest of the Company and the Companys approval of such termination as
a Company Approved Departure is approved or ratified by the Board or the Committee.
(g) Covered Employee shall have the meaning set forth in Section 162(m).
(h) Disability means disability, as such term is defined in Section
22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(i) Equity Incentive Plan means the Amended and Restated Equity Incentive
Plan of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, as amended from time to time.
(j) Participant means (i) each executive officer of the Company and
(ii) each other employee of the Company or a Subsidiary whom the Committee
designates as a participant under the Plan.
(k) Performance Period means each fiscal year or another period as
designated by the Committee, so long as such period does not exceed one year.
(l) Plan means this Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation Annual Incentive
Plan, as set forth herein and as may hereafter be amended from time to time.
(m) Section 162(m) means Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(n) Subsidiary means any business entity in which the Company owns, directly
or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all
classes of stock entitled to vote, and any other business organization, regardless of form,
in which the Company possesses, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total combined
equity interests.
SECTION 3. AWARDS
(a) Performance Criteria. The Committee shall establish the performance
objective or objectives that must be satisfied in order for a Participant to receive an
award for a Performance Period; provided that to the extent Section 162(m) is
applicable to the Company and the Plan, and for those awards intended to qualify as
performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), the Committee shall establish the
objective or objectives that must be satisfied in order for a Participant to receive an
award for a Performance Period prior to the 91st day of the Performance Period
(or such other date as may be required or permitted under Section 162(m)) but not later
than the date on which 25% of the performance period has lapsed. When Section 162(m) is
applicable to
2
the Company and the Plan, unless the Committee determines at the time of grant not to
qualify the award as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), any such
performance objectives will be based upon the relative or comparative achievement of one or
more of the following criteria, whether in absolute terms or relative to the performance of
one or more similarly situated companies or a published index covering the performance of a
number of companies, as determined by the Committee for the Performance Period: earnings
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; operating earnings; net earnings;
income; earnings before interest and taxes; total shareholder return; return on the
Companys assets; increase in the Companys earnings or earnings per share; revenue growth;
share price performance; return on invested capital; operating income; pre- or post-tax
income; net income; economic value added; profit margins; cash flow; improvement in or
attainment of expense or capital expenditure levels; improvement in or attainment of
working capital levels; return on equity; debt reduction; gross profit; market share; cost
reductions; workforce satisfaction and diversity goals; workplace health and safety goals;
employee retention; completion of key projects and strategic plan development and/or
implementation; job profit or performance against a multiplier; or, in the case of persons
who are not Covered Employees, such other criteria as may be determined by the Committee.
Performance objectives may be established on a Company-wide basis or with respect to one or
more business units, divisions, Subsidiaries, or products; and in either absolute terms or
relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering
multiple companies.
When establishing performance objectives for a Performance Period, the Committee may
exclude any or all extraordinary items as determined under U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles and as identified in the financial statements, notes to the financial
statements or managements discussion and analysis in the annual report, including, without
limitation, the charges or costs associated with restructurings of the Company or any
Subsidiary, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, capital gains and losses,
dividends, share repurchase, other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative
effects of accounting changes. Except in the case of awards intended to qualify as
performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), the Committee may also adjust the
performance objectives for any Performance Period as it deems equitable in recognition of
unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company, changes in applicable tax laws or
accounting principles, or such other factors as the Committee may determine (including,
without limitation, any adjustments that would result in the Company paying non-deductible
compensation to a Participant).
3
(b) Maximum Amount Payable. If the Committee certifies in writing that any of
the performance objectives established for the relevant Performance Period under Section
3(a) has been satisfied, each Participant who is employed by the Company or one of its
Subsidiaries on the last day of the Performance Period for which the award is payable shall
be entitled to receive an annual award in an amount not to exceed US $5,000,000. If a
Participants employment terminates for any reason other than for cause (including, without
limitation, his death, disability, retirement under the terms of any retirement plan
maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary or Company Approved Departure) prior to the last
day of the Performance Period for which the award is payable, the maximum award payable to
such Participant under the preceding sentence shall be multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of days that have elapsed during the Performance Period in
which the termination occurs prior to and including the date of the Participants
termination of employment and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the
Performance Period.
(c) Termination of Employment. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee
in its sole discretion at the time the performance criteria are selected for a particular
Performance Period in accordance with Section 3(a), if a Participants employment
terminates for any reason prior to the date on which the award is paid hereunder, such
Participants shall forfeit all rights to any and all awards that have not yet been paid
under the Plan; provided that if a Participants employment terminates as a result
of death, Disability or Company Approved Departure, the Committee shall give consideration
at its sole discretion to the payment of a partial award with regard to the portion of the
Performance Period worked. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participants employment
terminates for any reason prior to the date on which the award is paid hereunder, the
Committee, in its discretion, may waive any forfeiture pursuant to this Section 3 in whole
or in part but, to the extent Section 162(m) is applicable to the Company and the Plan, may
not waive satisfaction of the performance objectives with respect to any Covered Employee.
(d) Negative Discretion. Notwithstanding anything else contained in Section
3(b) to the contrary, the Committee shall have the right, in its absolute discretion,
(i) to reduce or eliminate the amount otherwise payable to any Participant under
Section 3(b) based on individual performance or conduct or any other factors that the
Committee, in its discretion, shall deem appropriate and (ii) to establish rules or
procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount payable to each Participant to an
amount that is less than the maximum amount otherwise authorized under Section 3(b).
(e) Affirmative Discretion. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan
to the contrary (including, without limitation, the maximum amounts
4
payable under Section 3(b)), but subject in the case of awards paid in shares of the
Companys Common Stock or other awards under the Equity Incentive Plan to the maximum
number of shares available for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, (i) the
Committee shall have the right, in its discretion, to grant any annual award in cash, in
shares of the Companys Common Stock, in other awards under the Equity Incentive Plan or in
any combination thereof, to any Participant (except for a Participant who is a Covered
Employee, to the extent Section 162(m) is applicable to the Company and the Plan) for the
year in which the amount paid would ordinarily be deductible by the Company for federal
income tax purposes in an amount up to the maximum award payable under Section 3(b), based
on individual performance or any other criteria that the Committee deems appropriate and
(ii) in connection with the hiring of any person who is or becomes a Covered
Employee, the Committee may provide for a minimum award amount in any Performance Period,
regardless of whether performance objectives are attained.
SECTION 4. PAYMENT
Except as otherwise provided hereunder, payment of any award amount determined under Section 3
shall be made to each Participant as soon as practicable after the Committee certifies that one or
more of the applicable performance objectives have been attained (or, in the case of any award
payable under the provisions of Section 3(d), after the Committee determines the amount of any such
award) and in any event no later than two and a half months after the end of the fiscal year in
which the Performance Period ends. The Committee shall determine whether any bonus payable under
the Plan is payable in cash, in shares of Common Stock (including, but not limited to, restricted
common stock or restricted stock units) or other awards under the Equity Incentive Plan, or in any
combination thereof. The Committee shall have the right to impose whatever conditions it deems
appropriate with respect to the award of shares of Common Stock or other awards, including
conditioning the vesting of such shares or other awards on the performance of additional service.
SECTION 5. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) Administration. The Committee shall be responsible for the administration
of the Plan; provided that, in no event shall the Plan be interpreted in a manner
that would cause any award intended to be qualified as performance-based compensation under
Section 162(m) to fail to so qualify. The Committee shall establish the performance
objectives for any fiscal year or other Performance Period determined by the Committee in
accordance with Section 3 and certify whether such performance objectives have been
obtained. The Committee may prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to
the administration of the Plan and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for
the administration and interpretation of the Plan. Any authority exercised by the
5
Committee under the Plan shall be exercised by the Committee in its sole discretion.
Determinations, interpretations or other actions made or taken by the Committee under the
Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons.
(b) Delegation by the Committee. All of the powers, duties and
responsibilities of the Committee specified in this Plan may be exercised and performed by
the Committee or any duly constituted committee thereof to the extent authorized by the
Committee to exercise and perform such powers, duties and responsibilities, and any
determination, interpretation or other action taken by such committee shall have the same
effect hereunder as if made or taken by the Committee; provided that, to the extent
Section 162(m) is applicable to the Company and the Plan, the Committee shall in no event
delegate its authority with respect to the compensation of any Covered Employee.
(c) Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the power to withhold, or to
require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy
all U.S. federal, state, local and any non-U.S. withholding tax or other governmental tax,
charge or fee requirements in respect of any payment under the Plan.
(d) No Guarantee of Employment. Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or
limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participants employment at any
time, or confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ or retention of
the Company.
(e) Unfunded Plan; Plan Not Subject to ERISA. The Plan is an unfunded plan
and Participants shall have the status of unsecured creditors of the Company. The Plan is
not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income and Security Act of 1974, as
amended.
(f) Freedom of Action. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed as limiting or
preventing the Company or any of its affiliates from taking any action that it deems
appropriate or in its best interest (as determined in its sole and absolute discretion) and
no Participant (or person claiming by or through a Participant) shall have any right
relating to the diminishment in the value of any award or any associated return as a result
of any such action. The foregoing shall not constitute a waiver by a Participant of the
terms and provisions of the Plan.
(g) Forfeiture of Award Amounts.
(i) Forfeiture for Financial Reporting Misconduct. If the Company
is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material
noncompliance by the Company with any financial
6
reporting requirement under the securities laws, (x) with respect
to any Participant who either knowingly or grossly negligently engaged in
the misconduct or knowingly or grossly negligently failed to prevent the
misconduct as determined by the Committee or is one of the individuals
subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, such Participant shall forfeit and disgorge to the Company
any award amounts (A) received during the twelve (12)-month period
following the filing of the financial document embodying such financial
reporting requirement or (B) earned based on the materially
non-complying financial reporting, and (y) with respect to any
Participant who is a current or former executive officer of the Company
(as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) who received
incentive compensation under the Plan during the three-year period
preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare such
accounting restatement, based on erroneous data, in excess of what would
have been awarded or paid to such Participant under such accounting
restatement, such Participant shall forfeit and disgorge to the Company
such excess incentive compensation.
(ii) Forfeiture under Applicable Laws or Regulations. In addition
to forfeiture for the reasons specified in subsection (i) of this Section
5(g), the Participant shall forfeit and disgorge to the Company any award
amounts to the extent required by applicable law or regulations in effect
on or after the effective date of the Plan.
(h) Term of Plan. The Plan shall be effective with respect to fiscal periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2010; provided that, unless otherwise determined
by the Board, it is intended that the material terms of the performance objectives under
this Plan and the maximum amount of compensation payable to a Covered Employee will be
disclosed to and reapproved by the Companys shareholders at the Companys annual meeting
of shareholders in 2014 to the extent necessary to continue to qualify the amounts payable
hereunder to Covered Employees as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m).
(i) Amendment or Alteration. Notwithstanding Section 5(a), the Board or the
Committee may at any time amend, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan; provided
that no such action shall be effective without approval by the shareholders of the
Company to the extent necessary to continue to qualify the amounts payable hereunder to
Covered Employees as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m).
7
(j) Severability. The holding of any provision of this Plan to be illegal,
invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall not affect any other
provision of this Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect.
(k) Assignment. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5(k), this Plan
shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
heirs, representatives, successors and assigns. Neither this Plan nor any right or
interest hereunder shall be assignable by the Participant, his beneficiaries, or legal
representatives; provided that nothing in this Section 5(k) shall preclude the
Participant from designating a beneficiary to receive any benefit payable hereunder upon
his death, or the executors, administrators or other legal representatives of the
Participant or his estate from assigning any rights hereunder to the person or persons
entitled thereunto. This Plan shall be assignable by the Company to a Subsidiary or
Affiliate of the Company; to any corporation, partnership or other entity that may be
organized by the Company, its general partners or its Participants as a separate business
unit in connection with the business activities of the Company or Participants; or to any
corporation, partnership or other entity resulting from the reorganization, merger or
consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, partnership or other entity, or
any corporation, partnership, or other entity to or with which all or any portion of the
Companys business or assets may be sold, exchanged or transferred.
(l) No Attachment. Except as required by law, no right to receive payments
under this Plan shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale,
assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy
or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or
involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void and of no effect.
(m) Headings. The Section headings appearing in this Plan are used for
convenience of reference only and shall not be considered a part of this Plan or in any way
modify, amend, or affect the meaning of any of its provisions.
(n) Rules of Construction. Whenever the context so requires, the use of the
masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine and vice versa, and the use of the
singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa. That this Plan was drafted
by the Company shall not be taken into account in interpreting or construing any provision
of this Plan.
(o) Governing Law. This Plan and its enforcement shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or
choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise
8
refer construction or interpretation of this Plan to the substantive law of another
jurisdiction.
9
exv10w17
Exhibit 10.17
|
|
|
BENEFIT PLAN
|
|
What Your Plan
Covers and How
Benefits are Paid
|
|
|
Prepared Exclusively for
Booz Allen Hamilton |
|
|
|
|
Officers Comprehensive Medical and
Dental Choice Plans |
|
|
Aetna Life Insurance Company
Booklet-Certificate
This Booklet-Certificate is part of the Group
Insurance Policy between Aetna Life Insurance
Company and the Policyholder
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
Preface |
|
|
1 |
|
Coverage for You and Your Dependents |
|
|
1 |
|
Health Expense Coverage |
|
|
1 |
|
Treatment Outcomes of Covered Services |
|
|
|
|
When Your Coverage Begins |
|
|
2 |
|
Who Can Be Covered |
|
|
2 |
|
Employees |
|
|
|
|
Eligible Classes |
|
|
|
|
Obtaining Coverage for Dependents |
|
|
|
|
How and When to Enroll |
|
|
3 |
|
Initial Enrollment in the Plan |
|
|
|
|
How and When to Enroll |
|
|
3 |
|
Initial Enrollment in the Plan |
|
|
|
|
Late Enrollment |
|
|
|
|
Special Enrollment Periods |
|
|
|
|
When Your Coverage Begins |
|
|
5 |
|
Your Effective Date of Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Your Dependents Effective Date of Coverage |
|
|
|
|
How Your Medical Plan Works |
|
|
7 |
|
Common Terms |
|
|
7 |
|
About Your Comprehensive Medical Plan |
|
|
7 |
|
Using the Plan |
|
|
|
|
Cost Sharing |
|
|
|
|
Emergency and Urgent Care |
|
|
8 |
|
In Case of a Medical Emergency |
|
|
|
|
Coverage for Emergency Medical Conditions |
|
|
|
|
In Case of an Urgent Condition |
|
|
|
|
Coverage for an Urgent Condition |
|
|
|
|
Follow-Up Care After Treatment of an |
|
|
|
|
Emergency or Urgent Medical Condition |
|
|
|
|
Requirements For Coverage |
|
|
10 |
|
What The Plan Covers |
|
|
11 |
|
Comprehensive Medical Plan |
|
|
11 |
|
Wellness |
|
|
11 |
|
Routine Physical Exams |
|
|
|
|
Preventative Health Care Services Expenses |
|
|
|
|
Routine Cancer Screenings |
|
|
|
|
Early Intervention Services |
|
|
|
|
Family Planning Services |
|
|
|
|
Bone Mineral Density Measurement or Test, |
|
|
|
|
Drug and Devices |
|
|
|
|
Vision Care Services |
|
|
|
|
Limitations |
|
|
|
|
Hearing Exam |
|
|
|
|
Physician Services |
|
|
15 |
|
Physician Visits |
|
|
|
|
Surgery |
|
|
|
|
Anesthetics |
|
|
|
|
Hospital Expenses |
|
|
15 |
|
Room and Board |
|
|
|
|
Other Hospital Services and Supplies |
|
|
|
|
Outpatient Hospital Expenses |
|
|
|
|
Coverage for Emergency Medical Conditions |
|
|
|
|
Coverage for Urgent Conditions |
|
|
|
|
Alternatives to Hospital Stays |
|
|
17 |
|
Outpatient Surgery and Physician Surgical |
|
|
|
|
Services |
|
|
|
|
Birthing Center |
|
|
|
|
Ambulatory Care |
|
|
|
|
Home Health Care |
|
|
|
|
Private Duty Nursing |
|
|
|
|
Skilled Nursing Facility |
|
|
|
|
Hospice Care |
|
|
|
|
Other Covered Health Care Expenses |
|
|
21 |
|
Acupuncture |
|
|
|
|
Ambulance Service |
|
|
|
|
Diagnostic and Preoperative Testing |
|
|
22 |
|
Outpatient Diagnostic Lab Work and |
|
|
|
|
Radiological Services |
|
|
|
|
Outpatient Preoperative Testing |
|
|
|
|
Durable Medical and Surgical Equipment (DME) |
|
|
23 |
|
Experimental or Investigational Treatment |
|
|
23 |
|
Pregnancy Related Expenses |
|
|
24 |
|
Prescription Drugs |
|
|
24 |
|
Prosthetic Devices |
|
|
25 |
|
Hearing Aids |
|
|
|
|
Benefits After Termination of Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Short-Term Rehabilitation Therapy Services |
|
|
26 |
|
Cardiac and Pulmonary Rehabilitation Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Outpatient Cognitive Therapy, Physical Therapy, |
|
|
|
|
Occupational Therapy and Speech Therapy |
|
|
|
|
Rehabilitation Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Reconstructive or Cosmetic Surgery and Supplies |
|
|
27 |
|
Reconstructive Breast Surgery |
|
|
|
|
Specialized Care |
|
|
29 |
|
Chemotherapy |
|
|
|
|
Radiation Therapy Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Outpatient Infusion Therapy Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Diabetic Equipment, Supplies and Education |
|
|
30 |
|
Treatment of Infertility |
|
|
31 |
|
Advanced Reproductive Technology (ART) |
|
|
|
|
Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Jaw Joint Disorder Treatment |
|
|
33 |
|
Enteral Formulas |
|
|
34 |
|
Treatment of Mental Disorders |
|
|
|
|
Alcoholism and Substance Abuse |
|
|
|
|
Oral and Maxillofacial Treatment (Mouth, Jaws and
Teeth) |
|
|
35 |
|
Medical Plan Exclusions |
|
|
36 |
|
Your Pharmacy Benefit |
|
|
37 |
|
How the Pharmacy Plan Works |
|
|
37 |
|
Getting Started: Common Terms |
|
|
37 |
|
Accessing Pharmacies and Benefits |
|
|
38 |
|
Accessing Network Pharmacies and Benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emergency Prescriptions |
|
|
|
|
Availability of Providers |
|
|
|
|
Cost Sharing for Network Benefits |
|
|
|
|
When You Use an Out-of-Network Pharmacy |
|
|
|
|
Cost Sharing for Out-of-Network Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Pharmacy Benefit |
|
|
39 |
|
Retail Pharmacy Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Mail Order Pharmacy Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Self-Injectable Drugs Specialty Pharmacy |
|
|
|
|
Network Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Other Covered Expenses |
|
|
|
|
Pharmacy Benefit Limitations |
|
|
|
|
Pharmacy Benefit Exclusions |
|
|
|
|
How Your Aetna Dental Plan Works |
|
|
44 |
|
Understanding Your Aetna Dental Plan |
|
|
44 |
|
Getting Started: Common Terms |
|
|
44 |
|
About the comprehensive Dental Plan |
|
|
44 |
|
Getting an Advance Claim Review |
|
|
45 |
|
When to Get an Advance Claim Review |
|
|
|
|
What The Plan Covers |
|
|
45 |
|
Comprehensive Dental Plan |
|
|
|
|
Schedule of Benefits for the Comprehensive |
|
|
|
|
Dental Plan |
|
|
|
|
Dental Care Schedule |
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Dental Expense Coverage Plan |
|
|
|
|
Rules and Limits That Apply to the Dental Plan |
|
|
48 |
|
Replacement Rule |
|
|
|
|
Tooth Missing but Not Replaced Rule |
|
|
|
|
Alternate Treatment Rule |
|
|
|
|
Coverage for Dental Work Begun Before You |
|
|
|
|
Are Covered by the Plan |
|
|
|
|
Coverage for Dental Work Completed After |
|
|
|
|
Termination of Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Jaw Joint Disorder Treatment Rule |
|
|
|
|
What The Comprehensive Dental Plan Does Not |
|
|
|
|
Cover |
|
|
49 |
|
When Coverage Ends |
|
|
51 |
|
When Coverage Ends For Employees |
|
|
|
|
Your Proof of Prior Medical Coverage |
|
|
|
|
When Coverage Ends for Dependents |
|
|
|
|
Continuation of Coverage |
|
|
52 |
|
Continuing Health Care Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Handicapped Dependent Children |
|
|
|
|
Extension of Benefits |
|
|
53 |
|
Coverage for Health Benefits |
|
|
|
|
COBRA Continuation of Coverage |
|
|
54 |
|
Continuing Coverage through COBRA |
|
|
|
|
Who Qualifies for COBRA |
|
|
|
|
Disability May Increase Maximum Continuation
to 29 Months |
|
|
|
|
Determining Your Premium Payments for |
|
|
|
|
Continuation Coverage |
|
|
|
|
When You Acquire a Dependent During a |
|
|
|
|
Continuation Period |
|
|
|
|
When Your COBRA Continuation Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Ends |
|
|
|
|
Conversion from a Group to an Individual Plan |
|
|
|
|
Converting to an Individual Medical Insurance |
|
|
|
|
Policy |
|
|
56 |
|
Eligibility |
|
|
|
|
Features of the Conversion Policy |
|
|
|
|
Limitations |
|
|
|
|
Electing an Individual Conversion Policy |
|
|
|
|
Your Premiums and Payments |
|
|
|
|
When an Individual Policy Becomes Effective |
|
|
|
|
Coordination of Benefits What Happens When
There is More Than One Health Plan |
|
|
59 |
|
When Coordination of Benefits Applies |
|
|
59 |
|
Which Plan Pays First |
|
|
59 |
|
How Coordination of Benefits Work |
|
|
60 |
|
Right To Receive And Release Needed |
|
|
|
|
Information |
|
|
|
|
Facility of Payment |
|
|
|
|
Right of Recovery |
|
|
|
|
When You Have Medicare Coverage |
|
|
61 |
|
Which Plan Pays First |
|
|
61 |
|
How Coordination With Medicare Works |
|
|
61 |
|
General Provisions |
|
|
63 |
|
Type of Coverage |
|
|
63 |
|
Physical Examinations |
|
|
63 |
|
Legal Action |
|
|
63 |
|
Confidentiality |
|
|
63 |
|
Additional Provisions |
|
|
63 |
|
Assignments |
|
|
64 |
|
Misstatements |
|
|
64 |
|
Incontestability |
|
|
64 |
|
Recovery of Overpayments |
|
|
64 |
|
Health Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Reporting of Claims |
|
|
65 |
|
Payment of Benefits |
|
|
65 |
|
Records of Expenses |
|
|
65 |
|
Contacting Aetna |
|
|
65 |
|
Reinstatement after Your Dental Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Terminates |
|
|
66 |
|
Effect of Benefits Under Other Plans |
|
|
66 |
|
Effect of An Health Maintenance Organization |
|
|
|
|
Plan (HMO Plan) On Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Effect of Prior Coverage Transferred Business |
|
|
66 |
|
Glossary * |
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Defines the Terms Shown in Bold Type in the Text of This Document. |
Preface (GR-9N 02-005-01)
Aetna Life Insurance Company (ALIC) is pleased to provide you with this Booklet-Certificate.
Read this Booklet-Certificate carefully. The plan is underwritten by Aetna Life Insurance Company
of Hartford, Connecticut (referred to as Aetna).
This Booklet-Certificate is part of the Group Insurance Policy between Aetna Life Insurance Company
and the Policyholder. The Group Insurance Policy determines the terms and conditions of coverage.
Aetna agrees with the Policyholder to provide coverage in accordance with the conditions, rights,
and privileges as set forth in this Booklet-Certificate. The Policyholder selects the products and
benefit levels under the plan. A person covered under this plan and their covered dependents are
subject to all the conditions and provisions of the Group Insurance Policy.
The Booklet-Certificate describes the rights and obligations of you and Aetna, what the plan covers
and how benefits are paid for that coverage. It is your responsibility to understand the terms and
conditions in this Booklet-Certificate. Your Booklet-Certificate includes the Schedule of Benefits
and any amendments or riders.
If you become insured, this Booklet-Certificate becomes your Certificate of Coverage under the
Group Insurance Policy, and it replaces and supersedes all certificates describing similar coverage
that Aetna previously issued to you.
|
|
|
Group Policyholder:
|
|
Booz Allen Hamilton |
Group Policy Number:
|
|
GP-800105 |
Effective Date:
|
|
January 1, 2010 |
Issue Date:
|
|
December 21, 2009 |
Booklet-Certificate Number:
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald A. Williams |
|
|
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President |
|
|
|
|
|
Aetna Life Insurance Company |
|
|
(A Stock Company) |
|
|
Coverage for You and Your Dependents (GR-9N 02-005-01)
Health Expense Coverage
Benefits are payable for covered health care expenses that are incurred by you or your covered
dependents while coverage is in effect. An expense is incurred on the day you receive a health
care service or supply.
Coverage under this plan is non-occupational. Only non-occupational injuries and non-occupational
illnesses are covered.
Refer to the What the Plan Covers section of the Booklet-Certificate for more information about
your coverage.
Treatment Outcomes of Covered Services
Aetna is not a provider of health care services and therefore is not responsible for and does not
guarantee any results or outcomes of the covered health care services and supplies you receive.
Except for Aetna RX Home Delivery LLC, providers of health care services, including hospitals,
institutions, facilities or agencies, are independent contractors and are neither agents nor
employees of Aetna or its affiliates.
1
|
|
|
When Your Coverage Begins
|
|
Who Can Be Covered |
(GR-9N 29-005-01-NY) |
|
|
|
|
How and When to Enroll |
|
|
|
|
|
When Your Coverage Begins |
Throughout this section you will find information on who can be covered under the plan, how to
enroll and what to do when there is a change in your life that affects coverage. In this section,
you means the employee.
Who Can Be Covered
Employees
To be covered by this plan, the following requirements must be met:
|
|
You will need to be in an eligible class, as defined below; and |
|
|
|
You will need to meet the eligibility date criteria described below. |
Eligible Classes
You are in an eligible class if:
|
|
You are a regular full-time employee, as defined by your employer. |
Determining When You Become Eligible
You become eligible for the plan on your eligibility date, which is determined as follows.
On the Effective Date of the Plan
If you are in an eligible class on the effective date of this plan, your coverage eligibility date
is the effective date of the plan.
After the Effective Date of the Plan
If you are hired after the effective date of this plan, your coverage eligibility date is the date
you are hired.
If you enter an eligible class after the effective date of this plan, your coverage eligibility
date is the date you enter the eligible class.
Obtaining Coverage for Dependents (GR-9N 29-010 02)
Your dependents can be covered under your plan. You may enroll the following dependents:
|
|
|
Your legal spouse; or |
|
|
|
Your domestic partner who meets the rules set by your employer; and |
|
|
|
Your dependent children. |
Aetna will rely upon your employer to determine whether or not a person meets the definition of a
dependent for coverage under the plan. This determination will be conclusive and binding upon all
persons for the purposes of this plan.
Coverage for Domestic Partner (GR-9N 29-010 01-NY)
To be eligible for coverage, you and your domestic partner will need to complete and sign a
Declaration of Domestic Partnership.
2
Coverage for Dependent Children (GR-9N 29-010 02) (GR-9N 29-010-HRPA)
To be eligible, a dependent child must be:
|
|
|
Unmarried; and |
|
|
|
Under 23 years of age; not working full time, and who can qualify as dependents under the provision of the IRS. |
An eligible dependent child includes:
|
|
|
Your biological children; |
|
|
|
Your stepchildren; |
|
|
|
Your legally adopted children; |
|
|
|
Your foster children, including any children placed with you for adoption; |
|
|
|
Any children for whom you are responsible under court order; |
|
|
|
Your grandchildren in your court-ordered custody; and |
|
|
|
Any other child who lives with you in a parent-child relationship. |
Coverage for a handicapped child may be continued past the age limits shown above. See Handicapped
Dependent Children for more information.
Important Reminder
Keep in mind that you cannot receive coverage under the plan as:
|
|
|
Both an employee and a dependent; or |
|
|
|
A dependent of more than one employee. |
How and When to Enroll (GR-9N 29-015 03 NY)
Initial Enrollment in the Plan
You will be provided with plan benefit and enrollment information when you first become
eligible to enroll. To complete the enrollment process, you will need to provide all requested
information for yourself and your eligible dependents.
You will need to enroll within 31 days of your eligibility date. Otherwise, you may be considered a
Late Enrollee. If you miss the enrollment period, you will not be able to participate in the plan
until the next annual enrollment period, unless you qualify under a Special Enrollment Period, as
described below.
Newborns are automatically covered for 31 days after birth. To continue coverage after 31 days, you
will need to complete a change form and return it to your employer within the 31-day enrollment
period.
How and When to Enroll (GR-9N 29-015 03 NY)
Initial Enrollment in the Plan
You will be provided with plan benefit and enrollment information when you first become
eligible to enroll. To complete the enrollment process, you will need to provide all requested
information for yourself and your eligible dependents.
You will need to enroll within 31 days of your eligibility date.
Newborns are automatically covered for 31 days after birth. To continue coverage after 31 days, you
will need to complete a change form and return it to your employer within the 31-day enrollment
period.
3
Late Enrollment
If you do not enroll during the Initial Enrollment Period, or a subsequent annual enrollment
period, you and your eligible dependents may be considered Late Enrollees and coverage may be
deferred until the next annual enrollment period. If, at the time of your initial enrollment, you
elect coverage for yourself only and later request coverage for your eligible dependents, they may
be considered Late Enrollees.
You must return your completed enrollment form before the end of the next annual enrollment period.
Late Enrollees are subject to the Preexisting Condition Limitation.
However, you and your eligible dependents may not be considered Late Enrollees under the
circumstances described in the Special Enrollment Periods section below.
Special Enrollment Periods
You will not be considered a Late Enrollee if you qualify under a Special Enrollment Period as
defined below. If one of these situations applies, you may enroll before the next annual enrollment
period.
Loss of Other Health Care Coverage
You or your dependents may qualify for a Special Enrollment Period if:
|
|
|
You did not enroll yourself or your dependent when you first
became eligible or during any subsequent annual enrollments
because, at that time: |
|
|
|
You or your dependents were covered under other creditable coverage; and |
|
|
|
|
You refused coverage and stated, in writing, at the time you refused coverage that the reason was that you or
your dependents had other creditable coverage, but such written statement is required only if your
employer requires the statement and gives you notice of the requirement, and the notice explains the
consequence of failing to provide such statement; and |
|
|
|
You or your dependents are no longer eligible for other creditable coverage because of one of the following: |
|
|
|
The end of your employment; |
|
|
|
|
A reduction in your hours of employment (for example, moving from a full-time to part-time position); |
|
|
|
|
The ending of the other plans coverage; |
|
|
|
|
Death; |
|
|
|
|
Divorce or legal separation; |
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions toward that coverage have ended; |
|
|
|
|
COBRA coverage ends; |
|
|
|
|
the employers decision to stop offering the group health plan to the eligible class to which you belong; |
|
|
|
|
cessation of a dependents status as an eligible dependent as such is defined under this Plan; or |
|
|
|
|
you or your dependents have reached the lifetime maximum of another Plan for all benefits under that Plan. |
|
|
|
You will need to enroll yourself or a dependent for coverage
within 31 days of when other creditable coverage ends.
Evidence of termination of creditable coverage must be provided to Aetna. If you do not enroll during
this time, you will need to wait until the next annual enrollment period. |
New Dependents
You and your dependents may qualify for a Special Enrollment Period if:
|
|
|
You did not enroll when you were first eligible for coverage; and |
|
|
|
You later acquire a dependent, as defined under the plan,
through marriage, birth, adoption, or placement for adoption;
and |
|
|
|
You elect coverage for yourself and your dependent within 31 days of acquiring the dependent. |
4
Your spouse or child who meets the definition of a dependent under the plan may qualify for a
Special Enrollment Period if:
|
|
|
You did not enroll them when they were first eligible; and |
|
|
|
You later elect coverage for them within 31 days of a court order requiring you to provide coverage. |
You will need to report any new dependents by completing a change form, which is available from
your employer. The form must be completed and returned to Aetna within 31 days of the change. If
you do not return the form within 31 days of the change, you will need to make the changes during
the next annual enrollment period. However, coverage for a newborn child will be provided from the
date you give notice to Aetna.
If You Adopt a Child
Your plan will cover a child who is placed for adoption. This means you have taken on the legal
obligation for total or partial support of a child whom you plan to adopt.
Your plan will provide coverage for a child who is placed with you for adoption if:
|
|
|
The child meets the plans definition of an eligible dependent on the date he or she is placed for adoption; and |
|
|
|
You request coverage for the child in writing within 31 days of the placement. |
|
|
|
Proof of placement will need to be presented to Aetna prior to the dependent enrollment. |
|
|
|
Any coverage limitations for a pre-existing condition will
not apply to a child placed with you for adoption provided
that the placement occurs on or after the effective date of your coverage. |
When You Receive a Qualified Child Support Order
A Qualified Medical Child Support Order (QMCSO) is a court order requiring a parent to provide
health care coverage to one or more children. A Qualified Domestic Relations Support Order (QDRSO)
is a court order requiring a parent to provide dependents health insurance coverage to one or more
children. Your plan will provide coverage for a child who is covered under a QMCSO or a QDRSO, if:
|
|
|
The child meets the plans definition of an eligible dependent; and |
|
|
|
You request coverage for the child in writing within 31 days of the court order. |
Coverage for the dependent will become effective on the date of the court order. Any coverage
limitations for a pre-existing condition will not apply, as long as you submit a written request
for coverage within the 31-day period.
If you do not request coverage for the child within the 31-day period, Aetna will nevertheless
provide the coverage for the child and for you, if necessary, regardless of whether you request
coverage within the 31 days or not.
Under a QMCSO or QDRSO, if you are the non-custodial parent, the custodial parent may file claims
for benefits. Benefits for such claims will be paid to the custodial parent.
When Your Coverage Begins (GR N S 29-025 01 NY)
Your Effective Date of Coverage
Your coverage takes effect on:
|
|
|
The date you are eligible for coverage; |
|
|
|
If you are considered a late enrollee, on the first day of
the first calendar month following the end of the late entrant
enrollment period during which you elect coverage. |
5
Your Dependents Effective Date of Coverage
Your dependents coverage takes effect on the same day that your coverage becomes effective,
if you have enrolled them in the plan by then.
If any dependent is considered a late enrollee, coverage will take effect on the first day of the
first calendar month following the end of the late entrant period during which you elect coverage
for such dependent.
6
|
|
|
How Your Medical Plan Works
(GR-9N 08-005 01 NY)
|
|
Common Terms |
|
|
|
|
|
Accessing Providers |
It is important that you have the information and useful resources to help you get the most
out of your Aetna medical plan. This Booklet-Certificate explains:
|
|
Definitions you need to know; |
|
|
|
How to access care, including procedures you need to follow; |
|
|
|
What expenses for services and supplies are covered and what
limits may apply; |
|
|
|
What expenses for services and supplies are not covered by the
plan; |
|
|
|
How you share the cost of your covered services and supplies;
and |
|
|
|
Other important information such as eligibility, complaints and appeals, termination,
continuation of coverage, and general administration of the plan. |
Important Notes
|
|
Unless otherwise indicated, you refers to you and your covered dependents. |
|
|
|
Your health plan pays benefits only for services and supplies described in this
Booklet-Certificate as covered expenses that are medically necessary. |
|
|
|
This Booklet-Certificate applies to coverage only and does not restrict your ability to
receive health care services that are not or might not be covered benefits under this
health plan. |
|
|
|
Store this Booklet-Certificate in a safe place for future reference. |
Common Terms (GR-9N 08-010-01) (GR-9N 08-005 01 NY)
Many terms throughout this Booklet-Certificate are defined in the Glossary section at the
back of this document. Defined terms appear in bolded print. Understanding these terms will also
help you understand how your plan works and provide you with useful information regarding your
coverage.
About Your Comprehensive Medical Plan (GR-9N 08-015 01 NY)
This Aetna medical plan is designed to cover a range of medical services and supplies for
the treatment of illness and injury expenses. It does not provide benefits for all medical care.
The plan will pay for covered expenses up to the maximum benefits shown in this
Booklet-Certificate. Coverage is subject to all the terms, policies and procedures outlined in this
Booklet-Certificate. Not all medical expenses are covered under the plan. Exclusions and
limitations apply to certain medical services, supplies and expenses. Refer to the What the Plan
Covers, Exclusions, Limitations and Schedule of Benefits sections to determine if medical services
are covered, excluded, or limited.
Using the Plan
|
|
When you need medical care, you can directly access physicians, hospitals and
other health care providers of your choice for covered services and supplies under the
plan. |
7
|
|
You will receive notification of what the plan has paid toward your covered expenses.
It will indicate any amounts you owe towards your deductible, payment percentage or other
non-covered expenses you have incurred. You may elect to receive this notification by
e-mail, or through the mail. Call or e-mail Member Services if you have questions
regarding your statement. |
Important Note
Failure to precertify will result in a reduction of benefits under this Booklet-Certificate.
Please refer to the Understanding Precertification section for information on how to request
precertification.
Cost Sharing
Important Note:
You share in the cost of your care. Cost Sharing amounts and provisions are described in the
Schedule of Benefits.
|
|
You must satisfy any applicable deductibles before the plan begins to pay benefits. |
|
|
|
After you satisfy any applicable deductible, you will be responsible for any applicable
coinsurance for covered expenses that you incur. You will be responsible for your
coinsurance up to the coinsurance limit applicable to your plan. |
|
|
|
Your coinsurance will be based on the recognized charge. If the health care provider
you select charges more than the recognized charge, you will be responsible for any
expenses above the recognized charge. |
|
|
|
Once you satisfy the coinsurance limit, the plan will pay 100% of the covered expenses
that apply toward the limit for the rest of the Calendar Year. Certain designated
out-of-pocket expenses may not apply to the coinsurance limit. Refer to your Schedule of
Benefits section for information on what expenses do not apply to the limit and specific
dollar limits that apply to your plan. |
|
|
|
The plan will pay for covered expenses, up to the maximums shown in the What the Plan
Covers or Schedule of Benefit sections. You are responsible for any expenses incurred over
the maximum limits outlined in the What the Plan Covers or Schedule of Benefits sections. |
Emergency and Urgent Care (GR-9N-27-005-01)
You have coverage 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, anywhere inside or outside the plans
service area, for:
|
|
An emergency medical condition; or |
|
|
|
An urgent condition. |
In Case of a Medical Emergency
When emergency care is necessary, please follow the guidelines below:
|
|
Seek the nearest emergency room, or dial 911 or your local emergency response service
for medical and ambulatory assistance. If possible, call your physician provided a delay
would not be detrimental to your health. |
|
|
|
After assessing and stabilizing your condition, the emergency room should contact your
physician to obtain your medical history to assist the emergency physician in your
treatment. |
|
|
|
If you are admitted to an inpatient facility, notify your physician as soon as
reasonably possible. |
|
|
|
Please refer to the Schedule of Benefits for specific details about the plan. |
Coverage for Emergency Medical Conditions
Refer to Coverage for Emergency Medical Conditions in the What the Plan Covers section.
8
Important Reminder
With the exception of Urgent Care described below, if you visit a hospital emergency room for a
non-emergency condition, the plan will pay a reduced benefit, as shown in the Schedule of Benefits.
No other plan benefits will pay for non-emergency care in the emergency room.
In Case of an Urgent Condition (GR-9N-27-010-01)
Call your physician if you think you need urgent care. Physicians usually provide coverage
24 hours a day, including weekends and holidays for urgent care. You may contact any physician or
urgent care provider, for an urgent care condition if you cannot reach your physician.
If it is not feasible to contact your physician, please do so as soon as possible after urgent care
is provided. If you need help finding an urgent care provider you may call Member Services at the
toll-free number on your I.D. card, or you may access Aetnas online provider directory at
www.aetna.com.
Coverage for an Urgent Condition
Refer to Coverage for Urgent Medical Conditions in the What the Plan Covers section.
Follow-Up Care After Treatment of an Emergency or Urgent Medical Condition
Follow-up care is not considered an emergency or urgent condition and is not covered as part of any
emergency or urgent care visit. Once you have been treated and discharged, you should contact your
physician for any necessary follow-up care.
For coverage purposes, follow-up care is treated as any other expense for illness or injury. If you
access a hospital emergency room for follow-up care, your expenses will not be covered and you will
be responsible for the entire cost of your treatment. Refer to your Schedule of Benefits for cost
sharing information applicable to your plan.
To keep your out-of-pocket costs lower, your follow-up care should be provided by a physician.
Important Notice
Follow up care, which includes (but is not limited to) suture removal, cast removal and
radiological tests such as x-rays, should not be provided by an emergency room facility.
9
Requirements For Coverage (GR-9N S-09-005- 01 NY)
To be covered by the plan, services and supplies and prescription drugs must meet all of the
following requirements:
1. |
|
The service or supply or prescription drug must be covered by the plan. For a service or
supply or prescription drug to be covered, it must: |
|
|
|
Be included as a covered expense in this Booklet-Certificate; |
|
|
|
|
Not be an excluded expense under this Booklet-Certificate. Refer to the Exclusions
sections of this Booklet-Certificate for a list of services and supplies that are
excluded; |
|
|
|
|
Not exceed the maximums and limitations outlined in this Booklet-Certificate. Refer
to the What the Plan Covers section and the Schedule of Benefits for information about
certain expense limits; and |
|
|
|
|
Be obtained in accordance with all the terms, policies and procedures outlined in
this Booklet-Certificate. |
2. |
|
The service or supply or prescription drug must be provided while coverage is in effect. See
the Who Can Be Covered, How and When to Enroll, When Your Coverage Begins, When Coverage Ends
and Continuation of Coverage sections for details on when coverage begins and ends. |
10
|
|
|
What The Plan Covers
(GR-9N 11-005 01 NY)
|
|
Wellness |
|
|
|
|
|
Physician Services |
|
|
|
|
|
Hospital Expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
Other Medical Expenses |
Comprehensive Medical Plan
Many preventive and routine medical expenses as well as expenses incurred for a serious
illness or injury are covered. This section describes which expenses are covered expenses. Only
expenses incurred for the services and supplies shown in this section are covered expenses.
Limitations and exclusions apply.
Wellness
Routine Physical Exams
Covered expenses include charges made by your physician for routine physical exams for
persons age 19 or more. A routine exam is a medical exam given by a physician for a reason other
than to diagnose or treat a suspected or identified illness or injury, and also includes:
|
|
Radiological services, X-rays, lab and other tests given in connection with the exam; and |
|
|
|
Immunizations for infectious diseases and the materials for administration of immunizations as
recommended by the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices of the Department of Health and
Human Services, Center for Disease Control; and |
|
|
|
Testing for Tuberculosis. |
Covered expenses for children from birth through age 18 also include:
|
|
An initial hospital check up and well child visits in accordance with the prevailing clinical
standards of the American Academy of Pediatric Physicians. |
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
Services which are covered to any extent under any other part of this plan; |
|
|
|
Services which are for diagnosis or treatment of a suspected or identified illness
or injury; |
|
|
|
Exams given during your stay for medical care; |
|
|
|
Services not given by a physician or under his or her direction; |
|
|
|
Psychiatric, psychological, personality or emotional testing or exams; |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any applicable deductibles, coinsurance,
benefit maximums and frequency and age limits for physical exams.
Preventive Health Care Services Expenses (GR 9 NS 11-005 01 NY)
This plan will pay for charges for preventive health care services provided in connection
with a routine physical exam of a dependent child under 23 years of age, as follows. These charges
are not subject to deductible or any lifetime maximum benefit. These services may be provided in a
hospital or physicians office.
11
An initial hospital checkup and well-child visits scheduled in accordance with the prevailing
standards of a national association of pediatric physicians designated by the New York State
commissioner of health.
At each visit, services in accordance with the prevailing clinical standards of the designated
association, including:
|
|
A medical history; |
|
|
|
a complete physical examination; |
|
|
|
developmental assessment; |
|
|
|
anticipatory guidance; |
|
|
|
appropriate immunizations; |
|
|
|
laboratory tests. |
All necessary immunizations recommended by the Advisory Committee on Immunizations Practices of the
U.S. Public Health Service and the Department of Health of The State of New York, and in accordance
with the minimum benefits mandated by the State of New York.
Not covered are charges for:
|
|
Services which are covered to any extent under any other part of the plan; |
|
|
|
Services for diagnosis or treatment of a suspected or identified illness or disease; |
|
|
|
Medicines or drugs; |
|
|
|
Appliances, equipment or supplies; |
|
|
|
Premarital exams; dental exams; hearing exams; or exams related in any way to employment. |
Routine Cancer Screenings
The plan will pay for charges incurred for routine cancer screening, as follows:
Mammograms:
|
|
Upon recommendation of a physician, a mammogram at any age for females having a history of breast cancer or who have a first degree relative with a prior history of breast cancer; |
|
|
|
A single baseline mammogram for covered females aged 35 through 39; and |
|
|
|
An annual mammogram for covered females aged 40 or older. |
Two gynecological exams, including Pap smear, per calendar year.
The following coverage for diagnostic screening of prostatic cancer:
|
|
Standard diagnostic tests, including but not limited to a digital rectal exam and one prostate
specific antigen (PSA) test per calendar year, at any age for males having a prior history of
prostate cancer; and |
|
|
|
An annual standard diagnostic examination, including but not limited to a digital rectal
examination and a prostate specific antigen test for males age 50 or more who are asymptomatic and
for males age 40 or more with a family history of prostate cancer or other prostate cancer risk
factors. |
Fecal occult blood test, sigmoidoscopy, colonoscopy, double contrast barium enema.
Any age limits shown above do not apply to any person who is at high risk for the cancer being
screened.
12
Early Intervention Services Expenses
The plan will pay the following charges even though they may not be incurred in connection
with an injury or disease. Benefits are payable on the same basis as any other sickness. They are
included only for a dependent child:
|
|
Until September 1 of the calendar year in which the child attains the age of 3 years; if the
child is born between January 1 and August 31 of that calendar year. |
|
|
|
Until January 2 of the calendar year following the calendar year the child attains the age of
3 years; if the child is born between September 1 and December 31 of the preceding calendar year. |
The dependent child must be certified by the New York Department of Health as eligible to
participate in the Early Intervention Program. You must submit proof of such qualification with the
initial claim.
Early Intervention Services Expenses
These are the charges incurred for Early Intervention Services.
Early Intervention Services: These are services, designed to offer a comprehensive array of
educational, developmental, health and social services to eligible infants, children and their
families as specified in program regulations. They include, but are not limited to, the following:
|
|
Speech and language therapy given in connection with a speech impairment resulting from a
congenital abnormality, disease or injury. |
|
|
|
Occupational or physical therapy expected to result in significant improvement of a body
function impaired by a congenital abnormality, disease or injury. |
|
|
|
Clinical psychological tests or treatment. |
|
|
|
Skilled nursing services, on a part-time or intermittent basis, given by an R.N. or by an
L.P.N. |
Benefits paid for early intervention services will not be applied against any maximum lifetime or
annual limits specified in this Booklet-Certificate. However, visit limitations and other terms and
conditions of the Booklet-Certificate will continue to apply to early intervention services. Visits
used for Early Intervention Services will not reduce the number of visits otherwise available under
the coverage for such services.
Family Planning Services (GR-9N 11-005 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges for certain contraceptive and family planning services,
even though not provided to treat an illness or injury. Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for any
frequency limits that apply to these services, if not specified below.
Contraception Services
Covered expenses include charges for contraceptive services and supplies provided on an outpatient basis, including:
|
|
Contraceptive drugs and contraceptive devices prescribed by a physician provided they have
been approved by the Federal Drug Administration; |
|
|
|
Related outpatient services such as: |
|
|
|
Consultations; |
|
|
|
|
Exams; |
|
|
|
|
Procedures; and |
|
|
|
|
Other medical services and
supplies. |
Not covered are:
|
|
Charges for services which are covered to any extent under any other part of the Plan or any
other group plans sponsored by your employer; and |
|
|
|
Charges incurred for contraceptive services while confined as an inpatient. |
13
Other Family Planning
Covered expenses include charges for family planning services, including:
|
|
Voluntary sterilization. |
|
|
|
Voluntary termination of pregnancy. |
The plan does not cover the reversal of voluntary sterilization procedures, including related
follow-up care.
Also see section on pregnancy and infertility related expenses on a later page.
Bone Mineral Density Measurement or Test, Drug and Devices (GR-9N 11-085-NY)
Covered expenses include charges incurred for bone mineral density measurements or tests,
including drugs and devices, for individuals(a) meeting the criteria under the federal Medicare
program or the National Institutes of Health; or (b) previously diagnosed as having osteoporosis or
a family history of osteoporosis; or (c) with symptoms or conditions indicative of the presence or
of significant risk of osteoporosis; or (d) on a prescribed drug regimen posing a significant risk
of osteoporosis; or (e) with lifestyle factors to such a degree posing a significant risk of
osteoporosis; or (f) with such age, gender and/or other physiological characteristics which pose a
significant risk for osteoporosis.
Bone mineral density measurements or tests, drugs and devices include those covered under the
federal Medicare program as well as those in accordance with the criteria of the National
Institutes of Health, including dual energy X-ray absoptiometry.
Vision Care Services (GR-9N 11-010 -01)
Covered expenses include charges made by a legally qualified ophthalmologist or optometrist
for the following services:
|
|
Routine eye exam: The plan covers expenses for a complete routine eye exam that includes
refraction and glaucoma testing. A routine eye exam does not include a contact lens exam. The plan
covers charges for one routine eye exam in any Calendar Year. |
Limitations
Coverage is subject to any applicable Calendar Year deductibles, copays and coinsurance
percentages shown in your Schedule of Benefits.
Hearing Exam (GR-9N 11-015-01)
Covered expenses include charges for an audiometric hearing exam if the exam is performed
by:
|
|
A physician certified as an otolaryngologist or otologist; or |
|
|
|
An audiologist who: |
|
|
|
Is legally qualified in audiology; or |
|
|
|
|
Holds a certificate of Clinical Competence in Audiology from the American Speech and
Hearing Association (in the absence of any applicable licensing requirements); and |
|
|
|
|
Performs the exam at the written direction of a legally qualified
otolaryngologist or otologist. |
The plan will not cover expenses for charges for more than
one hearing exam per Calendar Year.
All covered expenses for the hearing exam are subject to any applicable deductible, copay and
coinsurance shown in your Schedule of Benefits.
14
Physician Services (GR 9N S 11-20 01 NY)
Physician Visits
Covered medical expenses include charges made by a physician during a visit to treat an
illness or injury. The visit may be at the physicians office, in your home, in a hospital or other
facility during your stay or in an outpatient facility. Covered expenses also include:
|
|
Immunizations for infectious disease; |
|
|
|
Allergy testing, treatment and
injections; and |
|
|
|
Charges made by a qualified physician for a second surgical opinion on the need for surgery;
and a second medical opinion by an appropriate specialist (including, but not limited to a
specialist affiliated with a specialty care center for the treatment of cancer) in the event of a
positive or negative diagnosis of cancer; or a recurrence or cancer; or a recommendation of a
course of treatment for cancer. The opinion may be rendered by either a network or a non-network
specialist. |
Surgery
Covered expenses include charges made by a physician for:
|
|
Performing your surgical procedure; |
|
|
|
Pre-operative and post-operative
visits; and |
|
|
|
Consultation with another physician to obtain a second opinion prior to the surgery. |
Anesthetics
Covered expenses include charges for the administration of anesthetics and oxygen by a
physician, other than the operating physician, or Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetist (C.R.N.A.)
in connection with a covered procedure.
Hospital Expenses (GR 9N S 11-030 01 NY)
Covered medical expenses include services and supplies provided by a hospital during your
stay.
Room and Board
Covered expenses include charges for room and board provided at a hospital during your stay.
Private room charges that exceed the hospitals semi-private room rate are not covered unless a
private room is required because of a contagious illness or immune system problem.
Room and board charges also include:
|
|
Services of the hospitals nursing staff; |
|
|
|
Admission and other fees; |
|
|
|
General and special diets; and |
|
|
|
Sundries and supplies. |
Other Hospital Services and Supplies
Covered expenses include charges made by a hospital for services and supplies furnished to
you in connection with your stay.
Covered expenses include hospital charges for other services and supplies provided, such as:
|
|
Ambulance services. |
|
|
|
Physicians and surgeons. |
|
|
|
Operating, cytoscopic and recovery rooms. |
|
|
|
Intensive or special care facilities and equipment. |
15
|
|
Administration of blood and blood products, but not the cost of the blood or
blood products. |
|
|
|
Radiation therapy, chemotherapy. |
|
|
|
Speech therapy, physical therapy and occupational therapy. |
|
|
|
Oxygen and oxygen therapy. |
|
|
|
Radiological services, electrocardiographs, electroencephalographs, laboratory testing and
diagnostic services. |
|
|
|
Medications, sera, biological and vaccines. |
|
|
|
Intravenous (IV) preparations, visualizing dyes. |
|
|
|
Discharge planning. |
|
|
|
Dressings and casts. |
Outpatient Hospital Expenses
Covered expenses include hospital charges made for:
|
|
Covered services and supplies provided by the outpatient department of a
hospital; |
|
|
|
Hospital services rendered within 24 hours after an accidental injury; and |
|
|
|
X-ray and lab test in the outpatient department of the hospital, to the extent
such services would be provided if an inpatient. |
Important Reminders
The plan will only pay for nursing services provided by the hospital as part of its charge.
The plan does not cover private duty nursing services as part of an inpatient hospital stay.
If a hospital or other health care facility does not itemize specific room and board charges and
other charges, Aetna will assume that 40 percent of the total is for room and board charge, and 60
percent is for other charges.
(NOTE: The duration and any stay for patients undergoing a lymph node dissection or lumpectomy
for treatment of breast cancer, or a mastectomy, will be as determined by the attending physician,
in consultation with the patient.)
In addition to charges made by the hospital, certain physicians and other providers may bill you
separately during your stay.
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for any applicable deductible, copay and coinsurance and maximum
benefit limits.
Coverage for Emergency Medical Conditions (GR-9N 11-035-01)
Covered expenses include charges made by a hospital or a physician for services provided in
an emergency room to evaluate and treat an emergency medical condition.
The emergency care benefit covers:
|
|
Use of emergency room facilities; |
|
|
|
Emergency room physicians services; |
|
|
|
Hospital nursing staff services;
and |
|
|
|
Radiologists and pathologists
services. |
Please contact your physician after receiving treatment for an emergency medical condition.
Coverage for Urgent Conditions (GR-9N 11-035-01)
Covered expenses include charges made by a hospital or urgent care provider to evaluate and treat
an urgent condition.
16
Your coverage includes:
|
|
Use of emergency room
facilities; |
|
|
|
Use of urgent care facilities; |
|
|
|
Physicians services; |
|
|
|
Nursing staff services; and |
|
|
|
Radiologists and pathologists
services. |
Please contact physician after receiving treatment of an urgent condition.
If you visit an urgent care provider for a non-urgent condition, the plan will pay a reduced
benefit, as shown in the Schedule of Benefits.
Alternatives to Hospital Stays (GR-9N 11-035-01)
Outpatient Surgery and Physician Surgical Services
Covered expenses include charges for services and supplies furnished in connection with
outpatient surgery made by:
|
|
An office-based surgical facility of a physician or dentist; |
|
|
|
A surgery center; or |
|
|
|
The outpatient department of a hospital. |
The surgery must meet the following requirements:
|
|
The surgery can be performed adequately and safely only in a surgery
center or hospital and |
|
|
|
The surgery is not normally performed in a physicians or dentists
office. |
Important Note
Benefits for surgery services performed in a physicians or dentists office are described under
Physician Services benefits in the previous section.
The following outpatient surgery expenses are covered:
|
|
Services and supplies provided by the hospital, surgery center on the day of the
procedure; |
|
|
|
The operating physicians services for performing the procedure, related pre- and
post-operative care, and administration of anesthesia; and |
|
|
|
Services of another physician for related post-operative care and administration of
anesthesia. This does not include a local anesthetic. |
Limitations
Not covered under this plan are charges made for:
|
|
The services of a physician or other health care provider who renders technical
assistance to the operating physician. |
|
|
|
A stay in a hospital. |
|
|
|
Facility charges for office based surgery. |
17
Birthing Center (GR-9N 11-045 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made by a birthing center for services and supplies related
to your care in a birthing center for:
|
|
Prenatal care; |
|
|
|
Delivery; and |
|
|
|
Postpartum care within 48 hours after a vaginal delivery and 96 hours after a
Cesarean delivery. |
Limitations
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges:
|
|
In connection with a pregnancy for which pregnancy related expenses are not
included as a covered expense. |
See Pregnancy Related Expenses for information about other covered expenses related to maternity
care.
Ambulatory Care
Covered expenses include charges incurred for ambulatory care in a hospitals outpatient
department of in a physicians office. Ambulatory care includes: services for diagnostic X-rays; laboratory and pathological
examinations; physical and radiation therapy; services and medications used for non-experimental cancer
chemotherapy and cancer hormone therapy.
The services and supplies must be:
|
|
Related to and necessary for treatment or diagnosis of
your illness or injury; |
|
|
|
Ordered by a physician; |
|
|
|
In the case of physical therapy, furnished for the same illness or injury for
which you were hospitalized or for surgery (care must start no later than 6 months after discharge
from the hospital or surgery and is limited to 365 days following surgery or discharge from the
hospital). |
Home Health Care (GR 9 NS 11-050 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges for home health care services when ordered by a physician
provided:
|
|
The charges are made by a home health care
agency; and |
|
|
|
The care is given under a home health care
plan; and |
|
|
|
The care is given to you in your home while you are
homebound. |
Home health care expenses include charges for:
|
|
Part-time or intermittent care by a R.N. or by a L.P.N. |
|
|
|
Part-time intermittent home health aide services provided in conjunction with and
in direct support of patient care. |
|
|
|
Physical, occupational and speech therapy. |
|
|
|
Medical supplies, prescription drugs and medications and lab services by or
for a home health care agency to the extent they would have been covered under this plan if you
been confined in a hospital or skilled nursing facility (as defined in Title XVIII of the Social
Security Act). |
Benefits for home health care visits are payable up to the Home Health Care Maximum.
Each visit by a nurse or therapist is one visit. Each 4 hours of home health aide services is one visit.
18
Limitations
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
Services or supplies that are not part of the Home Health Care Plan. |
|
|
Services of a person who usually lives with you, or who is a member of your
or your spouses or your domestic partners family. |
|
|
Services that are for custodial care. |
Important Reminders
The plan does not cover custodial care, even if care is provided by a nursing professional, and
family member or other caretakers cannot provide the necessary care.
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any applicable home health care visit maximums.
Private Duty Nursing (GR-9N S-11-065-01)
Covered expenses include private duty nursing provided by a R.N. or L.P.N. if the persons condition requires skilled nursing care and visiting nursing care is not
adequate. However, covered expenses will not include private duty nursing for any shifts during a
Calendar Year in excess of the Private Duty Nursing Care Maximum Shifts. Each period of private duty nursing of up to 8 hours will be deemed to be one private duty nursing
shift.
The plan also covers skilled observation for up to one four-hour period per day, for up to 10
consecutive days following:
|
|
A change in your medication; |
|
|
Treatment of an urgent or emergency medical condition by a physician; |
|
|
The onset of symptoms indicating a need
for emergency treatment; |
Limitations
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
Nursing care that does not require the education, training and technical
skills of a R.N.
or L.P.N. |
|
|
Nursing care assistance for daily life activities, such as: |
|
|
|
Transportation; |
|
|
|
|
Meal preparation; |
|
|
|
|
Vital sign charting; |
|
|
|
|
Companionship activities; |
|
|
|
|
Bathing; |
|
|
|
|
Feeding; |
|
|
|
|
Personal grooming; |
|
|
|
|
Dressing; |
|
|
|
|
Toileting; and |
|
|
|
|
Getting in/out of bed or a chair. |
|
|
Nursing care provided for skilled observation. |
|
|
Nursing care provided while you are an inpatient in a hospital or health care
facility, provided the care can adequately be provided by the facilitys general nursing staff, if
it were fully staffed. |
|
|
A service provided solely to administer oral medicine, except where law requires a
R.N. or L.P.N. to administer medicines. |
19
Skilled Nursing Facility (GR-9N S-11-060-01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made by a skilled nursing facility during your stay for the
following services and supplies, up to the maximums shown in the Schedule of Benefits, including:
|
|
Room and board, up to the semi-private room rate.
The plan will cover up to the private room rate if it is needed due to an infectious illness or a
weak or compromised immune system; |
|
|
|
Use of special treatment rooms; |
|
|
|
Radiological services and lab work; |
|
|
|
Physical, occupational, or speech therapy; |
|
|
|
Oxygen and other gas therapy; |
|
|
|
Other medical services and general nursing services usually given by a skilled nursing facility
(this does not include charges made for private or special nursing, or physicians services); and |
|
|
|
Medical supplies. |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any applicable skilled nursing facility
maximums.
Limitations
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
Charges made for the treatment of: |
|
|
|
Drug addiction; |
|
|
|
|
Alcoholism; |
|
|
|
|
Senility; |
|
|
|
|
Mental retardation; or |
|
|
|
|
Any other mental illness; and |
|
|
Daily room and board charges over the semi private rate. |
Hospice Care (GR 9N S 11-070 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made by the following furnished to you for hospice care
when given as part of a hospice care program.
Facility Expenses
The charges made by a hospital, hospice or skilled nursing facility for:
|
|
Room and Board and other services and supplies furnished during a stay for pain
control and other acute and chronic symptom management; and |
|
|
|
Services and supplies furnished to you on an outpatient basis. |
Outpatient Hospice Expenses
Covered
expenses include charges made on an outpatient basis by a
Hospice Care Agency for:
|
|
Part-time or intermittent nursing care by a R.N. or L.P.N. for up to
eight hours a day; |
|
|
Part-time or intermittent home health aide services to care for you up to eight hours a
day. |
|
|
Medical social services under the direction of a physician. These include but are not limited to: |
|
|
|
Assessment of your social, emotional and medical needs, and your home and family situation; |
|
|
|
|
Identification of available community resources; and |
|
|
|
|
Assistance provided to you to obtain resources to meet your
assessed needs. |
|
|
Physical and occupational therapy; and |
|
|
Consultation or case management services by a physician; |
20
|
|
Dietary counseling; and |
|
|
Psychological counseling. |
Charges made by the providers below if they are not an employee of a Hospice Care Agency;
and such Agency retains responsibility for your care:
|
|
A physician for a consultation or
case management; |
|
|
A physical or occupational therapist; |
|
|
A home health care agency for: |
|
|
|
Physical and occupational therapy; |
|
|
|
|
Part time or intermittent home health aide services for your care up to eight hours a day; |
|
|
|
|
Medical supplies; |
|
|
|
|
Prescription drugs; |
|
|
|
|
Psychological counseling;
and |
|
|
|
|
Dietary counseling. |
Limitations
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
Daily room and board charges over the semi-private room rate. |
|
|
More than 5 visits for
bereavement counseling. |
|
|
|
Funeral arrangements. |
|
|
|
Pastoral counseling. |
|
|
|
Financial or legal counseling. This includes estate planning and the drafting of a will. |
|
|
|
Homemaker or caretaker services. These are services which are not solely related to your care.
These include, but are not limited to: sitter or companion services for either you or other family
members; transportation; maintenance of the house. |
|
|
Respite care. This is care furnished during a period of time when your family or
usual caretaker cannot attend to your needs. |
Important Reminders
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any applicable hospice care maximums.
Other Covered Health Care Expenses (GR-9N S-11-080 01 NY)
Acupuncture
The plan covers charges made for acupuncture services provided by a physician, if the
service is performed:
|
|
As a form of anesthesia in connection with a covered
surgical procedure; and |
|
|
To treat an illness, injury or to alleviate chronic pain. |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any applicable acupuncture benefit maximum.
Ambulance Service (GR 9 NS 11-080 01 NY)
Covered expenses include the following:
21
Emergency Transportation
Covered expenses include charges made by an ambulance service, issued a certificate to operate
under the New York Public Health Law, for prehospital emergency medical services.
Payment under the Plan will be payment in full for the services provided.
An ambulance service that is so reimbursed by the Plan will not seek any reimbursement from, or
have any recourse against you, except for the collection of copays, coinsurance or deductibles for
which you are responsible under the Plan.
Prehospital emergency medical services means the prompt evaluation and treatment of an emergency
medical condition, and/or non-airborne transportation of a covered person from the place where he
or she is injured or stricken by illness to the hospital where treatment is given. If the person
utilizes non-airborne emergency transportation, reimbursement will be based on whether a prudent
layperson, possessing an average knowledge of medicine and health, could reasonably expect the
absence of such transportation to result in (1) placing the health of the covered person affected
with such condition in serious jeopardy, or in the case of a behavioral condition placing the
health of such person or others in serious jeopardy; (2) serious impairment to such covered
persons bodily functions; (3) serious dysfunction of any bodily organ or part of such covered
person; or (4) serious disfigurement of such covered person.
Non-Emergency Transportation
Covered expenses include charges by a professional ambulance service for the necessary
non-emergency transfer of a covered person via ground ambulance or a medical van.
Limitations
Not covered under this benefit are charges incurred to transport you:
|
|
If an ambulance service is not required by your physical condition; or |
|
|
If the type of ambulance service provided is not required for your
physical condition; or |
|
|
By any form of transportation other than a professional ambulance
service. |
Diagnostic and Preoperative Testing (GR-9N S-11-085 01 NY)
Outpatient Diagnostic Lab Work and Radiological Services
Covered expenses include charges for radiological services, lab services, and pathology and
other tests provided to diagnose an illness or injury. You must have definite symptoms that start,
maintain or change a plan of treatment prescribed by a physician. The charges must be made by a
physician, hospital or licensed radiological facility or lab.
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any deductible, coinsurance and maximum that
may apply to outpatient diagnostic testing, and lab and radiological services.
Outpatient Preoperative Testing
Prior to a scheduled covered surgery, covered expenses include charges made for tests
performed by a hospital, surgery center, physician or licensed diagnostic laboratory provided the
charges for the surgery are covered expenses and:
|
|
The test are related to your surgery, and the surgery takes place in a
hospital or surgery center; |
|
|
Reservations for a bed or for an operating room were made prior to the tests: |
|
|
|
The test are completed within 7 days before your surgery; |
|
|
|
|
The test are performed on an outpatient basis; |
|
|
|
|
The test would be covered if you were an inpatient in a hospital; |
|
|
|
|
The test are not repeated in or by the hospital or surgery center where the surgery will
be performed; |
|
|
|
|
Test results appear in your medical record kept by the hospital or surgery center where
the surgery is performed. |
22
Important Reminder
|
|
If your tests indicate that surgery should not be performed because of your
physical condition, the plan will pay for the test, however surgery will not be covered. |
Durable Medical and Surgical Equipment (DME) (GR 9 NS 11-090 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges by a DME supplier for the rental of equipment or, in lieu
of rental:
The initial purchase of DME if:
|
|
Long term care is planned; and |
|
|
The equipment cannot be rented or is likely to cost less to purchase than to
rent. |
Repair of purchased equipment. Maintenance and repairs needed due to misuse or abuse are not
covered.
Replacement of purchased equipment if:
|
|
The replacement is needed because of a change in your physical condition; and |
|
|
It is likely to cost less to replace the item than to repair the existing item or
rent a similar item. |
The plan limits coverage to one item of equipment, for the same or similar purpose and the
accessories needed to operate the item. You are responsible for the entire cost of any additional
pieces of the same or similar equipment you purchase or rent for personal convenience or mobility.
Covered DME includes equipment, and the accessories needed to operate it, that is:
|
|
Made to withstand prolonged use; |
|
|
Made for and mainly used in the treatment of
an illness or injury; |
|
|
Suited for use in the home; |
|
|
Not normally of use to people who do not have an illness or
injury; |
|
|
Not for use in altering air quality or temperature; and |
|
|
Not for exercise or training. |
Durable medical and surgical equipment does not include equipment such as whirlpools, portable
whirlpool pumps, sauna baths, massage devices, over bed tables, elevators, communication aids,
vision aids and telephone alert systems.
Aetna reserves the right to limit the payment of charges up to the most cost efficient and least
restrictive level of service or item which can be safely and effectively provided. The decision to
rent or purchase is Aetnas.
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about durable medical and surgical equipment
deductible, coinsurance and benefit maximums.
Experimental or Investigational Treatment
Covered expenses include charges made for experimental or investigational drugs, devices,
treatments or procedures, provided all of the following conditions are met:
|
|
You have been diagnosed with cancer or a condition likely to cause death
within one year or less; |
|
|
Standard therapies have not been effective or are inappropriate; |
|
|
Aetna determines, based on at least two documents of medical and scientific
evidence, that you would likely benefit from the treatment; |
23
|
|
There is an ongoing clinical trial. You are enrolled in a clinical trial
that meets these criteria: |
|
|
|
The drug, device, treatment or procedure to be investigated has been
granted investigational new drug (IND) or Group c/treatment IND status; |
|
|
|
|
The
clinical trial has passed independent scientific scrutiny and has been approved by an
Institutional Review Board that will oversee the investigation; |
|
|
|
|
The clinical
trial is sponsored by the National Cancer Institute (NCI) or similar national organization
(such as the Food & Drug Administration or the Department of Defense) and conforms to the NCI
standards; |
|
|
|
|
The clinical trial is not a single institution or investigator study
unless the clinical trial is performed at an NCI-designated cancer center; and |
|
|
|
|
You are treated in accordance with protocol. |
Pregnancy Related Expenses (GR 9 N S 11-100 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made by a physician for pregnancy and childbirth services and
supplies at the same level as any illness or injury. This includes prenatal visits, delivery and
postnatal visits.
For inpatient care of the mother and newborn child, covered expenses include charges made by a
Hospital for a minimum of:
|
|
48 hours after a
vaginal delivery; and |
|
|
|
96 hours after a cesarean section. |
|
|
|
A shorter stay, if the attending physician, with the consent of the mother,
discharges the mother or newborn earlier. |
Covered expenses include parent education, assistance and training in breast or bottle feeding, and
the performance of any necessary maternal and newborn clinical assessments.
If the mother is discharged earlier, the plan will pay for two post-delivery home visits by a
health care provider. This will not be subject to any deductible or copay
and will not count toward the maximum number of visits under the home health care benefit.
Covered expenses also include charges made by a birthing center as described under Alternatives to
Hospital Care.
Note: Covered expenses also include services and supplies provided for circumcision of the newborn
during the stay.
Prescription Drugs (GR-9N 11-110 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made for outpatient prescription drugs and insulin when
prescribed in writing by a physician to treat an illness or injury. The plan covers both generic
and brand-name prescription drugs.
Also covered will be charges for a prescription drug for the treatment of a certain type of cancer
if the drug has been prescribed for treatment of a cancer for which it has not been approved by the
federal Food and Drug Administration, but the drug is recognized for the treatment of the specific
type of cancer in one of the standard reference compendia, or in medical literature.
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
any outpatient prescription drug covered or excluded from coverage under
Aetnas prescription drug plan in accordance with the prescription drug coverage and exclusions
sections of this Booklet-Certificate or any separately issued Booklet-Certificate. |
24
Lifestyle/Performance Drugs
Coverage includes:
|
|
Sildenafil Citrate, phentolamine, apomorphine and alprostadil in oral, and
topical (which includes, but is not limited to gels, creams, ointments and patches) forms; or any
other form, internally or externally, are covered; regardless of medical necessity. Coverage
includes: any prescription drug in oral or topical form, that is in a similar or identical class;
has a similar or identical mode of action; or exhibits similar, or identical outcomes. |
|
|
|
Coverage is limited to 6 pills, or other form; determined cumulatively among all
forms for unit amounts; determined by Aetna to be similar in cost to: oral forms, per 30 day
supply. |
Prosthetic Devices (GR 9N S 11-110 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made for internal and external prosthetic devices and special
appliances, if the device or appliance improves or restores body part function that has been lost
or damaged by illness, injury or congenital defect. Covered expenses also include instruction and
incidental supplies needed to use a covered prosthetic device.
The plan covers the first prosthesis you need that temporarily or permanently replaces all or part
of a body part lost or impaired as a result of illness or injury or congenital defects as described
in the list of covered devices below for an:
|
|
Internal body
part or organ; or |
|
|
|
External body part. |
Covered expenses also include replacement of a prosthetic device if:
|
|
The replacement is needed because of a change in your physical condition; or
normal growth or wear and tear; or |
|
|
|
It is likely to cost less to buy a new one than
to repair the existing one; or |
|
|
|
The existing one cannot be made serviceable. |
The list of covered devices includes but is not limited to:
|
|
An artificial arm,
leg, hip, knee or eye; |
|
|
|
Eye
lens; |
|
|
|
An external breast prosthesis and the first bra made solely for use with it
after a mastectomy; |
|
|
|
A breast implant after a mastectomy; |
|
|
|
Ostomy
supplies, urinary catheters and external urinary collection devices; |
|
|
|
Speech
generating device; |
|
|
|
A cardiac pacemaker and pacemaker defibrillators; and |
|
|
|
A durable brace that is custom made and fitted for you. |
The plan will not cover expenses and charges for, or expenses related to:
|
|
Orthopedic shoes, therapeutic shoes, foot orthotics, or other devices to
support the feet, unless required for the treatment of or to prevent complications of diabetes; or
if the orthopedic shoe is an integral part of a covered leg brace; or |
|
|
|
Trusses,
corsets, and other support. |
Hearing Aids (GR-9N-26-005-01)
Covered hearing care expenses include charges for electronic hearing aids (monaural and
binaural), installed in accordance with a prescription written during a covered hearing exam.
Benefits are payable up to the hearing supply maximum listed in the Schedule of Benefits.
25
All covered expenses are subject to the hearing expense exclusions in this Booklet-Certificate and
are subject to deductible(s), copayments or coinsurance listed in the Schedule of Benefits, if any.
Benefits After Termination of Coverage
Expenses incurred for hearing aids within 30 days of termination of the persons coverage
under this benefit section will be deemed to be covered hearing care expenses if during the 30 days
before the date coverage ends:
|
|
The prescription for the hearing aid
was written; and |
|
|
|
The hearing aid was
ordered. |
Short-Term Rehabilitation Therapy Services (GR 9N-11-120 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges for short-term therapy services when prescribed by a
physician as described below up to the benefit maximums listed on the Schedule of Benefits. The
services have to be performed by:
|
|
A licensed or certified physical, occupational or speech therapist; |
|
|
|
A hospital, skilled nursing facility, or hospice facility; |
|
|
|
A home health care agency;
or |
|
|
|
A physician. |
Charges for the following short term rehabilitation expenses are covered:
Cardiac and Pulmonary Rehabilitation Benefits.
|
|
Cardiac rehabilitation benefits are available as part of an inpatient hospital
stay. A limited course of outpatient cardiac rehabilitation is covered when following angioplasty,
cardiovascular surgery, congestive heart failure or myocardial infarction. |
|
|
|
Pulmonary rehabilitation benefits are available as part of an inpatient
hospital stay. A limited course of outpatient pulmonary rehabilitation is covered for the treatment
of reversible pulmonary disease states. |
Outpatient Cognitive Therapy, Physical Therapy, Occupational Therapy and Speech Therapy
Rehabilitation Benefits.
Coverage is subject to the limits, if any, shown on the Schedule of Benefits. Inpatient
rehabilitation benefits for the services listed will be paid as part of your Inpatient Hospital and
Skilled Nursing Facility benefits provision in this Booklet-Certificate:
|
|
Physical therapy is covered for non-chronic conditions and acute illnesses and
injuries, provided the therapy expects to significantly improve, develop or restore physical
functions lost or impaired as a result of an acute illness, injury or surgical procedure. Physical
therapy does not include educational training or services designed to develop physical function. |
|
|
|
Occupational therapy (except for vocational rehabilitation or employment
counseling) is covered for non-chronic conditions and acute illnesses and injuries, provided the
therapy expects to significantly improve, develop or restore physical functions lost or impaired as
a result of an acute illness, injury or surgical procedure, or to relearn skills to significantly
improve independence in the activities of daily living. Occupational therapy does not include
educational training or services designed to develop physical function. |
26
|
|
Speech therapy is covered for non-chronic conditions and acute illnesses and
injuries and expected to restore the speech function or correct a speech impairment resulting from
illness or injury; or for delays in speech function development as a result of a gross anatomical
defect present at birth. Speech function is the ability to express thoughts, speak words and form
sentences. Speech impairment is difficulty with expressing ones thoughts with spoken words. |
|
|
|
Cognitive therapy associated with physical rehabilitation is covered when the
cognitive deficits have been acquired as a result of neurologic impairment due to trauma, stroke,
or encephalopathy, and when the therapy is part of a treatment plan intended to restore previous
cognitive function. |
A visit consists of no more than one hour of therapy. Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for the
visit maximum that applies to the plan. Covered expenses include charges for two therapy visits of
no more than one hour in a 24-hour period.
The therapy should follow a specific treatment plan that:
|
|
Details the treatment, and specifies frequency and duration; and |
|
|
|
Provides for ongoing reviews and is renewed only if continued
therapy is appropriate. |
|
|
|
Allows therapy services, provided in your home,
if you are homebound. |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about the short term rehabilitation therapy maximum
benefit.
Unless specifically covered above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
Therapies for the treatment of delays in development, unless resulting from
acute illness or injury, or congenital defects amenable to surgical repair (such as cleft
lip/ palate), are not covered. |
|
|
|
Any services which are covered expenses in whole or in part under any other
group plan sponsored by an employer; |
|
|
|
Any services unless provided in accordance with
a specific treatment plan; |
|
|
|
Services for the treatment of delays in speech
development, unless resulting from: illness; injury; or congenital defect; |
|
|
|
Services provided during a stay in a hospital, skilled nursing facility, or
hospice facility except as stated above; |
|
|
|
Services not performed by a physician or under the direct supervision of a
physician; |
|
|
|
Treatment covered as part of the Spinal Manipulation Treatment. This applies
whether or not benefits have been paid under that section; |
|
|
|
Services
provided by a physician or physical, occupational or speech therapist who resides in your home; or
who is a member of your family, or a member of your spouses family; or your domestic partner; |
|
|
|
Special education to instruct a person whose speech has been lost or impaired,
to function without that ability. This includes lessons in sign language. |
Reconstructive or Cosmetic Surgery and Supplies (GR-9N 11-125 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made by a physician, hospital, or surgery center for
reconstructive services and supplies, including:
|
|
Surgery to correct the result of an accidental injury provided the surgery
occurs no more than 24 months after the injury. For a covered child, surgery will be covered up to
age 18 or up to 24 months after the injury, whichever period is longer. Injuries that occur during
surgical procedures or medical treatments are not considered accidental injuries, even if unplanned
or unexpected. |
|
|
|
Surgical implantation or attachment of covered prosthetic devices. |
|
|
|
Surgery to correct a gross anatomical defect present at birth. The surgery will
be covered if the defect results in severe facial disfigurement or significant functional
impairment of a body part; and the purpose of the surgery is to improve function. |
27
Reconstructive surgery which is incidental to or follows surgery for trauma, infection or other
diseases of the involved part, or necessary due to a congenital disease or anomaly of a covered
dependent child which has resulted in a functional defect.
Reconstructive Breast Surgery
Covered expenses include (i) reconstruction of the breast on which a mastectomy was performed,
including an implant and areolar reconstruction. (ii) surgery on the other breast to make it
symmetrical with the reconstructed breast; and (iii) physical therapy to treat complications of
mastectomy, including lymph edema, in as manner determined by you and your attending physician.
Transgender (Sex Change) Surgery
Covered expenses include charges in connection with a medically necessary Transgender (Sex
Change) Surgery as long as you or a covered dependent have obtained precertification from Aetna;
and have met the following conditions:
|
|
|
You or your dependent is at least 18 years old; and |
|
|
|
|
You or your dependent have met criteria for the diagnosis of true
transsexualism including: |
|
|
|
A life-long sense of belonging to the opposite sex and of having been
born into the wrong sex, often since childhood; |
|
|
|
|
A sense of estrangement from ones own body; so that any evidence of
ones own biological sex is regarded as repugnant; |
|
|
|
|
A desire to make his or her body as congruent as possible with the
preferred sex through surgery and hormone treatment; |
|
|
|
|
A stable transsexual orientation evidenced by a desire to be rid of
ones genitals; and to live in society as a member of the other sex for at least 2
years; (i.e. not limited to periods of stress); |
|
|
|
|
There is no sexual arousal from cross-dressing; |
|
|
|
|
There is an absence of physical inter-sex of genetic abnormality; and |
|
|
|
|
This is not due to another biological, chromosomal or associated
psychiatric disorder; such as schizophrenia. |
|
|
|
You or your dependent must have completed a recognized program of transgender
identity treatment; as evidenced by all of the following: |
|
|
|
Has successfully lived and worked within the desired gender role
full-time for at least 12 months (so-called real-life experience); without periods
of returning to the original gender; |
|
|
|
|
Unless medically contraindicated, has received at least 12 months of
continuous hormonal sex change therapy recommended by a behavioral health
provider; and carried out by an endocrinologist (which can be simultaneous with
the real-life experience); |
|
|
|
|
A behavioral health provider who has been acquainted with you or your
dependent for at least 18 months recommends sex change surgery documented in the
form of a written comprehensive evaluation; |
|
|
|
|
A second concurring recommendation by another qualified behavioral
health provider must be documented in the form of a written expert opinion; as
long as one of the two behavioral health providers possess a doctoral degree
(e.g., Ph.D., Ed.D., D.Sc., D.S.W., Psy.D., or M.D.); |
|
|
|
|
Psychotherapy is not an absolute requirement for surgery unless the
behavioral health providers initial assessment leads to a recommendation for
psychotherapy that specifies the goals of treatment, estimates its frequency and
duration throughout the real life experience (usually a minimum of 3 months); |
|
|
|
|
For genital surgical sex change; you or your dependent has undergone a
urological examination for the purpose of identifying and perhaps treating
abnormalities of the genitourinary tract; since genital surgical sex change
includes the invasion of, and the
alteration of; the genitourinary tract (urological examination is not required for
persons not undergoing genital change); and |
28
|
|
|
You or your dependent have demonstrated an understanding of the
proposed male-to-female or female-to-male sex change surgery with its attendant
costs, required lengths of hospitalization, likely complications, and post
surgical rehabilitation requirements of the planned surgery. |
|
|
|
The covered person has obtained precertification from Aetna. |
Covered expenses include:
|
|
Charges made by a physician for: |
|
|
|
Performing the surgical procedure; and |
|
|
|
|
Pre-operative and post-operative hospital, office and home visits. |
|
|
Charges made by a hospital for inpatient and outpatient services (including outpatient
surgery). Room and board charges in excess of the hospitals semi-private rate will not be
covered; unless a private room is ordered by your physician and precertification has been
obtained. |
|
|
|
Charges made by a Skilled Nursing Facility for inpatient services and supplies. Room and
board charges in excess of the hospitals semi-private rate will not be covered. |
|
|
|
Charges made for the administration of anesthetics. |
|
|
|
Charges for outpatient diagnostic laboratory and x-rays. |
|
|
|
Charges for blood transfusion and the cost of unreplaced blood and blood products. Also
included are the charges for collecting, processing and storage of self-donated blood after
the surgery has been scheduled. |
Important Reminders
No payment will be made for any covered expenses under this benefit unless they have been
precertified by Aetna.
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about deductibles, coinsurance, benefit maximums.
Specialized Care (GR-9N S-11-135 01 NY) (GR-9N 11-190-01)
Chemotherapy
Covered expenses include charges for chemotherapy treatment. Coverage levels depend on where
treatment is received. In most cases, chemotherapy is covered as outpatient care. Inpatient
hospitalization for chemotherapy is limited to the initial dose while hospitalized for the
diagnosis of cancer and when a hospital stay is otherwise medically necessary based on your health
status.
Radiation Therapy Benefits
Covered expenses include charges for the treatment of illness by x-ray, gamma ray, accelerated
particles, mesons, neutrons, radium or radioactive isotopes.
29
Outpatient Infusion Therapy Benefits
Covered expenses include charges made on an outpatient basis for infusion therapy by:
|
|
A free-standing facility; |
|
|
|
The outpatient department of a
hospital; or |
|
|
|
A physician in his/her
office or in your home. |
Infusion therapy is the intravenous or continuous administration of medications or solutions that
are a part of your course of treatment. Charges for the following outpatient Infusion Therapy
services and supplies are covered expenses:
|
|
The pharmaceutical when administered in connection with infusion therapy and
any medical supplies, equipment and nursing services required to support the infusion therapy; |
|
|
|
Professional services; |
|
|
|
Total parenteral nutrition (TPN); |
|
|
|
Chemotherapy; |
|
|
|
Drug therapy (includes antibiotic and antivirals); |
|
|
|
Pain management (narcotics); and |
|
|
|
Hydration therapy (includes fluids,
electrolytes and other additives). |
Not included under this infusion therapy benefit are charges incurred for:
|
|
Enteral nutrition; |
|
|
|
Blood
transfusions |
Coverage is subject to the maximums, if any, shown in the Schedule of Benefits.
Coverage for inpatient infusion therapy is provided under the Inpatient Hospital and Skilled
Nursing Facility Benefits sections of this Booklet-Certificate.
Benefits payable for infusion therapy will not count toward any applicable Home Health Care
maximums.
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details on any applicable deductible, coinsurance and maximum
benefit limits.
Services Provided by a Center for Eating Disorders
Covered expenses include charges made by a comprehensive care center for eating disorders to
provide a coordinated, individualized plan of care for individuals with eating disorders, including
all necessary non-institutional, institutional and practitioner services and treatments, from
initial patient screening and evaluation to treatment , follow-up care and support.
Eating disorder includes, but is not limited to: conditions such as anorexia nervosa, bulimia and
binge eating disorder, identified as such in the ICD-9-CM International Classification of Disease
or the most current edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, or other
medical and mental health diagnostic references generally accepted for standard use by the medical
and mental health fields.
Diabetic Equipment, Supplies and Education (GR-9N 11-35 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges for the following services, supplies, equipment and training
for the treatment of diabetes:
30
Services
Diabetes self-management education given by a physician (or any other licensed health care
provider), including information on proper diets. Coverage is limited to visits made upon diagnosis
of diabetes, where a physician diagnoses a significant change in the patients symptoms or
condition which requires changes in the patients self-management, or where reeducation or
refresher education is necessary.
Supplies
|
|
Insulin; |
|
|
|
Insulin pumps and accessories; |
|
|
|
Syringes; |
|
|
|
Injections aids for the visually impaired; |
|
|
|
Test strips for glucose monitoring and visual reading and urine testing strips |
|
|
|
Blood glucose monitors, including those for the visually impaired |
|
|
|
Lancets; |
|
|
|
Insulin infusion
devices; |
|
|
|
Oral agents for controlling blood sugar; |
|
|
|
Cartridges for the visually impaired; |
|
|
|
Prescribed oral medications whose primary purpose is to influence blood sugar; |
|
|
|
Alcohol swabs; |
|
|
|
Injectable glucagons; |
|
|
|
Glucagon emergency kits; |
|
|
|
Self-management training provided by a licensed health care provider certified in diabetes self-management
training; and |
|
|
|
Foot care to minimize the risk of infection. |
|
|
|
Any additional equipment and related supplies as may be medically necessary for the treatment of diabetes. |
End of Life Care
Covered expenses include charges incurred by a covered person who has been diagnosed with advanced
cancer (with no hope of reversal of primary disease and fewer than 60 days to live, as certified
the patients attending physician) for acute care services at an acute care facility specializing
in the treatment of terminally ill patients. The persons attending physician, in consultation with
the medical director of such facility, must determine that the patients care would be
appropriately provided by such facility. The facility must be licensed pursuant to New York States
public health law, or by the state in which it is located.
In the event Aetna disagrees with the admission of or provision or continuation of care of the
covered person by the facility, and Aetna initiates an expedited external appeal, such admission
of, provision of, or continuation of the care by the facility will not be denied, and Aetna
continue to provide coverage until a decision is rendered. The decision will be binding on all
parties.
Treatment of Infertility (GR-9N 11-135 01 NY)
Basic Infertility Services
The plan will include charges made by a physician to diagnose and treat a correctable medical
condition where the medical condition results in infertility.
Comprehensive Infertility Services
The plan covers charges made for hospital, surgical and medical care which would correct
malformation, disease or dysfunction resulting in infertility. The infertility must not be caused
by voluntary sterilization of either one of the partners (with or without surgical reversal); or a
hysterectomy.
31
Covered expenses will include, but are not limited to, the following services or supplies:
|
|
Ovulation induction; |
|
|
|
Artificial insemination; |
|
|
|
Ultrasound; |
|
|
|
Post-coital test; |
|
|
|
Hysterosalpinogram; |
|
|
|
Laparoscopy; |
|
|
|
Sono-hysterogram; |
|
|
|
Blood tests; |
|
|
|
Endometrial biopsy; |
|
|
|
Hysteroscopy; |
|
|
|
Semen analysis; |
|
|
|
Testis biopsy; and |
|
|
|
Prescription drugs. |
Limitations
Not covered are charges for:
|
|
Purchases of donor sperm and any charges for the storage of any sperm; |
|
|
|
The purchase of donor eggs and any charges associated with care of the donor required for donor egg retrieval,
transfers or gestational carriers; |
|
|
|
Charges associated with cryopreservation, or storage of cryopreserved embryos, including but not limited to office
visits, hospital charges, ultrasounds and lab tests; |
|
|
|
Reversal of elective sterilization; |
|
|
|
Sex change procedures; |
|
|
|
Cloning; |
|
|
|
Gestational carrier programs (surrogate parenting) for you or the gestational carrier; |
|
|
|
Prescription drugs used for the treatment of an excluded treatment or procedure, including injectable
medications; |
|
|
|
Home ovulation prediction kits; |
|
|
|
In-vitro fertilization; gamete intrafallopian tube transfers; zygote intrafallopian tube transfers; and
intracytoplasmic sperm injection; |
|
|
|
Frozen embryo transfers; including thawing; |
|
|
|
Procedures deemed experimental in accordance with the standards of the American Society for Reproductive
Medicine; |
|
|
|
Services and supplies obtained without precertification. |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about the copays, deductibles and maximums that apply
to these services.
Advanced Reproductive Technology (ART) Benefits
Covered expenses include charges for advanced reproductive technology for the treatment of
infertility, if all of the following tests are met:
|
|
A condition that is a demonstrated cause of infertility has been recognized by a gynecologist or infertility
specialist. |
|
|
|
The procedures are not performed during an inpatient stay in a hospital, or any other facility. |
|
|
|
FSH levels are less than, or equal to, 19miU on day 3 of the menstrual cycle. |
32
|
|
The infertility is not caused by voluntary sterilization of either one of the partners (with or without surgical
reversal), or a hysterectomy. |
|
|
|
A successful pregnancy cannot be attained through less costly treatment for which coverage is available under this
Plan. |
Covered expenses for ART include:
|
|
In-vitro fertilization (IVF); |
|
|
|
Zygote intra-fallopian transfer (ZIFT); |
|
|
|
Gamete intra-fallopian transfer (GIFT); |
|
|
|
Cryopreserved embryo transfers; |
|
|
|
Intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI); or ovum microsurgery; |
|
|
|
Care associated with a donor IVF program. This includes fertilization and culture; |
|
|
|
Charges for obtaining the sperm of a covered partner are covered if both the man and the woman are covered by
the plan. |
All ART infertility services must be:
|
|
Precertified by Aetnas Infertility Care Management Unit. |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Summary of Coverage for details about the copays, deductibles and maximums that apply
to these services.
Limitations
Not covered are charges for:
|
|
purchases of donor sperm and any charges for storage of any sperm; |
|
|
|
the purchase of donor eggs and any charges associated with the care of the donor required for donor egg
retrievals, transfers or gestational carriers; |
|
|
|
charges associated with cryopreservation, or storage of cryopreserved embryos, including but not limited to, office
visits, hospital charges, ultrasounds and lab tests; |
|
|
|
Reversal of elective sterilization; |
|
|
|
Charges for or related to artificial insemination; |
|
|
|
Gestational carrier programs (surrogate parenting) for you or the gestational carrier; |
|
|
|
Prescription drugs, including injectable infertility medications; |
|
|
|
Home ovulation prediction kits; |
|
|
|
Frozen embryo transfers, including thawing; |
|
|
|
Services and supplies obtained without the necessary referrals, or claims authorizations from the Infertility Unit or
the Patient Management Unit. |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about the copays, deductibles and maximums that apply
to these services.
Jaw Joint Disorder Treatment (GR 9N 11-150 01 NY)
When the condition is determined to be medical in nature the plan covers charges made by a
physician, hospital or surgery center for the diagnosis or surgical and non surgical treatment (not
involving cutting) of jaw joint disorder.
33
A jaw joint disorder is defined as a painful condition:
|
|
Of the jaw joint itself, such as temporomandibular joint dysfunction (TMJ) syndrome; or |
|
|
|
Involving the relationship between the jaw joint and related muscles and nerves such as myofacial pain
dysfunction (MPD). |
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for non-surgical treatment of a
jaw joint disorder.
Enteral Formulas (GR-9N S- 11-085-NY)
Covered expenses include charges incurred for enteral formulas for home use and modified
solid food products that are low in protein or which contain protein, which are prescribed by a
physician for the treatment of certain diseases which include, but are not limited to:
|
|
inherited diseases of amino acid or organic acid metabolism; |
|
|
|
Crohns disease; |
|
|
|
gastroesophageal reflux with failure to thrive; |
|
|
|
disorders of gastrointestinal motility; |
|
|
|
multiple, severe food allergies. |
Treatment of Alcoholism, Substance Abuse and Mental Disorders
Covered expenses include charges made for the treatment of alcoholism, substance abuse and
mental disorders by physicians and behavioral health providers.
Treatment of Mental Disorders (GR-9N 11-170 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made for the treatment of other mental disorders by
behavioral health providers. In addition to meeting all other conditions for coverage, the
treatment must meet the following criteria:
|
|
There is a written treatment plan prescribed and supervised by a behavioral health provider; |
|
|
|
The plan includes follow-up treatment; and |
|
|
|
The plan is for a condition that can favorably be changed. |
Benefits are payable for charges incurred in a hospital, psychiatric hospital, residential
treatment facility or behavioral health providers office for the treatment of mental disorders as
follows:
Inpatient Treatment
Covered expenses include charges for room and board at the semi-private room rate, and other
services and supplies provided during your stay in a hospital, psychiatric hospital or residential
treatment facility. Inpatient benefits are payable only if your condition requires services that
are only available in an inpatient setting.
Outpatient Treatment
Covered expenses include charges for treatment received while not confined as a full-time inpatient
in a hospital, psychiatric hospital or residential treatment facility.
The plan covers partial hospitalization services (more than 4 hours, but less than 24 hours per
day) provided in a facility or program for the intermediate short-term or medically-directed
intensive treatment. The partial hospitalization will only be covered if you would need inpatient
care if you were not admitted to this type of facility.
Important Reminder:
Inpatient care must be precertified by Aetna. Refer to the How the Plan Works section for more
information about precertification.
34
Alcoholism and Substance Abuse (GR 9N 11-175 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made for the treatment of alcoholism and substance abuse by
physicians and behavioral health providers. In addition to meeting all other conditions for
coverage, the treatment must meet the following criteria:
The Schedule of Benefits shows the benefits payable and applicable benefit maximums for the
treatment of alcoholism and substance abuse.
Inpatient
The plan covers room and board at the semi-private room rate and other services and supplies
provided during your stay in a hospital or residential treatment facility, appropriately licensed
by the State Department of Health or its equivalent.
Coverage includes detoxification and rehabilitation services.
Outpatient Treatment
The plan covers outpatient treatment of alcoholism or substance abuse.
Partial Confinement Treatment
Covered expenses include charges made for partial confinement treatment provided in a facility or
program for the intermediate short-term or medically-directed intensive treatment of alcoholism or
substance abuse.
The partial confinement treatment will only be covered if you would need a hospital stay if you
were not admitted to this type of facility.
One day of partial confinement will count as one outpatient visit for the treatment of alcohol or
substance abuse.
Oral and Maxillofacial Treatment (Mouth, Jaws and Teeth) (GR-9N 11-180-01)
Covered expenses include charges made by a physician, a dentist and hospital for:
|
|
Non-surgical treatment of infections or diseases of the mouth, jaw joints or supporting tissues. |
Services and supplies for treatment of, or related conditions of, the teeth, mouth, jaws, jaw
joints or supporting tissues, (this includes bones, muscles, and nerves), for surgery needed to:
|
|
Treat a fracture, dislocation, or wound. |
|
|
|
Cut out cysts, tumors, or other diseased tissues. |
|
|
|
Cut into gums and tissues of the mouth. This is only covered when not done in connection with the removal,
replacement or repair of teeth. |
|
|
|
Alter the jaw, jaw joints, or bite relationships by a cutting procedure when appliance therapy alone cannot result in
functional improvement. |
Hospital services and supplies received for a stay required because of your condition.
Dental work, surgery and orthodontic treatment needed to remove, repair, restore or reposition:
(a) |
|
Natural teeth damaged, lost, or removed; or |
|
(b) |
|
Other body tissues of the mouth fractured or cut |
due to injury.
35
Any such teeth must have been free from decay or in good repair, and are firmly attached to the jaw
bone at the time of the injury.
The treatment must be completed in the Calendar Year of the accident or in the next Calendar Year.
If crowns, dentures, bridges, or in-mouth appliances are installed due to injury, covered expenses
only include charges for:
|
|
The first denture or fixed bridgework to replace lost teeth; |
|
|
|
The first crown needed to repair each damaged tooth; and |
|
|
|
An in-mouth appliance used in the first course of orthodontic treatment after the injury. |
Medical Plan Exclusions (GR 9 N S 28-015 01 NY)
Not every medical service or supply is covered by the plan, even if prescribed, recommended,
or approved by your physician or dentist. The plan covers only those services and supplies that are
medically necessary and included in the What the Plan Covers section. Charges made for the
following are not covered except to the extent listed under the What The Plan Covers section or by
amendment attached to this Booklet-Certificate.
Important Note:
You have medical and prescription drug and dental insurance coverage. The exclusions listed below
apply to all coverage under your plan. Additional exclusions apply to specific prescription drug
and dental coverage. Those additional exclusions are listed separately under the What The Plan
Covers section for each of these benefits.
|
|
Cosmetic services and plastic surgery: any treatment, surgery (cosmetic or plastic), service or supply to alter, the
shape or appearance of the body whether or not for psychological or emotional reasons, unless medically
necessary. But this exclusion will not apply to (i) Reconstructive Services and Specialized Care Services under What the
Plan Covers section; (ii) removal of bony impacted teeth,
bone fractures, removal of tumors and orthodontogentic cysts; or covered dental services or supplies to treat congenital defects or anomalies (including cleft lip or cleft
palate) of covered dependent children. |
Custodial Care
Non-medically necessary services, including but not limited to, those treatments, services,
prescription drugs and supplies which are not medically necessary, as determined by Aetna, for the
diagnosis and treatment of illness, injury, restoration of physiological functions, or covered
preventive services. This applies even if they are prescribed, recommended or approved by your
physician or dentist.
Services that are not covered under this Booklet-Certificate.
Services and supplies provided in connection with treatment or care that is not covered under the
plan.
Unauthorized services, including any service obtained by or on behalf of a covered person without
Precertification by Aetna when required. This exclusion does not apply in a Medical Emergency or in
an Urgent Care situation.
36
Your Pharmacy Benefit (GR-9N-S-12-005-02)
How the Pharmacy Plan Works
It is important that you have the information and useful resources to help you get the most
out of your Aetna prescription drug plan. This Booklet-Certificate explains:
|
|
Definitions you need to know; |
|
|
|
How to access network pharmacies and procedures you need to follow; |
|
|
|
What prescription drug expenses are covered and what limits may apply; |
|
|
|
What prescription drug expenses are not covered by the plan; |
|
|
|
How you share the cost of your covered prescription drug expenses; and |
|
|
|
Other important information such as eligibility, complaints and appeals, termination, and general administration
of the plan. |
A few important notes to consider before moving forward:
|
|
Unless otherwise indicated, you refers to you and your covered dependents. |
|
|
|
Your prescription drug plan pays benefits only for prescription drug expenses described in this Booklet-
Certificate as covered expenses that are medically necessary. |
|
|
|
This Booklet-Certificate applies to coverage only and does not restrict your ability to receive prescription drugs
that are not or might not be covered benefits under this prescription drug plan. |
|
|
|
Store this Booklet-Certificate in a safe place for future reference. |
(GR-9N 12-005 01 NY)
Notice
The plan does not cover all prescription drugs, medications and supplies. Refer to the Limitations
section of this coverage and Exclusions section of your Booklet-Certificate.
|
|
Covered expenses are subject to cost sharing requirements as described in the Cost Sharing sections of this
coverage and in your Schedule of Benefits. |
Getting Started: Common Terms (GR-9N 12-010 01NY)
You will find the terms below used throughout this Booklet-Certificate. They are described
within the sections that follow, and you can also refer to the Glossary at the back of this
document for helpful definitions. Words in bold print throughout the document are defined in the
Glossary.
Brand-Named Prescription Drug is a prescription drug with a proprietary name assigned to it by the
manufacturer and so indicated by Medispan or any other similar publication designated by Aetna or
an affiliate.
Generic Prescription Drug is a prescription drug, whether identified by its chemical, proprietary,
or non-proprietary name, that is accepted by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration as
therapeutically equivalent and interchangeable with drugs having an identical amount of the same
active ingredient and so indicated by Medispan or any other publication designated by Aetna or an
affiliate.
Network pharmacy is a description of a retail, mail order or specialty pharmacy that has entered
into a contractual agreement with Aetna for the provision of covered services to you and your
covered dependents at a negotiated charge. The appropriate pharmacy type may also be substituted
for the word pharmacy. (E.g. network retail pharmacy, network mail order pharmacy or specialty
pharmacy network).
37
Non-Preferred Drug (Non-Formulary) is a brand-named prescription drug or generic prescription drug
that does not appear on the preferred drug guide.
Out-of-network pharmacy is a description of a pharmacy that has not contracted with Aetna to reduce
their fees and does not participate in the Aetna pharmacy network.
Preferred Drug (Formulary) is a brand-named prescription drug or generic prescription drug that
appears on the preferred drug guide.
Preferred Drug Guide is a listing of prescription drugs established by Aetna or an affiliate, which
includes both brand-named prescription drugs and generic prescription drugs. This list is subject
to periodic review and modification by Aetna or an affiliate. A copy of the preferred drug guide
will be available upon your request or may be accessed on the Aetna website at
www.aetna.com/ formulary.
Prescription Drug is a drug, biological, or compounded prescription which, by State or Federal Law,
may be dispensed only by prescription and which is required by Federal Law to be labeled Caution:
Federal Law prohibits dispensing without prescription. This includes an injectable drug prescribed
to be self-administered or administered by any other person except one who is acting within his or
her capacity as a paid healthcare professional. Covered injectable drugs include insulin.
Provider is any recognized health care professional, pharmacy or facility providing services with
the scope of their license.
Specialty Pharmacy Network. Aetnas network of participating pharmacies designated to fill
Self-injectable Drug prescriptions.
Accessing Pharmacies and Benefits (GR-9N-S-12-015-01-NY)
This plan provides access to covered benefits through a network of pharmacies, vendors or
suppliers. These network pharmacies have contracted with Aetna to provide prescription drugs and
other supplies to you at a negotiated charge. You also have the choice to access state licensed
pharmacies outside the network for covered expenses.
Obtaining your benefits through network pharmacies has many advantages. Your out-of-pocket costs
may vary between network and out-of-network benefits. Benefits and cost sharing may also vary by
the type of network pharmacy where you obtain your prescription drug and whether or not you
purchase a brand-name or generic drug. Network pharmacies include retail, mail order and specialty
pharmacies.
Read your Schedule of Benefits carefully to understand the cost sharing charges applicable to you
To better understand the choices that you have with your plan, please carefully review the
following information.
Accessing Network Pharmacies and Benefits (GR-9N 12-015 02)
You may select a network pharmacy from the Aetna Network Pharmacy Directory or by logging on
to Aetnas website at www.aetna.com. You can search Aetnas online directory, DocFind, for names
and locations of network pharmacies. If you cannot locate a network pharmacy in your area call
Member Services.
You must present your ID card to the network pharmacy every time you get a prescription filled to
be eligible for network benefits. The network pharmacy will calculate your claim online. You will
pay any deductible, copayment or coinsurance directly to the network pharmacy.
Aetna will pay the network pharmacy the plan coinsurance percentage for a covered expense, less any
cost sharing required by you. You do not have to complete or submit claim forms. The network
pharmacy will take care of claim submission.
38
Emergency Prescriptions (GR-9N-S-12-015-01-NY)
When you need a prescription filled in an emergency or urgent care situation, or when you
are traveling, you can obtain network benefits by filling your prescription at any network retail
pharmacy. The network pharmacy will fill your prescription and only charge you your plans cost
sharing amount. If you access an out-of-network pharmacy you will pay the full cost of the
prescription and will need to file a claim for reimbursement, you will be reimbursed for your
covered expenses up to the cost of the prescription less any applicable cost sharing required by
you.
Availability of Providers
Aetna cannot guarantee the availability or continued network participation of a particular
pharmacy. Either Aetna or any network pharmacy may terminate the provider contract.
Cost Sharing for Network Benefits
You share in the cost of your benefits. Cost Sharing amounts and provisions are described in the
Schedule of Benefits.
|
|
You will be responsible for the copayment for each prescription or refill as specified in the Schedule of Benefits.
The copayment is payable directly to the network pharmacy at the time the prescription is dispensed. |
|
|
|
After you pay the applicable copayment, if any, you will be responsible for any applicable coinsurance for
covered expenses that you incur. Your coinsurance is based on the negotiated charge. You will not have to
pay any balance bills above the negotiated charge for the covered expense. |
When You Use an Out-of-Network Pharmacy (GR-9N-S-12-020-01-NY) (GR-9N 13-005 01 NY)
You can directly access an out-of-network pharmacy to obtain covered outpatient prescription
drugs. You will pay the pharmacy for your prescription drugs at the time of purchase and submit a
claim form to receive reimbursement from the plan. You are responsible for completing and
submitting claim forms for reimbursement of covered expenses you paid directly to an out-of-network
pharmacy. Aetna will reimburse you for a covered expense up to the recognized charge, less any cost
sharing required by you.
Cost Sharing for Out-of-Network Benefits (GR-9N-S-12-020-01-NY)
You share in the cost of your benefits. Cost Sharing amounts and provisions are described in
the Schedule of Benefits.
|
|
You will be responsible for any applicable coinsurance for covered expenses that you incur. Your coinsurance
share is based on the recognized charge. If the out-of-network pharmacy charges more than the recognized
charge, you will be responsible for any expenses above the recognized charge. |
Pharmacy Benefit (GR-9N 13-005 01 NY)
What the Plan Covers
The plan covers charges for outpatient prescription drugs for the treatment of an illness or
injury, subject to the Limitations section of this coverage and the Exclusions section of the
Booklet-Certificate. Prescriptions must be written by a prescriber licensed to prescribe federal
legend prescription drugs.
Generic prescription drugs may be substituted by your pharmacist for brand-name prescription drugs.
You may minimize your out-of-pocket expenses by selecting a generic prescription drug when
available.
Coverage of prescription drugs will be subject to Aetna requirements or limitations. Prescription
drugs covered by this plan are subject to drug utilization review by Aetna and/or your provider
and/or your network pharmacy.
39
Coverage for prescription drugs and supplies is limited to the supply limits as described below.
Retail Pharmacy Benefits
Outpatient prescription drugs are covered when dispensed by a network retail pharmacy. Each
prescription is limited to a maximum 30 day supply when filled at a network retail pharmacy.
Prescriptions for more than a 30 day supply are not eligible for coverage when dispensed by a
network retail pharmacy.
All prescriptions and refills over a 30 day supply must be filled at a mail order pharmacy.
Mail Order Pharmacy Benefits
Outpatient prescription drugs are covered when dispensed by a network mail order pharmacy.
Each prescription is limited to less than 90 day supply when filled at a network mail order
pharmacy. Prescriptions for less than a 30 day supply or 90 day supply are not eligible for
coverage when dispensed by a network mail order pharmacy.
You are required to obtain prescriptions at a network mail order pharmacy for all prescriptions and
all prescription drug refills greater than a 30 day supply.
The plan will not cover outpatient prescription drugs received through an out-of-network mail-order
pharmacy.
Self-Injectable Drugs Specialty Pharmacy Network Benefits
Self-injectable drugs are covered at the network level of benefits only when dispensed
through a network retail pharmacy or Aetnas specialty pharmacy network. Refer to the preferred
drug guide for a list of self-injectable drugs. You may refer to Aetnas website,
www.aetna.com to review the list anytime. The list may be updated from time to time.
Each prescription is limited to a maximum 30 day supply when filled at Aetnas specialty pharmacy
network.
Other Covered Expenses (GR-9N 13-005 01 NY)
The following prescription drugs, medications and supplies are also covered expenses under
this Coverage.
Off-Label Use (GR-9N 13-005 01 NY)
FDA approved prescription drugs may be covered when the off-label use of the drug has not been
approved by the FDA for that indication. The drug must be recognized for treatment of the
indication in one of the standard compendia (the United States Pharmacopoeia Drug Information, the
American Medical Association Drug Evaluations, or the American Hospital Formulary Service Drug
Information). Or, the safety and effectiveness of use for this indication has been adequately
demonstrated by at least one study published in a nationally recognized peer review journal.
Coverage of off label use of these drugs may be subject to Aetna requirements or limitations.
Diabetic Supplies (GR-9N 13-005 01 NY)
The following diabetic supplies upon prescription by a physician:
|
|
Diabetic needles and syringes. |
|
|
|
Test strips for glucose monitoring and/or visual reading. |
|
|
|
Diabetic test agents. |
|
|
|
Lancets/lancing devices. |
|
|
|
Alcohol swabs. |
Oral and Self-Injectable Infertility Drugs
The following prescription drugs used for the purpose of treating infertility including, but not
limited to:
|
|
Urofollitropin, menotropin, human chorionic gonadotropin and progesterone. |
40
Pharmacy Benefit Limitations (GR-9N 13-015 01 NY)
A network pharmacy may refuse to fill a prescription order or refill when in the
professional judgment of the pharmacist the prescription should not be filled.
The plan will not cover expenses for any prescription drug for which the actual charge to you is
less than the required copayment or deductible, or for any prescription drug for which no charge is
made to you.
You will be charged the out-of-network prescription drug cost sharing for prescription drugs
recently approved by the FDA, but which have not yet been reviewed by the Aetna Health Pharmacy
Management Department and Therapeutics Committee.
The number of copayments/deductibles you are responsible for per vial of Depo-Provera, an
injectable contraceptive, or similar type contraceptive dispensed for more than a 90 day supply,
will be based on the 90 day supply level. Coverage is limited to a maximum of 5 vials per Calendar
Year.
Pharmacy Benefit Exclusions (GR-9N S-28-020-01 NY)
Not every health care service or supply is covered by the plan, even if prescribed,
recommended, or approved by your physician or dentist. The plan covers only those services and
supplies that are medically necessary and included in the What the Plan Covers section. Charges
made for the following are not covered except to the extent listed under the What the Plan Covers
section or by amendment attached to this Booklet-Certificate . In addition, some services are
specifically limited or excluded. This section describes expenses that are not covered or subject
to special limitations.
These prescription drug exclusions are in addition to the exclusions listed under your medical
coverage.
The plan does not cover the following expenses:
|
|
Administration or injection of any drug. |
|
|
|
Any charges in excess of the benefit, dollar, day, or supply limits stated in this Booklet-Certificate. |
Any drugs or medications, services and supplies that are not medically necessary, as determined by
Aetna, for the diagnosis, care or treatment of the illness or injury involved. This applies even if
they are prescribed, recommended or approved by your physician or dentist.
Biological sera, blood, blood plasma, blood products or substitutes or any other blood products.
Drugs which do not, by federal or state law, require a prescription order (i.e. over-the-counter
(OTC) drugs), even if a prescription is written.
Drugs provided by, or while the person is an inpatient in, any healthcare facility; or for any
drugs provided on an outpatient basis in any such institution to the extent benefits are payable
for it.
Drugs used primarily for the treatment of infertility, or for or related to artificial
insemination, in vitro fertilization, or embryo transfer procedures, except as described in the
What the Plan Covers section.
Durable medical equipment, monitors and other equipment.
Experimental or investigational drugs or devices, except as described in the What the Plan Covers
section.
41
This exclusion will not apply with respect to drugs that:
|
|
Have been granted treatment investigational new drug (IND); or Group c/ treatment IND status; or |
|
|
|
Are being studied at the Phase III level in a national clinical trial sponsored by the National Cancer Institute; and |
|
|
|
Aetna determines, based on available scientific evidence, are effective or show promise of being effective for the
illness. |
Food items: Any food item, including infant formulas, nutritional supplements, vitamins, including
prescription vitamins, medical foods and other nutritional items, even if it is the sole source of
nutrition. This exclusion will not apply to expenses incurred for enteral formulas for home use and
modified solid food products that are low in protein or which contain protein, which are prescribed
by a physician for the treatment of certain diseases which include, but are not limited to: (a)
inherited diseases of amino acid or organic acid metabolism; (b) Crohns disease; (c)
gastroesophageal reflux with failure to thrive; (d) disorders of gastrointestinal motility; (e)
multiple, severe food allergies.
Genetics: Any treatment, device, drug, or supply to alter the bodys genes, genetic make-up, or the
expression of the bodys genes except for the correction of congenital birth defects.
Immunization or immunological agents.
Implantable drugs and associated
devices.
Injectables:
|
|
Any charges for the administration or injection of prescription drugs or injectable insulin and other injectable
drugs covered by Aetna; |
|
|
|
Injectable agents, except insulin; |
|
|
|
Needles and syringes, except for diabetic needles and syringes; |
|
|
|
Unless medically necessary, injectable drugs if an alternative oral drug is available. |
521487
NY, MD
04/2008
Prescription drugs for which there is an over-the-counter (OTC) product which has the same active
ingredient and strength even if a prescription is written.
Prescription drugs, medications, injectables or supplies provided through a third party vendor
contract with the policyholder.
Prescription orders filled prior to the effective date or after the termination date of coverage
under this Booklet-Certificate.
Prophylactic drugs for travel.
Refills in excess of the amount specified by the prescription order. Before recognizing charges,
Aetna may require a new prescription or evidence as to need, if a prescription or refill appears
excessive under accepted medical practice standards.
Refills dispensed more than one year from the date the latest prescription order was written, or as
otherwise permitted by applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the drug is dispensed.
Replacement of lost or stolen prescriptions.
Drugs, services and supplies provided in connection with treatment of an occupational injury or
occupational illness.
42
Sex change: Any treatment, drug or supply related to changing sex or sexual characteristics,
including hormones and hormone therapy.
Supplies, devices or equipment of any type, except as specifically provided in the What the Plan
Covers section.
Test agents except diabetic test agents.
43
|
|
|
|
|
How Your Aetna Dental Plan Works
(GR-9N 16-005-01)
|
|
|
|
Common Terms |
|
|
|
|
What the Plan Covers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rules that Apply to the Plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
What the Plan Does Not Cover |
Understanding Your Aetna Dental Plan
It is important that you have the information and useful resources to help you get the most
out of your Aetna dental plan. This Booklet-Certificate explains:
|
|
Definitions you need to know; |
|
|
|
How to access care, including procedures you need to follow; |
|
|
|
What services and supplies are covered and what limits may apply; |
|
|
|
What services and supplies are not covered by the plan; |
|
|
|
How you share the cost of your covered services and supplies; and |
|
|
|
Other important information such as eligibility, complaints and appeals, termination, continuation of coverage
and general administration of the plan. |
Important Notes:
Unless otherwise indicated, you refers to you and your covered dependents. You can refer to the
Eligibility section for a complete definition of you.
This Booklet-Certificate applies to coverage only and does not restrict your ability to receive
covered expenses that are not or might not be covered expenses under this dental plan.
Store this Booklet-Certificate in a safe place for future reference.
Getting Started: Common Terms (GR-9N 16-010-01)
Many terms throughout this Booklet-Certificate are defined in the Glossary Section at the back
of this document. Defined terms appear in bolded print. Understanding these terms will also help
you understand how your plan works and provide you with useful information regarding your coverage.
About the Comprehensive Dental Plan (GR-9N 16-030 01)
This dental plan covers a wide range of necessary dental services and supplies. You have the
freedom to choose the dental provider of your choice.
The comprehensive dental plan begins to pay benefits after you satisfy a deductible.
You share the cost of covered services and supplies by paying a portion of certain expenses (your
coinsurance).
If your dentist charges more than the recognized charge, you must also pay any expenses above the
recognized charge.
You must file a claim to receive reimbursement from the plan.
44
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any deductibles, coinsurance and maximums that
apply.
Getting an Advance Claim Review (GR-9N 16-035-01)
The purpose of the advance claim review is to determine, in advance, the benefits the plan will pay
for proposed services. Knowing ahead of time which services are covered by the plan, and the
benefit amount payable, helps you and your dentist make informed decisions about the care you are
considering.
Important Note
The pre-treatment review process is not a guarantee of benefit payment, but rather an estimate of
the amount or scope of benefits to be paid.
When to Get an Advance Claim Review
An advance claim review is recommended whenever a course of dental treatment is likely to cost
more than $350. Ask your dentist to write down a full description of the treatment you need, using
either an Aetna claim form or an ADA approved claim form. Then, before actually treating you, your
dentist should send the form to Aetna. Aetna may request supporting x-rays and other diagnostic
records. Once all of the information has been gathered, Aetna will review the proposed treatment
plan and provide you and your dentist with a statement outlining the benefits payable by the plan.
You and your dentist can then decide how to proceed.
The advance claim review is voluntary. It is a service that provides you with information that you
and your dentist can consider when deciding on a course of treatment. It is not necessary for
emergency treatment or routine care such as cleaning teeth or check-ups.
In determining the amount of benefits payable, Aetna will take into account alternate procedures,
services, or courses of treatment for the dental condition in question in order to accomplish the
anticipated result. (See Benefits When Alternate Procedures Are Available for more information on
alternate dental procedures.)
What is a Course of Dental Treatment?
A course of dental treatment is a planned program of one or more services or supplies. The
services or supplies are provided by one or more dentists to treat a dental condition that was
diagnosed by the attending dentist as a result of an oral examination. A course of treatment starts
on the date your dentist first renders a service to correct or treat the diagnosed dental
condition.
What The Plan Covers (GR-9N 18-005-01)
Comprehensive Dental Plan
Schedule of Benefits for the Comprehensive Dental Plan
Comprehensive Dental is merely a name of the benefits in this section. The plan does not pay a
benefit for all dental care expenses you incur.
Important Reminder
Your dental services and supplies must meet the following rules to be covered by the plan:
|
|
The services and supplies must be medically necessary. |
|
|
|
The services and supplies must be covered by the plan. |
|
|
|
You must be covered by the plan when you incur the expense. |
Covered expenses include charges made by a dentist for the services and supplies that are listed in
the dental care schedule as shown in the Schedule of Benefits.
45
The next sentence applies if:
|
|
A charge is made for an unlisted service given for the dental care of a specific condition; and |
|
|
|
The list includes one of more services that, under standard practices, are separately suitable for the dental care of
that condition. |
In that case, the charge will be considered to have been made for a service in the list that Aetna
determines would have produced a professionally acceptable result.
Dental Care Schedule
The dental care schedule is a list of dental expenses that are covered by the plan. There are
several categories of covered expenses:
|
|
Preventive |
|
|
|
Diagnostic |
|
|
|
Restorative |
|
|
|
Oral surgery |
|
|
|
Endodontics |
|
|
|
Periodontics |
These covered services and supplies are grouped as Type A, Type B or Type C.
Comprehensive Dental Expense Coverage Plan (GR-9N 18-006-01)
(GR-9N-19-006-01)
The following additional dental expenses will be considered covered expenses for you and your
covered dependent if you have medical coverage insured or administered by Aetna and have at least
one of the following conditions:
|
|
Pregnancy; |
|
|
|
Coronary artery disease/cardiovascular disease; |
|
|
|
Cerebrovascular disease; or |
|
|
|
Diabetes |
Additional Covered Dental Expenses
|
|
|
One additional prophylaxis (cleaning) per year. |
|
|
|
Scaling and root planing, (4 or more teeth); per quadrant; |
|
|
|
Scaling and root planing (limited to 1-3 teeth); per quadrant; |
|
|
|
Full mouth debridement; |
|
|
|
Periodontal maintenance (one additional treatment per year); and |
|
|
|
Localized delivery of antimicrobial agents. (Not covered for pregnancy) |
Payment of Benefits
The additional prophylaxis, the benefit will be payable the same as other prophylaxis under the
plan.
The plan coinsurance applied to the other covered dental expenses above will be 100%. These
additional benefits will not be subject to any frequency limits except as shown above or any
Calendar Year maximum.
Aetna will reimburse the provider directly, or you may pay the provider directly and then submit a
claim for reimbursement for covered expenses.
46
Important Reminder (GR-9N 18-010-01)
The deductible, payment percentage and maximums that apply to each type of dental care are shown in
the
Schedule of Benefits.
You may receive services and supplies from network and out-of-network providers. Services and
supplies given by a network provider are covered at the network level of benefits shown in the
Schedule of Benefits. Services and supplies given by an out-of-network provider are covered at the
out-of-network level of benefits shown in the
Schedule of Benefits.
Refer to About the Comprehensive Dental Coverage for more information about covered services and
supplies.
Type A Expenses
Visits and X-Rays
Oral exams once every six months. This includes prophylaxis (limited to 2 treatments per year),
scaling, and cleaning of teeth.
Topical application of sodium or stannous fluoride, (limited to children under age 19).
X-rays for diagnosis. Also other X-rays not to exceed one full mouth series in a 36 month period
and one set of bitewings in a 6 month period.
Emergency palliative treatment.
First installation of a space maintainers to replace any baby tooth which is lost prematurely.
Type B Expenses
Oral Surgery
Extractions
Sealants, per tooth (limited to one application every 3 years for permanent molars and bicuspids
only, and to children under age 14)
Fillings.
General anesthetics given in connection with covered dental
services.
Treatment of diseased periodontal structures.
Endodontic treatment. This includes root canal therapy.)
Injection of antibiotic drugs.
Type C
Inlays, gold fillings, or crowns. This includes precision attachments for dentures.
First installation of fixed bridgework to replace one or more natural teeth extracted while the
person is covered.
This includes inlays and crowns as abutments.
Replacement of an existing removable denture or fixed bridgework by new fixed bridgework, or the
adding of teeth to existing fixed bridgework. But, the Replacement Rule below must be met.
Repair or recementing of crowns, inlays, bridgework, or
dentures.
Relining of dentures.
First installation of removable dentures to replace one or more natural teeth extracted while the
person is covered.
This includes adjustments for the 6 month period following the date they were installed.
Replacement of an existing removable denture or fixed bridgework by a new denture, or the adding of
teeth to a partial removable denture. But, the Replacement Rule below must be met.
Surgical removal of impacted teeth.
(GR-9N 18-010-01)
Important Reminder
The deductible, coinsurance and maximums that apply to each type of dental care are shown in the
Schedule of Benefits.
47
Rules and Limits That Apply to the Dental Plan (GR-9N-S-20-005-01-NY)
Several rules apply to the dental plan. Following these rules will help you use the plan to
your advantage by avoiding expenses that are not covered by the plan.
Replacement Rule (GR-9N 20-010-01)
Crowns, inlays, onlays and veneers, complete dentures, removable partial dentures, fixed partial
dentures (bridges) and other prosthetic services are subject to the plans replacement rule. That
means certain replacements of, or additions to, existing crowns, inlays, onlays, veneers, dentures
or bridges are covered only when you give proof to Aetna that:
|
|
While you were covered by the plan, you had a tooth (or teeth)
extracted after the existing denture or bridge was installed.
As a result, you need to replace or add teeth to your denture
or bridge. |
|
|
|
The present crown, inlay and onlay, veneer, complete denture,
removable partial denture, fixed partial denture (bridge), or
other prosthetic service was installed at least 5 years before
its replacement and cannot be made serviceable. |
|
|
|
You had a tooth (or teeth) extracted while you were covered by
the plan. Your present denture is an immediate temporary one
that replaces that tooth (or teeth). A permanent denture is
needed, and the temporary denture cannot be used as a permanent
denture. Replacement must occur within 12 months from the date
that the temporary denture was installed. |
Tooth Missing but Not Replaced Rule
The first installation of complete dentures, removable partial dentures, fixed partial dentures
(bridges), and other prosthetic services will be covered if:
|
|
The dentures, bridges or other prosthetic services are needed
to replace one or more natural teeth that were removed while
you were covered by the plan; and |
|
|
|
The tooth that was removed was not an abutment to a removable
or fixed partial denture installed during the prior 5 years.
The extraction of a third molar does not qualify. Any such
appliance or fixed bridge must include the replacement of an
extracted tooth or teeth. |
Alternate Treatment Rule (GR-9N-20-015-01)
Sometimes there are several ways to treat a dental problem, all of which provide acceptable
results. When alternate services or supplies can be used, the plans coverage will be limited to
the cost of the least expensive service or supply that is:
|
|
Customarily used nationwide for treatment, and |
|
|
|
Deemed by the dental profession to be appropriate for treatment
of the condition in question. The service or supply must meet
broadly accepted standards of dental practice, taking into
account your current oral condition. |
You should review the differences in the cost of alternate treatment with your dental provider. Of
course, you and your dental provider can still choose the more costly treatment method. You are
responsible for any charges in excess of what the plan will cover.
Coverage for Dental Work Begun Before You Are Covered by the Plan (GR-9N 20-020-01)
The plan does not cover dental work that began before you were covered by the plan. This means
that the following dental work is not covered:
|
|
An appliance, or modification of an appliance, if an impression for it was made before you were covered by the plan; |
|
|
|
A crown, bridge, or cast or processed restoration, if a tooth was prepared for it before you were covered by the plan; or |
|
|
|
Root canal therapy, if the pulp chamber for it was opened before you were covered by the plan. |
48
Coverage for Dental Work Completed After Termination of Coverage
Your dental coverage may end while you or your covered dependent is in the middle of
treatment. The plan does not cover dental services that are given after your coverage terminates.
There is an exception. The plan will cover the following services if they are ordered while you
were covered by the plan, and installed within 30 days after your coverage ends.
|
|
Inlays; |
|
|
|
Onlays; |
|
|
|
Crowns; |
|
|
|
Removable bridges; |
|
|
|
Cast or processed restorations; |
|
|
|
Dentures; |
|
|
|
Fixed partial dentures (bridges); and |
|
|
|
Root canals. |
Ordered means:
|
|
For a denture: the impressions from which the denture will be made were taken. |
|
|
|
For a root canal: the pulp chamber was opened. |
|
|
|
For any other item: the teeth which will serve as retainers or supports, or the teeth which are being restored: |
|
|
|
Must have been fully prepared to receive the item; and |
|
|
|
|
Impressions have been taken from which the item will be prepared. |
Jaw Joint Disorder Treatment Rule (GR-9N 20-035-01)
Coverage for Jaw Joint Disorder treatment is covered as a Type C Service. This includes
treatments which alter the jaw, jaw joints, or bite relationships. The following are covered:
|
|
Diagnosis; |
|
|
|
Applicable therapy; |
|
|
|
Other non-surgical treatment. |
Not included are charges incurred for:
What The Comprehensive Dental Plan Does Not Cover (GR 9 N S 28-025 01 NY)
Not every dental care service or supply is covered by the plan, even if prescribed,
recommended, or approved by your physician or dentist. The plan covers only those services and
supplies that are medically necessary and included in the What the Plan Covers section. Charges
made for the following are not covered except to the extent listed under the What the Plan Covers
section or by amendment attached to this Booklet-Certificate. In addition, some services are
specifically limited or excluded. This section describes expenses that are not covered or subject
to special limitations.
Any instruction for diet, plaque control and oral hygiene.
Cosmetic services and supplies including plastic surgery, reconstructive surgery, cosmetic surgery,
personalization or characterization of dentures or other services and supplies which improve alter
or enhance appearance, augmentation and vestibuloplasty, and other substances to protect, clean,
whiten bleach or alter the appearance of teeth; whether or not for psychological or emotional
reasons; except to the extent coverage is specifically provided in the What the Plan Covers
section. Facings on molar crowns and pontics will always be considered cosmetic. But this exclusion
will not apply to dental care or treatment due to accidental injury to sound natural teeth within
12 months of the accident, or to dental care or treatment necessary due to a congenital disease or
anomaly.
49
Crown, inlays and onlays, and veneers unless:
|
|
It is treatment for decay or traumatic injury and teeth cannot be restored with a filling material; or |
|
|
|
The tooth is an abutment to a covered partial denture or fixed bridge. |
Dental implants, braces, mouth guards, and other devices to protect, replace or reposition teeth
and removal of implants.
Dental services and supplies that are covered in whole or in part:
|
|
Under any other part of this plan; or |
|
|
|
Under any other plan of group benefits provided by the policyholder. |
Dentures, crowns, inlays, onlays, bridges, or other appliances or services used for the purpose of
splinting, to alter vertical dimension, to restore occlusion, or correcting attrition, abrasion, or
erosion.
Except as covered in the What the Plan Covers section, treatment of any jaw joint disorder and
treatments to alter bite or the alignment or operation of the jaw, including temporomandibular
joint disorder (TMJ) treatment, orthognathic surgery, and treatment of malocclusion or devices to
alter bite or alignment.
First installation of a denture or fixed bridge, and any inlay and crown that serves as an abutment
to replace congenitally missing teeth or to replace teeth all of which were lost while the person
was not covered.
General anesthesia and intravenous sedation, unless specifically covered and only when done in
connection with another necessary covered service or supply.
Orthodontic treatment except as covered in the What the Plan Covers section.
Pontics, crowns, cast or processed restorations made with high noble metals (gold or titanium).
Prescribed drugs; pre-medication; or analgesia.
Replacement of a device or appliance that is lost, missing or stolen, and for the replacement of
appliances that have been damaged due to abuse, misuse or neglect and for an extra set of dentures.
Services and supplies done where there is no evidence of pathology, dysfunction, or disease other
than covered preventive services.
Services and supplies provided for your personal comfort or convenience, or the convenience of any
other person, including a provider.
Services and supplies provided in connection with treatment or care that is not covered under the
plan.
Space maintainers except when needed to preserve space resulting from the premature loss of
deciduous teeth.
Surgical removal of impacted wisdom teeth only for orthodontic reasons.
Treatment by other than a dentist. However, the plan will cover some services provided by a
licensed dental hygienist under the supervision and guidance of a dentist. These are:
|
|
Scaling of teeth; and |
|
|
|
Cleaning of teeth. |
50
When Coverage Ends (GR-9N 30-005-HRPA-NY)
Coverage under your plan can end for a variety of reasons. In this section, you will find
details on how and why coverage ends, and how you may still be able to continue coverage.
When Coverage Ends for Employees (GR-9N 30-005 01 NY)
Your coverage under the plan will end if:
|
|
The plan is discontinued; |
|
|
|
You voluntarily stop your coverage; |
|
|
|
The group policy ends; |
|
|
|
You are no longer eligible for coverage; |
|
|
|
You do not make any required contributions; |
|
|
|
You become covered under another plan offered by your employer; |
|
|
|
You have exhausted your overall maximum lifetime benefit under your medical plan, if your plan contains such a
maximum benefit; or |
|
|
|
Your employment stops. This will be either the date you stop active work, or the day before the first premium
due date that occurs after you stop active work. However, if premium payments are made on your behalf, your
coverage may continue until stopped by your employer as described below: |
|
|
|
If you are not at work due to illness or injury, your coverage may continue, but not beyond the end of the
next policy month after the policy month in which your absence started. A policy month is defined in the
group policy on file with your employer. |
|
|
|
|
If you are not at work due to temporary lay-off or leave of absence, your coverage will stop on your last full
day of active work before the start of the lay-off or leave of absence. |
It is your employers responsibility to let Aetna know when your employment ends. The limits above
may be extended only if Aetna and your employer agree, in writing, to extend them.
Your Proof of Prior Medical Coverage (GR-9N 30-010-01)
Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, your employer is required to
give you a certificate of creditable coverage when your employment ends. This certificate proves
that you were covered under this plan when you were employed. Ask your employer about the
certificate of creditable coverage.
When Coverage Ends for Dependents
Coverage for your dependents will end if:
|
|
You are no longer eligible for dependents coverage; |
|
|
|
You do not make the required contribution toward the cost of dependents coverage; |
|
|
|
Your own coverage ends for any of the reasons listed under When Coverage Ends for Employees (other than exhaustion
of your overall maximum lifetime benefit, if included); |
|
|
|
Your dependent is no longer eligible for coverage. In this case, coverage ends at the end of the calendar month
when your dependent no longer meets the plans definition of a dependent; or |
|
|
|
Your dependent becomes eligible for comparable benefits under this or any other group plan offered by your employer. |
In addition, a domestic partner will no longer be considered to be a defined dependent on the
earlier to occur of:
|
|
The date this plan no longer allows coverage for domestic partners. |
|
|
|
The date of termination of the domestic partnership. In that event, you should provide your Employer with a
completed and signed Declaration of Termination of Domestic Partnership. |
Coverage for dependents may continue for a period after your death. Coverage for handicapped
dependents may continue after your dependent reaches any limiting age. See Continuation of Coverage
for more information.
51
Continuation of Coverage
Continuing Health Care Benefits (GR-9N 31-015 01-NY) (GR9N DEP30)
Continuation of Coverage
If all or a portion of your health expense coverage would terminate because you terminate
employment or membership in the eligible classes, coverage (other than Dental Expense Coverage) may
be continued for you and your eligible dependents. Coverage will not be continued for any person
who is eligible for a like continuation under federal law.
Within 60 days of the later of:
|
|
The date coverage would otherwise terminate; and |
|
|
|
The date you are sent notice by first class mail by your employer of the right to continue; |
You must elect the continuation in writing and pay the first contribution. The contribution
required may be up to 102% of the cost to this plan. Premium payments must be continued.
Coverage will not be continued beyond the first to occur of:
|
|
The end of an 18 month period which starts on the date coverage would otherwise terminate. |
|
|
|
The end of a 29 month period which starts on the date your coverage would otherwise terminate; but only if,
prior to the end of the above 18 months period, you provide notice to your employer that you have been
determined to be disabled under Title II or XVI of the Social Security Act on the date your coverage would have
otherwise terminated, except for this continuation. If you are no longer determined to be so disabled, you must
notify your employer within 30 days of such determination. In that case, coverage will cease at the start of the
month that begins more than 31 days after the date of the final determination that you are no longer so disabled. |
|
|
|
The date you become eligible for like group coverage, including coverage for any preexisting condition. |
|
|
|
The end of the period for which any required contributions have been made. |
|
|
|
Discontinuance of the coverage involved as to employees of the eligible class of which you were a member. |
|
|
|
The date you become enrolled in benefits under Medicare. |
Coverage for a dependent may not be continued beyond the date it would otherwise terminate.
If any coverage being continued ceases, you may apply for a conversion policy. See Converting to an
Individual Health Policy.
Continuing Coverage for Dependents after Your Death
If you should die while enrolled in this plan, your dependents health care coverage (except Dental
Insurance), if applicable will continue as long as:
|
|
You were covered at the time of your death, |
|
|
|
Your coverage, at the time of your death, is not being continued after your employment has ended, as provided in
the When Coverage Ends section; |
|
|
|
A request is made for continued coverage within 31 days after your death; and |
|
|
|
Payment is made for the coverage. |
Your dependents coverage under this continuation provision will end when the first of the
following occurs:
|
|
The end of the 12 month period following your death; |
|
|
|
He or she no longer meets the plans definition of
dependent; |
|
|
|
Dependent coverage is discontinued under the group
contract; |
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
He or she becomes eligible for comparable benefits under this or any other group plan; or |
|
|
|
Any required contributions stop; and |
|
|
|
For your spouse, the date he or she remarries. |
If your dependents coverage is being continued for your dependents, a child born after your death
will also be covered.
Important Note
Your dependent may be eligible to convert to a personal policy. Please see the section, Converting
to an Individual Health Insurance Policy for more information.
Also see the section COBRA Continuation of Coverage.
Handicapped Dependent Children (GR-9N 31-015 01-NY)
Health Expense Coverage for your fully handicapped dependent child may be continued past the
maximum age for a dependent child. However, such coverage may not be continued if the child has
been issued an individual medical conversion policy.
Your child is fully handicapped if:
|
|
he or she is not able to earn his or her own living because of mental retardation or a physical handicap which
started prior to the date he or she reaches the maximum age for dependent children under your plan; and |
|
|
|
he or she depends chiefly on you for support and maintenance. |
Proof that your child is fully handicapped must be submitted to Aetna no later than 31 days after
the date your child reaches the maximum age under your plan.
Coverage will cease on the first to occur of:
|
|
Cessation of the handicap. |
|
|
|
Failure to give proof that the handicap continues. |
|
|
|
Failure to have any required exam. |
|
|
|
Termination of Dependent Coverage as to your child for any reason other than reaching the maximum age under
your plan. |
Aetna will have the right to require proof of the continuation of the handicap. Aetna also has the
right to examine your child as often as needed while the handicap continues at its own expense. An
exam will not be required more often than once each year after 2 years from the date your child
reached the maximum age under your plan.
Extension of Benefits (GR-S-31-020 01)
Coverage for Health Benefits
If your health benefits end while you are totally disabled, your health expenses will be extended
as described below. To find out why and when your coverage may end, please refer to When Coverage
Ends.
Totally disabled means that because of an injury or illness:
|
|
You are not able to work at your own occupation and you cannot work at any occupation for pay or profit. |
|
|
|
Your dependent is not able to engage in most normal activities of a healthy person of the same age and gender. |
53
Extended Health Coverage (GR-S-31-020 01)
Medical Benefits (other than Basic medical benefits): Coverage will be available while you are
totally disabled, for up to 12 months.
(GR-S-31-020 01)
Dental Benefits (other than Basic Dental benefits): Coverage will be available while you are
totally disabled, for up to 12 months. Coverage will be available only if covered services and
supplies have been rendered and received, including delivered and installed, prior to the end of
that 12 month period.
Prescription Drug Benefits: Coverage will be available while you are totally disabled for up to 12
months.
When Extended Health Coverage Ends
Extension of benefits will end on the first to occur of the date:
|
|
You are no longer totally disabled, or become covered under any other group plan with like benefits. |
|
|
|
Your dependent is no longer totally disabled, or he or she becomes covered under any other group plan with like
benefits. |
(This does not apply if coverage ceased because the benefit section ceased for your eligible
class.)
Important Note
If the Extension of Benefits provision outlined in this section applies to you or your covered
dependents, see the Converting to an Individual Health Insurance Policy section for important information.
COBRA Continuation of Coverage (GR-9N 31-025 NY)
If your employer is subject to COBRA requirements, the health plan continuation is governed by
the Federal Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA) requirements. With COBRA
you and your dependents can continue health coverage, subject to certain conditions and your
payment of premiums. Continuation rights are available following a qualifying event that would
cause you or family members to otherwise lose coverage. Qualifying events are listed in this
section.
Continuing Coverage through COBRA
When you or your covered dependents become eligible, your employer will provide you with
detailed information on continuing your health coverage through COBRA.
You or your dependents will need to:
|
|
Complete and submit an application for continued health coverage, which is an election notice of your intent to
continue coverage. |
|
|
|
Submit your application within 60 days of the qualifying event, or within 60 days of your employers notice of this
COBRA continuation right, if later. |
|
|
|
Agree to pay the required premiums. |
Who Qualifies for COBRA
You have 60 days from the qualifying event to elect COBRA. If you do not submit an application
within 60 days, you will forfeit your COBRA continuation rights.
54
Below you will find the qualifying events and a summary of the maximum coverage periods according
to COBRA requirements.
|
|
|
|
|
Qualifying Event Causing Loss |
|
Covered Persons Eligible to |
|
|
of Health Coverage |
|
Elect Continuation |
|
Maximum Continuation Periods |
Your active employment ends for
reasons other than gross
misconduct
|
|
You and your dependents
|
|
18 months |
|
|
|
|
|
Your working hours are reduced
|
|
You and your dependents
|
|
18 months |
|
|
|
|
|
Your marriage is annulled, you
divorce or legally separate and are
no longer responsible for
dependent coverage
|
|
Your dependents
|
|
36 months |
|
|
|
|
|
You become entitled to benefits
under Medicare
|
|
Your dependents
|
|
36 months |
|
|
|
|
|
Your covered dependent children
no longer qualify as dependents
under the plan
|
|
Your dependent children
|
|
36 months |
|
|
|
|
|
You die
|
|
Your dependents
|
|
36 months |
|
|
|
|
|
You are a retiree eligible for health
coverage and your former employer
files for bankruptcy
|
|
You and your dependents
|
|
18 months |
Disability May Increase Maximum Continuation to 29 Months
If You or Your Covered Dependents Are Disabled.
If you or your covered dependent qualify for disability status under Title II or XVI of the Social
Security Act during the 18 month continuation period, you or your covered dependent:
|
|
Have the right to extend coverage beyond the initial 18 month maximum continuation period. |
|
|
|
Qualify for an additional 11 month period, subject to the overall COBRA conditions. |
|
|
|
Must notify your employer within 60 days of the disability determination status and before the 18 month
continuation period ends. |
|
|
|
Must notify the employer within 30 days after the date of any final determination that you or a covered dependent
is no longer disabled. |
|
|
|
Are responsible to pay the premiums after the 18th month, through the 29th month. |
If There Are Multiple Qualifying Events.
A covered dependent could qualify for an extension of the 18 or 29 month continuation period by
meeting the requirements of another qualifying event, such as divorce or death. The total
continuation period, however, can never exceed 36 months.
Determining Your Premium Payments for Continuation Coverage
Your premium payments are regulated by law, based on the following:
|
|
For the 18 or 36 month periods, premiums may never exceed 102 percent of the plan costs. |
|
|
|
During the 18 through 29 month period, premiums for coverage during an extended disability period may never
exceed 150 percent of the plan costs. |
55
When You Acquire a Dependent During a Continuation Period
If through birth, adoption or marriage, you acquire a new dependent during the continuation period,
your dependent can be added to the health plan for the remainder of the continuation period if:
|
|
He or she meets the definition of an eligible dependent, |
|
|
|
Your employer is notified about your dependent within 31 days of eligibility, and |
|
|
|
Additional premiums for continuation are paid on a timely basis. |
Important Note
For more information about dependent eligibility, see the Eligibility, Enrollment and Effective
Date section.
When Your COBRA Continuation Coverage Ends
Your COBRA coverage will end when the first of the following events occurs:
|
|
You or your covered dependents reach the maximum COBRA continuation period the end of the 18, 29 or 36
months. (Coverage for a newly acquired dependent who has been added for the balance of a continuation period
would end at the same time your continuation period ends, if he or she is not disabled nor eligible for an extended
maximum). |
|
|
|
You or your covered dependents do not pay required premiums. |
|
|
|
You or your covered dependents become covered under another group plan that does not restrict coverage for
pre-existing conditions. If your new plan limits pre-existing condition coverage, the continuation coverage under
this plan may remain in effect until the pre-existing clause ceases to apply or the maximum continuation period is
reached under this plan. |
|
|
|
The date your employer no longer offers a group health plan. |
|
|
|
The date you or a covered dependent becomes enrolled in benefits under Medicare. This does not apply if it is
contrary to the Medicare Secondary Payer Rules or other federal law. |
|
|
|
You or your dependent dies. |
Conversion from a Group to an Individual Plan
You may be eligible to apply for an individual health plan without providing proof of good
health:
|
|
At the termination of employment. |
|
|
|
When loss of coverage under the group plan occurs. |
|
|
|
When loss of dependent status occurs. |
|
|
|
At the end of the maximum health coverage continuation period. |
The individual policy will not provide the same coverage as the former group plan offered by your
employer. Certain benefits may not be available. You will be required to pay the associated premium
costs for the coverage. For additional conversion information, contact your employer or call the
toll-free number on your member ID card.
Converting to an Individual Medical Insurance Policy
Eligibility
You and your covered dependents may apply for an individual Medical insurance policy if you
lose coverage under the group medical plan because:
|
|
You terminate your employment; |
|
|
|
You are no longer in an eligible class; |
|
|
|
Your dependent no longer qualifies as an eligible dependent; |
|
|
|
Any continuation coverage required under federal or state law has ended; or |
|
|
|
You retire and there is no medical coverage available. |
56
The individual conversion policy may cover:
|
|
You only; or |
|
|
|
You and all dependents who are covered under the group plan at the time your coverage ended; or |
|
|
|
Your covered dependents, if you should die before you retire. |
Features of the Conversion Policy
The individual policy and its terms will be the type:
|
|
Required by law or regulation for group conversion purposes in your or your dependents states of residence; and |
|
|
|
Offered by Aetna when you or your dependents apply under your employers conversion plan. |
However, coverage will not be the same as your group plan coverage. Generally, the coverage level
may be less, and there is an applicable overall lifetime maximum benefit.
If the plan does not include major medical benefits, coverage may be elected under one of the
following plans:
|
|
Plan I: Hospital room and board expense benefits of $130 per day. The maximum
duration is 30 days. Miscellaneous hospital expense benefits to a maximum of $1,300. Surgical
operation expense benefits according to a $1,400 maximum benefits schedule. |
|
|
|
Plan II: Hospital room and board expense benefits of $230 per day. The maximum
duration is 30 days. Miscellaneous hospital expense benefits to a maximum of $2,300. Surgical
operation expense benefits according to a $2,400 maximum benefits schedule. |
|
|
|
Plan III: Hospital room and board expense benefits of $330 per day. The maximum
duration is 70 days. Miscellaneous hospital expense benefits to a maximum of $3,300. Surgical
operation expense benefits according to a $3,500 maximum benefits schedule. |
If the plan includes only major medical benefits, coverage may be elected under the following plan
only:
|
|
Plan IV: Major medical expense benefits providing: (a) a $330 per day hospital
room and board benefit; (b) surgical expense benefits according to a $4,500 maximum benefits
schedule; (c) a $200,000 maximum benefit for all sicknesses and injuries; (d) a deductible of
$1,000; (e) an 80% benefit percentage, with a coinsurance limit of $2,000; and (f) an annual
restoration benefit of $5,000. |
The individual policy may also:
|
|
Reduce its benefits by any like benefits payable under your group plan after coverage ends (for example: if
benefits are paid after coverage ends because of a disability extension of benefits); |
|
|
|
Not guarantee renewal under selected conditions described in the policy; |
|
|
|
Require a statement that Aetna may ask for data about your coverage under any other plan. This may be asked
for on any premium due date for the individual policy. If you do not give the data, expenses covered under the
individual policy may be reduced by expenses which are covered or provided under those plans. |
Limitations
You or your dependents do not have a right to convert if:
|
|
You or your dependents are eligible for Medicare. Covered dependents not eligible for Medicare may apply for
individual coverage even if you are eligible for Medicare. |
|
|
|
Coverage under the plan has been in effect for less than three months. |
57
|
|
A lifetime maximum benefit under this plan has been reached. For example: |
|
|
|
If a covered dependent reaches the group plans lifetime maximum benefit, the covered dependent will not
have the right to convert. If you or your dependents have remaining benefits, you are eligible to convert. |
|
|
|
|
If you have reached your lifetime maximum, you will not be able to convert. However, if a dependent has a
remaining benefit, he or she is eligible to convert. |
|
|
You or your covered dependents become eligible for any other medical coverage under this plan. |
|
|
|
You apply for individual coverage in a jurisdiction where Aetna cannot issue or deliver an individual conversion
policy. |
|
|
|
You or your covered dependents are eligible for, or have benefits available under, another plan that, in addition to
the converted policy, would either match benefits or result in over insurance. Examples include: |
|
|
|
Any other hospital or surgical expense insurance policy; |
|
|
|
|
Any hospital service or medical expense indemnity corporation subscriber contract; |
|
|
|
|
Any other group contract; or |
|
|
|
|
Any statute, welfare plan or program. |
Electing an Individual Conversion Policy
You or your covered dependents have to apply for the individual policy within 45 days after
your coverage ends. The 45 days start on the date group coverage ceases. The application period
will be extended for 45 days from the date your employer gives you written notice of the conversion
privilege, as required by law, but not beyond 90 days from the date group coverage ceases.
If coverage ends because of retirement, the 45 day application period begins on the date coverage
under the group plan actually ends. This applies even if you or your dependents are eligible for
benefits based on a disability continuation provision because you or they are totally disabled.
To apply for an individual medical insurance policy:
|
|
Get a copy of the Notice of Conversion Privilege and Request form from your employer. |
|
|
|
Complete and send the form to Aetna at the specified address. |
Your Premiums and Payments
Your first premium payment will be due at the time you submit the conversion application to
Aetna.
The amount of the premium will be Aetnas normal rate for the policy that is approved for issuance
in your or your dependents state of residence.
When an Individual Policy Becomes Effective
The individual policy will begin on the day after coverage ends under your group plan. Your
policy will be issued once Aetna receives and processes your completed application and premium
payment.
58
|
|
|
Coordination of Benefits What Happens When There is
More Than One Health Plan
|
|
When Coordination of Benefits Applies |
|
|
|
(GR-9N 33-005-01-NY)
|
|
Getting Started Important Terms |
|
|
|
|
|
Which Plan Pays First |
|
|
|
|
|
How Coordination of Benefits Works |
When Coordination of Benefits Applies
This Coordination of Benefits (COB) provision applies to this plan when you or your covered
dependent has health coverage under more than one plan. Plan and This plan are defined herein.
The Order of Benefit Determination Rules below determines which plan will pay as the primary plan.
The primary plan pays first without regard to the possibility that another plan may cover some
expenses. A secondary plan pays after the primary plan and may reduce the benefits it pays so that
payments from all group plans do not exceed 100% of the total allowable expense.
Which Plan Pays First (GR-9N 33-010 01 NY)
To find out whether the regular benefits under this plan will be reduced, the order in which
the various plans will pay benefits must first be figured. This will be done as follows:
|
|
A plan with no rules for coordination with other benefits will be deemed to pay its benefits before a plan which
contains such rules. |
|
|
|
A plan which covers a person as other than a dependent will be deemed to pay its benefits before a plan which
covers the person as a dependent. |
|
1. |
|
Except in the case of a dependent child whose parents are divorced or separated; the plan which covers the
person as a dependent of a person whose birthday comes first in a calendar year will be primary to the plan
which covers a person as a dependent of a person whose birthday comes later in the year; however: |
|
(a) |
|
if both parents have the same birthday, the benefits of the plan which covered the parent longer are
determined before those of the plan which covered the other parent for a shorter period of time; |
|
|
(b) |
|
if the other plan does not have the rules described above, but instead has a rule based on the gender of
the parent, and if, as a result, the plans do not agree on the order of benefit, the rule in the other plan will
determine the order of benefits. |
|
2. |
|
In the case of a dependent child whose parents are divorces or separated: |
|
(a) |
|
If there is a court decree which makes one parent financially responsible for the health care expenses with
respect to the child and the entity obligated to pay or provide the benefits of that parent has actual
knowledge of those terms, the benefits of that plan which covers the child as a dependent of such parent
shall be determined before the benefits of any other plan which covers the child as a dependent child. |
|
|
(b) |
|
If there is no such court decree, the order of benefits is: |
|
|
|
The plan of the custodial parent; |
|
|
|
|
The plan of the spouse of the custodial parent; |
|
|
|
|
The plan of the noncustodial parent; and then |
|
3. |
|
Active Employee or Retired or Laid off Employee. The plan that covers a person as an employee who is
neither laid off nor retired or as a dependent of an active employee, is the primary plan. The plan covering
that same person as a retired or laid off employee or as a dependent of a retired or laid off employee is the |
59
|
|
|
secondary plan. If the other plan does not have this rule, and if, as a result, the plans do not agree on the
order of benefits, this rule is ignored. This rule will not apply if the Non-Dependent or Dependent rules
above determine the order of benefits. |
|
|
4. |
|
Longer or Shorter Length of Coverage. The plan that covered the person as an employee, member,
subscriber longer is primary. |
|
|
5. |
|
If the preceding rules do not determine the primary plan, the allowable expenses shall be shared equally
between the plans meeting the definition of plan under this provision. In addition, This Plan will not pay
more than it would have paid had it been primary. |
How Coordination of Benefits Works
In determining the amount to be paid when this plan is secondary on a claim, the secondary
plan will calculate the benefits that it would have paid on the claim in the absence of other
health insurance coverage and apply that amount to any allowable expense under this plan that was
unpaid by the primary plan. The amount will be reduced so that when combined with the amount paid
by the primary plan, the total benefits paid or provided by all plans for the claim do not exceed
100% of the total allowable expense.
In addition, a secondary plan will credit to its plan deductible any amounts that would have been
credited in the absence of other coverage.
Under the COB provision of This Plan, the amount normally reimbursed for covered benefits or
expenses under This Plan is reduced to take into account payments made by other plans. The general
rule is that the benefits otherwise payable under This Plan for all covered benefits or expenses
will be reduced by all other plan benefits payable for those expenses. When the COB rules of This
Plan and another plan both agree that This Plan determines its benefits before such other plan, the
benefits of the other plan will be ignored in applying the general rule above to the claim
involved. Such reduced amount will be charged against any applicable benefit limit of this
coverage.
If a covered person is enrolled in two or more closed panel plans COB generally does not occur with
respect to the use of panel providers. However, COB may occur if a person receives emergency
services that would have been covered by both plans.
Right To Receive And Release Needed Information
Certain facts about health care coverage and services are needed to apply these COB rules and
to determine benefits under this plan and other plans. Aetna has the right to release or obtain any
information and make or recover any payments it considers necessary in order to administer this
provision.
Facility of Payment
Any payment made under another plan may include an amount, which should have been paid under
this plan. If so, Aetna may pay that amount to the organization, which made that payment. That
amount will then be treated as though it were a benefit paid under this plan. Aetna will not have
to pay that amount again. The term payment made means reasonable cash value of the benefits
provided in the form of services.
Right of Recovery
If the amount of the payments made by Aetna is more than it should have paid under this COB
provision, it may recover the excess from one or more of the persons it has paid or for whom it has
paid; or any other person or organization that may be responsible for the benefits or services
provided for the covered person. The amount of the payments made includes the reasonable cash
value of any benefits provided in the form of services.
60
|
|
|
When You Have Medicare Coverage
|
|
Which Plan Pays First |
|
|
|
(GR-9N 33-020-01)
|
|
How Coordination with Medicare Works |
|
|
|
|
|
What is Not Covered |
This section explains how the benefits under This Plan interact with benefits available under
Medicare.
Medicare, when used in this Booklet-Certificate, means the health insurance provided by Title XVIII
of the Social Security Act, as amended. It includes Health Maintenance Organization (HMO) or
similar coverage that is an authorized alternative to Parts A and B of Medicare
You are eligible for Medicare if you are:
|
|
Covered under it by reason of age, disability, or |
|
|
|
End Stage Renal Disease; or |
|
|
|
Not covered under it because you: |
|
1. |
|
Refused it; |
|
|
2. |
|
Dropped it; or |
|
|
3. |
|
Failed to make a proper request for it. |
If you are eligible for Medicare, the plan coordinates the benefits it pays with the benefits that
Medicare pays. Sometimes, the plan is the primary payor, which means that the plan pays benefits
before Medicare pays benefits. Under other circumstances, the plan is the secondary payor, and pays
benefits after Medicare.
Which Plan Pays First
The plan is the primary payor when your coverage for the plans benefits is based on current
employment with your employer. The plan will act as the primary payor for the Medicare beneficiary
who is eligible for Medicare:
|
|
Solely due to age if the plan is subject to the Social Security Act requirements for Medicare with respect to
working aged (i.e., generally a plan of an employer with 20 or more employees); |
|
|
|
Due to diagnosis of end stage renal disease, but only during the first 30 months of such eligibility for Medicare
benefits. This provision does not apply if, at the start of eligibility, you were already eligible for Medicare
benefits, and the plans benefits were payable on a secondary basis; |
|
|
|
Solely due to any disability other than end stage renal disease; but only if the plan meets the definition of a large
group health plan as outlined in the Internal Revenue Code (i.e., generally a plan of an employer with 100 or more
employees). |
The plan is the secondary payor in all other circumstances.
How Coordination With Medicare Works
When the Plan is Primary
The plan pays benefits first when it is the primary payor. You may then submit your claim to
Medicare for consideration.
61
When Medicare is Primary
Your health care expense must be considered for payment by Medicare first. You may then submit the
expense to Aetna for consideration.
Aetna
will calculate the benefits the plan would pay in the
absence of Medicare:
The amount will be reduced so that when combined with the amount paid by Medicare, the total
benefits paid or provided by all plans for the claim do not exceed 100% of the total allowable
expense.
This review is done on a claim-by-claim basis.
Charges used to satisfy your Part B deductible under Medicare will be applied under the plan in the
order received by Aetna. Aetna will apply the largest charge first when two or more charges are
received at the same time.
Aetna will apply any rule for coordinating health care benefits after determining the benefits
payable.
Right to Receive and Release Required Information
Certain facts about health care coverage and services are required to apply coordination of
benefits (COB) rules to determine benefits under This Plan and other plans. Aetna has the right to
obtain or release any information, and make or recover any payments it considers necessary, in
order to administer this provision.
62
General Provisions
(GR-9N-32-005-02-NY)
Type of Coverage
Coverage under the plan is non-occupational. Only non-occupational accidental injuries and
non-occupational illnesses are covered. The plan covers charges made for services and supplies only
while the person is covered under the plan.
Physical Examinations
Aetna will have the right and opportunity to examine and evaluate any person who is the basis
of any claim at all reasonable times while a claim is pending or under review. This will be done at
no cost to you.
Legal Action
No legal action can be brought to recover payment under any benefit after 3 years from the
deadline for filing claims.
Aetna will not try to reduce or deny a benefit payment on the grounds that a condition existed
before your coverage went into effect, if the loss occurs more than 2 years from the date coverage
commenced. This will not apply to conditions excluded from coverage on the date of the loss.
Confidentiality
Information contained in your medical records and information received from any provider
incident to the provider-patient relationship shall be kept confidential in accordance with
applicable law. Information may be used or disclosed by Aetna when necessary for your care or
treatment, the operation of the plan and administration of this Booklet-Certificate, or other
activities, as permitted by applicable law. You can obtain a copy of Aetnas Notice of Information
Practices by calling Aetnas toll-free Member Service telephone.
Additional Provisions
The following additional provisions apply to your coverage:
|
|
This Booklet-Certificate applies to coverage only, and does not restrict your ability to receive health care services
that are not, or might not be, covered. |
|
|
|
You cannot receive multiple coverage under the plan because you are connected with more than one employer. |
|
|
|
This document describes the main features of the plan. Additional provisions are described elsewhere in the group
policy. If you have any questions about the terms of the plan or about the proper payment of benefits, contact your
employer or Aetna. |
|
|
|
Your employer hopes to continue the plan indefinitely but, as with all group plans, the plan may be changed or
discontinued with respect to your coverage. |
63
Assignments (GR-9N-32-005-02-NY)
Coverage may be assigned only with the written consent of Aetna. To the extent allowed by
law, Aetna will not accept an assignment to a provider or facility including but not limited to, an
assignment of:
|
|
The benefits due under this group insurance policy; |
|
|
|
The right to receive payments due under this group insurance policy; or |
|
|
|
Any claim you make for damages resulting from a breach or alleged breach, of the terms
of this group insurance policy. |
Misstatements
If any fact as to the Policyholder or you is found to have been misstated, a fair change in
premiums may be made. If the misstatement affects the existence or amount of coverage, the true
facts will be used in determining whether coverage is or remains in force and its amount.
All statements made by the Policyholder or you shall be deemed representations and not warranties.
No written statement made by you shall be used by Aetna in a contest unless a copy of the statement
is or has been furnished to you or your beneficiary, or the person making the claim.
Aetnas failure to implement or insist upon compliance with any provision of this policy at any
given time or times, shall not constitute a waiver of Aetnas right to implement or insist upon
compliance with that provision at any other time or times. This includes, but is not limited to,
the payment of premiums. This applies whether or not the circumstances are the same.
Incontestability
As to Accident and Health Benefits:
Except as to a fraudulent misstatement, or issues concerning Premiums due:
|
|
No statement made by the Policyholder or you or your dependent shall be the basis for
voiding coverage or denying coverage or be used in defense of a claim unless it is in
writing after it has been in force for 2 years from its effective date. |
|
|
|
No statement made by the Policyholder shall be the basis for voiding this Policy after
it has been in force for 2 years from its effective date. |
|
|
|
No statement made by you, an eligible employee or your dependent shall be used in
defense of a claim for loss incurred or starting after coverage as to which claim is made
has been in effect for 2 years. |
Recovery of Overpayments (GR-9N-S-30-015-01)
Health Coverage
If a benefit payment is made by Aetna, to or on your behalf, which exceeds the benefit
amount that you are entitled to receive, Aetna has the right:
|
|
To require the return of the overpayment; or |
|
|
|
To reduce by the amount of the overpayment, any future benefit payment made to or on
behalf of that person or another person in his or her family. |
Such right does not affect any other right of recovery Aetna may have with respect to such
overpayment.
64
Reporting of Claims (GR-9N-S-30-015-01)
A claim must be submitted to Aetna in writing. It must give proof of the nature and extent
of the loss. Your employer has claim forms.
All claims should be reported promptly. The deadline for filing a claim is 90 days after the date
of the loss.
If, through no fault of your own, you are not able to meet the deadline for filing claim, your
claim will still be accepted if you file as soon as possible.
Payment of Benefits (GR-9N 32-025 02-NY)
Benefits will be paid as soon as the necessary proof to support the claim is received, but
not later than 45 days after receipt of such proof. Written proof must be provided for all
benefits.
All covered health benefits are payable to you. However, Aetna has the right to pay any health
benefits to the service provider. This will be done unless you have told Aetna otherwise by the
time you file the claim.
Aetna will notify you in writing, at the time it receives a claim, when an assignment of benefits
to a health care provider or facility will not be accepted.
Any unpaid balance will be paid within 30 days of receipt by Aetna of the due written proof.
Aetna may pay up to $1,000 of any other benefit to any of your relatives whom it believes are
fairly entitled to it. This can be done if the benefit is payable to you and you are a minor or not
able to give a valid release. It can also be done if a benefit is payable to your estate.
Records of Expenses (GR-9N-32-030-02)
Keep complete records of the expenses of each person. They will be required when a claim is
made.
Very important are:
|
|
Names of physicians, dentists and others who furnish services. |
|
|
|
Dates expenses are incurred. |
|
|
|
Copies of all bills and receipts. |
Contacting Aetna
If you have questions, comments or concerns about your benefits or coverage, or if you are
required to submit information to Aetna, you may contact Aetnas Home Office at:
Aetna Life Insurance Company
151 Farmington Avenue
Hartford, CT 06156
You may also use Aetnas toll free Member Services phone number on your ID card or visit Aetnas
web site at www.aetna.com/docfind/custom/aahc.
65
Reinstatement after Your Dental Coverage Terminates
If your coverage ends because your contributions are not paid when due, you may not be
covered again for a period of two years from the date your coverage ends. If you are in an eligible
class, you may re-enroll yourself and your eligible dependents at the end of such two year period.
Your dental coverage will be subject to the rules under the Late Enrollment section, and will be
effective as described in the Effective Date of Coverage section.
Effect of Benefits Under Other Plans (GR-9N 32-035-01)
Effect of An Health Maintenance Organization Plan (HMO Plan) On Coverage
If you are in an eligible class and have chosen coverage under an HMO Plan offered by your
employer, the following applies:
|
|
If the HMO Plan provides medical coverage, you will be excluded from medical expense
coverage (except Vision Care, if any,) on the date of your coverage under such HMO Plan. |
|
|
|
If the HMO Plan provides dental coverage, you will be excluded from dental expense
coverage on the date of your coverage under such HMO Plan. |
If you are in an eligible class and are covered under an HMO Plan, you can choose to change to
coverage for yourself and your covered dependents under this plan. If you:
|
|
Live in an HMO Plan enrollment area and choose to change coverage during an open
enrollment period, coverage will take effect on the group policy anniversary date after
the open enrollment period. There will be no rules for waiting periods or preexisting
conditions. |
|
|
|
Live in an HMO Plan enrollment area and choose to change coverage when there is not an
open enrollment period, coverage will take effect only if and when Aetna gives its written
consent. |
|
|
|
Move from an HMO Plan enrollment area or if the HMO discontinues and you choose to
change coverage within 31 days of the move or the discontinuance, coverage will take
effect on the date you elect such coverage.
There will be no restrictions for waiting periods or preexisting conditions. If you choose
to change coverage after 31 days, coverage will take effect only if and when Aetna gives
its written consent. |
Any extensions of benefits under this plan for disability or pregnancy will not always apply on and
after the date of a change to an HMO Plan providing medical coverage. They will apply only if the
person is not covered at once under the HMO Plan because he or she is in a hospital not affiliated
with the HMO. If you give evidence that the HMO Plan provides an extension of benefits for
disability or pregnancy, coverage under this plan will be extended. The extension will be for the
same length of time and for the same conditions as the HMO Plan provides. It will not be longer
than the first to occur of:
|
|
The end of a 90 day period; and |
|
|
|
The date the person is not confined. |
Any extension of dental benefits under this plan will not apply on or after the date of a change to
an HMO Plan.
No benefits will be paid for any charges for services rendered or supplies furnished under an HMO
Plan.
Effect of Prior Coverage Transferred Business (GR-9N-32-040-01-NY)
If your coverage under any part of this plan replaces any prior coverage for you, the rules
below apply to that part.
Prior coverage is any plan of group coverage that has been replaced by coverage under part or all
of this plan; it must have been sponsored by your employer (e.g., transferred business). The
replacement can be complete or in part
66
for the eligible class to which you belong. Any such plan is prior coverage if provided by another
group contract or any benefit section of this plan.
Coverage under any other section of this plan will be in exchange for all privileges and benefits
provided under any like prior coverage. Any benefits provided under such prior coverage may reduce
benefits payable under this plan.
67
Glossary *
(GR-9N 34-005 01-NY)
In this section, you will find definitions for the words and phrases that appear in bold type
throughout the text of this Booklet-Certificate.
A (GR-9N 34-010 01-NY) (GR-9N 34-005 02)
Accident
This means a sudden; unexpected; and unforeseen; identifiable occurrence or event producing,
at the time, objective symptoms of a bodily injury. The accident must occur while the person is
covered under this Policy. The occurrence or event must be definite as to time and place. It must
not be due to, or contributed by, an illness or disease of any kind.
Aetna
Aetna Life Insurance Company.
Ambulance
A vehicle that is staffed with medical personnel and equipped to transport an ill or injured
person.
Average Wholesale Price (AWP)
The current average wholesale price of a prescription drug listed in the Facts and Comparisons
weekly price updates (or any other similar publication designated by Aetna) on the day that a
pharmacy claim is submitted for adjudication.
B (GR-9N 34-010 01-NY) (GR-9N 34-005 01-NY)
Behavioral Health Provider
A licensed facility, organization or other health care provider furnishing diagnostic and
therapeutic services for treatment of alcoholism, drug abuse, mental disorders acting within the
scope of the applicable license. This includes:
|
|
Hospitals; |
|
|
|
Psychiatric hospitals; |
|
|
|
Residential treatment facilities; |
|
|
|
Psychiatric
physicians; |
|
|
|
Psychologists; |
|
|
|
Social workers; |
|
|
|
Psychiatric nurses; |
|
|
|
Addictionologists; and |
|
|
|
Other alcoholism, drug abuse and mental health providers or groups, involved in the
delivery of health care or ancillary services. |
Birthing Center
A freestanding facility that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
Meets licensing standards. |
|
|
|
Is set up, equipped and run to provide prenatal care, delivery and immediate
postpartum care. |
|
|
|
Charges for its services. |
|
|
|
Is directed by at least one physician who is a specialist in obstetrics and
gynecology. |
68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Has a physician or certified nurse midwife present at all births and during the immediate postpartum period. |
|
|
|
Extends staff privileges to physicians who practice obstetrics and gynecology in an area hospital. |
|
|
|
Has at least 2 beds or 2 birthing rooms for use by patients while in labor and during delivery. |
|
|
|
Provides, during labor, delivery and the immediate postpartum period, full-time skilled nursing services directed
by an R.N. or certified nurse midwife. |
|
|
|
Provides, or arranges with a facility in the area for, diagnostic X-ray and lab services for the mother and child. |
|
|
|
Has the capacity to administer a local anesthetic and to perform minor surgery. This includes episiotomy and
repair of perineal tear. |
|
|
|
Is equipped and has trained staff to handle emergency medical conditions and provide immediate support
measures to sustain life if: |
|
|
|
Complications arise during labor; or |
|
|
|
|
A child is born with an abnormality which impairs function or threatens life. |
|
|
Accepts only patients with low-risk pregnancies. |
|
|
|
Has a written agreement with a hospital in the area for emergency transfer of a patient or a child. Written
procedures for such a transfer must be displayed and the staff must be aware of them. |
|
|
|
Provides an ongoing quality assurance program. This includes reviews by physicians who do not own or direct
the facility. |
|
|
|
Keeps a medical record on each patient and child. |
Brand-Name Prescription Drug
A prescription drug with a proprietary name assigned to it by the manufacturer or distributor and
so indicated by Medi-Span or any other similar publication designated by Aetna or an affiliate.
C (GR-9N 34-015 02)
Coinsurance
Coinsurance is both the percentage of covered expenses that the plan pays, and the percentage of
covered expenses that you pay. The percentage that the plan pays is referred to as plan
coinsurance or the payment percentage, and varies by the type of expense. Please refer to the
Schedule of Benefits for specific information on coinsurance amounts.
Copay or Copayment
The specific dollar amount or percentage required to be paid by you or on your behalf. The plan
includes various copayments, and these copayment amounts or percentages are specified in the
Schedule of Benefits.
Cosmetic
Services or supplies that alter, improve or enhance appearance.
Covered Expenses
Medical, dental, vision or hearing services and supplies shown as covered under this Booklet.
Creditable Coverage
A persons prior medical coverage as defined in the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability
Act of 1996 (HIPAA).
Such coverage includes:
|
|
Health coverage issued on a group or individual basis; |
|
|
|
Medicare; |
|
|
|
Medicaid; |
|
|
|
Health care for members of the uniformed services; |
|
|
|
A program of the Indian Health Service or tribal organization; |
69
|
|
A state health benefits risk pool; |
|
|
|
The Federal Employees Health Benefit Plan (FEHBP); |
|
|
|
A public health plan (any plan established by a State, the government of the United States, or any subdivision of
a State or of the government of the United States, or a foreign country); |
|
|
|
Any health benefit plan under Section 5(e) of the Peace Corps Act; and |
|
|
|
The State Childrens Health Insurance Program (S-Chip). |
Custodial Care
This means services and supplies that are primarily intended to help you meet personal needs, such
as transferring, eating, dressing, bathing, toileting and such other related activities. This
includes board and room and other institutional care. You do not have to be disabled. Such services
and supplies are custodial care without regard to:
|
|
by whom they are prescribed; |
|
|
|
by whom they are recommended; or |
|
|
|
by whom they are performed. |
D (GR-9N 34-020 01) (GR-9N 34-095 01-NY)
Day Care Treatment
A partial confinement treatment program to provide treatment for you during the day. The hospital,
psychiatric hospital or residential treatment facility does not make a room charge for day care
treatment. Such treatment must be available for at least 4 hours, but not more than 12 hours in any
24-hour period.
Deductible
The part of your covered expenses you pay before the plan starts to pay benefits. Additional
information regarding deductibles and deductible amounts can be found in the Schedule of Benefits.
Deductible Carryover
This allows you to apply any covered expense incurred during the last 3 months of a calendar year
that is applied toward this years deductible to also apply toward the following years deductible.
Dental Provider
This is:
|
|
Any dentist; |
|
|
|
Group; |
|
|
|
Organization; |
|
|
|
Dental facility; or |
|
|
|
Other institution or person. |
legally qualified to furnish dental services or supplies.
Dental Emergency
Any dental condition that:
|
|
Occurs unexpectedly; |
|
|
|
Requires immediate diagnosis and treatment in order to stabilize the condition; and |
|
|
|
Is characterized by symptoms such as severe pain and bleeding. |
Dentist
A legally qualified dentist, or a physician licensed to do the dental work he or she performs.
70
Detoxification
The process by which an alcohol-intoxicated or drug-intoxicated; or an alcohol-dependent or
drug-dependent person is medically managed through the period of time necessary to eliminate, by
metabolic or other means, the:
|
|
Intoxicating alcohol or drug; |
|
|
|
Alcohol or drug-dependent factors; or |
|
|
|
Alcohol in combination with drugs; |
as determined by a physician. The process must keep the physiological risk to the patient at a
minimum, and take place in a facility that meets any applicable licensing standards established by
the jurisdiction in which it is located.
Directory
A listing of all network providers serving the class of employees to which you belong. The
policyholder will give you a copy of this directory. Network provider information is available
through Aetnas online provider directory, DocFind®. You can also call the Member Services phone
number listed on your ID card to request a copy of this directory.
Durable Medical and Surgical Equipment (DME)
Equipment, and the accessories needed to operate it, that is:
|
|
Made to withstand prolonged use; |
|
|
|
Made for and mainly used in the treatment of a illness or injury; |
|
|
|
Suited for use in the home; |
|
|
|
Not normally of use to people who do not have a illness or injury; |
|
|
|
Not for use in altering air quality or temperature; and |
|
|
|
Not for exercise or training. |
Durable medical and surgical equipment does not include equipment such as whirlpools, portable
whirlpool pumps, sauna baths, massage devices, over bed tables, elevators, communication aids,
vision aids and telephone alert systems.
E (GR-9N 34-025 01 NY)
Effective Treatment of a Mental Disorder
This is a program that:
|
|
Is prescribed; and supervised; by a physician; and |
|
|
|
Is for a mental disorder that can be favorably changed. |
Emergency Medical Condition
A recent and severe medical or behavioral condition, the onset of which is sudden, manifests itself
by symptoms of sufficient severity, including (but not limited to) severe pain, which would lead a
prudent layperson possessing an average knowledge of medicine and health, to believe that his or
her condition, illness, or injury is of such a nature that failure to get immediate medical care
could result in:
|
|
Placing your health in serious jeopardy; or |
|
|
|
In the case of a behavioral condition, placing the health of such person, or others, in serious jeopardy; or |
|
|
|
Serious impairment to bodily function; or |
|
|
|
Serious dysfunction of a body part or organ; or |
|
|
|
Serious disfigurement of such person; or |
|
|
|
In the case of a pregnant woman, serious jeopardy to the health of the fetus. |
71
Experimental or Investigational
A drug, a device, a procedure, or treatment will be determined to be experimental or
investigational if:
|
|
There are insufficient outcomes data available from controlled clinical trials published in the peer-reviewed
literature to substantiate its safety and effectiveness for the illness or injury involved; or |
|
|
|
Approval required by the FDA has not been granted for marketing; or |
|
|
|
A recognized national medical or dental society or regulatory agency has determined, in writing, that it is
experimental or investigational, or for research purposes; or |
|
|
|
It is a type of drug, device or treatment that is the subject of a Phase I or Phase II clinical trial or the experimental
or research arm of a Phase III clinical trial, using the definition of phases indicated in regulations and other
official actions and publications of the FDA and Department of Health and Human Services; or |
|
|
|
The written protocol or protocols used by the treating facility, or the protocol or protocols of any other facility
studying substantially the same drug, device, procedure, or treatment, or the written informed consent used by the
treating facility or by another facility studying the same drug, device, procedure, or treatment states that it is
experimental or investigational, or for research purposes. |
G (GR-9N 34-035 01)
Generic Prescription Drug
A prescription drug, whether identified by its chemical, proprietary, or non-proprietary name, that
is accepted by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration as therapeutically equivalent and
interchangeable with drugs having an identical amount of the same active ingredient and so
indicated by Medispan or any other publication designated by Aetna or an affiliate.
H (GR-9N 34-040 02)
Homebound
This means that you are confined to your place of residence:
|
|
Due to an illness or injury which makes leaving the home medically contraindicated; or |
|
|
|
Because the act of transport would be a serious risk to your life or health. |
Situations where you would not be considered homebound include (but are not limited to) the
following:
|
|
You do not often travel from home because of feebleness or insecurity brought on by advanced age (or
otherwise); or |
|
|
|
You are wheelchair bound but could safely be transported via wheelchair accessible transportation. |
Home Health Care Agency
An agency that meets all of the following requirements.
|
|
Mainly provides skilled nursing and other therapeutic services. |
|
|
|
Is associated with a professional group (of at least one physician and one R.N.) which makes policy. |
|
|
|
Has full-time supervision by a physician or an R.N. |
|
|
|
Keeps complete medical records on each person. |
|
|
|
Has an administrator. |
|
|
|
Meets licensing standards. |
72
Home Health Care Plan
This is a plan that provides for continued care and treatment of an illness or injury. The care and
treatment must be:
|
|
Prescribed in writing by the attending physician; and |
|
|
|
An alternative to a hospital or skilled nursing facility stay. |
Hospice Care
This is care given to a terminally ill person by or under arrangements with a hospice care agency.
The care must be part of a hospice care program.
Hospice Care Agency
An agency or organization that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
Has hospice care available 24 hours a day. |
|
|
|
Meets any licensing or certification standards established by the jurisdiction where it is located. |
|
|
|
Provides: |
|
|
|
Skilled nursing services; |
|
|
|
|
Medical social services; and |
|
|
|
|
Psychological and dietary counseling. |
|
|
Provides, or arranges for, other services which include: |
|
|
|
Physician services; |
|
|
|
|
Physical and occupational therapy; |
|
|
|
|
Part-time home health aide services which mainly consist of caring for terminally ill people; and |
|
|
|
|
Inpatient care in a facility when needed for pain control and acute and chronic symptom management. |
|
|
Has at least the following personnel: |
|
|
|
One physician; |
|
|
|
|
One R.N.; and |
|
|
|
|
One licensed or certified social worker employed by the agency. |
|
|
Establishes policies about how hospice care is provided. |
|
|
|
Assesses the patients medical and social needs. |
|
|
|
Develops a hospice care program to meet those needs. |
|
|
|
Provides an ongoing quality assurance program. This includes reviews by physicians, other than those who own
or direct the agency. |
|
|
|
Permits all area medical personnel to utilize its services for their patients. |
|
|
|
Keeps a medical record on each patient. |
|
|
|
Uses volunteers trained in providing services for non-medical needs. |
|
|
|
Has a full-time administrator. |
Hospice Care Program
This is a written plan of hospice care, which:
|
|
Is established by and reviewed from time to time by a physician attending the person, and appropriate personnel
of a hospice care agency; |
|
|
|
Is designed to provide palliative and supportive care to terminally ill persons, and supportive care to their
families; and |
|
|
|
Includes an assessment of the persons medical and social needs; and a description of the care to be given to meet
those needs. |
73
Hospice Facility
A facility, or distinct part of one, that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
Mainly provides inpatient hospice care to terminally ill persons. |
|
|
|
Charges patients for its services. |
|
|
|
Meets any licensing or certification standards established by the jurisdiction where it is located. |
|
|
|
Keeps a medical record on each patient. |
|
|
|
Provides an ongoing quality assurance program including reviews by physicians other than those who own or
direct the facility. |
|
|
|
Is run by a staff of physicians. At least one staff physician must be on call at all times. |
|
|
|
Provides 24-hour-a-day nursing services under the direction of an R.N. |
|
|
|
Has a full-time administrator. |
Hospital
This means a short-term, acute, general hospital which:
|
|
Is primarily engaged in providing, by or under the continuous supervision of physicians, to inpatients, diagnostic
services and therapeutic services for diagnostic, treatment and care of injured and sick persons; |
|
|
|
Has organized departments of medicine and major surgery; |
|
|
|
Has a requirement that every patient must be under the care of a physician or dentist; |
|
|
|
Provides 24 hour nursing service by or under the supervision of a registered professional nurse (R.N.); |
|
|
|
If located in New York State, has in effect a hospitalization review plan applicable to all patients which meets at
least the standards set forth in Section 1861k of U.S. Public Law 89-97 (42 USCA 1395x(k)); |
|
|
|
Is duly licensed by the agency responsible for licensing such hospitals; |
|
|
|
Makes charges; and |
|
|
|
Is not, other than incidentally, a place for rest, a place primarily for the treatment of tuberculosis, a place for the
aged, a place for drug addicts, alcoholics, or a place for convalescent, custodial, educational or rehabilitative care. |
Hospitalization
A continuous confinement as an inpatient in a hospital for which a room and board charge is
made.
I (GR-9N 34-045 02)
Illness (GR-9N 34-045 02)
A pathological condition of the body that presents a group of clinical signs and symptoms and
laboratory findings peculiar to it and that sets the condition apart as an abnormal entity
differing from other normal or pathological body states.
Infertile or Infertility
The condition of a presumably healthy covered person who is unable to conceive or produce
conception after:
|
|
For a woman who is 21 or more but less than 35 years of age: 1 year or more of timed, unprotected coitus, or 12 cycles
of artificial insemination; or |
|
|
|
For a woman who is 35 years of age or older, but less than 45: 6 months or more of timed, unprotected coitus, or 6
cycles of artificial insemination. |
74
Injury
An accidental bodily injury that is the sole and direct result of:
|
|
An unexpected or reasonably unforeseen occurrence or event; or |
|
|
|
The reasonable unforeseeable consequences of a voluntary act by the
person. |
|
|
|
An act or event must be definite as to time and place. |
J (GR-9N 34-050 01)
Jaw Joint Disorder (GR-9N 34-050 01)
This is:
|
|
A Temporomandibular Joint (TMJ) dysfunction or any similar disorder of the jaw joint; or |
|
|
|
A Myofacial Pain Dysfunction (MPD); or |
|
|
|
Any similar disorder in the relationship between the jaw joint and the related
muscles and nerves. |
L (GR-9N 34-055 01)
Late Enrollee
This is an employee in an Eligible Class who requests enrollment under this Plan after the Initial
Enrollment Period. In addition, this is an eligible dependent for whom the employee did not elect
coverage within the Initial Enrollment Period, but for whom coverage is elected at a later time.
However, an eligible employee or dependent may not be considered a Late Enrollee under certain
circumstances. See the Special Enrollment Periods section of the Booklet-Certificate.
Lifetime Maximum
This is the most the plan will pay for covered expenses incurred by any one covered person during
their lifetime.
L.P.N.
A licensed practical or vocational nurse.
M (GR-9N S-34-065 02)
Mail Order Pharmacy
An establishment where prescription drugs are legally dispensed by mail or other carrier.
Maintenance Care
Care made up of services and supplies that:
|
|
Are furnished mainly to maintain, rather than to improve, a level of physical,
or mental function; and |
|
|
|
Provide a surrounding free from exposures that can worsen the persons physical
or mental condition. |
75
Medically Necessary or Medical Necessity
Health care or dental services, and supplies or prescription drugs that a physician, other health
care provider or dental provider, exercising prudent clinical judgment, would provide to a patient
for the purpose of preventing, evaluating, diagnosing or treating an illness, injury, disease or
its symptoms, and that provision of the service, supply or prescription drug is:
a) |
|
In accordance with generally accepted standards of medical or dental practice; |
|
b) |
|
Clinically appropriate, in terms of type, frequency, extent, site and duration, and
considered effective for the patients illness, injury or disease; and |
|
c) |
|
Not primarily for the convenience of the patient, physician, other health care or dental
provider; and |
|
d) |
|
Not more costly than an alternative service or sequence of services at least as likely to
produce equivalent therapeutic or diagnostic results as to the diagnosis or treatment of that
patients illness, injury, or disease. |
For these purposes generally accepted standards of medical or dental practice means standards
that are based on credible scientific evidence published in peer-reviewed literature generally
recognized by the relevant medical or dental community, or otherwise consistent with physician or
dental specialty society recommendations and the views of physicians or dentists practicing in
relevant clinical areas and any other relevant factors.
Mental Disorder
An illness commonly understood to be a mental disorder, whether or not it has a physiological
basis, and for which treatment is generally provided by or under the direction of a behavioral
health provider such as a psychiatric physician, a psychologist or a psychiatric social worker. A
mental disorder includes; but is not limited to:
|
|
Alcoholism and substance abuse. |
|
|
|
Bipolar disorder. |
|
|
|
Major depressive disorder. |
|
|
|
Obsessive compulsive disorder. |
|
|
|
Panic disorder. |
|
|
|
Pervasive Mental Developmental Disorder (Autism). |
|
|
|
Psychotic depression. |
|
|
|
Schizophrenia. |
For the purposes of benefits under this plan, mental disorder will include alcoholism and substance
abuse only if any separate benefit for a particular type of treatment does not apply to alcoholism
and substance abuse.
N (GR-9N 34-070 02)
Negotiated Charge
The maximum charge a network provider has agreed to make as to any service or supply for the
purpose of the benefits under this plan. The negotiated charge does not include or reflect any
amount Aetna or an affiliate may receive under a rebate arrangement between Aetna or an affiliate
and a drug manufacturer for any prescription drug, including prescription drugs on the preferred
drug guide.
Network Advanced Reproductive Technology (ART) Specialist
A specialist physician who has entered into a contractual agreement with Aetna for the provision of
covered Advanced Reproductive Technology (ART) services.
76
Network Provider
A pharmacy who has contracted to furnish services or supplies for a negotiated charge; but only if
the provider is, with Aetnas consent, included in the directory as a network provider for:
|
|
The service or supply involved; and |
|
|
|
The class of employees to which you belong. |
Night Care Treatment
A partial confinement treatment program provided when you need to be confined during the night. A
room charge is made by the hospital, psychiatric hospital or residential treatment facility. Such
treatment must be available at least:
|
|
8 hours in a row a night; and |
|
|
|
5 nights a week. |
Non-Occupational Illness
A non-occupational illness is an illness that does not:
|
|
Arise out of (or in the course of) any work for pay or
profit; or |
|
|
|
Result in any way from an illness that does. |
An illness will be deemed to be non-occupational regardless of cause if proof is furnished that the
person:
|
|
Is covered under any type of workers compensation law; and |
|
|
|
Is not covered for that illness under such law. |
Non-Occupational Injury
A non-occupational injury is an accidental bodily injury that does not:
|
|
Arise out of (or in the course of) any work for pay or profit; or |
|
|
|
Result in any way from an injury which does. |
Non-Preferred Drug (Non-Formulary)
A prescription drug that is not listed in the preferred drug guide. This includes prescription
drugs on the preferred drug guide exclusions list that are approved by medical exception.
Non-Specialist
A physician who is not a specialist.
Non-Urgent Admission
An inpatient admission that is not an emergency admission or an urgent admission.
O (GR-9N 34-065 01-NY) (GR-9N 34-075 01)
Occupational Injury or Occupational Illness
An injury or illness that:
|
|
Arises out of (or in the course of) any activity in connection with employment or
self-employment whether or not on a full time basis; or |
|
|
|
Results in any way from an injury or illness that does. |
77
Occurrence
This means a period of disease or injury. An occurrence ends when 60 consecutive days have passed
during which the covered person:
|
|
Receives no medical treatment; services; or supplies; for a disease or injury; and |
|
|
|
Neither takes any medication, nor has any medication prescribed, for a disease or
injury. |
Orthodontic Treatment
This is any:
|
|
Medical service or supply; or |
|
|
|
Dental service or supply; |
furnished to prevent or to diagnose or to correct a misalignment:
|
|
|
Of the teeth; or |
|
|
|
|
Of the bite; or |
|
|
|
|
Of the jaws or jaw joint relationship; |
whether or not for the purpose of relieving pain.
The following are not considered orthodontic treatment:
|
|
The installation of a space
maintainer; or |
|
|
|
A surgical procedure to correct
malocclusion. |
Out-of-Network Provider
A health care provider, a pharmacy or dental provider who has not contracted with Aetna to furnish
services or supplies at a negotiated charge.
P (GR-9N 34-080 01-NY) (GR-9N 34-070-01)
Partial Confinement Treatment
A plan of medical, psychiatric, nursing, counseling, or therapeutic services to treat alcoholism,
substance abuse, or mental disorders. The plan must meet these tests:
|
|
It is carried out in a hospital; psychiatric hospital or residential treatment facility; on
less than a full-time inpatient basis. |
|
|
|
It is in accord with accepted medical practice for the condition of the
person. |
|
|
|
It does not require full-time confinement. |
|
|
|
It is supervised by a psychiatric physician who weekly reviews and evaluates its effect. |
|
|
|
Day care treatment and night care treatment are considered partial confinement treatment. |
Pharmacy
An establishment where prescription drugs are legally dispensed. Pharmacy includes a retail
pharmacy, mail order pharmacy and specialty pharmacy network pharmacy.
78
Physician
A duly licensed member of a medical profession who:
|
|
Has an M.D. or D.O. degree; |
|
|
|
Is properly licensed or certified to provide medical care under the laws of the
jurisdiction where the individual practices; and |
|
|
|
Provides medical services which are within the scope of his or her license or certificate. |
This also includes a health professional who:
|
|
Is properly licensed or certified to provide medical care under the laws of the
jurisdiction where he or she practices; |
|
|
|
Provides medical services which are within the scope of his or her license or
certificate; |
|
|
|
Under applicable insurance law is considered a physician for purposes
of this coverage; |
|
|
|
Has the medical training and clinical expertise suitable to treat your
condition; |
|
|
|
Specializes in psychiatry, if your illness or injury is caused, to any extent, by alcohol
abuse, substance abuse or a mental disorder; and |
|
|
|
A physician is not you or related to you. |
Precertification or Precertify
A process where Aetna is contacted before certain services are provided, such as hospitalization or
outpatient surgery, or prescription drugs are prescribed to determine whether the services being
recommended or the drugs prescribed are considered covered expenses under the plan. It is not a
guarantee that benefits will be payable.
Preferred Drug Guide
A listing of prescription drugs established by Aetna or an affiliate, which includes both brand
name prescription drugs and generic prescription drugs. This list is subject to periodic review and
modification by Aetna or an affiliate. A copy of the preferred drug guide will be available upon
your request or may be accessed on the Aetna website at www.Aetna.com/formulary.
Preferred Drug Guide Exclusions List
A list of prescription drugs in the preferred drug guide that are identified as excluded under the
plan. This list is subject to periodic review and modification by Aetna.
Prescriber
Any physician or dentist, acting within the scope of his or her license, who has the legal
authority to write an order for a prescription drug.
Prescription
An order for the dispensing of a prescription drug by a prescriber. If it is an oral order, it must
be promptly put in writing by the pharmacy.
Prescription Drug
A drug, biological, or compounded prescription which, by State and Federal Law, may be dispensed
only by prescription and which is required to be labeled Caution: Federal Law prohibits dispensing
without prescription. This includes:
|
|
An injectable drug prescribed to be self-administered or administered by any
other person except one who is acting within his or her capacity as a paid healthcare professional.
Covered injectable drugs include injectable insulin. |
79
Psychiatric Hospital
This is an institution that meets all of the following requirements.
|
|
|
Mainly provides a program for the diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment of alcoholism, substance abuse or mental disorders. |
|
|
|
Is not mainly a school or a custodial, recreational or training institution. |
|
|
|
Provides infirmary-level medical services. Also, it provides, or arranges with a hospital in the area for, any other medical
service that may be required. |
|
|
|
Is supervised full-time by a psychiatric physician who is responsible for patient care and is there regularly. |
|
|
|
Is staffed by psychiatric physicians involved in care and treatment. |
|
|
|
Has a psychiatric physician present during the whole treatment day. |
|
|
|
Provides, at all times, psychiatric social work and nursing services. |
|
|
|
Provides, at all times, skilled nursing services by licensed nurses who are supervised by a full-time R.N. |
|
|
|
Prepares and maintains a written plan of treatment for each patient based on medical, psychological and social needs.
The plan must be supervised by a psychiatric physician. |
|
|
|
Makes charges. |
|
|
|
Meets licensing standards. |
Psychiatric Physician
This is a physician who:
|
|
|
Specializes in psychiatry; or |
|
|
|
Has the training or experience to do the required evaluation and treatment of alcoholism, substance abuse or mental
disorders. |
R (GR-9N 34-090 02)
Rehabilitation Facility
A facility, or a distinct part of a facility which provides rehabilitative services, meets any
licensing or certification standards established by the jurisdiction where it is located, and makes
charges for its services.
Rehabilitative Services
The combined and coordinated use of medical, social, educational and vocational measures for
training or retraining if you are disabled by illness or injury.
Residential Treatment Facility (Alcoholism and Substance Abuse)
This is an institution that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
|
On-site licensed Behavioral Health Provider 24 hours per day/7 days a week. |
|
|
|
Provides a comprehensive patient assessment (preferably before admission, but at least upon admission). |
|
|
|
Is admitted by a Physician. |
|
|
|
Has access to necessary medical services 24 hours per day/7 days a week. |
|
|
|
If the member requires detoxification services, must have the availability of on-site medical treatment 24 hours per
day/7 days a week, which must be actively supervised by an attending Physician. |
|
|
|
Provides living arrangements that foster community living and peer interaction that are consistent with
developmental needs. |
|
|
|
Offers group therapy sessions with at least an RN or Masters-Level Health Professional. |
|
|
|
Has the ability to involve family/support systems in therapy (required for children and adolescents; encouraged for
adults). |
|
|
|
Provides access to at least weekly sessions with a Psychiatrist or psychologist for individual psychotherapy. |
|
|
|
Has peer oriented activities. |
80
|
|
|
Services are managed by a licensed Behavioral Health Provider who, while not needing to be individually contracted,
needs to (1) meet the Aetna credentialing criteria as an individual practitioner, and (2) function under
the direction/supervision of a licensed psychiatrist (Medical Director). |
|
|
|
Has individualized active treatment plan directed toward the alleviation of the impairment that caused the
admission. |
|
|
|
Provides a level of skilled intervention consistent with patient risk. |
|
|
|
Meets any and all applicable licensing standards established by the jurisdiction in which it is located. |
|
|
|
Is not a Wilderness Treatment Program or any such related or similar program, school and/or education service. |
|
|
|
Ability to assess and recognize withdrawal complications that threaten life or bodily functions and to obtain needed
services either on site or externally. |
|
|
|
24-hours perday/7 days a week supervision by a physician with evidence of close and frequent observation. |
|
|
|
On-site, licensed Behavioral Health Provider, medical or substance abuse professionals 24 hours per day/7 days
a week. |
Residential Treatment Facility (Mental Disorders)
This is an institution that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
|
Has, on-site licensed Behavioral Health Provider 24 hours per day. |
|
|
|
Provides a comprehensive patient assessment. |
|
|
|
Provides living arrangements that foster community living and peer interaction that are consistent with developmental
needs. |
|
|
|
Offers group therapy sessions. |
|
|
|
Has the ability to involve family/support systems in therapy. |
|
|
|
Provides access to at least weekly sessions with a Psychiatrist or psychologist for individual psychotherapy. |
|
|
|
Has peer oriented activities. |
|
|
|
Is managed by a licensed Behavioral Health Provider who functions under the direction and supervision of a psychiatric
physician. |
|
|
|
Has individualized active treatment plan directed toward the alleviation of the impairment that caused the
admission. |
|
|
|
Provides a level of skilled intervention consistent with patient risk. |
|
|
|
Provides active discharge planning initiated upon admission to the program. |
|
|
|
Meets any and all applicable licensing standards established by the jurisdiction in which it is located. |
R.N.
A registered nurse.
Room and Board
Charges made by an institution for room and board and other medically necessary services and
supplies. The charges must be regularly made at a daily or weekly rate.
S (GR-9N 34-095 02) (GR-9N 34-090 01-NY)
Self-injectable Drug(s)
Prescription drugs that are intended to be self-administered by injection to a specific part of the
body to treat medical conditions.
Semi-Private Room Rate
The room and board charge that an institution applies to the most beds in its semi-private rooms
with 2 or more beds. If there are no such rooms, Aetna will figure the rate based on the rate most
commonly charged by similar institutions in the same geographic area.
81
Skilled Nursing Services
Services that meet all of the following requirements:
|
|
|
The services require medical or paramedical training. |
|
|
|
The services are rendered by an R.N. or L.P.N. within the scope of his or her license. |
|
|
|
The services are not custodial. |
Specialist
A physician who practices in any generally accepted medical or surgical sub-specialty.
Specialist Dentist
Any dentist who, by virtue of advanced training is board eligible or certified by a Specialty Board
as being qualified to practice in a special field of dentistry.
Specialty Care
Health care services or supplies that require the services of a specialist.
Specialty Pharmacy Network
A network of pharmacies designated to fill self-injectable drug prescriptions.
Stay
A full-time inpatient confinement for which a room and board charge is made.
Step Therapy
Procedures under which certain prescription drugs will be excluded from coverage, unless a
first-line therapy drug(s) is used first by you. The list of step-therapy drugs is subject to
change by Aetna or an affiliate. An updated copy of the list of drugs subject to step therapy shall
be available upon request by you or may be accessed on the Aetna website at
www.Aetna.com/formulary.
Substance Abuse
This is a physical or psychological dependency, or both, on a controlled substance or alcohol agent
(These are defined on Axis I in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM)
published by the American Psychiatric Association which is current as of the date services are
rendered to you or your covered dependents.) This term does not include conditions not attributable
to a mental disorder that are a focus of attention or treatment (the V codes on Axis I of DSM); an
addiction to nicotine products, food or caffeine intoxication.
Surgery Center
A freestanding ambulatory surgical facility that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
|
Meets licensing standards. |
|
|
|
Is set up, equipped and run to provide general surgery. |
|
|
|
Charges for its services. |
|
|
|
Is directed by a staff of physicians. At least one of them must be on the premises when surgery is performed and during
the recovery period. |
|
|
|
Has at least one certified anesthesiologist at the site when surgery requiring general or spinal anesthesia is performed
and during the recovery period. |
|
|
|
Extends surgical staff privileges to: |
|
|
|
Physicians who practice surgery in an area hospital; and |
|
|
|
|
Dentists who perform oral surgery. |
|
|
|
Has at least 2 operating rooms and one recovery room. |
|
|
|
Provides, or arranges with a medical facility in the area for, diagnostic x-ray and lab services needed in connection with
surgery. |
82
|
|
|
Does not have a place for patients to stay overnight. |
|
|
|
Provides, in the operating and recovery rooms, full-time skilled nursing services directed by an R.N. |
|
|
|
Is equipped and has trained staff to handle emergency medical conditions. |
Must have all of the following:
|
|
A physician trained in cardiopulmonary resuscitation; and |
|
|
|
A defibrillator; and |
|
|
|
A tracheotomy set; and |
|
|
|
A blood volume expander. |
|
|
|
Has a written agreement with a hospital in the area for immediate emergency transfer of patients. |
|
|
|
Written procedures for such a transfer must be displayed and the staff must be aware of them. |
|
|
|
Physicians who do not own or direct the facility. |
|
|
|
Keeps a medical record on each patient. |
T (GR-9N 34-095 01-NY) (GR-9N 34-100 02)
Terminally Ill (Hospice Care)
Terminally ill means a medical prognosis of 6 months or less to live.
Therapeutic Drug Class
A group of drugs or medications that have a similar or identical mode of action or exhibit similar
or identical outcomes for the treatment of a disease or injury.
U (GR-9N-S-34-105-01)
Urgent Admission
A hospital admission by a physician due to:
|
|
|
The onset of or change in a illness; or |
|
|
|
The diagnosis of a illness; or |
|
|
|
An injury. |
|
|
|
The condition, while not needing an emergency admission, is severe enough to require confinement as an inpatient
in a hospital within 2 weeks from the date the need for the confinement becomes apparent. |
Urgent Care Provider
This is:
|
|
|
A freestanding medical facility that meets all of the following requirements. |
|
|
|
Provides unscheduled medical services to treat an urgent condition if the persons physician is not
reasonably available. |
|
|
|
|
Routinely provides ongoing unscheduled medical services for more than 8 consecutive hours. |
|
|
|
|
Makes charges. |
|
|
|
|
Is licensed and certified as required by any state or federal law or regulation. |
|
|
|
|
Keeps a medical record on each patient. |
|
|
|
|
Provides an ongoing quality assurance program. This includes reviews by physicians other than those who
own or direct the facility. |
|
|
|
|
Is run by a staff of physicians. At least one physician must be on call at all times. |
|
|
|
|
Has a full-time administrator who is a licensed physician. |
83
|
|
|
A physicians office, but only one that: |
|
|
|
Has contracted with Aetna to provide urgent care; and |
|
|
|
|
Is, with Aetnas consent, included in the directory as a network urgent care provider. |
|
|
|
It is not the emergency room or outpatient department of a hospital. |
Urgent Condition
This means a sudden illness; injury; or condition; that:
|
|
|
Is severe enough to require prompt medical attention to avoid serious deterioration of your health; |
|
|
|
Includes a condition which would subject you to severe pain that could not be adequately managed without urgent
care or treatment; |
|
|
|
Does not require the level of care provided in the emergency room of a hospital; and |
|
|
|
Requires immediate outpatient medical care that cannot be postponed until your physician becomes reasonably
available. |
84
Confidentiality Notice
Aetna considers personal information to be confidential and has policies and procedures in place to
protect it against unlawful use and disclosure. By personal information, we mean information that
relates to a members physical or mental health or condition, the provision of health care to the
member, or payment for the provision of health care or disability or life benefits to the member.
Personal information does not include publicly available information or information that is
available or reported in a summarized or aggregate fashion but does not identify the member
When necessary or appropriate for your care or treatment, the operation of our health, disability
or life insurance plans, or other related activities, we use personal information internally, share
it with our affiliates, and disclose it to health care providers (doctors, dentists, pharmacies,
hospitals and other caregivers), payors (health care provider organizations, employers who sponsor
self-funded health plans or who share responsibility for the payment of benefits, and others who
may be financially responsible for payment for the services or benefits you receive under your
plan), other insurers, third party administrators, vendors, consultants, government authorities,
and their respective agents. These parties are required to keep personal information confidential
as provided by
applicable law. In our health plans, participating network providers are also required to give you
access to your medical records within a reasonable amount of time after you make a request.
Some of the ways in which personal information is used include claim payment; utilization review
and management; medical necessity reviews; coordination of care and benefits; preventive health,
early detection, vocational rehabilitation and disease and case management; quality assessment and
improvement activities; auditing and anti-fraud activities; performance measurement and outcomes
assessment; health, disability and life claims analysis and reporting; health services, disability
and life research; data and information systems management; compliance with legal and regulatory
requirements; formulary management; litigation proceedings; transfer of policies or contracts to
and from other insurers, HMOs and third party administrators; underwriting activities; and due
diligence activities in connection with the purchase or sale of some or all of our business. We
consider these activities key for the operation of our health, disability and life plans. To the
extent permitted by law, we use and disclose personal information as provided above without member
consent. However, we recognize that many members do not want to receive unsolicited marketing
materials unrelated to their health, disability and life benefits. We do not disclose personal
information for these marketing purposes unless the member consents. We also have policies
addressing circumstances in which members are unable to give consent.
To obtain a copy of our Notice of Privacy Practices, which describes in greater detail our
practices concerning use and disclosure of personal information, please call the toll-free Member
Services number on your ID card or visit our Internet site at www.aetna.com.
Additional Information Provided by
Booz Allen Hamilton
The following information is provided to you in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). It is not a part of your booklet-certificate. Your Plan Administrator
has determined that this information together with the information contained in your
booklet-certificate is the Summary Plan Description required by ERISA.
In furnishing this information, Aetna is acting on behalf of your Plan Administrator who remains
responsible for complying with the ERISA reporting rules and regulations on a timely and accurate
basis.
Name of Plan:
Medical, Dental & Prescription drug plan
Employer Identification Number:
504
Plan Number:
36-2513686
Type of Plan:
Welfare
Type of Administration:
Group Insurance Policy with:
Aetna Life Insurance Company
151 Farmington Avenue
Hartford, CT 06156
Plan Administrator:
Booz Allen Hamilton
8283 Greensboro Drive
McLean, VA 22102-3838
Telephone Number:
Agent For Service of Legal Process:
Booz Allen Hamilton
8283 Greensboro Drive
McLean, VA 22102-3838
Service of legal process may also be made upon the Plan Administrator
End of Plan Year:
December 31
Source of Contributions:
Employer
Procedure for Amending the Plan:
The Employer may amend the Plan from time to time by a written instrument signed by Plan
Administrator.
ERISA Rights
As a participant in the group insurance plan you are entitled to certain rights and
protections under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. ERISA provides that all plan
participants shall be entitled to:
Receive Information about Your Plan and Benefits
Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrators office and at other specified locations, such
as worksites and union halls, all documents governing the Plan, including insurance contracts,
collective bargaining agreements, and a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series) that is
filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of
the Employee Benefits Security Administration.
Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation
of the Plan, including insurance contracts, collective bargaining agreements, and copies of the
latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), and an updated Summary Plan Description. The Administrator
may make a reasonable charge for the copies.
Receive a summary of the Plans annual financial report. The Plan Administrator is required by law
to furnish each participant with a copy of this summary annual report.
Receive a copy of the procedures used by the Plan for determining a qualified domestic relations
order (QDRO) or a qualified medical child support order (QMCSO).
Continue Group Health Plan Coverage
Continue health care coverage for yourself, your spouse, or your dependents if there is a loss of
coverage under the Plan as a result of a qualifying event. You or your dependents may have to pay
for such coverage. Review this summary plan description and the documents governing the Plan for
the rules governing your COBRA continuation coverage rights.
Reduction or elimination of exclusionary periods of coverage for preexisting conditions under your
group health plan, if you have creditable coverage from another plan. You should be provided a
certificate of creditable coverage, free of charge, from your group health plan or health insurance
issuer when you lose coverage under the Plan, when you become entitled to elect COBRA continuation
coverage, when your COBRA continuation coverage ceases, if you request it before losing coverage,
or if you request it up to 24 months after losing coverage. Without evidence of creditable
coverage, you may be subject to preexisting condition exclusion for 12 months after your enrollment
date in your coverage under this Plan. Contact your Plan Administrator for assistance in obtaining
a certificate of creditable coverage.
Prudent Actions by Plan Fiduciaries
In addition to creating rights for plan participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are
responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate your Plan,
called fiduciaries of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in your interest and that of
other plan participants and beneficiaries. No one, including your employer, your union, or any
other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from
obtaining a welfare benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.
Enforce Your Rights
If your claim for a welfare benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you have a
right to know why this was done, to obtain documents relating to the decision without charge, and
to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.
Under ERISA there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request
materials from the Plan and do not receive them within 30 days you may file suit in a federal
court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and
pay up to $110 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because
of reasons beyond the control of the Administrator.
If you have a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit
in a state or federal court. In addition, if you disagree with the Plans decision or lack thereof
concerning the status of a domestic relations order or a medical child support order, you may file
suit in a federal court.
If it should happen that plan fiduciaries misuse the Plans money or if you are discriminated
against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor or you
may file suit in a federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees.
If you are successful, the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If
you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim
is frivolous.
Assistance with Your Questions
If you have any questions about your Plan, you should contact the Plan Administrator.
If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, you should
contact:
|
|
the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S.
Department of Labor, listed in your telephone directory; or |
|
|
|
the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration,
U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington D.C. 20210. |
You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by
calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.
Statement of Rights under the Newborns and Mothers Health Protection Act
Under federal law, group health plans and health insurance issuers offering group health insurance
coverage generally may not restrict benefits for any hospital length of stay in connection with
childbirth for the mother or newborn child to less than 48 hours following a vaginal delivery, or
less than 96 hours following a delivery by cesarean section. However, the plan or issuer may pay
for a shorter stay if the attending provider (e.g., your physician, nurse midwife, or physician
assistant), after consultation with the mother, discharges the mother or newborn earlier.
Also, under federal law, plans and issuers may not set the level of benefits or out-of-pocket costs
so that any later portion of the 48-hour (or 96-hour) stay is treated in a manner less favorable to
the mother or newborn than any earlier portion of the stay.
In addition, a plan or issuer may not, under federal law, require that you, your physician, or
other health care provider obtain authorization for prescribing a length of stay of up to 48 hours
(or 96 hours). However, you may be required to obtain precertification for any days of confinement
that exceed 48 hours (or 96 hours). For information on precertification, contact your plan
administrator.
Notice Regarding Womens Health and Cancer Rights Act
Under this health plan, coverage will be provided to a person who is receiving benefits for a
medically necessary mastectomy and who elects breast reconstruction after the mastectomy for:
(1) |
|
reconstruction of the breast on which a mastectomy has been performed; |
|
(2) |
|
surgery and reconstruction of the other breast to produce a symmetrical appearance; |
|
(3) |
|
prostheses; and |
|
(4) |
|
treatment of physical complications of all stages of mastectomy, including
lymphedemas. |
This coverage will be provided in consultation with the attending physician and the patient, and
will be subject to the same annual deductibles and coinsurance provisions that apply for the
mastectomy.
If you have any questions about our coverage of mastectomies and reconstructive surgery, please
contact the Member Services number on your ID card.
Continuation of Coverage During an Approved Leave of Absence Granted to Comply With Federal
Law
This continuation of coverage section applies only for the period of any approved family or medical
leave (approved FMLA leave) required by Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (FMLA). If your
Employer grants you an approved FMLA leave for a period in excess of the period required by FMLA,
any continuation of coverage during that excess period will be subject to prior written agreement
between Aetna and your Employer.
If your Employer grants you an approved FMLA leave in accordance with FMLA, you may, during the
continuance of such approved FMLA leave, continue Health Expense Benefits for you and your eligible
dependents.
At the time you request the leave, you must agree to make any contributions required by your
Employer to continue coverage. Your Employer must continue to make premium payments.
If Health Expense Benefits has reduction rules applicable by reason of age or retirement, Health
Expense Benefits will be subject to such rules while you are on FMLA leave.
Coverage will not be continued beyond the first to occur of:
|
|
The date you are required to make any contribution and you
fail to do so. |
|
|
|
The date your Employer determines your approved FMLA leave is
terminated. |
|
|
|
The date the coverage involved discontinues as to your eligible class. However,
coverage for health expenses may be available to you under another plan sponsored by your Employer. |
Any coverage being continued for a dependent will not be continued beyond the date it would
otherwise terminate.
If Health Expense Benefits terminate because your approved FMLA leave is deemed terminated by your
Employer, you may, on the date of such termination, be eligible for Continuation Under Federal Law
on the same terms as though your employment terminated, other than for gross misconduct, on such
date. If the group contract provides any other continuation of coverage (for example, upon
termination of employment, death, divorce or ceasing to be a defined dependent), you (or your
eligible dependents) may be eligible for such continuation on the date your Employer determines
your approved FMLA leave is terminated or the date of the event for which the continuation is
available.
If you acquire a new dependent while your coverage is continued during an approved FMLA leave, the
dependent will be eligible for the continued coverage on the same terms as would be applicable if
you were actively at work, not on an approved FMLA leave.
If you return to work for your Employer following the date your Employer determines the approved
FMLA leave is terminated, your coverage under the group contract will be in force as though you had
continued in active employment rather than going on an approved FMLA leave provided you make
request for such coverage within 31 days of the date your Employer determines the approved FMLA
leave to be terminated. If you do not make such request within 31 days, coverage will again be
effective under the group contract only if and when Aetna gives its written consent.
If any coverage being continued terminates because your Employer determines the approved FMLA leave
is terminated, any Conversion Privilege will be available on the same terms as though your
employment had terminated on the date your Employer determines the approved FMLA leave is
terminated.
exv10w18
Exhibit 10.18
|
|
|
BENEFIT PLAN
|
|
What Your Plan
Covers and How
Benefits are Paid
|
|
|
Prepared Exclusively for
Booz Allen Hamilton |
|
Retired Officers Comprehensive
Medical and Dental Choice Plans
Aetna Life Insurance Company
Booklet-Certificate
This Booklet-Certificate is part of the Group
Insurance Policy between Aetna Life Insurance Company
and the Policyholder
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
Preface |
|
|
1 |
|
Coverage for You and Your Dependents |
|
|
1 |
|
Health Expense Coverage |
|
|
1 |
|
Treatment Outcomes of Covered Services |
|
|
|
|
When Your Coverage Begins |
|
|
3 |
|
Who Can Be Covered |
|
|
3 |
|
Employees |
|
|
|
|
Eligible Classes |
|
|
|
|
Obtaining Coverage for Dependents |
|
|
|
|
How and When to Enroll |
|
|
4 |
|
Initial Enrollment in the Plan |
|
|
|
|
Special Enrollment Periods |
|
|
|
|
When Your Coverage Begins |
|
|
5 |
|
Your Effective Date of Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Your Dependents Effective Date of Coverage |
|
|
|
|
How Your Medical Plan Works |
|
|
6 |
|
Common Terms |
|
|
6 |
|
About Your Comprehensive Medical Plan |
|
|
6 |
|
Using the Plan |
|
|
|
|
Cost Sharing |
|
|
|
|
Emergency and Urgent Care |
|
|
7 |
|
In Case of a Medical Emergency |
|
|
|
|
Coverage for Emergency Medical Conditions |
|
|
|
|
In Case of an Urgent Condition |
|
|
|
|
Coverage for an Urgent Condition |
|
|
|
|
Follow-Up Care After Treatment of an |
|
|
|
|
Emergency or Urgent Medical Condition |
|
|
|
|
Requirements For Coverage |
|
|
9 |
|
Clinical Review Criteria Requests |
|
|
|
|
What The Plan Covers |
|
|
11 |
|
Comprehensive Medical Plan |
|
|
11 |
|
Wellness |
|
|
11 |
|
Routine Physical Exams |
|
|
|
|
Preventative Health Care Services Expenses |
|
|
|
|
Routine Cancer Screenings |
|
|
|
|
Early Intervention Services |
|
|
|
|
Family Planning Services |
|
|
|
|
Bone Mineral Density Measurement or Test,
|
|
|
|
|
Drug and Devices |
|
|
|
|
Vision Care Services |
|
|
|
|
Limitations |
|
|
|
|
Hearing Exam |
|
|
|
|
Physician Services |
|
|
14 |
|
Physician Visits |
|
|
|
|
Surgery |
|
|
|
|
Anesthetics |
|
|
|
|
Hospital Expenses |
|
|
15 |
|
Room and Board |
|
|
|
|
Other Hospital Services and Supplies |
|
|
|
|
Outpatient Hospital Expenses |
|
|
|
|
Coverage for Emergency Medical Conditions |
|
|
|
|
Coverage for Urgent Conditions |
|
|
|
|
Alternatives to Hospital Stays |
|
|
17 |
|
Outpatient Surgery and Physician Surgical |
|
|
|
|
Services |
|
|
|
|
Birthing Center and Physician Services |
|
|
|
|
Ambulatory Care |
|
|
|
|
Home Health Care |
|
|
|
|
Private Duty Nursing |
|
|
|
|
Hospice Care |
|
|
|
|
Other Covered Health Care Expenses |
|
|
21 |
|
Acupuncture |
|
|
|
|
Ambulance Service |
|
|
|
|
Diagnostic and Preoperative Testing |
|
|
22 |
|
Outpatient Diagnostic Lab Work and |
|
|
|
|
Radiological Services |
|
|
|
|
Outpatient Preoperative Testing |
|
|
|
|
Durable Medical and Surgical Equipment (DME) |
|
|
23 |
|
Experimental or Investigational Treatment |
|
|
23 |
|
Pregnancy Related Expenses |
|
|
24 |
|
Prescription Drugs |
|
|
24 |
|
Prosthetic Devices |
|
|
25 |
|
Hearing Aids |
|
|
|
|
Benefits After Termination of Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Short-Term Rehabilitation Therapy Services |
|
|
26 |
|
Cardiac and Pulmonary Rehabilitation Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Outpatient Cognitive Therapy, Physical Therapy, |
|
|
|
|
Occupational Therapy and Speech Therapy |
|
|
|
|
Rehabilitation Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Reconstructive or Cosmetic Surgery and Supplies |
|
|
28 |
|
Reconstructive Breast Surgery |
|
|
|
|
Specialized Care |
|
|
30 |
|
Chemotherapy |
|
|
|
|
Radiation Therapy Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Outpatient Infusion Therapy Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Diabetic Equipment, Supplies and Education |
|
|
31 |
|
Treatment of Infertility |
|
|
32 |
|
Advanced Reproductive Technology (ART) |
|
|
|
|
Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Jaw Joint Disorder Treatment |
|
|
34 |
|
Enteral Formulas |
|
|
34 |
|
Alcoholism and Substance Abuse |
|
|
|
|
Oral and Maxillofacial Treatment (Mouth, Jaws and
Teeth) |
|
|
35 |
|
Medical Plan Exclusions |
|
|
36 |
|
Your Pharmacy Benefit |
|
|
37 |
|
How the Pharmacy Plan Works |
|
|
37 |
|
Getting Started: Common Terms |
|
|
37 |
|
Accessing Pharmacies and Benefits |
|
|
38 |
|
Accessing Network Pharmacies and Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Emergency Prescriptions |
|
|
|
|
Availability of Providers |
|
|
|
|
Cost Sharing for Network Benefits |
|
|
|
|
When You Use an Out-of-Network Pharmacy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost Sharing for Out-of-Network Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Pharmacy Benefit |
|
|
39 |
|
Retail Pharmacy Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Mail Order Pharmacy Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Self-Injectable Drugs Specialty Pharmacy |
|
|
|
|
Network Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Other Covered Expenses |
|
|
|
|
Pharmacy Benefit Limitations |
|
|
|
|
Pharmacy Benefit Exclusions |
|
|
|
|
How Your Aetna Dental Plan Works |
|
|
43 |
|
Understanding Your Aetna Dental Plan |
|
|
43 |
|
Getting Started: Common Terms |
|
|
43 |
|
Getting an Advance Claim Review |
|
|
43 |
|
When to Get an Advance Claim Review |
|
|
|
|
What The Plan Covers |
|
|
44 |
|
Comprehensive Dental Plan |
|
|
|
|
Schedule of Benefits for the Comprehensive |
|
|
|
|
Dental Plan |
|
|
|
|
Dental Care Schedule |
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Dental Expense Coverage Plan |
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Dental Expense Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Rules and Limits That Apply to the Dental Plan |
|
|
46 |
|
Replacement Rule |
|
|
|
|
Tooth Missing but Not Replaced Rule |
|
|
|
|
Alternate Treatment Rule |
|
|
|
|
Coverage for Dental Work Begun Before You |
|
|
|
|
Are Covered by the Plan |
|
|
|
|
Coverage for Dental Work Completed After |
|
|
|
|
Termination of Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Jaw Joint Disorder Treatment Rule |
|
|
|
|
What The Comprehensive Dental Plan Does Not |
|
|
|
|
Cover |
|
|
48 |
|
When Coverage Ends |
|
|
50 |
|
When Coverage Ends For Retirees |
|
|
|
|
Your Proof of Prior Medical Coverage |
|
|
|
|
When Coverage Ends for Dependents |
|
|
|
|
Continuation of Coverage |
|
|
51 |
|
Continuing Health Care Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Handicapped Dependent Children |
|
|
|
|
Extension of Benefits |
|
|
52 |
|
Coverage for Health Benefits |
|
|
|
|
COBRA Continuation of Coverage |
|
|
53 |
|
Continuing Coverage through COBRA |
|
|
|
|
Who Qualifies for COBRA |
|
|
|
|
Disability May Increase Maximum Continuation
to 29 Months |
|
|
|
|
Determining Your Premium Payments for |
|
|
|
|
Continuation Coverage |
|
|
|
|
When You Acquire a Dependent During a
Continuation Period |
|
|
|
|
When Your COBRA Continuation Coverage
Ends |
|
|
|
|
Conversion from a Group to an Individual Plan |
|
|
|
|
Converting to an Individual Medical Insurance
Policy |
|
|
55 |
|
Eligibility |
|
|
|
|
Features of the Conversion Policy |
|
|
|
|
Limitations |
|
|
|
|
Electing an Individual Conversion Policy |
|
|
|
|
Your Premiums and Payments |
|
|
|
|
When an Individual Policy Becomes Effective |
|
|
|
|
Coordination of Benefits What Happens When
There is More Than One Health Plan |
|
|
58 |
|
When Coordination of Benefits Applies |
|
|
58 |
|
Getting Started Important Terms |
|
|
58 |
|
Which Plan Pays First |
|
|
59 |
|
How Coordination of Benefits Work |
|
|
60 |
|
Right To Receive And Release Needed |
|
|
|
|
Information |
|
|
|
|
Facility of Payment |
|
|
|
|
Right of Recovery |
|
|
|
|
When You Have Medicare Coverage |
|
|
62 |
|
Which Plan Pays First |
|
|
62 |
|
How Coordination With Medicare Works |
|
|
62 |
|
General Provisions |
|
|
64 |
|
Type of Coverage |
|
|
64 |
|
Physical Examinations |
|
|
64 |
|
Legal Action |
|
|
64 |
|
Confidentiality |
|
|
64 |
|
Additional Provisions |
|
|
64 |
|
Assignments |
|
|
65 |
|
Misstatements |
|
|
65 |
|
Incontestability |
|
|
65 |
|
Recovery of Overpayments |
|
|
65 |
|
Health Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Payment of Benefits |
|
|
66 |
|
Records of Expenses |
|
|
66 |
|
Contacting Aetna |
|
|
66 |
|
Reinstatement after Your Dental Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Terminates |
|
|
66 |
|
Effect of Benefits Under Other Plans |
|
|
67 |
|
Effect of An Health Maintenance Organization |
|
|
|
|
Plan (HMO Plan) On Coverage |
|
|
|
|
Effect of Prior Coverage Transferred Business |
|
|
67 |
|
Glossary * |
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Defines the Terms Shown in Bold Type in the Text of This Document. |
Preface (GR-9N 02-005-01)
Aetna Life Insurance Company (ALIC) is pleased to provide you with this Booklet-Certificate.
Read this Booklet-Certificate carefully. The plan is underwritten by Aetna Life Insurance Company
of Hartford, Connecticut (referred to as Aetna).
This Booklet-Certificate is part of the Group Insurance Policy between Aetna Life Insurance Company
and the Policyholder. The Group Insurance Policy determines the terms and conditions of coverage.
Aetna agrees with the Policyholder to provide coverage in accordance with the conditions, rights,
and privileges as set forth in this Booklet-Certificate. The Policyholder selects the products and
benefit levels under the plan. A person covered under this plan and their covered dependents are
subject to all the conditions and provisions of the Group Insurance Policy.
The Booklet-Certificate describes the rights and obligations of you and Aetna, what the plan covers
and how benefits are paid for that coverage. It is your responsibility to understand the terms and
conditions in this Booklet-Certificate. Your Booklet-Certificate includes the Schedule of Benefits
and any amendments or riders.
If you become insured, this Booklet-Certificate becomes your Certificate of Coverage under the
Group Insurance Policy, and it replaces and supersedes all certificates describing similar coverage
that Aetna previously issued to you.
|
|
|
Group Policyholder: |
|
Booz Allen Hamilton |
Group Policy Number: |
|
GP-800105 |
Effective Date: |
|
January 1, 2010 |
Issue Date: |
|
December 22, 2009 |
Booklet-Certificate Number: |
|
3 |
Ronald A. Williams
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
Aetna Life Insurance Company
(A Stock Company)
Coverage for You and Your Dependents (GR-9N 02-005-01)
Health Expense Coverage
Benefits are payable for covered health care expenses that are incurred by you or your covered
dependents while coverage is in effect. An expense is incurred on the day you receive a health
care service or supply.
Coverage under this plan is non-occupational. Only non-occupational injuries and non-occupational
illnesses are covered.
Refer to the What the Plan Covers section of the Booklet-Certificate for more information about
your coverage.
1
Treatment Outcomes of Covered Services
Aetna is not a provider of health care services and therefore is not responsible for and does not
guarantee any results or outcomes of the covered health care services and supplies you receive.
Except for Aetna RX Home Delivery LLC, providers of health care services, including hospitals,
institutions, facilities or agencies, are independent contractors and are neither agents nor
employees of Aetna or its affiliates.
2
|
|
|
When Your Coverage Begins
(GR-9N 29-005-01-NY)
|
|
Who Can Be Covered |
|
|
|
|
|
How and When to Enroll |
|
|
|
|
|
When Your Coverage Begins |
Throughout this section you will find information on who can be covered under the plan, how to
enroll and what to do when there is a change in your life that affects coverage. In this section,
you means the employee.
Who Can Be Covered
Employees
To be covered by this plan, the following requirements must be met:
|
|
|
|
You will need to be in an eligible class, as defined below; and |
|
|
|
You will need to meet the eligibility date criteria described below. |
Eligible Classes (GR-9N 29-005-01-NY)
You are in an eligible class if:
|
|
You are a retired employee of an employer participating in this plan, and you: |
|
|
|
Retired before the effective date of this plan and were covered under the prior plan for
health care coverage on the day before you retired; or |
|
|
|
|
Were covered under this plan or another plan sponsored by your employer on the day before you retired; and |
|
|
|
|
Retire under your employers IRS-qualified retirement plan. |
Determining When You Become Eligible
You become eligible for the plan on your eligibility date, which is determined as follows.
On the Effective Date of the Plan
If you are in an eligible class on the effective date of your plan, your eligibility date is the
effective date of the plan.
After the Effective Date of the Plan
If you are in an eligible class on the date of retirement, your eligibility date is the date you
retire.
If you enter an eligible class after your date of retirement, your eligibility date is the date you
enter the eligible class.
Obtaining Coverage for Dependents (GR-9N 29-010 02)
Your dependents can be covered under your plan. You may enroll the following dependents:
|
|
Your legal spouse; or |
|
|
|
Your domestic partner who meets the rules set by your employer; and |
|
|
|
Your dependent children. |
Aetna will rely upon your employer to determine whether or not a person meets the definition of a
dependent for coverage under the plan. This determination will be conclusive and binding upon all
persons for the purposes of this plan.
3
Coverage for Domestic Partner (GR-9N 29-010 01-NY)
To be eligible for coverage, you and your domestic partner will need to complete and sign a
Declaration of Domestic Partnership.
Coverage for Dependent Children (GR-9N 29-010 02) (GR-9N 29-010-HRPA)
To be eligible, a dependent child must be:
|
|
Unmarried; and |
|
|
|
Under 23 years of age; not working full time, and who can qualify as dependents under the provision of the IRS. |
An eligible dependent child includes:
|
|
Your biological children; |
|
|
|
Your stepchildren; |
|
|
|
Your legally adopted
children; |
|
|
|
Your foster children, including any children placed with you
for adoption; |
|
|
|
Any children for whom you are responsible under court order; |
|
|
|
Your grandchildren in your court-ordered custody; and |
|
|
|
Any other child who lives with you in a parent-child
relationship. |
Coverage for a handicapped child may be continued past the age limits shown above. See Handicapped
Dependent Children for more information.
Important Reminder
Keep in mind that you cannot receive coverage under the plan as:
|
|
Both an employee and a dependent; or |
|
|
|
A dependent of more than one employee. |
How and When to Enroll (GR-9N 29-015 03 NY)
Initial Enrollment in the Plan
You will be provided with plan benefit and enrollment information when you first become
eligible to enroll. To complete the enrollment process, you will need to provide all requested
information for yourself and your eligible dependents.
You will need to enroll within 31 days of your eligibility date.
Special Enrollment Periods
If You Adopt a Child
Your plan will cover a child who is placed for adoption. This means you have taken on the legal
obligation for total or partial support of a child whom you plan to adopt.
Your plan will provide coverage for a child who is placed with you for adoption if:
|
|
The child meets the plans definition of an eligible dependent on the date he
or she is placed for adoption; and |
|
|
|
You request coverage for the child in writing within 31 days of the placement. |
|
|
|
Proof of placement will need to be presented to Aetna prior to the dependent
enrollment. |
|
|
|
Any coverage limitations for a pre-existing condition will not apply to a child
placed with you for adoption provided that the placement occurs on or after the effective date of
your coverage. |
4
When You Receive a Qualified Child Support Order
A Qualified Medical Child Support Order (QMCSO) is a court order requiring a parent to provide
health care coverage to one or more children. A Qualified Domestic Relations Support Order (QDRSO)
is a court order requiring a parent to provide dependents life insurance coverage to one or more
children. Your plan will provide coverage for a child who is covered under a QMCSO or a QDRSO, if:
|
|
The child meets the plans definition of an eligible dependent; and |
|
|
|
You request coverage for the child in writing within 31 days of the court
order. |
Coverage for the dependent will become effective on the date of the court order. Any coverage
limitations for a pre-existing condition will not apply, as long as you submit a written request
for coverage within the 31-day period.
If you do not request coverage for the child within the 31-day period, Aetna will nevertheless
provide the coverage for the child and, for you, if necessary, regardless of whether you request
coverage within the 31 days nor not.
Under a QMCSO or QDRSO, if you are the non-custodial parent, the custodial parent may file claims
for benefits. Benefits for such claims will be paid to the custodial parent.
When Your Coverage Begins (GR-9N 29-015 02 NY)
Your Effective Date of Coverage
Your coverage takes effect on:
|
|
The date you are eligible for coverage |
Your Dependents Effective Date of Coverage
Your dependents coverage takes effect on the same day that your coverage becomes effective,
if you have enrolled them in the plan by then.
If any dependent is considered a late enrollee, coverage will take effect on the first day of the
first calendar month following the end of the late entrant period during which you elect coverage
for such dependent.
5
|
|
|
How Your Medical Plan Works (GR-9N 08-005 01 NY)
|
|
Common Terms |
|
|
Accessing Providers |
|
|
|
|
|
Precertification |
It is important that you have the information and useful resources to help you get the most
out of your Aetna medical plan. This Booklet-Certificate explains:
|
|
Definitions you need to know; |
|
|
|
How to access care, including procedures you need to follow; |
|
|
|
What expenses for services and supplies are covered and what
limits may apply; |
|
|
|
What expenses for services and supplies are not covered by the
plan; |
|
|
|
How you share the cost of your covered services and supplies; and |
|
|
|
Other important information such as eligibility, complaints and appeals,
termination, continuation of coverage, and general administration of the plan. |
Important Notes
|
|
Unless otherwise indicated, you refers to you and your covered dependents. |
|
|
|
Your health plan pays benefits only for services and supplies described in this
Booklet-Certificate as covered expenses that are medically necessary. |
|
|
|
This Booklet-Certificate applies to coverage only and does not restrict your
ability to receive health care services that are not or might not be covered benefits under this
health plan. |
|
|
|
Store this Booklet-Certificate in a safe place for future reference. |
Common Terms (GR-9N 08-010-01) (GR-9N 08-005 01 NY)
Many terms throughout this Booklet-Certificate are defined in the Glossary section at the back
of this document. Defined terms appear in bolded print. Understanding these terms will also help
you understand how your plan works and provide you with useful information regarding your coverage.
About Your Comprehensive Medical Plan (GR-9N 08-015 01 NY)
This Aetna medical plan is designed to cover a range of medical services and supplies for the
treatment of illness and injury and other preventive and routine medical expenses. It does not
provide benefits for all medical care.
The plan will pay for covered expenses up to the maximum benefits shown in this
Booklet-Certificate. Coverage is subject to all the terms, policies and procedures outlined in this
Booklet-Certificate. Not all medical expenses are covered under the plan. Exclusions and
limitations apply to certain medical services, supplies and expenses. Refer to the What the Plan
Covers, Exclusions, Limitations and Schedule of Benefits sections to determine if medical services
are covered, excluded, or limited.
Using the Plan
|
|
When you need medical care, you can directly access physicians, hospitals
and other health care providers of your choice for covered services and supplies under the plan. |
6
|
|
You may have to pay the provider or facility and submit a claim to receive
reimbursement from the plan. You will be responsible for completing and submitting claim forms for
reimbursement of covered expenses you paid directly to the provider. Aetna will reimburse you for a
covered expense up to the reasonable charge, less any cost sharing required by you. |
|
|
|
You will receive notification of what the plan has paid toward your covered
expenses. It will indicate any amounts you owe towards your deductible, payment percentage or other
non-covered expenses you have incurred. You may elect to receive this notification by e-mail, or
through the mail. Call or e-mail Member Services if you have questions regarding your statement. |
Important Note
Failure to precertify will result in a reduction of benefits under this Booklet-Certificate. Please
refer to the Understanding Precertification section for information on how to request
precertification.
Cost Sharing
Important Note:
You share in the cost of your care. Cost Sharing amounts and provisions are described in the
Schedule of Benefits.
|
|
You must satisfy any applicable deductibles before the plan begins to pay
benefits. |
Emergency and Urgent Care (GR-9N-27-005-01)
You have coverage 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, anywhere inside or outside the plans service
area, for:
|
|
An emergency medical condition; or |
|
|
|
An urgent condition. |
In Case of a Medical Emergency
When emergency care is necessary, please follow the guidelines below:
|
|
Seek the nearest emergency room, or dial 911 or your local emergency response
service for medical and ambulatory assistance. If possible, call your physician
provided a delay would not be detrimental to your health. |
|
|
|
After assessing and stabilizing your condition, the emergency room should
contact your physician to obtain your medical history to assist the emergency
physician in your treatment. |
|
|
|
If you are admitted to an inpatient facility, notify your physician as soon as
reasonably possible. |
|
|
|
If you seek care in an emergency room for a non-emergency condition (one that
does not meet the criteria above), your benefits will be reduced. Please refer to the
Schedule of Benefits for specific details about the plan. |
Coverage for Emergency Medical Conditions
Refer to Coverage for Emergency Medical Conditions in the What the Plan Covers section.
Important Reminder
With the exception of Urgent Care described below, if you visit a hospital emergency room for a
non-emergency condition, the plan will pay a reduced benefit, as shown in the Schedule of Benefits.
No other plan benefits will pay for non-emergency care in the emergency room.
In Case of an Urgent Condition (GR-9N-27-010-01)
Call your physician if you think you need urgent care. Physicians usually provide coverage 24
hours a day, including weekends and holidays for urgent care. You may contact any physician or
urgent care provider, for an urgent care condition if you cannot reach your physician.
7
If it is not feasible to contact your physician, please do so as soon as possible after urgent care
is provided. If you need help finding an urgent care provider you may call Member Services at the
toll-free number on your I.D. card, or you may access Aetnas online provider directory at
www.aetna.com.
Coverage for an Urgent Condition
Refer to Coverage for Urgent Medical Conditions in the What the Plan Covers section.
Follow-Up Care After Treatment of an Emergency or Urgent Medical Condition
Follow-up care is not considered an emergency or urgent condition and is not covered as part of any
emergency or urgent care visit. Once you have been treated and discharged, you should contact your
physician for any necessary follow-up care.
For coverage purposes, follow-up care is treated as any other expense for illness or injury. If you
access a hospital emergency room for follow-up care, your expenses will not be covered and you will
be responsible for the entire cost of your treatment. Refer to your Schedule of Benefits for cost
sharing information applicable to your plan.
To keep your out-of-pocket costs lower, your follow-up care should be provided by a physician.
Important Notice
Follow up care, which includes (but is not limited to) suture removal, cast removal and
radiological tests such as x-rays, should not be provided by an emergency room facility.
8
Requirements For Coverage (GR-9N S-09-005- 01 NY)
To be covered by the plan, services and supplies and prescription drugs must meet all of the
following requirements:
1. |
|
The service or supply or prescription drug must be covered by the plan. For a service or
supply or prescription drug to be covered, it must: |
|
|
|
Be included as a covered expense in this Booklet-Certificate; |
|
|
|
|
Not be an excluded expense under this Booklet-Certificate. Refer to the
Exclusions sections of this Booklet-Certificate for a list of services and supplies that are
excluded; |
|
|
|
|
Not exceed the maximums and limitations outlined in this
Booklet-Certificate. Refer to the What the Plan Covers section and the Schedule of Benefits for
information about certain expense limits; and |
|
|
|
|
Be obtained in accordance with all
the terms, policies and procedures outlined in this Booklet-Certificate. |
2. |
|
The service or supply or prescription drug must be provided while coverage is in effect. See
the Who Can Be Covered, How and When to Enroll, When Your Coverage Begins, When Coverage Ends
and Continuation of Coverage sections for details on when coverage begins and ends. |
|
3. |
|
The service or supply or prescription drug must be medically necessary. To meet this
requirement, the medical or dental services, supply or prescription drug must be provided by a
physician, or other health care provider or dental provider, exercising prudent clinical
judgment, to a patient for the purpose of preventing, evaluating, diagnosing or treating an
illness, injury, disease or its symptoms. The provision of the service or supply must be: |
|
(a) |
|
In accordance with generally accepted standards of medical or dental practice; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Clinically appropriate, in terms of type, frequency, extent, site and duration, and considered effective
for the patients illness, injury or disease; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
Not primarily for the convenience of the patient, physician or dental provider or other health care provider; |
|
|
(d) |
|
And not more costly than an alternative service or sequence of services at least as likely to produce equivalent
therapeutic or diagnostic results as to the diagnosis or treatment of that patients illness,
injury, or disease. |
For these purposes generally accepted standards of medical or dental practice means standards
that are based on credible scientific evidence published in peer-reviewed medical or dental
literature generally recognized by the relevant medical or dental community, or otherwise
consistent with physician or dental specialty society recommendations and the views of physicians
or dentists practicing in relevant clinical areas and any other relevant factors.
Clinical Review Criteria Requests
If you or your covered dependent needs additional information on a specific clinical issue,
you may request a clinical review criteria by submitting written request to Aetna. The written
request must contain the following information:
|
|
Persons name; address; and telephone number. |
|
|
|
A request for the clinical review criteria; which Aetna would utilize in making
a coverage determination involving a specific condition, treatment or device. |
The written request should be sent to the following address:
Aetna
CRC Requests Mail Code: F074
One Farr View
Cranbury, N.J. 08512
Aetna will take into consideration the persons individual situation in applying the clinical
review criteria.
9
For questions, or further assistance, the person should call the Customer Services toll-free
telephone number shown in the Identification Card.
Important Note
Not every service, supply or prescription drug fitting the definition for medical necessity is covered by the plan. Exclusions and limitations apply to certain medical services or dental ,
supplies and expenses. For example some benefits are limited to a certain number of days, visits or
a dollar maximum. Refer to your What the Plan Covers and Schedule of Benefits for the plan limits
and maximums.
In case of a denial of coverage, you have full advantage of all appeal rights available under New
York State insurance law.
10
|
|
|
What The Plan Covers (GR-9N 11-005 01 NY)
|
|
Wellness |
|
|
Physician Services |
|
|
|
|
|
Hospital Expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
Other Medical Expenses |
Comprehensive Medical Plan
Many preventive and routine medical expenses as well as expenses incurred for a serious
illness or injury are covered. This section describes which expenses are covered expenses. Only
expenses incurred for the services and supplies shown in this section are covered expenses.
Limitations and exclusions apply.
Wellness
Routine Physical Exams
Covered expenses include charges made by your physician for routine physical exams for
persons age 19 or more. A routine exam is a medical exam given by a physician for a reason other
than to diagnose or treat a suspected or identified illness or injury, and also includes:
|
|
Radiological services, X-rays, lab and other tests given in connection with the
exam; and |
|
|
|
Immunizations for infectious diseases and the materials for administration of
immunizations as recommended by the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices of the Department
of Health and Human Services, Center for Disease Control; and |
|
|
|
Testing for Tuberculosis. |
Covered expenses for children from birth through age 18 also include:
|
|
An initial hospital check up and well child visits in accordance with the
prevailing clinical standards of the American Academy of Pediatric Physicians. |
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
Services which are covered to any extent under any other part of this plan; |
|
|
|
Services which are for diagnosis or treatment of a suspected or identified
illness or injury; |
|
|
|
Exams given during your stay for medical care; |
|
|
|
Services not given by a physician or under his or her direction; |
|
|
|
Psychiatric, psychological, personality or emotional testing or exams; |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any applicable deductibles, coinsurance,
benefit maximums and frequency and age limits for physical exams.
Preventive Health Care Services Expenses (GR 9 NS 11-005 01 NY)
This plan will pay for charges for preventive health care services provided in connection with
a routine physical exam of a dependent child under 19 years of age, as follows. These charges are
not subject to deductible or any lifetime maximum benefit. These services may be provided in a
hospital or physicians office.
11
An initial hospital checkup and well-child visits scheduled in accordance with the prevailing
standards of a national association of pediatric physicians designated by the New York State
commissioner of health.
At each visit, services in accordance with the prevailing clinical standards of the designated
association, including:
|
|
A medical history; |
|
|
|
a complete physical examination; |
|
|
|
developmental assessment;
|
|
|
|
anticipatory guidance; |
|
|
|
appropriate immunizations; |
|
|
|
laboratory tests. |
All necessary immunizations recommended by the Advisory Committee on Immunizations Practices of the
U.S. Public Health Service and the Department of Health of The State of New York, and in accordance
with the minimum benefits mandated by the State of New York.
Not covered are charges for:
|
|
Services which are covered to any extent under any other part of
the plan; |
|
|
|
Services for diagnosis or treatment of a suspected or identified illness or disease; |
|
|
|
Medicines or drugs; |
|
|
|
Appliances, equipment or supplies; |
|
|
|
Premarital exams; dental exams; hearing exams; or exams related in any way to
employment. |
Routine Cancer Screenings
The plan will pay for charges incurred for routine cancer screening, as follows:
Mammograms:
|
|
Upon recommendation of a physician, a mammogram at any age for females having a
history of breast cancer or who have a first degree relative with a prior history of breast cancer; |
|
|
|
A single baseline mammogram for covered females aged 35 through 39; and |
|
|
|
An annual mammogram for covered females aged 40 or older. |
One gynecological exam, including Pap smear, every twelve months.
The following coverage for diagnostic screening of prostatic cancer:
|
|
Standard diagnostic tests, including but not limited to a digital rectal exam
and one prostate specific antigen (PSA) test at any age for males having a prior history of
prostate cancer; and |
|
|
|
An annual standard diagnostic examination, including but not
limited to a digital rectal examination and a prostate specific antigen test for males age 50 or
more who are asymptomatic and for males age 40 or more with a family history of prostate cancer or
other prostate cancer risk factors. |
Fecal occult blood test, sigmoidoscopy, colonoscopy, double contrast barium enema.
Any age limits shown above do not apply to any person who is at high risk for the cancer being
screened.
12
Early Intervention Services Expenses
The plan will pay the following charges even though they may not be incurred in connection
with an injury or disease. Benefits are payable on the same basis as any other sickness. They are
included only for a dependent child:
|
|
Until September 1 of the calendar year in which the child attains the age of 3
years; if the child is born between January 1 and August 31 of that calendar year. |
|
|
|
Until January 2 of the calendar year following the calendar year the child
attains the age of 3 years; if the child is born between September 1 and December 31 of the
preceding calendar year. |
The dependent child must be certified by the New York Department of Health as eligible to
participate in the Early Intervention Program. You must submit proof of such qualification with the
initial claim.
Early Intervention Services Expenses
These are the charges incurred for Early Intervention Services.
Early Intervention Services: These are services, designed to offer a comprehensive array of
educational, developmental, health and social services to eligible infants, children and their
families as specified in program regulations. They include, but are not limited to, the following:
|
|
Speech and language therapy given in connection with a speech impairment
resulting from a congenital abnormality, disease or injury. |
|
|
|
Occupational or physical therapy expected to result in significant improvement
of a body function impaired by a congenital abnormality, disease or injury. |
|
|
|
Clinical psychological tests or treatment. |
|
|
|
Skilled nursing services, on a part-time or intermittent basis, given by an
R.N. or by an L.P.N. |
Benefits paid for early intervention services will not be applied against any maximum lifetime or
annual limits specified in this Booklet-Certificate. However, visit limitations and other terms and
conditions of the Booklet-Certificate will continue to apply to early intervention services. Visits
used for Early Intervention Services will not reduce the number of visits otherwise available under
the coverage for such services.
Family Planning Services (GR-9N 11-005 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges for certain family planning services, even though not
provided to treat an illness or injury. Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for any frequency limits
that apply to these services, if not specified below.
Covered expenses include charges for family planning services, including:
|
|
Voluntary sterilization. |
|
|
|
Voluntary termination of pregnancy. |
The plan does not cover the reversal of voluntary sterilization procedures, including related
follow-up care.
Also see section on pregnancy and infertility related expenses on a later page.
Bone Mineral Density Measurement or Test, Drug and Devices (GR-9N 11-085-NY)
Covered expenses include charges incurred for bone mineral density measurements or tests,
including drugs and devices, for individuals(a) meeting the criteria under the federal Medicare
program or the National Institutes of Health; or (b) previously diagnosed as having osteoporosis or
a family history of osteoporosis; or (c) with symptoms or conditions indicative of the presence or
of significant risk of osteoporosis; or (d) on a prescribed drug regimen posing a significant risk
of osteoporosis; or (e) with lifestyle factors to such a degree posing a significant risk of
osteoporosis; or (f) with such age, gender and/or other physiological characteristics which pose a
significant risk for osteoporosis.
13
Bone mineral density measurements or tests, drugs and devices include those covered under the
federal Medicare program as well as those in accordance with the criteria of the National
Institutes of Health, including dual energy X-ray absoptiometry.
Vision Care Services (GR-9N 11-010 -01)
Covered expenses include charges made by a legally qualified ophthalmologist or optometrist
for the following services:
|
|
Routine eye exam: The plan covers expenses for a complete routine eye exam that includes
refraction and glaucoma testing. A routine eye exam does not include a contact lens exam.
The plan covers charges for one routine eye exam in any Calendar Year. |
Limitations
Coverage is subject to any applicable Calendar Year deductibles, copays and coinsurance
percentages shown in your Schedule of Benefits.
Hearing Exam (GR-9N 11-015-01)
Covered expenses include charges for an audiometric hearing exam if the exam is performed by:
|
|
A physician certified as an otolaryngologist or otologist; or |
|
|
|
An audiologist who: |
|
|
|
Is legally qualified in audiology; or |
|
|
|
|
Holds a certificate of Clinical Competence in Audiology from the American Speech and
Hearing Association (in the absence of any applicable licensing requirements); and |
|
|
|
|
Performs the exam at the written direction of a legally qualified otolaryngologist or
otologist. |
The plan will not cover expenses for charges for more than one hearing exam per Calendar Year.
All covered expenses for the hearing exam are subject to any applicable deductible, copay and
coinsurance shown in your Schedule of Benefits.
Physician Services (GR 9N S 11-20 01 NY)
Physician Visits
Covered medical expenses include charges made by a physician during a visit to treat an
illness or injury. The visit may be at the physicians office, in your home, in a hospital or other
facility during your stay or in an outpatient facility. Covered expenses also include:
|
|
Immunizations for infectious disease, |
|
|
|
Allergy testing, treatment and injections; and |
|
|
|
Charges made by a qualified physician for a second surgical opinion on the need for
surgery; and a second medical opinion by an appropriate specialist (including, but not
limited to a specialist affiliated with a specialty care center for the treatment of
cancer) in the event of a positive or negative diagnosis of cancer; or a recurrence or
cancer; or a recommendation of a course of treatment for cancer. The opinion may be
rendered by either a network or a non-network specialist. |
14
Surgery
Covered expenses include charges made by a physician for:
|
|
Performing your surgical procedure; |
|
|
|
Pre-operative and post-operative visits; and |
|
|
|
Consultation with another physician to obtain a second opinion prior to the surgery. |
Anesthetics
Covered expenses include charges for the administration of anesthetics and oxygen by a
physician, other than the operating physician, or Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetist (C.R.N.A.)
in connection with a covered procedure.
Important Reminder
Certain procedures need to be precertified by Aetna. Refer to How the Plan Works for more
information about precertification.
Hospital Expenses (GR 9N S 11-030 01 NY)
Covered medical expenses include services and supplies provided by a hospital during your
stay.
Room and Board
Covered expenses include charges for room and board provided at a hospital during your stay.
Private room charges that exceed the hospitals semi-private room rate are not covered unless a
private room is required because of a contagious illness or immune system problem.
Room and board charges also include:
|
|
Services of the hospitals nursing staff; |
|
|
|
Admission and other fees; |
|
|
|
General and special diets; and |
|
|
|
Sundries and supplies. |
Other Hospital Services and Supplies
Covered expenses include charges made by a hospital for services and supplies furnished to you
in connection with your stay.
Covered expenses include hospital charges for other services and supplies provided, such as:
|
|
Ambulance services. |
|
|
|
Physicians and surgeons. |
|
|
|
Operating, cytoscopic and recovery rooms. |
|
|
|
Intensive or special care facilities and equipment. |
|
|
|
Administration of blood and blood products, but not the cost of the blood or blood
products. |
|
|
|
Radiation therapy, chemotherapy. |
|
|
|
Speech therapy, physical therapy and occupational therapy. |
|
|
|
Oxygen and oxygen therapy. |
|
|
|
Radiological services, electrocardiographs, electroencephalographs, laboratory testing
and diagnostic services. |
|
|
|
Medications, sera, biological and vaccines. |
|
|
|
Intravenous (IV) preparations, visualizing dyes. |
|
|
|
Discharge planning. |
|
|
|
Dressings and casts. |
15
Outpatient Hospital Expenses
Covered expenses include hospital charges made for:
|
|
Covered services and supplies provided by the outpatient department of a
hospital; |
|
|
|
Hospital services rendered within 24 hours after an accidental injury; and |
|
|
|
X-ray and lab test in the outpatient department of the hospital, to the extent such
services would be provided if an inpatient. |
Important Reminders
The plan will only pay for nursing services provided by the hospital as part of its charge. The
plan does not cover private duty nursing services as part of an inpatient hospital stay.
If a hospital or other health care facility does not itemize specific room and board charges and
other charges, Aetna will assume that 40 percent of the total is for room and board charge, and 60
percent is for other charges.
Hospital admissions need to be precertified by Aetna. Refer to How the Plan Works for details about
precertification.
(NOTE: The duration and any stay for patients undergoing a lymph node dissection or lumpectomy for
treatment of breast cancer, or a mastectomy, will be as determined by the attending physician, in
consultation with the patient.)
In addition to charges made by the hospital, certain physicians and other providers may bill you
separately during your stay.
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for any applicable deductible, copay and coinsurance and maximum
benefit limits.
Coverage for Emergency Medical Conditions (GR-9N 11-035-01)
Covered expenses include charges made by a hospital or a physician for services provided in an
emergency room to evaluate and treat an emergency medical condition.
The emergency care benefit covers:
|
|
Use of emergency room facilities; |
|
|
|
Emergency room physicians services; |
|
|
|
Hospital nursing staff services; and |
|
|
|
Radiologists and pathologists services. |
Please contact your physician after receiving treatment for an emergency medical condition.
Important Reminder
With the exception of Urgent Care described below, if you visit a hospital emergency room for a
non-emergency condition, the plan will pay a reduced benefit, as shown in the Schedule of Benefits.
No other plan benefits will pay for non-emergency care in the emergency room.
Coverage for Urgent Conditions (GR-9N 11-035-01)
Covered expenses include charges made by a hospital or urgent care provider to evaluate and treat
an urgent condition.
Your coverage includes:
|
|
Use of emergency room facilities; |
|
|
|
Use of urgent care facilities; |
|
|
|
Physicians services; |
16
|
|
Nursing staff services; and |
|
|
|
Radiologists and pathologists services. |
Please contact physician after receiving treatment of an urgent condition.
If you visit an urgent care provider for a non-urgent condition, the plan will pay a reduced
benefit, as shown in the Schedule of Benefits.
Alternatives to Hospital Stays (GR-9N 11-035-01)
Outpatient Surgery and Physician Surgical Services
Covered expenses include charges for services and supplies furnished in connection with
outpatient surgery made by:
|
|
An office-based surgical facility of a physician or dentist; |
|
|
|
A surgery center; or |
|
|
|
The outpatient department of a hospital. |
The surgery must meet the following requirements:
|
|
The surgery can be performed adequately and safely only in a surgery center or
hospital and |
|
|
|
The surgery is not normally performed in a physicians or dentists office. |
Important Note
Benefits for surgery services performed in a physicians or dentists office are described under
Physician Services benefits in the previous section.
The following outpatient surgery expenses are covered:
|
|
Services and supplies provided by the hospital, surgery center on the day of the
procedure; |
|
|
|
The operating physicians services for performing the procedure, related pre- and
post-operative care, and administration of anesthesia; and |
|
|
|
Services of another physician for related post-operative care and administration of
anesthesia. This does not include a local anesthetic. |
Limitations
Not covered under this plan are charges made for:
|
|
The services of a physician or other health care provider who renders technical
assistance to the operating physician. |
|
|
|
A stay in a hospital. |
|
|
|
Facility charges for office based surgery. |
Birthing Center (GR-9N 11-045 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made by a birthing center for services and supplies related
to your care in a birthing center for:
|
|
Prenatal care; |
|
|
|
Delivery; and |
|
|
|
Postpartum care within 48 hours after a vaginal delivery and 96 hours after a Cesarean
delivery. |
Limitations
17
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges:
|
|
For the services of a physician who renders technical assistance to the operating
physician. |
|
|
|
In connection with a pregnancy for which pregnancy related expenses are not included as
a covered expense. |
See Pregnancy Related Expenses for information about other covered expenses related to maternity
care.
Ambulatory Care
Covered expenses include charges incurred for ambulatory care in a hospitals outpatient
department of in a physicians office. Ambulatory care includes: services for diagnostic X-rays;
laboratory and pathological examinations; physical and radiation therapy; services and medications
used for non-experimental cancer chemotherapy and cancer hormone therapy.
The services and supplies must be:
|
|
Related to and necessary for treatment or diagnosis of your illness or
injury; |
|
|
|
Ordered by a physician; |
|
|
|
In the case of physical therapy, furnished for the same illness or injury for which you
were hospitalized or for surgery (care must start no later than 6 months after discharge
from the hospital or surgery and is limited to 365 days following surgery or discharge from
the hospital). |
Home Health Care (GR 9 NS 11-050 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges for home health care services when ordered by a physician
provided:
|
|
The charges are made by a home health care agency; and |
|
|
|
The care is given under a home health care plan; and |
|
|
|
The care is given to you in your home while you are homebound. |
Home health care expenses include charges for:
|
|
Part-time or intermittent care by a R.N. or by a L.P.N. |
|
|
|
Part-time intermittent home health aide services provided in conjunction with and in
direct support of patient care. |
|
|
|
Physical, occupational and speech therapy. |
|
|
|
Medical supplies, prescription drugs and medications and lab services by or for a home
health care agency to the extent they would have been covered under this plan if you been
confined in a hospital or skilled nursing facility (as defined in Title XVIII of the Social
Security Act). |
Benefits for home health care visits are payable up to the Home Health Care Maximum. Each visit by
a nurse or therapist is one visit. Each 4 hours of home health aide services is one visit.
Limitations
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
Services or supplies that are not part of the Home Health Care Plan. |
|
|
|
Services of a person who usually lives with you, or who is a member of your or your
spouses or your domestic partners family. |
|
|
|
Transportation |
|
|
|
Services that are for custodial care. |
Important Reminders
The plan does not cover custodial care, even if care is provided by a nursing professional, and
family member or other caretakers cannot provide the necessary care.
18
Home health care needs to be precertified by Aetna. Refer to How the Plan Works for details about
precertification.
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any applicable home health care visit maximums.
Private Duty Nursing (GR-9N S-11-065-01)
Covered expenses include private duty nursing provided by a R.N. or L.P.N. if the persons
condition requires skilled nursing care and visiting nursing care is not adequate. However, covered
expenses will not include private duty nursing for any shifts during a Calendar Year in excess of
the Private Duty Nursing Care Maximum Shifts. Each period of private duty nursing of up to 8 hours
will be deemed to be one private duty nursing shift.
The plan also covers skilled observation for up to one four-hour period per day, for up to 10
consecutive days following:
|
|
A change in your medication; |
|
|
|
Treatment of an urgent or emergency medical condition by a physician; |
|
|
|
The onset of symptoms indicating a need for emergency treatment; |
|
|
|
Surgery; |
|
|
|
An inpatient stay. |
Limitations
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
Nursing care that does not require the education, training and technical skills of a R.N. or L.P.N. |
|
|
|
Nursing care assistance for daily life activities, such as: |
|
|
|
Transportation; |
|
|
|
|
Meal preparation; |
|
|
|
|
Vital sign charting; |
|
|
|
|
Companionship activities; |
|
|
|
|
Bathing; |
|
|
|
|
Feeding; |
|
|
|
|
Personal grooming; |
|
|
|
|
Dressing; |
|
|
|
|
Toileting; and |
|
|
|
|
Getting in/out of bed or a chair. |
|
|
Nursing care provided for skilled observation. |
|
|
|
Nursing care provided while you are an inpatient in a hospital or health care facility,
provided the care can adequately be provided by the facilitys general nursing staff, if it
were fully staffed. |
|
|
|
A service provided solely to administer oral medicine, except where law requires a R.N.
or L.P.N. to administer medicines. |
Skilled Nursing Facility (GR 9N 11-060 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made by a skilled nursing facility during your stay for the
following services and supplies, up to the maximums shown in the Schedule of Benefits, including:
|
|
Room and board, up to the semi-private room rate. The plan will cover up to the private
room rate if it is needed due to an infectious illness or a weak or compromised immune
system; |
|
|
|
Use of special treatment rooms; |
|
|
|
Radiological services and lab work; |
|
|
|
Physical, occupational, or speech therapy; |
|
|
|
Oxygen and other gas therapy; |
|
|
|
Other medical services and general nursing services usually given by a skilled nursing
facility (this does not include charges made for private or special nursing, or physicians
services); and |
19
|
|
Medical supplies. |
|
|
|
The stay must start during a Convalescent Period. A convalescent period starts on the
first day of your stay if you: |
|
|
|
Had a hospital stay of at least three days in a row; while covered under this plan for treatment of an illness or injury; |
|
|
|
|
Start your stay in a skilled nursing facility within 14 days after your discharge from the hospital; |
|
|
|
|
Need skilled nursing facility services to recover from the condition that caused the hospital stay; and |
|
|
|
|
Further hospitalization would otherwise be necessary. |
A convalescent period ends when you have not been confined in a hospital, skilled nursing facility,
or other place giving nursing care for 90 days in a row
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any applicable skilled nursing facility
maximums.
Admissions to a skilled nursing facility must be precertified by Aetna. Refer to Using Your Medical
Plan for details about precertification.
Limitations
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
Charges made for the treatment of: |
|
|
|
Drug addiction; |
|
|
|
|
Alcoholism; |
|
|
|
|
Senility; |
|
|
|
|
Mental retardation; or |
|
|
|
|
Any other mental illness; and |
|
|
Daily room and board charges over the semi private rate. |
Hospice Care (GR 9 N S 11-070 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made by the following furnished to you for hospice care when
given as part of a hospice care program.
Facility Expenses
The charges made by a hospital, hospice or skilled nursing facility for:
|
|
Room and Board and other services and supplies furnished during a stay for pain control
and other acute and chronic symptom management; and |
|
|
|
Services and supplies furnished to you on an outpatient basis. |
Outpatient Hospice Expenses
Covered expenses include charges made on an outpatient basis by a Hospice Care Agency for:
|
|
Part-time or intermittent nursing care by a R.N. or L.P.N. for up to eight hours a day; |
|
|
|
Part-time or intermittent home health aide services to care for you up to eight hours a day. |
|
|
|
Medical social services under the direction of a physician. These include but are not limited to: |
|
|
|
Assessment of your social, emotional and medical needs, and your home and family situation; |
|
|
|
|
Identification of available community resources; and |
|
|
|
|
Assistance provided to you to obtain resources to meet your assessed needs. |
|
|
Physical and occupational therapy; and |
|
|
|
Consultation or case management services by a physician; |
|
|
|
Medical supplies. |
20
|
|
Prescription drugs; |
|
|
|
Dietary counseling; and |
|
|
|
Psychological counseling. |
Charges made by the providers below if they are not an employee of a Hospice Care Agency; and such
Agency retains responsibility for your care:
|
|
A physician for a consultation or case management; |
|
|
|
A physical or occupational therapist; |
|
|
|
A home health care agency for: |
|
|
|
Physical and occupational therapy; |
|
|
|
|
Part time or intermittent home health aide services for your care up to eight hours a day; |
|
|
|
|
Medical supplies; |
|
|
|
|
Prescription drugs; |
|
|
|
|
Psychological counseling; and |
|
|
|
|
Dietary counseling. |
Limitations
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
Daily room and board charges over the semi-private room rate. |
|
|
|
More than 5 visits for bereavement counseling. |
|
|
|
Funeral arrangements. |
|
|
|
Pastoral counseling. |
|
|
|
Financial or legal counseling. This includes estate planning and the drafting of a will. |
|
|
|
Homemaker or caretaker services. These are services which are not solely related to your
care. These include, but are not limited to: sitter or companion services for either you or
other family members; transportation; maintenance of the house. |
|
|
|
Respite care. This is care furnished during a period of time when your family or usual
caretaker cannot attend to your needs. |
Important Reminders
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any applicable hospice care maximums.
Inpatient hospice care and home health care must be precertified by Aetna. Refer to How the Plan
Works for details about precertification.
Other Covered Health Care Expenses (GR-9N S-11-080 01 NY)
Acupuncture
The plan covers charges made for acupuncture services provided by a physician, if the service
is performed:
|
|
As a form of anesthesia in connection with a covered surgical procedure;
and |
|
|
|
To treat an illness, injury or to alleviate chronic pain. |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any applicable acupuncture benefit maximum.
Ambulance Service (GR 9 NS 11-080 01 NY)
Covered expenses include the following:
21
Emergency Transportation
Covered expenses include charges made by an ambulance service, issued a certificate to operate
under the New York Public Health Law, for prehospital emergency medical services. Payment under the
Plan will be payment in full for the services provided. An ambulance service that is so reimbursed
by the Plan will not seek any reimbursement from, or have any recourse against you, except for the
collection of copays, coinsurance or deductibles for which you are responsible under the Plan.
Prehospital emergency medical services means the prompt evaluation and treatment of an emergency
medical condition, and/or non-airborne transportation of a covered person from the place where he
or she is injured or stricken by illness to the hospital where treatment is given. If the person
utilizes non-airborne emergency transportation, reimbursement will be based on whether a prudent
layperson, possessing an average knowledge of medicine and health, could reasonably expect the
absence of such transportation to result in (1) placing the health of the covered person affected
with such condition in serious jeopardy, or in the case of a behavioral condition placing the
health of such person or others in serious jeopardy; (2) serious impairment to such covered
persons bodily functions; (3) serious dysfunction of any bodily organ or part of such covered
person; or (4) serious disfigurement of such covered person.
Non-Emergency Transportation
Covered expenses include charges by a professional ambulance service for the necessary
non-emergency transfer of a covered person via ground ambulance or a medical van.
Limitations
Not covered under this benefit are charges incurred to transport you:
|
|
If an ambulance service is not required by your physical condition; or |
|
|
|
If the type of ambulance service provided is not required for your physical
condition; or |
|
|
|
By any form of transportation other than a professional ambulance service. |
Diagnostic and Preoperative Testing (GR-9N S-11-085 01 NY)
Outpatient Diagnostic Lab Work and Radiological Services
Covered expenses include charges for radiological services, lab services, and pathology and
other tests provided to diagnose an illness or injury. You must have definite symptoms that start,
maintain or change a plan of treatment prescribed by a physician. The charges must be made by a
physician, hospital or licensed radiological facility or lab.
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about any deductible, coinsurance and maximum that
may apply to outpatient diagnostic testing, and lab and radiological services.
Outpatient Preoperative Testing
Prior to a scheduled covered surgery, covered expenses include charges made for tests
performed by a hospital, surgery center, physician or licensed diagnostic laboratory provided the
charges for the surgery are covered expenses and:
|
|
The test are related to your surgery, and the surgery takes place in a hospital or surgery center; |
|
|
|
Reservations for a bed or for an operating room were made prior to the tests: |
|
|
|
The test are completed within 7 days before your surgery; |
|
|
|
|
The test are performed on an outpatient basis; |
|
|
|
|
The test would be covered if you were an inpatient in a hospital; |
|
|
|
|
The test are not repeated in or by the hospital or surgery center where the surgery will be performed; |
|
|
|
|
Test results appear in your medical record kept by the hospital or surgery center where the surgery is performed. |
22
Important Reminder
|
|
If your tests indicate that surgery should not be performed because of your
physical condition, the plan will pay for the test, however surgery will not be covered. |
Durable Medical and Surgical Equipment (DME) (GR 9 NS 11-090 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges by a DME supplier for the rental of equipment or, in lieu of
rental:
The initial purchase of DME if:
|
|
Long term care is planned; and |
|
|
|
The equipment cannot be rented or is likely to cost less to purchase than to rent. |
Repair of purchased equipment. Maintenance and repairs needed due to misuse or abuse are not
covered.
Replacement of purchased equipment if:
|
|
The replacement is needed because of a change in your physical condition; and |
|
|
|
It is likely to cost less to replace the item than to repair the existing item or rent a
similar item. |
The plan limits coverage to one item of equipment, for the same or similar purpose and the
accessories needed to operate the item. You are responsible for the entire cost of any additional
pieces of the same or similar equipment you purchase or rent for personal convenience or mobility.
Covered DME includes equipment, and the accessories needed to operate it, that is:
|
|
Made to withstand prolonged use; |
|
|
|
Made for and mainly used in the treatment of an illness or injury; |
|
|
|
Suited for use in the home; |
|
|
|
Not normally of use to people who do not have an illness or injury; |
|
|
|
Not for use in altering air quality or temperature; and |
|
|
|
Not for exercise or training. |
Durable medical and surgical equipment does not include equipment such as whirlpools, portable
whirlpool pumps, sauna baths, massage devices, over bed tables, elevators, communication aids,
vision aids and telephone alert systems.
Aetna reserves the right to limit the payment of charges up to the most cost efficient and least
restrictive level of service or item which can be safely and effectively provided. The decision to
rent or purchase is Aetnas.
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about durable medical and surgical equipment
deductible, coinsurance and benefit maximums.
Experimental or Investigational Treatment
Covered expenses include charges made for experimental or investigational drugs, devices,
treatments or procedures, provided all of the following conditions are met:
|
|
You have been diagnosed with cancer or a condition likely to cause death within one year
or less; |
|
|
|
Standard therapies have not been effective or are inappropriate; |
|
|
|
Aetna determines, based on at least two documents of medical and scientific evidence,
that you would likely benefit from the treatment;
|
23
|
|
There is an ongoing clinical trial. You are enrolled in a clinical trial that meets
these criteria: |
|
|
|
The drug, device, treatment or procedure to be investigated has been granted
investigational new drug (IND) or Group c/treatment IND status; |
|
|
|
|
The clinical trial has passed independent scientific scrutiny and has been approved
by an Institutional Review Board that will oversee the investigation; |
|
|
|
|
The clinical trial is sponsored by the National Cancer Institute (NCI) or similar
national organization (such as the Food & Drug Administration or the Department of
Defense) and conforms to the NCI standards; |
|
|
|
|
The clinical trial is not a single institution or investigator study unless the
clinical trial is performed at an NCI-designated cancer center; and |
|
|
|
|
You are treated in accordance with protocol. |
Pregnancy Related Expenses (GR 9 N S 11-100 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made by a physician for pregnancy and childbirth services and
supplies at the same level as any illness or injury. This includes prenatal visits, delivery and
postnatal visits.
For inpatient care of the mother and newborn child, covered expenses include charges made by a
Hospital for a minimum of:
|
|
48 hours after a vaginal delivery; and |
|
|
|
96 hours after a cesarean section. |
|
|
|
A shorter stay, if the attending physician, with the consent of the mother, discharges
the mother or newborn earlier. |
Covered expenses include parent education, assistance and training in breast or bottle feeding, and
the performance of any necessary maternal and newborn clinical assessments.
If the mother is discharged earlier, the plan will pay for two post-delivery home visits by a
health care provider. This will not be subject to any deductible or copay and will not count toward
the maximum number of visits under the home health care benefit.
Covered expenses also include charges made by a birthing center as described under Alternatives to
Hospital Care.
Note: Covered expenses also include services and supplies provided for circumcision of the newborn
during the stay.
Prescription Drugs (GR-9N 11-110 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made for outpatient prescription drugs and insulin when
prescribed in writing by a physician to treat an illness or injury. The plan covers both generic
and brand-name prescription drugs.
Also covered will be charges for a prescription drug for the treatment of a certain type of cancer
if the drug has been prescribed for treatment of a cancer for which it has not been approved by the
federal Food and Drug Administration, but the drug is recognized for the treatment of the specific
type of cancer in one of the standard reference compendia, or in medical literature.
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
any outpatient prescription drug covered or excluded from coverage under Aetnas
prescription drug plan in accordance with the prescription drug coverage and
exclusions sections of this Booklet-Certificate or any separately issued
Booklet-Certificate. |
24
Lifestyle/Performance Drugs
Coverage includes:
|
|
Sildenafil Citrate, phentolamine, apomorphine and alprostadil in oral, and
topical (which includes, but is not limited to gels, creams, ointments and patches) forms; or any
other form, internally or externally, are covered; regardless of medical necessity. Coverage
includes: any prescription drug in oral or topical form, that is in a similar or identical class;
has a similar or identical mode of action; or exhibits similar, or identical outcomes. |
|
|
|
Coverage is limited to 6 pills, or other form; determined cumulatively among all forms for unit
amounts; determined by Aetna to be similar in cost to: oral forms, per 30 day supply. |
Prosthetic Devices (GR 9N S 11-110 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made for internal and external prosthetic devices and special
appliances, if the device or appliance improves or restores body part function that has been lost
or damaged by illness, injury or congenital defect. Covered expenses also include instruction and
incidental supplies needed to use a covered prosthetic device.
The plan covers the first prosthesis you need that temporarily or permanently replaces all or part
of a body part lost or impaired as a result of illness or injury or congenital defects as described
in the list of covered devices below for an:
|
|
Internal body part or organ;
or |
|
|
|
External body part. |
Covered expenses also include replacement of a prosthetic device if:
|
|
The replacement is needed because of a change in your physical condition; or
normal growth or wear and tear; or |
|
|
|
It is likely to cost less to buy a new one than to repair the existing one; or |
|
|
|
The existing one cannot be made serviceable. |
The list of covered devices includes but is not limited to:
|
|
An artificial arm, leg, hip, knee
or eye; |
|
|
|
Eye lens; |
|
|
|
An external breast prosthesis and the first bra made solely for use with it
after a mastectomy; |
|
|
|
A breast implant after a mastectomy; |
|
|
|
Ostomy supplies, urinary catheters and external urinary collection devices; |
|
|
|
Speech generating device; |
|
|
|
A cardiac pacemaker and pacemaker defibrillators; and |
|
|
|
A durable brace that is custom made and fitted for you. |
The plan will not cover expenses and charges for, or expenses related to:
|
|
Orthopedic shoes, therapeutic shoes, foot orthotics, or other devices to
support the feet, unless required for the treatment of or to prevent complications of diabetes; or
if the orthopedic shoe is an integral part of a covered leg brace; or |
|
|
|
Trusses, corsets, and other support. |
Hearing Aids (GR-9N-26-005-01)
Covered hearing care expenses include charges for electronic hearing aids (monaural and
binaural), installed in accordance with a prescription written during a covered hearing exam.
Benefits are payable up to the hearing supply maximum listed in the Schedule of Benefits.
25
All covered expenses are subject to the hearing expense exclusions in this Booklet-Certificate and
are subject to deductible(s), copayments or coinsurance listed in the Schedule of Benefits, if any.
Benefits After Termination of Coverage
Expenses incurred for hearing aids within 30 days of termination of the persons coverage
under this benefit section will be deemed to be covered hearing care expenses if during the 30 days
before the date coverage ends:
|
|
The prescription for the hearing aid was
written; and |
|
|
|
The hearing aid was ordered. |
Short-Term Rehabilitation Therapy Services (GR 9N-11-120 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges for short-term therapy services when prescribed by a
physician as described below up to the benefit maximums listed on the Schedule of Benefits. The
services have to be performed by:
|
|
A licensed or certified physical, occupational or speech therapist; |
|
|
|
A hospital, skilled nursing facility, or hospice
facility; |
|
|
|
A home health care agency; or |
|
|
|
A physician. |
Charges for the following short term rehabilitation expenses are covered:
Cardiac and Pulmonary Rehabilitation Benefits.
|
|
Cardiac rehabilitation benefits are available as part of an inpatient hospital
stay. A limited course of outpatient cardiac rehabilitation is covered when following angioplasty,
cardiovascular surgery, congestive heart failure or myocardial infarction. |
|
|
|
Pulmonary rehabilitation benefits are available as part of an inpatient
hospital stay. A limited course of outpatient pulmonary rehabilitation is covered for the treatment
of reversible pulmonary disease states. |
Outpatient Cognitive Therapy, Physical Therapy, Occupational Therapy and Speech Therapy
Rehabilitation Benefits.
Coverage is subject to the limits, if any, shown on the Schedule of Benefits. Inpatient
rehabilitation benefits for the services listed will be paid as part of your Inpatient Hospital and
Skilled Nursing Facility benefits provision in this Booklet-Certificate:
|
|
Physical therapy is covered for non-chronic conditions and acute illnesses and
injuries, provided the therapy expects to significantly improve, develop or restore physical
functions lost or impaired as a result of an acute illness, injury or surgical procedure. Physical
therapy does not include educational training or services designed to develop physical function. |
|
|
|
Occupational therapy (except for vocational rehabilitation or employment
counseling) is covered for non-chronic conditions and acute illnesses and injuries, provided the
therapy expects to significantly improve, develop or restore physical functions lost or impaired as
a result of an acute illness, injury or surgical procedure, or to relearn skills to significantly
improve independence in the activities of daily living. Occupational therapy does not include
educational training or services designed to develop physical function. |
26
|
|
Speech therapy is covered for non-chronic conditions and acute illnesses and
injuries and expected to restore the speech function or correct a speech impairment resulting from
illness or injury; or for delays in speech function development as a result of a gross anatomical
defect present at birth. Speech function is the ability to express thoughts, speak words and form
sentences. Speech impairment is difficulty with expressing ones thoughts with spoken words. |
|
|
|
Cognitive therapy associated with physical rehabilitation is covered when the
cognitive deficits have been acquired as a result of neurologic impairment due to trauma, stroke,
or encephalopathy, and when the therapy is part of a treatment plan intended to restore previous
cognitive function. |
A visit consists of no more than one hour of therapy. Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for the
visit maximum that applies to the plan. Covered expenses include charges for two therapy visits of
no more than one hour in a 24-hour period.
The therapy should follow a specific treatment plan that:
|
|
Details the treatment, and specifies frequency and duration; and |
|
|
|
Provides for ongoing reviews and is renewed only if continued therapy
is appropriate. |
|
|
|
Allows therapy services, provided in your home, if you are homebound. |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about the short term rehabilitation therapy maximum
benefit.
Unless specifically covered above, not covered under this benefit are charges for:
|
|
Therapies for the treatment of delays in development, unless resulting from
acute illness or injury, or congenital defects amenable to surgical repair (such as cleft
lip/palate), are not covered. |
|
|
|
Any services which are covered expenses in whole or in part under any other
group plan sponsored by an employer; |
|
|
|
Any services unless provided in accordance with a specific treatment plan; |
|
|
|
Services for the treatment of delays in speech development, unless resulting
from: illness; injury; or congenital defect; |
|
|
|
Services provided during a stay in a hospital, skilled nursing facility, or
hospice facility except as stated above; |
|
|
|
Services not performed by a physician or under the direct supervision of a
physician; |
|
|
|
Treatment covered as part of the Spinal Manipulation Treatment. This applies
whether or not benefits have been paid under that section; |
|
|
|
Services provided by a physician or physical, occupational or speech
therapist who resides in your home; or who is a member of your family, or a member of your spouses
family; or your domestic partner; |
|
|
|
Special education to instruct a person whose speech has been lost or
impaired, to function without that ability. This includes lessons in sign language. |
27
Reconstructive or Cosmetic Surgery and Supplies (GR-9N 11-125 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made by a physician, hospital, or surgery center for
reconstructive services and supplies, including:
|
|
Surgery to correct the result of an accidental injury provided the surgery
occurs no more than 24 months after the injury. For a covered child, surgery will be covered up to
age 18 or up to 24 months after the injury, whichever period is longer. Injuries that occur during
surgical procedures or medical treatments are not considered accidental injuries, even if unplanned
or unexpected. |
|
|
|
Surgical implantation or attachment of covered prosthetic devices. |
|
|
|
Surgery to correct a gross anatomical defect present at birth. The surgery will
be covered if the defect results in severe facial disfigurement or significant functional
impairment of a body part; and the purpose of the surgery is to improve function. |
Reconstructive surgery which is incidental to or follows surgery for trauma, infection or other
diseases of the involved part, or necessary due to a congenital disease or anomaly of a covered
dependent child which has resulted in a functional defect.
Reconstructive Breast Surgery
Covered expenses include (i) reconstruction of the breast on which a mastectomy was performed,
including an implant and areolar reconstruction. (ii) surgery on the other breast to make it
symmetrical with the reconstructed breast; and (iii) physical therapy to treat complications of
mastectomy, including lymph edema, in as manner determined by you and your attending physician.
Transgender (Sex Change) Surgery
Covered expenses include charges in connection with a medically necessary Transgender (Sex
Change) Surgery as long as you or a covered dependent have obtained precertification from Aetna;
and have met the following conditions:
|
|
|
You or your dependent is at least 18 years old; and |
|
|
|
|
You or your dependent have met criteria for the diagnosis of true transsexualism
including: |
|
|
|
A life-long sense of belonging to the opposite sex and of having been born into the wrong sex, often since childhood; |
|
|
|
|
A sense of estrangement from ones own body; so that any evidence of ones own biological sex is regarded as repugnant; |
|
|
|
|
A desire to make his or her body as congruent as possible with the
preferred sex through surgery and hormone treatment; |
|
|
|
|
A stable transsexual orientation evidenced by a desire to be rid of ones
genitals; and to live in society as a member of the other sex for at least 2 years;
(i.e. not limited to periods of stress); |
|
|
|
|
There is no sexual arousal from cross-dressing; |
|
|
|
|
There is an absence of physical inter-sex of genetic abnormality; and |
|
|
|
|
This is not due to another biological, chromosomal or associated psychiatric disorder; such as schizophrenia. |
|
|
|
You or your dependent must have completed a recognized program of transgender
identity treatment; as evidenced by all of the following: |
|
|
|
Has successfully lived and worked within the desired gender role
full-time for at least 12 months (so-called real-life experience); without periods of
returning to the original gender; |
|
|
|
|
Unless medically contraindicated, has received at least 12 months of
continuous hormonal sex change therapy recommended by a behavioral health provider;
and carried out by an endocrinologist (which can be simultaneous with the real-life
experience); |
28
|
|
|
A behavioral health provider who has been acquainted with you or your
dependent for at least 18 months recommends sex change surgery documented in the form
of a written comprehensive evaluation; |
|
|
|
|
A second concurring recommendation by another qualified behavioral health
provider must be documented in the form of a written expert opinion; as long as one
of the two behavioral health providers possess a doctoral degree (e.g., Ph.D., Ed.D.,
D.Sc., D.S.W., Psy.D., or M.D.); |
|
|
|
|
Psychotherapy is not an absolute requirement for surgery unless the
behavioral health providers initial assessment leads to a recommendation for
psychotherapy that specifies the goals of treatment, estimates its frequency and
duration throughout the real life experience (usually a minimum of 3 months); |
|
|
|
|
For genital surgical sex change; you or your dependent has undergone a
urological examination for the purpose of identifying and perhaps treating
abnormalities of the genitourinary tract; since genital surgical sex change includes
the invasion of, and the alteration of; the genitourinary tract (urological
examination is not required for persons not undergoing genital change); and |
|
|
|
|
You or your dependent have demonstrated an understanding of the proposed
male-to-female or female-to-male sex change surgery with its attendant costs,
required lengths of hospitalization, likely complications, and post surgical
rehabilitation requirements of the planned surgery. |
|
|
|
The covered person has obtained precertification from Aetna. |
Covered expenses include:
|
|
Charges made by a physician for: |
|
|
|
Performing the surgical procedure; and |
|
|
|
|
Pre-operative and post-operative hospital, office and home visits. |
|
|
Charges made by a hospital for inpatient and outpatient services (including outpatient
surgery). Room and board charges in excess of the hospitals semi-private rate will not be
covered; unless a private room is ordered by your physician and precertification has been
obtained. |
|
|
|
Charges made by a Skilled Nursing Facility for inpatient services and supplies. Room and
board charges in excess of the hospitals semi-private rate will not be covered. |
|
|
|
Charges made for the administration of anesthetics. |
|
|
|
Charges for outpatient diagnostic laboratory and x-rays. |
|
|
|
Charges for blood transfusion and the cost of unreplaced blood and blood products. Also
included are the charges for collecting, processing and storage of self-donated blood after
the surgery has been scheduled. |
Important Reminders
No payment will be made for any covered expenses under this benefit unless they have been
precertified by Aetna.
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about deductibles, coinsurance, benefit maximums.
29
Specialized Care (GR-9N S-11-135 01 NY) (GR-9N 11-190-01)
Chemotherapy
Covered expenses include charges for chemotherapy treatment. Coverage levels depend on where
treatment is received. In most cases, chemotherapy is covered as outpatient care. Inpatient
hospitalization for chemotherapy is limited to the initial dose while hospitalized for the
diagnosis of cancer and when a hospital stay is otherwise medically necessary based on your health
status.
Radiation Therapy Benefits
Covered expenses include charges for the treatment of illness by x-ray, gamma ray, accelerated
particles, mesons, neutrons, radium or radioactive isotopes.
Outpatient Infusion Therapy Benefits
Covered expenses include charges made on an outpatient basis for infusion therapy by:
|
|
A free-standing facility; |
|
|
|
The outpatient department of a hospital;
or |
|
|
|
A physician in his/her office or in your
home. |
Infusion therapy is the intravenous or continuous administration of medications or solutions that
are a part of your course of treatment. Charges for the following outpatient Infusion Therapy
services and supplies are covered expenses:
|
|
The pharmaceutical when administered in connection with infusion therapy and
any medical supplies, equipment and nursing services required to support the infusion therapy; |
|
|
|
Professional services; |
|
|
|
Total parenteral nutrition (TPN); |
|
|
|
Chemotherapy; |
|
|
|
Drug therapy (includes antibiotic and antivirals); |
|
|
|
Pain management (narcotics); and |
|
|
|
Hydration therapy (includes fluids, electrolytes and other additives). |
Not included under this infusion therapy benefit are charges incurred for:
|
|
Enteral nutrition; |
|
|
|
Blood transfusions |
Coverage is subject to the maximums, if any, shown in the Schedule of Benefits.
Coverage for inpatient infusion therapy is provided under the Inpatient Hospital and Skilled
Nursing Facility Benefits sections of this Booklet-Certificate.
Benefits payable for infusion therapy will not count toward any applicable Home Health Care
maximums.
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details on any applicable deductible, coinsurance and maximum
benefit limits.
Services Provided by a Center for Eating Disorders
Covered expenses include charges made by a comprehensive care center for eating disorders to
provide a coordinated, individualized plan of care for individuals with eating disorders, including
all necessary non-institutional, institutional and practitioner services and treatments, from
initial patient screening and evaluation to treatment , follow-up care and support.
30
Eating disorder includes, but is not limited to: conditions such as anorexia nervosa, bulimia and
binge eating disorder, identified as such in the ICD-9-CM International Classification of Disease
or the most current edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, or other
medical and mental health diagnostic references generally accepted for standard use by the medical
and mental health fields.
Diabetic Equipment, Supplies and Education (GR-9N 11-35 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges for the following services, supplies, equipment and training
for the treatment of diabetes:
Services
Diabetes self-management education given by a physician (or any other licensed health care
provider), including information on proper diets. Coverage is limited to visits made upon diagnosis
of diabetes, where a physician diagnoses a significant change in the patients symptoms or
condition which requires changes in the patients self-management, or where reeducation or
refresher education is necessary.
Supplies
|
|
Insulin; |
|
|
|
Insulin pumps and accessories; |
|
|
|
Syringes; |
|
|
|
Injections aids for the visually
impaired; |
|
|
|
Test strips for glucose monitoring and visual reading and urine
testing strips |
|
|
|
Blood glucose monitors, including those for the visually impaired |
|
|
|
Lancets; |
|
|
|
Insulin infusion devices; |
|
|
|
Oral agents for controlling blood sugar; |
|
|
|
Cartridges for the visually impaired; |
|
|
|
Prescribed oral medications whose primary purpose is to influence
blood sugar; |
|
|
|
Alcohol swabs; |
|
|
|
Injectable glucagons; |
|
|
|
Glucagon emergency kits; |
|
|
|
Self-management training provided by a licensed health care provider certified
in diabetes self-management training; and |
|
|
|
Foot care to minimize the risk of
infection. |
|
|
|
Any additional equipment and related supplies as may be medically necessary for
the treatment of diabetes. |
End of Life Care
Covered expenses include charges incurred by a covered person who has been diagnosed with advanced
cancer (with no hope of reversal of primary disease and fewer than 60 days to live, as certified
the patients attending physician) for acute care services at an acute care facility specializing
in the treatment of terminally ill patients. The persons attending physician, in consultation with
the
medical director of such facility, must determine that the patients care would be appropriately
provided by such facility. The facility must be licensed pursuant to New York States public health
law, or by the state in which it is located.
In the event Aetna disagrees with the admission of or provision or continuation of care of the
covered person by the facility, and Aetna initiates an expedited external appeal, such admission
of, provision of, or continuation of the care by the facility will not be denied, and Aetna
continue to provide coverage until a decision is rendered. The decision will be binding on all
parties.
31
Treatment of Infertility (GR-9N 11-135 01 NY)
Basic Infertility Services
The plan will include charges made by a physician to diagnose and treat a correctable medical
condition where the medical condition results in infertility.
Comprehensive Infertility Services
The plan covers charges made for hospital, surgical and medical care which would correct
malformation, disease or dysfunction resulting in infertility. The infertility must not be caused
by voluntary sterilization of either one of the partners (with or without surgical reversal); or a
hysterectomy.
Covered expenses will include, but are not limited to, the following services or supplies:
|
|
Ovulation induction; |
|
|
|
Artificial insemination; |
|
|
|
Ultrasound; |
|
|
|
Post-coital test; |
|
|
|
Hysterosalpinogram; |
|
|
|
Laparoscopy; |
|
|
|
Sono-hysterogram; |
|
|
|
Blood tests; |
|
|
|
Endometrial biopsy; |
|
|
|
Hysteroscopy; |
|
|
|
Semen analysis; |
|
|
|
Testis biopsy; and |
|
|
|
Prescription drugs. |
Limitations
Not covered are charges for:
|
|
Purchases of donor sperm and any charges for the storage of any sperm; |
|
|
|
The purchase of donor eggs and any charges associated with care of the donor
required for donor egg retrieval, transfers or gestational carriers; |
|
|
|
Charges associated with cryopreservation, or storage of cryopreserved embryos,
including but not limited to office visits, hospital charges, ultrasounds and lab tests; |
|
|
|
Reversal of elective sterilization; |
|
|
|
Sex change procedures; |
|
|
|
Cloning; |
|
|
|
Gestational carrier programs (surrogate parenting) for you or the gestational
carrier; |
|
|
|
Prescription drugs used for the treatment of an excluded treatment or
procedure, including injectable medications; |
|
|
|
Home ovulation prediction kits; |
|
|
|
In-vitro fertilization; gamete intrafallopian tube transfers; zygote
intrafallopian tube transfers; and intracytoplasmic sperm injection; |
|
|
|
Frozen embryo transfers; including thawing; |
|
|
|
Procedures deemed experimental in accordance with the standards of the American
Society for Reproductive Medicine; |
|
|
|
Services and supplies obtained without
precertification. |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about the copays, deductibles and maximums that apply
to these services.
32
Advanced Reproductive Technology (ART) Benefits
Covered expenses include charges for advanced reproductive technology for the treatment of
infertility, if all of the following tests are met:
|
|
A condition that is a demonstrated cause of infertility has been recognized by
a gynecologist or infertility specialist. |
|
|
|
The procedures are not performed during an inpatient stay in a hospital, or
any other facility. |
|
|
|
FSH levels are less than, or equal to, 19miU on day 3 of the menstrual cycle. |
|
|
|
The infertility is not caused by voluntary sterilization of either one of the
partners (with or without surgical reversal), or a hysterectomy. |
|
|
|
A successful pregnancy cannot be attained through less costly treatment for
which coverage is available under this Plan. |
Covered expenses for ART include:
|
|
In-vitro fertilization (IVF); |
|
|
|
Zygote intra-fallopian transfer
(ZIFT); |
|
|
|
Gamete intra-fallopian transfer
(GIFT); |
|
|
|
Cryopreserved embryo transfers; |
|
|
|
Intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI); or ovum microsurgery; |
|
|
|
Care associated with a donor IVF program. This includes fertilization and
culture; |
|
|
|
Charges for obtaining the sperm of a covered partner are covered if both the
man and the woman are covered by the plan. |
All ART infertility services must be:
|
|
Precertified by Aetnas Infertility Care Management Unit. |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Summary of Coverage for details about the copays, deductibles and maximums that apply
to these services.
Limitations
Not covered are charges for:
|
|
purchases of donor sperm and any charges for storage of any sperm; |
|
|
|
the purchase of donor eggs and any charges associated with the care of the
donor required for donor egg retrievals, transfers or gestational carriers; |
|
|
|
charges associated with cryopreservation, or storage of cryopreserved embryos,
including but not limited to, office visits, hospital charges, ultrasounds and lab tests; |
|
|
|
Reversal of elective sterilization; |
|
|
|
Charges for or related to artificial insemination; |
|
|
|
Gestational carrier programs (surrogate parenting) for you or the gestational
carrier; |
|
|
|
Prescription drugs, including injectable infertility medications; |
|
|
|
Home ovulation prediction kits; |
|
|
|
Frozen embryo transfers, including thawing; |
|
|
|
Services and supplies obtained without the necessary referrals, or claims
authorizations from the Infertility Unit or the Patient Management Unit. |
Important Reminder
Refer to the Schedule of Benefits for details about the copays, deductibles and maximums that apply
to these services.
33
Jaw Joint Disorder Treatment (GR 9N 11-150 01 NY)
When the condition is determined to be medical in nature the plan covers charges made by a
physician, hospital or surgery center for the diagnosis or surgical and non surgical treatment (not
involving cutting) of jaw joint disorder.
A jaw joint disorder is defined as a painful condition:
|
|
Of the jaw joint itself, such as temporomandibular joint dysfunction (TMJ)
syndrome; or |
|
|
|
Involving the relationship between the jaw joint and related muscles and nerves
such as myofacial pain dysfunction (MPD). |
Unless specified above, not covered under this benefit are charges for non-surgical treatment of a
jaw joint disorder.
Enteral Formulas (GR-9N S- 11-085-NY)
Covered expenses include charges incurred for enteral formulas for home use and modified solid
food products that are low in protein or which contain protein, which are prescribed by a physician
for the treatment of certain diseases which include, but are not limited to:
|
|
inherited diseases of amino acid or organic acid
metabolism; |
|
|
|
Crohns disease; |
|
|
|
gastroesophageal reflux with failure to thrive; |
|
|
|
disorders of gastrointestinal motility; |
|
|
|
multiple, severe food allergies. |
Treatment of Alcoholism, Substance Abuse and Mental Disorders
Covered expenses include charges made for the treatment of alcoholism, substance abuse and
mental disorders by physicians and behavioral health providers.
Alcoholism and Substance Abuse (GR 9N 11-175 01 NY)
Covered expenses include charges made for the treatment of alcoholism and substance abuse by
physicians and behavioral health providers. In addition to meeting all other conditions for
coverage, the treatment must meet the following criteria:
The Schedule of Benefits shows the benefits payable and applicable benefit maximums for the
treatment of alcoholism and substance abuse.
Inpatient
The plan covers room and board at the semi-private room rate and other services and supplies
provided during your stay in a hospital or residential treatment facility, appropriately licensed
by the State Department of Health or its equivalent.
Coverage includes detoxification and rehabilitation services.
Outpatient Treatment
The plan covers outpatient treatment of alcoholism or substance abuse.
Partial Confinement Treatment
Covered expenses include charges made for partial confinement treatment provided in a facility or
program for the intermediate short-term or medically-directed intensive treatment of alcoholism or
substance abuse.
34
The partial confinement treatment will only be covered if you would need a hospital stay if you
were not admitted to this type of facility.
One day of partial confinement will count as one outpatient visit for the treatment of alcohol or
substance abuse.
Important Reminder:
Inpatient and partial hospitalization care must be precertified by Aetna. Refer to How the Plan
Works for more information about precertification.
Oral and Maxillofacial Treatment (Mouth, Jaws and Teeth) (GR-9N 11-180-01)
Covered expenses include charges made by a physician, a dentist and hospital for:
|
|
Non-surgical treatment of infections or diseases of the mouth, jaw joints or
supporting tissues. |
Services and supplies for treatment of, or related conditions of, the teeth, mouth, jaws, jaw
joints or supporting tissues, (this includes bones, muscles, and nerves), for surgery needed to:
|
|
Treat a fracture, dislocation, or wound. |
|
|
|
Cut out cysts, tumors, or other diseased
tissues. |
|
|
|
Cut into gums and tissues of the mouth. This is only covered when not done in
connection with the removal, replacement or repair of teeth. |
|
|
|
Alter the jaw, jaw joints, or bite relationships by a cutting procedure when
appliance therapy alone cannot result in functional improvement. |
Hospital services and supplies received for a stay required because of your condition.
Dental work, surgery and orthodontic treatment needed to remove, repair, restore or reposition:
(a) |
|
Natural teeth damaged, lost, or removed; or |
|
(b) |
|
Other body tissues of the mouth fractured or cut
due to injury. |
Any such teeth must have been free from decay or in good repair, and are firmly attached to the jaw
bone at the time of the injury.
The treatment must be completed in the Calendar Year of the accident or in the next Calendar Year.
If crowns, dentures, bridges, or in-mouth appliances are installed due to injury, covered expenses
only include charges for:
|
|
The first denture or fixed bridgework to replace
lost teeth; |
|
|
|
The first crown needed to repair each damaged
tooth; and |
|
|
|
An in-mouth appliance used in the first course of orthodontic treatment after
the injury. |
35
Medical Plan Exclusions (GR 9 N S 28-015 01 NY)
Not every medical service or supply is covered by the plan, even if prescribed, recommended,
or approved by your physician or dentist. The plan covers only those services and supplies that are
medically necessary and included in the What the Plan Covers section. Charges made for the
following are not covered except to the extent listed under the What The Plan Covers section or by
amendment attached to this Booklet-Certificate.
Important Note:
You have medical and prescription drug and dental insurance coverage. The exclusions listed below
apply to all coverage under your plan. Additional exclusions apply to specific prescription drug
and dental coverage. Those additional exclusions are listed separately under the What The Plan
Covers section for each of these benefits.
Charges for a service or supply furnished by a network provider in excess of the negotiated charge,
or an out-of-network provider in excess of the recognized charge.
|
|
Cosmetic services and plastic surgery: any treatment, surgery (cosmetic or plastic),
service or supply to alter, the shape or appearance of the body whether or not for
psychological or emotional reasons, unless medically necessary. But this exclusion will not
apply to (i) Reconstructive Services and Specialized Care Services under What the Plan
Covers section; (ii) removal of bony impacted teeth, bone fractures, removal of tumors and
orthodontogentic cysts; or covered dental services or supplies to treat congenital defects
or anomalies (including cleft lip or cleft palate) of covered dependent children. |
Custodial Care
Non-medically necessary services, including but not limited to, those treatments, services,
prescription drugs and supplies which are not medically necessary, as determined by Aetna, for the
diagnosis and treatment of illness, injury, restoration of physiological functions, or covered
preventive services. This applies even if they are prescribed, recommended or approved by your
physician or dentist.
Services that are not covered under this Booklet-Certificate.
Services and supplies provided in connection with treatment or care that is not covered under the
plan.
Unauthorized services, including any service obtained by or on behalf of a covered person without
Precertification by Aetna when required. This exclusion does not apply in a Medical Emergency or in
an Urgent Care situation.
36
Your Pharmacy Benefit (GR-9N-S-12-005-02)
How the Pharmacy Plan Works
It is important that you have the information and useful resources to help you get the most
out of your Aetna prescription drug plan. This Booklet-Certificate explains:
|
|
Definitions you need to know; |
|
|
|
How to access network pharmacies and procedures you need to follow; |
|
|
|
What prescription drug expenses are covered and what limits may apply; |
|
|
|
What prescription drug expenses are not covered by the plan; |
|
|
|
How you share the cost of your covered prescription drug expenses; and |
|
|
|
Other important information such as eligibility, complaints and appeals, termination,
and general administration of the plan. |
A few important notes to consider before moving forward:
|
|
Unless otherwise indicated, you refers to you and your covered dependents. |
|
|
|
Your prescription drug plan pays benefits only for prescription drug expenses described
in this Booklet-Certificate as covered expenses that are medically necessary. |
|
|
|
This Booklet-Certificate applies to coverage only and does not restrict your ability to
receive prescription drugs that are not or might not be covered benefits under this
prescription drug plan. |
|
|
|
Store this Booklet-Certificate in a safe place for future reference. |
(GR-9N 12-005 01 NY)
Notice
The plan does not cover all prescription drugs, medications and supplies. Refer to the Limitations
section of this coverage and Exclusions section of your Booklet-Certificate.
|
|
Covered expenses are subject to cost sharing requirements as described in the
Cost Sharing sections of this coverage and in your Schedule of Benefits. |
Getting Started: Common Terms (GR-9N 12-010 01NY)
You will find the terms below used throughout this Booklet-Certificate. They are described
within the sections that follow, and you can also refer to the Glossary at the back of this
document for helpful definitions. Words in bold print throughout the document are defined in the
Glossary.
Brand-Named Prescription Drug is a prescription drug with a proprietary name assigned to it by the
manufacturer and so indicated by Medispan or any other similar publication designated by Aetna or
an affiliate.
Generic Prescription Drug is a prescription drug, whether identified by its chemical, proprietary,
or non-proprietary name, that is accepted by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration as
therapeutically equivalent and interchangeable with drugs having an identical amount of the same
active ingredient and so indicated by Medispan or any other publication designated by Aetna or an
affiliate.
Network pharmacy is a description of a retail, mail order or specialty pharmacy that has entered
into a contractual agreement with Aetna for the provision of covered services to you and your
covered dependents at a negotiated charge. The appropriate pharmacy type may also be substituted
for the word pharmacy. (E.g. network retail pharmacy, network mail order pharmacy or specialty
pharmacy network).
37
Non-Preferred Drug (Non-Formulary) is a brand-named prescription drug or generic prescription drug
that does not appear on the preferred drug guide.
Out-of-network pharmacy is a description of a pharmacy that has not contracted with Aetna to reduce
their fees and does not participate in the Aetna pharmacy network.
Preferred Drug (Formulary) is a brand-named prescription drug or generic prescription drug that
appears on the preferred drug guide.
Preferred Drug Guide is a listing of prescription drugs established by Aetna or an affiliate, which
includes both brand-named prescription drugs and generic prescription drugs. This list is subject
to periodic review and modification by Aetna or an affiliate. A copy of the preferred drug guide
will be available upon your request or may be accessed on the Aetna website at
www.aetna.com/formulary.
Prescription Drug is a drug, biological, or compounded prescription which, by State or Federal Law,
may be dispensed only by prescription and which is required by Federal Law to be labeled Caution:
Federal Law prohibits dispensing without prescription. This includes an injectable drug prescribed
to be self-administered or administered by any other person except one who is acting within his or
her capacity as a paid healthcare professional. Covered injectable drugs include insulin.
Provider is any recognized health care professional, pharmacy or facility providing services with
the scope of their license.
Specialty
Pharmacy Network. Aetnas network of participating pharmacies designated to fill
Self-injectable Drug prescriptions.
Accessing Pharmacies and Benefits (GR-9N-S-12-015-01-NY)
This plan provides access to covered benefits through a network of pharmacies, vendors or
suppliers. These network pharmacies have contracted with Aetna to provide prescription drugs and
other supplies to you at a negotiated charge. You also have the choice to access state licensed
pharmacies outside the network for covered expenses.
Obtaining your benefits through network pharmacies has many advantages. Your out-of-pocket costs
may vary between network and out-of-network benefits. Benefits and cost sharing may also vary by
the type of network pharmacy where you obtain your prescription drug and whether or not you
purchase a brand-name or generic drug. Network pharmacies include retail, mail order and specialty
pharmacies.
Read your
Schedule of Benefits carefully to understand the cost sharing
charges applicable to you To better understand the choices that you have with your plan, please carefully review the following information.
Accessing Network Pharmacies and Benefits (GR-9N 12-015 02)
You may select a network pharmacy from the Aetna Network Pharmacy Directory or by logging on
to Aetnas website at www.aetna.com. You can search
Aetnas online directory, DocFind, for names
and locations of network pharmacies. If you cannot locate a network pharmacy in your area call
Member Services.
You must present your ID card to the network pharmacy every time you get a prescription filled to
be eligible for network benefits. The network pharmacy will calculate your claim online. You will
pay any deductible, copayment or coinsurance directly to the network pharmacy.
Aetna will pay the network pharmacy the plan coinsurance percentage for a covered expense, less any
cost sharing required by you. You do not have to complete or submit claim forms. The network
pharmacy will take care of claim submission.
38
Emergency Prescriptions (GR-9N-S-12-015-01-NY)
When you need a prescription filled in an emergency or urgent care situation, or when you are
traveling, you can obtain network benefits by filling your prescription at any network retail
pharmacy. The network pharmacy will fill your prescription and only charge you your plans cost
sharing amount. If you access an out-of-network pharmacy you will pay the full cost of the
prescription and will need to file a claim for reimbursement, you will be reimbursed for your
covered expenses up to the cost of the prescription less any applicable cost sharing required by
you.
Availability of Providers
Aetna cannot guarantee the availability or continued network participation of a particular
pharmacy. Either Aetna or any network pharmacy may terminate the provider contract.
Cost Sharing for Network Benefits
You share in the cost of your benefits. Cost Sharing amounts and provisions are described in the
Schedule of Benefits.
|
|
After you pay the applicable copayment, if any, you will be responsible for any
applicable coinsurance for covered expenses that you incur. Your coinsurance is based on
the negotiated charge. You will not have to pay any balance bills above the negotiated
charge for the covered expense. |
When You Use an Out-of-Network Pharmacy (GR-9N-S-12-020-01-NY) (GR-9N 13-005 01 NY)
You can directly access an out-of-network pharmacy to obtain covered outpatient prescription
drugs. You will pay the pharmacy for your prescription drugs at the time of purchase and submit a
claim form to receive reimbursement from the plan. You are responsible for completing and
submitting claim forms for reimbursement of covered expenses you paid directly to an out-of-network
pharmacy. Aetna will reimburse you for a covered expense up to the recognized charge, less any cost
sharing required by you.
Cost Sharing for Out-of-Network Benefits (GR-9N-S-12-020-01-NY)
You share in the cost of your benefits. Cost Sharing amounts and provisions are described in
the Schedule of Benefits.
Pharmacy Benefit (GR-9N 13-005 01 NY)
What the Plan Covers
The plan covers charges for outpatient prescription drugs for the treatment of an illness or
injury, subject to the Limitations section of this coverage and the Exclusions section of the
Booklet-Certificate. Prescriptions must be written by a prescriber licensed to prescribe federal
legend prescription drugs.
Generic prescription drugs may be substituted by your pharmacist for brand-name prescription drugs.
You may minimize your out-of-pocket expenses by selecting a generic prescription drug when
available.
Coverage of prescription drugs will be subject to Aetna requirements or limitations. Prescription
drugs covered by this plan are subject to drug utilization review by Aetna and/or your provider
and/or your network pharmacy.
Coverage for prescription drugs and supplies is limited to the supply limits as described below.
Retail Pharmacy Benefits
Outpatient prescription drugs are covered when dispensed by a network retail pharmacy. Each
prescription is limited to a maximum 30 day supply when filled at a network retail pharmacy.
Prescriptions for more than a 30 day supply are not eligible for coverage when dispensed by a
network retail pharmacy.
39
All prescriptions and refills over a 30 day supply must be filled at a mail order pharmacy.
Mail Order Pharmacy Benefits
Outpatient prescription drugs are covered when dispensed by a network mail order pharmacy.
Each prescription is limited to less than a 90 day supply when filled at a network mail order
pharmacy. Prescriptions for less than a 30 day supply or a 90 day supply are not eligible for
coverage when dispensed by a network mail order pharmacy.
Self-Injectable Drugs Specialty Pharmacy Network Benefits
Self-injectable drugs are covered at the network level of benefits only when dispensed through
a network retail pharmacy or Aetnas specialty pharmacy network. Refer to the preferred drug guide
for a list of self-injectable drugs. You may refer to
Aetnas website, www.aetna.com to review the
list anytime. The list may be updated from time to time.
Each prescription is limited to a maximum 30 day supply when filled at Aetnas specialty pharmacy
network.
Other Covered Expenses (GR-9N 13-005 01 NY)
The following prescription drugs, medications and supplies are also covered expenses under
this Coverage.
Off-Label Use (GR-9N 13-005 01 NY)
FDA approved prescription drugs may be covered when the off-label use of the drug has not been
approved by the FDA for that indication. The drug must be recognized for treatment of the
indication in one of the standard compendia (the United States Pharmacopoeia Drug Information, the
American Medical Association Drug Evaluations, or the American Hospital Formulary Service Drug
Information). Or, the safety and effectiveness of use for this indication has been adequately
demonstrated by at least one study published in a nationally recognized peer review journal.
Coverage of off label use of these drugs may be subject to Aetna requirements or limitations.
Diabetic Supplies (GR-9N 13-005 01 NY)
The following diabetic supplies upon prescription by a physician:
|
|
Diabetic needles and syringes. |
|
|
|
Test strips for glucose monitoring and/or visual reading. |
|
|
|
Diabetic test agents. |
|
|
|
Lancets/lancing devices. |
|
|
|
Alcohol swabs. |
Pharmacy Benefit Limitations (GR-9N 13-015 01 NY)
A network pharmacy may refuse to fill a prescription order or refill when in the professional
judgment of the pharmacist the prescription should not be filled.
The plan will not cover expenses for any prescription drug for which the actual charge to you is
less than the required copayment or deductible, or for any prescription drug for which no charge is
made to you.
You will be charged the out-of-network prescription drug cost sharing for prescription drugs
recently approved by the FDA, but which have not yet been reviewed by the Aetna Health Pharmacy
Management Department and Therapeutics Committee.
The number of copayments/deductibles you are responsible for per vial of Depo-Provera, an
injectable contraceptive, or similar type contraceptive dispensed will be based on the 90 day
supply level. Coverage is limited to a maximum of 5 vials per Calendar Year.
40
Pharmacy Benefit Exclusions (GR-9N S-28-020-01 NY)
Not every health care service or supply is covered by the plan, even if prescribed,
recommended, or approved by your physician or dentist. The plan covers only those services and
supplies that are medically necessary and included in the What the Plan Covers section. Charges
made for the following are not covered except to the extent listed under the What the Plan Covers
section or by amendment attached to this Booklet-Certificate . In addition, some services are
specifically limited or excluded. This section describes expenses that are not covered or subject
to special limitations.
These prescription drug exclusions are in addition to the exclusions listed under your medical
coverage.
The plan does not cover the following expenses:
|
|
Administration or injection of any drug. |
|
|
|
Any charges in excess of the benefit, dollar, day, or supply limits stated in this
Booklet-Certificate. |
Any drugs or medications, services and supplies that are not medically necessary, as determined by
Aetna, for the diagnosis, care or treatment of the illness or injury involved. This applies even if
they are prescribed, recommended or approved by your physician or dentist.
Biological
sera, blood, blood plasma, blood products or substitutes or any other
blood products. Drugs which do not, by federal or state law, require a prescription order (i.e. over-the-counter (OTC) drugs), even if a prescription is written.
Drugs provided by, or while the person is an inpatient in, any healthcare facility; or for any
drugs provided on an outpatient basis in any such institution to the extent benefits are payable
for it.
Drugs used primarily for the treatment of infertility, or for or related to artificial
insemination, in vitro fertilization, or embryo transfer procedures, except as described in the
What the Plan Covers section.
Durable medical equipment, monitors and other equipment.
Experimental or investigational drugs or devices, except as described in the What the Plan Covers
section.
This exclusion will not apply with respect to drugs that:
|
|
Have been granted treatment investigational new drug (IND); or Group c/treatment IND
status; or |
|
|
|
Are being studied at the Phase III level in a national clinical trial sponsored by the
National Cancer Institute; and |
|
|
|
Aetna determines, based on available scientific evidence, are effective or show promise
of being effective for the illness. |
Food items: Any food item, including infant formulas, nutritional supplements, vitamins, including
prescription vitamins, medical foods and other nutritional items, even if it is the sole source of
nutrition. This exclusion will not apply to expenses incurred for enteral formulas for home use and
modified solid food products that are low in protein or which contain protein, which are prescribed
by a physician for the treatment of certain diseases which include, but are not limited to: (a)
inherited diseases of amino acid or organic acid metabolism; (b) Crohns disease; (c)
gastroesophageal reflux with failure to thrive; (d) disorders of gastrointestinal motility; (e)
multiple, severe food allergies.
Genetics: Any treatment, device, drug, or supply to alter the bodys genes, genetic make-up, or the
expression of the bodys genes except for the correction of congenital birth defects.
Immunization or immunological agents.
Implantable drugs and associated devices.
41
Injectables:
|
|
Any charges for the administration or injection of prescription drugs or injectable
insulin and other injectable drugs covered by Aetna; |
|
|
|
Injectable agents, except insulin; |
|
|
|
Needles and syringes, except for diabetic needles and syringes; |
|
|
|
Unless medically necessary, injectable drugs if an alternative oral drug is available. |
521487
NY, MD
04/2008
Prescription drugs for which there is an over-the-counter (OTC) product which has the same active
ingredient and strength even if a prescription is written.
Prescription drugs, medications, injectables or supplies provided through a third party vendor
contract with the policyholder.
Prescription orders filled prior to the effective date or after the termination date of coverage
under this Booklet-Certificate.
Prophylactic drugs for travel.
Refills in excess of the amount specified by the prescription order. Before recognizing charges,
Aetna may require a new prescription or evidence as to need, if a prescription or refill appears
excessive under accepted medical practice standards.
Refills dispensed more than one year from the date the latest prescription order was written, or as
otherwise permitted by applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the drug is dispensed.
Replacement of lost or stolen prescriptions.
Drugs, services and supplies provided in connection with treatment of an occupational injury or
occupational illness.
Supplies, devices or equipment of any type, except as specifically provided in the What the Plan
Covers section.
Test agents except diabetic test agents.
42
|
|
|
How Your Aetna Dental Plan Works
(GR-9N 16-005-01)
|
|
Common Terms
What the Plan Covers
Rules that Apply to the Plan
What the Plan Does Not Cover |
Understanding Your Aetna Dental Plan
It is important that you have the information and useful resources to help you get the most
out of your Aetna dental plan. This Booklet-Certificate explains:
|
|
Definitions you need to know; |
|
|
|
How to access care, including procedures you need to follow; |
|
|
|
What services and supplies are covered and what limits may apply; |
|
|
|
What services and supplies are not covered by the plan; |
|
|
|
How you share the cost of your covered services and supplies; and |
|
|
|
Other important information such as eligibility, complaints and appeals, termination,
continuation of coverage and general administration of the plan. |
Important Notes:
Unless otherwise indicated, you refers to you and your covered dependents. You can refer to the
Eligibility section for a complete definition of you.
This Booklet-Certificate applies to coverage only and does not restrict your ability to receive
covered expenses that are not or might not be covered expenses under this dental plan.
Store this Booklet-Certificate in a safe place for future reference.
Getting Started: Common Terms (GR-9N 16-010-01)
Many terms throughout this Booklet-Certificate are defined in the Glossary Section at the back
of this document. Defined terms appear in bolded print. Understanding these terms will also help
you understand how your plan works and provide you with useful information regarding your coverage.
Getting an Advance Claim Review (GR-9N 16-035-01)
The purpose of the advance claim review is to determine, in advance, the benefits the plan will pay
for proposed services. Knowing ahead of time which services are covered by the plan, and the
benefit amount payable, helps you and your dentist make informed decisions about the care you are
considering.
Important Note
The pre-treatment review process is not a guarantee of benefit payment, but rather an estimate of
the amount or scope of benefits to be paid.
43
When to Get an Advance Claim Review
An advance claim review is recommended whenever a course of dental treatment is likely to cost
more than $350. Ask your dentist to write down a full description of the treatment you need, using
either an Aetna claim form or an ADA approved claim form. Then, before actually treating you, your
dentist should send the form to Aetna. Aetna may request supporting x-rays and other diagnostic
records. Once all of the information has been gathered, Aetna will review the proposed treatment
plan and provide you and your dentist with a statement outlining the benefits payable by the plan.
You and your dentist can then decide how to proceed.
The advance claim review is voluntary. It is a service that provides you with information that you
and your dentist can consider when deciding on a course of treatment. It is not necessary for
emergency treatment or routine care such as cleaning teeth or check-ups.
In determining the amount of benefits payable, Aetna will take into account alternate procedures,
services, or courses of treatment for the dental condition in question in order to accomplish the
anticipated result. (See Benefits When Alternate Procedures Are Available for more information on
alternate dental procedures.)
What is a Course of Dental Treatment?
A course of dental treatment is a planned program of one or more services or supplies. The
services or supplies are provided by one or more dentists to treat a dental condition that was
diagnosed by the attending dentist as a result of an oral examination. A course of treatment starts
on the date your dentist first renders a service to correct or treat the diagnosed dental
condition.
What The Plan Covers (GR-9N 18-005-01)
Comprehensive Dental Plan
Schedule of Benefits for the Comprehensive Dental Plan
Comprehensive Dental is merely a name of the benefits in this section. The plan does not pay a
benefit for all dental care expenses you incur.
Important Reminder
Your dental services and supplies must meet the following rules to be covered by the plan:
|
|
The services and supplies must be medically necessary. |
|
|
|
The services and supplies must be covered by the plan. |
|
|
|
You must be covered by the plan when you incur the expense. |
Covered expenses include charges made by a dentist for the services and supplies that are listed in
the dental care schedule as shown in the Schedule of Benefits.
The next sentence applies if:
|
|
A charge is made for an unlisted service given for the dental care of a specific
condition; and |
|
|
|
The list includes one of more services that, under standard practices, are separately
suitable for the dental care of that condition. |
In that case, the charge will be considered to have been made for a service in the list that Aetna
determines would have produced a professionally acceptable result.
44
Dental Care Schedule
The dental care schedule is a list of dental expenses that are covered by the plan. There are
several categories of covered expenses:
|
|
Preventive |
|
|
|
Diagnostic |
|
|
|
Restorative |
|
|
|
Oral surgery |
|
|
|
Endodontics |
|
|
|
Periodontics |
These covered services and supplies are grouped as Type A, Type B or Type C.
Comprehensive Dental Expense Coverage Plan (GR-9N 18-006-01)
(GR-9N-19-006-01)
The following additional dental expenses will be considered covered expenses for you and your
covered dependent if you have medical coverage insured or administered by Aetna and have at least
one of the following conditions:
|
|
Pregnancy; |
|
|
|
Coronary artery disease/cardiovascular disease; |
|
|
|
Cerebrovascular disease; or |
|
|
|
Diabetes |
Additional Covered Dental Expenses
|
|
One additional prophylaxis (cleaning) per year. |
|
|
|
Scaling and root planing, (4 or more teeth); per quadrant; |
|
|
|
Scaling and root planing (limited to 1-3 teeth); per quadrant; |
|
|
|
Full mouth debridement; |
|
|
|
Periodontal maintenance (one additional treatment per year); and |
|
|
|
Localized delivery of antimicrobial agents. (Not covered for
pregnancy) |
Payment of Benefits
The additional prophylaxis, the benefit will be payable the same as other prophylaxis under the
plan.
The plan coinsurance applied to the other covered dental expenses above will be 100%. These
additional benefits will not be subject to any frequency limits except as shown above or any
Calendar Year maximum.
Aetna will reimburse the provider directly, or you may pay the provider directly and then submit a
claim for reimbursement for covered expenses.
Comprehensive Dental Expense Coverage (GR-9N 18-007-01)
Calendar Year Maximum Benefit
This plan has a Calendar Year maximum benefit. This is the most Aetna will pay for all covered
dental expenses incurred by you or your covered dependent in a Calendar Year. The Calendar Year
Maximum Benefit Amount applies even if there is a break in your coverage with Aetna.
Refer to your Schedule of Benefits for the maximum amounts.
45
Important Reminder (GR-9N 18-010-01)
The deductible, payment percentage and maximums that apply to each type of dental care are shown in
the
Schedule of Benefits.
You may receive services and supplies from network and out-of-network providers. Services and
supplies given by a network provider are covered at the network level of benefits shown in the
Schedule of Benefits. Services and supplies given by an out-of-network provider are covered at the
out-of-network level of benefits shown in the
Schedule of Benefits.
Refer to About the Comprehensive Dental Coverage for more information about covered services and
supplies.
Type A Expenses
Oral exams once every six months. This includes prophylaxis (limited to 2 treatments per year),
scaling, and cleaning of teeth.
Topical application of sodium or stannous fluoride, (limited to children under age 19).
X-rays for diagnosis. Also other X-rays not to exceed one full mouth series in a 36 month period
and one set of bitewings in a 6 month period.
Emergency palliative treatment.
First installation of a space maintainers to replace any baby tooth which is lost prematurely.
Type B Expenses
Oral Surgery
Extractions
Sealants, per tooth (limited to one application every 3 years for permanent molars and bicuspids
only, and to children under age 14)
Fillings.
General anesthetics given in connection with covered dental services.
Treatment of diseased periodontal structures.
Endodontic treatment. This includes root canal therapy.)
Injection of antibiotic drugs.
Type C Expenses
Inlays, gold fillings, or crowns. This includes precision attachments for dentures.
First installation of fixed bridgework to replace one or more natural teeth extracted while the
person is covered.
This includes inlays and crowns as abutments.
Replacement of an existing removable denture or fixed bridgework by new fixed bridgework, or the
adding of teeth to existing fixed bridgework. But, the Replacement Rule below must be met.
Repair or recementing of crowns, inlays, bridgework, or dentures.
Relining of dentures.
First installation of removable dentures to replace one or more natural teeth extracted while the
person is covered.
This includes adjustments for the 6 month period following the date they were
installed.
Replacement of an existing removable denture or fixed bridgework by a new denture, or the adding of
teeth to a partial removable denture. But, the Replacement Rule below must be met.
Surgical removal of impacted teeth.
Rules and Limits That Apply to the Dental Plan (GR-9N-S-20-005-01-NY)
Several rules apply to the dental plan. Following these rules will help you use the plan to
your advantage by avoiding expenses that are not covered by the plan.
46
Replacement Rule (GR-9N 20-010-01)
Crowns, inlays, onlays and veneers, complete dentures, removable partial dentures, fixed partial
dentures (bridges) and other prosthetic services are subject to the plans replacement rule. That
means certain replacements of, or additions to, existing crowns, inlays, onlays, veneers, dentures
or bridges are covered only when you give proof to Aetna that:
|
|
While you were covered by the plan, you had a tooth (or teeth) extracted after
the existing denture or bridge was installed. As a result, you need to replace or add teeth to your
denture or bridge. |
|
|
|
The present crown, inlay and onlay, veneer, complete denture, removable partial
denture, fixed partial denture (bridge), or other prosthetic service was installed at least 5 years
before its replacement and cannot be made serviceable. |
|
|
|
You had a tooth (or teeth) extracted while you were covered by the plan. Your
present denture is an immediate temporary one that replaces that tooth (or teeth). A permanent
denture is needed, and the temporary denture cannot be used as a permanent denture. Replacement
must occur within 12 months from the date that the temporary denture was installed. |
Tooth Missing but Not Replaced Rule
The first installation of complete dentures, removable partial dentures, fixed partial dentures
(bridges), and other prosthetic services will be covered if:
|
|
The dentures, bridges or other prosthetic services are needed to replace one or
more natural teeth that were removed while you were covered by the plan; and |
|
|
|
The tooth that was removed was not an abutment to a removable or fixed partial denture
installed during the prior 5 years. The extraction of a third molar does not qualify. Any such
appliance or fixed bridge must include the replacement of an extracted tooth or teeth. |
Alternate Treatment Rule (GR-9N-20-015-01)
Sometimes there are several ways to treat a dental problem, all of which provide acceptable
results. When alternate services or supplies can be used, the plans coverage will be limited to
the cost of the least expensive service or supply that is:
|
|
Customarily used nationwide for treatment, and |
|
|
|
Deemed by the dental profession to be appropriate for treatment of the
condition in question. The service or supply must meet broadly accepted standards of dental
practice, taking into account your current oral condition. |
You should review the differences in the cost of alternate treatment with your dental provider. Of
course, you and your dental provider can still choose the more costly treatment method. You are
responsible for any charges in excess of what the plan will cover.
Coverage for Dental Work Begun Before You Are Covered by the Plan (GR-9N 20-020-01)
The plan does not cover dental work that began before you were covered by the plan. This means
that the following dental work is not covered:
|
|
An appliance, or modification of an appliance, if an impression for it was made
before you were covered by the plan; |
|
|
|
A crown, bridge, or cast or processed restoration, if a tooth was prepared for it
before you were covered by the plan; or |
|
|
|
Root canal therapy, if the pulp chamber for it was opened before you were
covered by the plan. |
47
Coverage for Dental Work Completed After Termination of Coverage
Your dental coverage may end while you or your covered dependent is in the middle of
treatment. The plan does not cover dental services that are given after your coverage terminates.
There is an exception. The plan will cover the following services if they are ordered while you
were covered by the plan, and installed within 30 days after your coverage ends.
|
|
Inlays; |
|
|
|
Onlays; |
|
|
|
Crowns; |
|
|
|
Removable bridges; |
|
|
|
Cast or processed restorations; |
|
|
|
Dentures; |
|
|
|
Fixed partial dentures (bridges); and |
|
|
|
Root canals. |
Ordered means:
|
|
For a denture: the impressions from which the denture will be made
were taken. |
|
|
|
For a root canal: the pulp chamber was opened. |
|
|
|
For any other item: the teeth which will serve as retainers or supports, or the
teeth which are being restored: |
|
|
|
Must have been fully prepared to receive the item; and |
|
|
|
|
Impressions have been taken from which the item will be prepared. |
Jaw Joint Disorder Treatment Rule (GR-9N 20-035-01)
Coverage for Jaw Joint Disorder treatment is covered as a Type C Service. This includes
treatments which alter the jaw, jaw joints, or bite relationships. The following are covered:
|
|
Diagnosis; |
|
|
|
Applicable therapy; |
|
|
|
Other non-surgical treatment. |
Not included are charges incurred for:
|
|
Orthodontic treatment; |
|
|
|
Crown, bridges and dentures; |
|
|
|
Treatment of periodontal
disease; |
|
|
|
Implants; |
|
|
|
Root canal therapy. |
What The Comprehensive Dental Plan Does Not Cover (GR 9 N S 28-025 01 NY)
Not every dental care service or supply is covered by the plan, even if prescribed,
recommended, or approved by your physician or dentist. The plan covers only those services and
supplies that are medically necessary and included in the What the Plan Covers section. Charges
made for the following are not covered except to the extent listed under the What the Plan Covers
section or by amendment attached to this Booklet-Certificate. In addition, some services are
specifically limited or excluded. This section describes expenses that are not covered or subject
to special limitations.
Any instruction for diet, plaque control and oral hygiene.
48
Cosmetic services and supplies including plastic surgery, reconstructive surgery, cosmetic surgery,
personalization or characterization of dentures or other services and supplies which improve alter
or enhance appearance, augmentation and vestibuloplasty, and other substances to protect, clean,
whiten bleach or alter the appearance of teeth; whether or not for psychological or emotional
reasons; except to the extent coverage is specifically provided in the What the Plan Covers
section. Facings on molar crowns and pontics will always be considered cosmetic. But this exclusion
will not apply to dental care or treatment due to accidental injury to sound natural teeth within
12 months of the accident, or to dental care or treatment necessary due to a congenital disease or
anomaly.
Crown, inlays and onlays, and veneers unless:
|
|
It is treatment for decay or traumatic injury and teeth cannot be restored with
a filling material; or |
|
|
|
The tooth is an abutment to a covered partial denture or fixed bridge. |
Dental implants, braces, mouth guards, and other devices to protect, replace or reposition teeth
and removal of implants.
Dental services and supplies that are covered in whole or in part:
|
|
Under any other part of this plan; or |
|
|
|
Under any other plan of group benefits provided by the policyholder. |
Dentures, crowns, inlays, onlays, bridges, or other appliances or services used for the purpose of
splinting, to alter vertical dimension, to restore occlusion, or correcting attrition, abrasion, or
erosion.
Except as covered in the What the Plan Covers section, treatment of any jaw joint disorder and
treatments to alter bite or the alignment or operation of the jaw, including temporomandibular
joint disorder (TMJ) treatment, orthognathic surgery, and treatment of malocclusion or devices to
alter bite or alignment.
First installation of a denture or fixed bridge, and any inlay and crown that serves as an abutment
to replace congenitally missing teeth or to replace teeth all of which were lost while the person
was not covered.
General anesthesia and intravenous sedation, unless specifically covered and only when done in
connection with another necessary covered service or supply.
Orthodontic treatment except as covered in the What the Plan Covers section.
Pontics, crowns, cast or processed restorations made with high noble metals (gold or titanium).
Prescribed drugs; pre-medication; or analgesia.
Replacement of a device or appliance that is lost, missing or stolen, and for the replacement of
appliances that have been damaged due to abuse, misuse or neglect and for an extra set of dentures.
Services and supplies done where there is no evidence of pathology, dysfunction, or disease other
than covered preventive services.
Services and supplies provided for your personal comfort or convenience, or the convenience of any
other person, including a provider.
Services and supplies provided in connection with treatment or care that is not covered under the
plan.
Space maintainers except when needed to preserve space resulting from the premature loss of
deciduous teeth.
Surgical removal of impacted wisdom teeth only for orthodontic reasons.
49
Treatment by other than a dentist. However, the plan will cover some services provided by a
licensed dental hygienist under the supervision and guidance of a dentist. These are:
|
|
Scaling of teeth; and |
|
|
|
Cleaning of teeth. |
When Coverage Ends (GR-9N 30-005-HRPA-NY)
Coverage under your plan can end for a variety of reasons. In this section, you will find
details on how and why coverage ends, and how you may still be able to continue coverage.
When Coverage Ends for Retirees (GR-9N S-30-005-02 NY)
Your coverage under the plan will end if:
|
|
The plan is discontinued; |
|
|
|
You voluntarily stop your coverage; |
|
|
|
The group policy ends; |
|
|
|
You are no longer eligible for coverage; |
|
|
|
You do not make any required contributions; |
|
|
|
You become covered under another plan offered by your employer; |
|
|
|
You have exhausted your overall maximum lifetime benefit under your medical
plan, if your plan contains such a maximum benefit. |
It is your employers responsibility to let Aetna know when your coverage ends. The limits above
may be extended only if Aetna and your employer agree, in writing, to extend them.
Your Proof of Prior Medical Coverage (GR-9N 30-010-01)
Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, your employer is
required to give you a certificate of creditable coverage when your coverage ends. This certificate
proves that you were covered. Ask your employer about the certificate of creditable coverage.
When Coverage Ends for Dependents
Coverage for your dependents will end if:
|
|
You are no longer eligible for dependents coverage; |
|
|
|
You do not make the required contribution toward the cost of dependents
coverage; |
|
|
|
Your own coverage ends for any of the reasons listed under When Coverage Ends
for Employees (other than exhaustion of your overall maximum lifetime benefit, if included); |
|
|
|
Your dependent is no longer eligible for coverage. In this case, coverage ends
at the end of the calendar month when your dependent no longer meets the plans definition of a
dependent; or |
|
|
|
Your dependent becomes eligible for comparable benefits under this or any other group plan offered
by your employer. |
In addition, a domestic partner will no longer be considered to be a defined dependent on the
earlier to occur of:
|
|
The date this plan no longer allows coverage for domestic partners. |
|
|
|
The date of termination of the domestic partnership. In that event, you should
provide your Employer with a completed and signed Declaration of Termination of Domestic
Partnership. |
Coverage for dependents may continue for a period after your death. Coverage for handicapped
dependents may continue after your dependent reaches any limiting age. See Continuation of Coverage
for more information.
50
Continuation of Coverage
Continuing Health Care Benefits (GR-9N 31-015 01-NY) (GR9N DEP30)
Continuing Coverage for Dependents after Your Death
If you should die while enrolled in this plan, your dependents health care coverage (except Dental
Insurance), if applicable will continue as long as:
|
|
You were covered at the time of your death, |
|
|
|
Your coverage, at the time of your death, is not being continued after your
employment has ended, as provided in the When Coverage Ends section; |
|
|
|
A request is made for continued coverage within 31 days after your death; and |
|
|
|
Payment is made for
the coverage. |
Your dependents coverage under this continuation provision will end when the first of the
following occurs:
|
|
The end of the 12 month period following your death; |
|
|
|
He or she no longer meets the plans definition of
dependent; |
|
|
|
Dependent coverage is discontinued under the
group contract; |
|
|
|
He or she becomes eligible for comparable benefits under this or any other
group plan; or |
|
|
|
Any required contributions stop; and |
|
|
|
For your spouse, the date he or she remarries. |
If your dependents coverage is being continued for your dependents, a child born after your death
will also be covered.
Important Note
Your dependent may be eligible to convert to a personal policy. Please see the section, Converting
to an Individual Health Insurance Policy for more information.
Also see the section COBRA Continuation of Coverage.
Continuation of Coverage
If all or a portion of your health expense coverage would terminate because you terminate
employment or membership in the eligible classes, coverage (other than Dental Expense Coverage) may
be continued for you and your eligible dependents. Coverage will not be continued for any person
who is eligible for a like continuation under federal law.
Within 60 days of the later of:
|
|
The date coverage would otherwise terminate; and |
|
|
|
The date you are sent notice by first class mail by your employer of the right
to continue; |
You must elect the continuation in writing and pay the first contribution. The contribution
required may be up to 102% of the cost to this plan. Premium payments must be continued.
51
Coverage will not be continued beyond the first to occur of:
|
|
The end of an 18 month period which starts on the date coverage would otherwise
terminate. |
|
|
|
The end of a 29 month period which starts on the date your coverage would
otherwise terminate; but only if, prior to the end of the above 18 months period, you provide
notice to your employer that you have been determined to be disabled under Title II or XVI of the
Social Security Act on the date your coverage would have otherwise terminated, except for this
continuation. If you are no longer determined to be so disabled, you must notify your employer
within 30 days of such determination. In that case, coverage will cease at the start of the month
that begins more than 31 days after the date of the final determination that you are no longer so
disabled. |
|
|
|
The date you become eligible for like group coverage, including coverage
for any preexisting condition. |
|
|
|
The end of the period for which any required
contributions have been made. |
|
|
|
Discontinuance of the coverage involved as to
employees of the eligible class of which you were a member. |
|
|
|
The date you become
enrolled in benefits under Medicare. |
Coverage for a dependent may not be continued beyond the date it would otherwise terminate.
If any coverage being continued ceases, you may apply for a conversion policy. See Converting to an
Individual Health Policy.
Handicapped Dependent Children (GR-9N 31-015 01-NY)
Health Expense Coverage for your fully handicapped dependent child may be continued past the
maximum age for a dependent child. However, such coverage may not be continued if the child has
been issued an individual medical conversion policy.
Your child is fully handicapped if:
|
|
he or she is not able to earn his or her own living because of mental
retardation or a physical handicap which started prior to the date he or she reaches the maximum
age for dependent children under your plan; and |
|
|
|
he or she depends chiefly on you for
support and maintenance. |
Proof that your child is fully handicapped must be submitted to Aetna no later than 31 days after
the date your child reaches the maximum age under your plan.
Coverage will cease on the first to occur of:
|
|
Cessation of the handicap. |
|
|
|
Failure to give proof that the handicap
continues. |
|
|
|
Failure to have any required exam. |
|
|
|
Termination of Dependent Coverage as to your child for any reason other than
reaching the maximum age under your plan. |
Aetna will have the right to require proof of the continuation of the handicap. Aetna also has the
right to examine your child as often as needed while the handicap continues at its own expense. An
exam will not be required more often than once each year after 2 years from the date your child
reached the maximum age under your plan.
Extension of Benefits (GR-S-31-020 01)
Coverage for Health Benefits
If your health benefits end while you are totally disabled, your health expenses will be
extended as described below. To find out why and when your coverage may end, please refer to When
Coverage Ends.
Totally disabled means that because of an injury or illness, a person is not able to engage in
most normal activities of a healthy person of the same age and gender.
52
Extended Health Coverage (GR-S-31-020 01)
Medical Benefits (other than Basic medical benefits): Coverage will be available while you are
totally disabled, for up to 12 months.
(GR-S-31-020 01)
Dental Benefits (other than Basic Dental benefits): Coverage will be available while you are
totally disabled, for up to 12 months. Coverage will be available only if covered services and
supplies have been rendered and received, including delivered and installed, prior to the end of
that 12 month period.
When Extended Health Coverage Ends
Extension of benefits will end on the first to occur of the date:
|
|
You are no longer totally disabled, or become covered under any other group
plan with like benefits. |
|
|
Your dependent is no longer totally disabled, or he or she becomes covered
under any other group plan with like benefits. |
(This does not apply if coverage ceased because the benefit section ceased for your eligible
class.)
COBRA Continuation of Coverage (GR-9N 31-025 NY)
If your employer is subject to COBRA requirements, the health plan continuation is governed by
the Federal Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA) requirements. With COBRA
you and your dependents can continue health coverage, subject to certain conditions and your
payment of premiums. Continuation rights are available following a qualifying event that would
cause you or family members to otherwise lose coverage. Qualifying events are listed in this
section.
Continuing Coverage through COBRA
When you or your covered dependents become eligible, your employer will provide you with
detailed information on continuing your health coverage through COBRA.
You or your dependents will need to:
|
|
Complete and submit an application for continued health coverage, which is an
election notice of your intent to continue coverage. |
|
|
|
Submit your application within 60 days of the qualifying event, or within 60
days of your employers notice of this COBRA continuation right, if later. |
|
|
|
Agree to pay the required premiums. |
Who Qualifies for COBRA
You have 60 days from the qualifying event to elect COBRA. If you do not submit an application
within 60 days, you will forfeit your COBRA continuation rights.
Below you will find the qualifying events and a summary of the maximum coverage periods according
to COBRA requirements.
53
|
|
|
|
|
Qualifying Event Causing Loss |
|
Covered Persons Eligible to |
|
|
of Health Coverage |
|
Elect Continuation |
|
Maximum Continuation Periods |
Your active employment ends for
reasons other than gross misconduct
|
|
You and your dependents
|
|
18 months |
|
Your working hours are reduced
|
|
You and your dependents
|
|
18 months |
|
Your marriage is annulled, you
divorce or legally separate and are no longer responsible for
dependent coverage
|
|
Your dependents
|
|
36 months |
|
You become entitled to benefits
under Medicare
|
|
Your dependents
|
|
36 months |
|
Your covered dependent children
no longer qualify as dependents under the plan
|
|
Your dependent children
|
|
36 months |
|
You die
|
|
Your dependents
|
|
36 months |
|
You are a retiree eligible for health
coverage and your former employer
files for bankruptcy
|
|
You and your dependents
|
|
18 months |
Disability May Increase Maximum Continuation to 29 Months
If You or Your Covered Dependents Are Disabled.
If you or your covered dependent qualify for disability status under Title II or XVI of the Social
Security Act during the 18 month continuation period, you or your covered dependent:
|
|
Have the right to extend coverage beyond the initial 18 month maximum
continuation period. |
|
|
|
Qualify for an additional 11 month period, subject to the
overall COBRA conditions. |
|
|
|
Must notify your employer within 60 days of the disability determination status
and before the 18 month continuation period ends. |
|
|
|
Must notify the employer within 30 days after the date of any final
determination that you or a covered dependent is no longer disabled. |
|
|
|
Are responsible to pay the premiums after the 18th month, through
the 29th month. |
If There Are Multiple Qualifying Events.
A covered dependent could qualify for an extension of the 18 or 29 month continuation period by
meeting the requirements of another qualifying event, such as divorce or death. The total
continuation period, however, can never exceed 36 months.
Determining Your Premium Payments for Continuation Coverage
Your premium payments are regulated by law, based on the following:
|
|
For the 18 or 36 month periods, premiums may never exceed 102 percent of the
plan costs. |
|
|
During the 18 through 29 month period, premiums for coverage during an extended
disability period may never exceed 150 percent of the plan costs. |
When You Acquire a Dependent During a Continuation Period
If through birth, adoption or marriage, you acquire a new dependent during the continuation period,
your dependent can be added to the health plan for the remainder of the continuation period if:
|
|
He or she meets the definition of an eligible dependent, |
|
|
|
Your employer is notified about your dependent within 31 days of
eligibility, and |
|
|
|
Additional premiums for continuation are paid on a
timely basis. |
Important Note
For more information about dependent eligibility, see the Eligibility, Enrollment and Effective
Date section.
54
When Your COBRA Continuation Coverage Ends
Your COBRA coverage will end when the first of the following events occurs:
|
|
You or your covered dependents reach the maximum COBRA continuation period
the end of the 18, 29 or 36 months. (Coverage for a newly acquired dependent who has been added for
the balance of a continuation period would end at the same time your continuation period ends, if
he or she is not disabled nor eligible for an extended maximum). |
|
|
|
You or your covered dependents do not pay required premiums. |
|
|
|
You or your covered dependents become covered under another group plan that
does not restrict coverage for pre-existing conditions. If your new plan limits pre-existing
condition coverage, the continuation coverage under this plan may remain in effect until the
pre-existing clause ceases to apply or the maximum continuation period is reached under this plan. |
|
|
|
The date your employer no longer offers a group health plan. |
|
|
|
The date you or a covered dependent becomes enrolled in benefits under
Medicare. This does not apply if it is contrary to the Medicare Secondary Payer Rules or other
federal law. |
|
|
|
You or your dependent dies. |
Conversion from a Group to an Individual Plan
You may be eligible to apply for an individual health plan without providing proof of good
health:
|
|
At the termination of employment. |
|
|
|
When loss of coverage under the group plan
occurs. |
|
|
|
When loss of dependent status occurs. |
|
|
|
At the end of the maximum health coverage continuation period. |
The individual policy will not provide the same coverage as the former group plan offered by your
employer. Certain benefits may not be available. You will be required to pay the associated premium
costs for the coverage. For additional conversion information, contact your employer or call the
toll-free number on your member ID card.
Converting to an Individual Medical Insurance Policy
Eligibility
You and your covered dependents may apply for an individual Medical insurance policy if you
lose coverage under the group medical plan because:
|
|
You terminate your employment; |
|
|
|
You are no longer in an eligible class; |
|
|
|
Your dependent no longer qualifies as an eligible dependent; |
|
|
|
Any continuation coverage required under federal or state law
has ended; or |
|
|
|
You retire and there is no medical coverage available. |
The individual conversion policy may cover:
|
|
You only; or |
|
|
|
You and all dependents who are covered under the group plan at the time your
coverage ended; or |
|
|
|
Your covered dependents, if you should die before you retire. |
55
Features of the Conversion Policy
The individual policy and its terms will be the type:
|
|
Required by law or regulation for group conversion purposes in your or your dependents
states of residence; and |
|
|
|
Offered by Aetna when you or your dependents apply under your employers conversion
plan. |
However, coverage will not be the same as your group plan coverage. Generally, the coverage level
may be less, and there is an applicable overall lifetime maximum benefit.
If the plan does not include major medical benefits, coverage may be elected under one of the
following plans:
|
|
Plan I: Hospital room and board expense benefits of $130 per day. The
maximum duration is 30 days. Miscellaneous hospital expense benefits to a maximum of $1,300. Surgical operation expense
benefits according to a $1,400 maximum benefits schedule. |
|
|
|
Plan II: Hospital room and board expense benefits of $230 per day. The
maximum duration is 30 days. Miscellaneous hospital expense benefits to a maximum of $2,300.
Surgical operation expense benefits according to a $2,400 maximum benefits schedule. |
|
|
|
Plan III: Hospital room and board expense benefits of $330 per day. The maximum
duration is 70 days. Miscellaneous hospital expense benefits to a maximum of $3,300. Surgical
operation expense benefits according to a $3,500 maximum benefits schedule. |
If the plan includes only major medical benefits, coverage may be elected under the following plan
only:
|
|
Plan IV: Major medical expense benefits providing: (a) a $330 per day hospital room
and board benefit; (b) surgical expense benefits according to a $4,500 maximum benefits schedule;
(c) a $200,000 maximum benefit for all sicknesses and injuries; (d) a deductible of $1,000; (e) an
80% benefit percentage, with a coinsurance limit of $2,000; and (f) an annual restoration benefit
of $5,000. |
The individual policy may also:
|
|
Reduce its benefits by any like benefits payable under your group plan after
coverage ends (for example: if benefits are paid after coverage ends because of a disability
extension of benefits); |
|
|
|
Not guarantee renewal under selected conditions described in the policy; |
|
|
|
Require a statement that Aetna may ask for data about your coverage under
any other plan. This may be asked for on any premium due date for the individual policy. If you do
not give the data, expenses covered under the individual policy may be reduced by expenses which
are covered or provided under those plans. |
Limitations
You or your dependents do not have a right to convert if:
|
|
You or your dependents are eligible for Medicare. Covered dependents
not eligible for Medicare may apply for individual coverage even if you are eligible for Medicare. |
|
|
|
Coverage under the plan has been in effect for less than three months. |
|
|
|
A lifetime maximum benefit under this plan has been reached. For example: |
|
|
|
If a covered dependent reaches the group plans lifetime maximum benefit, the covered
dependent will not have the right to convert. If you or your dependents have remaining
benefits, you are eligible to convert. |
|
|
|
|
If you have reached your lifetime maximum, you will not be able to convert. However, if
a dependent has a remaining benefit, he or she is eligible to convert. |
|
|
You or your covered dependents become eligible for any other medical coverage under this plan. |
|
|
|
You apply for individual coverage in a jurisdiction where Aetna cannot issue or deliver an individual conversion policy. |
56
|
|
You or your covered dependents are eligible for, or have benefits
available under, another plan that, in addition to the converted policy, would either match
benefits or result in over insurance. Examples include: |
|
|
|
Any other hospital or surgical expense insurance policy; |
|
|
|
|
Any hospital service or medical expense indemnity corporation subscriber contract; |
|
|
|
|
Any other group contract; or |
|
|
|
|
Any statute, welfare plan or program. |
Electing an Individual Conversion Policy
You or your covered dependents have to apply for the individual policy within 45 days after
your coverage ends. The 45 days start on the date group coverage ceases. The application period
will be extended for 45 days from the date your employer gives you written notice of the conversion
privilege, as required by law, but not beyond 90 days from the date group coverage ceases.
If coverage ends because of retirement, the 45 day application period begins on the date coverage
under the group plan actually ends. This applies even if you or your dependents are eligible for
benefits based on a disability continuation provision because you or they are totally disabled.
To apply for an individual medical insurance policy:
|
|
Get a copy of the Notice of Conversion Privilege and Request form from your employer. |
|
|
|
Complete and send the form to Aetna at the specified address. |
Your Premiums and Payments
Your first premium payment will be due at the time you submit the conversion application to
Aetna.
The amount of the premium will be Aetnas normal rate for the policy that is approved for issuance
in your or your dependents state of residence.
When an Individual Policy Becomes Effective
The individual policy will begin on the day after coverage ends under your group plan. Your
policy will be issued once Aetna receives and processes your completed application and premium
payment.
57
|
|
|
|
|
Coordination of Benefits What
Happens When There is More
Than One Health Plan
|
|
|
|
When Coordination of Benefits Applies
Getting Started Important Terms |
|
|
|
|
|
(GR-9N 33-005-01-NY)
|
|
|
|
Which Plan Pays First |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
How Coordination of Benefits Works |
When Coordination of Benefits Applies
This Coordination of Benefits (COB) provision applies to this plan when you or your covered
dependent has health coverage under more than one plan. Plan and This plan are defined herein.
The Order of Benefit Determination Rules below determines which plan will pay as the primary plan.
The primary plan pays first without regard to the possibility that another plan may cover some
expenses. A secondary plan pays after the primary plan and may reduce the benefits it pays so that
payments from all group plans do not exceed 100% of the total allowable expense.
Getting Started Important Terms
When used in this provision, the following words and phrases have the meaning explained
herein.
Allowable Expense means a health care service or expense, including, coinsurance and copayments and
without reduction of any applicable deductible, that is covered at least in part by any of the
Plans covering the person. When a Plan provides benefits in the form of services (for example an
HMO), the reasonable cash value of each service will be considered an allowable expense and a
benefit paid. An expense or service that is not covered by any of the Plans is not an allowable
expense. Any expense that a health care provider by law or in accordance with a contractual
agreement is prohibited from charging a covered person is not an allowable expense. The following
are examples of expenses and services that are not allowable expenses:
|
|
If a covered person is confined in a private hospital room, the
difference between the cost of a semi-private room in the hospital and the private room
(unless the patients stay in the private room is medically necessary in terms of generally
accepted medical practices, or one of the Plans routinely provides coverage of hospital
private rooms) is not an allowable expense. |
If a person is covered by one Plan that computes its benefit payments on the basis of recognized
charges and another Plan that provides its benefits or services on the basis of negotiated charges,
the primary plans payment arrangements shall be the allowable expense for all the Plans. However,
if the secondary plan has a negotiated fee or payment amount different from the primary plan and if
the provider contract permits, that negotiated fee will be the allowable expense used by the
secondary plan to determine benefits.
When a plan provides benefits in the form of services, the reasonable cash value of each service
rendered shall be deemed an allowable expense and a benefit paid.
Closed Panel Plan(s). A plan that provides health benefits to covered persons primarily in the form
of services through a panel of providers that have contracted with or are employed by the plan, and
that limits or excludes benefits for services provided by other providers, except in cases of
emergency or referral by a panel member.
58
Custodial Parent. A parent awarded custody by a court decree. In the absence of a court decree, it
is the parent with whom the child resides more than one half of the calendar year without regard to
any temporary visitation.
Plan. Any Plan providing benefits or services by reason of health care or treatment, which benefits
or services are provided by one of the following:
|
|
Group or nongroup, blanket, or franchise health insurance policies
issued by insurers, including health care service contractors; |
|
|
|
Other prepaid coverage under service plan contracts, or under group or individual practice; |
|
|
|
Uninsured arrangements of group or group-type coverage; |
|
|
|
Labor-management trustee plans, labor organization plans, employer
organization plans, or employee benefit organization plans; |
|
|
|
Medical benefits coverage in a group, group-type, and individual automobile
no-fault and traditional automobile fault type contracts; |
|
|
|
Medicare or other governmental benefits; |
|
|
|
Other group-type contracts. Group type contracts are those which are not available
to the general public and can be obtained and maintained only because membership in or connection
with a particular organization or group. |
If the Plan includes medical, prescription drug, dental, vision and hearing coverage, those
coverages will be considered separate plans. For example, Medical coverage will be coordinated with
other Medical plans, and dental coverage will be coordinated with other dental plans.
This Plan is any part of the policy that provides benefits for health care expenses.
Primary Plan/Secondary Plan. The order of benefit determination rules state whether This Plan is a
Primary Plan or Secondary Plan as to another Plan covering the person.
When This Plan is a Primary Plan, its benefits are determined before those of the other Plan and
without considering the other Plans benefits.
When This Plan is a Secondary Plan, its benefits are determined after those of the other Plan and
may be reduced because of the other Plans benefits.
When there are more than two Plans covering the person, This Plan may be a Primary Plan as to one
or more other Plans, and may be a Secondary Plan as to a different Plan or Plans.
Which Plan Pays First (GR-9N 33-010 01 NY)
To find out whether the regular benefits under this plan will be reduced, the order in which
the various plans will pay benefits must first be figured. This will be done as follows:
|
|
A plan with no rules for coordination with other benefits will be deemed to pay its
benefits before a plan which contains such rules. |
|
|
|
A plan which covers a person as other than a dependent will be deemed to pay its
benefits before a plan which covers the person as a dependent. |
|
1. |
|
Except in the case of a dependent child whose parents are divorced or separated; the
plan which covers the person as a dependent of a person whose birthday comes first in a
calendar year will be primary to the plan which covers a person as a dependent of a person
whose birthday comes later in the year; however: |
|
(a) |
|
if both parents have the same birthday, the benefits of the plan which covered the
parent longer are determined before those of the plan which covered the other parent for a
shorter period of time; |
|
|
(b) |
|
if the other plan does not have the rules described above, but instead has a rule based
on the gender of the parent, and if, as a result, the plans do not agree on the order of
benefit, the rule in the other plan will determine the order of benefits. |
59
|
2. |
|
In the case of a dependent child whose parents are divorces or separated: |
|
(a) |
|
If there is a court decree which makes one parent financially responsible for the health
care expenses with respect to the child and the entity obligated to pay or provide the
benefits of that parent has actual knowledge of those terms, the benefits of that plan which
covers the child as a dependent of such parent shall be determined before the benefits of any
other plan which covers the child as a dependent child. |
|
|
(b) |
|
If there is no such court decree, the order of benefits is: |
|
|
|
The plan of the custodial parent; |
|
|
|
|
The plan of the spouse of the custodial parent; |
|
|
|
|
The plan of the noncustodial parent; and then |
|
3. |
|
Active Employee or Retired or Laid off Employee. The plan that covers a person as an
employee who is neither laid off nor retired or as a dependent of an active employee, is
the primary plan. The plan covering that same person as a retired or laid off employee or
as a dependent of a retired or laid off employee is the secondary plan. If the other plan
does not have this rule, and if, as a result, the plans do not agree on the order of
benefits, this rule is ignored. This rule will not apply if the Non-Dependent or Dependent
rules above determine the order of benefits. |
|
|
4. |
|
Longer or Shorter Length of Coverage. The plan that covered the person as an employee,
member, subscriber longer is primary. |
|
|
5. |
|
If the preceding rules do not determine the primary plan, the allowable expenses shall
be shared equally between the plans meeting the definition of plan under this provision. In
addition, This Plan will not pay more than it would have paid had it been primary. |
How Coordination of Benefits Works
In determining the amount to be paid when this plan is secondary on a claim, the secondary
plan will calculate the benefits that it would have paid on the claim in the absence of other
health insurance coverage and apply that amount to any allowable expense under this plan that was
unpaid by the primary plan. The amount will be reduced so that when combined with the amount paid
by the primary plan, the total benefits paid or provided by all plans for the claim do not exceed
100% of the total allowable expense.
In addition, a secondary plan will credit to its plan deductible any amounts that would have been
credited in the absence of other coverage.
Under the COB provision of This Plan, the amount normally reimbursed for covered benefits or
expenses under This Plan is reduced to take into account payments made by other plans. The general
rule is that the benefits otherwise payable under This Plan for all covered benefits or expenses
will be reduced by all other plan benefits payable for those expenses. When the COB rules of This
Plan and another plan both agree that This Plan determines its benefits before such other plan, the
benefits of the other plan will be ignored in applying the general rule above to the claim
involved. Such reduced amount will be charged against any applicable benefit limit of this
coverage.
If a covered person is enrolled in two or more closed panel plans COB generally does not occur with
respect to the use of panel providers. However, COB may occur if a person receives emergency
services that would have been covered by both plans.
Right To Receive And Release Needed Information
Certain facts about health care coverage and services are needed to apply these COB rules and
to determine benefits under this plan and other plans. Aetna has the right to release or obtain any
information and make or recover any payments it considers necessary in order to administer this
provision.
60
Facility of Payment
Any payment made under another plan may include an amount, which should have been paid under
this plan. If so, Aetna may pay that amount to the organization, which made that payment. That
amount will then be treated as though it were a benefit paid under this plan. Aetna will not have
to pay that amount again. The term payment made means reasonable cash value of the benefits
provided in the form of services.
Right of Recovery
If the amount of the payments made by Aetna is more than it should have paid under this COB
provision, it may recover the excess from one or more of the persons it has paid or for whom it has
paid; or any other person or organization that may be responsible for the benefits or services
provided for the covered person. The amount of the payments made includes the reasonable cash
value of any benefits provided in the form of services.
61
|
|
|
|
|
When You Have Medicare Coverage
|
|
|
|
Which Plan Pays First |
|
|
|
|
|
(GR-9N 33-020-01)
|
|
|
|
How Coordination with Medicare Works |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
What is Not Covered |
This section explains how the benefits under This Plan interact with benefits available under
Medicare.
Medicare, when used in this Booklet-Certificate, means the health insurance provided by Title XVIII
of the Social Security Act, as amended. It includes Health Maintenance Organization (HMO) or
similar coverage that is an authorized alternative to Parts A and B of Medicare
You are eligible for Medicare if you are:
|
|
Covered under it by reason of age, disability, or |
|
|
|
End Stage Renal Disease; or |
|
|
|
Not covered under it because you: |
|
1. |
|
Refused it; |
|
|
2. |
|
Dropped it; or |
|
|
3. |
|
Failed to make a proper request for it. |
If you are eligible for Medicare, the plan coordinates the benefits it pays with the benefits that
Medicare pays. Sometimes, the plan is the primary payor, which means that the plan pays benefits
before Medicare pays benefits. Under other circumstances, the plan is the secondary payor, and pays
benefits after Medicare.
Which Plan Pays First
The plan
is the primary payor when your coverage for the plans benefits is based on current
employment with your employer. The plan will act as the primary payor for the Medicare beneficiary
who is eligible for Medicare:
|
|
Solely due to age if the plan is subject to the Social Security Act
requirements for Medicare with respect to working aged (i.e., generally a plan of an employer with
20 or more employees); |
|
|
|
Due to diagnosis of end stage renal disease, but only during the first 30 months of
such eligibility for Medicare benefits. This provision does not apply if, at the start of
eligibility, you were already eligible for Medicare benefits,
and the plans benefits were payable
on a secondary basis; |
|
|
|
Solely due to any disability other than end stage renal disease; but only if the
plan meets the definition of a large group health plan as outlined in the Internal Revenue Code
(i.e., generally a plan of an employer with 100 or more employees). |
The plan is the secondary payor in all other circumstances.
How Coordination With Medicare Works
When the Plan is Primary
The plan pays benefits first when it is the primary payor. You may then submit your claim to
Medicare for consideration.
62
When Medicare is Primary
Your health care expense must be considered for payment by Medicare first. You may then submit the
expense to Aetna for consideration.
Aetna will calculate the benefits the plan would pay in the absence of Medicare:
The amount will be reduced so that when combined with the amount paid by Medicare, the total
benefits paid or provided by all plans for the claim do not exceed 100% of the total allowable
expense.
This review is done on a claim-by-claim basis.
Charges used to satisfy your Part B deductible under Medicare will be applied under the plan in the
order received by Aetna. Aetna will apply the largest charge first when two or more charges are
received at the same time.
Aetna will apply any rule for coordinating health care benefits after determining the benefits
payable.
Right to Receive and Release Required Information
Certain facts about health care coverage and services are required to apply coordination of
benefits (COB) rules to determine benefits under This Plan and other plans. Aetna has the right to
obtain or release any information, and make or recover any payments it considers necessary, in
order to administer this provision.
63
General
Provisions
(GR-9N 32-005 01 NY)
Type of Coverage
Coverage under the plan is non-occupational. Only non-occupational accidental injuries and
non-occupational illnesses are covered. The plan covers charges made for services and supplies only
while the person is covered under the plan.
Physical Examinations
Aetna will have the right and opportunity to examine and evaluate any person who is the basis
of any claim at all reasonable times while a claim is pending or under review. This will be done at
no cost to you.
Legal Action
No legal action can be brought to recover payment under any benefit after 3 years from the
deadline for filing claims.
Aetna will not try to reduce or deny a benefit payment on the grounds that a condition existed
before your coverage went into effect, if the loss occurs more than 2 years from the date coverage
commenced. This will not apply to conditions excluded from coverage on the date of the loss.
Confidentiality
Information contained in your medical records and information received from any provider
incident to the provider-patient relationship shall be kept confidential in accordance with
applicable law. Information may be used or disclosed by Aetna when necessary for your care or
treatment, the operation of the plan and administration of this Booklet-Certificate, or other
activities, as permitted by applicable law. You can obtain a copy of
Aetnas Notice of Information
Practices by calling Aetnas toll-free Member Service telephone.
Additional Provisions
The following additional provisions apply to your coverage:
|
|
This Booklet-Certificate applies to coverage only, and does not restrict your
ability to receive health care services that are not, or might not be, covered. |
|
|
|
You cannot receive multiple coverage under the plan because you are connected with
more than one employer. |
|
|
|
This document describes the main features of the plan. Additional provisions are
described elsewhere in the group policy. If you have any questions about the terms of the plan or
about the proper payment of benefits, contact your employer or Aetna. |
|
|
|
Your employer hopes to continue the plan indefinitely but, as with all group plans,
the plan may be changed or discontinued with respect to your coverage. |
64
Assignments (GR-9N-32-005-02-NY)
Coverage may be assigned only with the written consent of Aetna. To the extent allowed by law,
Aetna will not accept an assignment to a provider or facility including but not limited to, an
assignment of:
|
|
The benefits due under this group insurance policy; |
|
|
|
The right to receive payments due under this group insurance policy; or |
|
|
|
Any claim you make for damages resulting from a breach or alleged breach, of the terms of this group insurance policy. |
Misstatements
If any fact as to the Policyholder or you is found to have been misstated, a fair change in
premiums may be made. If the misstatement affects the existence or amount of coverage, the true
facts will be used in determining whether coverage is or remains in force and its amount.
All statements made by the Policyholder or you shall be deemed representations and not warranties.
No written statement made by you shall be used by Aetna in a contest unless a copy of the statement
is or has been furnished to you or your beneficiary, or the person making the claim.
Aetnas failure to implement or insist upon compliance with any provision of this policy at any
given time or times, shall not constitute a waiver of Aetnas right to implement or insist upon
compliance with that provision at any other time or times. This includes, but is not limited to,
the payment of premiums. This applies whether or not the circumstances are the same.
Incontestability
As to Accident and Health Benefits:
Except as to a fraudulent misstatement, or issues concerning Premiums due:
|
|
No statement made by the Policyholder or you or your dependent shall be the
basis for voiding coverage or denying coverage or be used in defense of a claim unless it is in
writing after it has been in force for 2 years from its effective date. |
|
|
|
No statement made by the Policyholder shall be the basis for voiding
this Policy after it has been in force for 2 years from its effective date. |
|
|
|
No statement made by you, an eligible employee or your dependent shall be
used in defense of a claim for loss incurred or starting after coverage as to which claim is made
has been in effect for 2 years. |
Recovery of Overpayments (GR-9N-S-30-015-01)
Health Coverage
If a benefit payment is made by Aetna, to or on your behalf, which exceeds the benefit amount
that you are entitled to receive, Aetna has the right:
|
|
To require the return of the overpayment; or
|
|
|
|
To reduce by the amount of the overpayment, any future benefit payment made to or on behalf of
that person or another person in his or her family. |
Such right does not affect any other right of recovery Aetna may have with respect to such
overpayment.
All claims should be reported promptly. The deadline for filing a claim is 90 days after the
date of the loss.
65
If, through no fault of your own, you are not able to meet the deadline for filing claim, your
claim will still be accepted if you file as soon as possible.
Payment of Benefits (GR-9N 32-025 01)
Benefits will be paid as soon as the necessary proof to support the claim is received, but not
later than 45 days after receipt of such proof. Written proof must be provided for all benefits.
All covered health benefits are payable to you. However, Aetna has the right to pay any health
benefits to the service provider. This will be done unless you have told Aetna otherwise by the
time you file the claim.
Aetna will notify you in writing, at the time it receives a claim, when an assignment of benefits
to a health care provider or facility will not be accepted.
Any unpaid balance will be paid within 30 days of receipt by Aetna of the due written proof.
Aetna may pay up to $1,000 of any other benefit to any of your relatives whom it believes are
fairly entitled to it. This can be done if the benefit is payable to you and you are a minor or not
able to give a valid release. It can also be done if a benefit is payable to your estate.
Records of Expenses (GR-9N-32-030-02)
Keep complete records of the expenses of each person. They will be required when a claim is
made.
Very important are:
|
|
Names of physicians, dentists and others who furnish services. |
|
|
|
Dates expenses are incurred. |
|
|
|
Copies of all bills and receipts. |
Contacting Aetna
If you have questions, comments or concerns about your benefits or coverage, or if you are
required to submit information to Aetna, you may contact Aetnas Home Office at:
Aetna Life Insurance Company
151 Farmington Avenue
Hartford, CT 06156
You may also use Aetnas toll free Member Services phone number on your ID card or visit Aetnas
web site at www.aetna.com/docfind/custom/aahc.
Reinstatement after Your Dental Coverage Terminates
If your coverage ends because your contributions are not paid when due, you may not be covered
again for a period of two years from the date your coverage ends. If you are in an eligible class,
you may re-enroll yourself and your eligible dependents at the end of such two year period. Your
dental coverage will be subject to the rules under the Late Enrollment section, and will be
effective as described in the Effective Date of Coverage section.
66
Effect of Benefits Under Other Plans (GR-9N 32-035-01)
Effect of An Health Maintenance Organization Plan (HMO Plan) On Coverage
If you are in an eligible class and have chosen coverage under an HMO Plan offered by your
employer, the following applies:
|
|
If the HMO Plan provides medical coverage, you will be excluded from medical
expense coverage (except Vision Care, if any,) on the date of your coverage under such HMO Plan. |
|
|
|
If the HMO Plan provides dental coverage, you will be excluded from dental
expense coverage on the date of your coverage under such HMO Plan. |
If you are in an eligible class and are covered under an HMO Plan, you can choose to change to
coverage for yourself and your covered dependents under this plan. If you:
|
|
Live in an HMO Plan enrollment area and choose to change coverage during an
open enrollment period, coverage will take effect on the group policy anniversary date after the
open enrollment period. There will be no rules for waiting periods or preexisting conditions. |
|
|
|
Live in an HMO Plan enrollment area and choose to change coverage when there is
not an open enrollment period, coverage will take effect only if and when Aetna gives its written
consent. |
|
|
|
Move from an HMO Plan enrollment area or if the HMO discontinues and you choose
to change coverage within 31 days of the move or the discontinuance, coverage will take effect on
the date you elect such coverage. There will be no restrictions for waiting periods or preexisting
conditions. If you choose to change coverage after 31 days, coverage will take effect only if and
when Aetna gives its written consent. |
Any extensions of benefits under this plan for disability or pregnancy will not always apply on and
after the date of a change to an HMO Plan providing medical coverage. They will apply only if the
person is not covered at once under the HMO Plan because he or she is in a hospital not affiliated
with the HMO. If you give evidence that the HMO Plan provides an extension of benefits for
disability or pregnancy, coverage under this plan will be extended. The extension will be for the
same length of time and for the same conditions as the HMO Plan provides. It will not be longer
than the first to occur of:
|
|
The end of a 90 day period; and |
|
|
|
The date the person is not confined. |
Any extension of dental benefits under this plan will not apply on or after the date of a change to
an HMO Plan.
No benefits will be paid for any charges for services rendered or supplies furnished under an HMO
Plan.
Effect of Prior Coverage Transferred Business (GR-9N-32-040-01-NY)
If your coverage under any part of this plan replaces any prior coverage for you, the rules
below apply to that part.
Prior coverage is any plan of group coverage that has been replaced by coverage under part or all
of this plan; it must have been sponsored by your employer (e.g., transferred business). The
replacement can be complete or in part for the eligible class to which you belong. Any such plan is
prior coverage if provided by another group contract or any benefit section of this plan.
Coverage under any other section of this plan will be in exchange for all privileges and benefits
provided under any like prior coverage. Any benefits provided under such prior coverage may reduce
benefits payable under this plan.
67
If part or all of your deductible under any section of a prior Aetna Major or Comprehensive Medical
Expense plan has been applied against covered medical expenses incurred by you, your deductible
under any Comprehensive Medical Plan section of this plan will, for the calendar year in which you
become covered, be reduced by the amount so applied. This will be done only if such expenses are
incurred by you during:
|
|
The calendar year in which you become covered under any Comprehensive Medical Plan section of
this plan; or |
|
|
|
The last 3 months of the calendar year right before the year your coverage takes effect. |
68
Glossary *
(GR-9N 34-005 01-NY)
In this section, you will find definitions for the words and phrases that appear in bold type
throughout the text of this Booklet-Certificate.
A (GR-9N 34-010 01-NY) (GR-9N 34-005 01-NY)
Accident
This means a sudden; unexpected; and unforeseen; identifiable occurrence or event producing,
at the time, objective symptoms of a bodily injury. The accident must occur while the person is
covered under this Policy. The occurrence or event must be definite as to time and place. It must
not be due to, or contributed by, an illness or disease of any kind.
Aetna
Aetna Life Insurance Company.
Ambulance
A vehicle that is staffed with medical personnel and equipped to transport an ill or injured
person.
Average Wholesale Price (AWP)
The current average wholesale price of a prescription drug listed in the Facts and Comparisons
weekly price updates (or any other similar publication designated by Aetna) on the day that a
pharmacy claim is submitted for adjudication.
B (GR-9N 34-010 01-NY) (GR-9N 34-005 01-NY)
Behavioral Health Provider
A licensed facility, organization or other health care provider furnishing diagnostic and
therapeutic services for treatment of alcoholism, drug abuse, mental disorders acting within the
scope of the applicable license. This includes:
|
|
Hospitals; |
|
|
|
Psychiatric hospitals; |
|
|
|
Residential treatment facilities; |
|
|
|
Psychiatric physicians; |
|
|
|
Psychologists; |
|
|
|
Social workers; |
|
|
|
Psychiatric nurses; |
|
|
|
Addictionologists; and |
|
|
|
Other alcoholism, drug abuse and mental health providers or groups, involved in the
delivery of health care or ancillary services. |
Birthing Center
A freestanding facility that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
Meets licensing standards. |
|
|
|
Is set up, equipped and run to provide prenatal care, delivery and immediate postpartum
care. |
|
|
|
Charges for its services. |
|
|
|
Is directed by at least one physician who is a specialist in obstetrics and gynecology. |
69
|
|
Has a physician or certified nurse midwife present at all births and during the immediate
postpartum period. |
|
|
|
Extends staff privileges to physicians who practice obstetrics and gynecology in an area
hospital. |
|
|
|
Has at least 2 beds or 2 birthing rooms for use by patients while in labor and during
delivery. |
|
|
|
Provides, during labor, delivery and the immediate postpartum period, full-time skilled
nursing services directed by an R.N. or certified nurse midwife. |
|
|
|
Provides, or arranges with a facility in the area for, diagnostic X-ray and lab services for
the mother and child. |
|
|
|
Has the capacity to administer a local anesthetic and to perform minor surgery. This includes
episiotomy and repair of perineal tear. |
|
|
|
Is equipped and has trained staff to handle emergency medical conditions and provide immediate
support measures to sustain life if: |
|
|
|
Complications arise during labor; or |
|
|
|
|
A child is born with an abnormality which impairs function or threatens life. |
|
|
Accepts only patients with low-risk pregnancies. |
|
|
|
Has a written agreement with a hospital in the area for emergency transfer of a patient or a
child. Written procedures for such a transfer must be displayed and the staff must be aware of
them. |
|
|
|
Provides an ongoing quality assurance program. This includes reviews by physicians who do not
own or direct the facility. |
|
|
|
Keeps a medical record on each patient and child. |
Brand-Name Prescription Drug
A prescription drug with a proprietary name assigned to it by the manufacturer or distributor and
so indicated by Medi-Span or any other similar publication designated by Aetna or an affiliate.
C (GR-9N 34-015 01-NY)
Coinsurance
Coinsurance is both the percentage of covered expenses that the plan pays, and the percentage of
covered expenses that you pay. The percentage that the plan pays is referred to as plan
coinsurance or the payment percentage, and varies by the type of expense. Please refer to the
Schedule of Benefits for specific information on coinsurance amounts.
Coinsurance Limit
|
|
Coinsurance limit is the maximum out-of-pocket amount you are responsible to pay for coinsurance
for covered expenses during your calendar year. Once you satisfy the coinsurance limit, the plan
will pay 100% of the covered expenses that apply toward the limit for the rest of the calendar
year. |
Copay or Copayment
The specific dollar amount or percentage required to be paid by you or on your behalf. The plan
includes various copayments, and these copayment amounts or percentages are specified in the
Schedule of Benefits.
Cosmetic
Services or supplies that alter, improve or enhance appearance.
Covered Expenses
Medical, dental, vision or hearing services and supplies shown as covered under this Booklet.
70
Creditable Coverage
A persons prior medical coverage as defined in the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability
Act of 1996 (HIPAA).
Such coverage includes:
|
|
Health coverage issued on a group or individual basis; |
|
|
|
Medicare; |
|
|
|
Medicaid; |
|
|
|
Health care for members of the uniformed services; |
|
|
|
A program of the Indian Health Service or tribal organization; |
|
|
|
A state health benefits risk pool; |
|
|
|
The Federal Employees Health Benefit Plan (FEHBP); |
|
|
|
A public health plan (any plan established by a State, the government of the United States, or
any subdivision of a State or of the government of the United States, or a foreign country); |
|
|
|
Any health benefit plan under Section 5(e) of the Peace Corps Act; and |
|
|
|
The State Childrens Health Insurance Program (S-Chip). |
Custodial Care
This means services and supplies that are primarily intended to help you meet personal needs, such
as transferring, eating, dressing, bathing, toileting and such other related activities. This
includes board and room and other institutional care. You do not have to be disabled. Such services
and supplies are custodial care without regard to:
|
|
by whom they are prescribed; |
|
|
|
by whom they are recommended; or |
|
|
|
by whom they are performed. |
D (GR-9N 34-020 01) (GR-9N 34-095 01-NY)
Day Care Treatment
A partial confinement treatment program to provide treatment for you during the day. The hospital,
psychiatric hospital or residential treatment facility does not make a room charge for day care
treatment. Such treatment must be available for at least 4 hours, but not more than 12 hours in any
24-hour period.
Deductible
The part of your covered expenses you pay before the plan starts to pay benefits. Additional
information regarding deductibles and deductible amounts can be found in the Schedule of Benefits.
Deductible Carryover
This allows you to apply any covered expense incurred during the last 3 months of a calendar year
that is applied toward this years deductible to also apply toward the following years deductible.
Dental Provider
This is:
|
|
Any dentist; |
|
|
|
Group; |
|
|
|
Organization; |
71
|
|
Dental facility; or |
|
|
|
Other institution or person. |
legally qualified to furnish dental services or supplies.
Dental Emergency
Any dental condition that:
|
|
Occurs unexpectedly; |
|
|
|
Requires immediate diagnosis and treatment in order to stabilize the
condition; and |
|
|
|
Is characterized by symptoms such as severe pain and bleeding. |
Dentist
A legally qualified dentist, or a physician licensed to do the dental work he or she performs.
Detoxification
The process by which an alcohol-intoxicated or drug-intoxicated; or an alcohol-dependent or
drug-dependent person is medically managed through the period of time necessary to eliminate, by
metabolic or other means, the:
|
|
Intoxicating alcohol or drug; |
|
|
|
Alcohol or drug-dependent factors;
or |
|
|
|
Alcohol in combination with drugs; |
as determined by a physician. The process must keep the physiological risk to the patient at a
minimum, and take place in a facility that meets any applicable licensing standards established by
the jurisdiction in which it is located.
Directory
A listing of all network providers serving the class of employees to which you belong. The
policyholder will give you a copy of this directory. Network provider information is available
through Aetnas online provider directory, DocFind®. You can also call the Member Services phone
number listed on your ID card to request a copy of this directory.
Durable Medical and Surgical Equipment (DME)
Equipment, and the accessories needed to operate it, that is:
|
|
Made to withstand prolonged use; |
|
|
|
Made for and mainly used in the treatment of a illness or
injury; |
|
|
|
Suited for use in the home; |
|
|
|
Not normally of use to people who do not have a illness or
injury; |
|
|
|
Not for use in altering air quality or temperature; and |
|
|
|
Not for exercise or training. |
Durable medical and surgical equipment does not include equipment such as whirlpools, portable
whirlpool pumps, sauna baths, massage devices, over bed tables, elevators, communication aids,
vision aids and telephone alert systems.
72
E (GR-9N 34-025 01 NY)
Emergency Medical Condition
A recent and severe medical or behavioral condition, the onset of which is sudden, manifests itself
by symptoms of sufficient severity, including (but not limited to) severe pain, which would lead a
prudent layperson possessing an average knowledge of medicine and health, to believe that his or
her condition, illness, or injury is of such a nature that failure to get immediate medical care
could result in:
|
|
Placing your health in serious jeopardy; or |
|
|
|
In the case of a behavioral condition, placing the health of such person, or
others, in serious jeopardy; or |
|
|
|
Serious impairment to bodily function; or |
|
|
|
Serious dysfunction of a body part or organ; or |
|
|
|
Serious disfigurement of such person; or |
|
|
|
In the case of a pregnant woman, serious jeopardy to the health of the fetus. |
Experimental or Investigational
A drug, a device, a procedure, or treatment will be determined to be experimental or
investigational if:
|
|
There are insufficient outcomes data available from controlled clinical trials
published in the peer-reviewed literature to substantiate its safety and effectiveness for the
illness or injury involved; or |
|
|
|
Approval required by the FDA has not been granted for marketing; or |
|
|
|
A recognized national medical or dental society or regulatory agency has determined,
in writing, that it is experimental or investigational, or for research purposes; or |
|
|
|
It is a type of drug, device or treatment that is the subject of a Phase I or
Phase II clinical trial or the experimental or research arm of a Phase III clinical trial, using
the definition of phases indicated in regulations and other official actions and publications of
the FDA and Department of Health and Human Services; or |
|
|
|
The written protocol or protocols used by the treating facility, or the protocol or
protocols of any other facility studying substantially the same drug, device, procedure, or
treatment, or the written informed consent used by the treating facility or by another facility
studying the same drug, device, procedure, or treatment states that it is experimental or
investigational, or for research purposes. |
G (GR-9N 34-035 01)
Generic Prescription Drug
A prescription drug, whether identified by its chemical, proprietary, or non-proprietary name, that
is accepted by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration as therapeutically equivalent and
interchangeable with drugs having an identical amount of the same active ingredient and so
indicated by Medispan or any other publication designated by Aetna or an affiliate.
Homebound
This means that you are confined to your place of residence:
|
|
Due to an illness or injury which makes leaving the home medically
contraindicated; or |
|
|
|
Because the act of transport would be a serious risk to your life or health. |
Situations where you would not be considered homebound include (but are not limited to) the
following:
|
|
You do not often travel from home because of feebleness or insecurity brought
on by advanced age (or otherwise); or |
|
|
|
You are wheelchair bound but could safely be transported via wheelchair accessible
transportation. |
73
Home Health Care Agency
An agency that meets all of the following requirements.
|
|
Mainly provides skilled nursing and other therapeutic services. |
|
|
|
Is associated with a professional group (of at least one physician and one
R.N.) which makes policy. |
|
|
|
Has full-time supervision by a physician or an R.N. |
|
|
|
Keeps complete medical records on each
person. |
|
|
|
Has an administrator. |
|
|
|
Meets licensing standards. |
Home Health Care Plan
This is a plan that provides for continued care and treatment of an illness or injury. The care and
treatment must be:
|
|
Prescribed in writing by the attending physician; and |
|
|
|
An alternative to a hospital or skilled nursing facility stay. |
Hospice Care
This is care given to a terminally ill person by or under arrangements with a hospice care agency.
The care must be part of a hospice care program.
Hospice Care Agency
An agency or organization that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
|
Has hospice care available 24 hours a day. |
|
|
|
Meets any licensing or certification standards established by the jurisdiction where it is located.
|
|
|
|
Provides: |
|
|
|
Skilled nursing services; |
|
|
|
|
Medical social services; and |
|
|
|
|
Psychological and dietary counseling. |
|
|
Provides, or arranges for, other services which include: |
|
|
|
Physician services; |
|
|
|
|
Physical and occupational therapy; |
|
|
|
|
Part-time home health aide services which mainly consist of caring for
terminally ill people; and |
|
|
|
|
Inpatient care in a facility when needed for pain control and acute and chronic symptom management. |
|
|
Has at least the following personnel: |
|
|
|
One physician; |
|
|
|
|
One R.N.; and |
|
|
|
|
One licensed or certified social worker employed by the agency. |
|
|
Establishes policies about how hospice care is provided.
|
|
|
|
Assesses the patients medical and social needs. |
|
|
|
Develops a hospice care program to meet those needs. |
|
|
|
Provides an ongoing quality assurance program. This includes reviews by
physicians, other than those who own or direct the agency. |
|
|
|
Permits all area medical personnel to utilize its services
for their patients. |
|
|
|
Keeps a medical record on each patient. |
|
|
|
Uses volunteers trained in providing services for non-medical needs. |
|
|
|
Has a full-time administrator. |
74
Hospice Care Program
This is a written plan of hospice care, which:
|
|
Is established by and reviewed from time to time by a physician attending the
person, and appropriate personnel of a hospice care agency; |
|
|
|
Is designed to provide palliative and supportive care to terminally ill
persons, and supportive care to their families; and |
|
|
|
Includes an assessment of the
persons medical and social needs; and a description of the care to be given to meet those needs. |
Hospice Facility
A facility, or distinct part of one, that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
Mainly provides inpatient hospice care to terminally ill
persons. |
|
|
|
Charges patients for its services. |
|
|
|
Meets any licensing or certification standards established by the
jurisdiction where it is located. |
|
|
|
Keeps a medical record on each patient. |
|
|
|
Provides an ongoing quality assurance program including reviews by physicians
other than those who own or direct the facility. |
|
|
|
Is run by a staff of physicians. At least one staff physician must be on
call at all times. |
|
|
|
Provides 24-hour-a-day nursing services under the direction of an R.N. |
|
|
|
Has a full-time administrator. |
Hospital
This means a short-term, acute, general hospital which:
|
|
Is primarily engaged in providing, by or under the continuous supervision of
physicians, to inpatients, diagnostic services and therapeutic services for diagnostic, treatment
and care of injured and sick persons; |
|
|
|
Has organized departments of medicine and major surgery; |
|
|
|
Has a requirement that every patient must be under the care of a physician or dentist; |
|
|
|
Provides 24 hour nursing service by or under the supervision of a registered
professional nurse (R.N.); |
|
|
|
If located in New York State, has in effect a hospitalization review plan applicable
to all patients which meets at least the standards set forth in Section 1861k of U.S. Public Law
89-97 (42 USCA 1395x(k)); |
|
|
|
Is duly licensed by the agency responsible for licensing such hospitals; |
|
|
|
Makes charges; and |
|
|
|
Is not, other than incidentally, a place for rest, a place primarily for the treatment
of tuberculosis, a place for the aged, a place for drug addicts, alcoholics, or a place for
convalescent, custodial, educational or rehabilitative care. |
Hospitalization
A continuous confinement as an inpatient in a hospital for which a room and board charge is
made.
Illness (GR-9N 34-045 02)
A pathological condition of the body that presents a group of clinical signs and symptoms and
laboratory findings peculiar to it and that sets the condition apart as an abnormal entity
differing from other normal or pathological body states.
75
Infertile or Infertility
The condition of a presumably healthy covered person who is unable to conceive or produce
conception after:
|
|
For a woman who is 21 or more but less than 35 years of age: 1 year or more of
timed, unprotected coitus, or 12 cycles of artificial insemination; or |
|
|
|
For a woman who is 35 years of age or older, but less than 45: 6 months or more of
timed, unprotected coitus, or 6 cycles of artificial
insemination. |
Injury
An accidental bodily injury that is the sole and direct result of:
|
|
An unexpected or reasonably unforeseen occurrence or event; or |
|
|
|
The reasonable unforeseeable consequences of a voluntary act by
the person. |
|
|
|
An act or event must be definite as to time and place. |
Institute of Excellence (IOE)
A hospital or other facility that has contracted with Aetna to furnish services or supplies to an
IOE patient in connection with specific transplants at a negotiated charge. A facility is an IOE
facility only for those types of transplants for which it has signed a contract.
J (GR-9N 34-050 01)
Jaw Joint Disorder (GR-9N 34-050 01)
This is:
|
|
A Temporomandibular Joint (TMJ) dysfunction or any similar disorder of the jaw
joint; or |
|
|
|
A Myofacial Pain Dysfunction (MPD); or |
|
|
|
Any similar disorder in the relationship between the jaw joint and the related muscles
and nerves. |
L (GR-9N 34-055 01)
Late Enrollee
This is an employee in an Eligible Class who requests enrollment under this Plan after the Initial
Enrollment Period. In addition, this is an eligible dependent for whom the employee did not elect
coverage within the Initial Enrollment Period, but for whom coverage is elected at a later time.
However, an eligible employee or dependent may not be considered a Late Enrollee under certain
circumstances. See the Special Enrollment Periods section of the Booklet-Certificate.
Lifetime Maximum
This is the most the plan will pay for covered expenses incurred by any one covered person during
their lifetime.
L.P.N.
A licensed practical or vocational nurse.
M (GR-9N 34-065 01-NY)
Mail Order Pharmacy
An establishment where prescription drugs are legally dispensed by mail or other carrier.
76
Maintenance Care
Care made up of services and supplies that:
|
|
Are furnished mainly to maintain, rather than to improve, a level of physical,
or mental function; and |
|
|
|
Provide a surrounding free from exposures that can worsen the persons physical or
mental condition. |
Maximum Out-of-Pocket Limit
Your plan has a maximum out-of-pocket limit. Your deductibles, coinsurance, and other eligible
out-of-pocket expense apply to the maximum out-of-pocket limit. Once you satisfy the maximum amount
the plan will pay 100% of covered expenses that apply toward the limit for the rest of the calendar
year.
Medically Necessary or Medical Necessity
Health care or dental services, and supplies or prescription drugs that a physician, other health
care provider or dental provider, exercising prudent clinical judgment, would provide to a patient
for the purpose of preventing, evaluating, diagnosing or treating an illness, injury, disease or
its symptoms, and that provision of the service, supply or prescription drug is:
a) |
|
In accordance with generally accepted standards of medical or
dental practice; |
|
b) |
|
Clinically appropriate, in terms of type, frequency, extent, site and duration, and considered
effective for the patients illness, injury or disease; and |
|
c) |
|
Not primarily for the convenience of the patient, physician, other health care or dental
provider; and |
|
d) |
|
Not more costly than an alternative service or sequence of services at least as
likely to produce equivalent therapeutic or diagnostic results as to the diagnosis or treatment of
that patients illness, injury, or disease. |
For these purposes generally accepted standards of medical or dental practice means standards
that are based on credible scientific evidence published in peer-reviewed literature generally
recognized by the relevant medical or dental community, or otherwise consistent with physician or
dental specialty society recommendations and the views of physicians or dentists practicing in
relevant clinical areas and any other relevant factors.
Mental Disorder
An illness commonly understood to be a mental disorder, whether or not it has a physiological
basis, and for which treatment is generally provided by or under the direction of a behavioral
health provider such as a psychiatric physician, a psychologist or a psychiatric social worker. A
mental disorder includes; but is not limited to:
|
|
Alcoholism and substance abuse. |
|
|
|
Bipolar disorder. |
|
|
|
Major depressive disorder. |
|
|
|
Obsessive compulsive disorder. |
|
|
|
Panic disorder. |
|
|
|
Pervasive Mental Developmental Disorder
(Autism). |
|
|
|
Psychotic depression. |
|
|
|
Schizophrenia. |
For the purposes of benefits under this plan, mental disorder will include alcoholism and substance
abuse only if any separate benefit for a particular type of treatment does not apply to alcoholism
and substance abuse.
Negotiated Charge
The maximum charge a network provider has agreed to make as to any service or supply for the
purpose of the benefits under this plan. The negotiated charge does not include or reflect any
amount Aetna or an affiliate may receive under a rebate arrangement between Aetna or an affiliate
and a drug manufacturer for any prescription drug, including prescription drugs on the preferred
drug guide.
77
Network Advanced Reproductive Technology (ART) Specialist
A specialist physician who has entered into a contractual agreement with Aetna for the provision of
covered
Advanced Reproductive Technology (ART) services.
Network Provider
A health care provider, a pharmacy or dental provider who has contracted to furnish services or
supplies for a negotiated charge; but only if the provider is,
with Aetnas consent, included in
the directory as a network provider for:
|
|
The service or supply involved; and |
|
|
|
The class of employees to which you belong. |
Night Care Treatment
A partial confinement treatment program provided when you need to be confined during the night. A
room charge is made by the hospital, psychiatric hospital or residential treatment facility. Such
treatment must be available at least:
|
|
8 hours in a row a night;
and |
|
|
|
5 nights a week. |
Non-Occupational Illness
A non-occupational illness is an illness that does not:
|
|
Arise out of (or in the course of) any work for pay or
profit; or |
|
|
|
Result in any way from an illness that does. |
An illness will be deemed to be non-occupational regardless of cause if proof is furnished that the
person:
|
|
Is covered under any type of workers compensation
law; and |
|
|
|
Is not covered for that illness under such law. |
Non-Occupational Injury
A non-occupational injury is an accidental bodily injury that does not:
|
|
Arise out of (or in the course of) any work for pay or
profit; or |
|
|
|
Result in any way from an injury which does. |
Non-Preferred Drug (Non-Formulary)
A prescription drug that is not listed in the preferred drug guide. This includes prescription
drugs on the preferred drug guide exclusions list that are approved by medical exception.
Non-Specialist
A physician who is not a specialist.
Non-Urgent Admission
An inpatient admission that is not an emergency admission or an urgent admission.
78
O (GR-9N 34-065 01-NY) (GR-9N 34-075 01)
Occupational Injury or Occupational Illness
An injury or illness that:
|
|
Arises out of (or in the course of) any activity in connection with employment
or self-employment whether or not on a full time basis; or |
|
|
|
Results in any way from an injury or illness that does. |
Occurrence
This means a period of disease or injury. An occurrence ends when 60 consecutive days have passed
during which the covered person:
|
|
Receives no medical treatment; services; or supplies; for a disease or injury; and |
|
|
|
Neither takes any medication, nor has any medication prescribed, for a disease or injury. |
Orthodontic Treatment
This is any:
|
|
Medical service or supply; or |
|
|
|
Dental service or supply; |
furnished to prevent or to diagnose or to correct a misalignment:
|
|
|
Of the teeth; or |
|
|
|
|
Of the bite; or |
|
|
|
|
Of the jaws or jaw joint relationship; |
whether or not for the purpose of relieving pain.
The following are not considered orthodontic treatment:
|
|
The installation of a space maintainer; or |
|
|
|
A surgical procedure to correct malocclusion. |
Out-of-Network Provider
A health care provider, a pharmacy or dental provider who has not contracted with Aetna to furnish
services or supplies at a negotiated charge.
Partial Confinement Treatment
A plan of medical, psychiatric, nursing, counseling, or therapeutic services to treat alcoholism,
substance abuse, or mental disorders. The plan must meet these tests:
|
|
It is carried out in a hospital; psychiatric hospital or residential treatment
facility; on less than a full-time inpatient basis. |
|
|
|
It is in accord with accepted medical practice for the condition
of the person. |
|
|
|
It does not require full-time confinement. |
|
|
|
It is supervised by a psychiatric physician who weekly reviews and evaluates
its effect. |
|
|
|
Day care treatment and night care treatment are considered partial confinement
treatment. |
79
Pharmacy
An establishment where prescription drugs are legally dispensed. Pharmacy includes a retail
pharmacy, mail order pharmacy and specialty pharmacy network pharmacy.
Physician
A duly licensed member of a medical profession who:
|
|
Has an M.D. or D.O. degree; |
|
|
|
Is properly licensed or certified to provide medical care under the laws of the
jurisdiction where the individual practices; and |
|
|
|
Provides medical services which are
within the scope of his or her license or certificate. |
This also includes a health professional who:
|
|
Is properly licensed or certified to provide medical care under the laws of the
jurisdiction where he or she practices; |
|
|
|
Provides medical services which are within
the scope of his or her license or certificate; |
|
|
|
Under applicable insurance law is considered a physician for purposes of this
coverage; |
|
|
|
Has the medical training and clinical expertise suitable to treat your condition; |
|
|
|
Specializes in psychiatry, if your illness or injury is caused, to any extent, by
alcohol abuse, substance abuse or a mental disorder; and |
|
|
|
A physician is not you or related to you. |
Precertification or Precertify
A process where Aetna is contacted before certain services are provided, such as hospitalization or
outpatient surgery, or prescription drugs are prescribed to determine whether the services being
recommended or the drugs prescribed are considered covered expenses under the plan. It is not a
guarantee that benefits will be payable.
Preferred Drug Guide
A listing of prescription drugs established by Aetna or an affiliate, which includes both brand
name prescription drugs and generic prescription drugs. This list is subject to periodic review and
modification by Aetna or an affiliate. A copy of the preferred drug guide will be available upon
your request or may be accessed on the Aetna website at www.Aetna.com/formulary.
Preferred Drug Guide Exclusions List
A list of prescription drugs in the preferred drug guide that are identified as excluded under the
plan. This list is subject to periodic review and modification by Aetna.
Prescriber
Any physician or dentist, acting within the scope of his or her license, who has the legal
authority to write an order for a prescription drug.
Prescription
An order for the dispensing of a prescription drug by a prescriber. If it is an oral order, it must
be promptly put in writing by the pharmacy.
80
Prescription Drug
A drug, biological, or compounded prescription which, by State and Federal Law, may be dispensed
only by prescription and which is required to be labeled Caution: Federal Law prohibits dispensing
without prescription. This includes:
|
|
An injectable drug prescribed to be self-administered or administered by any
other person except one who is acting within his or her capacity as a paid healthcare professional.
Covered injectable drugs include injectable insulin. |
Psychiatric Hospital
This is an institution that meets all of the following requirements.
|
|
Mainly provides a program for the diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment of
alcoholism, substance abuse or mental disorders. |
|
|
|
Is not mainly a school or a custodial, recreational or training institution. |
|
|
|
Provides infirmary-level medical services. Also, it provides, or arranges with
a hospital in the area for, any other medical service that may be required. |
|
|
|
Is supervised full-time by a psychiatric physician who is responsible for
patient care and is there regularly. |
|
|
|
Is staffed by psychiatric physicians involved in care and treatment. |
|
|
|
Has a psychiatric physician present during the whole treatment day. |
|
|
|
Provides, at all times, psychiatric social work and nursing services. |
|
|
|
Provides, at all times, skilled nursing services by licensed nurses who are supervised
by a full-time R.N. |
|
|
|
Prepares and maintains a written plan of treatment for each patient based on medical,
psychological and social needs. The plan must be supervised by a psychiatric physician. |
|
|
|
Makes charges. |
|
|
|
Meets licensing standards. |
Psychiatric Physician
This is a physician who:
|
|
Specializes in psychiatry; or |
|
|
|
Has the training or experience to do the required evaluation and treatment of
alcoholism, substance abuse or mental disorders. |
Rehabilitation Facility
A facility, or a distinct part of a facility which provides rehabilitative services, meets any
licensing or certification standards established by the jurisdiction where it is located, and makes
charges for its services.
Rehabilitative Services
The combined and coordinated use of medical, social, educational and vocational measures for
training or retraining if you are disabled by illness or injury.
Residential Treatment Facility (Alcoholism and Substance Abuse)
This is an institution that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
On-site licensed Behavioral Health Provider 24 hours per day/7 days a week. |
|
|
|
Provides a comprehensive patient assessment (preferably before admission, but
at least upon admission). |
|
|
|
Is admitted by a Physician. |
|
|
|
Has access to necessary medical services 24 hours per day/7 days a week. |
|
|
|
If the member requires detoxification services, must have the availability of
on-site medical treatment 24 hours per day/7days a week, which must be actively supervised by an
attending Physician. |
81
|
|
Provides living arrangements that foster community living and peer interaction that
are consistent with developmental needs. |
|
|
|
Offers group therapy sessions with at least an RN or Masters-Level Health Professional. |
|
|
|
Has the ability to involve family/support systems in therapy (required for children and
adolescents; encouraged for adults). |
|
|
|
Provides access to at least weekly sessions with a Psychiatrist or psychologist for
individual psychotherapy. |
|
|
|
Has peer oriented activities. |
|
|
|
Services are managed by a licensed Behavioral Health Provider who, while not needing to
be individually contracted, needs to (1) meet the Aetna credentialing criteria as an
individual practitioner, and (2) function under the direction/supervision of a licensed
psychiatrist (Medical Director). |
|
|
|
Has individualized active treatment plan directed toward the alleviation of the
impairment that caused the admission. |
|
|
|
Provides a level of skilled intervention consistent with patient risk. |
|
|
|
Meets any and all applicable licensing standards established by the jurisdiction in
which it is located. |
|
|
|
Is not a Wilderness Treatment Program or any such related or similar program, school
and/or education service. |
|
|
|
Ability to assess and recognize withdrawal complications that threaten life or bodily
functions and to obtain needed services either on site or externally. |
|
|
|
24-hours perday/7 days a week supervision by a physician with evidence of close and
frequent observation. |
|
|
|
On-site, licensed Behavioral Health Provider, medical or substance abuse professionals
24 hours per day/7 days a week. |
Residential Treatment Facility (Mental Disorders)
This is an institution that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
Has, on-site licensed Behavioral Health Provider 24 hours per day. |
|
|
|
Provides a comprehensive patient assessment. |
|
|
|
Provides living arrangements that foster community living and peer interaction that are
consistent with developmental needs. |
|
|
|
Offers group therapy sessions. |
|
|
|
Has the ability to involve family/support systems in therapy. |
|
|
|
Provides access to at least weekly sessions with a Psychiatrist or psychologist for
individual psychotherapy. |
|
|
|
Has peer oriented activities. |
|
|
|
Is managed by a licensed Behavioral Health Provider who functions under the direction
and supervision of a psychiatric physician. |
|
|
|
Has individualized active treatment plan directed toward the alleviation of the
impairment that caused the admission. |
|
|
|
Provides a level of skilled intervention consistent with patient risk. |
|
|
|
Provides active discharge planning initiated upon admission to the program. |
|
|
|
Meets any and all applicable licensing standards established by the jurisdiction in
which it is located. |
R.N.
A registered nurse.
Room and Board
Charges made by an institution for room and board and other medically necessary services and
supplies. The charges must be regularly made at a daily or weekly rate.
S (GR-9N 34-095 02) (GR-9N 34-090 01-NY)
82
Self-injectable Drug(s)
Prescription drugs that are intended to be self-administered by injection to a specific part of the
body to treat medical conditions.
Semi-Private Room Rate
The room and board charge that an institution applies to the most beds in its semi-private rooms
with 2 or more beds. If there are no such rooms, Aetna will figure the rate based on the rate most
commonly charged by similar institutions in the same geographic area.
Service Area
This is the geographic area, as determined by Aetna, in which network providers for this plan are located.
Skilled Nursing Facility
An institution that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
It is licensed to provide, and does provide, the following on an inpatient basis for persons convalescing from illness or injury: |
|
|
|
Professional nursing care by an R.N., or by a L.P.N. directed by a full-time R.N.; and |
|
|
|
|
Physical restoration services to help patients to meet a goal of self-care in daily living activities. |
|
|
Provides 24 hour a day nursing care by licensed nurses directed by a full-time R.N. |
|
|
|
Is supervised full-time by a physician or an R.N. |
|
|
|
Keeps a complete medical record on each patient. |
|
|
|
Has a utilization review plan. |
|
|
|
Is not mainly a place for rest, for the aged, for drug addicts, for alcoholics, for
mental retardates, for custodial or educational care, or for care of mental disorders. |
|
|
|
Charges patients for its services. |
|
|
|
An institution or a distinct part of an institution that meets all of the following requirements: |
|
|
|
It is licensed or approved under state or local law. |
|
|
|
|
Is primarily engaged in providing skilled nursing care and related services for
residents who require medical or nursing care, or rehabilitation services for the
rehabilitation of injured, disabled, or sick persons. |
|
|
Qualifies as a skilled nursing facility under Medicare or as an institution accredited by: |
|
|
|
The Joint Commission on Accreditation of Health Care Organizations; |
|
|
|
|
The Bureau of Hospitals of the American Osteopathic Association; or |
|
|
|
|
The Commission on the Accreditation of Rehabilitative Facilities |
Skilled nursing facilities also include rehabilitation hospitals (all levels of care, e.g. acute)
and portions of a hospital designated for skilled or rehabilitation services.
Skilled nursing facility does not include:
|
|
Institutions which provide only: |
|
|
|
Minimal care; |
|
|
|
|
Custodial care services; |
|
|
|
|
Ambulatory; or |
|
|
|
|
Part-time care services. |
|
|
Institutions which primarily provide for the care and treatment of alcoholism, substance abuse or mental disorders. |
83
Skilled Nursing Services
Services that meet all of the following requirements:
|
|
The services require medical or paramedical training. |
|
|
|
The services are rendered by an R.N. or L.P.N. within the scope of his or her
license. |
|
|
|
The services are not custodial. |
Specialist
A physician who practices in any generally accepted medical or surgical sub-specialty.
Specialist Dentist
Any dentist who, by virtue of advanced training is board eligible or certified by a Specialty Board
as being qualified to practice in a special field of dentistry.
Specialty Care
Health care services or supplies that require the services of a specialist.
Specialty Pharmacy Network
A network of pharmacies designated to fill self-injectable drug prescriptions.
Stay
A full-time inpatient confinement for which a room and board charge is made.
Step Therapy
Procedures under which certain prescription drugs will be excluded from coverage, unless a
first-line therapy drug(s) is used first by you. The list of step-therapy drugs is subject to
change by Aetna or an affiliate. An updated copy of the list of drugs subject to step therapy shall
be available upon request by you or may be accessed on the Aetna
website at www.Aetna.com/formulary.
Substance Abuse
This is a physical or psychological dependency, or both, on a controlled substance or alcohol agent
(These are defined on Axis I in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM)
published by the American Psychiatric Association which is current as of the date services are
rendered to you or your covered dependents.) This term does not include conditions not attributable
to a mental disorder that are a focus of attention or treatment (the V codes on Axis I of DSM); an
addiction to nicotine products, food or caffeine intoxication.
Surgery Center
A freestanding ambulatory surgical facility that meets all of the following requirements:
|
|
Meets licensing standards. |
|
|
|
Is set up, equipped and run to provide general surgery. |
|
|
|
Charges for its services. |
|
|
|
Is directed by a staff of physicians. At least one of them must be on the premises when
surgery is performed and during the recovery period. |
|
|
|
Has at least one certified anesthesiologist at the site when surgery requiring general
or spinal anesthesia is performed and during the recovery period. |
|
|
Extends surgical staff privileges to: |
|
|
|
Physicians who practice surgery in an area hospital; and |
|
|
|
|
Dentists who perform oral surgery. |
|
|
Has at least 2 operating rooms and one recovery room. |
|
|
|
Provides, or arranges with a medical facility in the area for, diagnostic x-ray and lab services needed in connection with surgery. |
84
|
|
Does not have a place for patients to stay overnight. |
|
|
|
Provides, in the operating and recovery rooms, full-time skilled nursing services directed by an R.N. |
|
|
|
Is equipped and has trained staff to handle emergency medical conditions. |
Must have all of the following:
|
|
A physician trained in cardiopulmonary resuscitation; and |
|
|
|
A defibrillator; and |
|
|
|
A tracheotomy set; and |
|
|
|
A blood volume expander. |
|
|
|
Has a written agreement with a hospital in the area for immediate emergency transfer of patients. |
|
|
|
Written procedures for such a transfer must be displayed and the staff must be aware of them. |
|
|
|
Physicians who do not own or direct the facility. |
|
|
|
Keeps a medical record on each patient. |
Terminally Ill (Hospice Care)
Terminally ill means a medical prognosis of 6 months or less to live.
Therapeutic Drug Class
A group of drugs or medications that have a similar or identical mode of action or exhibit similar
or identical outcomes for the treatment of a disease or injury.
U (GR-9N-S-34-105-01)
Urgent Admission
A hospital admission by a physician due to:
|
|
The onset of or change in a illness; or |
|
|
|
The diagnosis of a illness; or |
|
|
|
An injury. |
|
|
|
The condition, while not needing an emergency admission, is severe enough to require
confinement as an inpatient in a hospital within 2 weeks from the date the need for the
confinement becomes apparent. |
Urgent Care Provider
This is:
|
|
A freestanding medical facility that meets all of the following requirements. |
|
|
|
Provides unscheduled medical services to treat an urgent condition if the persons
physician is not reasonably available. |
|
|
|
|
Routinely provides ongoing unscheduled medical services for more than 8 consecutive hours. |
|
|
|
|
Makes charges. |
|
|
|
|
Is licensed and certified as required by any state or federal law or regulation. |
|
|
|
|
Keeps a medical record on each patient. |
|
|
|
|
Provides an ongoing quality assurance program. This includes reviews by physicians
other than those who own or direct the facility. |
|
|
|
|
Is run by a staff of physicians. At least one physician must be on call at all times. |
|
|
|
|
Has a full-time administrator who is a licensed physician. |
85
|
|
A physicians office, but only one that: |
|
|
|
Has contracted with Aetna to provide urgent care; and |
|
|
|
|
Is, with Aetnas consent, included in the directory as a network urgent care provider. |
|
|
It is not the emergency room or outpatient department of a hospital. |
Urgent Condition
This means a sudden illness; injury; or condition; that:
|
|
Is severe enough to require prompt medical attention to avoid serious deterioration of your health; |
|
|
|
Includes a condition which would subject you to severe pain that could not be adequately
managed without urgent care or treatment; |
|
|
|
Does not require the level of care provided in the emergency room of a hospital; and |
|
|
|
Requires immediate outpatient medical care that cannot be postponed until your physician
becomes reasonably available. |
86
Confidentiality Notice
Aetna considers personal information to be confidential and has policies and procedures in place to
protect it against unlawful use and disclosure. By personal information, we mean information that
relates to a members physical or mental health or condition, the provision of health care to the
member, or payment for the provision of health care or disability or life benefits to the member.
Personal information does not include publicly available information or information that is
available or reported in a summarized or aggregate fashion but does not identify the member
When necessary or appropriate for your care or treatment, the operation of our health, disability
or life insurance plans, or other related activities, we use personal information internally, share
it with our affiliates, and disclose it to health care providers (doctors, dentists, pharmacies,
hospitals and other caregivers), payors (health care provider organizations, employers who sponsor
self-funded health plans or who share responsibility for the payment of benefits, and others who
may be financially responsible for payment for the services or benefits you receive under your
plan), other insurers, third party administrators, vendors, consultants, government authorities,
and their respective agents. These parties are required to keep personal information confidential
as provided by applicable law. In our health plans, participating network providers are also
required to give you access to your medical records within a reasonable amount of time after you
make a request.
Some of the ways in which personal information is used include claim payment; utilization review
and management; medical necessity reviews; coordination of care and benefits; preventive health,
early detection, vocational rehabilitation and disease and case management; quality assessment and
improvement activities; auditing and anti-fraud activities; performance measurement and outcomes
assessment; health, disability and life claims analysis and reporting; health services, disability
and life research; data and information systems management; compliance with legal and regulatory
requirements; formulary management; litigation proceedings; transfer of policies or contracts to
and from other insurers, HMOs and third party administrators; underwriting activities; and due
diligence activities in connection with the purchase or sale of some or all of our business. We
consider these activities key for the operation of our health, disability and life plans. To the
extent permitted by law, we use and disclose personal information as provided above without member
consent. However, we recognize that many members do not want to receive unsolicited marketing
materials unrelated to their health, disability and life benefits. We do not disclose personal
information for these marketing purposes unless the member consents. We also have policies
addressing circumstances in which members are unable to give consent.
To obtain a copy of our Notice of Privacy Practices, which describes in greater detail our
practices concerning use and disclosure of personal information, please call the toll-free Member
Services number on your ID card or visit our Internet site at www.aetna.com.
Additional Information Provided by
Booz Allen Hamilton
The following information is provided to you in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). It is not a part of your booklet-certificate. Your Plan Administrator
has determined that this information together with the information contained in your
booklet-certificate is the Summary Plan Description required by ERISA.
In furnishing this information, Aetna is acting on behalf of your Plan Administrator who remains
responsible for complying with the ERISA reporting rules and regulations on a timely and accurate
basis.
Name of Plan:
Medical, Dental and Prescription drug plan
Employer Identification Number:
36-2513626
Plan Number:
504
Type of Plan:
Welfare
Type of Administration:
Group Insurance Policy with:
Aetna Life Insurance Company
151 Farmington Avenue
Hartford, CT 06156
Plan Administrator:
Booz Allen Hamilton
8283 Greensboro Drive
McLean, VA 22102-3838
Telephone Number:
Agent For Service of Legal Process:
Booz Allen Hamilton
8283 Greensboro Drive
McLean, VA 22102-3838
Service of legal process may also be made upon the Plan Administrator
End of Plan Year:
Decemeber 31
Source of Contributions:
Employer
Procedure for Amending the Plan:
The Employer may amend the Plan from time to time by a written instrument signed by Plan
Administrator.
ERISA Rights
As a participant in the group insurance plan you are entitled to certain rights and
protections under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. ERISA provides that all plan
participants shall be entitled to:
Receive Information about Your Plan and Benefits
Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrators office and at other specified locations, such
as worksites and union halls, all documents governing the Plan, including insurance contracts,
collective bargaining agreements, and a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series) that is
filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of
the Employee Benefits Security Administration.
Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation
of the Plan, including insurance contracts, collective bargaining agreements, and copies of the
latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), and an updated Summary Plan Description. The Administrator
may make a reasonable charge for the copies.
Receive a summary of the Plans annual financial report. The Plan Administrator is required by law
to furnish each participant with a copy of this summary annual report.
Receive a copy of the procedures used by the Plan for determining a qualified domestic relations
order (QDRO) or a qualified medical child support order (QMCSO).
Continue Group Health Plan Coverage
Continue health care coverage for yourself, your spouse, or your dependents if there is a loss of
coverage under the Plan as a result of a qualifying event. You or your dependents may have to pay
for such coverage. Review this summary plan description and the documents governing the Plan for
the rules governing your COBRA continuation coverage rights.
Reduction or elimination of exclusionary periods of coverage for preexisting conditions under your
group health plan, if you have creditable coverage from another plan. You should be provided a
certificate of creditable coverage, free of charge, from your group health plan or health insurance
issuer when you lose coverage under the Plan, when you become entitled to elect COBRA continuation
coverage, when your COBRA continuation coverage ceases, if you request it before losing coverage,
or if you request it up to 24 months after losing coverage. Without evidence of creditable
coverage, you may be subject to preexisting condition exclusion for 12 months after your enrollment
date in your coverage under this Plan. Contact your Plan Administrator for assistance in obtaining
a certificate of creditable coverage.
Prudent Actions by Plan Fiduciaries
In addition to creating rights for plan participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are
responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate your Plan,
called fiduciaries of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in your interest and that of
other plan participants and beneficiaries. No one, including your employer, your union, or any
other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from
obtaining a welfare benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.
Enforce Your Rights
If your claim for a welfare benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you have a
right to know why this was done, to obtain documents relating to the decision without charge, and
to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.
Under ERISA there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request
materials from the Plan and do not receive them within 30 days you may file suit in a federal
court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and
pay up to $110 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of
reasons beyond the control of the Administrator.
If you have a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit
in a state or federal court. In addition, if you disagree with the Plans decision or lack thereof
concerning the status of a domestic relations order or a medical child support order, you may file
suit in a federal court.
If it should happen that plan fiduciaries misuse the Plans money or if you are discriminated
against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor or you
may file suit in a federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees.
If you are successful, the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If
you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim
is frivolous.
Assistance with Your Questions
If you have any questions about your Plan, you should contact the Plan Administrator.
If you
have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, you should
contact:
|
|
the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of
Labor, listed in your telephone directory; or |
|
|
|
the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security
Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington D.C.
20210. |
You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by
calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.
Statement of Rights under the Newborns and Mothers Health Protection Act
Under federal law, group health plans and health insurance issuers offering group health insurance
coverage generally may not restrict benefits for any hospital length of stay in connection with
childbirth for the mother or newborn child to less than 48 hours following a vaginal delivery, or
less than 96 hours following a delivery by cesarean section. However, the plan or issuer may pay
for a shorter stay if the attending provider (e.g., your physician, nurse midwife, or physician
assistant), after consultation with the mother, discharges the mother or newborn earlier.
Also, under federal law, plans and issuers may not set the level of benefits or out-of-pocket costs
so that any later portion of the 48-hour (or 96-hour) stay is treated in a manner less favorable to
the mother or newborn than any earlier portion of the stay.
In addition, a plan or issuer may not, under federal law, require that you, your physician, or
other health care provider obtain authorization for prescribing a length of stay of up to 48 hours
(or 96 hours). However, you may be required to obtain precertification for any days of confinement
that exceed 48 hours (or 96 hours). For information on precertification, contact your plan
administrator.
Notice Regarding Womens Health and Cancer Rights Act
Under this health plan, coverage will be provided to a person who is receiving benefits for a
medically necessary mastectomy and who elects breast reconstruction after the mastectomy for:
(1) |
|
reconstruction of the breast on which a mastectomy has been performed; |
|
(2) |
|
surgery and reconstruction of the other breast to produce a symmetrical appearance; |
|
(3) |
|
prostheses; and |
|
(4) |
|
treatment of physical complications of all stages of mastectomy, including lymphedemas. |
This coverage will be provided in consultation with the attending physician and the patient, and
will be subject to the same annual deductibles and coinsurance provisions that apply for the
mastectomy.
If you have any questions about our coverage of mastectomies and reconstructive surgery, please
contact the Member Services number on your ID card.
exv10w19
Exhibit 10.19
ECAP Benefits and Retirement Payments for Officers
Booz Allen Officers who are eligible (after one year of service and age 21 or older) to participate
in employer contributions to the Booz Allen Hamilton Employees Capital Accumulation Plan (ECAP)
will receive tax-qualified contributions to their ECAP accounts each year as part of the firms
annual profit sharing contribution. The firms annual profit sharing contribution is determined
each year in the firms sole discretion. Historically, this contribution has been 10% of
their Eligible Compensation up to the IRS Eligible Compensation Limit and 5.7% of their Eligible
Compensation above the Social Security Wage Base. The amount of the firms annual profit sharing
contribution that can be paid into such Officers ECAP accounts is subject to IRS limitations on
employer contributions to tax-qualified plans.
In addition, each year the firm makes a non-tax qualified payment to all Officers who are eligible
to receive employer contributions to their ECAP account. Specifically, each eligible Officer will
receive a cash payment equal to the full amount of the firms annual profit sharing contribution
for the year that would have been paid into the Officers ECAP account without regard to the
IRS-imposed limitations on tax-qualified contributions, minus the sum of (i) the amount of the
firms profit sharing contribution that was actually paid into the Officers ECAP account for the
year plus (ii) the maximum amount the Officer could have contributed voluntarily to ECAP for the
year. The firm will then apply a 23% investment incentive against this non-tax qualified payment
amount to arrive at the total non-tax qualified payment for the year. This payment, including
the 23% investment incentive, will be paid in cash to each eligible Officer following the end of
the year and is subject to immediate taxation.
The firm also makes a cash payment to each Officer that is equivalent to the annual tax-deferred
contribution the individual is permitted to make to ECAP under the Internal Revenue Code. For
2010, that amount is $16,500 for individuals under age 50 and $22,000 for individuals age 50 and
older.
For the purpose of calculating the annual non-tax qualified payment, Eligible Compensation will
be determined by multiplying the total points held by each Officer during the plan year by the
value assigned to such points, regardless of how the compensation derived from this calculation is
delivered (i.e. base draw, cash bonus, and equity bonus).
exv10w20
Exhibit 10.20
MassMutual
The Blue Chip Company SM
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
Springfield, MA 01111-0001
Group Flexible Premium Adjustable Life Insurance Policy
With Variable Rider
|
|
|
POLICY WITH RIDERHOLDER
|
|
CITIZENS BANK OF RHODE ISLAND, AS TRUSTEE OF THE STRATEGIC GROUP UNIVERSAL LIFE TRUST |
|
|
|
INSURER
|
|
MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY |
|
|
|
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
|
JANUARY 1, 1998 |
|
|
|
STATE OF ISSUE
|
|
RHODE ISLAND |
|
|
|
POLICY WITH RIDER
NUMBER
|
|
002 |
INSURING AGREEMENT
This policy with rider is issued to the Policy With Riderholder named above. It is a legal
contract between the Policy With Riderholder and us. The Insurer agrees to pay the benefits
set forth in this policy with rider with respect to plan members. This agreement is made in
return for any required applications and the payment of premiums as stated in this policy with
rider. In this policy with rider, the words we, us, and our refer to Massachusetts
Mutual Life Insurance Company.
The following pages explain the terms of this agreement. Those pages, and the attached
application for this policy with rider, are a part of this agreement. For ease of reference,
in this policy with rider the term certificate with rider is often used to refer to
insurance values or benefits provided under this policy with rider which is evidenced by the
issuance of a certificate with rider.
This policy with rider is delivered in the state named above. That jurisdictions laws shall
govern this policy with rider.
The effective date of this policy with rider is shown above. On that date, this policy with
rider takes effect at 12:01 a.m. standard time at the Policy With Riderholders
principal place of business.
As evidence of this agreement, the Insurers officers have signed this policy with
rider at Springfield, Massachusetts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
President
|
|
Secretary |
Group Flexible Premium Adjustable Life Insurance Policy With Variable Rider
GVULPM-9700
Policy With Rider Summary
This Summary briefly describes some of the major provisions of this policy with rider which
are shown in the certificate with rider. Since this Summary does not go into detail, the actual
provisions will control. See those provisions for full information and any limits that may apply.
The Where To Find It on the inside of the back cover shows where these provisions may be found.
This policy with rider provides insurance on certain employees of the Employer. The insurance
provided is variable life insurance. We will pay a death benefit if an individual Insured dies
while the insurance is in force. In force means that the insurance on the Insured has not
terminated.
Variable means that all values which depend on the investment performance of the Separate
Account shown on the Schedule Page are not guaranteed as to dollar amount.
Premiums for this insurance are flexible. After the minimum initial premium has been paid, there is
no requirement that any specific amount of premium be paid on any date. Instead, within the limits
stated in the certificate with rider, any amount may be paid on any date before the death of the
Insured.
Premiums are applied to increase the value of the certificate with rider. Monthly charges are
deducted from the value of the certificate with rider each month. If there is not enough value
to pay the monthly charges for one month, the insurance will terminate at the end of 61 days.
There is, however, a right to reinstate the insurance.
There are other rights available while the Insured is living. These include:
|
|
|
The right to assign the certificate with rider. |
|
|
|
|
The right to change the Owner or any Beneficiary. |
|
|
|
|
The right to fully surrender the insurance. |
|
|
|
|
The right to make withdrawals. |
|
|
|
|
The right to make loans. |
|
|
|
|
The right to increase or decrease the Selected Face
Amount. |
|
|
|
|
The right to allocate net premiums among the Guaranteed Principal Account and the divisions of the Separate Account. |
|
|
|
|
The right to transfer values among the Guaranteed Principal Account and the divisions of the Separate Account. |
|
|
|
|
The right to change the Death Benefit Option. |
The policy with rider also describes a number of Payment Options. These provide alternate ways
to pay the death benefit or the amount payable upon full surrender.
GVULPM-9700
WHERE TO FIND IT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page No. |
|
Part 1. The Basics Of This Policy With Rider |
|
|
1 |
|
The Parties Involved |
|
|
1 |
|
Insurer |
|
|
1 |
|
Policy With Riderholder |
|
|
1 |
|
Employer |
|
|
1 |
|
Owner |
|
|
1 |
|
Insured |
|
|
1 |
|
Beneficiary |
|
|
1 |
|
Irrevocable Beneficiary |
|
|
1 |
|
Group Life Insurance Certificates With Riders |
|
|
1 |
|
Dates Certificate Date, Certificate Anniversary Date,
Certificate Year, Rider Add-On Date, Issue Date,
Paid-Up Certificate Date, Monthly Calculation Date,
Valuation Date, Valuation Period, Valuation Time |
|
|
2 |
|
Entire Contract |
|
|
2 |
|
Eligibility |
|
|
3 |
|
Effective Date |
|
|
3 |
|
Termination of The Policy With Rider |
|
|
3 |
|
Discontinuance of Policy With Rider |
|
|
3 |
|
Continuation Of Insurance |
|
|
4 |
|
Representations And Contestability |
|
|
4 |
|
Misstatement Of Age |
|
|
4 |
|
Meaning Of In Force |
|
|
4 |
|
Home Office |
|
|
5 |
|
Part 2. Premium Payments |
|
|
5 |
|
Minimum Initial Premium |
|
|
5 |
|
Modal Term |
|
|
5 |
|
Modal Term Premium |
|
|
5 |
|
Premium Flexibility And Premium Notices |
|
|
6 |
|
Where To Pay Premiums |
|
|
6 |
|
Right To Refund Premiums |
|
|
6 |
|
Part 3. Accounts, Values, And Charges |
|
|
6 |
|
Net Premium |
|
|
6 |
|
Allocation Of Net Premiums |
|
|
6 |
|
The Separate Account |
|
|
7 |
|
Changes In The Separate Account |
|
|
7 |
|
Accumulation Units |
|
|
8 |
|
Purchase And Sale Of Accumulation Units |
|
|
8 |
|
Account Value Of Certificate With Rider |
|
|
8 |
|
Variable Account Value Of Certificate With Rider |
|
|
8 |
|
Fixed Account Value Of Certificate With Rider |
|
|
9 |
|
The Guaranteed Principal Account |
|
|
9 |
|
Interest On Fixed Account Value |
|
|
9 |
|
Monthly Charges |
|
|
10 |
|
Grace Period And Termination |
|
|
11 |
|
Part 4. Life Benefits |
|
|
11 |
|
Certificate With Rider Ownership |
|
|
11 |
|
Rights Of Owner |
|
|
11 |
|
Assignment |
|
|
11 |
|
Changing The Owner Or Beneficiary |
|
|
12 |
|
Transfers Of Values |
|
|
12 |
|
The Certificate With Riders Share In Dividends |
|
|
12 |
|
Certificate With Rider Is Participating |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page No. |
|
How Dividends May Be Used |
|
|
13 |
|
Dividend After Death |
|
|
13 |
|
Surrendering The Certificate With Rider And Making
Withdrawals |
|
|
13 |
|
Right To Surrender |
|
|
13 |
|
Cash Surrender Value |
|
|
13 |
|
Making Withdrawals |
|
|
13 |
|
How We Pay |
|
|
14 |
|
Borrowing On The Certificate With Rider |
|
|
15 |
|
Right To Make Loans |
|
|
15 |
|
Effect Of Loan |
|
|
15 |
|
Maximum Loan Available |
|
|
15 |
|
Interest |
|
|
16 |
|
Certificate With Rider Debt Limit |
|
|
17 |
|
Repayment Of Certificate With Rider Debt |
|
|
17 |
|
Other Borrowing Rules |
|
|
17 |
|
Reinstating The Certificate With Rider |
|
|
18 |
|
When Reinstatement Can Be Made |
|
|
18 |
|
Requirements To Reinstate |
|
|
18 |
|
Changes In the Selected Face Amount |
|
|
18 |
|
Increases In The Selected Face Amount |
|
|
18 |
|
Limitations On Increases |
|
|
18 |
|
Evidence Of Increases |
|
|
18 |
|
Decreases In The Selected Face Amount |
|
|
19 |
|
Right To Amend |
|
|
19 |
|
Amending The Certificate With Rider |
|
|
19 |
|
Reports To Owner |
|
|
19 |
|
Annual Report |
|
|
19 |
|
Illustrative Report |
|
|
19 |
|
Part 5. The Death Benefit |
|
|
20 |
|
Amount Of Death Benefit |
|
|
20 |
|
Death Benefit Options |
|
|
20 |
|
Minimum Face Amount |
|
|
20 |
|
Changes In The Death Benefit Option |
|
|
21 |
|
When We Pay |
|
|
21 |
|
Interest On Death Benefit |
|
|
21 |
|
Suicide Exclusion |
|
|
21 |
|
Part 6. Payment Options |
|
|
22 |
|
Availability Of Options |
|
|
22 |
|
Minimum Amounts |
|
|
22 |
|
Description Of Options |
|
|
22 |
|
Electing A Payment Option |
|
|
27 |
|
Effective Date And Payment Dates |
|
|
27 |
|
Withdrawals And Changes |
|
|
27 |
|
Income Protection |
|
|
27 |
|
Part 7. Notes On Our Computations |
|
|
28 |
|
Net Investment Factor |
|
|
28 |
|
Accumulation Unit Value |
|
|
28 |
|
Adjustments Of Units And Values |
|
|
28 |
|
Basis Of Computation |
|
|
28 |
|
Method Of Computing Values |
|
|
29 |
|
Any Riders and Endorsements For This Policy With
Rider Follow Page 29 |
|
|
|
|
GVULPM-9700
|
|
|
|
|
MassMutual
The Blue Chip Company SM
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
Springfield, MA 01111-0001 |
Group Flexible Premium Adjustable Life Insurance
Policy With Variable Rider
Notice Of Annual Meeting
The Policy With Riderholder is hereby notified that by virtue of this policy he, she or it is a
member of Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company and is entitled to vote either in person or
by proxy at any and all meetings of said Company. The annual meetings are held at its Home
Office, in Springfield, Massachusetts, on the second Wednesday of April in each year at 2 oclock
p.m.
GVULPM-9700
Part 1. The Basics Of This Policy With Rider
In this Part we discuss some insurance concepts that are necessary to understand this
policy with rider.
The Parties Involved Insurer, Policy With Riderholder, Employer, Owner, Insured, Beneficiary, Irrevocable Beneficiary
The Insurer is the Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company. In this policy, the words we,
us, and our refer to the Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company.
The Policy With Riderholder is shown on the front cover of this policy with rider.
Employer is an employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust who has become a
participant in the Trust by:
|
|
|
Executing a Participation Agreement; and |
|
|
|
|
Meeting the conditions for participation that are specified in that Agreement. This
includes applying for insurance under the policy for certain of the employers employees
who meet eligibility requirements established by the Employer. |
An Owner is the person who owns a Group Flexible Premium Adjustable Life Insurance
Certificate With Rider, as shown on our records.
An Insured is the person on whose life the certificate with rider is issued.
A Beneficiary is any person named on our records to receive insurance proceeds after the Insured
dies. There may be different classes of Beneficiaries, such as primary and secondary. These
classes set the order of payment. There may be more than one Beneficiary in a class.
Example: |
|
Debbie is named as primary (first) Beneficiary. Anne and Scott are named as
Beneficiaries in the secondary class. If Debbie is alive when the Insured dies, she
receives the death benefit. But if Debbie is dead and Anne and Scott are alive when
the Insured dies, Anne and Scott receive the death benefit. |
Any Beneficiary may be named an Irrevocable Beneficiary. An Irrevocable Beneficiary is one
whose consent is needed to change that Beneficiary. Also, this Beneficiary must consent to
the exercise of certain other rights.
Group Life Insurance Certificates With Riders
Group Life Insurance Certificates With Riders issued under this policy with rider are referred to
as certificates with riders. We will issue a certificate with rider to the Owner for each
Insured under this policy with rider. The certificate with rider shall set forth the insurance
provided under this policy with rider on the life of the Insured. The certificate with rider will
disclose to whom the insurance benefits are payable. Any policy with rider terms, limits, and
rights as may pertain to the Insured and Owner will be shown.
GVULPM-9700
Dates Certificate Date, Certificate Anniversary Date, Certificate Year, Rider Add-On Date, Issue Date,
Paid-up Certificate Date, Monthly Calculation Date, Valuation Date, Valuation Period, Valuation Time
The Certificate Date is shown on the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider. It is the
starting point for determining Certificate Anniversary Dates and Certificate Years. The first
Certificate Anniversary Date is one year after the Certificate Date. The period from the
Certificate Date to the first Certificate Anniversary Date, or from one Certificate Anniversary
Date to the next, is called a Certificate Year. The Rider Add-On Date is also shown on the
Schedule Page. It is the date that the variable rider was added to the certificate.
Example: |
|
The Certificate Date is June 10, 19X1. The first Certificate Anniversary
Date is June 10, 19X2. The period from June 10, 19X1 through June 9, 19X2 is a
Certificate Year. |
The Issue Date is also shown on the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider. The Issue
Date is used to determine the start of the suicide and contestability periods. We discuss
contestability below. See Part 5 for a discussion of the suicide exclusion.
The Paid-up Certificate Date is also shown on the Schedule Page of the certificate with
rider. It is the Certificate Anniversary Date after the Insureds 100th birthday. On this Date and
at all times thereafter, the Selected Face Amount will equal the account value and the Death
Benefit Option will be Death Benefit Option A. Monthly charges will continue to be deducted from
the account value of the certificate with rider but mortality charges will equal $0. Premium
payments will no longer be accepted. The payment of premiums does not guarantee that the
certificate with rider will continue in force to the Paid-up Certificate Date.
The Monthly Calculation Date is the monthly date on which the monthly charges for the
certificate with rider are due. The first Monthly
Calculation Date is the Certificate Date. Subsequent Monthly Calculation Dates are the same day
of each month thereafter.
A Valuation Date is any date on which the New York Stock Exchange (or its successor) is
open for trading. A Valuation Period is the period of time from the end of one Valuation Date to
the end of the next Valuation Date. A Valuation Time is the time the New York Stock Exchange (or
its
successor) closes on a Valuation Date. All actions which are to be performed on a Valuation
Date will be performed as of the Valuation
Time.
Entire Contract
This policy with rider is a legal contract between the Policy With Riderholder
and us.
The term application as it applies to the certificate with rider shall mean any enrollment
form(s) or application(s) for the certificate with rider.
The entire contract consists of:
GVULPM-9700
2
|
|
|
This policy with rider and the application for it; |
|
|
|
|
The applications for the certificates with riders; and |
|
|
|
|
Any rider(s) attached to any certificates with riders issued under this policy
with rider. |
In any application, rider, or other form attached to a certificate with rider:
|
|
|
The word policy with rider as it applies to a certificate with rider shall mean
certificate with rider; |
|
|
|
|
The words Policy Date as they apply to a certificate with rider
shall mean Certificate Date; and |
|
|
|
|
The words Policy Anniversary Date as they apply to a certificate with rider
shall mean Certificate Anniversary Date. |
We have issued this policy with rider in return for the application for it. We will issue
certificates with riders in return for the application and the payment of premiums for the
certificate with rider. Any change or waiver of the terms of this policy with rider or any
certificate with rider under this policy with rider must be in writing mad signed by our Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary to be effective.
Eligibility
The requirements to be eligible for insurance under this policy with rider are set forth by the
Employer.
Effective Date
The effective date of this policy with rider is shown on the front cover of this policy with
rider.
An eligible employee shall be insured under this policy with rider as of the date described in the
application for insurance on that employee. However, the effective date of the insurance on an
eligible employee must be on or after the date of the Participation Agreement signed by the
Employer.
Termination Of The
Policy With Rider
This policy with rider will terminate without the right of reinstatement on the date the
coverage ends for the last remaining Insured under this policy with rider.
Discontinuance of
Policy With Rider
This policy with rider will be discontinued if:
|
|
|
the Policy With Riderholder gives us 30 days written notice requesting that
the policy with rider be discontinued; or |
|
|
|
|
we give the Policy With Riderholder written notice of discontinuance at least 30
days prior to the date we discontinue the policy with rider. |
If the policy with rider is discontinued by us or the Policy With Riderholder, the party who
initiated the discontinuance will send a notice to each Owner of record, at the Owners last known
address, at least 15 days prior to the date of discontinuance.
GVULPM-9700
3
No additional persons will be accepted for insurance after the date of
discontinuance.
Continuation Of Insurance
If this policy with rider is discontinued or if the Insured becomes
disassociated from the Employer, any insurance then in effect will remain
in force, provided it is not fully surrendered by the Owner. All insurance
that is continued will be automatically changed from deduction of wages
to a direct billing status. Certificate with rider premiums will then be
payable directly to us.
Representations And Contestability
We rely on all statements made by or for the Insured in the application(s)
for any certificate with rider issued under this policy with rider. Those
statements are considered to be representations and not warranties. We
reserve the right to bring legal action to contest the validity of the
insurance described in a certificate with rider, or any increase in the
Selected Face Amount applied for after the Issue Date, for any material
misrepresentation of a fact. To do so, however, the misrepresentation
must have been made in the application, or in a supplemental application
to increase the Selected Face Amount, and a copy of the application must
have been attached to the certificate with rider when issued, or made a
part of the certificate with rider when the increase in the Selected Face
Amount became effective.
Except for any increase in the Selected Face Amount applied for after the
Issue Date, we can not contest the validity of the insurance described in a
certificate with rider after the certificate has been in force during the
lifetime of the Insured for a period of two years from its Issue Date. We
can not contest the validity of any increase in the Selected Face Amount
applied for after the Issue Date once the certificate has been in effect
during the lifetime of the Insured for a period of two years.
Misstatement Of Age
If the Insureds date of birth as given in the application is not correct, an
adjustment will be made. If the adjustment is made when the Insured dies,
the death benefit will reflect the amount provided by the most recent
mortality charge according to the correct age. If the adjustment is made
before the Insured dies, then future monthly deductions will be based on
the correct age.
Meaning Of In Force
In force means that the insurance provided by the certificate with rider
has not terminated. The certificate will be in force from its Issue Date or,
if later, the date the first premium for the certificate is paid.
The certificate with rider will continue in force to the Insureds death if:
|
|
|
The account value less any
certificate with rider debt is sufficient to cover the
monthly charges due on each Monthly Calculation Date; and |
|
|
|
|
Certificate with rider debt
does not exceed the account value; and |
|
|
|
|
The certificate with rider is not fully surrendered. |
GVULPM-9700
4
The factors which can affect the certificate with riders account value include:
|
|
|
The amount and timing of premium payments. |
|
|
|
|
Any withdrawals or transfers of values. |
|
|
|
|
Any changes in any riders. |
|
|
|
|
Any changes in the Selected Face Amount. |
|
|
|
|
Any outstanding certificate with rider debt. |
|
|
|
|
Any changes in the Death Benefit Option. |
|
|
|
|
The monthly charges deducted from the account value. |
|
|
|
|
The interest earned on the fixed account value. |
|
|
|
|
The net investment experience of the Separate Account for the certificate with
rider. |
Each of these factors is discussed in detail elsewhere in the certificate with rider.
Home Office
Our Home Office is in Springfield, Massachusetts. The
address is Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, Springfield,
Massachusetts 01111-0001.
Part 2. Premium Payments
Premiums are the payments that may be paid to us to purchase life insurance and to increase
the account value of the certificate with rider.
Minimum Initial Premium, Modal Term, Modal Term Premium
The Minimum Initial Premium for the certificate with rider is shown on the Schedule Page for
the certificate with rider.
The Modal Term selected by the Employer forms the basis for the billing cycle for a certificate.
The Employer may select a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual Modal Term. The Employer may
change the selected Modal Term at any time by written request to Us. If an Insured becomes
disassociated from the Employer, we will send the billing statements directly to the Owner. When
an Insured becomes disassociated from the Employer, the Owner will be vested in all policy rights
previously held by the Employer, including the right to change the Modal Term to any mode but
monthly.
The Modal Term Premium is an estimate of the premium that will be sufficient to pay the
monthly charges for the Modal Term. The Modal Term Premium equals the sum of the monthly
charges during the Modal Term divided by 1 less the total percentage we deduct from a
premium to equal a Net Premium discounted at a rate not lower than the minimum annual
interest rate. In calculating the Mortality Charge, it is assumed that the amount of
insurance that requires a charge is equal to the Selected Face Amount divided by 1 plus the
monthly equivalent of the minimum annual interest rate.
GVULPM-9700
5
Premium Flexibility And Premium Notices
After the minimum initial premium for a certificate with rider has been
paid, there is no requirement that any amount of premium be paid on any
date. Subject to the Right To Refund Premiums provision in this Part,
while the certificate with rider is in force any amount of premium may be
paid at any time before the death of the Insured.
We will also send notice of any premium needed to prevent termination
of
the certificate with rider. Premium notices will be sent only while the
certificate with rider is in force.
Payment of premiums does not guarantee that the certificate with rider
will continue in force.
Where To Pay Premiums
All premiums are payable to us at our Home Office or at the place shown
for payment on the premium notice. Upon request, a receipt signed by our
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary will be given for any premium
payment.
Right To Refund Premiums
We have the right to promptly refund any amount of premium paid for the
certificate with rider if application of that premium to the certificate with
riders account value would increase the amount of insurance that requires
a charge. See the Monthly Charges provision in Part 3 for a discussion
of the amount of insurance that requires a charge.
Part 3. Accounts, Values, And Charges
A certificate with rider provides that certain values (referred to as the variable account
values) are based on the investment performance of the Separate Account and are not guaranteed as
to dollar amount. A certificate with rider also provides that other values (referred to as the
fixed account values) are based on the interest credited to the Guaranteed Principal Account.
The account value of a certificate with rider is the variable account value plus the fixed account
value. This Part gives information about the Separate Account, the Guaranteed Principal Account,
and the values and charges connected with them.
Net Premium
A net premium is a premium we receive for a certificate with rider less the charges we deduct at
that time. Net premium, expressed as a percentage of a premium we receive, is shown on the
Schedule Page.
Allocation Of Net Premiums
The allocation of each net premium we receive will be in whole percentages and will be subject to
any net premium allocation limitations stated on the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider.
Each net premium we receive before the Right To Return period expires will be allocated to
the Guaranteed Principal Account. The Right To Return period is explained on the front cover of
the certificate with rider.
Upon the expiration of the Right To Return period, we will allocate the certificate
with riders value among the Guaranteed Principal Account and
GVULPM-9700
6
the divisions of the Separate Account. This allocation will be
in accordance with the net premium allocation in effect and subject
to the allocation limitations stated on the Schedule Page of the
certificate with rider.
Each net premium we receive after the Right To Return period
expires will be allocated among the Guaranteed Principal Account and the
divisions of the Separate Account. This allocation will be in accordance
with the net premium allocation in effect and subject to the allocation
limitations stated on the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider.
The net premium allocation specified in the application will
remain in effect until changed by any later written election
satisfactory to us and received at our Home Office. Any change in
the allocation specified in
the application will be subject to the allocation limitations
stated on the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider.
The Separate Account
The Separate Account shown on the Schedule Page of the certificate with
rider is a separate investment account.
The Separate Account has several divisions. Each division invests in shares
of an investment fund. The divisions and the investment funds available to
the Owner are shown on the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider.
The values of the assets in the divisions are variable and are not
guaranteed. They depend on the investment results of the Separate Account
shown on the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider.
We own the assets of the Separate Account. Those assets will be used only
to support variable life insurance policies. A portion of the assets equal
to the reserves and other liabilities of the Separate Account will not be
charged with liabilities that arise from any other business we may conduct.
However, we may transfer assets that exceed the reserves and other
liabilities of the Separate Account to our general account. Income, gains,
and losses, whether or not realized, from each division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that division without regard to
any of our other income, gains, or losses.
Changes In The Separate Account
We have the right to establish additional divisions of the Separate
Account, and to establish other investment options, from time to time.
Amounts credited to any additional divisions established would be
invested
in shares of other Funds. For any division, we have the right to
substitute new Funds or merge existing Funds. We also have the fight to
eliminate
any existing division of the Separate Account or any other investment
option.
Subject to applicable provisions of federal securities laws, we have
the right to change the investment policy of any division of the Separate
Account subject to the approval of the insurance supervisory official of the
state of domicile of Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company.
GVULPM-9700
7
If required, the process for obtaining approval of a material change
from the applicable regulatory authority will be filed with the insurance
supervisory official of the state where this policy with rider is delivered.
Further, if required, we will notify the Owner if the applicable regulatory
authority approves any material change.
We reserve the right to operate the Separate Account as a managed
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or in any
other form permitted by law.
Accumulation Units
Accumulation units are used to measure the variable account value of a
certificate with rider. The value of a unit is determined as of the
Valuation Time on each Valuation Date for valuation of the Separate
Account. The value of any unit can vary from Valuation Date to
Valuation Date. That value reflects the investment performance of the
division of the Separate Account applicable to that unit.
Purchase And Sale Of Accumulation Units
Accumulation units will be purchased or sold at the unit value as of the
Valuation Time on the Valuation Date of purchase or sale. Accumulation
unit value is discussed in Part 7.
Example: |
|
The amount applied is $550. The date of purchase is June
10, 19X4. The accumulation unit value on that date is $10.
The number of units purchased would be 55 ($550 divided by
$10 = 55). If instead, the unit value was $11, then the amount
applied would purchase 50 units ($550 divided by $11 = 50). |
If we receive a premium or a written request that causes us to purchase
or
sell accumulation units, and we receive that premium or request
before the
Valuation Time on a Valuation Date, accumulation units will be
purchased or sold as of that Valuation Date. Otherwise, accumulation
units will be purchased or sold as of the next following Valuation Date.
At the Owners request, we will purchase or sell accumulation units
as of a
later Valuation Date.
Account Value Of Certificate With Rider
The account value of a certificate with rider on any date is the variable
account value of the certificate with rider plus the fixed account value of
the certificate with rider, both determined as of that date.
Variable Account Value Of Certificate With Rider
The variable account value of the certificate with rider reflects:
|
|
|
The net premiums allocated to the Separate Account for the
certificate with rider; |
|
|
|
|
Any amounts transferred into the Separate Account for the
certificate with rider from the Guaranteed Principal Account; |
|
|
|
|
Any amounts transferred and withdrawn from the Separate
Account for the certificate with rider; |
|
|
|
|
Any monthly charges deducted from the Separate Account for
the certificate with rider; and |
GVULPM-9700
8
|
|
|
The net investment experience of the Separate Account for the certificate with
rider. |
Net premiums, transfers, withdrawals, and monthly deductions are all reflected in the variable
account value through the purchase or sale of accumulation units. The net investment experience
is reflected in the value of the accumulation units. Net premiums and monthly deductions are
discussed in this Part 3. Transfers and withdrawals are discussed in Part 4.
The value of a certificate with riders accumulation units in a division of the Separate Account is
equal to the accumulation unit value in that division on the date the value is determined,
multiplied by the number of those units in that division. How accumulation unit values are
determined is discussed in Part 7.
The variable account value of a certificate with rider on any date is the total of the values on
that date of the certificate with riders accumulation units in each division of the Separate
Account.
Fixed Account Value Of Certificate With Rider
The fixed account value of a certificate with rider is the accumulation at interest of:
|
|
|
The net premiums allocated to the Guaranteed Principal Account for
the certificate with rider; plus |
|
|
|
|
Any amounts transferred into the Guaranteed Principal Account for the certificate
with rider from the Separate Account; less |
|
|
|
|
Any amounts transferred and withdrawn from the Guaranteed Principal Account for the
certificate with rider; and less |
|
|
|
|
Any monthly charges deducted from the Guaranteed Principal Account for the
certificate with rider. |
The Guaranteed Principal Account
The Guaranteed Principal Account, also referred to as the fixed account, is part of our
general investment account. It has no connection with, and does not depend on, the investment
performance of the Separate Account.
We have the right to establish additional guaranteed principal accounts from time to time.
Interest On Fixed Account Value
The fixed account value of a certificate with rider earns interest at a rate not less
than the minimum annual interest rate for the Guaranteed Principal Account shown in the
Basis Of Computation section on the Schedule Page. Interest is earned daily.
For any fixed account value equal to any certificate with rider loan, the interest rate we
use will be the daily equivalent of the loan interest rate less a declared charge which is
guaranteed not to exceed 1.25% annually.
For any fixed account value in excess of an amount equal to any certificate with rider loan, the
interest rate we use will be the daily equivalent of a rate declared by us.
GVULPM-9700
9
Monthly Charges
Monthly charges will be deducted from the account value of a certificate with rider. These
charges are due on each Monthly Calculation Date.
Monthly charges will be taken from the Guaranteed Principal Account until exhausted and then from
the divisions of the Separate Account in proportion to the values of the certificate with rider in
each of those divisions. For each Monthly Calculation Date, deductions will be made, and values
will be determined, on the Valuation Date which is on, or next follows, the latest of:
|
|
|
The date we receive the initial premium for the Certificate; |
|
|
|
|
The Monthly
Calculation Date; and |
|
|
|
|
The date we receive the amount of premium needed to prevent termination in
accordance with the Grace Period And Termination provision in this Part. |
Deductions from the Separate Account are made by selling accumulation units at their value
on the Valuation Date determined above.
We assess monthly charges of three types:
1. |
|
Administrative Charge. The amount of this charge will be determined by us. In no case,
however, will it be greater than the maximum charge shown in the Other Information section of
the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider. |
|
2. |
|
Mortality Charge. The amount of this charge will be determined by us. The maximum monthly
mortality charges for each $1,000 of insurance that requires a charge are shown in the Table
Of Maximum Monthly Mortality Charges of the certificate with rider. |
|
|
|
We have the right to charge less than the maximum charges shown in the Table. Any change
in these charges will apply to all individuals who are in the same class. The amount of
insurance that requires a charge is determined as follows. This computation is made as of the
date the charge is deducted. All amounts are computed as of that date. |
|
a. |
|
We compute the certificate with riders account value after all additions and
deductions other than the deduction of the mortality charge. |
|
|
b. |
|
We determine the amount of benefit under the Death Benefit Option in effect
(as discussed in the Death Benefit Options provision in Part 5). The Minimum Face
Amount used here is based on the account value computed in (a) above. |
|
|
c. |
|
We divide the amount of benefit determined in (b) above by an amount equal to 1 plus the
monthly equivalent (expressed as a decimal fraction) of the minimum annual interest rate for
the Guaranteed Principal Account shown in the Basis Of
|
GVULPM-9700
10
|
|
|
Computation section on the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider. |
|
|
d. |
|
We subtract the account value, as computed in (a) above, from the amount determined
in (c) above. The result is the amount of insurance that requires a charge. |
3. |
|
Rider Charge. The monthly charges for any rider are shown in a table of charges for that
rider. |
Grace Period And Termination
If the account value less any certificate with rider debt is not enough to pay the monthly
charges due on a Monthly Calculation Date, we allow a grace period for payment of the amount of
premium needed to increase the account value so that the monthly deduction can be made. This
grace period begins on the date the deduction is due. It ends 61 days after that date or, if
later, 30 days after we have mailed a written notice to the Owner at the last known address shown
on our records. This notice will state the amount required to increase the account value to cover
the charges.
During the grace period, the certificate with rider will continue in force. The certificate with
rider will terminate without value if we do not receive payment of the required amount by the end
of the grace period.
Part 4. Life Benefits
Life insurance provides a death benefit if the Insured dies while the certificate with rider
is in force. There are also rights and benefits that are available before the Insured dies. These
Life Benefits are discussed in this Part.
Certificate With Rider Ownership
Rights Of Owner
While the Insured is living, the Owner may exercise all rights given by the
certificate with rider or allowed by us. These rights include assigning the certificate with
rider, changing Beneficiaries, changing Ownership, enjoying all certificate with rider
benefits and exercising all certificate with rider options.
The consent of any Irrevocable Beneficiary is needed to exercise any
certificate with rider right except the right to reinstate the certificate
with rider after termination.
Assignment
This policy with rider may not be assigned.
A certificate with rider may be assigned with our consent. But for any
assignment to be binding on us, we must receive a signed copy of it at our
Home Office. We will not be responsible for the validity of any assignment.
GVULPM-9700
11
Once we receive a signed copy of and give our consent to an assignment,
the rights of the Owner and the interest of any Beneficiary or any other
person will be subject to the assignment. An assignment is subject to any
certificate with rider debt. See Borrowing On The Certificate With
Rider in this Part for a discussion of certificate with rider debt.
Changing The Owner Or Beneficiary
The Owner or any Beneficiary may be changed during the Insureds
lifetime. We do not limit the number of changes that may be made. To
make a change, a written request satisfactory to us must be received at our
Home Office. The change will take effect as of the date the request is
signed, even if the Insured dies before we receive it. Each change will be
subject to any payment we made or other action we took before receiving
the request.
Transfers Of Values
Transfers of a certificate with riders values are subject to the limitations
stated on the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider. Subject to those
limitations, transfers may be made upon written direction satisfactory to
us received at our Home Office. These transfers are:
|
|
|
Transfers of values between divisions of the Separate Account.
These transfers will be made by selling all or part of the
accumulation units in a division and applying the value of the
units sold to purchase units in any other division. |
|
|
|
|
Transfers of values from one or more divisions of the Separate
Account to the Guaranteed Principal Account. These transfers
will be made by selling all or part of the accumulation units in a
division and applying the value of the units sold to the
Guaranteed Principal Account. |
|
|
|
|
Transfers of values from the Guaranteed Principal Account to
one or more divisions of the Separate Account. These transfers
will be made by applying all or part of the value in the
Guaranteed Principal Account to purchase accumulation units
in one or more divisions of the Separate Account. |
Transfers will be as of the Valuation Date specified in the Purchase And
Sale Of Accumulation Units provision in Part 3. All transfers made on
one Valuation Date will be considered one transfer.
The Certificate With Riders Share In Dividends
Certificate With Rider Is Participating
A certificate with rider is participating, which means it may share in any
dividends we pay.
Each year we determine how much money can be paid as dividends. This
is called divisible surplus. We then determine how much of this divisible
surplus is to be allocated to the certificate with rider. This determination
is based on the certificate with riders contribution to divisible surplus.
Since we do not expect the certificate with rider to contribute to divisible
surplus, we do not expect that any of that surplus will be available for
allocation to the certificate with rider. If any dividends are allocated to the
GVULPM-9700
12
certificate with rider, they will be payable on Certificate Anniversary Dates.
How Dividends May Be Used
Dividends may be used in a number of ways. These are called dividend options. A dividend
option may be elected in the application. It may be changed at a later time. Although we do
not expect that any dividends will be payable on the certificate with rider, there are four
basic dividend options.
Cash Dividends will be paid in cash.
Dividend Accumulations Dividends will be added to the account value. Dividends will be
allocated among the Guaranteed Principal Account and the divisions of the Separate Account as
directed for net premiums.
Paid-Up Additions Dividends will be used to buy additional level paid-up insurance.
Reduce Monthly Deductions Dividends will be used to reduce the monthly deductions we make
from the account value to pay the monthly charges.
Dividends will be applied as paid-up additions if no option is elected.
Dividend After Death
If the Insured dies after the first Certificate Year, the death benefit will include a pro rata
share of any dividend allocated to the certificate with rider for the Year death occurs.
Surrendering The Certificate With Rider And Making Withdrawals
Right To Surrender
The certificate with rider may be fully surrendered for its cash
surrender value at any time while the Insured is living. Surrender will be effective
on the date we receive the certificate with rider and a written surrender
request satisfactory to us at our Home Office. A later effective date may
be elected in the surrender request.
Cash Surrender Value
The cash surrender value of a certificate with rider is equal to the account
value less any certificate with rider debt.
Making Withdrawals
A withdrawal may also be referred to as a partial surrender. While the
Insured is living, withdrawals may be made from a certificate with rider as
of any Monthly Calculation Date after six months from the Certificate
Date. The request for a withdrawal must be written and satisfactory to us.
It must state the Account (or Accounts) from which the withdrawal will be
made. For any withdrawal from the Separate Account, the request must
also state the division (or divisions) from which the withdrawal will be
made.
GVULPM-9700
13
The amount of a withdrawal includes the withdrawal charge that applies. Withdrawals from the
Guaranteed Principal Account will be made by reducing the value in that Account to provide the
amount of the withdrawal. Withdrawals from a division (or divisions) of the Separate Account will
be made by selling a sufficient number of accumulation units to provide the amount of the
withdrawal. Each withdrawal will be subject to the following rules:
|
|
|
The minimum amount of a withdrawal is $500; |
|
|
|
|
A withdrawal charge of up to 2% of the amount of the withdrawal, but not more than
$25, will be deducted from the
amount of the withdrawal; and |
|
|
|
|
An amount equal to certificate with rider debt plus one plus the number of Monthly
Calculation Dates remaining in the Modal Term multiplied by the most recent monthly
charge made for the certificate with rider must remain in the Guaranteed Principal
Account; and |
|
|
|
|
The maximum total withdrawal amount cannot exceed the account value less certificate
with rider debt less one plus the number of Monthly Calculation Dates remaining in
the Modal Term multiplied by the most recent monthly charge made for the certificate
with rider. |
Unless we receive evidence of insurability satisfactory to us, the Selected Face
Amount for the current Certificate Year will be reduced upon withdrawal as needed to prevent an
increase in the amount of insurance
that requires a charge. A new Schedule Page will be sent to the Owner to reflect these
changes.
Example: |
|
The Owner makes a withdrawal without furnishing us satisfactory evidence
of insurability. Just before the withdrawal, the certificate with rider has a
Selected Face Amount of $50,000 and an account value of $20,000. The Minimum Face
Amount Percentage for the current Certificate Year is 200%. Under Death Benefit
Option A, the amount of insurance that requires a charge is $50,000 minus
$20,000, or $30,000. If you make a withdrawal of $5,000, the account value would
be reduced to $15,000. The amount of insurance that requires a charge would
otherwise be increased to $35,000 ($50,000 - $15,000). However, the Selected Face
Amount will be reduced instead to $45,000 and the amount of insurance that
requires a charge will remain $30,000. (For simplicity, in this example the
minimum annual interest rate is assumed to be zero.) |
How We Pay
Any withdrawal made will be paid in one sum. However, if the
entire certificate with rider is fully surrendered, the cash surrender value
may be paid in one sum, or it may be applied under any payment option elected. See
Part 6.
GVULPM-9700
14
We may delay paying any full surrender or withdrawal value from the Guaranteed Principal
Account for up to six months from the date the request (and the certificate with rider, if
needed) is received at our Home Office.
We may delay paying any full surrender or withdrawal value from the Separate Account during
any period that:
|
|
|
The New York Stock Exchange (or its successor) is closed, except for normal
weekend or holiday closings, or trading is restricted; or |
|
|
|
|
The Securities and Exchange Commission (or its successor) determines that a
state of emergency exists; or |
|
|
|
|
The Securities and Exchange Commission (or its successor) permits us to delay
payment for the protection of our certificate with rider owners; or |
|
|
|
|
We are permitted by state law to delay such payment. |
If payment is delayed for 30 days or more, interest will be added. The amount of interest will
be the same as would be paid for the same period of time under Option D of the payment
options. See Part 6 for a description of Option D.
Borrowing On The Certificate With Rider
Right To Make Loans
Loans can be made on a certificate with rider at any time after six months from the
Certificate Date while the Insured is living. However, the certificate with rider must be
properly assigned to us before the loan is made. No other collateral is needed. We refer to all
outstanding loans plus accrued interest as certificate with rider debt.
Effect Of Loan
A loan is attributed to each division of the Separate Account and to the Guaranteed Principal
Account in proportion to the values of the certificate with rider in each of those divisions
and in the Guaranteed Principal Account (excluding any outstanding certificate with rider debt
plus an amount equal to one plus the number of Monthly Calculation Dates remaining in the
Modal Term multiplied by the most recent monthly charge made for the certificate with rider)
at the time of the loan. The amount of the loan attributed to each division of the Separate
Account will be transferred to the Guaranteed Principal Account. Any such transfer is made by
selling accumulation units in the division and applying the value of those units to the
Guaranteed Principal Account on the date the loan is made. Any interest added to the loan will
be treated as a new loan under this provision.
The amount equal to any outstanding certificate with rider loans will be held in the Guaranteed
Principal Account, and will earn interest as described in the Interest On Fixed Account Value
provision.
Maximum Loan Available
For any certificate with rider, the maximum amount that can be borrowed on any date is equal to:
GVULPM-9700
15
|
|
|
90% of the certificate with riders account value on that date; less |
|
|
|
|
Any outstanding certificate with rider debt; less |
|
|
|
|
Interest on the loan being made and on any outstanding certificate debt to the
next Certificate Anniversary Date; less |
|
|
|
|
An amount equal to one plus the number of Monthly Calculation Dates
remaining in the Modal Term multiplied by the most recent monthly charge made for
the certificate with rider. |
Interest
Interest is not due in advance. This interest accrues (builds up) each day and
becomes part of the certificate with rider debt as it accrues.
Interest is due on each Certificate Anniversary Date. If interest is not paid
when due, it will be added to the loan and will bear interest at the rate payable on the
loan.
Example: |
|
You have a loan of $1,000. The interest due on the
Certificate Anniversary Date is $60. If it is not paid on that date, we will
add it to the existing loan. The loan will then be $1,060 and interest will be charged
on this amount from then on. |
The type of interest rate on any loan is elected by the Employer and cannot be changed. Two
types of available interest rates available are:
1. |
|
A fixed loan interest rate of 6% per year; and |
|
2. |
|
An adjustable loan rate. Such an annual rate is set by us. This rate may change
from year to year. Each year we will set the rate that will
apply for the next Certificate Year. |
Each year there is a maximum limit on the interest rate we can set. That limit is based on a
Published Monthly Average. That Average will be:
|
|
|
The Monthly Average Corporates yield shown in Moodys
Corporate Bond Yield Averages, as published by Moodys Investors
Service, Inc., or any successor to that Service; or |
|
|
|
|
If that Monthly Average is no longer published, a
substantially similar average, established by regulation issued by the
insurance supervisory official of the state where this policy with rider
was delivered. |
The maximum limit is the Published Monthly Average for the calendar month ending two months
before the Certificate Year begins, or the annual interest rate shown in the Basis Of Computation
on the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider plus 1%, whichever is higher.
GVULPM-9700
16
Example: |
|
A Certificate Year begins on June 10, 19X1. The calendar
month ending two months before that date is March. The loan interest
rate for the Certificate Year beginning June 10, 19X1 will not be greater
than the Published Monthly Average for March, 19X1. However, if the Basis Of
Computations annual interest rate (plus 1%) is higher than the Average, then
that rate (plus 1%) will be the maximum loan interest rate for that
Certificate Year. |
If the maximum limit for a Certificate Year is at least 1/2% higher than the rate in effect
for the previous year, we may increase the rate to not more than that limit.
If the maximum limit for a Certificate Year is at least 1/2% lower than the rate in effect
for the previous year, we must decrease the rate to not more than that limit. Interest is not due
in advance. This interest accrues (builds up) each day and becomes part of the certificate debt as
it accrues.
The type of interest rate on any loan is shown on the Schedule Page of the certificate with
rider.
Certificate With Rider Debt Limit
Certificate with rider debt (including accrued interest) may not equal or exceed the
certificate with riders account value. If this limit is reached, we can terminate the
certificate with rider. To terminate for this reason we must mail written notice to the Owner
and any assignee shown on our records at their last known addresses. This notice will state
an amount that will bring the certificate with rider debt back within the limit. If we do not
receive payment within 30 days after the date we mailed the notice, the certificate with
rider will terminate without value at the end of those 30 days.
Repayment Of Certificate With Rider Debt
All or part of any certificate with rider debt may be repaid at any time while the
certificate with rider is in force and the Insured is living.
Any repayment of certificate with rider debt will result in the transfer of certificate with
rider values equal to the repayment out of the Guaranteed Principal Account and the application of
those values to each division of the Separate Account and to the Guaranteed Principal Account in
proportion to the values of the certificate with rider in each of those divisions and in the
Guaranteed Principal Account (excluding any outstanding certificate with rider loans) at the time
of the repayment.
Other Borrowing Rules
We may delay the granting of any loan amount attributable to the Guaranteed Principal Account for
up to six months.
We may delay the granting of any loan amount attributable to the Separate Account during
any period that:
|
|
|
The New York Stock Exchange (or its successor) is closed, except for normal
weekend or holiday closings, or trading is restricted; or |
GVULPM-9700
17
|
|
|
The Securities and Exchange Commission (or its successor)
determines that a state of emergency exists; or |
|
|
|
|
The Securities and Exchange Commission (or its successor)
permits us to delay payment for the protection of our
certificate with rider owners; or |
|
|
|
|
We are permitted by state law to delay such payment. |
Reinstating The Certificate With Rider
When Reinstatement Can Be Made
After a certificate with rider has terminated, it may be
reinstated
that is,
put back in force. However, the certificate with rider cannot be
reinstated
if it has been fully surrendered for its cash surrender value.
Reinstatement must be made within 5 years after the date of termination and during the
Insureds lifetime.
Requirements To Reinstate
Evidence of insurability satisfactory to us is required to reinstate. A
premium is also required as a cost to reinstate. That premium must be no
less than the amount necessary to produce a certificate with rider
account value equal to three times the monthly charges due on the Monthly
Calculation Date which is on, or next follows, the date of reinstatement.
Changes In The Selected Face Amount
Increases In The Selected Face Amount
While the certificate with rider is in force, the Selected Face Amount
may
be increased upon written application. Evidence of insurability,
satisfactory to us, may be required for each increase. Any increase must be for at
least $5,000, unless we establish a lower minimum. A lower minimum may be established by the
Employer and us in the Participation
Agreement.
Any increase in the Selected Face Amount will be effective on the Monthly
Calculation Date which is on, or next follows, the later of.
|
|
|
The date 15 days after a written request for such change has
been received and approved by us; or |
|
|
|
|
The requested effective date of the change. |
Mortality charges for each increase are determined and deducted from
the certificate with riders account value in accordance with the Monthly
Charges provision. These charges will be deducted from the certificate with
riders account value beginning on the effective date of the increase.
Limitations On Increases
No increase in the Selected Face Amount can become effective after the
Certificate Anniversary Date after the Insureds 75th birthday.
Evidence Of Increases
If the Selected Face Amount is increased we will send an amended
Schedule Page reflecting that increase. However, we have the right to require that the
certificate with rider be sent to us so that the increase can
be made.
GVULPM-9700
18
Decreases In The Selected Face Amount
While the certificate with rider is in force, the Selected Face
Amount may
be decreased upon written application satisfactory to us.
The resulting
Selected Face Amount after decrease must be at least $50,000.
Any requested decrease in the Selected Face Amount will be effective
on the Monthly Calculation Date which is on, or next follows, the later of:
|
|
|
The date 15 days after a written request for such change has
been received and approved by us; or |
|
|
|
|
The requested effective date of the change. |
A requested decrease in the Selected Face Amount is allowed only once per
Certificate Year.
Right To Amend
Amending The Certificate With Rider
A certificate with rider may be amended from time to time as may be required to meet the
definition of life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code.
In particular, if the Minimum Face Amount of the certificate with rider is less than that required
for the certificate with rider to be considered life insurance, the Minimum Face Amount may be
increased. The amount of the increase cannot be more than that needed to qualify the certificate
with rider as life insurance.
Evidence of insurability is not needed to amend the certificate with rider in accordance with this
provision. However, a written request to amend will be required. A cost to amend may also be
required. No amendment will become effective until the written request satisfactory to us is
received at our Home Office and any required cost has been paid.
Reports To Owner
Annual Report
Each year, within 30 days after the Certificate Anniversary Date, we will mail
a report to the Owner. There will be no charge for this report. This report will show the
account value at the beginning of the previous Certificate Year and all premiums paid since
that time. It will also show the additions to, and deductions from, the account value during
that Year,
and the account value, death benefit, cash surrender value, and certificate with rider debt as of
the last Certificate Anniversary Date.
This report will also include any additional information required by applicable law or
regulation.
Illustrative Report
In addition to the annual report, we will, upon request after the first
Certificate Year, send an illustrative report of projected values to the Owner. We will not
charge a fee for providing an illustrative report on an annual basis. However, if the Owner
requests illustrative reports more frequently, we may charge a reasonable fee, but only for
those additional reports.
GVULPM-9700
19
Part 5. The Death Benefit
The death benefit is the amount of money we will pay when we receive due proof at our Home
Office that the Insured died while the certificate with rider was in force. We discuss the death
benefit in this Part.
Amount Of Death Benefit
If the Insured dies while the certificate with rider is in force, the death benefit will be the
amount of benefit provided by the Death Benefit Option in effect on the date of death, with these
adjustments:
|
|
|
We add the part
of any monthly charge
that applies to a period
beyond the date of
death; and |
|
|
|
|
We deduct: |
|
|
|
Any certificate
with rider debt
outstanding on the
date of death; and |
|
|
|
|
Any unpaid monthly charges
to the date of death. |
Death Benefit Options
Two Death Benefit Options, described below, are available under a certificate with rider. The Death
Benefit Option and the Selected Face Amount are shown on the Schedule Page of the certificate with
rider. The Minimum Face Amount is discussed in the next provision.
Death Benefit Option A Under this Option, the
amount of benefit is the greater of:
|
|
|
The Selected Face Amount in effect on the date of death; and |
|
|
|
|
The Minimum Face Amount in effect on the date of death. |
Death Benefit Option B Under this Option, the amount of benefit is the greater of:
|
|
|
The Selected Face Amount in effect on the date of death plus the
certificate with riders account value on the date of death; and |
|
|
|
|
The Minimum Face Amount in effect on the date of death. |
Minimum Face Amount
In order to qualify as life insurance under the federal tax laws in effect on
the Issue Date of a certificate with rider, the certificate with rider has a Minimum Face
Amount. The Minimum Face Amount on any date is a percentage of the certificate with riders account value on that date. The percentage for each
Certificate Year is shown in the Table Of Minimum Face Amount Percentages in the certificate with
rider.
Example: The Minimum Face Amount is determined on June 10, 19X1. The account value on
that date is $50,000. The last Certificate Anniversary Date was May 2, 19X1. If the applicable
Minimum Face Amount Percentage for the Certificate Year beginning May 2, 19X1 is 280%, then the
Minimum Face Amount is 280% of $50,000, or $140,000.
GVULPM-9700
20
Changes In The Death Benefit Option
While the certificate with rider is in force, the Death Benefit Option may be changed by the
Owners written request. Any change from Death Benefit Option A to Death Benefit Option B
will require evidence of insurability satisfactory to us.
Any change in the Death Benefit Option will take effect on the Certificate Anniversary Date on,
or next following, the later of:
|
|
|
The date 15 days after a written request for such change has been
received and approved by us; or |
|
|
|
|
The requested effective date of the change. |
When We Pay
The death benefit will be paid within seven days after the date we receive due proof of the
Insureds death, and any other requirements necessary for us to make payment, at our Home
Office. However, we may delay payment of the death benefit during any period that:
|
|
|
The New York Stock Exchange (or its successor) is closed, except for
normal weekend or holiday closings, or trading is restricted; or |
|
|
|
|
The Securities and Exchange Commission (or its
successor) determines that a state of emergency exists; or |
|
|
|
|
The Securities and Exchange Commission (or its successor) permits us to
delay payment for the protection of our certificate with rider owners; or |
|
|
|
|
We are permitted by state law to delay such payment. |
Interest On Death Benefit
If the death benefit is paid in one sum, we will add interest from the date of death to the
date of payment. The amount of interest will be the same as would be paid under Option D of the
payment options for that period of time but not less than that required by law. See Part 6 for
a description of Option D.
If the death benefit is applied under a payment option, interest will be paid from the date of
death to the effective date of that option. It will be paid in one sum to the Beneficiary living
on that effective date. The amount of interest will be the same as would be paid under Option D
for that period of time but not less than that required by law.
Suicide Exclusion
Except for any increases in the Selected Face Amount applied for after the Issue Date of the
certificate, we will pay a limited death benefit if the Insured commits suicide, while sane or
insane, within two years from the Issue Date and while the certificate with rider is in force.
The limited death benefit will be the amount of premiums paid for the certificate with rider,
less any certificate with rider debt and amounts withdrawn.
For any increases in the Selected Face Amount applied for after the Issue Date of the
certificate, we will pay a limited death benefit if the Insured commits suicide, while sane or
insane, within two years from the effective date of the increase and while it is in force. The
limited death benefit will be the monthly deductions made for that increase. However, if the
limited
GVULPM-9700
21
death benefit as described in the preceding paragraph is payable, there will be no death benefit
for the increase.
Any limited death benefit will be paid in one sum to the Beneficiary.
Part 6. Payment Options
These are Optional Methods Of Settlement. They provide alternate ways in which payment can
be made.
Availability Of Options
All or part of the death benefit or cash surrender value may be applied under any
payment option. If the certificate with rider is assigned, any amount due to the
assignee will be paid in one sum. The balance, if any, may be applied under any payment
option.
Minimum Amounts
If the amount to be applied under any option for any one person is less than
$2,000, we may pay that amount in one sum instead. If the payments under any option come
to less than $20 each, we have the right to make payments at less frequent intervals.
Description Of Options
Our payment options are described below. Any other payment option agreed to by us
may be elected. The payment options are described in terms of monthly payments. Annual,
semiannual, or quarterly payments may be requested instead. The amount of these payments will
be determined in a way which is consistent with monthly payments and will be quoted on
request.
Option A
Fixed Amount Payment Option. Each monthly payment will be for an agreed fixed amount. The
amount of each payment may not be less than $10 for each $1,000 applied. Interest will be credited
each month on the unpaid balance and added to it. This interest will be at a rate
determined by us, but not less than the equivalent of 3% per year. Payments continue until the
amount we hold runs out. The last payment will be for the balance only.
GVULPM-9700
22
Option B
Fixed Time Payment Option. Equal monthly payments will be made for any period selected, up to 30
years. The amount of each payment depends on the total amount applied, the period selected and
the monthly payment rates we are using when the first payment is due. The rate of any payment
will not be less than shown in the Option B Table.
Option B Table
Minimum Monthly Payment Rates For Each $1,000 Applied
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Monthly |
Years |
|
Payment |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
$ |
84.47 |
|
2 |
|
|
42.86 |
|
3 |
|
|
28.99 |
|
4 |
|
|
22.06 |
|
5 |
|
|
17.91 |
|
6 |
|
|
15.14 |
|
7 |
|
|
13.16 |
|
8 |
|
|
11.68 |
|
9 |
|
|
10.53 |
|
10 |
|
|
9.61 |
|
11 |
|
|
8.86 |
|
12 |
|
|
8.24 |
|
13 |
|
|
7.71 |
|
14 |
|
|
7.26 |
|
15 |
|
|
6.87 |
|
16 |
|
$ |
6.53 |
|
17 |
|
|
6.23 |
|
18 |
|
|
5.96 |
|
19 |
|
|
5.73 |
|
20 |
|
|
5.51 |
|
21 |
|
|
5.32 |
|
22 |
|
|
5.15 |
|
23 |
|
|
4.99 |
|
24 |
|
|
4.84 |
|
25 |
|
|
4.71 |
|
26 |
|
|
4.59 |
|
27 |
|
|
4.47 |
|
28 |
|
|
4.37 |
|
29 |
|
|
4.27 |
|
30 |
|
|
4.18 |
|
For quarterly payment, multiply by 2.993. For semiannual payment,
multiply by 5.963. For annual payment, multiply by 11.839.
GVULPM-9700
23
Option C
Lifetime Payment Option. Equal monthly payments are based on the life of a named
person. Payments will continue for the lifetime of that person. The three variations are:
(1) |
|
Payments for life only. No specific number of payments is guaranteed. Payments stop when the named person dies. |
|
(2) |
|
Payments guaranteed for amount applied. Payments stop when they equal the amount applied
or when the named person dies, whichever is later. |
|
(3) |
|
Payments guaranteed for 5, 10 or 20 years. Payments stop at the end of the selected
guaranteed period or when the named person dies, whichever is later. |
The Option C Table shows the minimum monthly payment for each $1,000 applied. The actual payments
will be based on the monthly payment rates we are using when the first payment is due. They will
not be less than shown in the Table.
Option C Table
Minimum Monthly Payment Rates For Each $1,000 Applied
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments |
|
Payments Guaranteed For |
|
|
For Life |
|
Amount |
|
5 |
|
10 |
|
20 |
Age* |
|
Only |
|
Applied |
|
Years |
|
Years |
|
Years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
$ |
3.30 |
|
|
$ |
3.25 |
|
|
$ |
3.29 |
|
|
$ |
3.28 |
|
|
$ |
3.27 |
|
45 |
|
|
3.47 |
|
|
|
3.41 |
|
|
|
3.46 |
|
|
|
3.45 |
|
|
|
3.43 |
|
50 |
|
|
3.69 |
|
|
|
3.60 |
|
|
|
3.68 |
|
|
|
3.67 |
|
|
|
3.62 |
|
55 |
|
|
3.96 |
|
|
|
3.83 |
|
|
|
3.95 |
|
|
|
3.93 |
|
|
|
3.85 |
|
60 |
|
|
4.31 |
|
|
|
4.13 |
|
|
|
4.30 |
|
|
|
4.27 |
|
|
|
4.14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
4.77 |
|
|
|
4.49 |
|
|
|
4.75 |
|
|
|
4.70 |
|
|
|
4.44 |
|
70 |
|
|
5.41 |
|
|
|
4.96 |
|
|
|
5.38 |
|
|
|
5.26 |
|
|
|
4.77 |
|
75 |
|
|
6.30 |
|
|
|
5.56 |
|
|
|
6.21 |
|
|
|
5.96 |
|
|
|
5.07 |
|
80 |
|
|
7.50 |
|
|
|
6.31 |
|
|
|
7.30 |
|
|
|
6.77 |
|
|
|
5.30 |
|
85 |
|
|
9.16 |
|
|
|
7.29 |
|
|
|
8.72 |
|
|
|
7.64 |
|
|
|
5.43 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Age on birthday nearest due date of the first payment. Monthly
payment rates for ages not shown will be furnished on request. Monthly
payment rates for ages over 85 are the same as those for 85. |
Option D
Interest Payment Option. We will hold any amount applied under this option. Interest on the unpaid
balance will be paid each month at a rate determined by us. This rate will be not less than
the equivalent of 3% per year.
GVULPM-9700
24
Option E
Joint Lifetime Payment Option. Equal monthly payments are based on the lives of two
named persons. While both are living, one payment will be made each month. When one dies, the
same payment will continue for the lifetime of the other. The two variations are:
(1) |
|
Payments for two lives only. No specific number of payments is guaranteed.
Payments stop when both named persons have died. |
|
(2) |
|
Payments guaranteed for 10 years. Payments stop at the end of 10 years,
or when both named persons have died, whichever is later. |
The Option E Table shows the minimum monthly payment for each $1,000 applied. The actual
payments will be based on the monthly payment rates we are using when the first payment is
due. They will not be less than shown in the Table.
Option E Table
Minimum Monthly Payment Rates For Each $1,000 Applied
Payments For Two Lives Only
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Age* |
|
55 |
|
60 |
|
65 |
|
70 |
|
75 |
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55 |
|
$ |
3.53 |
|
|
$ |
3.64 |
|
|
$ |
3.72 |
|
|
$ |
3.80 |
|
|
$ |
3.85 |
|
|
$ |
3.89 |
|
60 |
|
|
3.64 |
|
|
|
3.78 |
|
|
|
3.91 |
|
|
|
4.03 |
|
|
|
4.12 |
|
|
|
4.18 |
|
65 |
|
|
3.72 |
|
|
|
3.91 |
|
|
|
4.10 |
|
|
|
4.27 |
|
|
|
4.42 |
|
|
|
4.54 |
|
70 |
|
|
3.80 |
|
|
|
4.03 |
|
|
|
4.27 |
|
|
|
4.52 |
|
|
|
4.76 |
|
|
|
4.97 |
|
75 |
|
|
3.85 |
|
|
|
4.12 |
|
|
|
4.42 |
|
|
|
4.76 |
|
|
|
5.11 |
|
|
|
5.44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
3.89 |
|
|
|
4.18 |
|
|
|
4.54 |
|
|
|
4.97 |
|
|
|
5.44 |
|
|
|
5.92 |
|
85 |
|
|
3.91 |
|
|
|
4.23 |
|
|
|
4.63 |
|
|
|
5.12 |
|
|
|
5.71 |
|
|
|
6.36 |
|
Payments Guaranteed For 10 Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Age* |
|
55 |
|
60 |
|
65 |
|
70 |
|
75 |
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55 |
|
$ |
3.52 |
|
|
$ |
3.63 |
|
|
$ |
3.71 |
|
|
$ |
3.79 |
|
|
$ |
3.84 |
|
|
$ |
3.88 |
|
60 |
|
|
3.63 |
|
|
|
3.77 |
|
|
|
3.90 |
|
|
|
4.02 |
|
|
|
4.11 |
|
|
|
4.17 |
|
65 |
|
|
3.71 |
|
|
|
3.90 |
|
|
|
4.09 |
|
|
|
4.26 |
|
|
|
4.41 |
|
|
|
4.53 |
|
70 |
|
|
3.79 |
|
|
|
4.02 |
|
|
|
4.26 |
|
|
|
4.51 |
|
|
|
4.75 |
|
|
|
4.94 |
|
75 |
|
|
3.84 |
|
|
|
4.11 |
|
|
|
4.41 |
|
|
|
4.75 |
|
|
|
5.08 |
|
|
|
5.38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
3.88 |
|
|
|
4.17 |
|
|
|
4.53 |
|
|
|
4.94 |
|
|
|
5.38 |
|
|
|
5.82 |
|
85 |
|
|
3.90 |
|
|
|
4.22 |
|
|
|
4.61 |
|
|
|
5.08 |
|
|
|
5.62 |
|
|
|
6.19 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Age on birthday nearest the due date of the first payment. Monthly payment rates
for ages not shown will be furnished on request. Monthly payment rates for ages
over 85 are the same as those for 85. |
GVULPM-9700
25
Option F
Joint Lifetime Payment Option With Reduced Payments. Monthly payments are based on the lives of
two named persons. Payments will continue while both are living. When one dies, payments are
reduced by one-third and will continue for the lifetime of the other. Payments stop when both
persons have died.
The Option F Table shows the minimum monthly payment for each $1,000 applied. The actual
payments will be based on the monthly payment rates we are using when the first payment
is due. They will not be less than shown in the Table.
Option F Table
Minimum Monthly Payment Rates For Each $1,000 Applied
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Age* |
|
55 |
|
60 |
|
65 |
|
70 |
|
75 |
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55 |
|
$ |
3.80 |
|
|
$ |
3.94 |
|
|
$ |
4.10 |
|
|
$ |
4.28 |
|
|
$ |
4.47 |
|
|
$ |
4.66 |
|
60 |
|
|
3.94 |
|
|
|
4.11 |
|
|
|
4.30 |
|
|
|
4.51 |
|
|
|
4.73 |
|
|
|
4.96 |
|
65 |
|
|
4.10 |
|
|
|
4.30 |
|
|
|
4.52 |
|
|
|
4.77 |
|
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
|
5.33 |
|
70 |
|
|
4.28 |
|
|
|
4.51 |
|
|
|
4.77 |
|
|
|
5.08 |
|
|
|
5.42 |
|
|
|
5.77 |
|
75 |
|
|
4.47 |
|
|
|
4.73 |
|
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
|
5.42 |
|
|
|
5.85 |
|
|
|
6.30 |
|
|
80 |
|
|
4.66 |
|
|
|
4.96 |
|
|
|
5.33 |
|
|
|
5.77 |
|
|
|
6.30 |
|
|
|
6.88 |
|
85 |
|
|
4.86 |
|
|
|
5.19 |
|
|
|
5.61 |
|
|
|
6.13 |
|
|
|
6.77 |
|
|
|
7.51 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Age on birthday nearest the due date of the first payment. Monthly payment
rates for ages not shown will be furnished on request. Monthly payment rates
for ages over 85 are the same as those for 85. |
GVULPM-9700
26
Electing A Payment Option
To elect any option, we require that a written request, satisfactory to us, be received at our Home
Office. The Owner may elect an option during the Insureds lifetime. If the death benefit is
payable in one sum when the Insured dies, the Beneficiary may elect an option with our consent.
Options for any amount payable to an association, corporation, partnership or fiduciary
are available with our consent. However, a corporation or partnership may apply any amount
payable to it under Option C, E, or F if the option payments are based on the life or lives of
the Insured, the Insureds spouse, any child of the Insured, or any other person agreed to by
us.
Effective Date And Payment Dates
The effective date of an option is the date the amount is applied under that option. For a
death benefit, this is the date that due proof of the Insureds death is received at our Home
Office. For the cash surrender value, it is the effective date of surrender.
The first payment is due on the effective date, except the first payment under Option D is due
one month later. A later date for the first payment may be requested in the payment option
election. All payment dates will fall on the same day of the month as the first one. No payment
will become due until a payment date. No part payment will be made for any period shorter than
the time between payment dates.
Example: Monthly payments of $100 are being made to your son on the 1st
of each month. He dies on the 10th. No part payment is due your son or
his estate for the period between the 1st and the 10th.
Withdrawals And Changes
If provided in the payment option election, all or part of the unpaid balance under Options A or
D may be withdrawn or applied under any other option.
If the cash surrender value is applied under Option A or D, we may delay payment of any withdrawal for up to six months. Interest at the rate
in effect for Option D during this period will be paid on the amount withdrawn.
Income Protection
To the extent permitted by law, each option payment and any withdrawal shall be free from
legal process and the claim of any creditor of the person entitled to them. No option
payment and no amount held under an option can be taken or assigned in advance of its
payment date, unless the Owners written consent is given before the Insured dies. This
consent must be received at our Home Office.
GVULPM-9700
27
Part 7. Notes On Our Computations
This Part covers some technical points about the certificate with rider.
Net Investment
Factor
The Net Investment Factor for each division of the Separate Account is determined by dividing A
by B and subtracting C where:
|
|
|
the net asset value per share of each Fund held by a Division for the current
Valuation Period; plus |
|
|
|
|
any dividend per share declared on behalf of such Fund that has an ex-dividend date
within the current Valuation Period; less |
|
|
|
|
the cumulative charge or credit for taxes reserved which is determined by us to have
resulted from the operation or maintenance of the Division; and |
|
|
|
the net asset value per share of the Fund held by the Division for the
immediately preceding Valuation Period; and |
|
|
|
the cumulative unpaid charge for the net investment factor asset charge shown on the
Schedule Page of the certificate with rider. |
Accumulation Unit
Value
The value of an accumulation unit in each division was set at $1.00000,000 on the first
Valuation Date selected by us. The value on any Valuation Date thereafter is equal to the
product of the Net Investment Factor for that division for the Valuation Period which
includes that Date and the accumulation unit value on the preceding Valuation Date.
The Accumulation Unit Value may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation Period.
Adjustments Of
Units And Values
We have the right to split or consolidate the number of accumulation units credited to the
certificate with rider, with a corresponding increase or decrease in the unit values. We may
exercise this right whenever we consider an adjustment of units to be desirable. However, strict
equity will be preserved in making any adjustment. No adjustment will have any material effect on
the benefits, provisions or investment return of the certificate with rider, or on the Owner,
Insured, any Beneficiary, any assignee or other person, or on us.
Basis Of
Computation
The Basis Of Computation is the mortality table and interest rate we use to determine:
|
|
|
The maximum monthly mortality charges; |
|
|
|
|
The minimum annual interest earned on the fixed account value of the certificate with
rider; and |
|
|
|
|
The minimum payments under Payment Options C, E, and F. |
GVULPM-9700
28
The Basis Of Computation for the cash surrender values, for the maximum monthly mortality
charges, and for the minimum interest earned on the fixed account value of the certificate with
rider is shown on the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider. The mortality table specified on
the Schedule Page of the certificate with rider applies to amounts in a standard underwriting
classification. We reserve the right to make appropriate modifications to this table for any amount
which is not in a standard underwriting classification.
In computing the minimum payments under Payment Options C, E, and F, we use mortality rates from
the 1983 Table a with Projection G for 30 years and with rates set back five years. The
interest used is at an annual rate of 3%.
Method Of
Computing Values
When required by the state where this policy with rider was delivered, we filed a detailed
statement of the method we use to compute the Policy Rider benefits and values. These benefits
and values are not less than those required by the laws of that state.
GVULPM-9700
29
Accidental Death and Dismemberment
Rider
This rider provides an accidental death or loss benefit on the life of
the
Insured. We discuss this rider, and the rules that apply to it, in the
provisions that follow.
In this rider, the word certificate may also mean certificate with
rider.
Rider Benefit In The Event Of Death
The amount of the benefit for this rider is lesser of: the current Selected
Face Amount for the certificate at the time the death or loss occurs or
$500,000.
The amount of the benefit for this rider will increase or decrease directly
with any increases or decreases in the Selected Face Amount for the
certificate but in no event will the amount of the benefit for this rider be
greater than $500,000.
In the event of death, the benefit to be paid is the full amount of
the benefit
for this rider.
To pay any benefit under this rider, we require that due proof of the
accidental death be given to us at our Home Office. This proof must show
that the Insureds death occurred:
|
|
|
As a direct result of accidental bodily injury independently
of all
other causes; and |
|
|
|
|
Within 180 days after the injury was received; and |
|
|
|
|
While the certificate and this rider were in force. |
Except for drowning or internal injuries shown by autopsy, the injury
causing death must be shown by a visible wound on the exterior of the
body. Unless prohibited by law, we have the right to examine a body at
any time.
Rider Benefit For Loss Of Hand, Foot Or Sight
The benefit to be paid is that full amount or one-half of the amount of
benefit for this rider, as shown in the schedule below.
To pay any benefit under this rider, we require that due proof
of the loss be given to us at our Home Office. This proof must show
that the permanent loss of a hand, foot or sight occurred under these
conditions:
|
|
|
The loss is a direct result of accidental bodily
injury independently of all other causes; and |
|
|
|
|
The loss occurred within 180 days
after the injury was received; and |
|
|
|
|
The loss occurred while the
certificate and this rider were in force; and |
GADDPM-9700
Page 1
|
|
|
An accidental death benefit is not payable by this coverage
for the same accident. |
Under no circumstances will the benefit payable under this rider be more than 100% of the amount of
benefit for this rider.
Schedule Of Losses And Benefits
Your full amount of coverage is payable for the permanent loss of:
|
|
|
both hands; or |
|
|
|
|
both feet; or |
|
|
|
|
sight of both eyes; or |
|
|
|
|
one hand and sight of one eye; or |
|
|
|
|
one foot and sight of one eye; or |
|
|
|
|
one hand and one foot. |
One-half of your full amount is payable for the permanent loss of:
|
|
|
one hand or one foot; or |
|
|
|
|
sight of one eye. |
Reference to loss of a hand means severance at or above the wrist.
Reference to
loss of a foot means severance at or above the ankle.
Reference to loss of sight means
total loss of sight which cannot be recovered.
A surgically reattached hand or foot will be deemed a permanent loss if, 12 months after
reattachment, the limb has regained less than 50% of its normal function.
Exclusions
There are some exclusions to the coverage provided by this rider. No accidental death
or loss will be payable if the Insureds death or loss results directly or indirectly from
any of these causes.
|
|
Suicide Suicide, while the Insured is sane or insane. |
|
|
|
War War, declared or undeclared, or any act of war. |
|
|
|
Military Service Service in the military forces of any country at war or in any civilian
noncombatant unit serving with those forces. War includes undeclared war and any act of
war. Country includes any international organization or group of countries. |
|
|
|
Aviation Travel in, or descent from or with, any kind of aircraft aboard which the Insured
is a pilot or crew member or is giving or receiving any training. Crew member includes
anyone who has any duty aboard the aircraft. |
GADDPM-9700
Page 2
Natural Causes Bodily or mental illness, disease, or infirmity of
any kind, or medical or surgical treatment for any of these.
Drug The taking or injection of any drug, hypnotic, or narcotic,
accidentally or otherwise.
Felony Injury received while committing a felony.
Contestability
We can bring legal action to contest the validity of this rider for any
material misrepresentation of a fact made in the application for this rider.
However, we cannot, in the absence of fraud, contest the validity of this
rider after it has been in force during the lifetime of the Insured for two
years from its Issue Date. The Issue Date of this rider is shown on the
Schedule Page. We can bring legal action to contest the validity of an
increase for may material misrepresentation of a fact made in the
application for the increase. However, we cannot, in the absence of fraud,
contest the validity of the increase after it has been in effect during the
lifetime of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the increase.
Rider Part Of The
Certificate
This rider is made a part of the certificate as of the Issue Date of this rider
in return for the application for this rider and the payment of the charges
for this rider. The Schedule Page shows the charges from the Certificate
Date to the first Certificate Anniversary Date. Charges after that are
shown in the Table Of Monthly Charges for this rider. That Table is
attached to this rider. All the provisions of the certificate apply to this
rider, except for those that are inconsistent with this rider.
Termination Of
This Rider
This rider ends automatically:
|
|
|
On the Certificate Anniversary Date after the Insureds 65th
birthday; or |
|
|
|
|
Upon the termination of the certificate for any reason. |
Cancellation Of
This Rider
This rider may be cancelled by the Owners written request. Cancellation
will take effect on the Monthly Calculation Date that is on, or next
follows, the date we receive the written request at our Home Office.
MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
President
|
|
Secretary |
GADDPM-9700
Page 3
Waiver Of Monthly Charges Rider
This rider provides that monthly charges will be waived if the Insured
becomes totally disabled. We discuss this benefit, and the rules that apply
to it, in the provisions that follow.
In this rider, the word certificate may also mean certificate with
rider.
Waiver Benefit
This rider provides a waiver of monthly charges benefit for total disability.
After the Insured has been totally disabled for six months and all the
conditions of this rider are met, we will waive monthly charges for the
certificate, including all riders attached to it, on Monthly Calculation
Dates. The Monthly Calculation Dates for which monthly charges will be
waived are:
|
|
Any Monthly Calculation Date after the Insured has been totally
disabled for six months during the continuance of total disability;
and |
|
|
|
Any Monthly Calculation Date during the first six months of total
disability. |
For any of these Monthly Calculation Dates that has already passed at the
time a claim is approved, the monthly charges will be considered to have
been waived on that Monthly Calculation Date.
The allowance of benefits under this rider guarantees that the certificate
will continue in force while the Insured is totally disabled. Also, the
allowance of those benefits will not reduce the amount payable in any
settlement of the certificate.
Exclusions
This rider does not provide any benefit for:
|
|
Total disability directly caused by any willfully and intentionally self-inflicted injury; or |
|
|
|
Total disability caused by war while the Insured is in the military
forces of any country at war or in any civilian noncombatant unit
service with those forces. War includes undeclared war and any
act of war. Country includes any international organization or
group of countries. |
Limitation On
Right To Increase
Selected Face
Amount
This rider waived the monthly charges for the certificate, including the
charges for any increase in the Selected Face Amount. Therefore, any
increase in Selected Face Amount causes an increase in waiver benefits.
In certain cases, however, waiver benefits under the certificate cannot be
increased. In those cases, we have the right to refuse an increase in the
Selected Face Amount. Those cases are:
|
|
The waiver benefits after the increase would exceed our published
limits for such benefits. |
GWMCPM-9700
Page 1
|
|
The Insured does not meet our underwriting requirements for the
additional waiver benefits. |
|
|
|
A higher rating would apply to the additional waiver benefits
rather
than to the existing waiver benefits. |
Total Disability
Total disability is an incapacity of the Insured that:
|
|
Is caused by sickness or injury; and |
|
|
|
Begins while this rider and the certificate are in force; and
|
|
|
|
Begins before the Certificate Anniversary Date after the Insureds
65th birthday; and |
|
|
|
For the first 24 months of any period of total disability,
prevents the Insured from performing substantially all the duties of the
Insureds
occupation; and |
|
|
|
After total disability has continued for 24 months, prevents the
Insured from engaging in any occupation the Insured is qualified to
perform. |
For the first 24 months of any period of total disability, the Insureds
occupation is the Insureds usual work, employment, business, or
profession at the time total disability began. After total disability has
continued for 24 months, any occupation the Insured is qualified to
perform means any work, employment, business, or profession that the
Insured is reasonably qualified to do based on education, training, or
experience. Until the Insured reaches an age at which formal education
may be legally ended, occupation means attendance at school.
Example: You are a full-time surgeon. You receive an injury to your
hands that prevents you from performing surgery, but you can carry on a
general medical practice. For the first 24 months, your occupation is
surgeon. After that time, your occupation will be any that you are
reasonably qualified to do based on your education, training, or
experience. Since you can carry on a general medical practice, we
would no longer consider you to be totally disabled.
For some conditions, we consider the Insured to be totally disabled even if
the Insured is able to work. These conditions are the total loss of sight of
both eyes, or the total loss of use of both hands, or both feet, or one hand
and one foot. Any of these will be total disability as long as the loss
continues.
Recurrent
Disabilities
A period of total disability due to the same condition or related condition
as that of an earlier period of total disability may be considered to be a
continuation of the earlier period. This depends on how much time has
passed from the end of the earlier period to the date the current total
disability began. If less than 30 days have passed, we will consider it to
be a continuation of the earlier period If 30 days or more have passed, we
will consider it to be a new period of total disability.
Example: You were totally disabled for
10 months because of a severe knee injury. Two weeks after you recover, your knee fails and you are
GWMCPM-9700
Page 2
totally disabled again. We consider this to be a continuation of the
earlier period of total disability.
Notice Of Claim
Notice of claim means notice to us at our Home Office that the
Insured is
totally disabled and that a claim may be made under this rider. We require
that this notice be in writing and that it identify the Insured. Notice
given
by or for the Owner shall be notice of claim.
There are two time limits for giving notice of claim. First, no benefit
will
be allowed unless this notice is given to us while the Insured is living
and
during the continuance of total disability. Second, no benefit will be
provided for any Monthly Calculation Date more than one year before we
were given the notice. However, there is one exception to each of these
time limits. That is, if it was not reasonably possible to give us notice
of
claim within the limit, the delay will not reduce the benefit if notice is
given as soon as it is reasonably possible to do so.
Proof Of Claim
Before any benefit is allowed, proof of claim must be given to us at our
Home Office. Proof may be given by or for the Owner. Proof of claim
means satisfactory written proof that:
|
|
The Insured is totally disabled; and |
|
|
|
Total disability began while this rider and the certificate were in
force; and |
|
|
|
Total disability began before the Certificate Anniversary Date after
the Insureds 65th birthday; and |
|
|
|
Total disability has continued for six months. |
We have forms that are to be used to make a claim. They will be sent
promptly upon request. As part of the proof of claim, we have the right to
require that the Insured be examined by a physician chosen by us.
Proof of claim must be given to us within certain time limits. These are
discussed in the provision that follows.
When Proof Of
Claim Can Be
Made
Proof of claim must be received at our Home Office while the Insured is
living and during the continuance of total disability. Also, it must be
received within one year after the earlier of:
|
|
The Certificate Anniversary Date after the Insureds 65th birthday;
and |
|
|
|
Termination of the certificate. |
However, if it was not reasonably possible to give us proof of claim on
time, the delay will not reduce the benefit if proof is given as soon as
it is
reasonably possible to do so.
Proof Of Continued
Disability
During the first two years after proof of claim is received, we may require
satisfactory proof of continued disability at reasonable intervals. After
two years, we may require proof not more than once a year. As part of
GWMCPM-9700
Page 3
this proof, we have the right to require an examination of the
Insured at our expense by a physician chosen by us.
The proof will not be required after the Anniversary Date after the
Insureds 65th birthday, if total disability began before the Certificate
Anniversary Date after the Insureds 60th birthday.
When Benefits End
The benefits will end when any of the following occurs:
|
|
The Insured is no longer totally disabled; or |
|
|
Satisfactory proof of continued total
disability is not given to us as required; or |
|
|
The Insured refuses or fails to have an
examination we require; or |
|
|
The day before the Certificate Anniversary
Date after the Insureds 65th birthday or, if later, the date two
years from the day that total disability began. |
Contestability
We can bring legal action to contest the validity of this rider for any material misrepresentation
of a fact made in the application for this rider. However, we cannot, in the absence of fraud,
contest the validity of this rider after it has been in force during the lifetime of the Insured
for two years after its Issue Date. The Issue Date of this rider is shown on the Schedule Page.
Rider Part Of The
Certificate
This rider is made a part of the certificate as of the Issue Date of this rider in return
for the application for this rider and the payment of the charges for this rider. The Schedule
Page shows the charges from the Issue Date of this rider to the next Certificate Anniversary
Date. Charges after that are shown in the Table of Monthly Charges for this rider. That Table is
included with this rider. All the provisions of the certificate apply to this rider, except for
those that are inconsistent with this rider.
Termination Of
This Rider
This rider ends automatically when either of the following occurs:
|
|
Termination of the certificate for any reason; or |
|
|
|
The Certificate Anniversary Date after the Insureds 65th birthday if
the Insured is not totally disabled on that Date; or |
|
|
|
If the Insured is totally disabled as of the Certificate Anniversary Date after the
Insureds 65th birthday, the date two years from the day that total disability began. |
Cancellation Of
This Rider
This rider may be cancelled by the Owners written request. Cancellation will take effect on the
Monthly Calculation Date that is on, or next follows, the date we receive the written request at
our Home Office.
MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
President
|
|
Secretary |
GWMCPM-9700
Page 4
Accelerated Benefits Rider
For Terminal Illness
This rider provides that an accelerated death benefit payment may be made under the
certificate. We discuss this rider, and the rules that apply to it, in the provisions that
follow.
In this rider, the word certificate may also mean certificate with rider.
Benefits payable under this rider may be taxable. The Owner should seek tax advice prior
to requesting an accelerated death benefit payment.
An accelerated death benefit payment will not be allowed if the Owner is required
to request the payment by any third party (including any creditor, governmental agency,
trustee in bankruptcy, or any other person) or as the result of a court order.
This rider does not provide for long-term care insurance or for nursing-home care
insurance.
Rider Benefit
Subject to the terms of this rider, an accelerated death benefit will be
paid to the Owner upon request once we receive proof that the Insured has a
terminal illness.
Accelerated Benefit Payment
In this section we discuss payment of the accelerated death benefit and the amounts used in
determining the amount of the payment.
Eligible Amount
The Eligible Amount is the amount of death benefit under the certificate that can
be considered for acceleration. It will be determined as of the Acceleration Date. This Amount
is equal to the excess of:
|
|
|
The death benefit payable upon the death of the Insured under the base
certificate; over |
|
|
|
|
The certificate account value. |
The Eligible Amount does not include:
|
|
|
The amount payable upon the death of the Insured under any life insurance
rider that does not provide level or increasing coverage for at least two years
after the Acceleration Date; and |
|
|
|
|
The amount of any insurance provided under the certificate on the life of
someone other than the Insured; and |
|
|
|
|
The amount of benefit under any accidental death or accidental death
and dismemberment benefit rider. |
GABRPM-9700
Page 1
Amount To Be
Accelerated
Subject to the terms of this rider, the Owner may accelerate any portion
of the Eligible Amount up to the maximum limit. The maximum amount to
be accelerated is equal to the lesser of:
|
|
|
75% of the Eligible Amount; and |
|
|
|
|
$250,000 minus the total amount accelerated under all other policies issued on
the life of the Insured by us and any of our affiliates. |
We reserve the right to impose a minimum limit on the amount to be accelerated; if we do so,
this limit will not exceed $25,000.
Amount of Payment
The amount of payment under this rider will be computed based on the amount to be accelerated
less:
|
|
|
Interest at the annual interest rate we have declared for certificates in this class;
and |
|
|
|
|
A fee of not more than $250. |
If required, a detailed statement of the method we use to compute the amount of the accelerated
benefit payment has been filed with the insurance department of the state where the rider was
delivered.
How We Pay
Payment of the accelerated benefit will be made to the Owner in a lump sum. However, we will not
make the payment if we first receive due proof of the Insureds death; in this case, we will
instead pay the death benefit as if no request had been received under this rider.
Effect On
Certificate
After the accelerated benefit payment is made, the certificate will remain in force. Premiums and
charges will continue in accordance with the certificate provisions.
A lien will be established against the certificate. The amount of the lien will be equal to the
amount to be accelerated under this rider. Interest will not be charged on the lien. The Owner may
not voluntarily repay all or any portion of the lien. However, the amount of the lien will be
deducted from the amount of payment under the certificate upon the death of the Insured.
Other Definitions and Requirements
Acceleration Date
The Acceleration Date is the first date on which all the requirements for
acceleration, except any examination of the Insured by a physician of our
choice that we may require, have been met. Our right to require this examination is discussed in
the Proof Of Terminal Illness provision below.
GABRPM-9700
Page 2
Requirements For
Acceleration
Before the accelerated benefit can be paid, all of the following
requirements must be met:
1. |
|
We must receive at our Home Office: |
|
a. |
|
The Owners written request for payment of an accelerated death benefit under the certificate; |
|
|
b. |
|
The Insureds written
authorization to release medical records to us; and |
|
|
c. |
|
The written consent to this
request of any assignee and any irrevocable beneficiary
under the certificate. |
2. |
|
We must receive proof, satisfactory to us,
that the Insured has a terminal illness. |
Terminal Illness
As used in this rider, terminal illness is a medical condition that:
|
|
|
Is first diagnosed by a legally qualified physician after the
Issue
Date of the certificate; and |
|
|
|
|
With reasonable medical certainty, will result in the death of the
Insured within 12 months from the date diagnosed; and |
|
|
|
|
Is not curable by any means available to the medical profession. |
Proof Of Terminal
Illness
Proof of terminal illness is written certification, satisfactory to us, that a
legally qualified physician has diagnosed the Insured as having a terminal
illness. To establish this proof, we reserve the fight to require that the
diagnosis be confirmed with examination of the Insured, at our expense, by
a physician of our choice. This examination may include x-rays, blood
tests, and other procedures that are reasonable and necessary to determine
whether the Insured has a terminal illness. To be acceptable to us, this
examination must be completed within 90 days after the date we notify the
Owner of this requirement.
Legally Qualified
Physician
As used in this rider, a legally qualified physician is a person who is
licensed by the state in which he or she practices to give advice or
treatment for the terminal illness and who is acting within the scope of
that license. A legally qualified physician must be someone other than
the Owner or the Insured, or a spouse, mother-in-law, father-in-law,
stepparent, or natural or adoptive brother, sister, parent,
grandparent, or child of the Owner or the Insured.
General Provisions
Rider Part Of The
Certificate
This rider is made a part of the certificate numbered above
as of the Issue Date of this rider. If the Issue Date of
this rider is not shown above, it is the same as the Issue Date of the
certificate. All the provisions of the certificate apply to this rider, except for those
that are not consistent with
this rider.
GABRPM-9700
Page 3
Termination Of
This Rider
This rider will end automatically on the date: |
|
1. |
|
An accelerated benefit payment is made; or |
|
2. |
|
The certificate terminates for any reason; or |
|
3. |
|
The certificate is changed to a different certificate on which this rider is not
available; or |
|
4. |
|
Two years before coverage under the certificate is scheduled to mature or terminate. |
Cancellation Of
This Rider
This rider may be cancelled by the Owners written request.
MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
President
|
|
Secretary |
GABRPM-9700
Page 4
ENDORSEMENT
Modification of Policy Provisions
This
policy was changed before it was signed by us. This change adds a
provision to Part 1. of
the policy and restates the following provisions to read as follows.
For purposes of this endorsement, the word certificate may also mean certificate with
rider.
1.) The
following section is added to Part 1. of this policy:
Definitions Prior
Certificate, Prior
Certificate Amount,
Current Certificate,
Current Certificate
Amount
The Prior Certificate is the certificate of life insurance that was in effect for the
Insured, was provided by us or one of our affiliates, and was sponsored by the Employer
on the day immediately preceding the Certificate Date for the Current Certificate.
The Prior Certificate Amount is the amount of
death benefit that would have been payable under the
Prior Certificate if the Insured had died on the date
immediately preceding the Certificate Date for the
Current Certificate.
The Current Certificate is the certificate of life insurance that is provided by Massachusetts
Mutual Life Insurance Company as the result of exchanging the Prior Certificate, whose terms are
set forth in the certificate to which this endorsement is attached.
The Current Certificate Amount is the initial Selected Face Amount indicated on the
Insureds Schedule Page on the Certificate Date for the Current Certificate, exclusive of any
subsequent increases and reduced by any subsequent amounts of indebtedness, withdrawals,
and/or decreases.
2.) The Representations And Contestability provision in Part 1. of this policy is restated
to read as follows:
Representations
And Contestability
We rely on all statements made by or for the Insured in the application(s) for any certificate
issued under this policy. Those statements are considered to be representations and not warranties.
We reserve the right to bring legal action to contest the validity of the insurance described in a
certificate, or any increase in the Selected Face Amount applied for after the Issue Date, for any
material misrepresentation of a fact. To do so, however, the misrepresentation must have been made
in the application, or in a supplemental application to increase the Selected Face Amount, and a
copy of the application must have been attached to the certificate when issued, or made a part of
the certificate when the increase in the Selected Face Amount became effective.
Except for any increase in the Selected Face Amount applied for after the Issue
Date, we can not contest the validity of the insurance described in a certificate after it
has been in force during the lifetime of the Insured for a
GEXPM1-9700
Page 1
period of two years from its Issue Date. We can not contest the validity of any increase in the
Selected Face Amount applied for after the Issue Date once it has been in effect during the
lifetime of the Insured for a period of two years.
Any amount of insurance that satisfied the contestability period under the Prior Certificate
shall satisfy the Current Certificates contestability period.
3.) The Making Withdrawals and Right To Make Loans provisions in Part 4. of this policy
are restated to remove the after six months from the Certificate Date language.
4.) The Suicide Exclusion provision in Part 5. of this policy is restated to read as follows:
Suicide Exclusion
Except for any increases in the Selected Face Amount applied for after the
Issue Date of the certificate, we will pay a limited death benefit if the Insured commits suicide,
while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue Date and while the certificate is in force.
The limited death benefit will be the lesser of the Prior Certificate Amount and the Current
Certificate Amount.
For any increases in the Selected Face Amount applied for after the Issue Date of the
certificate, we will pay a limited death benefit if the Insured commits suicide, while sane or
insane, within two years from the effective date of the increase and while it is in force. The
limited death benefit will be the monthly deductions made for that increase. However, if the
limited death benefit as described in the preceding paragraph is payable, there will be no death
benefit for the increase.
Any limited death benefit will be paid in one sum to the Beneficiary.
MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Secretary
GEXPM1-9700
Page 2
APPLICATION for Group Flexible Premium Adjustable Life Insurance Policy is hereby made
to the undersigned.
Said insurance policy, which will be issued by Massachusetts Mutual
Life Insurance Company and bear Policy Number 002, has been read
and approved, and the terms and conditions therefore are hereby accepted.
This application is executed
in duplicate, the original returned to
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance
Company and the copy attached to said
insurance policy.
It is requested that this policy be
issued with an effective date of January 1, 1998.
Signed at Providence, Rhode Island this 30th day of January, 1998.
Citizens Bank of Rhode Island as Trustee of the Strategic Group Universal Life Trust.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Ann M. Nagle
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Assistant Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
GULGA-9700
ACCEPTANCE OF THE GROUP POLICY
Based on an application, Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company has issued to the
Applicant Group Policy No. 002.
The Applicant has read, has approved, and does hereby accept that group insurance policy.
This Acceptance is signed in duplicate. One copy is
returned to Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance
Company. The other is attached to and made a part of
the group policy.
Signed at Providence, Rhode Island
Applicant: |
|
Citizens Bank of Rhode Island as Trustee of the Strategic Group Universal Life Trust |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
January 30, 1998
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
/s/ Ann M. Nagle
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature or authorized officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ann M. Nagle Assistant Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Print name & title) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Countersigned (when required by law or regulation) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Licensed Resident Agent |
|
|
Acceptance
GULAP-9700
exv10w22
Exhibit 10.22
A portion of each officers annual cash compensation is provided through the Annual Performance
Bonus program. As part of the cash compensation determination, each band within the officers
cohort structure is assigned a standard number of points per officer. The number of points remains
constant from year to year, but the dollar value of each point is evaluated annually and may be
changed.
Prior to the start of each fiscal year, the Chief Strategy and Talent Officer and the Chief
Financial Officer establish an appropriate level of cash compensation within each band by reviewing
historical compensation levels and adjusting those levels to reflect factors such as projected
profitability for the coming fiscal year compared to the current fiscal year. The result is the
recommendation of a per point value that is multiplied by the number of points assigned to each
executive to determine total cash compensation. The Compensation Committee reviews the
recommendation, as well as relevant market information, and approves a monetary value for each
point and, therefore, the base salary and total cash compensation for each officer.
A portion of this cash compensation is paid to each officer on a monthly basis; the remainder is
reserved to create a bonus pool for the Annual Incentive Bonus program. This bonus pool is
established by multiplying the bonus portion of the point value assigned to each cohort level by
the aggregate number of points (reduced for fringe and other charges).
Annual Incentive Bonuses are paid as a result of the firms meeting the target Bonus EBITDA,
which is defined as consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization,
stock-option based and other equity-based compensation expenses, management, transaction and
similar fees paid to the principal stockholders or their affiliates, as reflected on our audited
consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year, and adjusting for certain extraordinary and
non-recurring items as determined by the bonus plan administrator.
When the firms year end operating results become available, the Compensation Committee reviews the
Bonus EBITDA and, in its sole discretion, approves any adjustments to the plan bonus pool. Any
adjustments are based on performance against target Bonus EBITDA. At its sole discretion, the
Compensation Committee may increase or decrease the amount of the bonus pool to take into
consideration the impact of any extraordinary and non-recurring items or other factors. Following
any adjustment for extraordinary and nonrecurring items and other factors, the bonus pool is
further reduced to account for the additional fringe benefit costs incurred as a result of the
additional bonus payment to Officers. The final bonus pool as approved by our Compensation
Committee is distributed on a per point basis, consistent with the cohort band structure.
exv10w23
Exhibit 10.23
FORM OF
BOOZ ALLEN HAMILTON HOLDING CORPORATION
DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made as of this ___ day of ____________,
20__, by and between Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the
Company), and ___________________ (Indemnitee).
RECITALS:
The Company and Indemnitee recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in
general, subjecting corporate directors to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the
availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited. The Company desires to
attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve as
directors and officers of the Company and to indemnify its directors and officers so as to provide
them with the maximum protection permitted by law.
The Company and Indemnitee, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was
or is a party to or witness in or is threatened to be made a party to or witness in any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that
Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any subsidiary of
the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the
Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys fees), losses,
liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest,
assessments and other charges in connection therewith, and if such settlement is approved in
advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually incurred by
Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and
in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe
Indemnitees conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action or proceeding by judgment, order,
settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself,
create a presumption that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and (ii) with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that
Indemnitees conduct was unlawful.
(b) Proceedings By or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify
Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is a party to or witness in or is threatened to be made a party to
or witness in to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the
Company or any subsidiary of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact
that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any subsidiary
of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the
Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys fees) actually incurred
by Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if Indemnitee
acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any
claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company,
or any subsidiary of the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the
State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit is or was pending shall determine upon
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the
case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses and then only to the
extent that the court shall deem proper.
(c) Successful Defense. To the extent Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1(a) or (b) hereof,
Indemnitee shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorney fees) actually incurred by
Indemnitee in connection therewith.
2. EXPENSES; INDEMNIFICATION PROCEDURE.
(a) Advancement of Expenses. The Company shall advance all expenses incurred by
Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any civil or
criminal action or proceeding referenced in Section 1(a) or (b) hereof (but not amounts actually
paid in settlement of any such action or proceeding). Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such
amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee
is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized hereby. The advances to be made
hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee within twenty (20) days following delivery of
a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the Company, accompanied by such supporting
documentation as may be reasonably requested by the Company.
(b) Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to
his right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as
practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought
under this Agreement, provided that any failure or delay in giving such notice shall not
relieve the Company of its obligations under this Agreement unless and to the extent that
(i) none of the Company and its subsidiaries are party to or aware of such Proceeding and
(ii) the Company is materially prejudiced by such failure. In
2
addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may
reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitees power.
(c) Procedure. Subject to Section 2(d) hereof, any indemnification provided for in
Section 1 shall be made no later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the written request of
Indemnitee made following final disposition of the action or proceeding to which such
indemnification relates. Subject to Section 2(d) hereof, if a claim by Indemnitee under this
Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Companys Certificate of Incorporation
or Bylaws providing for indemnification, is not paid in full by the Company within forty-five (45)
days after a written request for payment thereof has first been received by the Company, Indemnitee
may, but need not, at any time thereafter bring an action against the Company to recover the unpaid
amount of the claim and, subject to Section 14 hereof, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid
for the expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) of bringing such action.
(d) Determination of Right to Entitlement.
(i) In the event that Indemnitee incurs liability for any fines, judgments, liabilities,
penalties or amounts paid in settlement, and indemnification is sought under this Agreement, the
Company shall pay (or provide for payment if so required by the terms of any judgment or
settlement) such amounts within forty-five (45) days of Indemnitees written request therefor
unless a determination is made within such forty-five (45) days that the claims giving rise to such
request are excluded or indemnification is otherwise not due under this Agreement. Such
determination, and any determination required by applicable law as to whether Indemnitee has met
the standard of conduct required to qualify and entitle Indemnitee, partially or fully, to
indemnification under Section 2 of this Agreement, shall be made as follows:
(A) If no change in control has occurred, (w) by a majority vote of
the directors of the Company who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding
even though less than a quorum, with the advice of independent legal counsel, or
(x) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such
directors, even though less than a quorum, with the advice of independent legal
counsel, or (y) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so
direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Company and
Indemnitee.
(B) If a change in control has occurred, by independent legal counsel in a
written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee.
The term independent legal counsel shall mean for this purpose an attorney or firm of attorneys
experienced in matters of corporation law that is not now nor has within the previous three years
been retained to represent Indemnitee, the Company or any other party to the proceeding giving rise
to the claim for indemnification hereunder; provided that independent legal counsel shall not
include any person who under applicable standards of professional conduct would have a conflict of
interest in representing Indemnitee or the Company in an action to determine Indemnitees rights
under this Agreement. The term change of control shall mean for this purpose, and shall be
3
deemed to have occurred if, on or after the date of this Agreement, (i) any person (as
such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended),
other than (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit
plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries acting in such capacity, or (B) an entity
owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as
defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company
representing more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the total voting power represented by the
Companys then outstanding voting securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive
years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the board of directors of the
Company and any new director whose election by the board of directors of the Company or nomination
for election by the Companys stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of
the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or
whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to
constitute a majority thereof, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or
consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation that
would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto
continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
securities of the surviving entity) at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the total voting power
represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding
immediately after such merger or consolidation, (iv) the stockholders of the Company
approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition
by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all
of its assets, or (v) the Company shall file or have filed against it, and such filing
shall not be dismissed, any bankruptcy, insolvency or dissolution proceedings, or a trustee,
administrator or creditors committee shall be appointed to manage or supervise the affairs of the
Company.
(ii) The Company shall be bound by and shall have no right to challenge a determination made
as provided above in favor of Indemnitee. Indemnitee may within forty-five (45) days after a
determination adverse to Indemnitee has been made as provided above, or if no determination has
been made within forty-five (45) days of Indemnitees written request for payment, petition the
Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction, or may
seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the
American Arbitration Association, which award shall be deemed final, unappealable and binding, to
determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and such court or
arbitrator, as the case may be, shall thereupon have the exclusive authority to make such
determination unless and until such court or arbitrator dismisses or otherwise terminates such
action without having made a determination. The court or arbitrator, as the case may be, shall
make an independent determination of entitlement in accordance with Section 2(e) below,
irrespective of any prior determination made by the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel
or stockholders. All fees and expenses of any arbitrator pursuant to this provision shall be paid
by the Company.
4
(e) Presumptions; Burden and Standard of Proof. In connection with any determination,
or any review of any determination, by any person, including a court:
(i) It shall be a presumption that a determination is not required to be made under Section
2(d) hereof.
(ii) It shall be a presumption that Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct and
that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances.
(iii) The burden of proof shall be on the Company to overcome the presumptions set forth in
the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), and each such presumption shall only be overcome if the Company
establishes that there is no reasonable basis to support it.
(iv) The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, finding, settlement (whether with
or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent,
shall not create a presumption that indemnification is not proper or that Indemnitee did not meet
the applicable standard of conduct or that a court has determined that indemnification is not
permitted by this Agreement or otherwise.
(v) Neither the failure of any person or persons to have made a determination nor an adverse
determination by any person or persons shall be a defense to Indemnitees claim or create a
presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct, and any proceeding
commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 2(d) shall be de novo with respect to all
determinations of fact and law.
(f) Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company shall be obligated under Section
2(a) hereof to pay the expenses of any proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled
to assume the defense of such proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election so
to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of
such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for
any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding,
provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his own counsel in any such proceeding
at Indemnitees expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been
previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may
be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or
(C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding,
then the fees and expenses of Indemnitees counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.
(g) Settlement. The Company will not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee,
which may be provided or withheld in Indemnitees sole discretion, effect any settlement of any
Proceeding against Indemnitee or which could have been brought against Indemnitee unless such
settlement solely involves the payment of money by
5
persons other than Indemnitee and includes an unconditional release of Indemnitee from all
liability on any matters that are the subject of such Proceeding and an acknowledgment that
Indemnitee denies all wrongdoing in connection with such matters. The Company shall not be
obligated to indemnify Indemnitee against amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding against
Indemnitee if such settlement is effected by Indemnitee without the Companys prior written
consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
3. ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION RIGHTS; NONEXCLUSIVITY.
(a) Scope. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company hereby
agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (other than Section 145(f) thereof or any successor non-exclusivity
provision), notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other
provisions of this Agreement, the Companys Certificate of Incorporation, the Companys Bylaws or
by statute. In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law,
statute or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its
board of directors or an officer, such changes shall be, ipso facto, within the purview of
Indemnitees rights and the Companys obligations, under this Agreement. In the event of any change
in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to
indemnify a member of its Board of Directors, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by
such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement shall have no effect on this Agreement or
the parties rights and obligations hereunder.
(b) Nonexclusivity. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed
exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Companys Certificate of
Incorporation, its Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the
Delaware General Corporation Law, any other applicable law or any liability insurance policy, both
as to action in Indemnitees official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding
such office, provided that to the extent that Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified by
the Company under this Agreement and by any shareholder of the Company or any affiliate of any such
shareholder under any other agreement or instrument, the obligations of the Company hereunder shall
be primary, and the obligations of such shareholder or affiliate] secondary, and the Company shall
not be entitled to contribution or indemnification from or subrogation against such shareholder or
affiliate. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for
any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he may have
ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any action or other covered proceeding.
4. PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the expenses (including attorneys fees),
losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all
interest, assessments and other charges in connection therewith, and if such settlement is approved
in advance by the Company,
6
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually incurred by Indemnitee in
connection with an action, suit or proceeding described in Section 1(a), but not, however, for the
total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such
expenses (including attorneys fees), losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts
paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.
5. MUTUAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT. Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain
instances, Federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its
directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges
that the Company may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange
Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a
determination of the Companys right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.
6. SEVERABILITY. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as
requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Companys
inability, pursuant to court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not
constitute a breach of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable as
provided in this Section 6. If this Agreement or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any
ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify
Indemnitee to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not
have been invalidated, and the balance of this Agreement not so invalidated shall be enforceable in
accordance with its terms.
7. EXCEPTIONS. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall
not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:
(a) Excluded Acts. To indemnify Indemnitee for any acts or omissions or transactions
from which a director may not be relieved of liability under the Delaware General Corporation Law;
or
(b) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee
with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way
of defense, except with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to
indemnification as provided in Section 14 hereto, but such indemnification or advancement of
expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors has approved
the initiation or bringing of such suit; or
(c) Lack of Good Faith. To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by
Indemnitee with respect to any proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this
Agreement, to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the material
assertions made by Indemnitee in such proceeding were not made in good faith or were frivolous; or
7
(d) Insured Claims. To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses or liabilities of any type
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974 excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) which have been paid
directly to Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under a policy of directors and officers liability
insurance maintained by the Company or its affiliates.
(e) Claims Under Section 16(b). To indemnify Indemnitee in any proceeding with respect
to which final judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for a payment or the accounting of profits
arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute.
8. EFFECTIVENESS OF AGREEMENT. To the extent that the indemnification permitted under the
terms of certain provisions of this Agreement exceeds the scope of the indemnification provided for
in the Delaware General Corporation Law, such provisions shall not be effective unless and until
the Companys Certificate of Incorporation authorizes such additional rights of indemnification. In
all other respects, the balance of this Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on
the first page hereof and may apply to acts or omissions of Indemnitee which occurred prior to such
date if Indemnitee was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving
at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred.
9. AGREEMENT TO SERVE. Indemnitee agrees or has agreed to serve as a director of the Company
or one or more of its subsidiaries and in such other capacities as Indemnitee may serve at the
request of the Company from time to time, and by its execution of this Agreement the Company
confirms its request that Indemnitee serve as a director and in such other capacities. Indemnitee
shall be entitled to resign or otherwise terminate such service with immediate effect at any time,
and neither such resignation or termination nor the length of such service shall affect
Indemnitees rights under this Agreement. This Agreement shall not constitute an employment
agreement, supersede any employment agreement to which Indemnitee is a party or create any right of
Indemnitee to continued employment or appointment.
10. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS LIABILITY INSURANCE.
(a) Maintenance of Insurance. So long as the Company or any of its subsidiaries
maintains liability insurance for any directors, officers, employees or agents of any such person,
the Company shall ensure that Indemnitee is covered by such insurance in such a manner as to
provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of
the Companys and its subsidiaries then current directors and officers. If at any date (i) such
insurance ceases to cover acts and omissions occurring during all or any part of the period of
Indemnitees service as director or (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries maintains
any such insurance, the Company shall ensure that Indemnitee is covered, with respect to acts and
omissions prior to such date, for at least six years (or such shorter period as is available on
commercially reasonable
8
terms) from such date, by other directors and officers liability insurance, in amounts and on
terms (including the portion of the period of Indemnitees service as director covered) no less
favorable to Indemnitee than the amounts and terms of the liability insurance maintained by the
Company on the date hereof.
(b) Notice to Insurers. Upon receipt of notice of a proceeding pursuant to Section
2(b), the Company shall give or cause to be given prompt notice of such proceeding to all insurers
providing liability insurance in accordance with the procedures set forth in all applicable or
potentially applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary action to cause
such insurers to pay all amounts payable in accordance with the terms of such policies.
11. CONSTRUCTION OF CERTAIN PHRASES.
(a) Company. For purposes of this Agreement, references to the Company shall
include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any
constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate
existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers,
employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such
constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this
Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with
respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
(b) Other Enterprise, etc. For purposes of this Agreement, references to other
enterprises shall include employee benefit plans; references to fines shall include any excise
taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to serving
at the request of the Company shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent
of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee
or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries.
12. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which
shall constitute an original. Any facsimile copies hereof or signature hereon shall, for all
purposes, be deemed originals.
13. SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including without limitation any acquiror of all or
substantially all of the Companys assets or business, any person (as such term is used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that acquires beneficial
ownership of securities of the Company representing more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the
total voting power represented by the Companys then outstanding voting securities and any survivor
of any merger or consolidation to which the Company is party, and shall inure to the benefit of the
Indemnitee and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitees estate, spouses, heirs,
executors, personal or
9
legal representatives, administrators and assigns. The Company shall require and cause any such
successor, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to
assume and agree to perform this Agreement as if it were named as the Company herein, and the
Company shall not permit any such purchase of assets or business, acquisition of securities or
merger or consolidation to occur until such written agreement has been executed and delivered. No
such assumption and agreement shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations hereunder, and
this Agreement shall not otherwise be assignable by the Company.
14. ATTORNEYS FEES. In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee or the Company
or any of its subsidiaries to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement or any rights
of Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses (or related obligations of Indemnitee)
under the Companys or any such subsidiarys certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any other
agreement to which Indemnitee and the Company or any of its subsidiaries are a party, any vote of
stockholders or directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the DGCL, any other applicable
law or any liability insurance policy, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and
expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action,
whether or not Indemnitee is successful in such action, except to the extent that, as a part of
such action, the court of competent jurisdiction determines that the material assertions made by
Indemnitee as a basis for such action were not made in good faith or were frivolous.
15. NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) (b) if given by overnight courier or
personal delivery, on the date of receipt or (ii) if sent by telecopier (with receipt confirmed),
on the date of such receipt. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature
page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice and in the case of notices to
the Company shall be marked for the attention of the General Counsel.
16. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding
seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with,
this Agreement shall be brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, in the case
of any claim as to which the federal courts have exclusive subject matter jurisdiction, the federal
court of the United States of America sitting in the State of Delaware), and each of the parties
hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of those courts (and of the appropriate appellate
courts therefrom) in any suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of
any suit, action or proceeding in any of those courts or that any suit, action or proceeding which
is brought in any of those courts has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any suit,
action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without
the jurisdiction of any of the named courts.
10
17. CHOICE OF LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the
internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts executed and fully performed within
the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of law principles thereof.
18. SUBROGATION. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be
subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who
shall execute such documents and do such acts as the Company may reasonably request to secure such
rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights, provided
that the Company shall not be subrogated to any claim of Indemnitee for indemnification from any
shareholder of the Company or any affiliate of any such shareholder.
19. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of
this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing signed by all the parties hereto. No
waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of
any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing
waiver.
20. PERIOD OF LIMITATIONS. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action
shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company or any of its subsidiaries against Indemnitee
or Indemnitees estate, spouses, heirs, executors, personal or legal representatives,
administrators or assigns after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed
released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period,
provided that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such
cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.
21. NON-CIRCUMVENTION. The Company shall not seek or agree to any order of any court or other
governmental authority that would prohibit or otherwise interfere, and shall not take or fail to
take any other action if such action or failure would reasonably be expected to have the effect of
prohibiting or otherwise interfering, with the performance of the Companys indemnification,
advancement or other obligations under this Agreement.
21. INTEGRATION AND ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding
between the parties hereto and supersedes and merges all previous written and oral negotiations,
commitments, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof between the
parties hereto, provided that the provisions hereof shall not supersede the provisions of
the Companys certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational agreement or instrument,
any other agreement, any vote of stockholders or directors, the DGCL or other applicable law, to
the extent any such provisions shall be more favorable to Indemnitee than the provisions hereof.
11
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above
written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
INDEMNITEE:
12
exv23w2
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption Experts and to the use of our report
dated June 18, 2010, in Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-167645) and
related Prospectus of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation for the registration of shares of its
Class A common stock.
/s/ Ernst and Young LLP
McLean, Virginia
September 29, 2010